Siemens Sensores - Fi01 - Us

© Siemens 2021
Process Automation
Products for Process

Instrumentation
US Edition
Catalog Edition
FI 01 2021 www.usa.siemens.com/processinstrumentation
© Siemens 2021
Related catalogs
Catalogs for SIMATIC ST PCS 7 T
Process Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Vol. 2: Technology components
www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A5-7600)
Process Automation MP 20 SIMATIC ST 70

Display Recorders Products for
SIREC D Totally Integrated Automation
PDF (E86060-K6020-E101-A5-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A101-B7-7600)
Process Automation MP 31 SIMATIC ST 70 N

SIPART Controllers and Software Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
PDF (E86060-K6031-A100-B7-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A151-B1-7600)
Process Automation WT 10 Industrial Communication IK PI

Products for Weighing Technology SIMATIC NET
PDF (E86060-K6410-A101-A7-7600) E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600
Process Automation AP 01 SITOP KT 10.1

Process Analytical Instruments SITOP
Power supply
PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B4-7600) E86060-D4001-A510-D8
Process Automation AP 11 SIMATIC Ident ID 10

Components for Continuous Emission Monitoring Industrial Identification Systems
PDF (E86060-K3511-A100-B4-7600) E86060-K8310-A101-B1-7600
SIMATIC ST PCS 7 SITRAIN

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Digital Industry Academy
Vol. 1: System components
E86060-K4678-A111-C6-7600 www.usa.siemens.com/sitrain
SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Industry Mall

SIMATIC PCS 7 Information and Ordering Platform
Process Control System on the Internet:
Vol. 3: Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7
PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B5-7600) www.siemens.com/industrymall
Contact
Your personal contact can be found in our
Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation-contact
www.usa.siemens.com/pi-partner
© Siemens 2021
Products for Process Instrumentation

Process Automation
Pressure Measurement
1
Temperature Measurement
2
Flow Measurement
3
Level Measurement
4
Catalog FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
Supersedes: Positioners
5
Catalog FI 01· 2018 US Edition
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

this catalog:
www.usa.siemens.com/industrymall
and as PDF at the following address:
Process Protection
6
www.usa.siemens.com/fi01
For comfortable, fast and error free product selection you

will get support in our PIA Life Cycle Portal:
www.siemens.com/pia-portal Supplementary Components
7
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
© Siemens AG 2021
Digitalization and Communication

8
Services for Process Instrumentation

9
Appendix
10
The products and systems described in

this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001.
© Siemens 2021
How to optimize processes

with our automation and
instrumentation portfolio
High-quality processes are crucial in the process industry. Only then do you get
the required results. And it is only then that plants work efficiently and therefore
productively.
Process instrumentation and analytics as well as weighing technology all play a
crucial role here. They measure, analyze, regulate, and control industrial processes
and thus contribute to increasing the efficiency of process plants and improving
their product quality.
Benefit from the versatility of our holistic solutions for your process tasks –
with integrated solutions from a single source. Benefit from the openness of
the systems. And from constant innovation and comprehensive services.
Process Weighing Process Digitalization Services

Instrumentation Technology Analytics
Process Instrumentation .......................................................................................................... 04

Pressure Measurement ............................................................................................................................. 06
Temperature Measurement ....................................................................................................................... 10
Flow Measurement .................................................................................................................................. 14
Level Measurement .................................................................................................................................. 20
Positioners ............................................................................................................................................... 26
Process Monitoring .................................................................................................................................. 28
Additional Components ........................................................................................................................... 30
Weighing Technology ..................................................................................... see Catalog WT 10

Process Analytics ............................................................................................... see Catalog AP 01
Digitalization ................................................................................................................................. 32
SIOS ........................................................................................................................................................ 34
COMOS ................................................................................................................................................... 35
SITRANS IQ .............................................................................................................................................. 36
NAMUR ................................................................................................................................................... 37
Services ............................................................................................................................................. 38
Industry Services ..................................................................................................................................... 38
Remote Services ...................................................................................................................................... 40
Partners .................................................................................................................................................. 41
2 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

© Siemens 2021
In the areas of process instrumentation and process

analytics as well as weighing and dosing systems, our main
focus is on the process industries, such as the chemicals,
oil and gas and hydrocarbon processing, water and waste-
water, pharmaceuticals, mining, aggregates, cement, pulp
and paper, food and beverage, and shipbuilding industries.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 3

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation
How to increase process efficiency

and product quality
In field instrumentation, maximum precision and absolutely reliable

measurement results are key. Only then can you increase the efficiency
of your process plants and improve their product quality. Whether
you’re dealing with pressure, temperature, flow, or level, we offer you
a globally unique range of transmitters for field instrumentation. Our
comprehensive portfolio also includes weighing and batching systems,
pneumatic valve positioners, process controllers, and process recorders.

© Siemens 2021

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Pressure Measurement
Pressure measurement
without any “ifs” and “buts”:
SITRANS P
SITRANS P is a complete range of measurement instruments for measuring
relative pressure, differential pressure, and absolute pressure. In addition
to high measuring accuracy and ruggedness, the modular system features
superb operating convenience and functionality as well as a perfect safety
concept.
SITRAN P320/420 – the first pressure transmitter

SITRANS
fo
or rem
for remote commissioning of functional safety
• Time and effort savings due to remote commissioning

of SIL devices
• Deve
Developed in accordance with the IEC 61508 standard
for u
use in SIL 2/3
• Redu
Reduced response time increases process efficiency
by sp
speeding up the control system’s response
to ch
changing process conditions
• Ready for plant digitalization with the HART 7 pressure
trans
transmitter: data logging functions and event control
delive
deliver users in-depth control and analysis
• User-
User-friendly display due to clear display and diagnostic
icons in accordance with NAMUR NE107
• Main
Maintenance cost reduction due to proof test interval
up to 10 years
• The ttransmitter is FM-approved

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
• Deviations from the characteristic
curve of less than 0.03% of the
calibrated measuring range for
different pressure and level
requirements
• Design of the measuring cells allows
for use with media temperatures of
up to 125 °C even without the use of
a remote seal system
• Fast step response time (T63) of
only 88 ms ensures plant safety in
critical applications
• Graphics-enabled display shows
curve and trend diagrams for goal-
oriented process monitoring

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P200/210/220
• Single-range transmitter for
relative, absolute, and hydrostatic
pressure
• Pressure sensors: Stainless steel
sensors (SITRANS P210 and SITRANS
P220) as well as sensors with
ceramic membrane (SITRANS P200)
SITRANS LH100/LH300 • Conversion of measured pressure SITRANS P compact
• Suitable for applications ranging into either 4–20 mA or 0–10 V • Analog transmitter for absolute
from drinking water or wastewater signal and relative pressure
to corrosive liquids thanks to • Hygienic design in accordance
stainless steel enclosure with EHEDG, FDA, and GMP
• Rugged submersible sensors for recommendations
hydrostatic level measurement • Stainless steel process connections
• Installation possible in pipes with and enclosure
1” inner diameter • Measurement deviation ≤ 0.2%

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P300
• More than 90 different process
connection variants offer the highest
degree of flexibility
• Versatile communication connection
via HART protocol, PROFIBUS PA,
or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Fulfills EHEDG, FDA, and 3A
requirements
• Maximum measurement deviation
of 0.075%
• Can be combined with flush-
mounted absolute or relative
pressure measuring cells

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Temperature Measurement
Because every degree matters:

SITRANS T
SITRANS T products are the temperature measurement professionals, even in
extreme conditions. Whether used in hot, cold, or hazardous environments –
the communicative SITRANS T meets all expectations. And whether you’re
looking for sensors or transmitters for head, rail, or field mounting – all are
available individually or as complete measuring points. Our cost-effective
SITRANS T transmitters offer high precision in every application and are quick
and easy to connect to thermocouples or resistance thermometers. The
SIMATIC PDM intelligent software package permits parameterization in just
minutes, and input errors are avoided.
SITRAN
SITRANS
NS TS500 – temperature sensors for pipes and
vesselss – from sim
simple applications to solutions for
harsh environments
environmen
e
• Modu ular system with thermowell made of tubular or

Modular
barst ock materia
barstock material, extension, connection head, and
optio nal transmi
optional transmitter or display
• Versio
on for intrinsic
Version intrin safety, flameproof, and nonsparking
are av
vailable
available

© Siemens 2021
Transmitters for head mounting Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TH100
• Pt100 single input transmitter
• Diagnostics LED SITRANS TR320
• Supports four-wire Pt100 • Universal and single input
• 4–20 mA transmitter
• Low-cost and compact • Diagnostics LED
• Supports four-wire RTD/TC/mV and
SITRANS TH420 resistances
• Universal dual input transmitter • Supports Callendar-van-Dusen
• Hot backup function • HART 7 + SIL 2/3 (IEC 61508)
• Diagnostics LED • 4–20 mA
• Supports two four-wire RTD/TC/mV
and resistances
• Supports Callendar-van-Dusen SITRANS TR420
• HART 7 + SIL 2/3 (IEC 61508) • Universal dual input transmitter
• Interface for local HMI • Hot backup function
• Diagnostics LED
• Supports two four-wire RTD/TC/mV
SITRANS TH400 and resistances
SITRANS TH320 • Fieldbus transmitter • Supports Callendar-van-Dusen
• Universal single input transmitter • For PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION • HART 7 + SIL 2/3 (IEC 61508)
• Diagnostics LED Fieldbus
• Supports four-wire RTD/TC/mV and • Configurable with SIMATIC PDM (PA)
resistances or AMS (FF)
• Supports Callendar-van-Dusen • Extensive diagnostics and simulation
• HART 7 + SIL 2/3 (IEC 61508) functions
• 4–20 mA • Transmission of important device
• Interface for local HMI and process data via the bus cable

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS temperature sensors
Transmitters for field installation
SITRANS TS100
• For multiple applications
• Supplied with directly installed cable
SITRANS TF with TH400 • ATEX and IEC EX approvals; can be SITRANS TS200 compact design
• IP66/67/68 degree of protection operated in Zone 0 • For multiple applications
• Used where there is excessive heat • Wide range of options thanks to • Compact design with directly
or vibration at the measuring point modular principle installed fixed connection
• PA/FF communication (M12, Lemo, etc.)
• ATEX and IEC EX approvals;
can be operated in Zone 0
• Wide range of options thanks
to modular principle
SITRANS TF320/420 SITRANS TS300

• Stainless steel or aluminum • Clamp-on temperature sensor
enclosure • Design meets EHEDG recommen-
• Temperature field transmitter dations and is therefore suitable for SITRANS TS Thermowell
for multiple applications use in the food and beverage and • Wide range of lengths and materials
• Configurable via local display pharmaceutical industries • Comprehensive coverage of
• Full redundancy via hot backup • Replaceable measuring inserts applications
function (TF420) • Customer-specific options are
• SIL 2/3 certified possible
• HART 7 • High stability by high-quality
• 4–20mA materials
• Combined types of protection • Comprehensive material and
available, e.g., Ex d + Ex i quality controls available

© Siemens 2021
Transmitters for fiber-optic

temperature measurement
SITRANS TO500
• Fiber-optic temperature transmitter
• Diameter of sensor measuring probe
< 2 mm
• Up to 48 measuring points per
sensor measuring probe
• Simple and low-cost installation
thanks to rolled sensor measuring
probe

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Flow Measurement
Everything flows:
SITRANS F
Whether measuring gases, liquids, or steam – choosing the right
flowmeter is decisive for productivity. This is where the SITRANS F
line comes in. Our portfolio contains the fitting flowmeter for
every application and medium, with five different flow technologies
available to suit a wide range of operating conditions: Coriolis,
electromagnetic, ultrasonic, vortex, and differential pressure.
Transmitter SITRANS FCT070 Coriolis flowmeter solution

Transmitt
• Full control
cont and parameterization via the control system
• Direct in
integration into SIMATIC S7, TIA Portal and PCS 7
• Coriolis ttechnology modul for ET 200SP
• Selection via TIA Selector (secures easy integration in SIMATIC)
• Fast digital
digi signal to sensor with 10 ms update rate
• Full advanced
adva transmitter functionality via automation control
• Over PRO
PROFINET, the measure data are transmitted to the automation
in real time
ti
• Full hazardous
haza area solutions with use of SITRANS I300 barrier
• Advance
Advanced batch control integrated
• Advance
Advanced fraction measurements
• Integrati
Integration function blocs available for all Siemens automation systems

© Siemens 2021
FCT030 advanged
full range transmitter
• Available as compact, remote field- SITRANS FCS low flow
mount and remote wall mounting Single tube in sizes from DI 1.5 to
SITRANS FC enclosures DI 15, with a wide selection of avail-
Coriolis mass flowmeters SITRANS FC • Multi 4 I/O channels, freely able connections
multivariable devices measure the configurable and programmable • High-performance accuracy: 0.1%
direct mass flow rate of liquids and • Full package of communication: on massflow and down to 0.5 kg/m3
gases in almost any application. HART, PROFIBUS PA and DP; Modbus density
They deliver reliable and repeatable • Advanced large size graphical display • Available with broad range of trans-
information on mass flow, volume including trend curve and multilevel mitter FCT030, FCT010, and FCT070
flow, temperature, density, and display views • DN 4 design withstands pressure
concentration (e.g., Brix or Plato). • Integrated data logger, ideal rates up to 1000 bar
for diagnostics on advanced • Ideal for a broad range of low-flow
They are available in sensor sizes applications applications within the automotive,
DN 1,5 to 150 mm with different • Advanced diagnostic functionality chemicals, and food and beverage
flowmeter transmitter versions to • Build in programmable settings for industries
fulfill requirements for high perfor- optimizing pulsating flow and • Easy installation using a plug and
mance in oil and gas, chemicals, food aerated flow play interface
and beverage, pharmaceuticals, and • Integrated 16+ unique fractions • Optimal hygiene, safety, and CIP
automotive applications. tables for concentration cleanability for the food and bever-
measurements age industry as well as pharmaceuti-
Full range of digital transmitters • Build-in-batch controller for two- cal applications, thanks to single-
The uniform sensor and transmitter stage batch applications tube construction without internal
platform offers solutions for sizes welds, reductions, or flow splitters
from Di 1,5 to DN 150 mm with
three different transmitters
SITRANS FCS300
Innovative and user-friendly transmit-
ters FCT030, FCT010, or FCT070 with
audit trails, trend curves, data logger,
and advanced diagnostic functionalities SITRANS FCS400
• Dual splitflow design in sizes from • Dual splitflow design in sizes
FCT010 single digital channel DN 15 to DN 150 in different DN 15 to DN 50
transmitter versions, wetted material in AISI 316 • Market’s most compact design
• Full multiparameter Modbus output as well as nickel alloy • Available with all common process
ideal for PLC integration • Remote- or compact-mounted connections including a variety of
• Robust aluminum housing mounted • Available with broad range of trans- sanitary common connections
directly on the different sensors, for mitter FCT030, FCT010, and FCT070 • Available with broad range of trans-
most sensor sizes • Solid performance with mass flow mitter FCT030, FCT010, and FCT070
• Small in size, ideal for skids and accuracy of 0.1% or 0.2% and density • High-performance accuracy: 0.1%
compact machines accuracy of down to 2 kg/m³ on massflow and down to 0.5 kg/m3
• Full performance in a cost-efficient • Robust frame and housing isolates density
solution from external vibrations, creating • Ideal for OEM, skids, machine
an ideal measurement in difficult builder, marine and sanitary
environment applications
• Ideal for the chemical, petrochemical
and oil and gas industry

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS F M
electromagnetic flowmeters
The task of an electromagnetic
flowmeter from the SITRANS F M
product family is to measure flow
volume of electrically conducting
fluids such as water, chemicals, food
and beverage, slurries, sludge, paper
stock, and mining slurries with
magnetic particles. High-powered AC meters:
TRANSMAG 2 / (DN 15 to DN 1000)
• Specially designed for heavy mining
slurries with or without magnetic
particles as well
• Also suitable for the most difficult
applications in the pulp and paper
industry
• Low conductive medias ≥1 µS/cm
Battery-operated water meters: (0.1 µS/cm depending on medium)
MAG 8000/MAG 8000 CT • No movable parts
(DN 25 to DN 1200) • Stable zero point/pulsed alternating
• Battery lifetime up to 15 years* field for accurate flow signal and
Modular pulsed DC meters: • IP68 (NEMA 6P) enclosure and excellent signal strength
SITRANS F M MAG (DN 2 to DN 2200) sensor painting in accordance with • SmartPLUG concept
• Full transmitter program includes ISO 12944 class C4M corrosivity for • Comprehensive self-diagnostics
MAG 5000/MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I; burial and submerged applications
compact- or remote-mounted • Easy installation without straight
• Multiple I/O as standard and com- inlet/outlet
munication modules PROFIBUS PA/DP • Rich add-on communication mod-
• DeviceNet, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, ules: Modbus RTU, encoder card,
HART, and Modbus RTU are available 3G/UMTS module
• MAG 5100 W sensor for water and
wastewater applications
• MAG 3100 P sensor for process MAG 8000 with 3G/UMTS module
industries and the harsh require- • Rich data transmission protocols Threaded SITRANS FM100:
ments in the chemical industry supported by 3G module: SMS, Making engineering and design
• MAG 3100 P as quick ship variant secured e-mail, and secured FTP even simpler
available • Built-in Remote Qualification • Measuring and monitoring small and
• MAG 3100/MAG 3100 HT sensor Certificate enables comprehensive medium flows. Robust stainless steel
for general process industries device diagnostics and off-site audits design (threaded: 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 2”)
• MAG 1100/1100 HT sensor for • Configurable analog input for exter- • Generation of two process values,
general process industries nal ratiometric pressure transmitter simultaneous flow and temperature
• MAG 1100 F sensor for food and in parallel with flow measurement measurement
beverage and pharmaceutical (2-in-1 solution), or 4–20 mA alarm • Dosing function with external control
industries signal input for external tamper and input
flooding detector • Four optical buttons, easy local
• MAG 8000 clock synchronization operation in the field with gloves
with Internet NTP server featuring possible
• Adjustable time zone setting ensures • The display can be electronically
measurement data is always rotated in 90° steps
accurately time-stamped • Bidirectional measurement
• Single SMS synchronizes the data • Integration in many standard applica-
transmission time for all MAG 8000 tions possible, as there are two
devices in field individually configurable outputs
• Real-time SMS notification for (pulse/frequency/ alarm and analog
MAG 8000 alarms output)
• Total and partial volume counters
to track flow rates
• IO-Link communication available
*for 4 D-cell external battery pack

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS F S inline ultrasonic

flowmeters
Our ultrasonic flowmeters deliver
extremely accurate results for a wide
range of conductivities, viscosities,
temperatures, densities, and pressures..
This makes them an optimal choice for or
measuring homogenous conductive
and non-conductive liquids within a
wide variety of process industry SITRANS FUS380 and FUE380
applications. • For the utility industry, the 2-track
FUS380 and FUE380 are designed
SITRANS F S SONOKIT to measure water flow in district
• The SONOKIT system is designed heating plants, local networks,
for inline retrofitting on existing boiler stations, substations, and
water pipelines up to DN 1200 other general water applications
as a 1- or 2-track flowmeter • Also suitable for chiller plants
• For use with the dedicated (including glycol mixes without
SITRANS FUS060 transmitter (up to type approval)
DN 500) or battery-powered FUS080 • Custody transfer approvals for
transmitter (up to DN 1200) district heating custody transfer
• The unique design enables installa- applications (MID MI-004). Sizes
SITRANS F S SONO 3100 / SONO 3300 tion on empty pipes or pipes under range from DN 50 to DN 1200
• Suitable for water applications pressure without process shutdown • Battery or mains power enables
in sizes DN 50 to DN 500 • Robust version can be buried and installation where needed. Battery
• Available as 1- or 2-path systems in withstands constant flooding lifetime up to 6 years
combination with SITRANS FUS060 • Outstanding accuracy; the bigger • Ideal for energy metering together
transmitter the pipe, the more accurate the with the SITRANS FUE950 energy
• Option between mild steel and result calculator
stainless steel on request • With heatmeter type approval
• Sensors can be exchanged without (MID MI-004)
interrupting operation
16

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS F S clamp-on ultrasonic SITRANS FP differential pressure

flowmeters flow measurement
The externally mounted sensors of The SITRANS FP product line offers a
SITRANS F S clamp-on ultrasonic complete solution for differential
flowmeters are quickly and easily pressure flow measurements. SITRANS
installed on the outside of a pipe, mak- FP330 as well as the SITRANS FPS230
ing them the perfect choice for exist- both are suitable for a vast range of
ing applications or where corrosive, different applications under various
toxic, or high-pressure fluids rule out process conditions and parameters
the option of cutting the pipe. The
cost-efficient technology provides
highly accurate measurement of
liquids in pipes ranging from DN 6 to
DN 10000 in size.
SITRANS FS220
• Cost-efficient system offering
the most commonly required
measurement functions SITRANS FPS230/FP330
• Consistently high accuracy of 1% of • Flexible mounting
flow rate and 0.25% repeatability in • One pressure transmitter for all
accordance with ISO 11631 applications
• Enhanced zero stability results in • Single source supplier for the hole
SITRANS FS230 minimal need to set a zero point measuring point
• Digitally based system featuring • WideBeam® transit-time technology • Pre-mounted flowmeter delivered
market-leading accuracy of 0.5% to allows for measurement of virtually in “one box”
1% of flow rate any liquid, even those with high • Easy traceability throughout the
• Best-in-class 100 Hz data update levels of aeration or suspended ordering process
rate reliably detects even the solids • Direct technical feedback and
smallest changes in flow • Large graphical display with intuitive possibility to order
• WideBeam® transit-time technology navigation, multiple setup wizards
allows for measurement of virtually and patented pipe configuration
any liquid, even those with high menu
levels of aeration or suspended • SensorFlash® microSD card stores all
solids operational data for easy device
• Large graphical display with intuitive transfer and servicing
navigation, multiple setup wizards • Suitable for multiple sectors requir-
and patented pipe configuration ing budget-conscious liquid flow
menu instrumentation, including water
• SensorFlash® microSD card stores all and wastewater, power, HVAC, and
operational data for easy device chemical industries
transfer and servicing
• Application examples include raw
and potable water, effluent, district
heating and cooling, hydroelectric-
ity, and nuclear feed water Differential pressure flowmeters:
SITRANS F O
• Universal flow measurement for
liquids, gases, and vapors
• Always provide accurate results even
with large bores, high temperature
and extreme pressure

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS FX330
• Accurate measurement of steam,
gas, and both conductive and
non-conductive liquids
• Available in sizes DN 15 to DN
300 mm
• Integrated pressure and temperature
compensation for lower installation
costs and increased accuracy
• Integrated reduction of nominal
diameter results in a large turndown
ratio, reducing installation costs and
potential for leakage
• Provides redundant storage of all
calibration and configuration data
within the display memory and the
electronics module
• Designed from the ground up to be
fully compliant with the IEC 61508
SIL 2 safety standard
• Cost-efficient energy calculation
including net heat measurement
• Remote version available with cable
length up to 50 m
18

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Level Measurement
Always on the level

Indispensable in numerous applications in the process industries:
Whether point level detection or continuous level measurement,
our comprehensive offering has the right solution for your application.
SITRANS LR100
LR
R series –
for hassle-f
f
hassle-free level measurement
• Compact 80 GHz radar transmitter for liquids

and solidss applications
• Featuringg Bluetooth® wireless technology for
easy and quick setup with Siemens SITRANS
mobile IQQ App
• Ideal for cchemical storage vessels, bulk solids
h oppers, produced water, and drilling mud
hoppers,

© Siemens 2021
Continuous level measurement

Continuous level measurement con-
stantly monitors dynamic processes.
The measurements are transmitted
as an analog signal or digital value.
We offer a wide range of transmitters
based on a variety of technologies,
including ultrasonic, radar, guided
wave radar, capacitance, gravimetric,
and hydrostatic.
Process intelligence SITRANS LR250

The signal processing technologies • 2-wire, 25 GHz pulse radar level
differentiate between the true echo transmitter up to a range of 20 m
from the material and false echoes • For liquids and slurries in storage
from obstructions or electrical noise. Radar level measurement with and process vessels with high
The sophisticated software is support- intelligent signal processing temperatures and pressures
ed by field data gained from more • Non-contacting and • Horns, FEA, HEA and PLA antenna
than a million applications. This in- low-maintenance options offer versatility on field
depth knowledge and experience • Microwaves require no carrier applications
is built into the software’s advanced medium for precise measurements
algorithms to provide intelligent even under harsh process
processing of echo profiles. The result conditions
is a repeatable, fast, and reliable • High performance and easy
measurement. implementation using just a few
parameter entries
SITRANS LR200
• 2-wire, 6 GHz pulse radar level
transmitter for liquids with a range
SITRANS LR560 – of up to 20 m
The world’s first 78 GHz level • Ideal for process vessels with
transmitter turbulence and heavy deposit, as
• 2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW for ranges up well as with high temperatures and
to 100 m (328 ft) pressures with a range of up to 20 m
• Very narrow 4-degree beam angle
with 3” lens antenna
• Aiming flanges with purge, easy to
install
• Process Intelligence integrated and
plug and play performance

© Siemens 2021
Ultrasonic level measurement Continuous capacitance

Our market-leading ultrasonic level Our unique inverse frequency shift
measurement is an extremely cost- approach to capacitance technology
effective solution. The self-cleaning ensures accurate, reliable, and repeat-
face makes it suitable for harsh able measurements, even in dusty,
environmental conditions. The non- Level controllers turbulent, and vaporous environments
contacting technology is used in Our product portfolio of level control- or in situations with product buildup.
numerous industries to monitor lers feature intuitive navigation via the Because even a small level change
liquids, bulk solids, and slurries. local user interface and are ideal for creates a large change in frequency,
applications in all industries. Whether our instruments provide better reso-
you need the world’s highest accuracy lution and consistently outperform
in your open channels, rugged wet conventional devices. With special
well pump control, or dual point features such as Active-Shield tech-
monitoring, Siemens ultrasonics has nology, they protect the measurement
you covered. from the effects of moisture, vapors,
foam, temperature and pressure
variations, and buildup. Together with
the modular probe options available
on various models, they offer practical
solutions to a wide variety of contin-
uous level and interface applications.
SITRANS Probe LU240

Cost-effective, compact, intelligent
level solution for liquid chemical
inventory, monitoring small process
vessels, and level monitoring measure-
ment in the environmental industry.
Echomax transducers
• Fully encapsulated robust ultrasonic
transducers for use with Siemens
ultrasonic controllers
• Various approvals for use in
hazardous applications SITRANS LC300
• Self-cleaning face for harsh • Ideal for standard and industrial
applications with buildup applications in the chemicals,
hydrocarbon processing, food
and beverage, mining, aggregate,
and cement industries

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS LG series
Guided wave radar

SITRANS LG guided wave radar
transmitter for a range of contact
level and interface applications from
general to harsh conditions and
everything in between. Little to no
configuration, you’ll be operational in
minutes, saving you time and money. SITRANS LG240
• For use in hygienic and corrosive
applications
Extreme process conditions don’t
stand a chance, and these transmitters
feature SIL options for applications
SITRANS LG250
requiring functional safety. Advanced
• Highly flexible solution for liquid
diagnostics including trending,
level and interface applications.
profiles, and event logging give you
Extremely versatile for many
the data you need at every step of
applications
your process. Rapid response times
and advanced echo processing deliver
accurate and reliable readings over
SITRANS LG260
the full application range, even in
• Ideal for measuring the level in
small containers and in low dielectric
medium-range solids applications,
constant material. And with field-
including grains, plastics, and
replaceable and adjustable probes,
cement
if your process changes, your mea-
surement device can, too.
SITRANS LG270
• Offers configuration options for
extreme conditions, including high-
temperature and high-pressure
applications
All versions include:

• Automatic buildup adjustment
• Remote display and electronics
options
• 2 mm accuracy
• Backlight with full graphic display,
top- or side-mountable
• SIL 2/3 approval options
• Field-replaceable probes
• Quick setup wizards
• USB service port option

© Siemens 2021
Hydrostatic
Low-cost level measurement for direct
mounting or mounting with remote
seals on tanks and vessels
Point level detection

We offer you a comprehensive port-
folio for extremely reliable and precise
point level detection. Our wide selec-
tion includes ultrasonic, rotating, and
vibrating level switches as well as
RF capacitance switches with inverse
frequency shift technology that are
cost-effective and suitable for point
SITRANS LH100 and SITRANS P DS III level, interface detection, dry run, and
• Suitable for a wide range of safety back-up applications including SITRANS LPS200
applications in the chemical and bulk solids, liquids, and slurries. • Rotary paddle switch that detects
petrochemical industries solids with densities as low as 15 g/l
• Highly resistant to extreme chemical • Motor protection
and mechanical loads as well as Vibrating, rotary paddle • SIL 2 certification for best-in-class
electromagnetic interference • Especially suitable for low bulk reliability and performance
density applications • Options for fail-safe rotation
• Ideal for use in harsh and abrasive monitoring and alarming
Gravimetric (see catalog WT 10) environments, thanks to their
Gravimetric level measurement with rugged design
SIWAREX weighing technology offers • For detecting high, low, and de-
highly precise measurement without mand levels in solids, liquids, and
material contact independent of slurry applications
medium temperature, tank shape, • A wide variety of configuration
built-in parts, or material characteristics. options makes them suitable for any
environment
• Simple to use with no complicated
setup or configuration
• Stainless steel, aluminum, and
plastic enclosure options and high-
grade steel process connections
provide exceptional resistance to
mechanical forces, a long service
life, and low cost of ownership SITRANS LVL100 and LVL200
• Options for SIL 2 / redundant SIL 3 • Vibrating level switches for liquid
and slurry applications, including
high, low, and demand level alarms
and pump protection
• Wide application range including
high temperatures and pressures,
SIWAREX WP321 (see catalog WT 10) hygienic versions, large variety of
• Technology module for the SIMATIC enclosure materials, SIL 2/redundant
ET 200SP distributed I/O system SIL 3 options and remote testing
• For level measurements in silos and
bunkers; convenient and seamless
integration of platform scales directly
into the automation environment

© Siemens 2021
RF Capacitance
Pointek RF capacitance point level
switches measure interfaces, solids,
liquids, slurries, and foam. The inverse
frequency shift technology provides
accurate and reliable measurement
results even in dusty, turbulent, and
vaporous environments or in applica-
tions with product buildup. Small
changes in level create large changes
SITRANS LVS100, LVS200 and in frequency. Consequently, Pointek
LVS300 devices have greater sensitivity and
• Vibrating level switches that detect consistently outperform conventional
solids with densities as low as 5 g/l devices. With their rugged aluminum or
• Best-in-class sensitivity detection chemically resistive plastic enclosures
• Ability to handle and monitor and wide variety of process connections,
buildup Siemens Pointek switches are com-
• Options to detect solids interface patible with most applications. Pointek CLS200 and CLS300
within a liquid • Suitable for level detection in
demanding conditions with high
pressures and temperatures
• Suitable for aggressive applications
including very high temperatures
and pressures
• SIL 2 options
• Smart PROFIBUS versions with
digital display
• Remote operation via PROFIBUS
for status and function testing
• Remote detection of buildup and
monitoring of other process
Pointek ULS200 Ultrasonic Pointek CLS100 condition changes
• Non-contacting ultrasonic level • Suitable for level detection in
switch with two switch points constricted spaces
• Ideal for sticky materials and an • Sensguard protection of probe for
effective solution for bulk solids, harsh and abrasive environments
liquids, and slurries and chemically resistive probe
types available
• Compact 2-wire or 4-wire switch

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Positioners
Always in pole position:

SIPART Positioners
As the interface between control system and valves, positioners play an
important role in ensuring reliability and optimal performance in process plants
around the world. Our proven portfolio with the SIPART PS2 precisely controls
the entire range of valves and masters even special tasks with absolute reliability.
In addition, we have now introduced our new SIPART PS100 – to precisely meet your
application requirements.
SIPART PS100 – easy to use, fast in

commissioning and simply
sim robust
• One-push initialization:
initialization fast commission-
ing at the push of a bu button
• Application parameter to t select different
modes of valve position
positioning, e.g., exact, fast,
on-off, or booster
• Internal non-contactin
non-contacting sensor:
non-wearing and vibration-resistant
vibra
• Non-corrosive sound a absorber for use
in harsh environments
• Plain-text display with status icons in
accordance with NAM NAMUR NE107 and
four operation button
buttons

© Siemens 2021
SIPART PS2 – more functions,

more possibilities
The SIPART PS2 comes with an exten-
sive range of functions and diagnostic
capabilities, which we improved even
further:
• Optional pressure sensors: improved
valve diagnostics and parameter
monitoring
• Ready for digitalization: Fast and
predictive determination of valve
maintenance requirements using
the valve monitoring app
• Regular partial stroke tests: ensured Positioner with remote control
SIPART PS2 – the all-around movement of emergency shutdown electronics
positioner (ESD) valves and other open/close • Suitable for use in environmental
The SIPART PS2 has grown to become valves in the event of an emergency conditions with high-energy
the most widely used positioner for • Fail in Place: the valve remains in its radiation
linear and part-turn actuators. It is last position upon loss of electrical
constructed to meet a wide variety of and/or pneumatic power
requirements: • Fail Safe: the valve moves to the
• Polycarbonate, aluminum, or safety position; also suitable for SIL2
stainless steel enclosure applications
• 316L stainless steel enclosure for • Valve perfomance tests (VPT):
nearshore, offshore as well as oil immediate, on-site assessment of
and gas applications in hazardous valve maintenance requirements
areas
• Ex d explosion-proof version
• Communication via PROFIBUS PA,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, or HART
• Integrated booster option for quick
control of large drives
• Low operating costs thanks to Positioner with various external
minimal air consumption position transmitters
• Easier access to positioner for valves
at not easily accessible locations

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Process Monitoring
Early detection
protects your process
Process protection devices can be used as early-warning systems to avoid
costly interruptions and breakdowns of equipment. They detect flow
problems, blockages, screen faults, machinery slowdowns, or burst filter
bags. Their rugged construction makes them impervious to dust, dirt,
buildup, and moisture.
S
SITRANS AS100 – acoustic sensor used for solids
fflow detection, featuring a compact, stainless steel
cconstruction for harsh environments and non-invasive
m
mounting
• Detection of high-frequency acoustic emissions from

friction or the impact of dust, powders, granulates, and
other solids
• Signaling of flow/no flow or high/low flow
• Compatible with SITRANS CU02, which processes signals
from the sensor
• Provision of relay and analog outputs for connection into
a process, or direct connection to a PLC analog output

© Siemens 2021
Acoustic sensors
Non-invasive acoustic sensors detect
inaudible, high-frequency acoustic
emissions generated by friction and
impact, caused by materials in motion. Process controllers
(see catalog MP 31)
SIPART DR controllers are outstanding
thanks to their extreme reliability and
ease of use. Various software packages
are available to make their handling
easy and intuitive and to extend their
scope of application. The standard ver-
sion already offers comprehensive con-
troller hardware that can be upgraded
quickly and easily for specific applica-
tions by means of a large number of
optional input and output modules.
Plug-in modules for communications
SITRANS DA400 over RS 232/RS 485 or PROFIBUS DP
• Acoustic analyzer for the condition are also available.
monitoring of oscillating displace-
ment pumps
• Simultaneous and continuous moni-
toring of up to four independent Milltronics MFA 4p
delivery valves • Plant protection through the detec-
• Easy system operation and configu- tion of absence of motion, as well as
ration either locally by LCD and underspeed or overspeed conditions
keyboard or via PROFIBUS DP/PA • Probes usable in hazardous, high-
temperature, and harsh conditions,
thanks to their superior design
Motion sensors • With MSP or XPP probes
Non-contacting motion sensors detect
changes in motion and speed of Process recorders
conveying, reciprocating, and rotating (see catalog MP 20)
machinery. SIREC D200, 300, and 400 display
recorders are used for continuous
monitoring of process quantities, plant
maintenance, process optimization, or
troubleshooting. Our complete range of
process recorders offers state-of-the-art
solutions for the most demanding
requirements.
SITRANS WM100
• For detecting the absence or
SITRANS WM300 MFA presence of motion of rotating,
• Motion failure alarm (MFA), reciprocating, and conveying
differential speed detection (DSD), equipment
and non-contacting tachometer • Heavy-duty alarm switch
(NCT)
• Multiple alarming powered by
4 relays for overspeed or under-
speed conditions from the sensors
• Intuitive programming thanks to
a simple menu structure, along with
an on-board display and push
buttons

© Siemens 2021
Process Instrumentation | Additional Components
Expand as you go
Integrated communication down to the field level is becoming an increasingly
important factor for the success of our customers. Availability of the instru-
ments in automation solutions at all times is necessary to gather information
about the state of the plant from existing data, and to derive the correct
maintenance measures with regard to time and scope. This is not a problem
with our modern solutions. Even proven plants that have been running for
many years can be expanded with a small investment in such a way that the
most important data is available – not only locally, but with secure worldwide
access if required.
SIMATIC 3010C/RTU3030C – The compact remote

terminal units monitor remote measuring points, even
in locations
location where no power supply exists.
• Easy con f
configuration using a web browser instead of
program m
programming
• Flexible power
p supply from batteries, solar energy,
or 24 V DC
D
• Energy-optimized
Energy-oo operation and integrated energy
managem m
management for connected analog and digital sensors
• Secure communication
co (TeleControl Basic protocol,
SINAUT SST
ST7, DNP3, and IEC 60870-5-104) via the inte-
grated U M modem (RTU3030C) or via LAN port
UMTS
(RTU301 0 in addition to a SCALANCE S or SCALANCE M
(RTU3010C)
• Extended d temperature range from –40 °C to +70 °C as
well as a
ann optional enclosure meeting the IP68 standard

© Siemens 2021
WirelessHART components
WirelessHART enables the integra-
tion of measuring points that could
not be implemented before due to
the operating environment or for
economic reasons. In addition to
the SITRANS TF280 transmitters
for temperature measurement
and SITRANS P280 for pressure
measurement, the SITRANS AW210
and SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART
adapters integrate instruments with
HART capability as well as analog
SITRANS RD150 devices that do not support HART
• Remote display for 4 to 20 mA communication. Access to diagnostic
and HART devices data can be implemented with these
• Easy-to-use basic configuration of adapters at low costs in most cases,
Remote digital display HART instruments using HART especially when the control system
The universal remote digital displays commands does not support integrated HART
allow remote display of and access to • Ease of use through the backlit communication.
measurement data from a convenient 4-button menu-driven display and
location. Our advanced range of flexible mounting options
remote displays include options for
pump control with communications
including HART and Modbus RTU with
flexible output options.
RANS AW200
SITRANS
SITRANS RD100 SITRANS RD200 and RD300 • Connection option of up to four
• Loop-powered display • Universal and full-featured versions HART devices in multi-drop mode
• Suitable for level, flow, pressure, • Ideal for flow rate, total, and control • Support of 4–20 mA devices without
temperature, and weighing applications as well as for use with HART
applications most field devices • Power supply of the connected field
• Can be used in a large variety • Data logged and displayed on the device via an integrated battery
of environments (low/high PC with the free RD software
temperatures, hazardous areas) • Sunlight-readable display
• Simple setup and installation • Standard serial communications IE/PB Link PN IO
output (Modbus RTU) • Can constitute the gateway between
• Pump alternation control, PROFINET and PROFIBUS
linearization and square root and • From the IO-controller viewpoint, all
math functions DP slaves are treated like IO devices
with a PROFINET interface
• Use as a data records router for the
parameter assignment of field
devices via SIMATIC PDM (Process
Device Manager) in all plants with
PROFIBUS DP

© Siemens 2021
Digitalization | Process Overview
Digitalize your process

From design and commissioning to operations and performance monitoring –
Siemens provides the software, tools, and services for the digitalization of
every phase of a plant′s lifecycle. End-to-end digitalization from a single source
optimizes plant operations to reduce downtime and maximize cost efficiency.
Siemens Process and Plant Design Engineering and Commissioning Operation Service
Apps and
Software Services for
Process
• PDM MS • PIA Lifecycle • SIMATIC PDM • SITRANS IQ Apps • Performance-based services Industries:
• COMOS • Digital product data • Data matrix code • SIMATIC PDM MS • Lifecycle Service Contracts
• Inventory
• SIMIT • Simulation • Digital twin • Calibration management
Baseline Services
• SITRANS Library • Expert systems
• SITRANS IQ Apps
• TIA • Control
Reduce time to manufacturing Reduce cost and effort Improve performance, Reduce maintenance Performance
reduce unplanned downtime and service costs
Analytics
• Valve Monitoring
Digital product data Digital twin, process analytics and expert systems
• ...
Digital Product Twin Digital Performance Twin
SITRANS CC240
SITRANS Multisensor and Instrumentation
Siemens supports your digitalization Process and plant design

over the entire lifecycle In order to support you while
During each of the main steps of the designing the plant, Siemens
lifecycle of a plant, Siemens supports Instrumentation provides you with
you with a set of software tools, apps, ample information via its PIA Portal
and services in order to improve the (www.pia-portal.automation.siemens.
uptime and performance of your plant com). When using engineering tools
while reducing your maintenance and like COMOS, all digital product data
service costs. can be imported directly. And if you
are using SIMIT to train your staff, the
process instrumentation is certainly
included with simulation objects.

© Siemens 2021
Engineering
When using state-of-the-art process
automation like PCS 7, engineering
is made easy with the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industry Library and especially the
SITRANS Library for Field Instruments.
Here, the faceplates provide the full
potential of the instrumentation.
Commissioning and operation Service

New plants usually have communica- In the future, monitoring of plant
tion down to the field level with HART, assets via Siemens Apps, such as
PROFIBUS, or PROFINET, ensuring SITRANS SAM IQ – Smart Asset
transparency of secondary data of the Management, will allow the plant
field devices. Stand-alone or integrat- operator to pinpoint service needs
ed parameterization tools like SIMATIC and to make plant maintenance more
PDM are able to access or forward this efficient, thus reducing costs and
data for further processing in apps, increasing uptime. In addition, many
with no disruption to plant operations. support services are available, such as
They allow an upload or download of QR codes on each PI device, which
parameter assignments during com- allow you to easily download the
missioning of field devices based on specific information of an instrument
an always-synchronized, central data- on site.
base and known network topology.
Contact our experts directly for assis-
tance with data troubleshooting and
other services.

© Siemens 2021
Digitalization | SIOS
Online support for customers with

SIOS and the industry support app
Access to accurate information is a huge asset in the field. Siemens Industry Online
Support (SIOS) provides up-to-date information about specific products quickly and
easily. Available in the online portal or in the downloadable smartphone app for
maximum convenience.
Industry Support App

• Download and install the app on
your smartphone
• Scan the QR code of any device in
the field
• Access comprehensive information
including device-specific informa-
tion like handbooks, Manuals, FAQ,
product notes
• Submit a support request and we
will contact you within 4 working
hours (even quicker with a premium
SIOS Portal service contact)
24 hrs a day, 365 days a year – this
portal provides comprehensive informa-
tion on the entire portfolio of Siemens
for process and discrete industries.
Find information on automation,
communication, and process instru-
mentation under:
• Product support: handbooks, manu-
als, FAQ, product notes, certificates
• Services: the service portfolio
• Support request: help – just state
your issue and we will contact you
within 4 working hours
• My support: activate notifications
according to your needs

© Siemens 2021
Digitalization | COMOS
Integrated tools for

engineering efficiency
Empower your data! Clever, integrated tools and solutions such as COMOS and
SIMIT let you take control – and greatly increase the efficiency of processing
and manufacturing plants.
SIMIT
The simulation platform SIMIT enables
comprehensive tests of automation
applications and provides a realistic
training environment for operators
even before the real startup. This
SITRANS creates opportunities for process
Field Devices optimization and know-how retention
which results in reduced commission-
COMOS PIA Lifecycle Portal
ing time and significantly shortened
time-to-market.
PIA Lifecycle Portal COMOS SITRANS Library

This portal helps you select, size and COMOS is the engineering tool from • Easy use of device-specific functions
configure your ideal piece of instru- Siemens for the entire lifecycle of your and data from devices of the
mentation. plant. With the direct integration of SITRANS and SIPART product fami-
our PIA Lifecycle Portal we guarantee lies, such as dosing or totalizer func-
Interfaces to COMOS and exports to the seamless integration of our field tions in solutions with SIMATIC PCS 7
the online ordering portal of Siemens: devices in the engineering environ- • Library with device-specific function
the Industry Mall (mall.industry. ment. We can offer field devices best blocks, block symbols, and faceplates
siemens.com) suited to your processes, properties, • Fully compatible with SIMATIC PCS 7
and measuring requirements. Standard Advanced Process Library
You are able to track the lifecycle of (APL) through the entire lifecycle,
your instrument, see warranty and from engineering to running of the
extended exchange option informa- plant
tion as well additional information
such as factory certificates (e.g., for
calibration or validation).

© Siemens 2021
Digitalization | SITRANS IQ
SITRANS IQ SITRANS IQ
Our digital field device platform

for performance, efficiency, and
less downtime across the lifecycle
FIELD
DEVICE
APPS
SITRANS field devices
The full portfolio of flow, temperature,
pressure and level, as well as weighing
and pneumatic valve positioners is well
established in many industries. Reliable
and accurate, they measure the pri- CONNECTIVITY
4*."5*$1%..4
mary measurement value and often 4*53"/4$$ 356D ((
#MVFUPPUI
provide secondary data which allows

you to assess e.g. the status of a valve.
Multisensors will in future also detect

additional non-cyclic information like SITRANS Positioner Level Measurement Temperature
vibration, temperature or magnetism, FIELD
for example. Some instruments such
DEVICES
as the MAG 8000 even send their data Flow Measurement Weighing Pressure
directly using mobile networks.
Connectivity down to the field devices

is not given in the majority of the SITRANS IQ Apps
brownfield plants. Therefore connec- Data connectivity via SIMATIC PDM
tivity elements will allow you to access Maintenance Station or SITRANS
the stranded data below to the classic, CC240 allows you to collect stranded
non-transparent I/O modules of older data from the field. But deriving value
automation systems. SITRANS CC240 from the data, recognizing patterns or
will in future allow to access these even predict potential failures is a
stranded HART data. challenge.
And last but not least, the Remote With co-creating customers, Siemens Digital Services
Terminal Unit RTU3041c will collect is developing apps that support you in If the app detects an issue, an expert is
measurement data from highly distrib- monitoring your plant. These apps easily available to support you. They
uted remote measurements and provide life lists, inform you when are ready to remotely analyze the data
send it via encrypted e-mail to a devices have been changed. They together with your plant operators and
SITRANS serve IQ – that forwards the visualize patterns, monitor limits service staff. And if requested, they
collected measurement data into (e.g. wear), and much more. are ready to support you with further
SCADA Systems or APPs. services.

© Siemens 2021
Digitalization | NAMUR
NAMUR Open Architecture will enable

new business cases in MRO applications
The open architecture and second communication channel allow innovative solutions
for new and existing plants to be implemented quickly while leaving the process
control core unaffected.
Multisensors as part of the

monitoring and optimization
Get access to condition data The multisensors measure indirect
with “Second Data Channel” values such as vibration, and other.
They usually monitor the state of
• open, standard communication selected assets and are outside the
• no influence on core process core automation pyramid. By recogniz-
• for greenfield and brownfield ing deviations of the machines, valves,
• independent of DCS lifecycle and the plant itself in daily operation,
• state-of-the-art security multisensors are able to predict poten-
53 tial failures or necessary maintenance
6/(
0(
&2
of the plant in time. This leads to

5(
better planning of the maintenance

35
process and a reduction in unplanned

2&
([S
(6
HUW shutdowns.
V WLRQHQW
HU D
6&
2S DJHP open
21
Q
0D
secured Information model and security
75
2/
It is absolutely essential, while collect-

$SS
V ing data from the plant, that the
automation and process control re-
DWLR
Q main untouched. The security must be
6(& RP
21 $XW incorporated by design. Likewise, any
'' insights and possible optimization
$7$
&+ measures are reviewed by experts and
$1
1( the plant operator, before being fed
/
back into the automation – it is always
O
HYH the plant operator who is in control.
LHOG/
)
Apps
Siemens is developing its apps within
Process instrumentation as part Process instrumentation as the framework of Digitalization Enter-
of core process control part of monitoring and optimization prise Labs, ensuring a consistent
The instrumentation is the source The core process instrumentation framework of state-of-the-art function-
of all information to run your plant measures the critical values to run ality for all Siemens apps.
efficiently and safely. Instruments your application like e.g. flow,
are your eyes and ears in the plant. temperature, pressure, level. But As our automation works seamlessly
To bring this information to the auto- also their secondary KPIs contain with all instrumentation available on
mation systems, PI runs on many valuable information on e.g. the the market, apps like Valve Monitoring
different communication standards, degradation of valves or temperatures and SITRANS SAM IQ – Smart Asset
from very cost-effective 4-to-20mA- of the transmitter electronics. Management cover your entire in-
only devices, to HART communication, stalled base (though we would prefer,
PROFIBUS and in future also PROFINET you would choose Siemens in the first
devices. place).

© Siemens 2021
Services | Industry Services
Our services support you

To thrive in today′s competitive markets, industrial companies must extract maximum
value from their assets. Our extensive range of services provide customers with the
tools and knowledge they need to minimize lifecycle costs while increasing perfor-
mance. Thanks to our dedicated service people all around the world, we can deliver
the services you need tailored to the individual challenges of your industry.
The Industry Services portfolio includes corrective, preventive, predictive

services – as well as Digital Industry Services – through the entire lifecycle
of products, machines, and plants. Whether making system states transpar-
ent or reliably monitoring machines and plants while also protecting them
with security concepts, Siemens Industry Services enables your machines
and plants to perform at their best.

© Siemens 2021
Services | Industry Services
Industry Services for

process instrumentation
In the process industries, communication with field devices is key to managing costs
while ensuring safety, security, and quality. The comprehensive and modular range
of Industry Services for Process Instrumentation from Siemens provides valuable
tools for optimizing operations and protecting the long-term viability of your plant.
Commissioning & Maintenance

Field
Calibration Remote Services & Moderniza-
Services Services Maintenance
Services
tion Services
Lifecycle
Services
Support & Consulting Maintenance
Contract
Services
Inventory Lifecycle Managed

Support
Baseline Information System Training
Services
Services Services Services Support Consulting
Services Services
• Managed Service Contract
Spare Parts & Repairs

• SLA / KPI Fulfilment:
Service Performance
Logistics & Delivery
Spare Part Repair
Services Services
Asset Extended Spare
Repair
Optimization Exchange Parts
Services
Services Option Services
Commissioning and maintenance Support and consulting Spare parts and repairs
Commissioning and maintaining field Siemens’ Inventory Baseline Services Asset Optimization Services take a
instruments is time-consuming, labor- and Lifecycle Information Services structured, systematic approach to the
intensive, and – depending on whether provide convenient and powerful comprehensive optimization of your
it’s performed inside or outside explo- portfolio elements for your installed supply of spare parts. With the Extended
sion-risk zones – involves a substantial base. We offer a comprehensive train- Exchange Option, you can protect any
outlay. In addition, the ever-growing ing program for design, operation and Siemens process instrumentation
demands for IT security play an in- maintenance personnel that can take products you order from unforeseeable
creasingly important role. Our range place either at the Siemens Training repair costs.
of on-site services, platform-based Center or on your premises. Managed
remote services, and comprehensive System Services are focused on the Lifecycle services contracts
calibration services support you in all efficient, centrally coordinated pro- A modular lifecycle services contract is
your activities, from engineering and cessing of complex support requests. composed of defined service elements
commissioning to maintenance. They not only make all service and and contract-specific parameters.
support activities transparent, they Long-term investment protection and
also significantly reduce service time. the assurance of serviceability are the
essential benefits of a contract
solution.

© Siemens 2021
Services | Remote Services
Remotely assisted by experts –

in real time and wherever you are
Our Remote Services for Process Instrumentation ensure optimal reactive support for all
the field devices used. Remote access is via Siemens’ own IT infrastructure (cRSP = common
Remote Service Platform). Our offering guarantees smooth commissioning, rapid trouble-
shooting, and comprehensive consulting related to your field devices, control loops, and plant.
RIO
HART®
Bluetooth
011010101101011101
modem
Internet LTE Internet

Network Module (VPN via cRSP)
011010101101011101 011010101101011101
HART
Mobile Wifi Hotspot
HART® (e.g. Smartphone)
Bluetooth
modem
011010101101011101
Siemens experts
(incl. 2nd and 3rd Level
Technical Support)
Field Services Guest WiFi

for Customers
Maintenance Commisioning Your benefit

• Maintenance is generally covered • Service Tablet PC SIPIX SD • Reliable access to your process
by inspection and maintenance • Siemens common Remote Service instrumentation
services according to DIN 31051: Platform (cRSP) • Safe access either at the device
– such as inspecting the field • High-performance industry tablet directly or from the first remote I/O
instrument’s condition for a PCs • Fast and worldwide availability of
transparent view of the system • Designed for use in harsh industrial expert know-how directly from the
status and implementation of environments product manufacturer
preventive measures • ATEX approval for Zone 1 and Zone 2 • Technical assistance also during the
• Configured with all necessary configuration, commissioning, and
Parameterization service applications, for Siemens and maintenance phases
• SIMATIC Process Device Manager all common foreign devices
• Professional software for parameter • Access via HART Bluetooth Modem or
assignment, visualization, or error HART USB cable
tracing for every kind of instrumenta- • A graduated security and access
tion – either from Siemens or any concept, secure and monitored
other supplier communication
• The same usability – no matter wheth- • Absence of feedback effects thanks
er you access the device on site or to the separation of the different
remotely from the engineering station networks (DMZ). Compatibility with
• In use worldwide for more than a general industrial security concepts,
decade certification under ISO 27001 / CERT

© Siemens 2021
Services | Partners
Approved and certified partners –

near you
Siemens partners stand for proven expertise and excellent customer support. The
companies we accept as partners have proven their capabilities and been certified
in accordance with rigorous standards. At the same time, we support our partners
with the same criteria we apply to the training of our own employees.
Service partner arrangement ent Partner requirements

gem Pa
r ran rtn
• Close to customers e ra e r • Only Service Provider for Siemens
tn
re
• Improve regional coverage • Invoicing via Siemens
r
q
pa
uir
• Meet customer requirements • Qualified staff and technically well equipped
ic e
em
• Product and application know-how
S er v
e
n ts
• Spare stock
Approved
Service
otion
Partner
Cont
rom
Market awareness & promotion Continuous business development

i
&p
nuou
• Siemens Brand recognition • Agree on strategy and growth plan

s
es
sb
en
• Approved Service Partner certificate • Continuous qualification development

u
r sin
• Partner Finder Tool in internet wa a
es
sd • Readiness to invest in tooling & facilities
• Part of marketing campaigns
ket eve
• Conduct regular reviews (orders, KPIs)
Mar lopment
incl. materials • Share and exchange know-how
Role of partners Siemens delivers quality Your benefits

• Act as a competent service delivery • Based on shared interest • Competent service delivery
on behalf of Siemens (Siemens and partner) • Close to customers
• Regional on-site support • Partners attend Siemens training (short reaction time)
• Bring expertise and service programs on a regular basis • Fast access to critical spares
capability • Build on existing long-term relation- (partner stock)
• Together with Siemens secure ships between Siemens and partners • Increased flexibility
ongoing development of new • An extensive certification process • Partners typically enjoy a high
service offerings ensures that Siemens requirements degree of regional acceptance
• Win new service customers for competence profile and tooling
are maintained

© Siemens 2021

1
© Siemens 2021
1/3 Product overview Pressure transmitters

for applications with advanced
Single-range transmitters for general requirements (Advanced)
applications SITRANS P320/P420
1/6 SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute
1/86 Technical description
pressure
Technical specifications, ordering data,
1/12 SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
dimensional drawings
1/17 SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure
1/91 - for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Transmitter for hydrostatic level 1/100 - for gauge pressure (differential pressure
1/23 - SITRANS LH100 series)
1/28 - SITRANS LH300 1/109 - for gauge and absolute pressure,
1/34 SITRANS P Compact for gauge and abso- flush-mounted diaphragm
lute pressure 1/121 - for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Pressure transmitters 1/129 - for absolute pressure (differential pressure
for food, pharmaceuticals and series)
biotechnology 1/138 - for differential pressure and flow
1/43 SITRANS P300 for gauge and ab- 1/152 - for level
solute pressure SITRANS P DS III
1/65 SITRANS P300 Accessories/Spare parts 1/166 Technical description
1/66 SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of Technical specifications, ordering data,
valve manifolds on transmitters dimensional drawings
1/173 - for gauge pressure
Pressure transmitters
1/183 - for gauge/absolute pressure,
for gauge pressure for the
with front-flush diaphragm
paper industry
1/196 - for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure
1/68 SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC
series)
connection - Technical description
1/206 - for absolute pressure (from differential
1/73 SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
pressure series)
1/79 SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1/217 - for differential pressure and flow
1/233 - for level
1/247 Accessories/Spare Parts
1/253 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on
transmitters
SITRANS P410
1/263 - for gauge pressure
1/294 Accessories/Spare parts
Pressure transmitters for applications

with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
1/310 - for level
1/319 Accessories/Spare parts
1/321 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on
transmitters
You can download all instructions,

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS P
free of charge at the following Internet
address:
www.usa.siemens.com/pressure
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

1
© Siemens 2021
Remote seals for transmitters Fittings

and pressure gauges 1/440 Technical description
SITRANS P320/P420 1/441 Selection aid
1/324 Technical description Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design pressure transmitters
1/338 - with flexible capillary 1/443 - Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271
Diaphragm seals of flange design and DIN 16272
1/345 - with flexible capillary 1/445 - Angle adapter
1/353 - mounted directly on transmitter 1/446 - Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1/360 - mounted directly and with capillary 1/448 - Accessories for shut-off valves/double
Diaphragm seal, screwed design shut-off valves
1/367 - mounted directly mounted or/and with 1/448 - Instrument brackets
capillary 1/449 Shut-off valves for differential pressure
1/372 Quick-release diaphragm seals transmitters
1/377 Miniature diaphragm seals 1/449 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
1/379 Inline seals in sandwich design 1/452 - Multiway cocks PN 100
1/385 Quick-release inline seals 1/454 - 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
1/390 Flushing rings for diaphragm seals 1/457 - 3-way valve manifold DN 8
1/395 Measuring setups 1/460 - Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
1/396 Measuring setups with remote seals 1/462 - Valve manifold combination DN 8
1/398 Measuring setups without remote seals 1/464 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for
SITRANS P DS III protective box
1/401 Technical description 1/468 - 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical
1/407 Pancake type diaphragm seal with flexible angular differential pressure lines
capillary tube 1/471 - Low-pressure multiway cock
1/408 Flange-type diaphragm seal directly con- 1/473 Accessories
nected
1/409 Flange-type diaphragm seal with exten-
sion
1/411 Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pres-
sure type", directly connected
1/413 Flange-type diaphragm seal with flexible
capillary tube
1/415 Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line type"
1/417 Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pres-
sure type"
1/419 Flushing rings
1/421 Diaphragm seal with quick connection
1/422 Inline diaphragm seal with quick connec-
tion
1/424 Inline diaphragm seal with quick connec-
tion
1/426 Diaphragm seal "threaded design"
1/427 Diaphragm seal "threaded, low-pressure
design"
1/429 Inline diaphragm seal, wafer for pressure
1/431 Diaphragm seal, saddle
1/433 Measuring setups
1/434 - with remote seals
1/436 - without remote seals

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS P
address:
www.usa.siemens.com/pressure

© Siemens 2021
Product overview
■ Overview
1
Application Description Software for
parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P Single-range transmitters for general applications
Two or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P200 1/6 –
for measuring gauge and • Single-range transmitters for gauge and absolute
absolute pressure pressure
• Ceramic measuring cell
• For general applications
SITRANS P210 1/12 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• For low-pressure applications
SITRANS P220 1/17 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration
technology
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH100 1/23 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 23.4 mm
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH300 1/28 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 30 mm
• Suitable for small measuring ranges
Transmitters for gauge and SITRANS P Compact 1/34 –
absolute pressure for food, • Single-range transmitters in two-wire system
pharmaceuticals and biotech-
nology • Hygiene-based design with various aseptic connec-
tions according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP recom-
mendations.
SITRANS P · Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 1/43 SIMATIC PDM
suring gauge and absolute • Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, 3A,
pressure FDA and GMP
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and communica-
tion over HART, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• Standard process connection G½", ½-NPT and
front-flush process connections available
• Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on 1/66 –

SITRANS P300 transmitters
• Simplified assembly
• With pressure test
• Stainless steel valve manifolds
SITRANS P · Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 and SITRANS P DS III with 1/68 SIMATIC PDM
suring gauge pressure PMC connection for the paper industry
• Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
• Process connections for the paper industry
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART,
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 1/3

© Siemens 2021
Product overview
1 Application Description Software for

parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P320/P420 1/86 SIMATIC PDM
suring: • Measuring accuracy:
• Gauge pressure, - SITRANS P320: 0.065 %
• Absolute pressure, - SITRANS P420 0.04 %
• Differential pressure and • Fast step response time of up to 105 ms
• Flow or • Developed according to IEC 61508,
SIL2/3 applications
• Level
• SIL validation remotely
• Diagnostics according to Namur NE107
• 4-key operation
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P DS III 1/166 SIMATIC PDM
measuring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.065 %
• Gauge pressure, • Measuring range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Absolute pressure, • Parameterization using:
• Differential pressure and - 3 buttons and HART for
• Flow or SITRANS P DS III HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
• Level SITRANS P DS III PA series
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for
SITRANS P DS III FF series
• Available ex stock
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, 1/253 –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P DS III
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P410 1/257 SIMATIC PDM

suring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.04 %
• Gauge pressure, • Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
• Differential pressure and • Parameterization using:
• Flow - 3 buttons and HART for SITRANS P410 HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
SITRANS P410 PA
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for SI-
TRANS P410 FF
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P410
• Factory valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is
possible. Depending on the available P410 variants,
please see the configuration options for
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253).
SITRANS P - Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P500 1/297 SIMATIC PDM
measuring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.03 %
• Differential pressure • Measuring range adjustment: 200 :1
• Volume flow • High measuring accuracy
• Mass flow • Very fast response time
• Level • Extremely good long-term stability
• Volume • Parameterization using 3 buttons or HART
• Mass
Factory-mounting of manifolds on differential 1/321 –

pressure transmitters SITRANS P500
1/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

© Siemens 2021
Product overview
Application Description Software for

1
parameteriza-
tion
Remote seals for transmitters SITRANS P
Remote seals for measuring Remote seals for SITRANS P320/420 1/324 –
viscous, corrosive or fibrous Remote seals for SITRANS P300, P DS III, P410, P500 1/401
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures) • Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs
• Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
• Wide range of diaphragm materials and fill fluid
available
Fittings
Shutting off the lines for the Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in steel, 1/440 –
medium and differential pres- brass or stainless steel
sure Valve manifolds available for the various process
Mounting of transmitter on connections of the SITRANS P transmitters
valve manifold or shut-off fitting
As accessory for fittings are available:

• Oval flange 1/473
• Adapters 1/474
• Connection glands 1/475
• Connection parts G½ 1/476
• Water traps 1/477
• Sealing rings to EN 837-1 1/477
• Pressure surge reducers 1/478
• Primary shut-off valves 1/479
• Compensation vessels 1/481
• Connection parts 1/482
■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

The scope of delivery of the Siemens products for process instrumentation includes a multilingual instruction sheet with
safety instructions as well as a uniform mini DVD – Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
This DVD contains the most important manuals and certificates for the Siemens process instrumentation and
weighing technology portfolio. The delivery may also contain product-specific or order-specific printed materials.
For additional information, refer to the Annex on page 10/3.

© Siemens 2021
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Overview ■ Design
Device structure without explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65), a
device plug M12 (IP67), a cable (IP67) or a Quickon cable quick
screw connection (IP67) connected electrically. The output sig-
nal is between 4 and 20 mA or 0 and 10 V.
Device structure with explosion protection
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65) or a
device plug M12 (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal
is between 4 and 20 mA.
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge and absolute
pressure of liquids and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter measures the gauge
and absolute pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Ceramic measuring cell
• Gauge and absolute measuring ranges 1 to 60 bar (15 to
1000 psi) U
• For general applications const.
U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB
• High measuring accuracy

• Rugged stainless steel enclosure
• High overload withstand capability
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
SITRANS P200 pressure transmitters (7MF1565-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The ceramic measuring cell has a thick-film resistance bridge to
• Compact design
which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
diaphragm.
■ Application The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
pressure is used in the following industrial areas: of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Mechanical engineering The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Shipbuilding put pressure.
• Power engineering
• Chemical industry
• Water supply

© Siemens 2021
■ Technical specifications
1
Application Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
Gauge and absolute pressure Liquids, gases and vapors • acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
measurement ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation ≤ 1 %
Mode of operation
Design
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive measuring cell
(ceramic diaphragm) Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Measured variable Gauge and absolute pressure Process connections See dimension drawings
Inputs Electrical connections • Connector per
EN 175301-803-A Form A with
Measuring range cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
• Gauge pressure or Pg 11
- Metric 1 … 60 bar (15 … 870 psi) • Device plug M12
- US measuring range 15 … 1000 psi
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
• Absolute pressure (∅ ± 5.4 mm)
- Metric 0.6 … 16 bar a
- US measuring range (10 … 232 psi apsi a) • Quickon cable quick screw con-
10 … 300 psi a nection
Output Wetted parts materials
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA • Measuring cell AI2O3 - 96 %

• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
(SST 316 L)
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex)
• Gasket • FPM (Standard)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC
• Neoprene
• Load ≥ 10 kΩ
• Perbunan
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC
• EPDM
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 kΩ
Non-wetted parts materials
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 %
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Load ≥ 10 kΩ (SST 316 L)
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC ± 10 % • Rack Plastic
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 kΩ
• Cables PVC
Characteristic curve Linear rising
Certificates and approvals
Measuring accuracy
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring paragraph 3 (sound engineering
span practice)
Step response time T99 < 5 ms Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
Long-term stability Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00

• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
span (ABS)1)
Influence of ambient temperature Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
span
Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V
EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
Operating conditions OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Process temperature with gasket Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
made of:
• for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F)
• worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F)
Explosion protection
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• EPDM -40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F), Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
usable for drinking water output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
Da/Db
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui ≤ 30 V DC; Ii ≤ 100 mA;
EN 175301-803-A safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi ≤ 0.75 W
mum values:
• IP 67 with device plug M12
• IP 67 with cable Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
• IP 67 with cable quick screw capacity for versions with plugs per
connection EN 175301-803-A and M12
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
soon.

© Siemens 2021
1
■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Characteristic curve deviation typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring range Overload limit Burst pressure
Min. Max.
For gauge pressure
0 ... 1 bar (0 ... 14.5 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 2.5 bar (36.26 psi) > 2.5 bar (> 36.3 psi) 3 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23.2 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 4 bar (58.02 psi) > 4 bar (> 58.0 psi) 3 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.65 psi) > 6.25 bar (> 90.7 psi) 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) > 10 bar (> 145 psi) 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) > 15 bar (> 217 psi) 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) > 25 bar (> 362 psi) 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) > 40 bar (> 580 psi) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) > 62.5 bar (> 906 psi) 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) > 100 bar (> 1450 psi) 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) > 150 bar (> 2175 psi) 3 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi) 9 AA H1Y
For absolute pressure
0 ... 0.6 bar a (0 ... 8.7 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psi a) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psi a) 5 AG
0 ... 1 bar a (0 ... 14.5 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psi a) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psi a) 5 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23.2 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 4 bar a (58.02 psi a) > 4 bar a (> 58.0 psi a) 5 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar a (0 ... 36.3 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 6.25 bar a (90.65 psi a) > 6.25 bar a (> 90.7 psi a) 5 BD
0 ... 4 bar a (0 ... 58.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 10 bar a (145 psi a) > 10 bar a (> 145 psi a) 5BE
0 ... 6 bar a (0 ... 87.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 15 bar a (217 psi a) > 15 bar a (> 217 psi a) 5 BG
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 25 bar a (362 psi a) > 25 bar a (> 362 psi a) 5 CA
0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 40 bar a (580 psi a) > 40 bar a (> 580 psi a) 5 CB
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar a (psi a) 9 AA H2Y
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BB
3 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BC
0 ... 20 psi -14.5 psi 50 psi > 50 psi 4 BD
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 80 psi > 80 psi 4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 140 psi > 140 psi 4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 200 psi > 200 psi 4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 350 psi > 350 psi 4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 550 psi > 550 psi 4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 800 psi > 800 psi 4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1400 psi > 1400 psi 4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Measuring ranges for absolute pressure
0 ... 10 psi a 0 psi a 35 psi a > 35 psi a 6 AG
0 ... 15 psi a 0 psi a 35 psi a > 35 psi a 6 BA
0 ... 20 psi a 0 psi a 50 psi a > 50 psi a 6 BB
0 ... 30 psi a 0 psi a 80 psi a > 80 psi a 6 BD
0 ... 60 psi a 0 psi a 140 psi a > 140 psi a 6BE
0 ... 100 psi a 0 psi a 200 psi a > 200 psi a 6 BG
0 ... 150 psi a 0 psi a 350 psi a > 350 psi a 6 CA
0 ... 200 psi a 0 psi a 550 psi a > 550 psi a 6 CB
0 ... 300 psi a 0 psi a 800 psi a > 800 psi a 6 CC
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi a 9 AA H2Y

© Siemens 2021

1
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; two-wire system; power supply 7 ... 33 V DC (10 ... 30 V DC for ATEX versions) 0
0 ... 10 V; three-wire system; power supply 12 ... 33 V DC 10
0 ... 5 V; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 7 ... 33 V DC 20
Ratiometric 10 ... 90 %; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 5 V DC ± 10 % 30
Explosion protection (only 4 ... 20 mA)
None 0
With explosion protection Ex ia IIC T4 1
Electrical connection
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling) 1
Device plug M12 per IEC 61076-2-101 2
Connection via fixed mounted cable, 2 m (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 3
Quickon cable quick screw connection PG9 (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 4
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with cou- 6
pling)
Fixed mounted cable, length 5 m 0 7
Special version 9 N1Y
Process connection
G½" male per EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar) A
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread B
G¼" male per EN 837-1 (¼" BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
7/16"-20 UNF female J
M20x1.5 male P
G1/4" to DIN 3852 Form E Q
G1/2" to DIN 3852 Form E R
Special version Z P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Special version Z Q1Y
Version
Standard version 1
Further designs
Supplement the Article No. with "-Z" and add Order code.
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) C11
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased, max. operating pressure 60 bar, max. temperature of medium E10
+85 °C (only in conjunction with the sealing material Viton between sensor and enclosure and not with
explosion protection version)

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
M12x1/Fixcon M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
max. 30 Nm max. 20 Nm
30.2 (1.19)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
with cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
SITRANS P200, electrical connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG
SITRANS P200, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
■ Schematics
1
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+UB),
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
IO Output current 3 3+ RL UB 3 (+UO)
2 2
RL Load UO Output voltage
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and plug according to
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ IO + 3 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
3 UB IO Output current
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
1 4+ UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply
Connection with current output and device plug M12x1

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and device plug M12x1
Connection: br (brown),
br IO + gn (green) Connection: br (+UB, brown),
UB IO Output current
br UO + gn (+UO, green),
gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load
Connection with current output and cable

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and cable
1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
IO + 2 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2- RL IO Output current UO
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 UB Power supply UO Output voltage
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon fast
cable termination
Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively bonded to the trans-
mitter enclosure
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
2- RL IO Output current RL
2 1 3- IO Output current
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 (Ex) Connection with current output and device plug M12x1 (Ex)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
1 ■ Overview ■ Design
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• Measuring ranges 100 to 600 mbar (1.45 to 8.7 psi) relative
• For low-pressure applications U
const.
■ Benefits p
U
I I0, UB
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors SITRANS P210 pressure transmitters (7MF1566-...), functional diagram
• Compact design
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thin-film resistance
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
■ Application a stainless steel diaphragm.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure is The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
used in the following industrial areas: amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
• Mechanical engineering of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Shipbuilding The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Power engineering put pressure.
• Water supply

© Siemens 2021
1
Application Design
Gauge measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell Electrical connections • Connector per
(stainless steel diaphragm) EN 175301-803-A Form A with
cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • Device plug M12
Measuring range • 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
(∅ ± 5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure 100 … 600 mbar
(1.5 … 8.7 psi) • Quickon cable quick screw con-
nection
Output
Wetted parts materials
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4435
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Gasket • FPM (Standard)
• Load ≥ 10 kΩ • Neoprene
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC • Perbunan
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 kΩ • EPDM
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % Non-wetted parts materials
• Load ≥ 10 kΩ • Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC ± 10 % (SST 316 L)
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 kΩ • Rack Plastic
Characteristic curve Linear rising • cables PVC
Measuring accuracy Certificates and approvals
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span equipment directive uids of fluid group 1;
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring (PED 2014/68/EU) meets requirements as per article
span 4, paragraph 3 (good engineering
practice)
Step response time T99 < 5 ms
Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
Long-term stability
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
span American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Influence of ambient temperature (ABS)1)
• Lower range value and measuring • 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
span • 0.5 %/10K of measuring span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
for a measuring range
Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
100 … 400 mbar
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Operating conditions
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
Process temperature with gasket
made of: • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F) • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F) Explosion protection
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
• EPDM -40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F),
usable for drinking water Da/Db
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui ≤ 30 V DC; Ii ≤ 100 mA;
safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi ≤ 0.75 W
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per mum values:
EN 175301-803-A
• IP 67 with device plug M12 Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
capacity for versions with plugs per
• IP 67 with cable EN 175301-803-A and M12
• IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection 1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
soon.
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation ≤ 1 %
Mounting position upright

© Siemens 2021
1
SITRANS P 210 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure for low pressure applications 7M F 1 5 6 6 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel + sealing material
min. max.
For gauge pressure
0...100 mbar (1.45 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) 3 AA
0...160 mbar (2.32 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) 3 AB
0...250 mbar (3.63 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) 3 AC
0...400 mbar (5.8 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) 3 AD
0...600 mbar (8.7 psi) -1000 mbar (-14.5 psi) 2000 mbar (29.0 psi) 3 bar (43.5 psi) 3 AG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar (psi)
Output signal
None 0
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling) 1
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling) 6
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
M20x1.5 male P
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Special version Z Q1Y
Version
Standard version 1
Further designs

© Siemens 2021
■ Dimensional drawings
1
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
30.2 (1.19)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
with cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Schematics
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
2 2
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

mitter enclosure

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply

© Siemens 2021
■ Overview ■ Design
1
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• Measuring ranges 2.5 to 1000 bar (36.3 to 14500 psi) relative
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration technology U
division const.
U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB

SITRANS P220 pressure transmitters (7MF1567-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thick-film resistance
• Compact design
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
• Gasket-less a stainless steel diaphragm.
The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
■ Application amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure is of 0 to 10 V DC.
used in the following industrial areas: The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Mechanical engineering put pressure.
• Shipbuilding
• Power engineering
• Water supply

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Technical specifications
Application Design
Gauge pressure measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Electrical connections • Connector per
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell EN 175301-803-A Form A with
(stainless steel diaphragm) cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • Device plug M12
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2)
Measuring range cable (∅ ± 5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure • Quickon cable quick screw con-
- Metric 2.5 … 1000 bar nection
(36 … 14500 psi) Wetted parts materials
- US measuring range 30… 14500 psi • Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4016
Output • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA (SST 316 L)
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Rack Plastic
• Load ≥ 10 kΩ • cables PVC
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC Certificates and approvals
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 kΩ Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Load ≥ 10 kΩ paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC ± 10 % Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 kΩ Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
Characteristic curve Linear rising American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Measuring accuracy (ABS)1)
Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
span EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
Step response time T99 < 5 ms OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
CRN2) 0F18659.5C
Long-term stability
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year
span • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
Influence of ambient temperature • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span
span Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V T125 °C Da/Db
Operating conditions EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
• Process temperature -40 ... +120 °C (-40 ... +248 °F) Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui ≤ 30 V DC; Ii ≤ 100 mA;
safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi ≤ 0.75 W
• Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) mum values:
• Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
• Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per capacity for versions with plugs per
EN 175301-803-A EN 175301-803-A and M12
• IP 67 with device plug M12 CSA2) 70006348
• IP 67 with cable Class I, Division I,
Groups A, B, C and D;
• IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G,
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3 Class III
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for Class I, Division 2,
ATEX versions and with a max. Groups A, B, C and D;
measuring deviation ≤ 1 % Class II, Division 2,
Groups F and G,
Class III
A/Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
A/Ex ia IIIC T125°C Da/Db
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available soon.
2) See ordering data for available versions.

© Siemens 2021
1
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 07 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Mini- Max.
mum
For gauge pressure
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.7 psi) 25 bar (363 psi) 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 40 bar (870 psi) 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) 60 bar (522 psi) 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) 60 bar (870 psi) 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) 96 bar (1392 psi) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) 150 bar (2176 psi) 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) 240 bar (3481 psi) 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) 360 bar (5221 psi) 3 CG
0 ... 100 bar (0 ... 1450 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 250 bar (3625 psi) 600 bar (8702 psi) 3 DA
0 ... 160 bar (0 ... 2320 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 400 bar (5801 psi) 960 bar (13924 psi) 3 DB
0 ... 250 bar (0 ... 3625 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 625 bar (9064 psi) 1500 bar (21756 psi) 3 DD
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5801 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1000 bar (14503 psi) 2400 bar (34809 psi) 3DE
0 ... 600 bar (0 ... 8702 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 3600 bar (52200 psi) 3 DG
0 ... 1000 bar (0 ... 14500 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 5000 bar (72520 psi) 3 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi)
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 75 psi 360 psi  4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 150 psi 580 psi  4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 250 psi 580 psi  4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 375 psi 870 psi  4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 500 psi 1390 psi  4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 750 psi 2170 psi  4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1250 psi 3481 psi  4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 1875 psi 5220 psi  4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2500 psi 5220 psi  4 CG
0 ... 1500 psi -14.5 psi 3750 psi 8700 psi  4 DA
0 ... 2000 psi -14.5 psi 5000 psi 13920 psi  4 DB
0 ... 3000 psi -14.5 psi 7500 psi 21750 psi  4 DD
0 ... 5000 psi -14.5 psi 12500 psi 34800 psi  4DE
0 ... 6000 psi -14.5 psi 15000 psi 34800 psi  4DF
0 ... 8700 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 52200 psi  4 DG
0 ... 14500 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 72520 psi 4 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Output signal
None 0
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling)  1
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling)  5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling)  6
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN and cCSAus Ex approval.

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 7 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi)  E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges ≤ 60 bar (870 psi)) H
M20x1.5 male P
Version
Standard version  1
Further designs
(not possible for measuring ranges > 0 ... 600 bar/0 ... 8 702 psi)
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased (not in conjunction with explosion protection version) E10
With CRN and cCSAus Ex approval (only for measuring ranges 0 ... 30 psi bis 0 ... 8 700 psi) E21
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN andcCSAus Ex approval..

© Siemens 2021
1
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
36 (1.42)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
Quickon with or without cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Schematics
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
2 2
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and cable quick screw connection Quick-
on Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

mitter enclosure

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
■ Overview ■ Function
1
1
U
const.
5
U
EM 2
p I
The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 is a submersible sen-

sor for hydrostatic level measurement. 3
4
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks,
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH100 pressure
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with 1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/
explosion protection as an option. 2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories 3 Vent pipe with humidity filter
for simple installation.
■ Benefits SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection

diagram
• Compact design On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
• Simple installation the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
• Small error in measurement (0.3 %) depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
• Degree of protection IP68 the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condenstation in the vent
■ Application pipe.
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitters are used in the following The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
branches, for example: phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
• Shipbuilding stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
• Water/waste water supply The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells
The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
■ Design is connected to the enclosure.
The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
■ Integration
It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
SITRANS LH100 transmitter is connected to the cable box,
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel enclosure.
which can be ordered separately, and secured with the anchor-
In addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
ing clamp, also available separately. The junction box has to be
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
installed near the measuring point.
sation.
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
protective cap.
ter.
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
To measured- To trans-
value mitter
processing 7MF1572
Junction box 7MF1572-8AA, open, schematic diagram

© Siemens 2021
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
• 0 ... 3 mH2O (0 ... 9 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
30 mH2O (90 ftH2O))
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 3.0 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 5.0 bar
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1572-8AA and
7MF1572-8AB cable hanger Error in measurement at limit setting 0.3% of upper range value (typical)
including hysteresis and reproducibil-
ity
Measuring range
• 0 ... 3 mH2O 0.5 % of upper range value (typical)
(0 ... 9 ftH2O bzw. 0 ... 0.3 bar) 1.0% of upper range value (maxi-
mum)
• For all other measuring ranges 0.3 % of upper range value (typical)
0.6% of upper range value (maxi-
mum)
Influence of ambient temperature
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.5 %/10 K of upper range value
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.45 %/10 K of upper range value
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
• > 6 mH2O 0.3 %/10 K of upper range value
( > 18 ftH2O or > 0.6 bar)
Long-term stability
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.4 % of upper range value/year
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.25% of upper range value/year
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
• > 6 mH2O 0.2 % of upper range value/year
( > 18 ftH2O or > 0.6 bar)
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529

© Siemens 2021
Design Junction box
1
Weight Application for connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter ≈ 0.2 kg ( ≈ 0.44 lb) Design
• Cable; maximum cable length 100 m 0.025 kg/m (≈ 0.015 lb/ft)
(330 ft) Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Electrical connection Cable with 3 conductors, vent pipe Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
and integrated humidity filter Cable entry 2 x Pg 9
Material Enclosure material polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 96%
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L Vent valve for atmospheric pressure
• Gasket FPM (standard) Operating conditions
EPDM (optional) Degree of protection according to IP65
• Connecting cable PE-HD (standard) IEC 60529
PE-LD (in the case of versions with Cable hanger
EPDM seal, suitable for drinking
water) Application for mounting the transmitter
Auxiliary power Design
Terminal voltage on pressure transmit- 10 ... 33 V DC Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
ter UB 10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Drinking water approval (ACS) 15 ACC NY 360
EAC № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 2014-11-17 - E344532
The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive (PED
2014/68/EU)
• Intrinsic safety "i" IECEx SEV 14.0003
SEV 14 ATEX 0109
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
• EAC Ex TC RU C-DE.AA87.B.00324

© Siemens 2021
1 Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777 Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777
SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor) SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
For measurement of the hydrostatic For measurement of the hydrostatic
level through submersion, level through submersion,
two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure
material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea- material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea-
suring cell Al2O3 ceramic, suring cell Al2O3 ceramic,
with permanently mounted PE cable with permanently mounted PE cable
Click on the Article No. for the online Sealing material between sensor and
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle enclosure
Portal. • FPM (Standard) 1
Measuring range Cable length • EPDM (for drinking water applica- 2
0 ... 3 mH2O1) 10 m 1C tions)
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m 1D Explosion protection
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m 1E • without 0
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m 1F • With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and 1
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m 1H IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m 1K Additional versions Order code
0 ... 9 ftH2O1) 33 ft 2C Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11
0 ... 12 ftH2O 33 ft 2D calibration (IEC 60770-2), add "-Z" to
0 ... 15 ftH2O 33 ft 2E article no. and add order code.
0 ... 18 ftH2O 33 ft 2F Indication of measuring range (only at Y01
0 ... 30 ftH2O 66 ft 2H special cable lengths) in
0 ... 60 ftH2O 98 ft 2K "... to ... mH2O" or "... to ... ftH2O"
or "... to ... bar"
0 ... 0.3 bar1) 10 m 3C
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E Junction box 7MF1572-8AA
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F for connecting the transmitter cable
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H
Cable hanger 7MF1572-8AB
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K
for securing the pressure transmitter
Special versions:
Measuring ranges for special versions Protective caps as spare parts 7MF1572-8AD
between (10-pack)
0 ... 3 mH2O and 0 ... 30 mH2O or Humidity filters as spare parts 7MF1572-8AE
0 ... 9 ftH2O and 0 ... 100 ftH2O or (10-pack)
0 ... 0.3 bar and 0 ... 3 bar possible. 1) Approvals pending.
Special cable lenght/Special measur- 9A H. .
ing range +
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and Y01
specify Order code and plain text.
Note: Indication of measuring range
Y01 is always necessary.
For evaluation of the maximum possible
cable length following data have to be
regarded:
Transmitter:
Ci = 0 µF, Li = 0 µH
Cable:
Ck = 0.19 nF per meter cable
Lk = 1.5 µH per meter cable
The maximum permitted data of the
transmitter’s power supply have to be
considered!
3 m (10 ft) H1A
5 m (16 ft) H1B
7 m (23 ft) H1C
10 m (33 ft) H1D
15 m (49 ft) H1E
20 m (66 ft) H1F
25 m (82 ft) H1G
30 m (98 ft) H1H
40 m (131 ft) H1J
50 m (164 ft) H1K
60 m (198 ft)1) H1L
70 m (231 ft)1) H1M
80 m (264 ft)1) H1N
90 m (297 ft)1) H1P
100 m (330 ft)1) H1Q

© Siemens 2021
■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information

1
Establishing the measuring range for water as
~116.3 (4.58)
Ø23.4
1 2 3 process medium
(0.92)
6 5 4
1 Cable, sheat Ø 4.8 (0.19) (black, PE)

2 - (green)
3 + (brown)
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (white)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes (black, PPE) H r
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)
1
30
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=ρxgxH
2
86 (3.39)
86 (3.39)
with:
ρ = density of medium
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
Example:
(1.2)
30
Medium: Water, ρ = 1 000 kg/m3

17 Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
64 (2.52) (0.07) Lower range value: 0 m
Maximum level: 6.0 m
1
Cable length: 10 m
Fastening hole
2 Vent valve Calculation:
3 Cable gland Pg 9, cable diameter 4 ... 8 mm (0.16 ... 0.31) p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
19 7MF1572-1FA10
(0.75) Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1572-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1572-8AB
190 (7.5)
48 (1.9)
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Overview ■ Function
1
U
const.
5
U
EM 2
p I
3
4
1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/

2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
3 Vent pipe with humidity filter
The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 is a submersible sen- SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection
sor for hydrostatic level measurement with cap made of PPE diagram
(left), stainless steel (mid) and ETFE (right). On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks, the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH300 pressure depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
explosion protection as an option. the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condensation in the vent
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories pipe.
for simple installation.
The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
■ Benefits stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
• Compact design
The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
• Simple installation cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
• Small error in measurement (0.15 % typical) The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
• Degree of protection IP68 is connected to the enclosure.
■ Application ■ Integration
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitters are used in the following It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
branches, for example: SITRANS LH300 transmitter is connected to the cable box,
• Shipbuilding which can be ordered separately, and secured with an anchor-
ing clamp, also available separately. The cable plug is to be in-
• Water/waste water supply stalled near the measuring point, but outside the medium.
• Drinking water facilities
Likewise, in the case of media other than water the compatibility
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells with the specified materials of the transmitter, cable and seal
• Desalination plants must be checked.
■ Design Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel enclosure.
In addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
sation.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a To measured- To trans-
protective cap. value mitter
processing 7MF1575
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Junction box 7MF1575-8AA, open, schematic diagram
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.

© Siemens 2021
1
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O) • 2 bar (29 psi) (corresponds to
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O) • 5 bar (72.5 psi) (corresponds to
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
100 mH2O (300 ftH2O))
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
Special measuring ranges
• Up to 100 mH2O (300 ftH2O) • 20 bar (290 psi) (corresponds to
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
• Up to 160 mH2O (480 ftH2O) • 24 bar (348 psi) (corresponds to
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1575-8AA and 240 mH2O (720 ftH2O))
7MF1575-8AB cable hanger Measuring range
• 0 ... 0.1 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.2 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 5 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 10 bar
• 0 ... 4 bar • 20 bar
Special measuring range
• Up to 10 bar • 20 bar
• Up to 16 bar • 24 bar
Output
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Error in measurement at limit setting ≤ 0.15 % of upper range value (typi-
including hysteresis and reproducibility cal)
≤ 0.3 % of upper range value (maxi-
mum)
Influence of ambient temperature ≤ 0.05 %/10 K of upper range value
(zero and span)
Long-term stability ≤ 0.15 % of upper range value/year
(zero and span)
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529

© Siemens 2021
1 Design Junction box
Weight Application For connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter ≈ 0.4 kg ( ≈ 0.88 lb) Design
• Cable 0.08 kg/m (≈ 0.059 lb/ft)
Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Maximal freely suspended length 300 m (990 ft)
Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
Electrical connection Cable with 2 conductors, vent pipe
and integrated humidity filters Cable entry 2 x PG 13.5
Material Enclosure material Polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 99.6 % Vent valve for atmospheric pressure
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
and 1.4539/904L (sea water applica- Operating conditions
tions) respectively Degree of protection according to IP65
• Gasket FPM (standard) IEC 60529
EPDM (optional) Cable hanger
• Connecting cable PE (standard/drinking water applica-
tions) Application For mounting the transmitter
FEP (for aggressive media) Design
• Cap Stainless steel, PPE or ETFE Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
Auxiliary power Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10 ... 33 V DC for transmitter without Terminal area For cable with a diameter of
mitter UB explosion protection 5.5 ... 9.5 mm
10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Drinking water approval (ACS) 17 ACC NY 055
EAC TC N RU Д-DE.ГА02.B.05092
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) ML File No. E344532, issued
2017-08-17
Shipbuilding approval (LR) LR_18/20074
Shipbuilding approval (DNV/GL) TAA00000CE
Shipbuilding approval (BV) 56926/A0 BV
Shipbuilding approval (ABS) HG1881314_P
Shipbuilding approval (RINA) ELE067319XG
Pressure equipment directive The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
• ATEX SEV 16 ATEX 0121
• IEC Ex IEC Ex SEV 16.0003
• EAC Ex TC RU C-DE.AA87.B.00324
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga

© Siemens 2021
Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
1
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
77777 777 77777 777
For hydrostatic level measurement,
submersible transmitter, two-wire connection, PE cable for general purpose and drinking
4 … 20 mA, enclosure material see Order water applications
option, measuring cell Al2O3 ceramics Special cable length 9X H. .
(99.6 % purity), with fixed mounted cable, Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
material of protective cap at PE cable: Order code and plain text: Y01
PPE (colour black) Y01: Cable length ..........
material of protective cap at FEP cable:
PPE (colour white) 3 m (≈ 10 ft) H1A
Note: junction box and cable hanger have to 5 m (≈ 16 ft) H1B
be ordered separately. 7 m (≈ 23 ft) H1C
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 10 m (≈ 33 ft) H1D
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 15 m (≈ 50ft) H1E
Measuring range Cable length 20 m (≈ 65 ft) H1F
(PE cable) 25 m (≈ 80 ft) H1G
0 ... 1 mH2O 5m 1A 30 m (≈ 100 ft) H1H
0 ... 2 mH2O 5m 1B 40 m (≈ 130 ft) H1J
0 ... 3 mH2O 10 m 1C 50 m (≈ 160 ft) H1K
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m 1D 60 m (≈ 200 ft) H1L
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m 1E 70 m (≈ 230 ft) H1M
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m 1F 80 m (≈ 265 ft) H1N
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m 1H 90 m (≈ 295 ft) H1P
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m 1K 100 m (≈ 330 ft) H1Q
0 ... 40 mH2O 50 m 1L 125 m (≈ 410 ft) H1R
0 ... 3 ftH2O 5 m (≈ 15 ft) 2A 150 m (≈ 495 ft) H1S
0 ... 6 ftH2O 5 m (≈ 15 ft) 2B 175 m (≈ 575 ft) H1T
0 ... 9 ftH2O 10 m (≈ 30 ft) 2C 200 m (≈ 650 ft) H1U
0 ... 12 ftH2O 10 m (≈ 30 ft) 2D 225 m (≈ 740 ft) H1V
0 ... 15 ftH2O 10 m (≈ 30 ft) 2E 250 m (≈ 820 ft) H 1W
0 ... 18 ftH2O 10 m (≈ 30 ft) 2F 275 m (≈ 900 ft) H1X
0 ... 30 ftH2O 20 m (≈ 60 ft) 2H 300 m (≈ 990 ft) H2A
0 ... 60 ftH2O 30 m (≈ 90 ft) 2K 350 m (≈ 1150 ft) H2B
0 ... 120 ftH2O 50 m (≈ 150 ft) 2L 400 m (≈ 1320 ft) H2C
0 ... 0.1 bar 5m 3A 450 m (≈ 1480 ft) H2D
0 ... 0.2 bar 5m 3B 500 m (≈ 1650 ft) H2E
0 ... 0.3 bar 10 m 3C 550 m (≈ 1815 ft) H2F
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D 600 m (≈ 1980 ft) H2G
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E 650 m (≈ 2145 ft) H2H
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F 700 m (≈ 2310 ft) H2J
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H 750 m (≈ 2475 ft) H2K
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K 800 m (≈ 2640 ft) H2L
0 ... 4 bar 50 m 3L 850 m (≈ 2800 ft) H2M
Special versions: 900 m (≈ 2970 ft) H2N
Measuring ranges for special versions 950 m (≈ 3135 ft) H2P
between 1000 m (≈ 3300 ft) H2Q
0 ... 1 mH2O and 0 ... 160 mH2O or Other special cable length 9X H1Y
0 ... 3 ftH2O and 0 ... 530 ftH2O or Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
0 ... 0.1 bar and 0 ... 16 bar possible. Order codes and plain text: Y01
H1Y: Cable length ..........
Y01: Measuring range ..........

© Siemens 2021
1 Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
77777 777 77777 777
FEP cable for aggressive media Enclosure Material of
material protective cap
Special cable length 9X H. .
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify + Stainless steel 316L Protective capability A
Order code and plain text: Y01 (1.4404) made of PPE (recom-
Y01: Cable length .......... mended for PE cable)
Stainless steel 316L Protective cap made B
3 m (≈ 10 ft) H5A (1.4404) of ETFE (standard with
5 m (≈ 16 ft) H5B FEP cable)
7 m (≈ 23 ft) H5C Stainless steel 316L Stainless steel 316L C
10 m (≈ 33 ft) H5D (1.4404) (1.4404)
15 m (≈ 50ft) H5E Stainless steel 904L Protective cap PPE D
(1.4539) for sea water
20 m (≈ 65 ft) H5F applications
25 m (≈ 80 ft) H5G Stainless steel 904L Protective cap ETFE E
30 m (≈ 100 ft) H5H (1.4539) for sea water
40 m (≈ 130 ft) H5J applications
50 m (≈ 160 ft) H5K Stainless steel 904L Stainless steel 904L F
(1.4539) for seawater (1.4539) for seawater
60 m (≈ 200 ft) H5L applications applications
70 m (≈ 230 ft) H5M
Sealing material between sensor and
80 m (≈ 265 ft) H5N enclosure
90 m (≈ 295 ft) H5P FPM (Standard) 1
100 m (≈ 330 ft) H5Q EPDM (for drinking water) 2
125 m (≈ 410 ft) H5R Explosion protection
150 m (≈ 495 ft) H5S without 0
175 m (≈ 575 ft) H5T With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, 1
200 m (≈ 650 ft) H5U IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and EAC Ex (only pos-
225 m (≈ 740 ft) H5V sible for cable length ≤ 300 m (990 ft)
250 m (≈ 820 ft) H 5W Additional versions Order code
275 m (≈ 900 ft) H5X Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibra- C11
300 m (≈ 990 ft) H6A tion (IEC 60770-2)
350 m (≈ 1150 ft) H6B
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
400 m (≈ 1320 ft) H6C
Junction box 7MF1575-8AA
450 m (≈ 1480 ft) H6D
500 m (≈ 1650 ft) H6E Cable hanger 7MF1575-8AB
550 m (≈ 1815 ft) H6F Protective caps, PPE, as spare part 7MF1575-8AD
600 m (≈ 1980 ft) H6G (10-pack)
650 m (≈ 2145 ft) H6H Protective caps, ETFE, as spare part 7MF1575-8AE
700 m (≈ 2310 ft) H6J (10-pack)
750 m (≈ 2475 ft) H6K Humidity filters as spare part 7MF1575-8AF
800 m (≈ 2640 ft) H6L (10-pack)
850 m (≈ 2800 ft) H6M Protective cap, stainless steel 316L 7MF1575-8AG
900 m (≈ 2970 ft) H6N (1.4404) for waste water applications
950 m (≈ 3135 ft) H6P Protective cap, stainless steel 904L 7MF1575-8AH
1000 m (≈ 3300 ft) H6Q (1.4539) for sea water applications
Other special cable length 9X H5Y
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
Order codes and plain text: Y01
H1Y: Cable length ..........
Y01: Measuring range ..........

© Siemens 2021
1
19
(0.75)
Sensor with protective cap (PPE, ETFE)
1 2 3
~161 (6.34)
Ø30 (1.18)
190 (7.5)
Ø26.5
(1.04)
6
10.5 (0.41) 5 4
Sensor with protective cap (stainless steel)

1 2 3
~169 (6.65)
Ø30 (1.18)
Ø26.5
(1.04)
7 48 (1.9)
18.2 (0.72) 5 4
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)

1 Cable, sheat Ø 8.3 (0.33)
2 - (blue) ■ More information
3 + (brown)
Determination of the measuring range for medium water
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (black)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap (PPE or PTFE) with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes
7 Protective cap (stainless steel) with 4 x Ø 5 (0.20) holes
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)
1
30
H r
2
98 (3.86)
86 (3.39)
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=ρxgxH
(1.2)
30
with:
17 ρ = density of medium
64 (2.52) (0.07)
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
1 Fastening hole
Example:
2 Vent valve
3 Cable gland Pg 13.5, cable diameter 6 ... 12 (0.23 ... 0.47)
Medium: Water, ρ = 1 000 kg/m3
Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
Lower range value: 0 m
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) Maximum level: 6.0 m
Cable length: 10 m
Calculation:
p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
7MF1575-1FA10
Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1575-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1575-8AB

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Overview ■ Application
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
■ Design
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as fol-
lows:
• in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
• in the field enclosures by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for • in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries. In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensa-
tion with respect to atmospheric pressure.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations. Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
following conditions:
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. The
system can be electropolished in addition. • if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the • if the screwed glands are securely tightened
process connection by means of various aseptic connections. • if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
gaskets in the enclosure
The completely welded stainless steel enclosure can be de-
signed up to degree of protection IP67. Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
connection is made correctly.
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to CE marking
200 °C (392 °F). The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
■ Benefits law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
• Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
40 bar (0 to 580 psi) only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
• Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2 % of the end value and electrical isolation are observed during installation and as-
sembly.
• Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and over-
load-proof Hazardous areas
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be in-
recommendations stalled and operated by trained personnel.
• Material and surface quality according to hygiene require-
Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
ments
the explosion protection and guarantee.
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential
• Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option) bonding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and out-
• Stainless steel enclosure with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 side of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX ap-
as option) proval must be observed.
• Process temperature up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Explosion protection II 2G Ex [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
• Easy and safe to clean

© Siemens 2021
■ Function Operating conditions

1
Installation conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor
measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission liq- • Mounting position Any, vertical as standard
uid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into a Ambient conditions
load-independent current. • Ambient temperature -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
A compensation network makes the output signal largely inde- • Storage temperature -10 ... +90 °C (14 ... 194 °F)
pendent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
• Process temperature Max. 200 °C (392 °F), depending
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the in- on design
fluence of the process temperature on the output signal is
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection. Vacuum-resistant 0 mbar (0 psi) absolute at max.
50 °C. Higher process tempera-
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated tures on request.
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring • Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67
technology are available.
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
■ Technical specifications - Emitted interference To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993

(residential and industrial areas).
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology The unit has no own emissions.
Mode of operation - Noise immunity to EN 50082 Part 2, issue March
1995 (industrial areas)
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Design
Input
Weight (without remote seal)
Measured variable gauge or absolute pressure
• Field enclosure ≈ 460 G (≈ 1.01 (lb)
Measuring range 0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi) • Enclosure with plug ≈ 200 g (≈ 0.44 lb)
...
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) Enclosure
Output • Designs • Field enclosure IP65 or IP67,
with screwed gland
Output signal
• Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
• 2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA
• Cable connection, IP67
• Three-wire system 0 ... 20 mA • Device plug M12, IP65
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1 • Material Stainless steel, mat.
Error in measurement at limit setting ≤ 0.2 % of upper range value no. 1.4404/316L/1.4305
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility Material of union nut Polyamide (with electrical con-
Adjustment accuracy ≤ ± 0.2 % of upper range value nection using plug or cable)
Electronics unit potted with silicone
Step response time < 20 ms
Internal ventilation for measuring
Influence of ambient temperature ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
On the enclosure through enclosure thread or con-
nection cable depending on
• Zero point < 0.2 %/10 K of upper range design
value
Process connection
• Measuring span < 0.2 %/10 K of upper range
• Versions See ordering data
value
• Material of coupling Stainless steel, mat.
On the process connection (remote Zero error (depends on design) no. 1.4404/316L
seals)
Power supply
• Flange remote seal
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10 ... 30 V DC
- DN 25 / 1" 4.8 mbar/10 K (0.069 psi/10 K)
Rated voltage 24 V DC
- DN 32 / 1¼" 2.3 mbar/10 K (0.033 psi/10 K)
- DN 40 / 1½" 1.6 mbar/10 K (0.023 psi/10 K)
Classification according to pressure
- DN 50 / 2" 0.6 mbar/10 K (0.009 psi/10 K) equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
• Inline seal
• For 7MF8010-1... For gases of fluid group 1 and
- DN 25 / 1" 9.5 mbar/10 K (0.14 psi/10 K) (with diaphragm seal) liquids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 32 / 1¼" 4.1 mbar/10 K (0.06 psi/10 K) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
- DN 40 / 1½" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) practice)
- DN 50 / 2" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) • For 7MF8010-2... For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
The zero error specified for the process connection should be consid- (with inline seal) uids of fluid group 1; complies
ered as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed with the requirements of article 4,
system calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
are available on request. assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2099 X
- Marking Ex II 2G Ex ib IIC T6

© Siemens 2021
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F) Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2 % of upper range value Accuracy: 0.2 % of upper range value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Click on the Article No. for the online Diaphragm seal
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle with aseptic connection
Portal. Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
Diaphragm seal form A, with slotted union nut
with quick-release clamp • 1 inch PM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch PN
slotted union nut • 2 inch PP
• DN 25 AD • 2½ inch PQ
• DN 32 AE Aseptic screwed gland to
• DN 40 AF DIN 11864-1, form A
• DN 50 AG with threaded socket
• DN 65 AH • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 BD • 2½ inch QQ
• DN 32 BE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 BF with slotted union nut1)
• DN 50 BG • DN 25 RD
• DN 65 BH • DN 32 RE
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 40 RF
• DN 25 CD • DN 50 RG
• DN 40 CF Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with threaded socket1)
• DN 50 CG
• DN 25 SD
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• DN 32 SE
• 1 inch DM
• DN 40 SF
• 1½ inch DN
• DN 50 SG
• 2 inch DP
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 2½ inch DQ with clamp connection, form R1)
IDF standard with slotted union nut • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch EM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch EN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch EP • DN 50 TG
IDF standard with threaded socket Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1 inch FM with clamp connection, form V1)
• 1½ inch FN • DN 25 UD
• 2 inch FP • DN 32 UE
SMS standard with slotted union nut • DN 40 UF
• 1 inch GM • DN 50 UG
• 1½ inch GN Male thread DIN 3852 Form A
• 2 inch GP • G½", min. meas. span 1.6 bar (23.2 psi) XA
SMS standard with threaded socket • G¾", min. meas. span 1 bar (14.5 psi) XB
• 1 inch HM • G1", min. meas. span 0.4 bar (5.8 psi) XC
• 1½ inch HN • G1½", min. meas. span 0.25 bar XD
• 2 inch HP (3.63 psi)
DRD flange, without welding-type flange • G2", min. meas. span 0.16 bar XE
• DN 50, PN 40 JH (2.32 psi)
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen) Special version ZA J1Y
• D = 50, for Varivent enclosure DN 25 KF (add Order code and plain text)
and 1 inch Filling liquid
• D = 68, for Varivent enclosure KL Food oil, FDA-listed 3
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1½ ... 6 inch Special version 9 L1Y
Special version ZA J1Y (add Order code and plain text)
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
Filling liquid 4 ... 20 mA 1
Food oil, FDA-listed 3
Special version 9 L1Y Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text) (add Order code and plain text)
1) Please specify as well:
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1 Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on
next page
Special version 9 M1 Y

© Siemens 2021
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
Enclosure design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection pressure
Enclosure with angled plug to 1 (continued)
DIN 43650, IP65
-1 ... +9 bar 60 bar GA
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, 2 (-14.5 ... +130.5 psi) (870 psi)
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... +15 bar 60 bar GB
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, 3 (-14.5 ... +217.6 psi) (870 psi)
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 3 bar a HA
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 4 (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (43.5 psi a)
with cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar HB
(0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi)
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 10 bar a HC
with cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (145 psi a)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges
< 16 bar (< 232 psi) 0 ... 4 bar a 10 bar a HD
(0 ... 58 psi a) (145 psi a)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 60 bar a HE
0 ... 160 mbar 1 bar BB (0 ... 87 psi a) (870 psi a)
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (14.5 psi)
0 ... 10 bar a 60 bar a JA
0 ... 250 mbar 1 bar BC (0 ... 145 psi a) (870 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (14.5 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar 3 bar BD Special version ZA P1Y
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (43.5 psi) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar 3 bar BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (43.5 psi) without 1
0 ... 1 bar 3 bar CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (43.5 psi)
Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
0 ... 2.5 bar 10 bar CC Order code
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (145 psi) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 4 bar 20 bar CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi) (290 psi) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar 60 bar CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi) (870 psi) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar 60 bar DA Integral cooling element K01
(0 ... 145 psi) (870 psi) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar 60 bar DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi) (870 psi)
0 ... 25 bar 60 bar DC Connections for pipe
(0 ... 363 psi) (870 psi) Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
0 ... 40 bar 100 bar DD ISO pipes to DIN 2463 R02
(0 ... 580 psi) (1450 psi) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
-160 ... 0 mbar 1 bar EB Certificates
(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11
-250 ... 0 bar 1 bar EC calibration (IEC 60770-2)
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) C12
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1
-400 ... 0 bar 3 bar ED
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi) Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
liquids certified by factory certificate
-600 ... 0 bar 3 bar EE according to EN 10204-2.2
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi)
-1 ... 0 bar 3 bar FA Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi) certified by tactory certificate according
to EN 10204-3.1
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi) Certification to EHEDG for inline seals C19
-1 ... 1.5 bar 10 bar FC with aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (145 psi)
-1 ... 3 bar 20 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (290 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 20 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (290 psi)

© Siemens 2021
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
pressure with inline seal pressure with inline seal
Click on the Article No. for the online Inline seal with aseptic connection
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Aseptic screwed gland to
Portal. DIN 11864-1, form A
Inline seal (screwed gland at both with threaded socket
ends) with quick-release clamps • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 AD Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 32 AE with threaded socket1)
• DN 40 AF • DN 25 SD
• DN 50 AG • DN 32 SE
• DN 65 AH • DN 40 SF
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 50 SG
• DN 25 CD • DN 65 SH
• DN 32 CE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 CF with clamp connection, form R1)
• DN 50 CG • DN 25 TD
• DN 65 CH • DN 32 TE
Clamp connection to ISO 28521) • DN 40 TF
• 1 inch DM • DN 50 TG
• 1½ inch DN Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
with threaded socket W 501 1)
• 2 inch DP
• 1 inch VM
• 2½ inch DQ
• 1½ inch VN
Special version ZA J1Y
(add Order code and plain text) • 2 inch VP
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
Filling liquid with clamp connection W 601 1)
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 • 1 inch WM
Special version 9 L1Y • 1½ inch WN
• 2 inch WP
Output signal Special version ZA J1Y
4 ... 20 mA 1 (add Order code and plain text)
Special version 9 M1 Y Filling liquid
(add Order code and plain text) Food oil, FDA-listed 3
1) Medicinal white oil 2
Please note the internal diameter of the pipe. Please specify pipe classes
(see "Further designs") Special version 9 L1Y
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
1) Please specify as well:
Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on next
page

© Siemens 2021
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
pressure with inline seal pressure with inline seal
Enclosure design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pressure
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection (continued)
Enclosure with angled plug to 1
DIN 43650, IP65, union nut made of poly- -1 ... 9 bar 60 bar GA
amide (-14.5 ... 130.5 psi) (870 psi)
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, -1 ... 15 bar 60 bar GB
2 (-14.5 ... 217.6 psi) (870 psi)
union nut made of polyamide
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, 3 0 ... 1 bar a 3 bar a HA
union nut made of stainless steel (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (43.5 psi a)
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 4 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar HB
with cable gland, IP65 (0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi)
0 ... 2.5 bar a 10 bar a HC
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 5 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (145 psi a)
with cable gland, IP67 0 ... 4 bar a 10 bar a HD
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges (0 ... 58 psi a) (145 psi a)
< 16 bar (< 232 psi)
0 ... 6 bar a 60 bar a HE
Measured range Overload pressure (0 ... 87 psi a) (870 psi a)
0 ... 160 mbar 1 bar BB 0 ... 10 bar a 60 bar a JA
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (14.5 psi) (0 ... 145 psi a) (870 psi a)
0 ... 250 mbar 1 bar BC
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (14.5 psi) Special version ZA P1Y
0 ... 400 mbar 3 bar BD (add Order code and plain text)
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (43.5 psi) Explosion protection
0 ... 600 mbar 3 bar BE without 1
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (43.5 psi) with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
0 ... 1 bar 3 bar CA Further designs Order code
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (43.5 psi)
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Order code
0 ... 2.5 bar 10 bar CC Hygiene version P01
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (145 psi) Roughness of process connection:
0 ... 4 bar 20 bar CD Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
(0 ... 58 psi) (290 psi) Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
0 ... 6 bar 60 bar CE (5.9·10-8 inch)
(0 ... 87 psi) (870 psi) Integral cooling element K01
0 ... 10 bar 60 bar DA Process temperature max. 200 °C
(0 ... 145 psi) (870 psi) (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
0 ... 16 bar 60 bar DB Connections for pipe
(0 ... 232 psi) (870 psi)
Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
0 ... 25 bar 60 bar DC
(0 ... 363 psi) (870 psi) ISO pipes to ISO 2463 R02
0 ... 40 bar 100 bar DD Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
(0 ... 580 psi) (1450 psi) Certificates
-160 ... 0 mbar 1 bar EB Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11
(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) calibration (IEC 60770-2)
-250 ... 0 bar 1 bar EC Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-400 ... 0 bar 3 bar ED liquids certified by factory certificate
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi) according to EN 10204-2.2
-600 ... 0 bar 3 bar EE
Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi)
certified by tactory certificate according
-1 ... 0 bar 3 bar FA to EN 10204-3.1
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi)
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB Certification to EHEDG for inline seals C19
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi) with aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864
-1 ... 1.5 bar 10 bar FC
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (145 psi)
-1 ... 3 bar 20 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (290 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 20 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (290 psi)

© Siemens 2021
Enclosure
Field enclosure Angled plug to Cable connection Round plug with

stainless steel DIN 43 650 Degree of protection IP67 screw connection M12
Degree of protection IP65 Degree of protection IP65 (cable ventilation) Degree of protection IP65
IP67 as alternative
»8 (0.3)
39 (1.53) For cable diam.
ø 50 For cable diam.
(diam. 1.97) 4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39) 4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
» 50 (1.97)
38.5 (1.52)
(0.9)
22.5
9 (0.35)
» 132 (5.2)
124.5 (4.9)
107.5 (4.23)
30 (1.18)
94 (3.7)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 °C (392 °F)
27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06)
SITRANS P Compact, dimenclosureensions in mm (inch)

Process connections
Diaphragm seal with quick-release clamp
IDF standard with slotted union nut
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H
DN PN H G
mm (inch) 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"
H
25 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 52 x 1/6" 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

G
G
32 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 58 x 1/6" 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
40 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
50 25 25.1 (0.99) Rd. 78 x 1/6" IDF standard with threaded socket
65 25 28.6 (1.13) Rd. 95 x 1/6" DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"
DN PN H G G 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

mm (inch) 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
H
25 40 - Rd. 52 x 1/6"
G SMS standard with slotted union nut
32 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 58 x 1/6"
DN PN H G
40 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
mm (inch)
H
50 25 20 (0.79) Rd. 78 x 1/6"

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
65 25 22 (0.87) Rd. 95 x 1/6" G 1½" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 60 x 1.6"
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 2" 25 16 (0.63) Rd 70 x 1.6"
DN PN H D
SMS standard with threaded socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
DN PN H G
25 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch)
D
H
40 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
50 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) G 1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 60 x 1.6"
Clamp connection to ISO 2852 2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 70 x 1.6"
DN PN H D
DRD flange, without welding-type flange
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
DN PN H D
1" 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
D
1½" 16 12 (0.47) 50.5 (2)
H
50 40 16.7 (0.66) 65.5 (2.58)

2" 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) D
2½" 16 14 (0.55) 77.5 (3.05)

© Siemens 2021
Varivent connection Male thread DIN 3852, form A

1
DN PN H D G d dM h1 h2 SW
H mm (inch) mm (inch) SW mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
25 25 19 (0.75) 50 (1.97)
h1
D G½A 26 17.5 27 14 27
h2
40 ... 25/10 19 (0.75) 68 (2.68) (1.02) (0.69) (1.06) (0.55) (1.06)
125 dM
G¾A 32 22.6 31 16 32
Diaphragm seal with aseptic connection G (1.26) (0.89) (1.22) (0.63) (1.26)
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with slotted union d G1A 39 27 33 18 51
nut (1.54) (1.06) (1.30) (0.71) (2.01)
DN PN H G G1½A 55 40 40 22 55
mm (inch) (2.17) (1.57) (1.57) (0.87) (2.17)
H
1" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 52 x 1/6" G2A 68 51 42 24 70

G (2.68) (2.00) (1.65) (0.94) (2.76)
1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 65 x 1/6" Inline seal (screwed gland at both ends) with quick-release
clamps
2½" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded DN PN L G
socket mm (inch)
G
DN PN H G 25 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"
mm (inch) L
32 40 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
H
1" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 52 x 1/6"

G 40 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
1½" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 58 x 1/6"
50 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
2" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 65 x 1/6"
65 25 110 (4.33) Rd 95 x 1/6"
2½" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Clamp connection to DIN 32676
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with slotted union nut
DN PN L D
DN PN H G mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
mm (inch)
25 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
H
25 16 15 (0.59) M 42 x 2 L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
G 32 16 15 (0.59) M 52 x 2
40 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 15 (0.59) M 56 x 2
50 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 15 (0.59) M 68 x 2
65 10 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
DN PN H G
mm (inch) DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
25 16 20 (0.79) M 42 x 2
G 1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
32 16 20 (0.79) M 52 x 2 L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 20 (0.79) M 56 x 2
2" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 20 (0.79) M 68 x 2
2½" 16 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Inline seal with aseptic connection
form R
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded
DN PN H D socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
DN PN L G
H
25 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) mm (inch)

D
G
32 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) 1" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"

40 40 20 (0.79) 64 (2.52) L
1½" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
50 25 20 (0.79) 77.4 (3.05) 2" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
form V
DN PN L G
DN PN H D mm (inch)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
25 16 110 (4.33) M 42 x 2
H
25 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2) L

D 32 16 110 (4.33) M 52 x 2
32 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) M 56 x 2
40 40 15 (0.59) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) M 68 x 2
50 25 15 (0.59) 77.4 (3.05)
65 16 110 (4.33) M 90 x 3

© Siemens 2021
1 Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection,
form R
DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
25 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)

L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) 77.4 (3.05)
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 501

DN PN L G
mm (inch)
G
1" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 44 x 1/6"

L
1½" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 20 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 601

DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)

L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
2" 16 110 (4.33) 77.5 (3.05)
■ Schematics
Field enclosure Angled plug Cable connection Round plug
0V
4 black
0V
Two-wire brown
system yellow
24 V green
24 V 1 brown 2 white
SITRANS P Compact, connection diagram

© Siemens 2021
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
■ Overview
1
The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for relative It can be used for the following measurement types:
and absolute pressure. The conventional thread versions are • Gauge pressure
available as process connections, as are flush-mounted ver-
sions. A large number of the flush-mounted versions are suitable • Absolute pressure
for food and pharmaceutical applications, and satisfy the With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
EHEDG and 3A hygiene requirements. following additional measurement types:
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to • Level
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION signal, which is lin- • Volume
early proportional to the input pressure. Communication is via
HART protocol or PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons • Mass
for easy local operation of the basic settings of the pressure The "intrinsically-safe" Ex version of the transmitter can be in-
transmitter. stalled in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are pro-
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel enclo- vided with an EC type examination certificate and comply with
sure. The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically the respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
safe" type of protection. It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0. Gauge pressure
■ Benefits This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-

ous gases, vapors and liquids.
• High quality and service life
The smallest measuring span is 0.01 bar (0.15 psi), the largest
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical is 400 bar (5802 psi).
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions Level
• Minimum conformity error With appropriate parameter settings, the gauge pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
• Small long-term drift
ous liquids.
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy) For measuring the level in an open container you require one de-
vice; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
• Measuring range 0.008 bar to 400 bar (0.1 psi to 5802 psi) two devices and a process control system.
Absolute pressure
• Parameterization over control keys and HART or
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Application The smallest measuring span is 0.008 bar a (0.12 psi a), the
largest is 30 bar a (435 psi a).
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gauge pres-
sure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbussignal, which is linearly
proportional to the input pressure. The pressure transmitter mea-
sures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases, as well
as vapors and liquids.

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Design ■ Function
The device comprises: Operation of electronics with HART communication
• Electronics
• Enclosure 9
8
• Measuring cell 0.0.0.0.0
M
00
10
1
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH
5
7
HART interface
4
EEPROM
6
Electronics
1 6
EEPROM
Sensor
3
1 Display 2 pe Measuring cell
2 Process connection
3 Cable gland
1 Measuring cell sensor
4 Nameplate 2 Instrument amplifier
5 Screw cover 3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Digital-to-analog converter
Perspective view of SITRANS P300 6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and
electronics
The enclosure has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver- 7 HART interface
sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter- 8 Three input keys (local operation)
minal enclosure, the buttons for operation of the device are lo- 9 Digital display
cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display. 10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in IA Output current
the terminal enclosure. The cable gland is mounted on the side UH Power supply
of the enclosure. The measuring cell with the process connec- Pe Input variable
tion (2) is located on the bottom of the enclosure. The measuring
cell with the process connection may differ from the one shown
in the diagram, depending on the device version. Function diagram of electronics
Example of attached measuring points sign The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
Y01 or Y02 and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord-
Y15 = max. 16 char. ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. In a digital-to-analog
Measuring point number (TAG No.)
converter (5) it is then converted into the output current of 4 to
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text 20 mA. A diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection. You
can make an uninterrupted current measurement with a low-ohm
ammeter at the connection (10). The data specific to the measur-
ing cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in
two non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the
measuring cell, the second to the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic
mode settings can be changed with a computer via the HART
modem (7).

© Siemens 2021
Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1
communication communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M 00 M
00
2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5 7
PA FF
μC μC
interface interface
Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
10 10
PROFIBUS DP
Power Power
EEPROM supply EEPROM supply
6 unit 6 unit
Coup- Coup-
ler ler
Electronics Electronics
11
Bus-
1 6 12 Master 1 6
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe
pe
Measuring cell Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link 5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master 6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell each in the measuring cell
and electronics pe Input variable and electronics
7 PROFIBUS-PA interface 7 FF interface
Function diagram of electronics Function diagram of electronics

The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2) "Function diagram of electronics") amplified by the measuring
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord- The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. It is then made avail- earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
able at the PROFIBUS PA over an electrically isolated FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
PROFIBUS PA interface (7). The data specific to the measuring FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in two The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the mea- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
suring cell, the second to the electronics. (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so- to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic each other.
mode settings (12) can be changed with a computer over the Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
bus master. sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Field-
bus. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred
by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National
Instruments Configurator is required for this.
Mode of operation of the measuring cells
The process connections available include the following:
• G½
• ½-14 NPT
• Flush-mounted diaphragm:
- Flanges to EN
- Flanges to ASME
- NuG and pharmaceutical connections

© Siemens 2021
1 Measuring cell for gauge pressure Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
1
6
5
5
2 2
4
1 Reference pressure
3 2 Measuring cell
4 Seal diaphragm 1 Reference pressure
5 Filling liquid 2 Measuring cell
6 Relative pressure sensor 3 Seal diaphragm
pe pe Pressure as input 4 Filling liquid
variable 5 Relative pressure sensor 3
pe Pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram
pe
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes diagram
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres- sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
sure. placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
Transmitters with measuring spans ≤ 63 bar ( ≤ 926.1 psi) mea- diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
sure the input pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres-
with measuring spans of ≥ 160 bar (≥ 2352 psi) compared to a sure.
vacuum.
Transmitters with measuring spans ≤ 63 bar (≤ 926.1 psi) mea-
Measuring cell for absolute pressure sure the input pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters
with measuring spans of ≥ 160 bar (≥ 2352 psi) compared to a
vacuum.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
5
3 4
1 Measuring cell
2 2 Process connection
3 Seal diaphragm 3
4 Filling liquid
5 Absolute pressure sensor
pe Pressure as input
pe variable
1 Measuring cell
2 Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, function diagram 3 Filling liquid
4 Absolute pressure sensor
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
pe Pressure as input variable 2
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the pe
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
pressure. diagram

© Siemens 2021
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with HART 1
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4), communication
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
Parameters Input keys HART
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the communication
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input Lower range value x x
pressure. Upper range value x x
Parameterization Electrical damping x x
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- Lower range value without applica- x x
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
the parameters. Upper range value without applica- x x
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
Zero adjustment x x
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
rameters without any additional equipment. Current transmitter x x
Fault current x x
Parameterization using HART communication
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1)
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
a HART communicator or a PC. Type of dimension and actual x x
dimension
Input of characteristic x
+ Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions x
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply 1) Cancel apart from write protection
transmitter
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with HART
HART communication
communicator
• Zero correction display
• Event counter
• Limit transmitter
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure
transmitter • Saturation alarm
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec- • Slave pointer
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. • Simulation functions
• Maintenance timer
+ Available physical units of display for SITRANS P300 with HART
- communication
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply

Table style: Technical specifications 2
transmitter Physical variable Physical dimensions
PC or
HART laptop Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
modem made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
USB/RS 232 Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure liquid
transmitter Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
a HART modem.
Miscellaneous %, mA
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.

© Siemens 2021
1 Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface Physical dimensions available for the display
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is Physical variable Physical dimensions
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the Pressure (setting can also MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
SITRANS P300 PA to a process control system, e.g. be made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C), mmHg,
explosive environment. inHg
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft- Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager). Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/ d,
the P300 is connected to a process control system. Communica- Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gallon/s,
tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment. US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gallon/d,
bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator. kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Adjustable parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
keys FOUNDATION Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Fieldbus interface
Miscellaneous %
Electrical damping x x
Hygiene version
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
tion) In the case of the SITRANS P300 with 7MF812.-... front-flush di-
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
aphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
the EHEDG or 3A. You will find further details in the order form.
Source of measured-value display x x Please note in particular that the seal materials used must com-
Physical dimension of display x x ply with the requirements of 3A. Similarly, the filling liquids used
must be FDA-compliant.
Position of decimal point x x
Bus address x x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
• Simulation functions
• Display of zero correction
• Saturation alarm

© Siemens 2021
1
Gauge pressure input
Measured variable
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) or nominal measuring HART PROFIBUS PA/
range, max. operating pressure (in accordance with FOUNDATION
2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test Fieldbus
pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086)
Measuring span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
and 60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of (PS)
medium)
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 kPa 40 kPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8700 psi
Lower measuring limit
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant up to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. measuring span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi
and 60 ° (140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
Absolute pressure input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
8.34 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 1.5 bar a 6 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
3.35 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 21.8 psi a 87 psi a
0.13 ... 3.63 psi a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 260 kPa a 1 MPa a
17.42 ... 522.4 inH2O a 525 inH2O 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
0.63 ... 18.86 psi a
0.17 ... 5 bar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
17 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 1 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.43 ... 72,5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 45 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 4.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 653 psi a 1450 psi a

© Siemens 2021
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 0 mbar a/0 kPa a /0 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- for temperature of medium -20 °C < ϑ ≤ +60 °C 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
(-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F)
- for temperature of medium 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a . (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
60 °C < ϑ ≤ +100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring cell 30 bar) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a . (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
(140 °F < ϑ ≤ +212 °F (max. 185 °F for meas. cell 435 psi)) 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi und 60 °C (140 °F)
ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
range, max. permissible operating pressure and max. test FOUNDATION
pressure Fieldbus
(PS)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
range and max. permissible test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
(PS)
43 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 2.6 bar a 10 bar a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
160 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
2.32 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the measuring span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

© Siemens 2021
1
Measuring accuracy for gauge pressure According to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r ≤ 1.25 : ≤ 0.075 %
1.25 < r ≤ 30 : ≤ (0.008 ⋅ r + 0.065) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.075 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r≤3: ≤ 0.075 %
3 < r ≤ 10 : ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071) %
10 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) %
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.16 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.07 ⋅ r + 0.08) %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Long-term stability (temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r) % per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r) % in 5 years
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi ≤ (0.125 ⋅ r) % in 5 years
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Effect of mounting position ≤ 0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3 ⋅ 10-5 of the nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
Measuring accuracy for absolute pressure According to IEC 60770-1
reproducibility
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1 %
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
Long-term stability (temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) ≤ 0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3 ⋅ 10-5 of the rated nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring accuracy for gauge and absolute pressure, According to IEC 60770-1
with front-flush diaphragm
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, with front-flush Absolute pressure, with front-flush
diaphragm diaphragm
- r≤5 ≤ 0.075 % -
- 5 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) % -

- r ≤ 10 - ≤ 0.2 %
- 10 < r ≤ 30 - ≤ 0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) % ≤ (0.16 ⋅ r + 0.24) %
(as percentage per 28 °C (50 °F))
Effect of temperature of medium
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between temperature of medium 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
and ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3 ⋅ 10-5 of the nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
1
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
(for Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
(for temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... +165 °F))
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP65, IP68
• according to NEMA 250 IP65, IP68, Type 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil "Measuring cell with Neobee -10 ... +150 °C (-14 ... +302 °F)
oil (FDA-compliant, with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted dia-
phragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temperature decoupler -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure
version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge pres- -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
sure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
Design (standard version)
Weight (without options) Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)
Enclosure material Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
Process connection • G½B to EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
-7/16 -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- M10 as per DIN 19213

© Siemens 2021
Design (version with front-flush diaphragm)
Weight (without options) approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
• FDA compliant fill fluid (Neobee oil)
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values ≤ 0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra) ≤ 1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values ≤ 0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra ≤ 0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply - Supplied though bus
Separate supply voltage - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

© Siemens 2021
1
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Water, waste water Pending
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 μH
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Dust explosion protection for zone 20/21/22 PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 1 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da
II 1/2 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da/Db
II 2 D Ex ib lllC T120 °C Db
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
(in the case of mineral glass windows only-20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F))
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW Ui = 24 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 mW
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 μH Li = 10 μH
Type of protection Ex nA/nL/ic (Zone 2) PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 2/3 G Ex ic llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
II 2/3 G Ex nA llC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
• Ex nA/nL connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Um = 45 V peak values: Um = 32 V
• Ex ic connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Ui = 45 V peak values:Ui = 32 V
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li = 20 μH

© Siemens 2021
1 HART Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
Protocol HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
PROFIBUS PA communication - Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
Simultaneous communication with 4 ic process variables characteristic
master class 2 (max.) - Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
The address can be set using Configuration tool or - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measured value) or
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
ing limit and one alarm limit
• Input byte 0.1 or 2 (totalizer mode and respectively
reset function for dosing)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
• Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B
• Physical block 1 resource block
Function blocks 2
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
• Analog input calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
ic process variables characteristic • Pressure transducer block
- Electrical damping adjustable 0 … 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Failure function parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
perature
respectively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parame-
sured pressure value and sen- terizable ramp function
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela- SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela-
tive and absolute pressure, single chamber tive and absolute pressure, single chamber
enclosure, rating plate inscription in English enclosure, rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without display, with keys, closed lid 1
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid11) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
DIN 25410
• (setting on HART devices: mA,
Measuring span (min. ... max.) with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.63 psi) A equipment: pressure units)11)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.145 ... 14.5 psi) B • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.16 ...16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D polycarbonate disc11)
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E • With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F on HART devices: mA, with
4 ... 400 bar (58 ... 5802 psi) G PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equip-
ment: pressure units)11)
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) Q • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 7
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) S tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) T glass pane11)
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) U Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Wetted parts materials A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell
1) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
Stainless steel Stainless steel A ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Hastelloy Hastelloy C The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the inspection certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
(recommended version)1) 2) 3) 4) 5) remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Process connection must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 7MF802.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec- is silicone oil.
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 6) 5) Remote seal for direct mounting only available in combination with pro-
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 cess connection ½-14 NPT.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 6) M10 fastening thread:
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi)
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread:
Max. measuring span 400 bar (5802 psi)
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 7) Only available together with electrical connection option A
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
8) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Non-wetted parts materials 9) Only together with HART electronics.
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 10) Without
polished cable gland.
11) Display cannot be turned.
Version
• Standard versions 1
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
• Zone 20/21/227) C
• Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)8) E
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)9) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• Device plug M12 (stainless steel), G
without cable socket)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 10) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread J

© Siemens 2021
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative
and absolute pressure with front-flush mem- and absolute pressure with front-flush mem-
brane, single chamber enclosure, rating plate brane, single chamber enclosure, rating plate
inscription in English inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Display
Silicone oil normal 1 2
• With display and keys, closed lid7)
Inert liquid 3
• With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
FDA compliant fill fluid
• Neobee oil normal 4 (setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
Measuring span (min. ... max.) units)7)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D polycarbonate disc7)
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E • With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a)1) S on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
0.17 ... 5 bar a1) (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a)1) T
units)7)
1 ... 30 bar a1) (14.6 ... 435 psi a)1) U
• With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 7
Wetted parts materials tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell glass pane7)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components"
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B
A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Process connection
1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R01,
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
(see "Further designs")
cone oil.
Non-wetted parts materials 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 3) Only together with electrical connection option A.
polished 4) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Version 5) Only together with HART electronics.
• Standard versions 1 6) Without cable gland.
Explosion protection 7) Display cannot be turned.
• None A
• Zone 20/21/223) C
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)5) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 6) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread 6) J

© Siemens 2021
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting A02    Sanitary process connection according
bracket (2 shackles, 4 nuts, 4 U-plates, DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted
1 angle) made of: union nut)
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or • DN 50, PN 25 N04   
pipe mounting • DN 80, PN 25 N06   
Cable socket for device plugs M12 Tri-Clamp connection according
• Stainless steel A51    DIN 32676/ISO 2852
Rating plate inscription 3A compliant6)
(instead of English) • DN 50/2", PN 16 N14   
• German B10    • DN 65/2.5", PN 10 N15   
• French B12    • Clamp 2" ISO 2852 PN 16 N22   
• Spanish B13    • Clamp 3" ISO 2852 PN 16 N23   
• Italian B14    Varivent connection
3A and EHEDG compliant6)
English rating plate B21   
• Type N = 68 for Varivent enclosure N28   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C7) P00   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)1)
for front-flush diaphragm version
Inspection certificate2) C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Sanitary process connection to DRD
• DN 50, PN 40 M32   
Factory certificate C14   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 SMS threaded socket
• 2" M73   
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    • 2½" M74   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
• 3" M75   
Degree of protection IP6k9k D46   
(only for M20x1.5) Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
Bio-Connect screw connection
CRN approval Canada E22    3A and EHEDG compliant6)
(Canadian Registration Number) • DN 50, PN 16 Q05   
Export approval Korea E11    • DN 65, PN 16 Q06   
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07   
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
(Russia) • DN 100, PN 16 Q08   
• DN 2", PN 16 Q13   
Ex Approval Ex ia/ib NEPSI E55   
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q14   
Only for SITRANS P300 with front-flush • DN 3", PN 16 Q15   
diaphragm (7MF81..-...) • DN 4", PN 16 Q16   
Flange to EN 1092-1, Form B1 Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
• DN 25, PN 403) M11    Bio-Connect S flange connection
• DN 40, PN 40 M13    • DN 2", PN 16 Q72   
• DN 40, PN 100 M23   
• DN 50, PN 16 M04   
• DN 50, PN 40 M14   
• DN 80, PN 16 M06   
• DN 80, PN 40 M16   
Flanges to ASME B16.5
• 1", class 1504) M40   
• 1½", class 150 M41   
• 2", class 150 M42   
• 3", class 150 M43   
• 4", class 150 M44   
• 1", class 3004) M45   
• 1½", class 300 M46   
• 2", class 300 M47   
• 3", class 300 M48   
• 4", class 300 M49   
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2, form A,
thread to ISO 228
• G ¾"-A, front-flush4) R01   
• G 1"-A, front-flush4) R02   
• G 2"-A, front-flush R04   
Tank connection5)
Sealing is included in delivery
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
• TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   

© Siemens 2021
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A Measuring range to be set Y01  8)
3A compliant6) Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
• DN 50, PN 25 N33    Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• DN 65, PN 25 N34    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• DN 80, PN 25 N35    device variable (measuring point descrip-
• DN 100, PN 25 N36    tion)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Y15: ...........................................
Form A
3A compliant6) Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• DN 50, PN 16 N43    able)
• DN 65, PN 16 N44    Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
• DN 80, PN 16 N45   
• DN 100, PN 16 N46    Entry of HART TAG Y17 
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Form A Y17: ...........................................
3A compliant6) Setting of the display in pressure units Y21   
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 +    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
P11 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 +    Note: The following pressure units can be
P11 selected:
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 +    bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
P11 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 +    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
P11 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Setting of the display in non- Y22 + 
FormA pressure units9) Y01
3A compliant6) Specify in plain text:
• DN 50, PN 25 N53    Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in
• DN 65, PN 25 N54    pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
• DN 80, PN 16 N55    max. 5 characters)
• DN 100, PN 16 N56   
Preset bus address Y25  
(possible between 1 ... 126)
Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22 and Y25 can be factory preset
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
B line: A02 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery
(FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F))
4) Cannot be combined with Order code P00. Can only be ordered with sili-
cone oil measuring cell filling.
5) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
6) 3A compliance ensured only when 3A compliant sealing rings are used.
7) Conformity according to 3A and EHEDG. The maximum permissible tem-
peratures of the medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see
medium conditions).
8) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
9) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

© Siemens 2021
1
ø 91 (3.58)
approx. 66 (2.6)
approx. 28 (1.1)
approx. 78 (3.07)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
H2 = approx. 80 (3.15)
SITRANS P300, with oval flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Ø approx. 66 (2.6)

approx.
(1.1)
28
approx. 69 (2.72)
approx. 125 (4.92)
approx. 118 (4.65)

90 (3.54)
82
°
approx. 41 (1.61)
approx. 105 (4.13)
Ø 50...60 (1.97...2.36)
approx. 131 (5.16)
72 (2.83)
90 (3.54)
SITRANS P300, process connection M20 x 1.5, with mounted mounting bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
1
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)
26 (1.02)
69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
4)
26.5 (1.0
Temperature decoupler
50 (1.97)
H2 = approx. 49 (1.93)
°
82
SITRANS P300, front-flush, dimensions in mm (inch)

The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.

© Siemens 2021
Flanges according to EN and ASME NuG and pharmaceutical connections 1
Flange according to EN Connections to DIN
EN 1092-1 DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut)
Order DN PN ∅D H2 Order DN PN ∅D H2
code code
H2
M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx. N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx.
H2
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9") 52 mm (2") N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2")
D
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
D
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9") Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
Flanges according to ASME
H2
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
ASME B16.5 52 mm (2")
N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6")
Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
H2
M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D

M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2")
D Other connections
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Varivent connection
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Order DN PN ∅D H2
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") code
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5") N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx.
H2
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") (3.3") 52 mm (2")

M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0")
D
Sanitary process connection to DRD

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
H2
M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.
H2
Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")

Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

connection
Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
H2
Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D
Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2
45 mm
(1.8")
R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
D 47 mm
(1.9")
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")

© Siemens 2021
1 Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150
Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
63 mm
(2.5")
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
D 170 mm
(6.7")
SMS threaded socket

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm 52 mm (2")

M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")
H2
N35 80 25 110 x ¼"

N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
H2
N43 50 16 94 Approx.
N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
H2
P11 52 mm (2")
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
P11
N46 + 100 16 159
P11
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2
N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
D

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P300 Accessories/Spare parts
1
Spare parts / Accessories Documentation
Mounting bracket and fastening parts kit The entire documentation is available for
made of stainless steel 7MF8997-1AA download free-of-charge in various languages
at: http://www.siemens.com/
Lid without window processinstrumentation/documentation
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BA
Compact operating instructions
Lid with glass window • English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434657
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BD Dutch
NBR enclosure sealing 7MF8997-1BG Certificates (order only via SAP)
instead of Internet download
Measuring point label
unlabeled 7MF8997-1CA • hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Cable gland • on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
• metal 7MF8997-1EA HART modem
• plastic (blue) 7MF8997-1EB
with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB
Gaskets for PMC connection
(packing unit = 5 units)
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
Thread 1½"
• Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
front-flush 1"
Weldable socket for TG 52/50 and
TG 52/150 connection
• TG 52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG5 2/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
silicone
Seals for flange connection with front-flush
diaphragm
Material FKM (Viton); temperature range:
-20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering data
The SITRANS P300 transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds: pressure transmitters
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters and add Order codes code
SITRANS P300 T03
■ Design 7MF802.-...1.-...
With process connection
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE gas- female thread ½-14 NPT
kets between the transmitter and the valve manifold as standard. in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape
Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also available Delivery including high-pressure test certi-
for sealing purposes if preferred. fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold. Further designs:
The complete unit is checked for leaks under pressure after as- Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
mounting clips made of stainless steel
sembly (air pressure 6 bar (87 psi)) and certified with a factory
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
certificate according to EN 10204 - 2.2. with the transmitter)
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the corre- Inspection certificate according to EN C12
sponding mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters and
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself. mounted valve manifold
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac- 7MF9011-4EA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting pressure transmitters
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
the transmitter. and add Order codes code
If you order an inspection certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 after SITRANS P300 T02
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a 7MF802.-...0.-...
separate certificate is provided for the transmitter and for the with process connection
valve manifold. collar G½ A to EN 837-1
with gasket made of PTFE between valve
manifold and transmitter
Alternative sealing material:
• Soft iron A70
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71
• copper A72
Delivery including high-pressure test certi-
fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
with the transmitter)
Inspection certificate according to EN C12
10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P300
270 (10.6)
270 (10.6)
195 (7.7)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
270 (10.6)
270 (10.6)
180 (7.1)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
pressure transmitters pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
1 ■ Overview ■ Benefits
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads, e.g. abrasion.
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of Hastelloy
• Infinitely adjustable measuring spans from 0.03 bar to 16 bar
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA in-
terface
• Parameterization over control keys and HART Communica-
tion, or over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus inter-
face (DS III only).
■ Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry. mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
With the two process connection threads 1½" and 1" flush at the provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for with the corresponding harmonized European standards
all processes in the paper industry. (ATEX).
SITRANS P300 and SITRANS PDS III series pressure transmit- Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
ters are digital pressure transmitters featuring extensive user- for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
friendliness and high accuracy. The parameterization is per- egory "ia" and "ib".
formed using control keys via HART, PROFIBUS-PA or
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be highly viscous substances.
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
keys or programmed externally over HART or over
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (only DS III).
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with SITRANS P, DS III series
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre- Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
measuring:
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
• Gauge pressure
• Level Nominal measuring range
• Mass level For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
• Volume level
SITRANS P300
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)

© Siemens 2021
■ Design
1
SITRANS P DS III Example for an attached measuring point label
1 Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
2 Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text
8 SITRANS P300
1 Plastic cover: access to The device comprises:
the input keys
• Electronics
2 Screw cover with
viewing pane • Enclosure
3 Display • Measuring cell
3
4 Locking screw 7
1
6 Measuring point label
6
7 Nameplate 4
5
8 Inlet with cable gland
4
5
Device front view, SITRANS P DS III

The transmitter consists of various components depending on
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
mation. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters. 3
The rating plate (7, Figure "Device front view) with the Article No. 1 Display 2
is located on the side of the enclosure. The specified number to- 2 Process connection
gether with the ordering information provide details on the op-
tional design details and on the possible measuring range 3 Cable gland
(physical properties of built-in sensor element). 4 Nameplate
The approval label is located on the opposite side. 5 Screw cover
The enclosure is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel

precision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
rear of the enclosure. The front cover (2) can be fitted with a The enclosure has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver-
viewing pane so that the measured values can be read directly sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter-
on the display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is lo- minal enclosure, the buttons for operation of the device are lo-
cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display.
opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
connection is located on the rear of the enclosure. the terminal enclosure. The cable gland is on the side of the en-
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are closure. The measuring cell with the process connection (2) is lo-
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the cated on the bottom of the enclosure. The measuring cell with
enclosure contains the measuring cell with process connection the process connection may differ from the one shown in the di-
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking agram, depending on the device version.
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the enclosure is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.

© Siemens 2021
1 ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA
communication
9
8
0.0.0.0.0 9
M 8
00 0.0.0.0.0
M 00
10
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH 2 3 4 5 7
PA
μC
7 interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
HART interface 10
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
EEPROM
6 6 unit
Coup-
Electronics ler
1 6 Electronics
11
Bus-
EEPROM
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
Sensor
Sensor
pe Measuring cell
pe
Measuring cell
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
4 Microcontroller 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
5 Digital-to-analog converter 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
electronics 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
7 HART interface 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
8 Three input keys (local operation) each in the measuring cell
9 Digital display and electronics pe Input variable
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Function diagram of electronics
Pe Input variable
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
Function diagram of electronics amplifier(2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linear- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a dig- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
ital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and from one another.
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other.
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
sages and the operating modes on the display (9). quired for this.
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with measuring measuring spans ≤
63 bar (914 psi) measure the input pressure compared to atmo-
sphere, the transmitters with measuring measuring spans
160 bar (2320 psi) measure compared to vacuum.

© Siemens 2021
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cell 1
communication Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
2 3 4 5 7
FF
μC interface
1 Measuring cell
Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply 2 Process connection
10 3 Seal diaphragm
Power 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM supply 5 Silicon pressure sensor
6 unit
Coup-
ler
Electronics
1 6
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
EEPROM
industry, function diagram

Sensor The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
pe phragm for paper industry, function diagram) to the measuring
Measuring cell cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply lute pressure.
5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable Parameterization
each in the measuring cell Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
and electronics rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
7 FF interface the parameters.
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
Function diagram of electronics With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure rameters without any additional equipment.
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring Parameterization using HART
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com-
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- municator or a PC.
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
+
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- transmitter
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
HART
each other. communicator
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error mes-
sages are transferred by acyclic data transmission. Special soft- +
ware such as National Instruments Configurator is required for -
this.
transmitter
PC or
HART laptop
modem
USB/RS 232
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure

transmitter

© Siemens 2021
1 When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
a HART modem.
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the DS III PA
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- to a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7. Communica-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
Adjustable parameter DS III with HART and P300 with HART For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
communication Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Lower range value x x Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
Upper range value x x particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
Electrical damping x x
control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
Lower range value without applica- x x explosive environment.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Upper range value without applica- x x need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Zero adjustment x x Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
current transmitter x x
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Fault current x x
Adjustable parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1) and FOUNDA-
Type of dimension and actual dimen- x x TION Fieldbus
sion interface
Characteristic (linear) x x Electrical damping x x
Input of characteristic x Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x

tion)
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Source of measured-value display x x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Physical dimension of display x x
Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART and P300 with HART Position of decimal point x x
• Zero correction display Bus address x x
• Event counter Adjustment of characteristic x x
• Slave pointer
• Maintenance timer Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
Available physical units of display for DS III with HART and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
P300 with HART
• Event counter
Physical variable Physical dimensions • Slave pointer
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, • Maintenance timer
made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O
(4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), • Simulation functions
inHg, mmHg • Display of zero correction
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in • Limit transmitter
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, • Saturation alarm
liquid Physical dimensions available for the display
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz Physical variable Physical dimensions
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R Pressure (setting can also be MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr,
made in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
Miscellaneous %, mA
mmH2O (4 °C), inH2O, inH20 (
4 °C), ftH2O, mmHg, inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
liquid
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
1
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
range, max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Measuring span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no measuring span < 500 mbar
adjustable)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART-Communicator)
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Silicone oil filling
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
- r≤5 ≤ 0.075 %
- 5 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F)) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
• Gasket (standard) PTFE flat gasket
• O-ring (minibolt) FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard) Flush-mounted, 1½", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt) Flush-mounted, 1", minibolt design
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply - Supplied through bus
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)

© Siemens 2021
.
HART communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1
communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
• Output byte 5 (one measured value) or value)
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
Function blocks 2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
LCD
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gauge 7MF 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gauge
pressure, with PMC connection pressure, with PMC connection
77777 - 7777
series DS III with HART DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell- ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1 Measuring cell filling Meas. cell cleaning
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Silicone oil normal 1
cleanliness level 2 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
0.01 ... 1 bar1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi)1) B
1 bar1) (14.5 psi)1) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
4 bar (58 psi) C
0.1.6 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
16 bar (232 psi) D
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Process connection2)
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 • PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (not with mini- 3 • PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum mea- 3
mum measuring span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi) - ver- suring span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available
sion "B") with
Non-wetted parts materials 1-bar-measuring cell (Option B))
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0 Non-wetted parts materials
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3 • Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0
Version • Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 Version
setting for pressure unit: bar • Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: bar • International version, English plate inscription, 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: Pascal • Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating setting for pressure unit: Pascal
instructions in various EU languages. All versions include DVD with compact operating
Explosion protection instructions in various EU languages.
• None A Explosion protection
• With ATEX, Type of protection: • None A
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B • With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 2) D - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"3) E - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)4) F - „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)4) NC
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
• Female thread M20 x 1.5 B Electrical connection / cable entry
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C • Female thread M20 x 1.5 B
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)5) 6) F • Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)6) 7) F
Display
• Without display 0 Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1 • Without display 0
setting: mA) • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6 setting: bar)
• With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
ified, Order code "Y21" required) • With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
ified, Order code "Y21" required)
Included in delivery of the device:
Included in delivery of the device: • Quick-start guide
• Quick-start guide • Sealing ring
• Sealing ring
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard"process connection
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection 2) Sealing is included in delivery.
2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
3) Configurations with device plugs M12 are only available in Ex ic. 4) Configurations with device plugs M12 are only available in Ex ic.
4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to 5) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505. NEC 500/505
5) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F. 6) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
6) M12 delivered without cable socket 7) M12 delivered without cable socket

© Siemens 2021
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Device plugs Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Angled A32  Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
• Han 8D (metal, gray) A33  Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
M12 cable sockets (metal (CuZn)) A50    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
Rating plate inscription tion)
(instead of German) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• English B11    Y15: ...........................................
• French B12    Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• Spanish B13    able)
• Italian B14    Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    Y16: ...........................................
English rating plate B21    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 

Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) units
Inspection certificate C12    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
Factory certificate C14    The following pressure units can be selected:
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate acc. C20  kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
to IEC 61508 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate acc. C23  Setting of pressure indication in non- Y22 + 
to IEC 61508 pressure units2) Y01
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    (specification of measuring range in pressure
output signal to 22.0 mA units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    acters)
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT) Preset bus address Y25  
Export approval Korea E11    possible between 1 and 126
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E551)    Y25: ...........
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E561)     = available
to NEPSI (China) ordering example
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E571)    B line: C11 + Y01 + Y21
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E581)    C line: Y21: bar (psi)
to NEPSI (China) 1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..) calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
Mounting 2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01   
threaded connection
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02   
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer)
1) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.

© Siemens 2021
15 143 (5.6) 4
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
5
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)
3 6
2
min. 90 (3.54) 2)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
7
H2
1 Electronics side, local display
4 Cover over buttons
(longer overall length for cover with inspection window)1)
5 Blanking plug
2 Connection side 1)
6 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type

3 Electrical connection: of protection; not shown in the drawing)
• M20 x 1,5 screw gland
7 Process connection: PMC standard
• ½-14 NPT screw gland
• M12 device plug
1)
In addition, allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) for the thread length
2)
92 mm (3.62 inch) minimum distance for rotating with indicator
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a
PMC Style standard
DN PN ∅D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-sec-
tion 40.9 mm (1.6") approx.
36.8 mm
H2
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section (1.4")

D
Ø 33,4 (1.31)
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9
PMC Style minibolt

25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)
DN PN ∅D H2
Ø 36,6 (1.44)
Ø 58,9 (2.32) 26.3 mm (1.0") approx.
33.1 mm
1) (1.3")
H2
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable
sockets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, Mat. No. 1.4404/316L

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure (front-flush)
range and max. permissible test pressuree FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no measuring span < 500 mbar
adjustable)
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communica-
tor)
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and repro-
ducibility
Linear characteristic
- r≤5 ≤ 0.075 %
- 5 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
• according to EN 60529 IP65, IP68
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Medium conditions
Design
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)
• Seal diaphragm Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values ≤ 0.8 µm (32 µ inch)/welds Ra ≤ 1.6 µm (64 µ inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply Supplied through bus
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
1
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA,
Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 μH
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

© Siemens 2021
1 HART communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
PROFIBUS PA communication - Adaptation to customer- Yes, linearly rising or falling
Simultaneous communication with 4 specific process variables characteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
Local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126) - Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value)
• Output byte One measured value: 5 bytes
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
Two measured values: 10 bytes ing limit and one alarm limit
• Input byte Register operating mode: respectively
1 bytes - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Reset function due to metering. for flow measurement
1 bytes
• PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- bus function block
cess Control Devices
• Physical block 1 resource block
Version 3.0, class B
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
Function blocks 2
calibration, 1 transducer block
• Analog input LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Linearly rising or falling charac- • Pressure transducer block
ic process variables teristic
- Electrical damping 0 ... 100 s adjustable two pressures
- Simulation function Input /Output - Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
limit and one alarm limit respec- pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
tively perature and electronics tem-
perature
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the regis-
ter output
tively
Transducer blocks 2
characteristic with
- Characteristic curve Linear
- Simulation function Available
• Transducer block "Electronic
temperature"
Simulation function Available

© Siemens 2021
1
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC
connection, single chamber enclosure, rating connection, single chamber enclosure, rating
plate inscription in English plate inscription in English
with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
Display
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid 7) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3
DIN 25410 • With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
(setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
Measuring span and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
1 bar1) (14.5 psi) B units)7)
4 bar (58 psi) C • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
16 bar (232 psi) D tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
polycarbonate disc 7)
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
Hastelloy Stainless steel B FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
unit)7)
Process connection • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pan-
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum mea- 3 el7)
suring span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available
with 1-bar-measuring cell (Option B)) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Non-wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:

• Quick-start guide
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 • Sealing ring
polished
1) Only with "Standard" process connection"
Version
2) Not in conjunction with electrical connection option A.
• Standard versions 1 3) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Explosion protection 4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
• None A NEC 500/505.
5) Only together with HART electronics.
6) Without cable gland.
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B 7) Display cannot be turned.
• Zone 20/21/222) C
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned)4) M
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x .5 (polyamide)5) A
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (stainless steel) C
• ½-14 NPT metal thread6) H
• ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread6) J

© Siemens 2021
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Cable socket for device plugs M12 Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Stainless steel A51    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Rating plate inscription
(instead of English) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• German B10    device variable (measuring point descrip-
tion)
• French B12   
• Spanish B13    Y15: ...........................................
• Italian B14   
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
English rating plate B21    able)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: ......
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Inspection certificate C12    Setting of pressure indication in Y21   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 pressure units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Factory certificate C14    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 Note: The following pressure units can
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    be selected:
output signal to 22.0 mA bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Mounting Setting of pressure indication in non-pres- Y22 + 
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01    sure units2) Y01
threaded connection Specify in plain text:
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02    Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer) (specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
 = available

© Siemens 2021
1
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)
26 (1.02)
69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
4)
26,5 (1.0
H 2 = approx. 36,8 (1.4)
°
82
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
PMC Style Standard
DN PN ∅D H2
40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section 36.8 mm
H2
(1.4’’)
Ø 33,4 (1.31) D
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9
25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)
PMC Style Mini bolt

Ø 36,6 (1.44) DN PN ∅D H2
Ø 58,9 (2.32)
26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
1) 33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
H2
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L

© Siemens 2021
for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 ■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Diagnostic functions in accordance with NAMUR
recommendation NE107
• SIL devices developed according to IEC 61508
• SIL validation on the device or remotely with SIMATIC PDM
• Reduction of internal inductance for Ex applications to LI = 0
• Step response time for pressure type T63 = 105 ms and for
differential pressure type 135 ms.
• Minimal conformity error
• Very low temperature influence
• Very good long-term stability
loads
• For corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnostics and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters are digital pressure without recalibration
transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accu-
racy. The parameter assignment is performed using input but- • Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g., stainless
tons or the HART interface. steel, alloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
The comprehensive functionality makes for precise adjustment (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
of the pressure transmitter to the requirements of the plant. Op-
eration is very user-friendly in spite of the numerous setting op- • Convenient parameterization over 4 input buttons and HART
tions. interface
Due to their advanced diagnostic functionalities according to
NAMUR NE107, the SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters ■ Application
are very suitable for use in chemical plants. Thanks to the ad- SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters can be used in in-
vanced diagnostic functions and the process value storage, the dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
SITRANS P420 is "Ready for Digitalization".
The pressure transmitters can be used in zone 1 or zone 0 with
The "Remote Safety Handling" function saves customers signifi- the corresponding Ex approval.
cant amounts of time and money, because the SIL function can
be switched on and validated remotely via SIMATIC PDM. This The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
eliminates travel times and on-site operation via the local display mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
or keyboard. highly viscous substances.
Parameter assignment using the HART protocol is very easy and The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 4 input
quick thanks to the innovative EDD with integrated Quick Start buttons or programmed externally over HART interface.
wizard. Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
The transmitters can be equipped with various types of remote Measured variable:
seals for special applications such as the measurement of highly
viscous substances. • Gauge pressure of corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors
and liquids.
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters are available in vari-
ous versions for measuring: Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
• Gauge pressure • For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar
(0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
• Absolute pressure
• Differential pressure There are two series:
• Level • Gauge pressure series
• Volume flow • Differential pressure series
• Mass flow Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
Measured variable:
• Absolute pressure of corrosive and non-corrosive gases,
vapors and liquids.
• For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 8.3 mbar a to 100 bar a
(0.12 to 1450 psi a)
There are two series:
• Gauge pressure series
• Differential pressure series

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow Pressure transmitters for level 1
Measured variables: Measured variable:
• Differential pressure • Level of corrosive and non-corrosive liquids in open and
• Small positive or negative overpressure closed vessels.
• Flow q ~ √Δp (together with a primary differential pressure Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
transducer (see section "Flow meters")) • For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 25 mbar to 5 bar
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) (0.363 to 72.5 psi)
• For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 1 mbar to 30 bar Type of the mounting flange:
(0.0145 to 435 psi) • EN 1092-1 flanges
• ASME B16.5 flanges
• J.I.S. flanges
• Diverse range of sealing surface forms available
■ Design
Depending on the customer-specific order, the device comprises different parts.
9
1
11
8 2 15
10
3 14
7
13
4 12
1 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information 9 Locking screw for the cover over the buttons
2 Cover (front) with glass pane (optional) 10 Cover (rear) for electrical terminal compartment
3 Display (optional) 11 Electrical terminal compartment
4 Safety catch (front) 12 Safety catch (back)
5 Locking screw for locking the enclosure 13 Ground terminal
6 Process connection 14 Nameplate with information on the remote seal
7 Approval label with approval information 15 Blanking plug

8 Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland
Device front view

• The electronics enclosure is made of die cast aluminum or • The electrical terminal compartment (11) for the auxiliary
precision cast stainless steel. power and shield is accessible when you remove the back
• The enclosure has a removable circular cover at the front and cover (10).
the back. • The measuring cell with process connection (6) is located in
• Depending on the device version, the front cover (2) may be the bottom part of the enclosure.
designed as an inspection window. The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (5).
• The cable inlet (8) to the electrical terminal compartment is at
the side; either the left or right-hand one can be used. The • Thanks to the modular design of the pressure transmitter, the
unused opening is closed with a blanking plug (15). measuring cell and application electronics or terminal
compartment can be replaced if required.
• The ground terminal (13) is located on the side.
• The cover over buttons (1), under which there are 4 buttons, is
located on the upper face of the enclosure. The nameplate
with general information is located on the cover over the
buttons.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Nameplates
Nameplate
The nameplate with the article no. and other important information, such as design details and technical data, is located on the cover
over the buttons.
2
1 3
12
11
10
9 4
8
7
6 5
1 Article number 7 Permitted ambient temperature for the

hazardous area of the
2 Firmware and hardware identification corresponding temperature class
3 QR code to the mobile website 8 Maximum allowable operating pressure /

with device-specific information maximum allowable test pressure
4 Conformity with country-specific directives 9 Minimum/maximum measuring span
5 Note operating instructions, 10 Material: connection, diaphragm, O-ring, oil

certificates and approvals
11 Serial number
6 Protection class
12 Order supplement (options, order code)
Approval label with approval information

The approval label with approval information is located on the front of the enclosure.
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga
1 2 3 4 5
1 Characteristics of the hazardous area
2 Type of protection
3 Group (gas, dust)
4 Maximum surface temperature (temperature class)
5 Device protection level

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring point label 1
The measuring point label is located under the front cover.
ID number of the special design

Measuring span (Y01; max. 5 characters) (max. 10 characters)
Y15 (max. 32 characters)

Y16 (max. 32 characters)
Nameplate with information on the remote seals

The nameplate with information on the remote seals is located on
the back of the enclosure.
5 6
7
1
2
9 8 10 11
4
1 Diaphragm seals of sandwich type 7 Nominal diameter/pressure: 4 inch, 50 mm tube length, CLASS 600
2 Article number 8 Filling liquid: Food grade oil (FDA-compliant)
3 Order supplement (options, order code) 9 Wetted materials: Diaphragm duplex, 1.4462
4 Serial number 10 QR code to mobile website with device-specific information
5 Operating temperature 11 Assembly and manufacturing location
6 Vacuum pressure service: No, oxygen ≤ 60 °C; ≤ 50 bar

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 ■ Function
Adjustable parameters and diagnostics
SITRANS P320/P420 with HART communication
Parameters Input buttons SITRANS P320 SITRANS P420
Application, measure- x x x
ment type
Lower range value/ x x x
upper range value
Lower range value/ x x x
upper range value
Electrical damping x x x
Zero adjustment x x x
Fault current x x x
Saturation limits x x x
Scaling of the display x x x
Characteristic selec- x x x
tion
Temperature unit x x x
Key lock x x x
Change user pin x x x
Functional safety x x x
Loop test x x x
Start view x x x
Pressure reference x x x
Reset x x x
Diagnostics and
trend log
Min/Max pointer x x
Limit monitoring 2 2
Event counter (over- 2 2
flow/underflow)
Trend log 2, max.
1 500 values
Diagnostic log x x
Parameters x
change log
Available physical units of display for SITRANS P320/P420

Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be made in Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O,
inH2O (4 °C), ftH2O, mmH2O,
mmH2O (4 °C), mH2O (4 °C), mmHg,
inHg, atm, torr
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volumes (fill level) m³, l, hl, in³, ft³, yd³, gal, gal (UK), bu,
bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm³, NI
Volume (flow) m³/sec, m³/h, m³/d, l/sec, l/min, l/h,
MI/d, ft³/sec, ft³/h, ft³/d, SCF/min,
SCF/h, NI/h, Nm³/hgal/sec, gal/min,
gal/h, gal/d, Mgal/d, gal (UK))/sec,
gal (UK)/min, gal (UK)/h, gal (UK)/d,
bbl/sec, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d,
Mass (flow) Kg/sec, kg/min, kg/h, kg/d, g/sec,
g/min, g/h, t/min, t/h, t/d, lb/sec,
lb/min, lb/h, lb/d, ton/min, ton/h,
ton/d, ton (UK)/h, ton (UK)/d
Temperature °C, °F
Miscellaneous %, mA, free text max. 12 characters
For more device information and technical specifications, refer

to the individual device versions.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Input
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) or measuring Measuring span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
range, max. permissible operating pressure (in sure MAWP (PS) sure
accordance with Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EU) and max. test pressure (pursuant to 8.3 ... 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
DIN 16086) (for oxygen measurement, max. 0.83 ... 25 kPa 0.4 MPa 0.6 MPa
100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F) ambient 0.12 … 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
temperature/temperature of medium)
0.01 ... 1 bar 6 bar 9 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 0.6 MPa 0.9 MPa
0.15 … 14.5 psi 87 psi 130 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 20 bar 30 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 2 MPa 3 MPa
0.58 … 58 psi 290 psi 435 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 45 bar 70 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa 4.5 MPa 7 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi 652 psi 1015 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 80 bar 120 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa 8 MPa 12 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi 1160 psi 1740 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 240 bar 360 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 24 MPa 36 MPa
23 … 2321 psi 3481 psi 5221 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 … 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 ... 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 … 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit For 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower measuring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi
a. The measuring cell is vacuum-resistant up to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of the max. measuring span (for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/ 1450 psi and 60 °C
(140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
• Lower range value Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp ≤ 0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA (factory preset to 3.55 mA)
Load Resistor R [Ω]
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100 Ω (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r ≤ 1.25: ≤ 0.075% (SITRANS P320)
≤ 0.065% (SITRANS P420)
1.25 < r ≤ 30: ≤ (0.008 · r + 0.055)%
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.065% (SITRANS P320)
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi ≤ 0.04% (SITRANS P420)
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi 5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.004 · r + 0.045)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r ≤ 3: ≤ 0.075% (SITRANS P320)
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)% (SITRANS P320)
r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075% (SITRANS P420)
5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)% (SITRANS P420)
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.16 · r + 0.1)%
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.05 · r + 0.1)%
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi ≤ (0.025 · r + 0.125)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi ≤ (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.25 · r)% per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 · r)%
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 · r)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 10 years ≤ (0.15 · r)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) ≤ 0.105 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change ≤ 0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
of angle) (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +100 °C (14 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with inert oil for gauge pressure -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
measuring cells:
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi
- Measuring cell with inert oil -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +85°C (14 ... +185°F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) (with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight Approx. 2.3 kg (5.07 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 4.2 kg (9.25 lb) for stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Process connection Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22, material no. 2.4602
- Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C276, material no. 2.4819
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics enclosure • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Mounting bracket Electrogalvanized steel or stainless steel
Process connection • Connection shank G1/2A according to DIN EN 837-1
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange (PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF according to EN 61518
- M10 according to DIN 19213
Electrical connection Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug Han 7D/Han 8D1)
• Device plug M12
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS ≤ 0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff ≤ 1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
directive (PED 2014/68/EU) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England) No.: 1903094 (option E83)
• ACS (France) No.: 18 ACC LY 277 (option E85)
• NSF (USA) No.: 20180920-MH61350 (option E84)
CRN (Canada) No.: 0F9863.5C (option E60)
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China) No.: GYJ19.1058X (option E27)
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil) No.: BRA-18-GE-0035X (option E25)
- Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +55 °C (-40 ... +131 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance Li = 0.24 μH/Ci = 3.29 nF
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for zones 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for zones 20, 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec" -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
- "ec" connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection according to CSA Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
NAMUR recommendations
• NE 06 Standardized Electrical Signals and Questions Relating to Engineering Technology
• NE 21 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) of Industrial Process and Laboratory Control Equipment
• NE 23 Extra Low Voltage Circuits with Safe Separation
• NE 43 Standardization of the Signal Level for the Failure Information of Digital Transmitters
• NE 53 Software and Hardware of Field Devices and Signal Processing Devices with Digital Electronics
• NE 80 The Application of the Pressure Equipment Directive to Process Control Devices
• NE 105 Specifications for Integrating Fieldbus Devices in Engineering Tools for Field Devices
• NE 107 Self-Monitoring and Diagnosis of Field Devices
• NE 131 NAMUR Standard Device - Field Devices for Standard Applications
1) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for gauge pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
250 mbar (3.6 psi) F
1000 mbar (14.5 psi) J
4000 mbar (58 psi) N
16 bar (232 psi) Q
63 bar (914 psi) T
160 bar (2321 psi) V
400 bar (5802 psi) W
700 bar (10153 psi) X
Process connection
Male thread M20 x 1.5 B
Male thread G½ (DIN EN 837-1) D
Female thread ½-14 NPT E
Male thread ½-14 NPT F
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) G
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) H
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (DIN 19213) J
Version for diaphragm seal pressure U
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class DCable gland must be ordered separately as option (Axx)ivision) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland: Cable gland must be ordered separately as option (Axx)
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
■ Selection and ordering data

1
Options Order code Options Order code
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and plain Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and plain
text or entry from drop-down list. text or entry from drop-down list.
Cable glands included Device options
Plastic A00 PDF file with device settings D10
Metal A01 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 μm of enclosure and cover
Stainless steel A02
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for device plugs D30
CMP, for XP devices A10 M12 and Han )
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 TAG label empty D40
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 label
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
Device plug Han mounted left Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, straight) A30 Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Device plug Han 7D (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Device plug Han 7D (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
CSA (USA and Canada) E06
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, angled) A35
EAC E07
Device plug Han 8D (metal, straight) A36
FM E08
Device plug Han 8D (metal, angled) A37
KCC E09
Cable socket included
Export approval CPA (China) E12
Plastic, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A40
Explosion protection approvals
Metal, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A41
ATEX (Europe) E20
Device plug M12 mounted left
CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62
FM (USA and Canada) E22
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63
IECEx (Worldwide) E23
Cable entry/connector mounting
EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 INMETRO (Brazil) E25
sides
KCs (Korea) E26
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 PESO (India) E28
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
Nameplate labeling ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47

(standard labeling: English, unit bar) CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
German (bar) B11 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
French (bar) B12 and FM (USA)
Marine approvals
Spanish (bar) B13
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Italian (bar) B14
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (bar) B15
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Russian (bar) B16
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
English (psi) B20
RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
English (Pa) B30
KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Chinese (Pa) B35
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
Certificates
CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) Country-specific approvals
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12 CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
surized and wetted parts Special approvals
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13 Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
0175-2009)) (1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))
Factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14 Dual seal E81
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of pres- C15 WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
surized and wetted parts only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
Certificates for functional safety NSF61 (drinking water) E84
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20 ACS (drinking water) E85

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Options Order code Options Order code
Mounting bracket Device settings
Steel, galvanized H01 Measuring span Y01
Lower range value (max. 5 characters),
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 upper range value (max. 5 characters),
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
With flange adapter G½ Form B1 numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J80 matically converted to dot).
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J81 Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J82 g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
With siphon G½ Form B1 torr
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J83 TAG Y15
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J84 (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J85 max. 32 characters)
• DN 25 PN 100, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J86 Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas- Measuring point description Y16
kets FKM (FPM)) (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60 max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61
TAG short Y17
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 (device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Process connection Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 Local display Y21
[Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
Shut-off valves, valve manifolds
tive], example: Pressure gauge
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA, T02 Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
process connection at transmitter G½ shank, PTFE seal- abs., pressure unit gauge
ing ring and pressure test certified in in factory certifi-
cate (EN 10204-2.2) Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA, process T03 [m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
connection at transmitter female thread ½-14 NPT, seal-
ing tape. With PTFE sealing ring and pressure test certi- Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
fied in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T05 Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
steel mounting screws, pressure test certified in factory
certificate (EN 10204-2.2) Local display Y23
Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T06
example 1 ... 5 m
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket,
stainless steel mounting screws, pressure test certified Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
146 (5.75) 51 (2.01)
27 (1.06)
5
2.6 74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 24 (0.94) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1 (0.1)
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
117 (4.61)
158 (6.22)
3
7
183 (7.2)
237 (9.33)
9
SW 36
68 (2.68)
approx. 32
120 (4.72)
(1.26)
72 (2.8)
Space for
rotation of
enclosure
min. 92 (3.62) Ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.13)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)
1 Electronics side, local display 5 Cover over buttons and nameplate

(longer overall length for cover with glass pane)1) with general information
6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side
7 Safety catch
3 Electrical connection:
(only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland
8 Process connection: G½B connection pin or oval flange
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 9 Mounting bracket (optional)
• M12 device plug2) 3
4 Harting adapter
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for gauge pressure (pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Input
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to sure MAWP (PS) sure
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU)
1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 8.037 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 24.11 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 3481 psi
5 ... 100 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.5 ... 10 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
76.9 … 1450 psi 2320 psi 3481 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
Output HART
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Physical bus -

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1 • Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Rising characteristic curve • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi • Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075%
5 < r ≤ 20: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075%
5 < r ≤ 60: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.065% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O ≤ 0.04% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O 5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.004 · r + 0.045) %
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi r < 10: = 0.1%
10 < r < 30: = 0.2%
as % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O ≤ (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O ≤ (0.075 · r + 0.1)%
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.025 · r + 0.125)% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.025 · r + 0.0625)% (SITRANS P420)
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
• 600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O ≤ (0.0125 · r + 0.0625)% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
• 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi 0.08 · r + 0.16%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F))
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O ≤ (0.2 · r)% per year
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)%
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 · r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O In 10 years ≤ (0.15 · r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O Approx. 0.160 s
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O Approx. 0.150 s
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi Approx. 0.135 s
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
• 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi Approx. 0.145 s
of angle) (zero offset is possible with position error compensation)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi) -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -40 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Design
Approx. 5.8 kg (12.7 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or
gold
- Process flanges and sealing plugs Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408 to PN 160, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti for PN 420, Alloy C22, 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
- O-ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
- Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
- Mounting bracket Steel, electrogalvanized steel, or stainless steel
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance
with EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS ≤ 0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Inert filling liquid 3
20 mbar (8.037 inH2O) B
60 mbar (24.11 inH2O) D
250 mbar (1005 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) L
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160), (DIN 19213) M
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation N
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160) (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation P
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 2
Tantalum/tantalum, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 4
(not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 60 mbar (0.87 psi))
Monel 00/2.4360, Monel 400/2.4360, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 6
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, gold-plated, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 8
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Stainless steel A02
Device plug Han mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, angled) A35 CSA (USA and Canada) E06
Device plug Han 8D (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Device plug Han 8D (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A40 Export approval CPA (China) E12
Metal, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A41 Explosion protection approvals
Device plug M12 mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
sides KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 PESO (India) E28
Nameplate labeling UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
(standard labeling: English, unit bar)
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
German (bar) B11
CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
French (bar) B12
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
Spanish (bar) B13 and FM (USA)
Italian (bar) B14 Marine approvals
Chinese (bar) B15 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Russian (bar) B16 LR (Lloyds Register) E51
English (psi) B20 BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
English (Pa) B30 ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Chinese (Pa) B35 RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Certificates KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
(IEC 60770-2)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12
surized and wetted parts Country-specific approvals
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13 CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
0175-2009))
Factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of pres- C15
surized and wetted parts
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Special approvals Process flange options
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Process flanges for vertical differential pressure lines K81
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) (half process flange)
Dual seal E81 Process flanges (+) - side front K82
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 Process flange screws, process flange nuts, K83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM material Monel 400/2.4360
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 Valve ¼-18 NPT, material same as process flanges K84
ACS (drinking water) E85 Valve mounted on the side, measured medium: Gas K85
Mounting bracket Oval flange enclosed, gasket PTFE + mounting screws K86
Steel, galvanized H01 Valve manifolds
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 With mounted valve manifold (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U01
PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 pressure test certified in factory certificate
Process flanges; screw plug with vent valve (EN 10204-2.2)
Welded in on right J08 With mounted valve manifold (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U02
PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
Welded in on left J09 test certified in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
Glued in on right J10 With mounted valve manifold (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U03
Glued in on left J11
pressure test certified in factory certificate
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1 (EN 10204-2.2)
Form B1 With mounted valve manifold (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U04
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J70 PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
test certified in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J71
Form C
Flange connection options
Flange connection and temperature extension J76
Flange connection with epoxy resin coating J77
Process flanges; special materials
Reserved for 7MF7: without process flanges, without K00
screws, without gaskets
Process flange material alloy C22/2.4602 K01
Process flange material Monel 400/2.4360 K02
Process connection material PVDF, on the side ½- K05
14 NPT
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K06
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 25 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges; process connection option
Process flange with process connection G½ welded on K20
Process connection NAM (ASTAVA) K21
Process flanges chambered with gaskets
1x chambered, graphite K40
1x chambered, PTFE K41
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas-
kets FKM (FPM))
O-ring, process flanges, PTFE K50
O-ring, process flanges, FEP (with silicone core, K51
approved for food)
O-ring, process flanges, FFKM (FFPM) K52
O-ring, process flanges, NBR K53
O-ring, process flanges, EPDM K54

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Options Order code
1
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and plain
text or entry from drop-down list.
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
upper range value (max. 5 characters),
unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
torr
TAG Y15
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Measuring point description Y16
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Local display Y21
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
abs., pressure unit gauge
Local display Y22
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
139 (5.47)
172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8
273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
Space for rotation of
enclosure
134 (5.28)
101 (3.98)
11 10
52 (2.05)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60
68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)
1 Electronics side, local display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with glass pane)1) Safety catch
7
2 Connection side (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral ventilation for liquid measurement (Standard)
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland 9 Lateral ventilation for gas measurement (order option K85)
• ½-14 NPT screw gland 10 Mounting bracket (optional)
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug
• M12 device plug2) 3 11 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
4 Harting adapter 12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
5 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for relative pressure (differential pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Input of gauge pressure, with flush-mounted dia-
phragm
range, max. operating pressure and max. test pressure MAWP (PS) sure
sure
0.01 ... 1 bar Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter
1 ... 100 kPa and the data on the mounting flange1)
0.15 … 14.5 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar
4 ... 400 kPa
0.58 … 58 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi
0.6 ... 63 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi
Measuring limits
• Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span
Input of absolute pressure, with flush-mounted
diaphragm
range, max. operating pressure and max. test pressure MAWP (PS) sure
sure
43 … 1300 mbar a Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter
4.3 ... 130 kPa a and the data on the mounting flange1)
17 … 525 inH2O a
166 … 5000 mbar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a
1 … 30 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the measuring span may differ from these values.
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 bar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
Physical bus -

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Gauge pressure measuring accuracy,
with flush-mounted diaphragm
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi 5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
Influence of the temperature of medium
(in pressure per temperature unit)
• Temperature difference between 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature of medium and ambient temperature
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)%
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 · r)%
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° incline
Absolute pressure measuring accuracy with flush
diaphragm
- All measuring cells r ≤ 10: ≤ 0.2%
10 < r ≤ 30: ≤ 0.4%
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• All measuring cells ≤ (0.16 · r + 0.24)%
Influence of the temperature of medium
(in pressure per temperature unit)
• Temperature difference between 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature of medium and ambient temperature
• All measuring cells In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)%
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° incline

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Temperature of medium2)
-40 … +200 °C (-40 … +392 °F) with cooling extension
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +150 °C (14 … +302 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Measuring cell with inert oil 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
(different pressure classes) 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 ps
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +85°C (14 ... +185°F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
Design
Weight (pressure transmitter without mounting
flange)
Material
- Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Process connection • Flanges according to EN and ASME
• BioConnect/BioControl
• PMC style
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple Uss ≤ 0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
1) The MAWP value of the pressure transmitter can be lower than the PN value of the mounting flange and vice versa.
To determine the maximum permissible operating pressure and the maximum permissible test pressure, use the lowest value as reference.
2) Observe the temperature limits in the process connection standards (e.g. DIN 32676 and DIN 11851) for the maximum temperature of medium for flush-
mounted process connections.
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
SITRANS P320 for gauge pressure 7 MF 0 3 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure 7 MF 0 4 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P320 for absolute pressure 7 MF 0 3 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure 7 MF 0 4 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Neobee oil 4
1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 0 J
4000 mbar (58 psi) 0 N
16 bar (232 psi) 0 Q
63 bar (914 psi) 0 T
1 300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) 2 L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) 2 P
30 bar a (435 psi a) 2 R
Process connection
Flush-mounted diaphragm K
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Stainless steel A02
sides
NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97
PESO (India) E28
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99
UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
Nameplate labeling
(standard labeling: English, unit bar) ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
German (bar) B11 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
French (bar) B12 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
and FM (USA)
Spanish (bar) B13
Marine approvals
Italian (bar) B14
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Chinese (bar) B15
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Russian (bar) B16
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
English (psi) B20
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
English (Pa) B30
RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Chinese (Pa) B35
KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Certificates
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12 Country-specific approvals
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13
0175-2009))

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Special approvals Sanitary connections manufacturer-specific
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Varivent type N for pipes DN 40 ... DN 125 PN 40 P06
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))
Sanitary connections special design
Dual seal E81
Tank connection
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 • TG 52/50 PN 40 with seal Q00
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
• TG 52/150 PN 40 with seal Q01
NSF61 (drinking water) E84
DRD flange D = 65 mm DN 50 PN 40 Q15
ACS (drinking water) E85
SMS socket
3A (hygiene) E86 • with thread 2" PN 25 Q28
EHEDG (hygiene) E87 • with thread 2 ½" PN 25 Q29
• with thread 3" PN 25 Q30
kets FKM (FPM)) Weldable sockets for tank connection
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60 Weldable piece for TG52/50 Q90
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61 Weldable piece for TG52/150 Q91
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 Connections for the paper industry
Process connection Process connection PMC Style Standard R00
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 Process connection PMC Style Minibolt R01
Flanges according to DIN EN 1092-1 Form B1 and Weldable sockets for PMC Style Standard R02
ASME standard B16.5
Weldable sockets for PMC Style Minibolt R03
EN 1092-1 Form B1
Threaded connection
• DN 50 PN 16 M03
• DN 80 PN 16 M05 Male thread G¾-A DIN 3852 R11
• DN 25 PN 40 M10 Male thread G1-A DIN 3852 R12
• DN 40 PN 40 M12
Male thread G2-A DIN 3852 R14
• DN 50 PN 40 M13
• DN 80 PN 40 M15 Special options front-flush
• DN 40 PN 100 M22 Temperature decoupler (media temperature up to R85
200 °C)
ASME B16.5
• 1" Class 150 RF M30 Mating connector including seal R90
• 1 ½" Class 150 RF M31
• 2" Class 150 RF M32
• 3" Class 150 RF M33
• 4" Class 150 RF M34
• 1 ½" Class 300 RF M36
• 2" Class 300 RF M37
• 3" Class 300 RF M38
• 4" Class 300 RF M39
Sanitary connections in accordance with the stan-
dard
Sanitary flange DIN 11851
• with slotted union nut DN 50 PN 25 N03
• with slotted union nut DN 80 PN 25 N05
Tri-Clamp
• DIN 32676 DN 50 PN 16 N14
• DIN 32676 DN 65 PN 10 N15
• ISO 2852 2" PN 40 N22
• ISO 2852 3" PN 40 N23
Aseptic threaded socket
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 50 PN 25 N33
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 65 PN 25 N34
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 80 PN 25 N35
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN100 PN 25 N36
Aseptic flange with notch
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 50 PN 16 N43
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 65 PN 16 N44
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 80 PN 16 N45
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN100 PN 16 N46
Aseptic clamp with groove
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 50 PN 25 N53
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 65 PN 25 N54
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 80 PN 16 N55
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN100 PN 16 N56

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Options Order code
1
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
2.6 146 (5.74)
52 (2.04) (1.06)
4
(0.1)
27
74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 27 84 (3.31)
(1.06)
1
5
H1 = approx. 138 (5.43)

3
6
2
50 (1.97)
rotation of enclosure
H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
7
Space for
min. 92 (3.6)

2 Connection side 5 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection: 6 Safety catch
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
• ½-14 NPT screw gland 7 Process connection
1) In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2) Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter, with flush-mounted diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)

This figure consists of a SITRANS P320/P420 with an example flange.
In this figure, the height is divided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P320P420 up to a defined cross-section

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Flanges according to EN and ASME Other connections 1
Flange according to EN Varivent connection
EN 1092-1 Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
Order DN PN ∅D H2
code P06 40 ... 125 40 84 mm (3.3") Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
H2
M03 50 16 165 mm (6.5") Approx.

52 mm (2")
M05 80 16 200 mm (7.9") D
D
M10 25 40 115 mm (4.5")
M12 40 40 150 mm (5.9") Sanitary process connection according to DRD
M13 50 40 165 mm (6.5") Order DN PN ∅D H2
M15 80 40 200 mm (7.9") code
Q15 65 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.
H2
M22 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
52 mm (2")
Flanges according to ASME
D
ASME B16.5
Order DN Clas ∅D H2
code s Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
H2
M30 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. Order DN PN ∅D H2

D 52 mm (2") code
M31 1½" 150 125 mm (4.9")
R11 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2
M32 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") 45 mm (1.8")
M33 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") R12 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
D 47 mm (1.9")
M34 4" 150 230 mm (9.1")
M36 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") R14 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
M37 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M38 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150
M39 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") Order DN PN ∅D H2

code
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Q00 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
63 mm (2.5")
H2
Connections to DIN
Q01 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) 170 mm
(6.7")
Order DN PN ∅D H2 D
code
N03 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. SMS threaded socket
H2
52 mm (2")
N05 80 25 127 mm (5.0") Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
D Q28 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
52 mm (2.1")
Q29 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm
TriClamp according to DIN 32676 Q30 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
N15 65 16 91 mm (3.6")
N22 2" 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
52 mm (2")
N23 3" 10 91 mm (3.6")
D

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Aseptic threaded socket according to DIN 11864-1 Form A
Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
52 mm (2.1")
H2
N34 65 25 95 x 1/6"
N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
H2
N43 50 16 94 (3.7'') Approx.

52 mm (2.1")
N44 65 16 113 (4.4'')
D N45 80 16 133 (5.2'')

N46 100 16 159 (6.3'')
Aseptic clamp with groove according to DIN 11864-3 Form A

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
N53 50 25 77.5 (3.1'') Approx.
52 mm (2.1")
H2
N54 65 25 91 (3.6'')
N55 80 16 106 (4.2'')
N56 100 16 130 (5.1'')
D
Process connection PMC Style Standard

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
R00 - - 40.9 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2
36.8 mm
(1.4")
Process connection PMC Style Minibolt

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
R01 - - 26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
H2
(1.3")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Input
range, max. permissible operating pressure (in sure MAWP (PS) sure
accordance with Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EU) and max. test pressure (pursuant to 8.3 … 250 mbar a 4 bar a 6 bar a
DIN 16086) 0.83 ... 25 kPa a 0.4 MPa a 0.6 MPa a
3.3 … 100.5 inH2O a 58 psi a 87 psi a
43 … 1300 mbar a 6.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 0.66 MPa a 1 MPa a
17.3 … 522 inH2O a 95 psi a 145 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 20 bar a 30 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 2 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 290 psi a 435 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 65 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 6.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 942 psi a 1450 psi a
5.3 … 160 bar a 240 bar 380 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 24 MPa 38 MPa a
77 … 2321 psi a 3481 psi 5511 psi a
13.3 … 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
192 … 5802 psi a 5802 psi a 8702 psi a
23.3 … 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.3 ... 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
337 … 10153 psi a 11603 psi a 11603 psi a
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil For temperature of medium -20-°C < ϑ ≤ +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F) 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
For temperature of medium 60 °C < ϑ ≤ +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
suring cell 30 bar) (140 °F < ϑ ≤ +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring 60 °C)/°C
cell 435 psi)) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a · (ϑ -
140 °F)/°F
Output HART
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA (factory preset to 3.55 mA)
Physical bus -

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Measuring accuracy
• Linear characteristic (all measuring cells)
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
(in % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.105 s
• Measuring cell with inert filling fluid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Measuring cell with inert filling fluid -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1
Design
Approx. 4.2 kg (9.25 lb) for stainless steel enclosure
Material
- Process connection Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22, material no. 2.4602
- Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
- Mounting bracket Electrogalvanized steel or stainless steel
Process connection • Connection shank G1/2A according to DIN EN 837-1
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS ≤ 0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
IInert filling liquid 3
250 mbar a (100.5 inH2O a) F
1 300 mbar a (522 inH2O a) L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) P
30 bar a (435 psi a) R
160 bar a (2 321 psi a) V
400 bar a (5 802 psi a) W
700 bar a (10153 psi a) X
Process connection
Male thread M20 x 1.5 B
Male thread G½ (DIN EN 837-1) D
Female thread ½-14 NPT E
Male thread ½-14 NPT F
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) G
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) H
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (DIN 19213) J
Version for diaphragm seal pressure U
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Stainless steel A02
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both sides A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both sides A91 INMETRO (Brazil) E25
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 NEPSI (China) E27
Nameplate labeling PESO (India) E28
UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
German (bar) B11
French (bar) B12
Spanish (bar) B13
Italian (bar) B14 and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15 Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20 LR (Lloyds Register) E51
English (Pa) B30 BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Chinese (Pa) B35 ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Certificates RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
(IEC 60770-2)
surized and wetted parts CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13 Country-specific approvals
0175-2009))
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Special approvals Device settings
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Measuring span Y01
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) Lower range value (max. 5 characters),
Dual seal E81 unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
ACS (drinking water) E85 Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
Mounting bracket g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
Steel, galvanized H01 torr
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 TAG Y15
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03
max. 32 characters)
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1 Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
With flange adapter G½ Form B1 Measuring point description Y16
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J80 (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J81 max. 32 characters)
With siphon G½ Form B1 TAG short Y17
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J83 (device parameters, max. 8 characters)
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J85 Local display Y21
• DN 25 PN 100, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J86 [Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
kets FKM (FPM)) Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60
Local display Y22
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61 Scaling with standard units
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 [m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Process connection numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 matically converted to dot).
Shut-off valves, valve manifolds Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA, T02
process connection at transmitter G½ shank, PTFE seal- Local display Y23
ing ring and pressure test certified in in factory certifi- Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
cate (EN 10204-2.2) example 1 ... 5 m
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA, process T03 numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
connection at transmitter female thread ½-14 NPT, seal- matically converted to dot).
ing tape. With PTFE sealing ring and pressure test certi-
fied in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T05 Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
steel mounting screws, pressure test certified in factory Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T06
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
stainless steel mounting screws, pressure test certified Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
from 0 … 9999

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
146 (5.75) 51 (2.01)
27 (1.06)
5
2.6 74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 24 (0.94) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1 (0.1)
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
117 (4.61)
158 (6.22)
3
7
183 (7.2)
237 (9.33)
9
SW 36
68 (2.68)
approx. 32
120 (4.72)
(1.26)
72 (2.8)
Space for
rotation of
enclosure
min. 92 (3.62) Ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.13)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side
7 Safety catch
8 Process connection: G½B connection pin or oval flange
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 9 Mounting bracket (optional)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for absolute pressure (pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
Input
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) and maximum Measuring span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
operating pressure (pursuant to Pressure Equipment sure MAWP (PS) sure
Directive 2014/68/EU)
8.3 … 250 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
3.3 … 100.5 inH2O a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
43 … 1300 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
17.3 … 522 inH2O a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
5 … 100 bar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.5 ... 10 MPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
76.9 … 1450 psi a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
- Measuring cell with inert liquid For temperature of medium -20-°C < ϑ ≤ +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F) 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
For temperature of medium 60 °C < ϑ ≤ +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
suring cell 30 bar) (140 °F < ϑ ≤ +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring 60 °C)/°C
cell 435 psi)) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a · (ϑ -
140 °F)/°F
Output HART
Physical bus -
Measuring accuracy

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
• Linear characteristic (all measuring cells)
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
(in % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a Approx. 0.195 s
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a Approx. 0.145 s
of angle) (zero offset is possible with position error compensation)
Ambient conditions
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F); with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
Design
Material
gold
mat. no. 2.4360
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance with
EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS ≤ 0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 3 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 3 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
250 mbar a (100.5 inH2O a) G
1 300 mbar a (522 inH2O a) L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) P
30 bar a (435 psi a) R
100 bar a (1450 psi a) U
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) Q
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) R
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation S
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation T
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) V
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread M10 (DIN 19213) W
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Stainless steel A02
sides
German (bar) B11
French (bar) B12
(IEC 60770-2)
0175-2009))

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Form C
14 NPT
MAWP 4 bar
MAWP 4 bar
kets FKM (FPM))
approved for food)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Options Order code
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
139 (5.47)
172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8
273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
enclosure
134 (5.28)
101 (3.98)
11 10
52 (2.05)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60
68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)

7
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for absolute pressure (differential pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 8.037 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 24.11 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 3481 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
0.25 ... 25 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 420 bar 630 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 6092 psi 9137 psi
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of the maximum measuring span (-33% for measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi PN 420) or
30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert liquid
For temperature of medium -20 °C < ϑ ≤ +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F) -100% of maximum measuring
range or
For temperature of medium 60 °C < ϑ ≤ +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- -100% of maximum measuring
suring cell 30 bar with PN 420) (140 °F < ϑ ≤ +212 °F (max. 185 °F for range or
measuring cell 435 psi)) 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
60 °C)/°C 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ -
60 °C)/°C0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a
· (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil For temperature of medium -10 °C < ϑ ≤ +100 °C (-14 °F < ϑ -100% of maximum measuring
≤ +212 °F) range or

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Output HART
Physical bus -
Measuring accuracy
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075%
5 < r ≤ 20: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075%
5 < r ≤ 60: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.004 · r + 0.045)% (SITRANS P320)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (PN 160) r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.04% (SITRANS P420)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.004 · r + 0.045)% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (PN 420) r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.065% (SITRANS P420)
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50%)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075%
5 < r ≤ 20: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.075%
5 < r ≤ 60: ≤ (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi ≤ 0.04% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi 5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.004 · r + 0.045)%
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow 25 ... 50%)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.15%
5 < r ≤ 20: ≤ (0.01 · r + 0.1)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.15%
5 < r ≤ 60: ≤ (0.01 · r + 0.1)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi ≤ 0.08% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi 5 < r ≤ 100: ≤ (0.008 · r + 0.09)%

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Influence of ambient temperature (in % per 28 °C
(50 °F))
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.075 · r + 0.1)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.025 · r + 0.125)% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of static pressure
• on the lower range value Zero-point correction is possible with position error compensation
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.3 · r)% per 70 bar (SITRANS P320)
≤ (0.2 · r)% per 70 bar (SITRANS P420)
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.1 · r)% per 70 bar
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi ≤ (0.15 · r)% per 70 bar
• on the measuring span
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.2% per 70 bar
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.1% per 70 bar
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.2 · r)% per year
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi In 10 years ≤ (0.15 · r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping
for pressure rating PN 1600)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change ≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° incline (zero point correction is possible with position error
of angle) compensation)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +100 °C (14 … +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Measuring cell with inert oil -40 … +85 °C (-40… +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +85 °C (14 … +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
Design
Material
gold
mat. no. 2.4360
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance with
EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS ≤ 0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
For flow only
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; fulfills the basic safety requirements as per article
3, paragraph 1 (appendix 1); classified as category III, module H conformity evaluation by TÜV Nord
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
20 mbar (8.037 inH2O) B
60 mbar (24.11 inH2O) D
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160) (DIN 19213) M
Version for diaphragm seal (level and capillary) with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) X
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
1
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Article No.
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 5 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 5 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (PN 420) (DIN 19213) M
Version for diaphragm seal (level and capillary) with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) X
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Stainless steel A02
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, straight) A30 (tested according to IEC 61010. Only permissible for
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, angled) A31 media of fluid group 2 acc. to DGRL. Not suitable for use
with hazardous media.))
Device plug Han 7D (metal, straight) A32
Device plug Han 7D (metal, angled) A33
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, straight) A34 customer)
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, angled) A35 General approval without Ex approval
Device plug Han 8D (metal, straight) A36 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Device plug Han 8D (metal, angled) A37 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Cable socket included CSA (USA and Canada) E06
Plastic, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A40 EAC E07
Metal, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A41 FM E08
Device plug M12 mounted left KCC E09
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 Export approval CPA (China) E12
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 Explosion protection approvals
Cable entry/connector mounting ATEX (Europe) E20
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
sides
FM (USA and Canada) E22
sides IECEx (Worldwide) E23
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 INMETRO (Brazil) E25
Nameplate labeling KCs (Korea) E26

(standard labeling: English, unit bar) NEPSI (China) E27
German (bar) B11 PESO (India) E28
French (bar) B12 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
Spanish (bar) B13 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
Italian (bar) B14 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Chinese (bar) B15 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
Russian (bar) B16 and FM (USA)
English (psi) B20 Marine approvals
English (Pa) B30 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Chinese (Pa) B35 LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Certificates BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
(IEC 60770-2) RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12 KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13
0175-2009)) CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14 Country-specific approvals
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of pres- C15 CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Form C
14 NPT
MAWP 4 bar
MAWP 4 bar
kets FKM (FPM))
approved for food)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Options Order code
1
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
Square-rooted characteristic [VSLN2, MSLN2], Y02
example: VSLN2
Drop-down list: VSLN2, MSLN2
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... . 5 m³/s
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl, m3/sec,
m3/h, m3/d, l/sec, l/min, l/h, Ml/d, ft3/sec, ft3/h, ft3/d,
SCF/min, SCF/h, Nl/h, Nm3/h, gal/sec, gal/min, gal/h,
gal/d, Mgal/d, gal (UK)/sec, gal (UK)/min, gal (UK)/h, gal
(UK)/d, bbl/sec, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d, kg/sec, kg/min,
kg/h, kg/d, g/sec, g/min, g/h, t/min, t/h, t/d, lb/sec,
lb/min, lb/h, lb/d, ton/min, ton/h, ton/d, ton (UK)/h, ton
(UK)/d.
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
139 (5.47)
172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8
273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
enclosure
134 (5.28)
101 (3.98)
11 10
52 (2.05)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60
68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)

7
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
2.6 146 (5.75) 5
(1.06)
27
(0.1) 61 (2.4) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31) 6
1
52(2.05)
Ø 81 (3.19)
135 (5.31)
3 4 3
approx. 224 (8.82) 6)

2
min. 92 (3.6) 7
8
Space for rotation

of enclosure
approx. 85 (3.35) 5)
8
60 (2.36) 4) approx. 85 (3.35)

65 (2.56)

(longer overall length for cover with inspection window)1) with general information
6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side
7 Safety catch
8 Sealing plug with valve (option)
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
5)
6)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines (option "K81"),
dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
Input
Measured variable Level
25 ... 250 mbar See "Mounting flange"
2.5 ... 25 kPa
10 … 100.5 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar
2.5 ... 60 kPa
10 … 241 inH2O
53 ... 1600 mbar
5.3 ... 160 kPa
21 … 643 inH2O
166 ... 5000 mbar
16.6 ... 500 kPa
2.41 … 72.5 psi
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on the mounting flange
- Measuring cell with inert oil -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on the mounting flange
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -100% of max. measuring range or 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Output HART
Physical bus -
Measuring accuracy
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r ≤ 5: ≤ 0.125%
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi 5 < r ≤ 10: ≤ (0.007 · r + 0.09)%
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• SITRANS P320 ≤ (0.025 · r + 0.125)%
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
• SITRANS P420 ≤ (0.025 · r + 0.0625)%
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi ≤ (0.125 · r + 0.0625)%
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of static pressure
• on the lower range value
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.3 · r)% per nominal pressure
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi ≤ (0.15 · r)% per nominal pressure
1.6 bar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
• on the measuring span ≤ (0.1 · r)% per nominal pressure
• all measuring cells In 5 years ≤ (0.25 · r)% static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Depending on the installed remote seal
Influence of mounting position Depends on the fill fluid in the mounting flange
Measuring cell with silicone oil filling • High-pressure side: See "Mounting flange"
• Low-pressure side: -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Always consider the assignment of max. permissible operating temperature to max. permissible operat-
ing pressure of the respective flange connection.
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
Vibration resistance
• Reference conditions Specifications apply to devices without mounting bracket
• General operating conditions
- Oscillations (sine) IEC 60068-2-6 10 ... 58 Hz, 0.3 mm (0.01 inch)
58 ... 500 Hz, 20 m/s² (65.62 ft/s²)
1 octave/min
5 cycles/axis
- Continuous shocks (half-sine) IEC 60068-2-27 250 m/s² (820 ft/s²)
6 ms
2000 shocks/axis
- Noise (digitally controlled) IEC 60068-2-64 10 ... 200 Hz; 1 (m/s²)²/Hz (3.28 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
200 ... 500 Hz; 0.3 (m/s²)²/Hz (0.98 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
4 hours/axle
• Operating conditions for marine applications
- IEC 60068-2-6 2 ... 25 Hz, 1.6 mm (0.06 inch)
- DNVGL-CG-0339, clause 6 25 ... 100 Hz, 40 m/s² (131.23 ft/s²)
- Lloyd’s Register Test Specification Number 1, sec-
tion 12. 1 octave/min
- Bureau Veritas Pt C, Ch 3, Sec 6, Table 1, No 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
Design
Weight
• According to EN (pressure transmitter with mount-
ing flange, without tube)
• According to ASME (pressure transmitter with
mounting flange, without tube)
Material
- High-pressure side Seal diaphragm of mounting Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360,
flange Alloy B2, mat. no. 2.4617, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Alloy C22,
mat. no. 2.4602, tantalum, PTFE, PFA, ECTFE
Sealing surface Smooth according to EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME B16.5
RF 125 … 250 AA for stainless steel 316L, EN 2092-1 form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF for the remaining materials
- Sealing material in the process flanges For standard applications Viton
For underpressure applications Copper
on the mounting flange
- Low-pressure side Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Process flanges Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408/316
Process flanges screw Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
O-ring FPM (Viton)
Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
• Mounting flange fill fluid Silicone oil or other material
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange according to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with
DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)) or 7/16-20 UNF in accordance with EN 61518
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS ≤ 0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
- Marking Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Protocol HART 7
Mounting flange
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• Acc. to EN 1092-1
- DN 80 PN 40
- DN100 PN 16, PN 40
• According to ASME B16.5
- 3 inch Class 150, class 300
- 4 inch Class 150, class 300

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for level
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (72.5 psi) P
Process connection
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518): V
Remote seal 7MF0814 must be ordered separately.
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Stainless steel A02
sides
German (bar) B11
French (bar) B12
(IEC 60770-2)
0175-2009))

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Options Order code
1
Special approvals
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))
Dual seal E81
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
NSF61 (drinking water) E84
ACS (drinking water) E85
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 -
Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777 Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777
SITRANS P transmitter for level SITRANS P transmitter for level
7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately) 7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately)
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Filling liquid
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Silicone oil M5 A
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 Silicone oil M50 B
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure High-temperature oil C
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD Halocarbon oil D
PN 63/100 0DF Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
PN 160 0 DG Other version, add Order code and plain Z P1Y
text:
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED Filling liquid: ...
PN 63/100 0EE
PN 160 0EF
Stainless steel 316L
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
• Without coating A
PN 100 0GF
• With PFA coating D
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB • With PTFE coating E0
PN 25/40 0 HD • With ECTFFE coating F
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB Monel 400, 2.4360 G
PN 40 0 JD Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
Tantalum K
Connecting standard ASME B16.5
Titanium, 3.7035 L0
Nickel 201 M0
1½ inch class 150 1 LA
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
class 300 1 LB
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
class 400/600 1 LD
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
class 900/1500 1LF
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
2 inch class 150 1 MA Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
class 300 1 MB Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 400/600 1 MD
Add Order code and plain text
class 900/1500 1MF
Extension length
3 inch class 150 1 PA
• without 0
class 300 1 PB
• 50 mm (2") 1
class 600 1 PD
• 100 mm (4") 2
class 1500 1PF
• 150 mm (6") 3
4 inch class 150 1 QA • 200 mm (8") 4
class 300 1 QB • 250 mm (10") 5
class 400 1 QD Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 1500 1QF Add Order code and plain text
5 inch class 150 1 RA
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
Connecting standard J.I.S.
DN 50 10K 2ES
20k 2ET
50K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20k 2GT
50K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20k 2HT
50K 2 HU
Other version 9 AA H1Y

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 -
Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777 Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777
SITRANS P transmitter for level SITRANS P transmitter for level
7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately) 7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately)
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Tantalum
Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts Monel 400
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
• Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Remote seal connection
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 Elongated pipe, S05
(IEC 60770-2) 150 mm (5.9 inch) instead of 100 mm (3.9 inch)
Elongated pipe, S06
Inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 for C12 200 mm (7.9 inch) instead of 100 mm (3.9 inch)
main body and diaphragm
Customer-specific tube length
Manufacturer code according to NACE (MR 0103-2012 C13
and MR 0175-2009) (only in combination with wetted Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
parts made of stainless steel 316 L and Hastelloy)
Specification of process conditions1)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - C15
PMI test of pressurized and wetted parts Ambient temperature range
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
Factory certificate on the FDA listing of the oil accord- C17
ing to EN 10204-2.2 • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), suitability C20
of devices for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
61511 (contains SIL declaration of conformity)
1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
Accessories data", page 1/337.
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level D62
transmitter)
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
Negative pressure services
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83
transmitters)
Extended negative pressure services (for differential D88
pressure transmitters)
General product approvals without explosion proof
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar)
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil)
Sealing surface
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted
parts 316L only)
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
• DN 50 M84
• DN 80 M85
• DN 100 M86
• DN 125 M87

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1
2
27 84 (3.31)
29 146 (5.75)
(1.06)
(1.14) 74 (2.31) 61 (2.4)
3
5
6
4
Ø 81 (3.19)
172 (6.77)
1
135 (5.31)
Ø d5
Ø d4
ØD
Øk
rotation of enclosure
min. 92 (3.62)
7
54 (2.13) 108 (4.25)
9
Space for
n x d2
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

b f
1 8
3 Blanking plug
4 Safety catch
5 Connection side
6 Electronics side, local display

(longer overall length for cover with glass pane)1)
7 Locking screw
8 Harting adapter
9 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch)
for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 Connection to EN 1092-1
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 or 200
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8
Connection according to ASME B16.5

tube tube
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 7.87
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4 (0, 50,
100, 150 or
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4 200)
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Process connection according to J.I.S 1
tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
20K 16 (0.63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8
(0, 2, 3.94,
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 5.94 or
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8 7.87)
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8
d: Internal diameter of seal according to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 ■ Overview
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters are digital pressure • Infinitely adjustable measuring spans from 0.01 bar to 700 bar
transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accu- (0.15 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with HART interface
racy. The parameterization is performed using control keys or via • Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 700 bar
HART, PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface. (14.5 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very • High measuring accuracy
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. • Parameterization over control keys and HART or PROFIBUS
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- PA, or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
■ Application
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
highly viscous substances. high electromagnetic emissions.
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
for measuring: "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
• Gauge pressure mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
• Absolute pressure provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
• Differential pressure (ATEX).
• Level
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
• Volume level for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
• Mass level egory "ia" and "ib".
• Volume flow The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
• Mass flow mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
■ Benefits The pressure transmitter can be programmed locally using the 3
• High quality and service life control buttons or externally via HART or PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics with-
out recalibration
• Minimum conformity error
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
■ Design
1
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
1
for DS III with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
Nominal measuring range 2
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 bar to 700 bar (14.5 psi to 10153 psi)
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
8
Measured variable: Absolute pressure of aggressive and non-
aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. 1 Plastic cover: access to
the input keys
2 Screw cover with
for DS III with HART: 8.3 mbar a ... 100 bar a (0.12 ... 1450 psi a) viewing pane
3 Display 3
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 4 Locking screw
7
250 mbar a ... 100 bar a (3.6 ... 1450 psi a) 5 Process connection
There are two series: 6 Measuring point label
6
• Gauge pressure series 7 Nameplate
• Differential pressure series 8 Inlet with cable gland
4
5
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
Measured variables: Front view
• Differential pressure The transmitter consists of various components depending on
• Small positive or negative pressure the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
• Flow q ~ √Δp (together with a primary differential pressure de-
transmitters.
vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the enclosure. The specified number together with the
for DS III with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
Nominal measuring range and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: sensor element).
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi)
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
Pressure transmitters for level The enclosure is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel
Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive liq- precision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front
uids in open and closed vessels. and rear of the enclosure. The front cover can be fitted with a
viewing pane so that the measured values can be read directly
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) on the display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is lo-
for DS III with HART: 25 mbar ... 5 bar (0.363 ... 72.5 psi) cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the
Nominal measuring range opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: connection is located on the rear of the enclosure.
250 mbar ... 5 bar (3.63 ... 72.5 psi) The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
Nominal diameter of the mounting flange accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
enclosure contains the measuring cell with process connection
• DN 80 or DN 100 (5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
• 3 inch or 4 inch screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
In the case of level measurements in open containers, the low-
pressure connection of the measuring cell remains open (mea-
surement "compared to atmospheric"). At the top of the enclosure is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
In the case of measurements in closed containers, the lower-
pressure connection has to be connected to the container in or- Example for an attached measuring point label
der to compensate the static pressure.
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend- Y01 or Y02
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required. = max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Para-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure meterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The pressure transmitters with measuring spans ≤ 63 bar mea-
sure the input pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters
with measuring spans ≥ 160 bar compared to vacuum.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus com- Mode of operation of the measuring cells 1
munication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC 3
interface
Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply
4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup- pe Pressure as input variable
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Sensor
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
pe the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
Measuring cell further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the ab-
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply solute pressure.
5 Electrical isolation Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell
and electronics
7 FF interface

The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 1 Measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 2 Process connection
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the 3 Seal diaphragm
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated 4 Filling liquid
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7). 5 Silicon pressure sensor
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
each other. industry, function diagram
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres- The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but- Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error phragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
messages and the operating modes on the display (9). cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans- flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
lute pressure.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 Measuring cell for absolute pressure from gauge pressure series Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
2 3 4
1 Seal diaphragm
5 2 O-ring
4 3 Overload diaphragm
3 1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - +
1 1 Measuring cell 5 Process flange
5
2 Process connection 6 Body of measuring cell
3 Seal diaphragm 7 Filling liquid
4 Filling liquid 7 6
5 Silicon absolute pressure sensor
pe Absolute pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
2
pe The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function pressure sensor (4).
diagram
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal dia- The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
phragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
pressure series, gauge pressure, function diagram ") and the fill- fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
ing liquid (4) to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
measuring diaphragm is then flexed. This changes the resis- differential pressure.
tance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure
series sensor from overloads.
Measuring cell for level
2 3 4 1 Reference vacuum
2 Overload diaphragm 3 4 5 6 7
3 Silicon pressure sensor
4 O-ring 2
5 5 Process flange 8
1 pe 6 Seal diaphragm +
6 7 Body of measuring cell -
8 Filling liquid
pe Absolute pressure as 1 10
8 7 input variable 9
1 Flange with tube 6 Silicon pressure sensor

Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure series, 2 Seal diaphragm on mounting 7 O-ring
function diagram flange 8 Process flange
3 Seal diaphragm 9 Filling liquid
The input pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm
4 Body of measuring cell 10 Capillary with filling liquid
(6, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential
5 Overload diaphragm of mounting flange
pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (8) to the
silicon pressure sensor (3).
The difference in pressure between the input pressure pe and Measuring cell for level, function diagram
the reference vacuum (1) on the low-pressure side of the mea- The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically on
suring cell flexes the measuring diaphragm. This changes the the measuring cell through the seal diaphragm on the mounting
resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a flange (2, Figure "Measuring cell for level, function diagram").
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- This differential pressure is subsequently transmitted further
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. through the measuring cell (3) and the filling liquid (9) to the sil-
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from icon pressure sensor (6) whose measuring diaphragm is then
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di- flexed.
aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure the diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
sensor from overloads.
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
portional to the differential pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm (5) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (4), thus protecting the silicon pressure

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Parameterization DS III Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART 1
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for DS III with HART
municator or a PC.
Table style: Technical specifications 2
+
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
SITRANS P
transmitter Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
HART Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
communicator gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
+
Miscellaneous %, mA
-
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
transmitter Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
PC or particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
HART laptop
PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
modem
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
USB/RS 232
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
transmitter
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
a HART modem. particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- explosive environment.
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Adjustable parameters, DS III with HART need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Parameters Input keys HART Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
(DS III HART) communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Lower range value x x
Upper range value x x
Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Electrical damping x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Lower range value without applica- x x bus interface
Upper range value without applica- x x Electrical damping x x
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting") Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Zero adjustment x x tion)
Current transmitter x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Fault current x x
Source of measured-value display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Physical dimension of display x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Position of decimal point x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Bus address x x
rooted) Adjustment of characteristic x x
Freely-programmable LCD x Input of characteristic x
Diagnostic functions x Freely-programmable LCD x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Diagnostics functions x
2) Only differential pressure
U Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 1/171

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
Miscellaneous %

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
Input
Measuring span (fully adjustable) or nominal measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU FOUNDATION
Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursu- Fieldbus
ant to DIN 16086)
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 25 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 ... 700 bar 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 ... 10153 psi 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant upt to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span (max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi for oxygen measure-
ment) ambient temperature/temperature of medium 60 °C (140 °F)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Load
• Without HART RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) bzw. -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART-Communicator)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
reproducibility
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r ≤ 1.25 : ≤ 0.065 %
1.25 < r ≤ 30 : ≤ (0.008 ⋅ r + 0.055) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.065 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.004 ⋅ r + 0.045) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r≤3: ≤ 0.075 %
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r ≤ 10 : ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071) %
10 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.16 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.05 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi ≤ (0.025 ⋅ r + 0.125) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r) % in 5 years
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
1
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi
• Measuring cell with Neobee fill fluid (FDA-compliant) -10 ... +100 °C (+14 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (silicone oil and inert oil)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Ambient temperature (Neobee fill fluid)
- Transmitter -10 ... +85 °C (+14 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %/Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum: ≈ 2.0 kg (≈ 4.4 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting: ≈ 4.6 kg (≈ 10.1 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure
100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C (140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 μH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W UH = 9 ... 32 V DC; Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
tion (standard setting address within the device with a bridge)
126)
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION
cess Control Devices Version Fieldbus function block
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 -
SITRANS P DS III with HART SITRANS P DS III with HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • With ATEX, Type of protection:
ing - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
Inert liquid 1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
FDA compliant fill fluid2) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi) A • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F (is + xp)"8)12)
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5802 psi) G Electrical connection / cable entry
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ...10153 psi) J • Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 B
Wetted parts materials • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Seal diaphragm Process connection • Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector13)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)13)14) F
Hastelloy Hastelloy C Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • Without display 0
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" • Without visible display 1
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) (display concealed, setting: mA)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
with process connector "G½B connection
shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) • with customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
• Stainless steel oval flange with process con-
1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
nection (Oval flange has no female thread)
2) Available for measuring ranges 1 ... 63 bar.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 4) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
Non-wetted parts materials 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0 must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting7) 3 7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
Version is silicone oil.
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 7) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Device plug Han 7D".
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
setting for pressure unit: bar
11) Only in connection with IP66.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operat- NEC 500/505.
13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
ing instructions in various EU languages. 14) M12 delivered without cable socket

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- A
ing • None
Silicone oil normal 1 • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
cleanliness level 2 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
FDA compliant fill fluid2) - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
• Neobee oil normal 4 (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
Nominal measuring range - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
250 mbar (3.6 psi) A - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
1 bar (14.5 psi) B Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
4 bar (58 psi) C • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
16 bar (232 psi) D
63 bar (914 psi) E • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
160 bar (2320 psi) F
400 bar (5802 psi) G • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
700 bar (10153 psi) J - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"8)12)
Seal diaphragm Process connection
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)13)14) F
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" • Without display 0
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 setting: bar)
with process connector • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
"G½B connection shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) • with customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
Process connection ified, Order code "Y21" required)
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec- 2) Available for measuring ranges 1 ... 63 bar.
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 7) 3) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
4) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5
remote seals.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Non-wetted parts materials must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0 6) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3 is silicone oil.
7) M10 fastening thread:
Version
Max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi) 7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening
• Standard version, German label inscription, 1 thread: Max. measuring span 400 bar (5802 psi)
setting of pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• International version, English label inscription, 2 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
setting of pressure unit: psi 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
• Chinese version, English label inscription, 3 11) Only in connection with IP66.
setting of pressure unit: kPa 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
All versions include DVD with compact operating NEC 500/505.
instructions in various EU languages. 13) M12 delivered without cable socket.
14) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting CRN approval Canada E226)   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (Canadian Registration Number)
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-
washer) made of: Dual seal E24   
• Steel A01    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Stainless steel 316L A03    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Device plugs1)
"Flameproof" explosion protection E267)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  according to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Angled A32 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E287)  
• Han 8D (metal) A33  + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
(metal (CuZn))
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• English B11    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)   
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Spanish B13    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E57)   
• Italian B14    NEPSI (China)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E577)   
Inspection certificate3) C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E587)   
Factory certificate C14    „Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  (only for transmitter
Devices suitable for use according to 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
conformity declaration (Russia)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214)  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
conformity declaration to EAC Ex (Russia)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
mark
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  according to EAC Ex (Russia)
the output signal to 22.0 mA (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) cover (PU on epoxy)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) tection)
Supplied with oval flange D37    Process connection Astava J06   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
device (848699 + 810634) included
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01   
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
Oxygen application E10   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
(140 °F))
Export approval Korea E11   

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
Marine approvals Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y152)   
device variable (measuring point
• French marine classification society S12    description)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y15: ...........................................
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
1) Device plug Han IP65 Y16: ...........................................
2) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord- Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here. Y17: ...........................................
3) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective sure units
remote seals. Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
configuration software in combination with S7-400H Note:
5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- The following pressure units can be
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D. selected:
6) Cannot be ordered with remote seal. bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
7) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked. kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
non-pressure units3) Y01
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)

2) If you do not wish to have any text engraved for Y15, then do not make any
further text entries as "Y15:".

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)
SW 36
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
approx. 40
72 (2.8)
(1.6)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)
1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
Measuring span (continuously adjustable) or nominal mea- HART PROFIBUS PA/
suring range, max. operating pressure and max. test pres- FOUNDATION
sure Fieldbus
(PS)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
Measuring span (continuously adjustable) or nominal mea- HART PROFIBUS PA/
suring range, max. operating pressure and max. test pres- FOUNDATION
sure Fieldbus
(PS)
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the measuring span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDA-
TION Fieldbus signal
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or option- -
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, front-flush Absolute pressure, front-flush
- r≤5 ≤ 0.075 % -
- 5 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) % -

- r ≤ 10 - ≤ 0.2 %
- 10 < r ≤ 30 - ≤ 0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F)) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) % ≤ (0.16 ⋅ r + 0.24) %
Effect of ambient temperature
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature and ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) ≤ (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
• Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
(in the case of Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185/°F))
(for high temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... 185 °F))
Climatic class
• Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Medium conditions The max. medium temperature of the front-flush process connections is to be taken
into account in accordance with the relevant connection standards (e. g. DIN 32676,
DIN 11851 etc.).
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +150 °C (14 ... 302 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temp. decoupler (only -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... 392 °F)
for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1
Design
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values ≤ 0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra) ≤ 1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values ≤ 0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra) ≤ 0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Separate supply voltage - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Marking Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC;
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV
2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Hygiene version
In the case of SITRANS P DSIII with 7MF413x front-flush diaphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of EHEDG.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 -
pressure, front-flush diaphragm, pressure, front-flush diaphragm,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
SITRANS P DS III HART SITRANS P DS III HART
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Display
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Without display 0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: mA)
Inert liquid 3 • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
FDA compliant fill fluid • With customer-specific display 7
• Neobee oil normal 4 (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
Measuring span (min. ... max.) required)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R02,
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E
R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with silicone oil.
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a)1) S 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
0.17 ... 5 bar a1) (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a)1) T 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
1 ... 30 bar a1) (4.35 ... 435 psi a)1) U 4) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
Wetted parts materials NEC 500/505.
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 6) Only in connection with IP66.
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Process connection 10) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
• Inner thread M20 x 1.5 B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector8)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute
pressure, front-flush diaphragm: pressure, front-flush diaphragm:
Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • Without display 0
ing • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: bar)
Inert liquid 3 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
FDA compliant fill fluid • With customer-specific display (setting 7
• Neobee oil normal 4 as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Nominal measuring range A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
1 bar (14.5 psi) B 1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R01,
4 bar (58 psi) C R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
16 bar (232 psi) D cone oil.
63 bar (914 psi) E 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q.
3)
1300 mbar a1) (18.86 psi a)1) S Without cable gland, with blanking plug
5 bar a1) (72.5 psi a)1) T
30 bar a1) (435 psi a)1) U
NEC 500/505.
Wetted parts materials 6) Only in connection with IP66.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 9) M12 delivered without cable socket
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B
Process connection
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
Q..
Version
• None A
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
(available soon)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Device plugs1) Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E554)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  (China)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Angled A32  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E564)   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  NEPSI (China)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
(metal (CuZn)) Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E584)   
• French B12    to NEPSI (China)
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
• Italian B14    "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
English rating plate B21    (only for transmitter
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   

factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) (Russia)
Inspection certificate C12    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   

(Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
Factory certificate C14    EAC Ex (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
formity declaration cover (PU on epoxy)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol tion)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Flanges to EN 1092-1, Form B1
Devices suitable for use according to • DN 25, PN 405) M11   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con-
• DN 40, PN 40 M13   
formity declaration
• DN 40, PN 100 M23   
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    • DN 50, PN 16 M04   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  • DN 50, PN 40 M14   
output signal to 22.0 mA • DN 80, PN 16 M06   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • DN 80, PN 40 M16   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) Flanges to ASME B16.5
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    • Stainless steel flange 1" class 1505) M40   
device (848699 + 810634) included • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 150 M41   
Oxygen application E10    • Stainless steel flange 2" class 150 M42   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert • Stainless steel flange 3" class 150 M43   
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) • Stainless steel flange 4" class 150 M44   
Export approval Korea E11    • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 300 M46   
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 300 M47   
CRN approval Canada E223)   
(Canadian Registration Number)
Dual seal E24   
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2,
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E254)    form A, thread to ISO 228
INMETRO (Brazil) • G ¾"-A, front-flush6) R01   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) • G 1"-A, front-flush6) R02   
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E264)    • G 2"-A, front-flush R04   
ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
Tank connection7)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Sealing is included in delivery
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E284)   • TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil) • TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E454)   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E464)   

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Sanitary process connection according Sanitary process connection to
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
union nut) EHEDG compliant
• DN 50, PN 25 N04    • DN 50, PN 16 Q39   
• DN 80, PN 25 N06    • DN 65, PN 10 Q40   
Tri-Clamp connection according • DN 80, PN 10 Q41   
DIN 32676/ISO 2852 • DN 100, PN 10 Q42   
• DN 50/2", PN 16 N14    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q48   
• DN 65/2.5", PN 10 N15    • DN 3", PN 10 Q49   
• Clamp 2" ISO 2852 PN 16 N22    • DN 4", PN 10 Q50   
• Clamp 3" ISO 2852 PN 16 N23    Bio-Control sanitary process connection
Varivent connection • DN 50, PN 16 Q53   
EHEDG compliant • DN 65, PN 16 Q54   
• Type N = 68 for Varivent enclosure N28    Sanitary process connection to
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40 NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange connection
Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C8) P00    • DN 2", PN 16 Q72   
for version with front-flush diaphragm
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1
Sanitary process connection to DRD Form A
• DN 50, PN 40 M32    • DN 50, PN 25 N33   
SMS socket with union nut • DN 65, PN 25 N34   
• 2" M67    • DN 80, PN 25 N35   
• 2½" M68    • DN 100, PN 25 N36   
• 3" M69    Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2
Form A
SMS threaded socket
• DN 50, PN 16 N43   
• 2" M73   
• DN 65, PN 16 N44   
• 2½" M74   
• DN 80, PN 16 N45   
• 3" M75   
• DN 100, PN 16 N46   
IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2
• 2" M82    Form A
• 2½" M83   
• 3" M84    • DN 50, PN 16 N43 +   
P11
IDF threaded socket ISO 2853 • DN 65, PN 16 N44 +   
• 2" M92    P11
• 2½" M93    • DN 80, PN 16 N45 +   
• 3" M94    P11
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 +   
Sanitary process connection to P11
NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection
EHEDG compliant Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3
• DN 50, PN 16 Q05    Form A
• DN 65, PN 16 Q06    • DN 50, PN 25 N53   
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07    • DN 65, PN 25 N54   
• DN 100, PN 16 Q08    • DN 80, PN 16 N55   
• DN 2", PN 16 Q13    • DN 100, PN 16 N56   
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q14    1) Device plug Han IP65
• DN 3", PN 16 Q15    2) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
• DN 4", PN 16 Q16    configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
3) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
Bio-Connect flange connection
EHEDG compliant is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
5) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery.
• DN 50, PN 16 Q23   
FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °C)
• DN 65, PN 16 Q24    6) Cannot be combined with Order code P00. Can only be ordered with sili-
• DN 80, PN 16 Q25    cone oil measuring cell filling.
• DN 100, PN 16 Q26    7) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
• DN 2", PN 16 Q31    8) 3A and EHEDG compliant. The maximum permissible temperatures of the
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q32    medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see medium conditions).
• DN 3", PN 16 Q33   
• DN 4", PN 16 Q34   

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %

(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
ordering example
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
15 143 (5.6) 15 4
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) (0.6) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
5
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)
3 6
Space for rotation

2
of enclosure
50 (1.97)
H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
7
Temperature decoupler min. 90 (3.54) 2)
1
Electronic side, digital display 4 Protective cover over keys
2
Terminal side1) 6 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3
Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 7 Process connection: see flange tables
M12 device plug
1)
2) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 Flanges according to EN and ASME
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
Flange according to EN Order DN PN ∅D H2
EN 1092-1 code
Order DN PN ∅D H2 Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.
H2
code Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")
Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
H2
M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx.

52 mm (2") Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9")
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange
Flanges according to ASME connection
ASME B16.5 Order DN PN ∅D H2

code
Order DN PN ∅D H2
H2
code Q23 50 16 110 mm (4.3") Approx.
Q24 65 16 140 mm (5.5") 52 mm (2")
H2
M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D Q25 80 16 150 mm (5.9")

M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2") Q26 100 16 175 mm (6.9")
D
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") Q31 2" 16 100 mm (3.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Q32 2½" 16 110 mm (4.3")
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Q33 3" 16 140 mm (5.5")
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") Q34 4" 16 175 mm (6.9")
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp
M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") connection
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
Connections to DIN
Q39 50 16 77.4 mm (3.0") Approx.
H2
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) Q40 65 10 90.9 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2")
Order DN PN ∅D H2 Q41 80 10 106 mm (4.2")
code Q42 100 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. Q48 2½" 16 90.9 mm (3.6")
H2
2
N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2") Q49 3" 10 106 mm (4.2")
Q50 4" 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676 connection
code code
H2
Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

H2
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.

N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2") 52 mm (2")
D
D Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852

Order DN PN ∅D H2
Other connections code
Varivent connection R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2
Order DN PN ∅D H2 45 mm
code (1.8")
R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx. D 47 mm
H2
(3.3") 52 mm (2") (1.9")

D
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
Sanitary process connection to DRD

Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
H2
M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150 Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A
1
code code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
H2
63 mm N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")
H2
(2.5") N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D 170 mm
(6.7") D
SMS socket with union nut

Order DN PN ∅D H2 Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
code Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
H2
M67 2" 25 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

52 mm (2")
H2
M68 2½" 25 100 mm (3.9") N43 50 16 94 Approx.
M69 3" 25 114 mm (4.5") N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
D N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
SMS threaded socket
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
Order DN PN ∅D H2
code Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
H2 N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm P11 52 mm (2")
M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
IDF socket with union nut P11
Order DN PN ∅D H2 N46 + 100 16 159
code P11
H2
M82 2" 25 77 mm (3") Approx.

52 mm (2") Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
M83 2½" 25 91 mm (3.6")
M84 3" 25 106 mm (4.2") Order DN PN ∅D H2
code
D N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2
N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
IDF threaded socket N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
Order DN PN ∅D H2
D
code
M92 2" 25 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
M93 2½" 25 77.5 mm (3.1") 52 mm (2")

M94 3" 25 91 mm (3.6")
D

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Input
Measuring span (fully adjustable) or nominal measuring HART PROFIBUS PA/
(PS)
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
3.35 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 21.8 psi a 87 psi a
17.42 ... 522.4 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
5,34 ... 160 bar a 160 bar a 167 bar a 250 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 16 MPa a 16,7 MPa a 25 MPa a
77.4 ... 2321 psi a 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
13.34 ... 400 bar a 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
23.34 ... 700 bar a 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.33 ... 70 MPa a 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
(-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F)
(140 °F < ϑ ≤ +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring cell 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
435 psi))
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F)
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1 %
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar a measuring cell
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Design
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
(maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi a)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
DC DC
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
Pmax = 1 W
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
126)
LCD
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 to 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 -
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Electrical connection/cable entry
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
cleaning • Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2 Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display 0
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) F setting: mA)
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) H • with customer-specific display (setting as 7
5.34 ... 160 bar a 2) (77.4 ... 2 321 psi a) L specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
13.34 ... 400 bar a 2) (193.4 ... 5 802 psi a) M Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
23.34 ... 700 bar a 2) (338.43 ... 10 153 psi a) N A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Wetted parts materials 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Seal diaphragm Process connection 2) Available soon
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a (80
Hastelloy Stainless steel B inH2O a).

Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 5) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
with process connector "G½B connection remote seals.
shank" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 6) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
Process connection 7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 is silicone oil.
8) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
• Stainless steel oval flange with process con-
9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
nection (Oval flange has no female thread)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 11) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 NEC 500/505.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 15) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B, E or F.
16) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting8) 3
Version
All versions include DVD with compact operat-
ing instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"11) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"9)13)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • None A
cleaning • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
cleanliness level 2
Nominal measuring range (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 10) E
1300 mbar a (18.86 psi a) F - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
30 bar a (435 psi a) H Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
160 bar a 2) (2 321 psi a) L • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
400 bar a 2) (5 802 psi a) M • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
700 bar a 2) (10 153 psi a) N
Wetted parts materials - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
Seal diaphragm Process connection (is + xp)"8)12)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Electrical connection/cable entry
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)13) 14) F
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT"
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • Without display 0
with process connector • Without visible display 1
"G½B connection shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) (display concealed, setting: bar)
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Process connection
• with customer-specific display 7
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 required)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec-
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2) Available soon
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 (2.9 psi a).
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Non-wetted parts materials The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3 remote seals.
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
setting for pressure unit: bar 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 is silicone oil.
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 11) Only in connection with IP66.
instructions in various EU languages. 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
14) M12 delivered without cable socket.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
code. CRN approval Canada E226)   
Pressure transmitter with mounting (Canadian Registration Number)
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- Dual seal E24   
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-
washer) made of: Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Steel A01    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel 304 A02   
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
according to INMETRO (Brazil)
Device plugs1) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Han 7D (metal) A30 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E287)  
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (Ex ia + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Angled A32  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(metal (CuZn)) Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of Ger- (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
man)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E557)   
• English B11    NEPSI (China)
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Spanish B13    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
• Italian B14    to NEPSI (China)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E577)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E587)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
Inspection certificate3) C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)   
Factory certificate C14    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
(Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC (Russia)
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214) 
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC cover (PU on epoxy)
mity declaration Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protect.) J01   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
mark Marine approvals
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  • Det Norske Veritas S10   
the output signal to 22.0 mA Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) • French marine classification society S12   
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
Supplied with oval flange D37    • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
1) Device plug Han IP65
thread of oval flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
device (848699 + 810634) included Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01    The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
remote seals.
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia) and IP65) 4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
Oxygen application E10    configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
(140 °F))
Export approval Korea E11    is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psi a2)
description)
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max.
5 characters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)
SW 36
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
approx. 40
72 (2.8)
(1.6)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)
1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Input
97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test pres- Fieldbus
sure (pursuant to DIN 16086)
Measuring span Nominal measur- Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
ing range
8.34 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 32 bar a
0.834 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
3 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 464 psi a
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 32 bar a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 464 psi a
170 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 32 bar a
17 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
2.43 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 464 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 160 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 16 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 2320 psi a
5.3 ... 100 bar a 100 bar a 160 bar a
0.5 ... 10 MPa a 10 MPa a 16 MPa a
76.9 ... 1450 psi a 1450 psi a 2320 psi a
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
(-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F)
435 psi))
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1 %
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r) % in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 4.5 kg (≈ 9.9 (lb)
no. 1.4408
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat.
no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel, mat. no.
2.4360
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
(maximum value with oxigen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/ -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
16

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Field-
bus
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
H = 10.5 ... 45 V DC DC
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
master class 2 (max.) - Electrical damping, adjustable 0 to 100 s
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 -
from differential pressure series, from differential pressure series,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display 1
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) F (display concealed, setting: mA)
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) H • with customer-specific display 7
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Included in delivery of the device:
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Tantalum Tantalum E 1) For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
Monel Monel H 2) Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a
Gold Gold L (2.9 psi a).
Version for diaphragm seal2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Process connection Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 remote seals.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
(only for replacement requirement) 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 7) Not for measuring span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a)". Position of
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 8) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
(only for replacement requirement) 9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Non-wetted parts materials 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
process flange screws Electronics enclosure
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 NEC 500/505.
casting8) 14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 10)
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)" 9)13)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure
from differential pressure series from differential pressure series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 Display
Nominal measuring range • Without display 0
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display 1
1300 mbar a (18.86 psi a) F (display concealed, setting: bar)
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
30 bar a (435 psi a) H • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
100 bar a (1450 psi a) KE specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Quick-start guide
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 2) Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a (80
Tantalum Tantalum E inH2O a).
Monel Monel H
Gold Gold L Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
(only for replacement requirement) is silicone oil.
7) Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psi a). Position of the top
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
(only for replacement requirement) 11) Only in connection with IP66.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics enclosure NEC 500/505.
13) 11Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 14) M12 delivered without cable socket
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 9)
Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)" 8)12) NC

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, output signal to 22.0 mA
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut,
2 x U-washer) made of:
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• Steel A01    (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
O-rings for process flanges (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Supplied with oval flange D37   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    of process flange
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22    D59   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping
• NBR (Buna N) A23   
Device plugs1)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 
• Angled A32 
Sealing screw A40   
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process
flanges
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50   
(metal (CuZn))
(instead of German)
• English B11   
• French B12   
• Spanish B13   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2)
Inspection certificate3) C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
mity declaration
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214) 
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
mity declaration
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01    Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
(only together with type of protection tion)
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66) flange
Oxygen application E10    Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
approval (WRC/WRAS)
Export approval Korea E11   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
CRN approval Canada E226)    flange welded-in (orientation: on right
(Canadian Registration Number) when viewing the display)9)
Dual seal E24    Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E257)    flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
INMETRO (Brazil) viewing the display)9)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Process flange
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E267)    • Hastelloy K01   
ing to INMETRO (Brazil) • Monel K02   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04   
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E287)   max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil) For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..) the side in the middle of the process flange,
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)    vent valve not possible
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Marine approvals
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)    • Det Norske Veritas S10   
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E557)    • French marine classification society S12   
to NEPSI (China) Bureau Veritas (BV)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E567)    • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
NEPSI (China) • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) 1) Device plug Han IP65
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E577)    2) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E587)    The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
to NEPSI (China) 3) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)    remote seals.
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea) 4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
(only for transmitter configuration software in combination with S7-400H
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11) 5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
(Russia)
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(Russia)
8) Not suitable for connection of remote seals.
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82    9) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
EAC Ex (Russia)
required instead of a blanking plug.
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
cover (PU on epoxy)
Interchanging of process connection side H01   
Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)8)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psi a2)
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14) 4)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of enclosure
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

(longer overall length for cover with inspection window)1) 7 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection;
not shown in the drawing)
2 Connection side1)
8 Lateral ventilation for liquid measurement (Standard)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 9 Lateral ventilation for gas measurement (order option H02)
• M20 x 1,5 screw gland 10 Mounting bracket (optional)
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 11 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
1)
2)
3)
Not for type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
4)
For Pg 13.5 with adapter, approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
5)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Input
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to FOUNDATION
2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) Fieldbus
Measuring span Nominal measuring Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
range
1 ... 20 mbar 20 mbar 32 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 2 kPa 3.2 MPa
0.4 ... 8 inH2O 8 inH2O 464 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 60 mbar 160 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 6 kPa 16 MPa
0.4 ... 24 inH2O 24.1 inH2O 2320 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 420 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 42 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 6091 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar (500 bar/50 MPa/7250 psi
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa can be ordered optionally with Order
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O Code D56)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- for temperature of medium -20 °C < ϑ ≤ +60 °C -100 % of max. measuring span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
(-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F) or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
435 psi))

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
optionally set to 22.0 mA (with order
code D05)
Load
tor)

- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.075 %
5 < r ≤ 10 : ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071) %
10 < r ≤ 20 : ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.075 %
5 < r ≤ 60 : ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.004 ⋅ r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.075 %
5 < r ≤ 10 : ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071) %
10 < r ≤ 20 : ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.075 %
5 < r ≤ 60 : ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.004 ⋅ r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.15 %
5 < r ≤ 10 : ≤ (0.0058 ⋅ r + 0.142) %
10 < r ≤ 20 : ≤ (0.009 ⋅ r + 0.142) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.015 %
5 < r ≤ 60 : ≤ (0.01 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.13 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.008 ⋅ r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Measuring accuracy (continued) Acc. IEC 60770-1
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.075 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.025 ⋅ r + 0.125) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Influence of static pressure
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r) % per 32 bar
(zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi ≤ (0.2 ⋅ r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.2 % per 32 bar
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/ 1015 psi
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r) % in 5 years
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) ≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
with 30 bar measuring cell
• Measuring cell with Neobee fill fluid (FDA-compliant) -10 ... +100 °C (+14 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (silicone oil and inert oil)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
-20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
• Ambient temperature (Neobee fill fluid)
- Transmitter -10 ... +85 °C (+14 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
Design
no. 1.4408
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure
100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C (140 °F))
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU • PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid
group 1; complies with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• PN 420 (MAWP 6092) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1;
complies with basic safety requirements of Article 4, paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the TÜV Nord.
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 4 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 4 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • With ATEX, Type of protection:
cleaning - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"10) D
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"11)
FDA compliant fill fluid 2) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"12) E
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Zone 1D/2D)"11)13)
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)14) F
1 ... 20 mbar3) (0.4 ... 8 inH2O) B • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) Zone 1D/2D11)13)14)
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O) C • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E (is + xp)"10)14)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F Electrical connection/cable entry
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Wetted parts materials • Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector15)16)
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (display concealed, setting: mA)
Tantalum4) Tantalum E • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
Monel4) Monel H • with customer-specific display 7
Gold4) Gold L (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
Version for diaphragm seal5) 6) 7) 8) Y required)
Process connection Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Included in delivery of the device:
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Quick-start guide
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
(only for replacement requirement) 2) Available for measuring ranges 250 mbar ... 5 bar.
3)
• Vent on side of process flange 3) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 4) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 20 and 60 mbar
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 (8.03 and 24.09 inH2O))
(only for replacement requirement) 5) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
Non-wetted parts materials Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
process flange screws Electronics enclosure The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 remote seals.
casting9) 7) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Version must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 is silicone oil.
setting for pressure unit: bar 9) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 10) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 11) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
All versions include DVD with compact operat- 12) Configurations
ing instructions in various EU languages. with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
NEC 500/505.
15) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
16) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
cleanliness level 2
FDA compliant fill fluid 2) (Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 11) E
Nominal measuring range - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
20 mbar 3) (8.03 inH2O) B Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
60 mbar (24 inH2O) C Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F (is + xp)"9)13)
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G Electrical connection/cable entry
30 bar (435 psi) H • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Wetted parts materials • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
(stainless steel process flanges) • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)14) 15) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Display
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Without display 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Without visible display 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (display concealed, setting: bar)
Tantalum 4) Tantalum E • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Monel4) Monel H • With customer-specific display 7
Gold 4) Gold L (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Version as diaphragm seal 5) 6) 7) 8) Y Included in delivery of the device:
Process connection • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
2) Available for measuring ranges 250 mbar ... 5 bar.
3) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
4) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 20 and 60 mbar
(only for replacement requirement)
(8.03 and 24.09 inH2O))
• Venting on side of process flanges3) 5) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
(only for replacement requirement) here.
Non-wetted parts materials diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
process flange screws Electronics enclosure remote seals.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
casting 8) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
is silicone oil.
Version 9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• Standard versions 1 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 11) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
documentation in 5 languages on DVD 12) Only in connection with IP66.
(no Order code selectable) 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Version NEC 500/505.

• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 15) M12 delivered without cable socket

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Process flange screws made of Monel D34   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (max. nominal pressure PN20)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22    Supplied with oval flange set D37   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
• NBR (Buna N) A23    thread of process flanges
Device plugs1) Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   

• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01   
• Angled A32  (only together with type of protection
• Han 8D (metal) A33  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
Sealing screws (2 units) A40   
Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process and non-flammable liquids
flanges
(max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
(metal (CuZn)) (Ex ia)", to WHG and VbF, not together with
measuring cell filling "inert liquid")
(instead of German) Oxygen application E10   
• English B11    (In the case of oxygen measurement and
• French B12    inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
(140 °F))
• Italian B14    Export approval Korea E11   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    CRN approval Canada E226)   
(Canadian Registration Number)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi Dual seal E24   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) to INMETRO (Brazil)
Inspection certificate3) to EN 10204-3.1 C12   
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14   
according to INMETRO (Brazil)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E287)  
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
conformity declaration Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214)  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E557)   
conformity declaration NEPSI (China)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99   
mark Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
to NEPSI (China)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E577)   
(China)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E587)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
(only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80    Measuring range to be set
(Russia) Specify in plain text:
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
(Russia) (max. 5 characters):
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82    Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
to EAC Ex (Russia) • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
(max. 5 characters):
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83    Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10    device variable (measuring point
cover (PU on epoxy) description)
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Vent on side for gas measurements H02    Y15: ...........................................
Stainless steel process flanges for H03    Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
vertical differential pressure lines variable)
(not together with K01, K02 and K048) Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
.......
Transient protector 6 kV J01   
(lightning protection) Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Chambered graphite gasket for J02    Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
process flange Setting of pressure indicator in Y21   
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03    pressure units
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
approval (WRC/WRAS) Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units can be
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    selected:
flange welded-in (orientation: on right
when viewing the display9) bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
flange welded-in (orientation: on left *) ref. temperature 20 °C
when viewing the display)9)
Setting of pressure indicator in non- Y223) 
Process flange pressure units2) +
• Hastelloy K01    Specify in plain text: Y01 or
• Monel K02    Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
• Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04    (specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
with max. 5 characters)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C
(194 °F), for ½-14 NPT inner process con- Preset bus address Y25  
nection on the side in the middle of the possible between 1 and 126
process flange, vent valve not possible
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas S10    (0 ... 100 s)
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
• French marine classification society S12    Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14     = available
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories. 3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
 = available flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals.
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
remote seals.
4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
configuration software in combination with S7-400H
8) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
9) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 5 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 5 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector13)14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100 inH2O) D • Without visible display 1
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E (display concealed, setting: mA)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G • with customer-specific display 7
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
(stainless steel process flanges) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is
Stainless steel Stainless steel A extra ordering item)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Gold2) Gold L 2) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y 3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Process connection is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
• Sealing screw opposite process connection here.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
(only for replacement requirement) must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of 7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen- 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
sional drawing) is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 7) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
(only for replacement requirement) 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics enclosure NEC 500/505.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 15) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
casting7) 16) M12 delivered without cable socket.
Version
setting for pressure unit: bar)
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 8)12), max PN 360

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
cleanliness level 2
Nominal measuring range (Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 9) E
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G Zone 1D/2D)"8) 10)
30 bar (435 psi) H • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)11) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
Wetted parts materials Zone 1D/2D9)10)11)
(stainless steel process flanges) • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
Stainless steel Stainless steel A (is + xp)"7)11), max PN 360
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Electrical connection/cable entry
Gold 2) Gold L • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Process connection • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 12) 13) F
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Display
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Without (display hidden) 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 3 • Without visible display 1
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 (display concealed, setting: bar)
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
(only for replacement requirement) • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of specified, Order code "Y21" required)
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen-
sional drawing). Included in delivery of the device:
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
(only for replacement requirement) 2) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Process flange screws Electronics enclosure is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 4) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
casting diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
Version remote seals.
setting for pressure unit: bar must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
setting for pressure unit: bar is silicone oil.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 9) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
instructions in various EU languages. 10) Only in connection with IP66.
NEC 500/505.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Further designs HART PA FF Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. output signal to 22.0\ mA
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or 1 x (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Steel A01    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
• Stainless steel 316L A03    (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
O-rings for process flanges Nominal pressure rating PN 500 D56 

(MAWP 7250 psi)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (Only for measuring cell 600 mbar ... 30 bar
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (240 inH2O ... 435 psi), SIL- and Ex-options not
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    possible))3)
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tempera- A22    Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
tures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) device (848699 + 810634) included
• NBR (Buna N) A23    Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
Device plugs1) (only together with type of protection
• Han 7D (metal) A30  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Angled A32  Export approval Korea E11   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  CRN approval Canada E225)   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40    (Canadian Registration Number)
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Dual seal E24   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E256)   
(metal (CuZn)) INMETRO (Brazil)
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• English B11    "Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E266)   
• French B12    ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Italian B14    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + Ex E286)  
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
English rating plate B21    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E456)   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E466)   
Inspection certificate C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E556)   
Factory certificate C14    to NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E566)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E576)   
Devices suitable for use according to (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" to E586)   
NEPSI (China)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- (only for transmitter
mity declaration 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Ex-protection Ex ia acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E80   
Ex-protection Ex d acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E81   
EAC Ex (Russia)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and cover G10    Order code(s) and plain text.
(PU on epoxy) Measuring range to be set
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Specify in plain text:
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
differential pressure lines (max. 5 characters):
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01    • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
Chambered graphite gasket for process flange J02    (max. 5 characters):
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
approval (WRC/WRAS) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    tion)
flange welded-in (orientation: on right when
viewing the display)7) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
viewing the display)7) able)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
• French marine classification society S12    units
Bureau Veritas (BV) Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Note:
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    The following pressure units can be selected:
1) Device plug Han IP65 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
2) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con- kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
figuration software in combination with S7-400H *) ref. temperature 20 °C
3) Tested according to IEC 61010. Only for media of the group of fluids 2 in Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
accordance with PED permissible. Not for use with dangerous media suit- non-pressure units2) Y01 or
able. Y02
4) Specify in plain text:
Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
5) (specification of measuring range in pressure
Cannot be ordered with remote seal. units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
6) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device max. 5 characters)
7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Preset bus address Y25  
required instead of a blanking plug. possible between 1 and 126
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14) 4)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of enclosure
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

2 Connection side1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 15 143 (5.6) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 4) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7
approx. 217 (8.54) 8)

2
min. 90 (3.54) 5) 8
Space for rotation

of eclosure
approx. 85 (3.35) 7)
8
60 (2.36) 6) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)
1 Electronics side, local display 5 Cover over buttons

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side1)
7 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection;
3 Electrical connection: not shown in the drawing)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 8 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
SITRANS P DS III for level
Input
Measured variable Level
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to Pressure FOUNDATION
Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU) Fieldbus
range
25 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar See "Mounting flange"
2.5 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
10 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
2.5 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
10 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
53 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
5.3 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
21 ... 640 inH2O 642 inH2O
160 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
16 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
2.32 ... 72.5 psi 72.5 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
depending on mounting flange
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -100 % of max. measuring span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
depending on mounting flange

Load
tor)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 SITRANS P DS III for level
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.125 %
5 < r ≤ 10 : ≤ (0.007 ⋅ r + 0.09) %
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.125 %
5 < r ≤ 25 : ≤ (0.007 ⋅ r + 0.09) %
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.125 %
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi 5 < r ≤ 30 : ≤ (0.007 ⋅ r + 0.09) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.4 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
• 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi ≤ (0.24 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
• 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi ≤ (0.2 ⋅ r + 0.16) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.3 ⋅ r) % per nominal pressure
• on the measuring span ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r) % per nominal pressure
Long-term stability ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Effect of mounting position Depending on filling liquid of mounting flange
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Temperature of medium Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible operating tempera-
ture to max. permissible operating pressure of the respective flange connection!
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +1001) °C (-40 ... +2121) °F)
- High-pressure side pabs ≥ 1 bar: -40 ... +175 °C (-40 ... +347 °F)
pabs < 1 bar: -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Low-pressure side -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- -Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %, condensation permissible, suitable for use in the trop-
ics

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
SITRANS P DS III for level
1
Design
Weight (without options)
• To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting flange, ≈ 11 ... 13 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 28.7 (lb)
without tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting flange, ≈ 11 ... 18 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)
without tube)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
High-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting flange • Stainless steel, W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L
- coated with PFA
- coated with PTFE
- coated with ECTFE
- gold plated
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no 2.4619
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602
• Tantalum
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035
• Nickel 201
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 SITRANS P DS III for level
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC; Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
1) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insulated.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
- Simulation function Input/Output
respectively Mounting flange
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
direction of counting, simulation • Acc. to EN 1092-1
- DN 80 PN 40
with last good value, continuous - DN100 PN16, PN40
incorrect value) • To ASME B16.5
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning - 3 inch class 150, class 300
limit and one alarm limit respec- - 4 inch class 150, class 300
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
Pressure transmitter for level, 7MF 4 6 3 3 - 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
SITRANS P DS III with HART 2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3...
77 Y77 - 7777
ordering example
Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Item line 1: 7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line: Y01
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell C line: Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi)
cleaning Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Silicone oil normal 1 Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Included in delivery of the device:
25 ... 250 mbar (10 ... 100 inH2O) D • Quick-start guide
25 ... 600 mbar (10 ... 240 inH2O) E • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
53 ... 1600 mbar (21 ... 642 inH2O) F 1) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
0.16 ... 5 bar (64.3 ... 2000 inH2O) G 2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Process connection of low-pressure side 3) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 7)
(only for replacement requirement) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
Non-wetted parts materials 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
casting1)
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"3)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 4) E
Zone 1D/2D)"3)5)
Zone 1D/2D3)5)6)
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector7)
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 8) 9) F
Display
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting mA) 6
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
1
Pressure transmitters for level 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-...
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 6 3 4 -
ordering example
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 6 3 5 -
Item line 1: 7MF4634-1EY20-1AA1
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7 Y77 - 7777 Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Nominal measuring range • Quick-start guide
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E 1) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F 2) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G 3) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
Process connection of low-pressure side
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 6) M12 delivered without cable socket
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
(only for replacement requirement)
casting
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"2)
Zone 1D/2D)"2)4)
Zone 1D/2D2)4)5)
Display
(display concealed, setting: bar)
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" required)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
O-rings for process flanges on Use on zone 1D / 2D3) E01   
low-pressure side (only together with type of protection
(instead of FPM (Viton)) "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    Overfilling safety device for flammable and E08 
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22    non-flammable liquids
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) (max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
• NBR (Buna N) A23    with type of protection "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)",
to WHG and VbF, not together with measuring
Device plugs1) cell filling "inert liquid")
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  Export approval Korea E11   
• Angled A32  Dual seal E24   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E254)   
Sealing screw INMETRO (Brazil)
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process A40    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
flanges "Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E264)   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E284)  
(instead of German) Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• English B11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• French B12    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E454)   
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E554)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E564)   
Inspection certificate C12    NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Factory certificate C14    Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E584)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium to NEPSI (China)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
mity declaration (only for transmitter
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to IEC Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(Russia)
mity declaration
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
output signal to 22.0 mA according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) cover (PU on epoxy)
Supplied with oval flange D37    Replacement of process connection side H01   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of process flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
tion) Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
flange welded-in (orientation: on right Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
when viewing the display)5) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    device variable (measuring point descrip-
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when tion)
viewing the display) 5) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
2) Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con-
able)
figuration software in combination with S7-400H
3) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D. Y16: ...........................................
5) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
Setting of pressure indicator in Y223) 

non-pressure units2) + Y01
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Y25: ...........................................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
code code
Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2 Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2
Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777 Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777
transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III
series series
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Customer-specific tubus length
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
Connection to EN 1092-1 Order Code
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0A Range Standard length
PN 63/100/160 Z J 0B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0C 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
PN 63/100 Z J 0D 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
PN 160 Z J 0E 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
PN 100 B
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D with ECTFE
DN 100 PN 10/16 G Range Standard length
PN 25/40 H 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
Connection to ASME B16.5 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
1 inch class 150 Z J 6A 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
class 300 Z J 6B 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
class 400/600 Z J 6C • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated with
class 900/1500 Z J 6D PFA
1½ inch class 150 Z J 6E Range Standard length
class 300 Z J 6F 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
class 400/600 Z J 6G 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
class 900/1500 Z J 6H 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
2 inch class 150 L 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
class 300 M 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
class 400/600 N
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
class 900/1500 P
3 inch class 150 Q
class 300 R 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
4 inch class 150 T 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
class 300 U 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
Flange acc. to JIS
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J 7A Range Standard length
20 K 316L Z J 7B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1
JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J 7C 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
20 K 316L Z J 7D 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal press.: ...
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
Wetted parts materials Range Standard length
• Stainless steel 316L A
- Coated with PFA D 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
- Coated with PTFE E0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
- Coated with ECTFE1) F 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819 J Filling liquid
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 U • Silicone oil M5 1
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602 V0 • Silicone oil M50 2
• Tantalum K • High-temperature oil 3
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) L0 • Halocarbon oil (for O2-measurement)2) 4
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0 • Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q Other version, add 9 M1 Y
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R Order code and plain text:
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 filling liquid: ...
thickness approx. 25 μm 1) For vacuum on request
Tube length 2) Oil and grease-free cleaning according to DIN 25410, level 2,
• without tube 0 and packaging included in scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs"
Other version: add Order code and plain text: Z8 K1Y C10 and E10.
material of parts in contact with medium: ........,
tubus length: ........

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
Customer-specific tubus length Y44    One sided-mounting, sealing surface below H20
Select range, Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11   
enter desired length in plain text (Stainless steel diaphragm)
(No entry = standard length)
previously DIN 2501, form E
Spark arrester A01   
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14   
For mounting on zone 0 (incl. documentation)
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
Remote seal nameplate B20    parts made of stainless steel 316L)
attached out of stainless steel, contains Arti- Sealing surface with spring according to
cle No. and order number of the remote seal EN 1092-1, form F, (previously DIN 2512,
supplier form F) in stainless steel 316L
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10    DN 25 J30   
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 40 J31   
sion, not for oxygen application, only in con- DN 50 J32   
junction with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by DN 80 J33   
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
DN 100 J34   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    DN 125 J35   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)
Sealing surface with male face according
Inspection certificate C12    to EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512,
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 form V13) in stainless steel 316L
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17    DN 25 J40   
Only in conjunction with filling liquid "Food DN 40 J41   
oil" (FDA listed)" DN 50 J42   
 DN 80 J43   
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate C20 
to IEC 61508 DN 100 J44   
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C20" DN 125 J45   
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter) Sealing surface with female face according
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate C23   to EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512,
to IEC 61508 form R13) in stainless steel 316L
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C23" DN 25 J50   
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter) DN 40 J51   
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07    DN 50 J52   
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 acc. to EN DN 80 J53   
10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless DN 100 J54   
steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) DN 125 J55   
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08    Sealing surface B1 or J12   
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 acc. to EN ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF
steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) (only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10    and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously J24   
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C RTJ) ASME B16.5
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only instead of sealing surface ASME B16.5 RF
in connection with halocarbon oil, certified by 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted parts made of
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 stainless steel 316L)
Epoxy painting E15    Elongated pipe, 150 mm instead of 100 mm, R15   
Not possible with negative pressure service max. medium temperature 250 °C, observe
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of the maximum permissible media temperature
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting of the filling liquid.
tube, process connection of the transmitter. Elongated pipe, 200 mm instead of 100 mm, R20   
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe
possible with process connection G½B the maximum permissible media temperature
according to EN 837-1. of the filling liquid.
Vacuum resistant design
Design with negative pressure service for V04   
level transmitter
Design with extended negative pressure V54   
service for level transmitter
Note: suffix "Y01" required with
pressure transmitter
 = available

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
29 (1.14) 177 (6.97) 143 (5.6) 15
84 (3.31) 53 (2.1) 74 (2.9) (0.6)
2
3 5 6
1 4
166 (6.54)
min. 90
100 (3.93) 5)
(3.54) 4)
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
9 Øk
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
17 (0.67) Space for rotation

approx. 96 (3.78) of enclosure
7
n x d2
b f
L
1 8
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
2 Protective cover over keys
3 Blanking plug
4 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
7 Sealing screw with valve (option)
8 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
5)
150 (5.9) with Order Code R15, 200 (7.87) with Order Code R20
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
4)
29 (1.14) 15 143 (5.6)
84 (3.31) (0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1)
2
3 6 5
166 (6.54)
4
111 (4.37) 7)
9
100 (3.94) 6)
67 (2.64) 5)
54 (2.1)
n x d2 7
b
L
f
17 (0.67) approx. 96 (3.78)

Ød 5
Ød4
Øk
ØD
8 1
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
2 Protective cover over keys
3 Blanking plug
4 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
7 Sealing screw with valve (option)
8 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
For Pg 13,5 with adapter approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
5)
6)
7)
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, one sided-mounting, sealing surface below (order code H20),

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 90 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 or 200
PN 100 28 195 90 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 8
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 32 230 90 26 138 76 722) 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 25/40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb./sq.in inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 4.74 (120.5) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or 7.87
300 0.89 (22.7) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8 (0, 50, 100,
400/600 1.28 (32.4) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8 150 or 200)
900/1500 1.78 (45.1) 8.46 (215) 1.02 (26) 5 (127) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165) 8
3 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.48 (190) 0.79 (20) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.5) 4
300 1.14 (29) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.5) 8
600 1.53 (38.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.5) 8
4 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.79 (20) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.65 (42) 10.04 (255) 1.02 (26) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts
1
Replacement measuring cell for pressure 7MF 4 9 9 0 - Replacement measuring cell for absolute 7MF 4 9 9 2 -
for SITRANS P DS III pressure for SITRANS P DS III (from the
7777 0 - 0 DB 0 7777 0 - 0 DB 0
pressure series)
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.) Measured span (min. ... max.)
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi) A 8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B 43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.86 psi a) F
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.6 ... 58 psi) C 0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D 1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E Wetted parts materials
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2 320 psi) F Seal diaphragm Process connection
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5 802 psi) G
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ... 10 153 psi) J Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Wetted parts materials Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Oval flange made of stainless steel,
Process connection max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi)
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi) Further designs Order code
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code.
Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Order code.
to EN 10204-3.1

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pres- 7MF 4 9 9 3 - Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 4 -
sure (from the differential pressure series) for pressure and PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.)
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi)
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
1 ... 20 mbar1) (0.4 ... 8 inH2O) B
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.86 psi a) F
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O) C
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
Wetted parts materials 16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Wetted parts materials
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (stainless steel process flanges)
Tantalum Tantalum E Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Monel Monel H
Gold Gold L Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Tantalum2) Tantalum E
Monel2) Monel H
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Gold2) Gold L
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Vent on side of process flange1) - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 • Vent on side of process flange
Non-wetted parts materials - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Further designs Order code Non-wetted parts materials
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Stainless steel process flange screws 2
Order code.
O-rings for process flanges Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
(instead of FPM (Viton)) O-rings for process flanges
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 (instead of FPM (Viton))
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 • PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium temperatures A22 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) • FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium temperatures A22
• NBR (Buna N) A23 -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F))
Inspection certificate C12 • NBR (Buna N) A23
to EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Process connection G½B D16
Remote seal flanges D20
Remote seal flanges D20 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
(not together with K01, K02 and K04) Vent on side for gas measurements H02
Vent on side for gas measurements H02 Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
Process flanges
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)
• without K00
Process flanges
• with process flange made of
• without K00
- Hastelloy K01
• with process flange made of
- Monel K02
- Hastelloy K01
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi) - Monel K02
max.temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F) - Stainless steel with PVDF insert, max. PN 10 K04
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on the (MAWP 145 psi), max. temperature of medium
side in the middle of the process flange, vent 90 °C (194 °F). For ½-14 NPT inner process con-
valve not possible nection on the side in the middle of the process
flange, vent valve not possible
1) Not for measuring span 5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)
1) Not suitable for connection of remote seal
2) Only together with max. measuring span 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(100 inH2O, 642 inH2O, 2000 inH2O and 435 psi).

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 5 -
pressure and PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Gold1) Gold L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange
connection
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Vent on side of process flange
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
O-rings for process flanges
(instead of FPM (Viton))
• PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium temperatures A22
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F))
• NBR (Buna N) A23
to EN 10204-3.1
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
without process flanges K00
1) Not together with max. measuring span 600 mbar (240 inH2O)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Spare parts/Accessories Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material for SITRANS P
Mounting bracket and fastening parts DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
for pressure transmitters DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Measuring point label
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
For absolute pressure transmitters • Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
Fieldbus (7MF423.-.....-..C.) Mounting screws
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
nection terminals or for display
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP (50 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts Sealing screws
for pressure transmitters (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
For absolute pressure transmitters Sealing screws with vent valve
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Complete (1 set = 2 units)
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
Fieldbus 7MF423-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.)
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AJ Application electronics
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ • for SITRANS P DS III with HART 7MF4997-1DK
• for SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA 7MF4997-1DL
Mounting and fastening brackets
• for SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION 7MF4997-1DM
For differential pressure transmitters with Fieldbus
flange thread M10
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Connection board
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • for SITRANS P DS III 7MF4997-1DN
Fieldbus (7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...) • for SITRANS P DS III PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AK
O-rings for process flanges made of:
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
• FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
Mounting and fastening brackets • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
For differential pressure transmitters with • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
flange thread M12 • FFPM (Kalrez) 7MF4997-2DD
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...) Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB
Gaskets for PMC connection
For differential and absolute pressure transmit- (packing unit = 5 units)
ters with flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Thread 1½"
Fieldbus • Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...) front-flush 1"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF Weldable socket for TG52/50 and TG52/150
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM connection
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT • TG52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG52/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Cover
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
silicone (FDA compliant)
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Seals for flange connection with front-flush
Fieldbus. diaphragm
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters M;aterial FKM (Viton); temperature range:
• without window 7MF4997-1BB -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• with window 7MF4997-1BE • DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Fieldbus.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
processinstrumentation/documentation
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
HART modem

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
60
30
12,5
25 25
Ø9
30
R30
60
3
12,5
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III, SITRANS P410 gauge and absolute pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm
mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
38 27
20,65
20,65
27
R30
41,3
54
R6,5 3
Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III and SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
■ Overview The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are 1

sealed with PTFE gaskets between the transmitter and the valve
SITRANS P transmitters manifold.
• DS III for relative and absolute pressure (both designs) and The complete unit is checked for leaks under pressure after as-
• DS III for differential pressure sembly (air pressure 6 bar (87 psi)) and certified with a factory
certificate according to EN 10204 - 2.2.
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds:
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the corre-
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge sponding mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
• 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds for abso-
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
lute pressure and differential pressure transmitters
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
■ Design the transmitter.
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE gas- If you order an inspection certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204
kets between the transmitter and the valve manifold as standard. after choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds",
Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also available a separate certificate is provided for the transmitter and for the
for sealing purposes if preferred. valve manifold.
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
■ Selection and Ordering data

7MF9411-5AA 7MF9411-5AA
valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add order codes. code ter and add order codes. code
SITRANS P DSIII T05 SITRANS P DSIII T06
7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... , 7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... ,
7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... , 7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... ,
7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-... 7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-...
With process connection oval flange with With process connection oval flange with
PTFE gasket and steel mounting screws. PTFE gasket and stainless steel mounting
Delivery including high-presure test certi- screws.
fied by factory certificate according to Delivery including high-presure test certi-
EN 10204-2.2 fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Additional versions:
Additional versions:
mounting clips made of stainless steel Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied mounting clips made of stainless steel
with the transmitter) (instead of the mounting bracket supplied
with the transmitter)
Inspection certificate according to C12
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters Inspection certificate according to C12
and mounted valve manifold EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold
With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175 With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 7MF9011-4FA 7MF9411-5BA
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters valve manifold on absolute and differential pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
and add Order codes code and add Order codes code
SITRANS P DSIII T03 SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...1.-..., 7MF423.-...1.-... 7MF433.-…, 7MF443.-… and
With process connection 7MF453.-… 1)
female thread ½-14 NPT mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape screws made of
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified • chromized steel U01
by factory certificate according to • made of stainless steel U02
EN 10204-2.2 Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by factory certificate according to
Further designs:
EN 10204-2.2
mounting clips made of stainless steel Further designs:
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied Delivery includes mounting bracket and
with the transmitter) mounting clips made of
Inspection certificate according to C12 • Steel A01
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters • Stainless steel A02
and mounted valve manifold (instead of the mounting bracket supplied
With manufacturer declaration according D07 with the transmitter)
to NACE, MR-0175 Inspection certificate according to C12
7MF9011-4EA EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order to NACE, MR-0175
and add Order codes code
7MF9411-5CA
SITRANS P DSIII T02 valve manifold on differential pressure transmitters
7MF403.-...0.-..., 7MF423.-...0.-...
with process connection Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
collar G1/2 A to EN 837-1 and add Order codes code
with gasket made of PTFE between valve SITRANS P DSIII
manifold and transmitter 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-…1 1)
Alternative sealing material: mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
• Soft iron A70 screws made of
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71 • chromized steel U03
• copper A72 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified by factory certificate according to
by factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2
EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02 mounting clips made of
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied • Steel A01
with the transmitter) • Stainless steel A02
Inspection certificate according to C12 with the transmitter)
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold Inspection certificate according to C12
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
With manufacturer declaration according D07 and mounted valve manifold
to NACE, MR-0175
to NACE, MR-0175
1) For 7MF453.-... transmitters, you require a 7/10-20 UNF connection thread
in the process flange

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P DS III
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters pressure transmitters
118 (4.65) 118 (4.65)

84 (3.31) 158 (6.2) 84 (3.31) 158 (6.2)
approx. 293 (11.54)

approx. 285 (11.2)
149 (5.87) 176 (6.93)

approx. 150 (5.91) 190 (7.5)
192 (7.56)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch) pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans- 7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans-
mitter mitter
192 (7.56)
244 (9.61)
215 (8.46)
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
190 (7.48)
245 (9.65)
256 (10.08)
7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
■ Overview ■ Application
1
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters can be used in industrial
areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes the
P410 suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Flameproof enclo-
sure" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1) or in zone 0.
The pressure transmitters are provided with an EC type exam-
ination certificate and comply with the corresponding harmo-
nized European standards (ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 input
buttons or programmed externally over HART or over PROFIBUS
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans- PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
mitters with a high level of operating convenience. Technically, Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
they are based on the SITRANS P DS III but offer an increased
measuring accuracy of 0.04%. This means the SITRANS P 410 Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
is perfectly suited for measuring tasks with increased accuracy gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
requirements. The parameterization is performed using input
buttons or via HART or via PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Field-
for P410 with HART: 0.01 bar to 160 bar (0.15 psi to 2321 psi)
bus interface.
The comprehensive functionality makes for precise adjustment
for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
of the pressure transmitter to the requirements of the plant. Op-
1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to 2321 psi)
eration is very simple, despite the variety of setting options.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
"Explosion-proof" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1) Measured variables:
or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with an EC type ex- • Differential pressure
amination certificate and comply with the respective harmonized
European standards (ATEX). • Small positive or negative pressure
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- • Flow q ~ √Δp (together with a primary differential pressure de-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
highly viscous substances. Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are available in various ver- for P410 with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
sions for measuring: Nominal measuring range
• Gauge pressure for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi)
• Differential pressure
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
• Extensive diagnostics and simulation functions
• Minimal conformity error
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g., stainless
steel, Hastelloy)
(0.15 psi to 2321 psi) for P410 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring ranges from 1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to
2321 psi) for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface
• Parameterization over input buttons and HART, PROFIBUS PA
or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1 ■ Design
1
1 Plastic cover: access to

the input keys
2 Screw cover with
viewing pane
3 Display 3
4 Locking screw
7
6 Measuring point label
6
7 Nameplate
4
8 Inlet with cable gland 5
Front view
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the enclosure. The specified number together with the
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
The enclosure is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel
precision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front
and rear of the enclosure. The front cover can be fitted with a
viewing pane so that the measured values can be read directly
on the display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is lo-
cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the
opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth
connection is located on the rear of the enclosure.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
enclosure contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
At the top of the enclosure is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Example for an attached measuring point label
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The pressure transmitters with measuring spans ≤ 63 bar mea-
sure the input pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters
with measuring spans ≥ 160 bar compared to vacuum.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1 Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cells
communication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC 3
interface
Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply
4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup- pe Pressure as input variable
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Sensor
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
pe the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
Measuring cell further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply differential pressure.
5 Electrical isolation Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell
and electronics 2 3 4
7 FF interface
1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring
3 Overload diaphragm
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure 1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - +
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring 5 Process flange
5
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 6 Body of measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 7 Filling liquid
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
7 6
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
each other. pressure sensor (4).
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres- The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but- pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
messages and the operating modes on the display (9). tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
differential pressure.
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
Parameterization SITRANS P410 Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with HART 1
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for SITRANS P410 with HART
municator or a PC.
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
+ made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
transmitter Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
HART Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
communicator
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
Miscellaneous %, mA
+
- Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
transmitter particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
PC or PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
HART laptop SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
modem explosive environment.
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
USB/RS 232
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
transmitter
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
a HART modem. control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Adjustable parameters, SITRANS P410 with HART Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(DS III HART) communication
Lower range value x x Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Upper range value x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Electrical damping x x bus interface
Lower range value without applica- x x Electrical damping x x
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Upper range value without applica- x x tion)
Zero adjustment x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
current transmitter x x Source of measured-value display x x
Fault current x x
Physical dimension of display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Position of decimal point x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Bus address x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Adjustment of characteristic x x
rooted) Input of characteristic x
Diagnostic functions x Diagnostics functions x
1) Cancel apart from write protection
2) Only differential pressure

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1 Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
Miscellaneous %

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
Input
range, max. operating pressure (in accordance with 97/23/EC FOUNDATION
Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursu- Fieldbus
ant to DIN 16086)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Load
tor)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
reproducibility
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.04 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.004 ⋅ r + 0.045) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.05 ⋅ r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi ≤ (0.025 ⋅ r + 0.125) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
Design
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"7) P
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D7)9)10) S
• Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 B
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. mating connector11) D

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required) 7

1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective remote
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4034- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4035- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
1 bar (14.5 psi) B
4 bar (58 psi) C
16 bar (232 psi) D
63 bar (914 psi) E
160 bar (2320 psi) F
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread) 5)
Version
• Standard version, German label inscription, setting of pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: psi 2
• Chinese version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: kPa 3
• None A

(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4034- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4035- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1
setting: bar)
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) M10 fastening thread: Max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi)
7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. measuring span 400 bar (5802 psi)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, (only together with type of protection
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
2 x U-washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
• Steel A01   
CRN approval Canada E225)   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    (Canadian Registration Number)
Device plugs1) Dual seal E24   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E556)   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  NEPSI (China)
• Angled A32  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E566)   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    to NEPSI (China)
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E576)   
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11   
• French B12    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E586)   
„Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi (pending)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    (only for transmitter
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Inspection certificate3) C12    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 (Russia)
Factory certificate C14    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (Russia)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20  Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Devices suitable for use according to according to EAC Ex (Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
conformity declaration cover (PU on epoxy)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
tection)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL
conformity declaration Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
Increased measuring accuracy C41    Marine approvals
(mandatory specification for • Det Norske Veritas S10   
SITRANS P410) Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    • Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
mark • French marine classification society S12   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  Bureau Veritas (BV)
the output signal to 22.0 mA • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253).
Supplied with oval flange D37   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in 1) Device plug Han IP65
thread of oval flange 2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
device (848699 + 810634) included is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61    here.
remote seals.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure

1
description)
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z C41
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)


© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13)
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 5) 84 (3.31)
24
(1.1)
50 (1.97)
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
68 (2.68)
120 (4.72)
72 (2.8)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side1) Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type
7
3 Electrical connection: of protection; not shown in the drawing)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 8 Process connection: G½B connection pin or oval flange
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland 9 Mounting bracket (optional)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4) Minimum distance for rotating
5)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1
SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
Input
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to FOUNDATION
2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) Fieldbus
range
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 160 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 16 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 2320 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar 420 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa 42 MPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O 6091 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Load
tor)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1 SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.004 ⋅ r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.004 ⋅ r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r≤5: ≤ 0.08 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r ≤ 100 : ≤ (0.008 ⋅ r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.025 ⋅ r + 0.125) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi ≤ (0.2 ⋅ r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) ≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
1
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Emitted interference and interference Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
no. 1.4408
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
(140 °F))
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1 SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 Ω
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 0
• Vent on side of process flange5)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting6) 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"8)10)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. mating connector12)13) D
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) 1
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4434- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4435- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Version as diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges 5)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9)(not for DS III FF)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
seals.
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Supplied with oval flange set D37   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    thread of process flanges
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
• NBR (Buna N) A23   
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61   
Device plugs1)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only together with type of protection
• Angled A32  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
Dual seal E24   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40   
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E555)   
flanges NEPSI (China)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50   
(metal (CuZn)) Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E565)   
to NEPSI (China)
(instead of German)
• English B11    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E575)   
(China)
• French B12   
• Italian B14    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E585)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) (pending)
Inspection certificate3) to EN 10204-3.1 C12    (only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14   
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    (Russia)
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20 
(Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
conformity declaration to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Devices suitable for use according to according to EAC Ex (Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL
conformity declaration Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
cover (PU on epoxy)
Increased measuring accuracy C41   
(mandatory specification for Interchanging of process connection H01   
SITRANS P410) side
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
mark
Stainless steel process flanges for verti- H03   
cal differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)6)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01    Measuring range to be set
tection) Specify in plain text:
Chambered graphite gasket for process J02    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
flange (max. 5 characters):
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03    • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    (max. 5 characters):
approval (WRC/WRAS) Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
flange welded-in (orientation: on right device variable (measuring point
when viewing the display)7) description)
Y15: ...........................................
flange welded-in (orientation: on left
when viewing the display)7) Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
Marine approvals variable)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) .......
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
• French marine classification society S12    Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Setting of pressure indicator in Y21   
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    pressure units
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending Note: The following pressure units can be
on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for selected:
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253). bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
 = available mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
1) Device plug Han IP65 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered Setting of pressure indicator in non- Y223) 
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom- pressure units2) +
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. Y01 or
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here. Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
3) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted dia- (specification of measuring range in pres-
phragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective remote sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
seals. with max. 5 characters)
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D Preset bus address Y25  
5) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device possible between 1 and 126
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked. Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
6) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
required instead of a blanking plug. (0 ... 100 s)
 = available
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41

6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)" 6)10), max PN 360 NC
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. mating connector11) 12) D

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) 1
Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is extra ordering item)
seals.
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code

600 mbar (240 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing).
Process flange screws Electronics enclosure
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"6)8)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)"6)9), max PN 360 NC
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 10) 11) F

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
Display
• Without (display hidden) 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the tranmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D2) E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (only together with type of protection
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U- "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Steel A01    Dual seal E24   
• Stainless steel 304 A02   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E553)   
to NEPSI (China)
O-rings for process flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E563)   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E573)   
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• NBR (Buna N) A23    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E583)   
to NEPSI (China)
Device plugs1)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E703)   
• Angled A32  explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
(pending)
(only for transmitter
Sealing screws (2 units) A40    7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
flanges (Russia)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(metal (CuZn)) (Russia)
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
• English B11    to EAC Ex (Russia)
• French B12    Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
• Spanish B13    according to EAC Ex (Russia)
• Italian B14    Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
cover (PU on epoxy)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi Interchanging of process connection side H01   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
Inspection certificate C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
tion)
Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 flange
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20  Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
formity declaration approval (WRC/WRAS)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
Devices suitable for use according to flange welded-in (orientation: on right
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- when viewing the display)4)
formity declaration Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
Increased measuring accuracy C41    flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
(mandatory specification for SITRANS P410) viewing the display)4)
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas S10   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
output signal to 22.0 mA
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • French marine classification society S12   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) Bureau Veritas (BV)
(only together with seal diaphragm made of • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
device (848699 + 810634) included SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253).
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61    1) Device plug Han IP65
4) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410

1
Measuring range to be set
• in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
• in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
non-pressure units2) Y01 or
Specify in plain text: Y02
units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14) 4)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of enclosure
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

2 Connection side1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
15 143 (5.6)
1
5
(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 4) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7
approx. 217 (8.54) 8)

2
min. 90 (3.54) 5) 8
Space for rotation

of eclosure
approx. 85 (3.35) 7)
8
60 (2.36) 6) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side1)
7 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection;
3 Electrical connection: not shown in the drawing)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 8 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
Accessories/Spare parts
Accessories/Spare parts Mounting screws
Mounting bracket and fastening parts For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
for pressure transmitters nection terminals or for display (50 units)
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with Sealing screws
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH
Sealing screws with vent valve
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP Complete (1 set = 2 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
for pressure transmitters • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P10with FOUNDATION Connection board
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • for SITRANS P410 7MF4997-1DN
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC • for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AJ P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ O-rings for process flanges made of:
Mounting and fastening brackets • FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
For differential pressure transmitters with • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
flange thread M10 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with • FFPM (Kalrez) 7MF4997-2DD
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF443.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AK
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread M12
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
Fieldbus (7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
for SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
Fieldbus.
• without window 7MF4997-1BB
• with window 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
or SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
Fieldbus.
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF
Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material, for SITRANS
P410 with HART, P410 with PROFIBUS PA and
P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring point label
• without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
• Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
1
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
processinstrumentation/documentation
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
HART modem

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P410
60
30
12,5
25 25
Ø9
30
R30
60
3
12,5
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 gauge pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm

38 27
20,65
20,65
27
R30
41,3
54
R6,5 3
Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm


© Siemens 2021
for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
■ Overview
1
SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans- • Infinitely adjustable measuring spans of 1 mbar to 32 bar
mitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and which fulfil the (0.0145 to 465 psi; 0.4 to 12860 inH2O)
most stringent demands of accuracy, long-term stability, speed • Extremely good total performance and conformity error
and lots more. values with no loss of performance up to a turndown of 10
Extensive functionality allows you to set the pressure transmitter guaranteed.
specifically to your own requirements. Despite their many set- • Additional integrated sensor for static pressure
tings options, local set-up is easy. A multi-lingual menu with clear • Parameterization via on-site control keys or HART
text instructions guides you through the process. There are also
help texts available. • Short process flanges nable space-saving installation.
The innovative EDD with integrated QuickStart assistance is also
quick and easy to configure by computer using the HART proto- ■ Application
col. The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be used in indus-
Extensive diagnostic functions, e.g. min/max pointer for pres- trial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
sure and temperature, or limit value indicator, make sure you al- magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes them
ways have the process under control. You can also display ad- suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
ditional process values such as temperature or static pressure. Pressure transmitters with ratings "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
The simultaneous display of mass, resulting from a volume, is sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
also easy. spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitter comes
The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be configured to with a CE-declaration of conformity and fulfils the corresponding
measure: unified European directives (ATEX).
• Differential pressure Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
• Level for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
• Volume
With newly designed measuring cell, it is possible to work with
• Mass
temperature of mediums of -40 to 125 °C (-40 to +257 °F)) with-
• Volume flow out having to use a remote seal.
• Mass flow The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
■ Benefits highly viscous fluids.
• High measuring accuracy The pressure transmitter can be fully parameterized locally via
• Very fast response time the three operating keys and externally via HART.
• Extremely good long-term stability
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions which can be
used both on site as well as via HART.
• Optional separate replacement of measuring cell and elec-
tronics without recalibration.
• Extremely low conformity error values

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1 Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow • Nominal diameter of the mounting flange
• Measured variables: - DN 50 / PN 40
- Differential pressure - DN 80 / PN 40
- Small positive or negative pressure - DN 100/ PN 16, PN 40
- Flow q ~ √Δp (together with a primary element - 2 inch/class 150, class 300
(see Chapter "Flow Meters")) - 3 inch/class 150, class 300
- 4 inch/ class 150, class 300
• Measuring span (freely adjustable) - customized special version
for SITRANS P500: 1 mbar to 32 bar (0.0145 to 465 psi; 0.4 to
12860 inH2O) In the case of level measurements in open vessels, the low-pres-
sure connection of the measuring cell remains open (measure-
Pressure transmitters for level ment "compared to atmospheric").
• Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive In the case of measurements in closed vessels, the lower-pres-
liquids in open and closed vessels. sure connection has to be connected to the vessel in order to
• Measuring span (freely adjustable) compensate the static pressure.
for SITRANS P500: 1.25 to 6250 mbar (0.5 to 2509 inH2O)
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend-
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required.
■ Design
10
1
8
14
7 2
11
3
13
4
6
12
1 Cover over buttons 8 Safety catch

2 Cover, optionally with inspection window 9 Blanking plug
3 Local display (optional) 10 Electrical terminal compartment
4 Tag plate 11 Cover for electrical terminal compartment
5 Process flange with process connection 12 Protective conductor connector
6 Retaining screws (on two sides) for the measuring cell 13 Nameplate
7 Approval label 14 Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland or plug-in connection
View of transmitter
• The electronics enclosure is made of coated die-cast alumi- • Access to the terminal compartment for auxiliary power and
num. shielding by unscrewing the cover.
• The enclosure has round screwed covers front and back. • Beneath the electronic enclosure is the measuring cell with its
• Depending on the design the front cover is fitted with an in- process flanges at which the process connections are avail-
spection window. You can read off the measured value directly able. The modular design of the pressure transmitter lets you
from the optional display through the window. replace the measuring cell, electronics and connection board
as required.
• The inlet to the terminal compartment is located either on the
left or right side. The unused opening in each case is sealed • On the top of the enclosure you can see the screwed cover of
by a blanking plug. the three local pushbuttons of the transmitter.
• The PE/ground terminal is on the back of the enclosure.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Mode of operation of the measuring cells
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow

SIEMENS
EEPROM

Ia 9 1
A μC μC D
D A UH R T 2
8
3
HART modem
EEPROM
EEPROM

Sensor
Sensor Electronics
7 6 5 4

Measuring cell electronics Application electronics 1 Input pressure P-

2 Process flange with process connection
1 Sensor of the measuring cell 3 O-Ring
2 Measuring amplifier 4 Measuring cell body
3 Analog-to-digital converter 5 Silicon pressure sensor
4 Microcontroller 6 Overload diaphragm
5 Digital-to-analog converter 7 Filling liquid
6 One EEPROM each in the measuring cell and in the electronics 8 Seal diaphragm
7 HART modem 9 Input pressure P+
8 Keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
IA Output current Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
UH Auxiliary power • The differential pressure is transmitted via the seal diaphragm
and the filling liquid to the silicon pressure sensor.
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
• The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea-
sensor. suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload.
• This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier and digi- • The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of
talized in an analog-to-digital converter. the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
• The digital signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and cor- • The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo
rected according to linearity and thermal characteristics. resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• In a digital-to-analog converter it is then converted into the • The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage
output current of 4 to 20 mA. When connected to supply lines, proportional to the input pressure.
a diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection.
• The measuring cell-specific data, the electronic data and the
parameterization data is held in two EEPROMs. One EEPROM
is incorporated into the measuring cell electronics, the other is
incorporated into the application electronics.
Operation
• The three local pushbuttons enable you both to navigate and
carry out configuration and to visually track messages and
process values, provided a display is available.
• If you have a device without a display, you can carry out zero
adjustment using the three local pushbuttons. It is possible to
retrofit a display at any time.
• You can also carry out settings by computer via a HART mo-
dem.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1 Measuring cell for level Configuration using HART
Parameterization using HART is carried out using a HART Com-
1 2 3 4 municator or a PC in conjunction with a HART modem.
SITRANS P500 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply

transmitter
HART
communicator
5
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure trans-
mitter
9 When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
8 7
6 tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
+
1 Process flange with process connection -
2 O-Ring
3 Measuring cell body SITRANS P500 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
4 Silicon pressure sensor transmitter
5 Overload diaphragm PC or
6 Filling liquid of the measuring cell HART laptop
7 Capillary tube with filling liquid of the mounting flange modem
8 Flange with optional tube
9 Seal diaphragm for mounting flange USB/RS 232
Measuring cell for level, function diagram HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
• The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically transmitter
on the measuring cell via the seal diaphragm on the mounting For configuring via PC a HART modem is used which connects
flange. the transmitter to the PC.
• The differential pressure applied to the measuring cell is trans-
mitted via the seal diaphragm and the filling liquid to the sili- The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
con pressure sensor. HART 6.0 protocols are superimposed on the output current us-
ing the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea- The necessary device files are available for download on the In-
suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload. ternet.
• The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of SITRANS P500 configuration options
the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
The transmission offers you full configuring options both via
• The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo HART as well as in situ provided the optional display is available.
resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• The change in the resistance causes a differential pressure For simple parameterizing we also offer the easy to understand
proportional to the input pressure. QuickStart function with guided commissioning.
SITRANS P500 diagnostic functions
Configuration of SITRANS P500 HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for con-
figuring the pressure transmitter and for setting or reading the • Min/Max pointer (both resetable and non-resetable)
parameters. - Pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
- Static pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
Configuration using the pushbuttons (local operation) - Sensor temperature (incl. time stamp)
- Electronic temperature (incl. time stamp)
You can configure the transmitter in situ using the three keys pro-
vided a display is available. If you have no display, you can only • Limit monitor block
carry out zero adjustment. • Diagnostic warning
It is possible to retrofit a display. See accessories. • Diagnostic alarm
• Display of trends and histograms
• Operating hours meter

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
Physical dimensions available for the SITRANS P500 HART 1
display
Pressure (setting can also be made Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O
(4 °C), inH2O (4 °C), inH2O
(20 °C), mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg, hPA
Level m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, gallon,
liquid, I; Norm (standard) I; Norm
(standard) m3, Norm (standard)
feet3
Mass g, kg, t (metric), lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d,
ft3/min, ft3/s, US gallon/min,
gallon/s, l/h, milL/d, gallon/d, gal-
lon/h, milgallon/d, lmp.gallon/s,
Imp.gallon/m, Imp.gallon/h,
lmp.gallon/d, Norm (standard)
m3/h, Norm (standard) l/h, Norm
(standard) ft3/h, Norm (standard)
ft3/m, barrel liquid/s, barrel liq-
uid/m, barrel liquid/h
Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min,
kg/s, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/min,
lb/s, LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d,
STon/h, STon/min
Miscellaneous %, mA

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
Input Measuring accuracy
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow Reference conditions (in accor- • Rising characteristic curve
dance with IEC 60770-1) • Lower range value 0 bar
Measuring span (infinitely Measuring span Maximum
adjustable) (min. ... max.) operating All error information always • Stainless steel seal diaphragm
pressure refers to the set measuring
(static span. • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
pressure) • Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F))
1.00 ... 50 mbar Error in measurement at limit
(0.4 ... 20 inH2O) setting incl. hysteresis and
1.25 ... 250 mbar reproducibility
(0.5 ... 100 inH2O) r: measuring span ratio
160 bar (r: measuring span ratio (r =
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2320 psi) max. measuring span / set
(2.5 ... 502 inH2O) span))
31.25 ... 6250 mbar Linear characteristic r ≤ 10 r ≥ 10
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O)
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 0.06 % ≤ (0.006 . r) %
0.16 ... 32 bar
(2.33 ... 465 psi) • 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.03 % ≤ (0.003 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Lower range limit 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. measuring span 32 bar (465 psi)
filling and/or 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a) Square-rooted characteristic
Upper range limit 100 % of max. measuring span • Flow > 50 % r ≤ 10 r ≥ 10
Lower range value Between measuring limits (freely - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 0.06 % ≤ (0.006. r) %
adjustable)
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.03 % ≤ (0.003 . r) %
Output 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Output current signal 4 ... 20 mA 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
• Lower current limit 3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA
(freely adjustable) • Flow 25 % … 50 % r ≤ 10 r ≥ 10
• Upper current limit 23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 0.12 % ≤ (0.012 . r) %
(freely adjustable) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.06 % ≤ (0.006 . r) %
• Ripple (without HART Ipp ≤ 0.4 % of max. output current 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
communication) 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
• adjustable damping 0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s,
factory-seting: 2 s Influence of ambient tempera-
ture per 28 °C (50 °F)
• current transmitter 3.55 ... 23 mA
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ (0.04 . r + 0.05) %
• Failure signal adjustable within limits::
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ (0.025 . r + 0.014) %
• Bottom: 3.55 … 3.7 mA
(default value: 3.6 mA) • 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ (0.006 . r + 0.03) %
• Top: 21.0 … 23 mA 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
(default value: 22.8 mA) 32 bar (465 psi)
Load Influence of static pressure
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, • At the lower range value
UH : Power supply in V (PKN)
• With HART communication - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ (0.1 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi) cor-
rection via zero point correction
- HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ (0.035 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
- HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 Ω correction via zero point correction
Characteristic curve Linearly rising, linearly falling, square - 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ (0.007 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
rooted characteristic rising, bidirec- 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) correction via zero point correction
tional square rooted characteristic 32 bar (465 psi)
and user-specific
• On the measuring span (PKS)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 0.13 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
- 32 bar (465 psi) ≤ 0.05 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
Total Performance1) Design
1
• Linear characteristic r≤5 5 < r ≤ 10 Weight (without options) Approx. 3.3 kg (7.3 lb)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 0.27 % ≤ 0.46 % Material of parts in contact with
the medium
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.14 % ≤ 0.27 %
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L,
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ 0.09 % ≤ 0.14 % Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi) • Process connection and seal- PN 160: stainless steel, mat.-No.
ing screw 1.4404/316L
Square rooted characteristic
• Sealing material in the pro-
• Flow > 50 % r≤5 5 < r ≤ 10 cess connections
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 0.27 % ≤ 0.46 % - O-Ring • Standard:
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.14 % ≤ 0.27 % Viton (FKM (FPM))
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ 0.09 % ≤ 0.14 % • Optional:
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) NBR
32 bar (465 psi) PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glass fiber-reinforced)
• Flow 25 % … 50 % r≤5 5 < r ≤ 10 FFPM (Kalrez)2)
Graphite
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 0.54 % ≤ 0.92 %
Material of parts not in contact
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.28 % ≤ 0.54 % with media
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ 0.18 % ≤ 0.28 % Die-cast aluminum enclosure • Low copper die-cast aluminum
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe)
32 bar (465 psi) to DIN EN 1706
Step response time T63 without • Lacquer on polyurethane base, op-
electrical damping tional epoxy-based primer
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O) ≤ 140 ms, contains a dead time of • Stainless steel name plates
≤ 45 ms (mat. no. 1.4404/316L)
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 88 ms, contains a dead time of Stainless steel precision Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ 45 ms cast enclosure
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) Process connection screws Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
32 bar (465 psi)
Mounting bracket Steel or stainless steel
Long-term stability ≤ (0.05 . r) % per 5 years mat. no. 1.4301
≤ (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Influence of power supply ≤ 0.005 %/1 V
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flange
Operating conditions connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
Mounting position Any IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Ambient conditions Electrical connection • Screw terminals
• Ambient temperature • Cable entry via the following
(Note: Observe the tempera- screwed glands:
ture class in areas subject to - M20 x 1.5
explosion hazard.) - ½-14 NPT
- Total device -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Device plug Han 7D/Han 8D
- Readable display -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F) - Device plug M12
- Storage temperature -50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F) Displays and controls
Climatic class Pushbuttons 3 for local programming directly on
transmitter
• Condensation Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible) Display • With or without integrated display
Degree of protection IP66/IP 68 and NEMA 4X (with corre- • Cover with or without window
(to IEC 60529) sponding cable gland) Auxiliary power supply
Electromagnetic Compatibility Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21 • With intrinsically-safe operation
ference immunity DC 10.6 ... 30 V
Permissible pressures According to 2014/68/EU pressure
equipment directive
filling

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1 Certificates and approvals Explosion protection for USA
Classification according to PED (to FM)
2014/68/EU Certificate of Compliance No. 3033013
• PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids • Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6
of fluid group 1; complies with DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6
requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4
(sound engineering practice)
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
Explosion protection CL I, Zone 1, AEx ib IIC T4
Explosion protection for Europe - Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
(to ATEX) perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
(-40 ... +140 °F)
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
perature A5E02189134N
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
with peak values: Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400µH , Ci = 6 nF
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; • Marking (NI/NO) NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
Ri = 300 Ω NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6
tance: NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Explosion-proof "d" BVS 09 ATEX E 027
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
perature temperature class T4; (-40 ... +140 °F)
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6 - (NI/S) parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
- Connection To circuits with values: Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF,
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
Explosion protection for
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 Canada (to CCSAUS )
zone 20
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da Certificate of Compliance No. 2280963
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • Marking (XP/DIP) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
perature CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F) - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
tance: • Marking (ia/ib) CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4
zone 21/22
- Marking - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
Ex II 2D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To circuits with values:
Um = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W - Entity parameters Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,
Ri = 300 Ω , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
• Marking (NI/n) CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
- Marking Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6 CL II, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6 Ex nA IIC T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6 AEx nA IIC T4/T6
- "nA" connection Um = 45 V DC Ex nL IIC T4/T6
- "nL, ic" connection Ui = 45 V AEx nL IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
tance: perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
- NI/nA parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- nL parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Ui = 45 V, Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
Explosion protection for China
1
(acc. to NEPSI)
• Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
- Perm. ambient temperature 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
with maximum values:
Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
- Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
zone 21/22
- Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Ex nA II T4/T6
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
1) The total performance includes the errors caused by temperature effects,
static pressure effects and conformity error, including hysteresis and
repeatability.
2) Not in combination wiht measuring span "G".
HART communication
Load with connection of
• HART communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω
• HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 Ω
Cable 2 wire shielded: ≤ 3.0 km
(1.86 miles),
multiwire shielded: ≤ 1.5 km
(0.93 miles)
Protocol HART Version 6.0
PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
hard disk > 70 MByte, depending
on modem type: RS 232-interface
or USB connection,
VGA graphics
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7 MF 5 4 77 - 7777 0
SITRANS P500 HART, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Enclosure Thread for cable gland1)
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 0
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 1
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 2
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 3
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
Measuring span
1.00 ... 50 mbar (0.4 ... 20 inH2O) C
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 502 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
0.16 ... 32 bar (2.33 ... 465 psi) G

Seal diaphragm Process flange
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C2762) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 4002) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Hastelloy Hastelloy R
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 0
• Vent on side of process flange3)
1) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs" (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).
2) Not together with Measuring span "C".
2) Not in conjunction with remote seals (option V00).

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1
Attachments Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety)
Mounting bracket made of steel A01 Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 304 A02
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 316L A03 Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06
Display Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11 Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special enclosure / cover version Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure, cover (PU on epoxy) A20 Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
caps)
Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50 Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51 Degree of protection approvals: Dust Zone 20/21/22
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
Device plug M12 without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
Device plug M12 complete with cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex DIP) (NEPSI) E66
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, straight A71 Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, angled A72 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, straight A73 Supplementary approvals/degree of protection
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, angled A74 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Dual Seal approval5) E85
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, straight A75 Export approval Korea E86
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, angled A76 Side vents for gas measurements9) L32
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7)
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, straight A77
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Mosquito protection
4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, angled A78
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Process flanges, O-rings, special material
Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez)10) L62
Language for labels, quick-start guide, menu language
Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
default 9)
(instead of English as standard) Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
German B10 Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
French B12 2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process flanges) L80
Spanish B13 Remote seals
Italian B14 Transmitters with connection of remote seal6) V00
(For premounted valve manifolds see page 1/321)
Chinese B15
1) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/319.
Russian B16
Japanese B17 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order
English with units psi/inH2O/°F B21 this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring accu-
racy of the total combination is certified here.
Special version: Supplementary menu languages 3) When also ordering the inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.1
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this certificate as
Asia language package B80 well in addition to the respective remote seals.
4) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
(in addition: Chinese, Japanese, Russian)
"Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
Certificates 5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CSA
C US
(available online for downloading)1) 6) Please select a remote seal separately. Also refer to the information under
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 footnote 2). Remote seals see page 1/401.
7) The device plug Han 8D is identical with the former Han 8U version.
(IEC 60770-2)2)
8) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is english.
Inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12 Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 9) Only in conjunction with process connection "Vent on side".
PMI test of parts in contact with medium 10) Not together with measuring span "G".
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20

Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
• In the case of linear characteristic curve Y01
• In the case of square rooted characteristic Y02
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01 or Y02
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1
139 4 5
(5.48)
87 approx. 30
58 (3.4)
(2.29 (approx. 1.2)
(0.92)
23
(1.8)
45
(Ø3.24)
Ø81
FIELD TERMINALS
125
10
(5)
(6.1)
157
(approx.10.1)
1
approx. 259
3 65
(2.6)
2 9
(5.36)
134
102
(4)
8 43
(1.68)
approx. 98
(approx. 3.82)
67
7 6 (2.6)
72 119
(2.83) (4.6)
104
(4.16)
1 Connection side1) 7 Electrical connection:

• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug2) 3)
8 Process connection, with valve (optional) or screwed joint (optional)
3 Electronics side, local display1)
9 Screw lid - safety bracket
10 Screw-type blank cap
• M20 x 1,5 or ½-14 NPT screw gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) or M123) device plug 1)
2)
6 Mounting bracket (optional) Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
Input Long-term stability ≤ (0.05 . r) % per 5 years
Measured variable Level ≤ (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Measuring span (infinitely Measuring span Maximum Influence of ambient tempera-
adjustable) (min. ... max.) operating ture per 28 °C (50 °F)1)
pressure
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ (0.025 . r + 0.014) %
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 … 100 inH2O) • 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ (0.006 . r + 0.03) %
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
See "Mounting Influence of static pressure
(2.5 ... 500 inH2O)
flange"
31.25 ... 6250 mbar • At the lower range value
(12.54 ... (PKN)1) 2)
2509 inH2O) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ (0.035 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
Lower range limit correction via zero point correction
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. measuring span or - 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) ≤ (0.007 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
filling 500 mbar a (7.25 psi a) vacuum resis- 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) correction via zero point correction
tance • On the measuring span
Also available as vacuum-resistant (PKS)1)
remote seal: 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.03 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
Upper range limit 100% of max. measuring span 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Lower range value Between measuring limits (freely - 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) ≤ 0.09 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
adjustable) Influence of power supply ≤ 0.005 %/1 V
Output Operating conditions
Output current signal 4 ... 20 mA Mounting position Defined by flange
• Lower current limit 3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA Ambient conditions
(freely adjustable)
• Upper current limit 23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA (Note: Observe the tempera-
(freely adjustable) ture class in areas subject to
• Ripple (without HART commu- Ipp ≤ 0.4 of max. output current explosion hazard.)
nication) - total device -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• adjustable damping 0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s, factory set- - Readable display -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
ting 2 s - Storage temperature -50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F)
• current transmitter 3.55 ... 23 mA Climatic class
• Failure signal Adjustable within limits: • Condensation Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible)
• Lower: 3.55 … 3.7 mA (factory set-
ting 3.6 mA) Degree of protection IP66/IP68 and NEMA 4X (with corre-
• Upper: 21.0 … 23 mA (factory set- to IEC 60529 sponding cable gland)
ting 22.8 mA) Electromagnetic Compatibility
Load • Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, ference immunity
UH : Power supply in V Permissible pressures According to 2014/68/EU pressure
• With HART communication equipment directive
- HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω Medium temperature of high-

pressure side
- HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 Ω
Characteristic curve Linearly rising or linearly falling and filling
user-specific
- pabs ≥ 1 bar -40 ... +1753) °C (-40 ... +3473) °F)
Measuring accuracy
- pabs < 1 bar -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Reference conditions • Rising characteristic curve
(in accordance with Design
• Lower range value 0 bar
IEC 60770-1) Weight
All error information always • To EN (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 11.8 kg
refers to the set measuring • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
with mounting flange, without (21.6… 26.0 (lb)
span. • Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F)) tube)
Error in measurement at limit • To ASME (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 16.8 kg
setting incl. hysteresis and with mounting flange, without (21.6 … 37.0 lb)
reproducibility tube)
r: measuring span ratio
(r = max. measuring span / set
measuring span)
Linear characteristic r ≤ 10 r ≥ 10
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) ≤ 0.03 % ≤ (0.003 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
Material of wetted parts at the Auxiliary power supply
1
high-pressure side
Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• Seal diaphragm of mounting Stainless steel 1.4404/316L, • With intrinsically-safe operation
flange Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, DC 10.6 ... 30 V
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360, Tantal,
PFA auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L, Certificates and approvals
PTFE auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L
Classification according to
• Sealing surface Smooth to EN 1092-1, Form B1 and/or PED 2014/68/EU
ASME B16.5 RF 125 … 250 AA for
stainless steel316L, EN 1092-1 Form • PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
B2 and/or ASME B16.5 RFSF in the of fluid group 1; complies with
case of other materials requirements of article 4, paragraph 3
(sound engineering practice)
• Sealing material in the pro-
cess connection Explosion protection
- O-Ring • Standard: Explosion protection for Europe
Viton (FKM (FPM)) (to ATEX)
• Optional: • Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
NBR
PTFE (virginal) - Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced) - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
FFPM (Kalrez) perature
Graphite
- For vacuum application of Copper - Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
mounting flange with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW;
Material of wetted parts at the Ri = 300 Ω
low-pressure side
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, tance:
Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
• Process connection and seal- • Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
ing screw • Explosion-proof "d" BVS 09 ATEX E 027
• Sealing material in the pro- - Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
cess connection - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- O-Ring • Standard: perature temperature class T4;
Viton (FKM (FPM)) -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
• Optional:
NBR - Connection To circuits with values:
PTFE (virginal) Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced)
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027
FFPM (Kalrez)
zone 20
Graphite
Material of parts not in contact - Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da
with media - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Die-cast aluminum enclosure • Low copper die-cast aluminum perature
AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe) - Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
to DIN EN 1706
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
• Lacquer on polyurethane base, op- with peak values:
tional epoxy-based primer Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
• Stainless steel serial plate Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω
Stainless steel precision Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L - Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
cast enclosure tance:
Process connection screws Stainless steel - Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil • Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027
zone 21/22
• Liquid mounting flange Silicone oil or other material
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
• Low-pressure side ¼-18 NPT female thread and flange • Type of protection "n" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or (zone 2)
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 - Marking Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6
Electrical connection • Screw terminals Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6
• Cable entry via the following
screwed glands: - "nA" connection Um = 45 V DC
- M20 x 1.5 - "nL, ic" connection Ui = 45 V
- ½-14 NPT
- Device plug Han 7D/Han 8D - Effective internal inductance Li = 400 µH
- Device plug M12 - Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
Push buttons 3; for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display
• Cover with or without window

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
1 Explosion protection for USA Explosion protection for China
(to FM) (acc. to NEPSI)
Certificate of Compliance No. 3033013 • Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
• Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6 - Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6 - Permissible ambient tem- 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4 perature
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 - Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
CL I, Zone 1, AEX ib IIC T4 with maximum values:
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
- Entity parameters According to "control drawing": • Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
A5E02189134N
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400 µH , Ci = 6 nF - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
• Marking (NI/NO) NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6 temperature class T6
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW - Connection To circuits with values:
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C zone 21/22
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Connection To circuits with values:
- (NI/S) parameters According to "control drawing": Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
A5E02189134N • Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Explosion protection for Ex nA II T4/T6
Canada
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
(to CCSAUS )
Certificate of Compliance No. 2280963
• Marking (XP/DIP) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
1) Only relevant for the pressure transmitter. The temperature error of the
CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
remote seal must calculated separately.
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C 2) If the Type "D" measuring cell is used, the error should be increased by a
perature (-40 ... +185 °F) factor of 5. This error can be reduced to 0 by a means of a zero adjustment.
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C 3) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insu-
(-40 ... +140 °F) lated.
- Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
HART communication
• Marking (ia/ib) CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4 Load with connection of
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4 • HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C • HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 Ω
perature (-40 ... +185 °F) Cable 2 wire shielded:
- Entity parameters Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW, ≤ 3.0 km (1.86 miles),
Ri = 300 Ω , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF multiwire shielded:
≤ 1.5 km (0.93 miles)
• Marking (NI/n) CL I, DIV2, GP ABCD T4/T6
CL II, III, DIV2, GP FG T4/T6 Protocol HART Version 6.0
Ex nA IIC T4/T6 PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
AEx nA IIC T4/T6 hard disk > 70 MByte,
Ex nL IIC T4/T6 depending on modem type:
AEx nL IIC T4/T6 RS 232-interface or
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C USB connection,
VGA graphics
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0
(-40 ... +140 °F)
- NI/nA parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
- nL parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Ui = 45 V,
Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level

1
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Enclosure Thread for cable gland9)
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 0
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 1
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 2
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 3
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 500 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
Wetted parts of the low-pressure side
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C276 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 400 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Process connection of low-pressure side
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
• Vent on side of process flange
Wetted parts materials (high-pressure side)
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L 0
Hastelloy C276 mat. no. 2.4819 1
Monel 400 mat. no. 2.4360 2
Tantalum 3
PFA coated on stainless steel 4
PTFE on stainless steel 1.4404/316L (not in combination with an extension) 6A
Other version 9Y N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ... ; Extension length: ...
Process connection on high-pressure side: Extension length
None A
50 mm (1.97 inch) B
100 mm (3.94 inch) C
150 mm (5.90 inch) D
200 mm (7.87 inch) E
Other version: See option "9" for "Wetted parts materials"
Process connection on high-pressure side: Nominal diameter/Nominal pressure
DN 50, PN 406) B
DN 80, PN 40 D
DN 100, PN 16 G
DN 100, PN 40 H
2", class 1506) L
2", class 3006) M
3", class 150 Q
3", class 300 R
4", class 150 T
4", class 300 U
Other version, add Z Q1Y
Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ... ; Nominal pressure: ...

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Process connection on high-pressure side: Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5 0
Silicone oil M50 1
High-temperature oil 2
Halocarbon (for oxygen measurement) 3
FDA compliant oil 4
Other version, add 9 R1Y
Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
1
Display Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special version: cover/enclosure
Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure, cover (PU on epoxy) A20 Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection
caps) Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50 Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51 Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52 Degree of protection approvals: Zone 20/21/22
Device plug M12 without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
Device plug M12, cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, straight A71 Use in Zone (Ex DIP) (ATEX) (NEPSI) E66
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, angled A72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, straight A73 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, angled A74 Supplementary approvals / degree of protection
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, straight A75 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
Dual Seal approval5) E85
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, angled A76
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Export approval Korea E86
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, straight A77 Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, angled A78
Mosquito protection
4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82
Process flanges, O-rings, special material
Language for labels, quick-start guide and Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
menu language default8)
(instead of English as standard) Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez) L62
German B10 Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
French B12 Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
Spanish B13 Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
Italian B14 2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process L80
flange)
Chinese B15
Vacuum-proof design
Russian B16
Vacuum service V04
Japanese B17
Spark arrester V05
English with units: psi/inH2O B21 For mounting on zone 0 (including documentation)
Special version: Supplementary menu languages 1)
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/319.
Asia language package (in addition: Chinese, Japanese, B80 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order
Russian) this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring accu-
Certificates (available online for downloading)1) racy of the total combination is certified here.
3) When also ordering the inspection certificate according to
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this
(IEC 60770-2)2) certificate as well in addition to the respective remote seals.
4)
Inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12 Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
"Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CCSAUS
PMI test of parts in contact with medium 6) Not recommended for measuring span "D"
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20 7) The device plug Han 8D is identical with the former Han 8U versio.
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and 8) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is English.
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety) 9) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs"
Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00 (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01

Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02
Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
1 Selection and ordering data Order code
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Linear characteristic curve (max. 5 characters): Y01
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, kPa, MPa, psi
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
1
appr. 30 178 (7)
139 (5.48)
(appr. 1.18) 87 (3.43) 58 (2.29) 74 (2.92)
2
10
1 3
5
4
154 (6.2)
appr. 30
7 (appr. 1.18)
70 (2.75)
6
11
d5
d4
D
k
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
8
n d2
98 (3.81) 4 2
• M20 x 1,53) or ½-14 NPT screw gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) or M12 device plug
3 Screw-type blank cap
4 Connection side1)
5 Electronics side, local display1)
6 Process connection, negative side with valve (optional) or screwed joint (optional)
7 Screw lid - safety bracket
8 Process connection: negative side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug2) 3) In addition, allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) for
the thread length
10 Mounting flange as per EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 2)
3)
11 Space for rotation of enclosure Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for filling level, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
for level
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
DN50 PN 40 20 165 61 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
DN 100 PN 16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb/sq.in. inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch class 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 4.75 (120.7) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
class 300 0.89 (22.7) 6.49 (165) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 5.0 (127) 8 7.87
3 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.5 (190.5) 0.75 (19.0) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6 (152.4) 4 (0, 50,
100, 150
class 300 1.14 (29.0) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6.69 (168.3) 8 or 200)
4 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.0) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.5 (190.5) 8
class 300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.88 (200) 8
Explanations of tables:
d5: Diameter of extension
f: Milling edge
L: Extension length
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
■ Selection and Ordering data ■ Selection and Ordering data

1
Article No. Article No.
Mounting brackets Documentation
For differential pressure transmitters with The entire documentation is available for
flange thread M10 download free-of-charge in various lan-
(7MF54..-…10 and 7MF54..-…50) guages at: http://www.siemens.com/
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AA processinstrumentation/documentation
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AD
Mounting brackets
• German, Spanish, French, Italian, Dutch A5E02344532
for differential pressure transmitter with
flange thread 7/16-20 UNF • Estonian, Latviaan, Lithuanian, Polish, A5E02307339
(7MF54..-…00 and 7MF54..-…40) Romanian
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AC • Bulgarian, Czech, Finnish, Slovakian, A5E02307340
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AF Slovenian
Cover • Danish, Greek, Portuguese, Swedish, A5E02307341
Hungarian
Made of die-cast aluminum, including O-ring
• Without inspection window 7MF5987-1BE • Russian A5E02307338
• With inspection window 7MF5987-1BF HART modem
Made of stainless steel, including seal With USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Digital indicator 7MF5987-1BR Certificates (order only via SAP) addi-
Including mounting material tional to internet download
TAG plate (incl. fastening material) • Hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Without inscription (5 pcs.) 7MF5987-1CA • On DVD (to order) A5E03252407
Printed (1 pc.) 7MF5987-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16 Y..: ...................... For power supply units, see catalog FI01 "Supplementary Com-
(see "SITRANS P transmitters") ponents".
Mounting screws
For TAG plate, grounding and connection 7MF5987-1CC
terminals and securing and locking screws
(30 units)
Sealing plugs for process flange
(1 set = 2 units)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
Screw plugs with valve
Complete (1 set = 2 parts)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
Connection board (incl. fastening mate-
rial)
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia 7MF5987-1DM
for installation in transmitter enclosure
(observe warranty conditions)
Push buttons assembly (incl. fastening 7MF5987-2AF
material)
For replacement of operating keys for on-
site operation of the transmitter
Sealing ring for
• Process connection See catalog FI01,
"Fittings"
• NBR sealing ring for screw cover (10 pcs.) 7MF4997-2EA
• NBR sealing ring for interface measuring 7MF4997-2EB
cell/enclosure (10 pcs.)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
33,15 (1.31) 33,35 (1.32)

20,65
(0.81)
27 (1.06)
(0.81)
20,65
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
8)
(1.1
R30
R6,56) 3 (0.12)
(0.2
Ø 20
(0.79)
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
134 (5.28)
105 (4.13)
21 (0.83)
120 (4.72)
115 (4.53)
Ø 11 (0.43)
72 (2.83)
R30 )
8
(1.1
3
52,5 (2.07)
(0.65)
16,5
72 (2.83)
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P pressure transmitter, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1
The SITRANS P500 transmitter can be delivered factory-fitted The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are
with the following valve manifolds: sealed with PTFE gaskets between the transmitter and the valve
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5BA: Three valve manifold for differ- manifold.
ential pressure transmitter Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5CA: Three valve manifold for dif- leaks (compressed air 6 bar (2411 inH2O)) and is certified leak-
ferential pressure transmitter proof with a factory certificate to EN 10204 - 2.2.
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the corre-
sponding mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
the transmitter.
If you order an inspection certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 after
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a
separate certificate is provided for the transmitter and for the
valve manifold.
■ Selection and ordering Data

Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA on SITRANS P pressure transmitter Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA on SITRANS P500 pressure transmit-
P500 for differential pressure and flow ter for differential pressure and flow
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add Order codes code ter and add Order codes code
SITRANS P500 7MF54..-... SITRANS P500 7MF54..-...
mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
screws made of screws made of
• Chromized steel U01 • Chromized steel U03
• Stainless steel U02 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs: Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and Delivery includes mounting bracket and
mounting clips made of mounting clips made of
• Steel A01 • Steel A01
• Stainless steel A02 • Stainless steel A02
(instead of the mounting bracket sup- (instead of the mounting bracket sup-
plied with the transmitter) plied with the transmitter)
Inspection certificate according to C12 Inspection certificate according to C12
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold and mounted valve manifold

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure

transmitter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
160 (6.3)
0
R 3 18)
.
(1
232 (9.13)
215 (8.46)
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P500
1
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure

transmitter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
256 (10.1)
158 (6.22)
(1 3 0
8)
R
.1
233 (9.17)
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
1 ■ Overview However, the capillary influences the activation time and the
temperature response of the overall remote seal system. When
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the medium have to capillaries are used to connect a remote seal to a pressure trans-
be physically separated. It is then necessary to use a remote mitter for differential pressure, two capillaries of equal length
seal. must always be used.
Optionally, the remote seal with diaphragm extension (tube) can
The remote seals can be used with the SITRANS P320/420 pres-
be ordered.
sure transmitter series:
The remote seals in sandwich design are secured with a blank
• Pressure
flange.
• Absolute pressure
Designs
• Differential pressure and flow
Diaphragm seal
Note
With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa- flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.
■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry
■ Application Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between • Sandwich design
the medium and the measuring instrument is essential or appro- • Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
priate. ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous.
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization.
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. phragm (tube)
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in • Flange design
a batch process. • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal
(direct mounting or by means of capillary)
The space for the medium is sealed off with a flat embedded
elastic diaphragm. Between the diaphragm and the pressure
transmitter is the filling liquid.
In many cases, a capillary must be connected between the re-
mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order, for example, to Quick-release diaphragm seal
reduce the temperature effects on the pressure transmitter when • Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
the measured medium is hot. IDF standard, APV RJF standard, clamp connection, etc.
• Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
tapped holes
• Remote seals with customer-specific process connections

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
■ Function
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front • Adjustment time
• Miniature diaphragm seals Temperature error
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in- Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
dustry. Their design means that the medium cannot accumulate filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present on the remote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
mote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for cleaning.
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
Inline seal size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
• Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
Inline seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
With inline seals, the pressure is first measured using a cylindri-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
cal diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to the
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
volume of the filling liquid.
The inline seal is a special design for flowing media. It consists
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is embed-
large diaphragm diameters.
ded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no tur-
bulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow occur. Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
Furthermore, the inline seal can be cleaned by a pig. role:
The following types of inline seals exist: • Diaphragm thickness
• Quick-release inline seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard, • Diaphragm material
IDF standard, APV/RJF standard, clamp connection etc. The • Coatings if present
quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables the
seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes. Filling liquid
• Inline seals for flanging to EN or ASME. Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
• Inline seals with customer-specific process connections. of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
Note: ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior. Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
A vacuum-resistant remote seal is recommended for continuous
low-pressure operation at 500 mbar a or below, including during
commissioning (see ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Response time Negative pressure service
The response time is dependent on the following factors: Liquids, such as silicone oils, inert or those suitable for food, are
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam- used in remote seal systems for transmission of the process
eter, the shorter the response time pressure to the pressure transmitter.
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the lon- In each liquid, particles have the tendency to leave the liquid
ger the response time compound with increasing temperature (transition from liquid to
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the gaseous aggregate state). This means the vapor pressure in-
response time creases with increasing temperature and is dependent on the
substance or mixture being present.
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time The higher the temperature and the lower the associated pro-
cess pressure in the liquid, the more difficult it gets to guarantee
Recommendations the desired transmission properties of the fill fluid and therefore
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi- the measuring arrangement.
nation of transmitter and remote seal: Plus the sealing elements at the transmitter must be designed so
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The that a diffusion of molecules from the atmosphere into the remote
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and seal system is prevented due to the constantly occurring nega-
the temperature error smaller. tive pressure.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is In addition to the influencing variables process pressure and
then shorter and the temperature error smaller process temperature, the vapor pressure curve of the fill fluid at
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the small- the remote seal end and the stiffness of the remote seal mem-
est coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fill- brane impact the functionality of the remote seal in the negative
ing liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pres- pressure range.
sure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling This means you have to pay special attention to the physical
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another. properties of fill fluids with applications in the negative pressure
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range: range.
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot. There are three stages for the negative pressure resistance:
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with • Standard design of the remote seal without additional protec-
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium. tive measures, suitable for the overpressure range and low
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation negative pressure range. This design is identified with (1) in
in the low-pressure range. the diagrams below in section 3.
• Recommendations for the minimum measuring span can be • Negative pressure service with suitable seals and treated fill
found in the section "Technical data". fluid, identified with (2) in the diagrams below in section 3.
Here you select the order codes D81 or D83, depending on
Note the mounting type.·
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common • Extended negative pressure service with more extended
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections, treatment of the fill fluid and the remote seals, identified in the
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available diagrams below. Here you select the order codes D85 or D88,
nevertheless. depending on the mounting type.
Other versions can be: There are two more areas in the diagrams. The area (4) identifies
• Other process connections, standards an area that has to be clarified with Technical Support prior to
placing the order. The area (5) describes the area in which the
• Aseptic or sterile connections remote seal fill fluid is permanently destroyed and the entire re-
• Other dimensions mote seal is therefore without function.
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your local Siemens office for further informa-
tion.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical specifications of the remote seal filling liquids Note: For reasons of operational safety, the transmitter must not 1
exceed the height of the remote seal - with differential pressure
Filling liquid Num- Density Viscos- Suitable Suitable
ber in at 20°C ity at for nega- for applications, the height of the bottom remote seal - for measure-
the ments in the negative pressure range. The associated installa-
[kg/dm3] 20°C tive pres- extended
tion types B, C1, C2 or H are described at the end of this section
Arti- [mm2/s] sure negative
cle No. service pressure under the topic "Measuring arrangements".
service
Selection of the required negative pressure service
Silicone oil M5 1 0.914 4 x -
The procedure for determining the required negative pressure
Silicone oil M50 2 0.966 50 x x service is described below using the silicone oil M5 as fill fluid.
High-tempera- 3 1.070 57 x x The minimum existing process pressure of a fictitious process is
ture oil 200 mbarabs (2.9 psi) (at a maximum process temperature of
Halocarbon oil 4 1.968 14 x - 150 °C (302 °F)). This intersection is identified by an "✖" in the
diagram below. This means the negative pressure service D81
Food oil 7 0.920 10 x x or D83 (depending on the application) is sufficient in this exam-
(FDA-listed) ple.
The suitable negative pressure service is specified with the pres- The suitable negative pressure resistance is determined this
sure/temperature curves of the respective liquids described be- way for all other fill fluids.
low.
Note:
Note the response times according to the table on page 1/336.
Silicone oil M5
Operating pressure [mbarabs]
1010
910
810
710
610
1
510
5
410
310
2
210 ✖
110
4
10
-100 -50 0 50 100 150
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service D81 or D83 is required.
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:

Max. temperature limit: 160 °C
Min. temperature limit: -90 °C
Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M5

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Silicone oil M50
1010
910
810
1
710
610
2
510
5
410
310
3
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service D85 or D88 is required
Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M50

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
High-temperature oil
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
2
410
310
3 4 5
210
110
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with high-temperature oil

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Halocarbon oil (inert fill fluid)
1010
910
810
710
610
510
1
410
5
310
2
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.

Oxygen application for operating temperature between 60 and 175 °C

and also for operating pressure > 50 bar not permissible.
Negative pressure applications with halocarbon oil (inert filling liquid)

A BAM approval for process temperatures up to 60 °C (140 °F) and system pressures up to 50 bar (725 psi) is available for the oxygen
application.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Food oil (FDA-listed)
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
5
410
2
310
210
3
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with food oil (FDA listed)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary fCap error of process min. measuring
seal fRS flange/connec- spans (guidance
tion spigot fPF values, observe
temp. error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K ⋅ mCap) (10 K ⋅ mCap))) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided) 1
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature error Temperature error of Temperature error Recommended
design diameter of remote seal fRS capillary fCap of process min. measur-
flange/connec- ing spans
tion spigot fPF (guidance val-
ues, observe
temperature
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K ⋅ mCap) (10 K ⋅ mCap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design with
flange to 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2.5 (0.036) 2.5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remarks:

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Temperature error inline seals
Temperature errors of inline seals when connected to pressure transmitters for gauge pressure and absolute pressure, and with sin-
gle-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. mea-
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection suring spans (guidance
spigot fPF values, observe tempera-
ture error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
Temperature errors of inline seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. mea-
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection suring spans (guidance
spigot fPF values, observe tempera-
ture error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
Remarks:
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material 1
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error: The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on the
use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other diaphragm
dp = (ϑRS – ϑCal) ⋅ fRS + (ϑCap – ϑCal) ⋅ lCap ⋅fCap + (ϑTR – ϑCal) ⋅ fPF
materials are used, the temperature errors change as follows:
dp Additional temperature error (mbar) Diaphragm material Change in temperature
error of remote seal
ϑRS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally
corresponds to temperature of medium) Increase in values by
ϑCal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F)) Stainless steel, Duplex, ... See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 50 %
ϑCap Ambient temperature on the capillaries Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50 %
lCap Capillary length Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60 %
fCap Temperature error of capillaries Tantalum 50 %
ϑTR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter Titanium 50 %
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process PTFE coating on stainless steel diaphragm 80 %
flanges of the pressure transmitter ECTFE coating or PFA coating on stainless 100 %
steel diaphragm
Example of temperature error calculation
Gold coating on stainless steel diaphragm 40 %
Existing conditions:
Inconel 50 %
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.05 mbar/10 K
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.039 inH2O/10 K) Incoloy 50 %
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 100
remote seal diaphragms without Maximum temperature of medium
tube, diaphragm made of stainless Note:
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L When taking into account the maximum medium temperature,
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft) the application limits of the fill fluids and gaskets used as well as
the pressure/temperature limits of the respective process con-
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K ⋅ mCap)
(0.028 inH2O/(10 K ⋅ mCap)) nections must also be taken into consideration.
Filling liquid silicone oil M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K
The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
(0.028 inH2O/10 K) pending on the material of the wetted parts.
Process temperature ϑRS = 100 °C (212 °F) Material Max. temperature Min./max. pressure
of medium
Temperature on the capillaries ϑCap = 50 °C (122 °F)
Stainless steel, 316L 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Temperature on pressure ϑTR = 50 °C (122 °F) PTFE coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi);
transmitter gauge pressure
Calibration temperature ϑCal = 20 °C (68 °F) 260 °C (500 °F) 0 bar (0 psi) ... 25 bar
(363 psi); gauge pressure
Required: 150 °C (302 °F) 25 bar (363 psi) ... 40 bar
Additional temperature error of remote seals: dp (580 psi); gauge pressure
50 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi) ... 60 bar
Calculation: (870 psi); gauge pressure
in mbar ECTFE coating 150 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar
(14.5 psi) on request
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 0.05 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 6 m ⋅
PFA coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi);
0.07 mbar/(10 K ⋅ m) + (50 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 0.07 mbar/10 K
gauge pressure
dp = 0.4 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar 260 °C (500 °F) 25 bar (363 psi)/40 bar
in inH2O (580 psi); gauge pressure
dp = (212 °F - 68 °F) · 0.039 inH2O/10 K + (112 °F - 68 °F) · 19.7 ft · 150 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi)/60 bar
0.028 inH2O/(10 K · 3.28 ft) + (112 °F - 68 °F) · (0.028 inH2O/10 K) (870 psi); gauge pressure
dp = 0.16 inH2O + 0.51 inH2O + 0.08 inH2O 50 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar
(14.5 psi) on request
Hastelloy C4, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
mat. No. 2.4602
Result:
dp = 1.87 mbar (0.75 inH2O) mat. No. 2.4819
(corresponds to 2.27% of set measuring span)
Note mat. No. 2.4602
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting Monel 400, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
from connection of the remote seal. mat. No. 2.4360
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included Tantalum 300 °C (572 °F) No restriction
in this consideration.
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the Duplex, 250 °C (482 °F) No restriction
error determined above from connection of the remote seal. mat. No. 1.4462
Titanium 150 °C (302 °F) No restriction
Inconel 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Incoloy 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Gold coating 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals
(guidance values)
Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
Diaphragm seal inline seal
m (ft) m (ft)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
DN 80 (3 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 100 (4 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 125 (5 inch) 15 (49.1) - -
Response times
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in The response times are independent of the set measuring span
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which within the range of the respective transmitter. The response
corresponds to the set measuring span. times are of insignificant importance for measuring spans above
10 bar (145 psi). The response times of the pressure transmitters
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of are not considered in the table.
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.
Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. measuring span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (101 inH2O) 600 mbar (241 inH2O) 1600 mbar (643 inH2O)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)
Permissible data of filling liquids for pressure and temperature see diagrams on page 1/327 ff.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
■ More information
1
Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering data
Ambient temperature range Process temperature
As standard, the remote seal systems are optimized for an am- The standard optimization for the process temperature depends
bient temperature range of -10 to +50 ° C (14 to +122 ° F). on the filling liquid used:
Therefore, in the ordering options, the order code "D66" is pre-
set. Filling liquid Code Optimized temperature range as standard
Silicone M50 B -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... +392 °F)
If the range of the ambient temperature deviates from this, you
have the possibility to choose other ambient temperature High-temperature oil C -10 ... +300 °C (14 ... +572 °F)
ranges: Silicone oil M5 A -40 ... +140 °C (-40 ... +284 °F)
• With the order code D67, a range from -40 to +50 °C Food-grade oil (FDA E -10 ... +140 °C (14 ... +284 °F)
(-40 to +122 °F) grade)
• With the order code D68, a range from -10 to +85 °C (14 to Halocarbon oil D -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
+185 °F)
• If the process temperatures deviate from the temperature
In the case of a special version, which you can select with the ranges mentioned in the table above, we ask you to send the
order option Y99 in the device settings, it is possible to enter the process temperature with the order code Y50 along with the
ambient temperature as a numerical value. order.
• If the remote seal has a small diameter (< DN 50/2") or a long
capillary (> 4 m), we also ask you to provide the process data
with the following order code when ordering.
These entries are transmitted and ensure the correct functioning
of the remote seal systems.
Ambient temperature range Order code
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, abso- Copper
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 lute pressure transmitters and
• DN 25, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, PN 16 ... PN 400 low-pressure applications
DN 80, DN 100, DN 125 • For other applications Viton
Connecting standard ASME
B16.5
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data of
• 1 inch, 1½ inch, 2 inch, 2½ inch, Class 150 ... class 2500 the pressure transmitters
3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
Connecting standard J.I.S. available on request)
• DN 25, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, 10K ... 63K Capillary
DN 80, DN 100, DN 125
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer lengths
Sealing surface on request
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
Materials Silicone oil M50
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L High-temperature oil
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Without coating Food grade oil (FDA listed)
• PTFE coating Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on re- mitter and the filling liquid of the
quest) remote seal
More information can be found in
• PFA coating
the technical data of the pressure
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 transmitters and in the section
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 "Technical data of filling liquid" in the
Technical description to the remote
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 seals
Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Tantalum Certificate and approvals
Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035
Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Nickel 201 sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4,
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, practice)
thickness approx. 25 μm
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of stain-
less steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary
tube, connected with flexible capillary tube tube, connected with flexible capillary tube
to a to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 -
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 -
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 11 m (only for 7MF0802) 23
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 12 m (only for 7MF0802) 24
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 13 m (only for 7MF0802) 25
14 m (only for 7MF0802) 26
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
15 m (only for 7MF0802) 27
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended
only for pressure transmitters) Other version 98 L1Y
DN 25 PN 16 ... 400 0 BQ Add Order code and plain text
DN 40 PN 16 ... 400 0 DQ Filling liquid
DN 50 PN 16 ... 400 0 EQ Silicone oil M50 B
DN 65 PN 16 ... 400 0 FQ High-temperature oil C
DN 80 PN 16 ... 400 0 GQ Silicone oil M5 A
DN 100 PN 16 ... 400 0 HQ Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 125 PN 16 ... 400 0 JQ Halocarbon oil D
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Other version Z P1Y
(1 inch, 1½ inch and 2 inch recommended Add Order code and plain text
only for pressure transmitters) Wetted parts materials
1 inch class 150 ... 2500 1KX
1½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1LX
2 inch class 150 ... 2500 1 MX
• With PFA coating D
2½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1NX
• With PTFE coating E0
3 inch class 150 ... 2500 1PX
• With ECTFE coating F
4 inch class 150 ... 2500 1QX
Monel 400, 2.4360 G
5 inch class 150 ... 2500 1RX
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
Connecting standard J.I.S. Tantalum K
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended Titanium, 3.7035 L0
only for pressure transmitters) Nickel 201 M0
DN 25 10K ... 63K 2 BW Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
DN 40 10K ... 63K 2 DW Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
DN 50 10K ... 63K 2 EW Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
DN 65 10K ... 63K 2 FW Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
DN 80 10K ... 63K 2 GW Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
DN 100 10K ... 63K 2 HW
Other version Z 8 Q1Y
DN 125 10K ... 63K 2 JW Add Order code and plain text
Other version 9 AA H1Y Extension length
• without 0
Length of capillary • 50 mm (2") 1
1m 1 0 • 100 mm (4") 2
1,6 m 1 1 • 150 mm (6") 3
2m 1 2 • 200 mm (8") 4
2,5 m 1 3 • 250 mm (10") 5
3m 1 4 Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
4m 1 5 Add Order code and plain text
5m 1 6
6m 1 7
7m 1 8
8m 2 0
9m 2 1
10 m 2 2

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary
tube, connected with flexible capillary tube tube, connected with flexible capillary tube
to a to a
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87") • Wetted parts Tantalum
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 Range Standard length
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE (0.79 ... 1.97")
coating 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
Range Standard length (2.01 ... 3.94")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(0.79 ... 1.97") (3.98 ... 5.91")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(2.01 ... 3.94") (5.94 ... 7.87")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coat-
ing
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 • DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 • DN 50 M84
body and wetted parts
• DN 80 M85
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 • DN 100 M86
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel) Capillary connection
C15 (only for 7MF0800)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of
pressure containing and wetted parts Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03
C17 ters at high-side
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2)
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 ters at low-side
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
(includes SIL conformity declaration) Capillary coating
Accessories PE protective tube

Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure trans- D61 1m S10
mitters) 1,6 m S11
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level trans- D62 2m S12
mitters) 2,5 m S13
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 3m S14
Negative pressure services 4m S15
5m S16
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters) 6m S17
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83 7m S18
transmitters) 8m S19
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 9m S20
absolute pressure transmitters) (only 7MF0800) 10 m S21
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 11 m (only for 7MF0802) S22
pressure transmitters) 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S23
General product approvals without explosion proof 13 m (only for 7MF0802) S24
approvals 14 m (only for 7MF0802) S25
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 15 m (only for 7MF0802) S26
including certificate EN10204-2.2 PTFE protective tube
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 1m S40
1,6 m S41
including certificate EN10204-2.2 2m S42
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2,5 m S43
3m S44
Sealing surface
4m S45
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50 5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64 9m S50
parts 316L only) 10 m S51
11 m (only for 7MF0802) S52
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S53
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
PVC protective tube
1m S70
1,6 m S71
2m S72
2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
6m S77
7m S78
8m S79
9m S80
10 m S81
Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
Ambient temperature range
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
data", page 1/337.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
b D
dM
Ø d5
l
Handhold Ø 16 (6.3)
Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connection

to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in
mm (inch)
D
dM b
Ø d5
Ø d5
l
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for absolute
pressure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Nom. Nom. b D d5 dM dM l
diameter pres- with w/o
sure tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 25 PN 16 ... 20 68 24,5 22.6 27 100
PN 400
DN 40 20 88 38 30 40 100
DN 50 20 102 48.3 40 51 100
DN 65 20 122 48,3 40 65 100
DN 80 20 138 76 65 85 100
DN 100 20 158 94 85 85 100
DN 125 22 188 125 16 116 100

Nom. Nom. b D d5 dM dM I
diameter pres- with w/o
sure tube tube
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
1 inch 150 ... 20 51 24.5 22.6 30 100
2500 (0.79) (2.01) (0,96) (0.89) (1.18) (3.94)
1½ inch 20 73 38 30 40 100
(0.79) () (1.5) (1.18) (1.57) (3.94)
2 inch 20 100 48.3 40 51 100
(0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.57) (2.01) (3.94)
2½ inch 20 105 48.3 40 65 100
(0.79) (4.13) (1.9) (1.57) (2.56) (3.94)
3 inch 20 134 72 65 85 100
(0.79) (5.28) (3) (2.56) (3.35) (3.94)
4 inch 20 158 94 85 85 100
(0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.35) (3.35) (3.94)
5 inch 22 186 125 116 116 100
(0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.57) (4.57) (3.94)
Connection to J.I.S.
Nom. Nom. b D D d5 dM dM I
diame- pres- 10K, 30K ... with w/o
ter sure 20K 63K tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 25 10K ... 20 67 70 24.5 22.6 30 100
63K (0.79) (2.64) (2.76) (0.96) (0.89) (1.18) (3.94)
DN 40 20 81 90 38 30 36 100
(0.79) (3.19) (3.54) (1.5) (1.18) (1.42) (3.94)
DN 50 20 96 105 48.3 40 51 100
(0.79) (3.78) (4.13) (1.9) (1.57) (2.01) (3.94)
DN 65 20 116 130 48.3 40 65 100
(0.79) (4.57) (5.12) (1.9) (1.57) (2.56) (3.94)
DN 80 20 132 140 76 65 85 100
(0.79) (5.2) (5.51) (2.99) (2.56) (3.35) (3.94)
DN 100 20 160 160 94 85 85 100
(0.79) (6.3) (6.3) (3.69) (3.35) (3.35) (3.94)
DN 125 20 195 195 125 116 116 100
(0.79) (7.68) (7.68) (4.92) (4.57) (4.57) (3.94)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/ASME B16.5


© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
■ Overview Materials
1
• Main body Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Diaphragm seals of flange design Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
■ Technical specifications • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure stainless steel, mat.
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 no. 1.4404/316L
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 Sealing material in the process
flanges
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100 • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100 pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40
• DN 125 PN 16/40 • For other applications Viton
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 Capillary
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400 lengths on request
Connecting standard J.I.S. • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• DN 50 10K • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• DN 80 20K Filling liquid
• DN 100 40K
(for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
Sealing surface flange design)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Silicone oil M50
No. 1.4404/316L ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Food oil (FDA listed)
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
practice)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube, Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
connected with flexible capillary tube to a connected with flexible capillary tube to a
lute pressure from differential pressure, lute pressure from differential pressure,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of
delivery: 1 off delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Connecting standard J.I.S.
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (DN 50 recommended only for pressure
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure transmitters)
DN 50 10 K 2ES
20 K 2ET
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended 40 K 2 EU
only for pressure transmitters)
DN 80 10 K 2GS
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
20 K 2GT
PN 63/100 0BF
40 K 2 GU
PN 160 0 BG
DN 100 10 K 2HS
PN 250 0 BH
20 K 2HT
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
40 K 2 HU
PN 63/100 0DF
PN 160 0 DG Add Order code and plain text
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED
PN 63 0EE Transmitter connection
PN 100 0EF Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
1m 10
PN 100 0GF
1,6 m 11
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB
2m 12
PN 25/40 0 HD
2,5 m 13
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB
3m 14
PN 40 0 JD
4m 15
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 5m 16
(1 inch, 1½ inch and 2 inch recommended 6m 17
only for pressure transmitters) 7m 18
1 inch class 150 1KL 8m 20
class 300 1 KM 9m 21
class 600 1 KN 10 m 22
class 1500 1KP 11 m (only for 7MF0812) 23
1½ inch class 150 1 LA 12 m (only for 7MF0812) 24
class 300 1 LB 13 m (only for 7MF0812) 25
class 400/600 1 LD 14 m (only for 7MF0812) 26
class 900/1500 1LF 15 m (only for 7MF0812) 27
2 inch class 150 1 MA Other version 98 L1Y
class 300 1 MB Add Order code and plain text
class 400/600 1 MD Filling liquid
class 900/1500 1MF Silicone oil M50 B
3 inch class 150 1 PA High-temperature oil C
class 300 1 PB Silicone oil M5 A
class 600 1 PD Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 1500 1PF Halocarbon oil D
4 inch class 150 1 QA Other version Z P1Y
class 300 1 QB Add Order code and plain text
class 400 1 QC
class 1500 1QF
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube, Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
lute pressure from differential pressure, lute pressure from differential pressure,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of
delivery: 1 off delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Wetted parts materials • Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
• With PFA coating D 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
• With PTFE coating E0 (0.79 ... 1.97")
• With ECTFE coating F 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
Monel 400, 2.4360 G
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J (3.98 ... 5.91")
Tantalum K 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
Titanium, 3.7035 L0 (5.94 ... 7.87")
Nickel 201 M0 201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q (7.91 ... 9.84")
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R • Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0 Range Standard length
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Other version Z 8 Q1Y 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
Add Order code and plain text (2.01 ... 3.94")
Extension length 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
• without 0 (3.98 ... 5.91")
• 50 mm (2") 1 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
• 100 mm (4") 2
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
• 150 mm (6") 3 (7.91 ... 9.84")
• 200 mm (8") 4
• 250 mm (10") 5
Other version Z 8 Q1Y
Add Order code and plain text 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Customer-specific extension length 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating (2.01 ... 3.94")
Range Standard length 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(0.79 ... 1.97") (5.94 ... 7.87")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
(3.98 ... 5.91") 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4 (0.79 ... 1.97")
(5.94 ... 7.87") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 (2.01 ... 3.94")
(7.91 ... 9.84") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Order code
code
Further designs
Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
Factory certificates
connected with flexible capillary tube to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 - Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
pressure or absolute pressure calibration) to IEC 60770-2
(only together with negative pressure ser- Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately body and wetted parts
Scope of delivery: 1 off
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 1 1 - (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
lute pressure from differential pressure, (only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of and stainless steel)
delivery: 1 off
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 2 - pressure containing and wetted parts
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
77777 - 0 777 777 Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
• Wetted parts Tantalum (includes SIL conformity declaration)
Accessories
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1 Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure trans- D61
(0.79 ... 1.97") mitters)
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2 Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and flow trans- D62
(2.01 ... 3.94") mitters)
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3 Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4 Negative pressure services
(5.94 ... 7.87") Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810)
transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
absolute pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810)
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88
approvals
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil)
Sealing surface
parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F PVC protective tube
(wetted parts 316L only) 1m S70
• DN 25 M82 1,6 m S71
• DN 40 M83 2m S72
• DN 50 M84 2,5 m S73
• DN 80 M85 3m S74
• DN 100 M86 4m S75
• DN 125 M87 5m S76
Capillary connection 6m S77
7m S78
For 7MF0810
8m S79
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for single-side mounting S01 9m S80
and capillary connection only)
10 m S81
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03 11 m (only for 7MF0802) S82
ters at high-side 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S83
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 13 m (only for 7MF0802) S84
ters at low-side
For 7MF0811 15 m (only for 7MF0802) S86
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for single-side mounting S01 Customer-specific tube length
and capillary connection only)
For 7MF0812
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for double-side mounting) S02
Capillary coating
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
PE protective tube • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
1m S10 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
1,6 m S11
2m S12 Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
2,5 m S13 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
3m S14 data", page 1/337.
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
PTFE protective tube
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
D
b
f dM
n x d2
100 (3.94)
Ø d4
Ø d5
Øk
Handhold
Ø 16 (6.3)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
ØD
Øk b
dM f
Ød2
Handhold
Ø 16 (6.3) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94)
Ød5
Ød5
Ød4
Bending radius
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Bending radius
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differ-
ential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 18 115 14 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 85 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
0, 50, 100,
PN 160 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4 150 oder
PN 250 28 150 22 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 105 4 200
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4

25/40
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

diameter pressure with exten- without
sion exten-
sion
lb./sq.in inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm
1 inch 150 0.71 (18) 4.33 (110) 0.61 (15.6) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.13 (79.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.77 (19.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.5 (88.9) 4 5.94
600 0.96 (24.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 3.5 (88.9) 4 oder
7.87
1500 1.4 (35.6) 5.91 (150) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 4 (101.6) 4 (0,
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 50,
100,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 150
oder
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4
200)
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection to J.I.S
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8


© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design mounted directly on transmitter
■ Overview Materials
1
• Main body Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C22, mat No. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter • Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
for pressure • Sealing material at the transmitter Copper
connection
■ Technical specifications Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- of the transmitter
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter Tube length • Without tube
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • 50 mm (1.97 inch)
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 • 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 • 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160 • 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100 Capillary
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40
lengths on request
• DN 125 PN 16/40
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 • Silicone oil M50
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 • High-temperature oil
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400 O2)
Connecting standard J.I.S. • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DN 50 10K Max. recommended temperature of 170 °C (338 °F)
• DN 80 20K medium
• DN 100 40K Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Sealing surface remote seal.
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME More information can be found in
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA the technical data of the pressure
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or transmitters and in the section
ASME B16.5 RFSF "Technical data of filling liquid" in
remote seals.
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
practice)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Flange type design, directly mounted to a Flange type design, directly mounted to a
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Transmitter connection
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure connection (for gauge pressure)
Without capillary tube, direct mount connec- 01
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 tion via 90°-bow (for gauge pressure)
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
Filling liquid
PN 63/100 0BF
Silicone oil M50 B
PN 160 0 BG
High-temperature oil C
PN 250 0 BH
Silicone oil M5 A
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
PN 63/100 0DF
Halocarbon oil D
PN 160 0 DG
Other version Z P1Y
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED Add Order code and plain text
PN 63 0EE
PN 100 0EF Wetted parts materials
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD Stainless steel 316L
PN 100 0GF • Without coating A
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB • With PFA coating D
PN 25/40 0 HD • With PTFE coating E0
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB • With ECTFE coating F
PN 40 0 JD Monel 400, 2.4360 G
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
1 inch class 150 1KL Tantalum K
class 300 1 KM Titanium, 3.7035 L0
class 600 1 KN Nickel 201 M0
class 1500 1KP Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
1½ inch class 150 1 LA Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
class 300 1 LB Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
class 400/600 1 LD Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
class 900/1500 1LF Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
2 inch class 150 1 MA Other version Z 8 Q1Y
class 300 1 MB Add Order code and plain text
class 400/600 1 MD Extension length
class 900/1500 1MF • without 0
3 inch class 150 1 PA • 50 mm (2") 1
class 300 1 PB • 100 mm (4") 2
class 600 1 PD • 150 mm (6") 3
class 1500 1PF • 200 mm (8") 4
4 inch class 150 1 QA • 250 mm (10") 5
class 300 1 QB Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 400 1 QC Add Order code and plain text
class 1500 1QF
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
DN 50 10K 2ES
20K 2ET
40K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20K 2GT
40K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20K 2HT
40K 2 HU

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Flange type design, directly mounted to a Flange type design, directly mounted to a
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87") • Wetted parts Tantalum
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE (0.79 ... 1.97")
coating 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(0.79 ... 1.97") (3.98 ... 5.91")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(2.01 ... 3.94") (5.94 ... 7.87")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
• DN 40 M83
• DN 80 M85
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 Elongated pipe, S05
pressure containing and wetted parts 150 mm instead of 100 mm,
max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 Elongated pipe, S06
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 200 mm instead of 100 mm,
(includes SIL conformity declaration) max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
Accessories Elongated pipe elbow, S07
Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure transmit- D61 200 mm instead of 130 mm,
ters) max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
Negative pressure services Cooling element, S08
max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
absolute pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810) Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
General product approvals without explosion proof Specification of process conditions1)
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 D66
including certificate EN10204-2.2 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87 Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
data", page 1/337.
Sealing surface
parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
178 (7.02)
b L
211 (8.31)
211 (8.31) f Cooling element
65 (2.56)
n x d2
33 (1.3)
n x d2
Ø d5
Ø d4
ØD
Øk
L b
f
Ø d5 Tube length L
Ø d4 see ordering data
Øk
ØD
165 (6.49) Vertical process connection

183 (7.2)
Horizontal process connection
Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 18 115 14 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 85 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
PN 160 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
PN 250 28 150 22 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 105 4
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4
25/40
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

diameter pressure with exten- without
sion exten-
sion
1 inch 150 0.71 (18) 4.33 (110) 0.61 (15.6) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.13 (79.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.77 (19.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.5 (88.9) 4 5.94
600 0.96 (24.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 3.5 (88.9) 4 oder
7.87
1500 1.4 (35.6) 5.91 (150) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 4 (101.6) 4 (0,
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 50,
100,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 150
oder
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4
200)
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Connection to J.I.S 1
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8


© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design mounted directly and with capillary
1 ■ Overview Materials
• Main body Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on
request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
Diaphragm seal of flange design for pressure transmitters for differential stainless steel, mat. No.
pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary 1.4404/316L
■ Technical specifications Sealing material in the process

flanges
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary pressure transmitters and low-
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100 Tube length Without tube
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• DN 125 PN 16/40 100 mm (3.94 inch)
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500
Capillary
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400
• DN 50 10K
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• DN 80 20K
• DN 100 40K Silicone oil M50
Sealing surface
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Food oil (FDA listed)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Max. recommended temperature of 170 °C (338 °F)
ASME B16.5 RFSF medium
remote seal
remote seals
practice)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Flange type design, direct connected at Flange type design, direct connected at
high-side and with flexible capillary tube at high-side and with flexible capillary tube at
low-side to low-side to
ential pressure and flow, ential pressure and flow,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Length of capillary tube at low-side
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 1m 10
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 1,6 m 11
2m 12
2,5 m 13
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
3m 14
PN 63/100 0DF
4m 15
PN 160 0 DG
5m 16
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED
6m 17
PN 63 0EE
7m 18
PN 100 0EF
8m 20
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
9m 21
PN 100 0GF
10 m 22
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB
Other version 98 L1Y
PN 25/40 0 HD Add Order code and plain text
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB
PN 40 0 JD Filling liquid
Silicone oil M50 B
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 High-temperature oil C
1½ inch class 150 1 LA Silicone oil M5 A
class 300 1 LB Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 400/600 1 LD Halocarbon oil D
class 900/1500 1LF Other version Z P1Y
2 inch class 150 1 MA Add Order code and plain text
class 300 1 MB
class 400/600 1 MD
class 900/1500 1MF
3 inch class 150 1 PA
class 300 1 PB
class 600 1 PD
class 1500 1PF
4 inch class 150 1 QA
class 300 1 QB
class 400 1 QC
class 1500 1QF
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
DN 50 10K 2ES
20K 2ET
40K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20K 2GT
40K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20K 2HT
40K 2 HU

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Flange type design, direct connected at Flange type design, direct connected at
high-side and with flexible capillary tube at high-side and with flexible capillary tube at
low-side to low-side to
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Wetted parts materials • Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Stainless steel 316L Range Standard length
• Without coating A 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
• With PFA coating D (0.79 ... 1.97")
• With PTFE coating E0 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
• With ECTFFE coating F (2.01 ... 3.94")
Monel 400, 2.4360 G 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
Tantalum K (5.94 ... 7.87")
Titanium, 3.7035 L0 201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
Nickel 201 M0 (7.91 ... 9.84")
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
Other version Z 8 Q1Y (2.01 ... 3.94")
Add Order code and plain text 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
Extension length (3.98 ... 5.91")
• without 0 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
• 50 mm (2") 1 (5.94 ... 7.87")
• 100 mm (4") 2 • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• 150 mm (6") 3 Range Standard length
• 200 mm (8") 4 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
• 250 mm (10") 5 (0.79 ... 1.97")
Other version Z 8 Q1Y 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
Add Order code and plain text (2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
Customer-specific extension length (3.98 ... 5.91")
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1 • Wetted parts Tantalum
(0.79 ... 1.97") Range Standard length
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
(2.01 ... 3.94") (0.79 ... 1.97")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
(3.98 ... 5.91") (2.01 ... 3.94")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(5.94 ... 7.87") (3.98 ... 5.91")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(7.91 ... 9.84") (5.94 ... 7.87")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates Capillary coating
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 PE protective tube
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1m S10
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 1,6 m S11
body and wetted parts 2m S12
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 2,5 m S13
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) 3m S14
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy 4m S15
and stainless steel) 5m S16
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 6m S17
pressure containing and wetted parts 7m S18
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 8m S19
9m S20
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 10 m S21
(includes SIL conformity declaration) PTFE protective tube
Accessories 1m S40
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level transmit- D62 1,6 m S41
ters) 2m S42
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 2,5 m S43
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 6m S47
General product approvals without explosion proof 8m S49
approvals 9m S50
10 m S51
including certificate EN10204-2.2 PVC protective tube
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 1m S70
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) 1,6 m S71
2m S72
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2,5 m S73
3m S74
Sealing surface
4m S75
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only) 6m S77
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54 7m S78
8m S79
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted 10 m S81
parts 316L only)
(wetted parts 316L only) Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
• DN 25 M70 Specification of process conditions1)
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• DN 100 M74 • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• DN 125 M75 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
(wetted parts 316L only) 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
• DN 25 M76 data", page 1/337.
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
• DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
• DN 50 M84
• DN 80 M85
• DN 100 M86
• DN 125 M87

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
D b
dM f
n x d2
100 (3.94)
Bending radius
Ø d4
Øk
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Handhold
Ø 16 (6.3)
Tube length L
see ordering data
L b
f
Ø d4
Ø d5
ØD
Øk
100 (3.94) 1)
1)
150 (5.9) with option R15, 200 (7.87) with option R20
n x d2
Diaphragm seals of screwed design with flexible capillary, fixed connection, for connection to a SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

exten- exten-
sion sion
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 5.94
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4 oder
7.87
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4 (0, 50,
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4 100,
150
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8 oder
200)
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection to J.I.S
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8


© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seal, screwed design, directly mounted or/and with capillary
■ Overview
1
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland design with inside diaphragm for gauge, Process connection, open measuring flange
absolute and differential pressure for direct mounting
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm • Sealing material on the process Viton or copper (in the case of
connection vacuum-free version)
Process connection Nominal pressure
• Sealing material between top and Viton (FKM) (standard)
• Open flange EN1092-1 bottom section Teflon (PTFE)
- DN 15 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 metal spring ring (silver-coated)
- DN 20 PN 10/16/25/40 Capillary
- DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Open flange ASME B16.5 • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
- ½ inch, ¾ inch, 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• Thread to EN 837-1 • Sheath Stainless steel protective tube,
- G¼"B, G½"B, G¾"B, G1"B PN 100/250 mat. No. 1.4301/304
• Thread ASME B1.20.1 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
- ¼" NPT-M, ¼" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 • Silicone oil M50
- ½" NPT-M, ½" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 • High-temperature oil
- ¾" NPT-M, ¾" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 • Halocarbon oil
- 1" NPT-M, 1" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 (for measuring O2)
• Food oil (FDA listed)
Sealing surface for open measure-
ment flange Max. recommended temperature of 170 °C (338 °F)
• For stainless steel, mat. no. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or medium
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure
Materials transmitter and the filling liquid
of the remote seal
• Lower section (in the case of pro- Stainless steel, Mat. no.
cess connection thread) 1.4404/316L
the technical specifications of the
• Diaphragm Stainless steel, Mat. no. pressure transmitters and in the
1.4404/316L section "Technical data of filling
• No coating liquid" in the introduction to the
remote seals
• With PTFE coating
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Tantal (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
thickness approx. 25 μm practice)
• Top section (process connection Stainless steel, mat. no.
in the case of an open measure- 1.4404/316L
ment flange)
• Capillary Stainless steel 1.4404/316L

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Diaphragm seal threaded design Diaphragm seal threaded design
With inside diaphragm, directly connected or With inside diaphragm, directly connected or
connected via flexible capillary tube to a connected via flexible capillary tube to a
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth-
er with negative pressure service), er with negative pressure service),
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately,
77777 - 0 77 0 777 77777 - 0 77 0 777
Open flange, connecting standard EN 1092-1 Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 15 PN 10/16/25/40 0 AD
1m 10
PN 63/100 0AF
1,6 m 11
PN 160 0 AG
2m 12
PN 250 0 AH
2,5 m 13
DN 20 PN 10/16/25/40 0 AM
3m 14
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
4m 15
PN 63/100 0BF
5m 16
PN 160 0 BG
6m 17
PN 250 0 BH
7m 18
Open flange, connecting standard
ASME B16.5 8m 20
½ inch class 150 1 KA 9m 21
class 300 1 KB 10 m 22
class 600 1 KC Other version 98 L1Y
class 1500 1 KD
¾ inch class 150 1KF Filling liquid
class 300 1 KG Silicone oil M50 B
class 600 1 KH High-temperature oil C
class 1500 1KJ Silicone oil M5 A
1 inch class 150 1KL Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 300 1 KM Halocarbon oil D
class 600 1 KN Other version Z P1Y
class 1500 1KP Add Order code and plain text
Process connection thread EN 837-1 Wetted parts materials
G¼"B PN 100 3 SB Stainless steel 316L without coating A
G¼"B PN 250 3 SC Stainless steel 316L with PTFE-coating E
G½"B PN 100 3SF Monel 400, 2.4360 G
G½"B PN 250 3 SG Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
G¾"B PN 100 3 SK Tantalum K
G¾"B PN 250 3SL Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S
G1"B PN 100 3SP Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U
G1"B PN 250 3 SQ
Other version Z Q1Y
Process connection thread ASME B1.20.1
¼"-NPT-M Class 1500 5 TA
¼"-NPT-M Class 3675 5 TB
¼"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TC
¼"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TD
½"-NPT-M Class 1500 5TE
½"-NPT-M Class 3675 5TF
½"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TG
½"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TH
¾"-NPT-M Class 1500 5TJ
¾"-NPT-M Class 3675 5 TK
¾"-NPT-F Class 1500 5TL
¾"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TM
1"-NPT-M Class 1500 5 TN
1"-NPT-M Class 3675 5TP
1"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TQ
1"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TR

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates Capillary coating
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 PE protective tube
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1m S10
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 1,6 m S11
body and wetted parts 2m S12
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 2,5 m S13
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) 3m S14
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy 4m S15
and stainless steel) 5m S16
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 6m S17
pressure containing and wetted parts 7m S18
9m S20
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 10 m S21
(includes SIL conformity declaration) PTFE protective tube
Accessories 1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
Flushing port ¼"-18 NPT unsealed D70 2,5 m S43
Flushing port ¼"-18 NPT sealed with stainless steel plug D71 3m S44
4m S45
Sealing material between upper and lower enclosure D75
PTFE (instead of FKM viton) 5m S46
6m S47
Sealing material between upper and lower enclosure D76
7m S48
metal C-circlip (instead of FKM viton)
8m S49
PTFE coating for lower enclosure (only for G½B PN 100, D77 9m S50
DN 25 PN 10 ... 40, 1 inch Class 150/300)
10 m S51
Negative pressure services
PVC protective tube
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 1m S70
pressure transmitters) 1,6 m S71
transmitters)
2,5 m S73
absolute pressure transmitters) 3m S74
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 4m S75
6m S77
approvals 7m S78
8m S79
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 9m S80
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 10 m S81
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) Customer-specific tube length
including certificate EN10204-2.2 Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) Specification of process conditions1)
Capillary connection (only for 7MF0840) Ambient temperature range
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
ters at high-side • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
ters at low-side
Cooling element S08 Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
data", page 1/337.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Cooling
element
65 (2.56)
Number of
screws
b1
b
39 (1.54)
SW 27
(0.79)
20
3 (0.12)
G½B or
½"-NPT
ØD
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for gauge and absolute pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with cap-
illaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
Range D b b1 Number of
mm mm mm screws
up to 100 bar 98 14 16 6
up to 250 bar 98 14 20 12

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Number
of screws
b1
b
SW 27
h
l1
d1
l2
ØD Connection shanks
according to DIN EN 837-1
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for differential

pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with capillar-
ies, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nomi- Nominal D d4 k M Number b b1 f
nal pressure mm mm mm of holes mm mm mm
diam-
eter
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 115 68 85 M12 4 26 12 2
25/40
1 inch 150 110 50.8 79.4 M12 4 32 12 2
lb/sq.in
1 inch 300 125 50.8 88.9 M16 4 32 12 2
lb/sq.in

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview • Standard clamp DIN 32676,
row C Tri-clamp
- 1 inch, 1½ inch PN 25
- 2 inch, 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
• Standard clamp DIN 32676,
row A metric
- DN 25/32/40 PN 25
- DN 50 PN 16
- DN 65 PN 10
• Varivent
- DN 25/32/40/50 PN 25
• DRD-flange
- DN 50 PN 40
Sealing surface
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4301/316
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
Tube length Without tube
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series:
• For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS stainless steel, mat. No.
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1.4404/316L
• For differential pressure and flow: P500, DS III with HART, Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the mitter and the filling liquid of the
food industry. Their design means that the medium cannot ac- remote seal
cumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present More information can be found in
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible the technical data of the pressure
for cleaning. transmitters and in the section
■ Technical specifications the Technical description to the
remote seals
Quick-release diaphragm seal
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• Standard to DIN 11851 with nut
- DN 25/32/40 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
- DN 50/65/80 PN 25 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
• Standard to DIN 11851 with thread paragraph 3 (sound engineering
- DN 25/32/40 PN 40 practice)
- DN 50/65/80 PN 25 EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recom-
• Standard clamp ISO 2852 mendations
- DN 25/38/51 PN 16
- DN 63.5/76.1 PN 10

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Quick release diaphragm seal Quick release diaphragm seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube
or directly connected to a or directly connected to a
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth-
er with negative pressure service), er with negative pressure service),
77777 - 0 7A 0 777 77777 - 0 7A 0 777
Connection standard DIN 11851 with nut Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 25 PN 40 0 BM
1m 10
DN 32 PN 40 0 CD
1,6 m 11
DN 40 PN 40 0 DM
2m 12
DN 50 PN 25 0 EK
2,5 m 13
DN 65 PN 25 0FL
3m 14
DN 80 PN 25 0 GK
4m 15
Connection standard DIN 11851 with thread 5m 16
DN 25 PN 40 1 BM 6m 17
DN 32 PN 40 1 CD 7m 18
DN 40 PN 40 1 DM 8m 20
DN 50 PN 25 1 EK 9m 21
DN 65 PN 25 1FL 10 m 22
DN 80 PN 25 1 GK
Other version 98 L1Y
Connection standard Clamp ISO 2852 Add Order code and plain text
DN 25 PN 16 2 BK Filling liquid
DN 38 PN 16 2 CQ Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 51 PN 16 2 FH
DN 63.5 PN 10 2FJ Other version Z P1Y
DN 76.1 PN 10 2GJ
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676,
row C Tri-clamp
DN 1" PN 25 3KV
DN 1½" PN 25 3LV
DN 2" PN 16 3 MV
DN 2½" PN 16 3NV
DN 3" PN 10 3PV
row A metric
DN 25 PN 25 4BL
DN 32 PN 25 4 CC
DN 40 PN 25 4DL
DN 50 PN 16 4EJ
DN 65 PN 10 4 FK
Varivent
DN 25/32 PN 25 5CL
DN 40/50 PN 25 5 DK
DRD-flange
DN 50 PN 40 6 EM

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Factory certificates PVC protective tube
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 1m S70
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1,6 m S71
2m S72
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
body and wetted parts 2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
pressure containing and wetted parts
5m S76
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 7m S78
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 8m S79
(includes SIL conformity declaration) 9m S80
Negative pressure services 10 m S81
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 Customer-specific tube length
transmitters) Specification of process conditions1)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 Ambient temperature range
absolute pressure transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
pressure transmitters) • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Capillary connection (only for 7MF0830)
ters at high-side 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 data", page 1/337.
ters at low-side
Cooling element S08
Capillary coating
PE protective tube
1m S10
1,6 m S11
2m S12
2,5 m S13
3m S14
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Cooling
element
212 (8.35)
65 (2.56)
H
H
dM dM
dM
d1 DN
DN
D G1 G1
D D
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
Bending radius
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
dM dM
dM
d1 DN
DN
G1 G1
D
D D
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Ø 84
4 holes
DRD
h
Varivent
30.7
16.7
dM
Ø 50
ØD
Ø 65.5
ØA Ø 105
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut Clamp connection to DIN 32676 row C (Tri-Clamp) for pipes to
ASME BPE
Nominal Ø dM ØD H G1
diameter Nominal Nominal dM d1 b D
mm mm mm mm
diameter pressure
DN 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6
1" PN 25 22.6 43.5 14 50.5
DN 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 (0.89) (1.71) (0.55) (1.99)
DN 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 1½" PN 25 34 43.5 12 50.5
(1.34) (1.71) (0.47) (1.99)
DN 65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6
2" PN 16 46 56.5 14 64
DN 80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 (1.81) (2.22) (0.55) (2.52)
Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded socket 2½" PN 16 51 70.5 14 77.5
(2.01) (2.78) (0.55) (3.05)
Nominal Ø dM H G1
diameter 3" PN 16 65 83.5 14 91
mm mm mm (2.56) (3.29) (0.55) (3.58)
DN 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 row A (metric) for pipes to
DN 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6 EN 10357 (DIN 11850)
DN 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6 Nominal Nominal Ø dM d1 b D
DN 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6 diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm
DN 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6 DN 25 PN 25 22.6 43.5 14 50.5
DN 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6 DN 32 PN 25 27 43.5 12 50.5
Clamp connection to ISO 2852 for pipes to ISO 2037 DN 40 PN 25 34 43.5 12 50.5
Nominal Nominal dM d1 b D DN 50 PN 16 46 56.5 14 64
diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm DN 65 PN 16 65 83.5 14 91
DN 25 PN 16 22.6 43.5 14 50.5 Varivent
DN 38 PN 16 34 43.5 12 50.5 Nominal diameter dM A D h
DN 51 PN 16 46 56.5 14 64 mm mm mm mm
DN 63.5 PN 10 51 70.5 14 77.5 (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 76.1 PN 10 65 83.5 14 91 DN 25, DN 32, 1", 1¼" 40 66 50 19
(1.57) (2.6) (1.97) (0.75)
DN 40 ... 125, 1 ½" ... 6" 58 84 68 19
(2.28) (3.331) (2.68) (0.75)
dM Effective diaphragm diameter

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Miniature diaphragm seals
■ Overview G Ø dM SW Ød L H
1
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21)
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97)
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48)
G Ø dM SW L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
1"-NPT 27 (1.06) 41 (1.61) 25 (0.98) 40 (1.57)
1½"-NPT 34 (1.34) 55 (2.17) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
2"-NPT 46 (1.81) 65 (2.56) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
Miniature diaphragm seals ■ Technical specifications

The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the Miniature diaphragm seals
SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitter series. Measuring span when
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous • G1B and 1"-NPT > 6 bar (> 87 psi)
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries. • G1½B and 1½"-NPT > 2 bar (> 29 psi)
• G2B and 2"-NPT > 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
■ Design Filling liquid Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
• Flush-mounted diaphragm Material
• No dead spaces • Main body Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L or
Hastelloy C276, mat No. 2.4819
• Fixed threaded stems • Diaphragm Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L or
■ Dimensional drawings Maximum pressure 100% of nominal pressure of pressure
transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
(5802 psi) (depending on the seal
used)
Temperature of use Same as pressure transmitter
Temperature range of medium Same as pressure transmitter
Max. recommended tempera- 150 °C (302 °F)
ture of medium
Weight
• G1B and 1"-NPT Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)
• G1½B and 1½"-NPT Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
• G2B and 2"-NPT Approx. 0.8 kg (approx. 1.76 lb)
178 (7.02)

Cooling Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
element pressure equipment directive of fluid group 1; complies with
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
65 (2.56)
SW
H
L
dM
G
d
Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Miniature diaphragm seals
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Order code
code
Further designs
Miniature diaphragm seal
directly connected to a
Factory certificates
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 5 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
er with negative pressure service), calibration) to IEC 60770-2
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
Scope of delivery: 1 off body and wetted parts
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 7 77 0 0 - 0 77 0 777 Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Process connection (only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel)
Connection standard DIN 3852
G ½" PN 400 4ST Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
G ¾" PN 400 4 SU pressure containing and wetted parts
G 1" PN 400 4SV Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
G 1½" PN 400 4 SW Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
G 2" PN 400 4SX suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
Connection standard ASME B1.20.1 (includes SIL conformity declaration)
½"-NPT-M class 5800 5TS Negative pressure services
¾"-NPT-M class 5800 5TT
Negative pressure service D81
1"-NPT-M class 5800 5 TU
1½"-NPT-M class 5800 5TV absolute pressure transmitters)
2"-NPT-M class 5800 5 TW
Capillary connection
Add Order code and plain text Cooling element between transmitter and remote seal S08
Filling liquid Customer-specific tube length
Silicone oil M5 A Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
Other version Z P1Y
Add Order code and plain text Ambient temperature range
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
Wetted parts material
Stainless steel 316L without coating A • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
data", page 1/337.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Inline seals in sandwich design
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

1
Inline seals for flange-mounting
• DN 25/40/50/65/80/100/125 PN 6 ... PN 100
• 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 4, 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5
Sealing surface • for stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L according to
EN 1092-1, form B1 or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• for all other materials according
to EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
Inline seals for flange-mounting • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L

• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
The inline seal is completely integrated in the process line. It is
particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. • Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
The inline seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into which a thin- • Without coating
walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly between two • ECTFE coating
flanges in the pipeline. (for vacuum on request)
• PFA coating
■ Design Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
• Inline seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to EN/ASME
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters
- For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Tantalum
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III with HART,
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
and P500 No. 1.4404/316L
• Sealing surface to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible 1.4301/316
capillary (max. 10 m long)
Capillary
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
parts
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel, • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
mat.-No. 1.4571 Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil,
Silicone oil M50
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range) High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil
■ Function Food oil (FDA listed)
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fill-
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to ing liquid
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the mea-
suring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by Certificates and approvals
the filling liquid. Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Note: (DGRL 2014/68/EU) with the requirements of article 4,
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
(see Selection and Ordering data). TÜV Nord

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Inline seal Inline seal
Sandwich type design, directly connected or Sandwich type design, directly connected or
77777 - 0 77 0 777 77777 - 0 77 0 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Filling liquid
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Silicone oil M50 B
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure High-temperature oil C
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 Silicone oil M5 A
DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 0BP Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 0DP Halocarbon oil D
DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 0EP Other version Z P1Y
DN 65 PN 6 ... 100 0FP Add Order code and plain text
DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 0GP Wetted parts materials
DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 0HP Stainless steel 316L
DN 125 PN 6 ... 100 0JP • Without coating A
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 • With PFA coating D
1 inch class 150 ... 2500 1KX • With ECTFFE coating F
1½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1LX Monel 400, 2.4360 G
2 inch class 150 ... 2500 1 MX Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
2½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1NX Tantalum K
3 inch class 150 ... 2500 1PX Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U
4 inch class 150 ... 2500 1QX Other version Z Q1Y
5 inch class 150 ... 2500 1RX Add Order code and plain text
Transmitter connection
Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
connection (for gauge pressure)
Without capillary tube, direct mount connec- 01
tion via 90°-bow (for gauge pressure)
Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
1m 1 0
1,6 m 1 1
2m 1 2
2,5 m 1 3
3m 1 4
4m 1 5
5m 1 6
6m 1 7
7m 1 8
8m 2 0
9m 2 1
10 m 2 2
11 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 3
12 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 4
13 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 5
14 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 6
15 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 7
Other version 9 8 L1Y

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• DN 40 M83
• DN 80 M85
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 For 7MF0900
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 ters at high-side
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 ters at low-side
(includes SIL conformity declaration) cooling element S08
Accessories Capillary coating
Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure transmit- D61 PE protective tube
ters)
1m S10
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level transmit- D62
1,6 m S11
ters)
2m S12
2,5 m S13
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 4m S15
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 8m S19
absolute pressure transmitters)
9m S20
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88
pressure transmitters) 10 m S21
General product approvals without explosion proof 12 m (only for 7MF0902) S23
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 14 m (only for 7MF0902) S25
including certificate EN10204-2.2 15 m (only for 7MF0902) S26
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) PTFE protective tube
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87 1m S40
including certificate EN10204-2.2 1,6 m S41
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2m S42
Sealing surface 2,5 m S43
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only) 4m S45
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54 5m S46
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only) 6m S47
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted 8m S49
parts 316L only) 9m S50
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C 10 m S51
(wetted parts 316L only) 11 m (only for 7MF0902) S52
• DN 25 M70 12 m (only for 7MF0902) S53
• DN 40 M71 13 m (only for 7MF0902) S54
• DN 50 M72 14 m (only for 7MF0902) S55
• DN 80 M73 15 m (only for 7MF0902) S56
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Further designs
PVC protective tube
1m S70
1,6 m S71
2m S72
2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
6m S77
7m S78
8m S79
9m S80
10 m S81
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
data", page 1/337.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
178 (7.02)
Cooling
element
65 (2.56)
H
Ø MB
D
Inline seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 68 28.5 60 81
40 88 43.1 60 91
50 100 54.5 60 93
65 120 70.3 60 107
80 138 82.5 60 116
100 160 107.1 60 127
125 188 127 60 141

DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
1 150 ... 2500 50 28.5 60 72
(1.97) (1.12) (2.36) (2.83)
1½ 150 ... 2500 73.5 43.1 60 84
(2.89) (1.70) (2.36) (3.31)
2 150 ... 2500 91.9 54.5 60 93
(3.62) (2.15) (2.36) (3.66)
2½ 150 ... 2500 104.6 70.3 60 99
(4.12) (2.77) (2.36) (3.9)
3 150 ... 2500 127 82.5 60 110
(5) (3.25) (2.36) (4.33)
4 150 ... 2500 157.2 107.1 60 125
(6.19) (4.22) (2.36) (4.92)
5 150 ... 2500 188 127 60 141
(7.4) (5) (2.36) (5.55)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release inline seals
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the inline seal, to the fill-
ing liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the inline
seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of
the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).
Quick-release inline seals for gauge pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• Standard to DIN 11851 with DN 25/32/40 PN 40
thread
Quick-release inline seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket DN 50/65/80 PN 25
• Standard Clamp ISO 2852 DN 25/38/51 PN 16
DN 63.5/76.1 PN 10
• Standard Clamp DIN 32676, 1, 1½ inch PN 25
row C Tri-clamp
2, 2½ inch PN 16
3 inch PN 10
• Standard Clamp DIN 32676, DN 25/32/40 PN 25
row A metric
DN 50 PN 16
DN 65 PN 10
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
Quick-release inline seals, with clamp connection
Quick-release inline seals for pressure are available for the fol-
lowing SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• P300 1.4404/316L
• DS III with HART Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DS III with PROFIBUS PA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
■ Application the technical data of the pressure
The quick-release inline seal is a special design for flowing and "Technical data of filling liquid" in
high-viscosity media. Because it is completely integrated in the the Technical description to the
process line, there are no turbulences, dead spaces or other ob- remote seals
stacles in the flow direction. The medium flows almost unhin- Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
dered through the inline seal and causes self-cleaning of the
sample chamber. The inline seal is also piggable. Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
■ Design sure equipment directive
(DGRL 2014/68/EU)
uids of fluid group 1; complies with
the requirements of article 4,
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket mity evaluation module H by the
• Clamp connection TÜV Nord
The inline seal is connected to the pressure transmitter either di- EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recommen-
dations
rectly or by way of a capillary.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Quick release inline-seal Quick release inline-seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube
or directly connected to a or directly connected to a
77777 - 0 7A 0 777 77777 - 0 7A 0 777
Connection standard DIN 11851 with thread Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 25 PN 40 1 BM
1m 10
DN 32 PN 40 1 CD
1,6 m 11
DN 40 PN 40 1 DM
2m 12
DN 50 PN 25 1 EK
2,5 m 13
DN 65 PN 25 1FL
3m 14
DN 80 PN 25 1 GK
4m 15
Connection standard Clamp ISO 2852 5m 16
DN 25 PN 16 2 BK 6m 17
DN 38 PN 16 2 CQ 7m 18
DN 51 PN 16 2 FH 8m 20
DN 63,5 PN 10 2FJ 9m 21
DN 76,1 PN 10 2GJ 10 m 22
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676, Other version 98 L1Y
row C Tri-clamp Add Order code and plain text
DN 1" PN 25 3KV
Filling liquid
DN 1½" PN 25 3LV
DN 2" PN 16 3 MV
Other version Z P1Y
DN 2½" PN 16 3NV Add Order code and plain text
DN 3" PN 10 3PV
row A metric
DN 25 PN 25 4BL
DN 32 PN 25 4 CC
DN 40 PN 25 4DL
DN 50 PN 16 4EJ
DN 65 PN 10 4 FK

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates PVC protective tube
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 1m S70
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1,6 m S71
2m S72
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
body and wetted parts 2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 7m S78
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 8m S79
(includes SIL conformity declaration) 9m S80
Negative pressure services 10 m S81
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 Customer-specific tube length
absolute pressure transmitters) Specification of process conditions1)
Capillary connection Ambient temperature range
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
ters at high-side • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
ters at low-side
cooling element S08
Capillary coating
data", page 1/337.
PE protective tube
1m S10
1,6 m S11
2m S12
2,5 m S13
3m S14
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
178 (7.02)
Cooling
element
65 (2.56)
H
Rd
d1
d1
D
L L
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure

Rd
d1
d1
L L
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Quick-release inline seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Inline seals for pipes according to EN 10357 (DIN 11851) 1
Food connections
DIN 11851 DIN 32676
Length Inner diameter Connection Nominal Round thread Nominal Clamp connec-
height pressure connection to pressure tion to DIN
DIN 11851 32676
Nominal diameter L (mm) di (mm) h (mm) Thread Rd D (mm)
DN 10 96 10 27.5 PN 40 28 x 1/8" PN 16 34
DN 15 150 16 12 PN 40 34 x 1/8" PN 16 34
DN 25 110 26 21 PN 40 52 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 32 110 32 26 PN 40 58 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 40 110 38 28.5 PN 40 65 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 50 110 50 34 PN 25 78 x 1/6" PN 16 64
DN 65 110 66 42 PN 25 95 x 1/6" PN 10 91
DN 80 60 81 47.5 PN 25 110 x 1/4" PN 10 106
DN 100 60 100 60 PN 25 130 x 1/4" PN 10 119
Inline seals for pipes according to BS 4825 Part 3 and O.D. Tube (suitable for pipes according to ASME-BPE)
Food connection
IDF to ISO 2853 Clamp connection to ISO 2852
Length Inner diameter Connection Nominal IDF-Thread to Nominal Clamp connec-
height pressure ISO 2853 pressure tion to ISO 2852
Nominal diameter L (mm) di (mm) h (mm) IDF-thread (Tr) D (mm)
1 inch 25.4 mm 110 22.2 21 PN 40 37 x 3.175 PN 16 50.5
1½ inch 38 mm 110 34.8 28.5 PN 40 50 x 3.175 PN 16 50.5
2 inch 51 mm 110 47.8 34 PN 25 64 x 3.175 PN 16 64
1½ inch 63.5 mm 110 60.3 38 PN 25 77.5 x 3.175 PN 16 77.5
3 inch 76.1 mm 60 72.9 44.5 PN 25 91 x 3.175 PN 10 91
4 inch 101.6 mm 60 97.6 59.5 PN 25 118 x 3175 PN 10 119

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 600
Flushing ring Sealing surface
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Article No. 7MF0800 ... 7MF0814) if the dan-
Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or block- Form D/Form D
ages. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJF ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data
■ Design
Remote seal flange Flushing ring
Flushing outlet Flushing inlet
Gasket
Measuring
point flange
Installation example

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
Connection according to EN 1092-1
for remote seals 7MF0800 to 7MF0814 1 7777 777
Form B1 and form B2
Nom. diam. Nominal pressure
A A
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K
Only for RJF ring groove, 7MF4925-1*R....:
• 2 inch Class 150 NR
• 3 inch Class 150 PR A–A
• 4 inch Class 150 QR
• 5 inch Class 150 RR Thread
• 2 inch Class 300 ... 600 UR
h
• 3 inch Class 300 ... 600 VR
• 4 inch Class 300 ... 600 WR
• 5 inch Class 300 ... 600 XR
6.3
6.3
Other version Z J1Y di
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... d4
Sealing surface
• EN 1092-1
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form B1 and form B2
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight
- Form C/Form C D mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg (lb)

(inch) (inch) (inch)
- Form D/Form C E
- Form D/Form D F 50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 1.24
(2.73)
- Form E G
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.99
- Form F H (4.39)
• ASME B16.5
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.35
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M (7.39)
- RFSF Q
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 30 (1.18) 3.38
- RJF ring groove R (7.45)
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text: 50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 1.24
Sealing surface: ... (2.73)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.99
Flushing holes (2 off) (4.39)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.35
(7.39)
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 4 125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 30 (1.18) 3.38
(7.45)
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 Y
Material: ...
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
to EN 10204, section 3.1

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Form D/form C Form D/form D
A A A A
A–A A–A
Thread Thread
h
h
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
di
di
d4
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form D/form C Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form D/form D
DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight
mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg (lb) mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb)

50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 35.5 1.46 50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.40) (3.22) (3.64)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 35.5 2.36 80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.66
(1.40) (5.2) (5.86)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 35.5 3.96 100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 4.47
(1.40) (8.73) (9.86)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 35.5 4.00 125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40 (1.58) 4.50
(1.40) (8.82) (9.92)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40.5 1.67 50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.595) (3.68) (3.64)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40.5 2.69 80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.66
(1.595) (5.93) (5.86)
100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40.5 4.52 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 4.47
(1.595) (9.97) (9.86)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40.5 4.56 125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40 (1.58) 4.50
(1.595) (10.05) (9.92)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Form C/form C and form E DN PN Thread d4 di h x f3 Weight
1
mm bar Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in kg (lb)
mm mm mm mm mm
A A (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 62 31 87 4.5 1.49
(4.02) (2.44) (1.22) (3.43) (0.18) (3.28)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 92 31 120 4.5 2.40
(5.43) (3.62) (1.22) (4.72) (0.18) (5.29)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 92 30 149 5 (0.2) 4.21
(6.38) (3.62) (1.18) (5.87) (9.28)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 132 30 175 5 (0.2) 4.21
(7.40) (5.2) (1.18) (6.89) (9.28)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 62 31 87 4.5 1.49
(4.02) (2.44) (1.22) (3.43) (0.18) (3.28)
A–A 80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 92 31 120 4.5 2.40
(5.43) (3.62) (1.22) (4.72) (0.18) (5.29)
Thread 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 92 30 149 5 (0.2) 4.21

(6.38) (3.62) (1.18) (5.87) (9.28)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 132 30 175 5 (0.2) 3.38
h
(7.40) (5.2) (1.18) (6.89) (7.45)
Form F
6.3
6.3
di
A A
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form C/form C
A A
A–A
Thread
h
A–A
6.3
6.3
Thread di
d4
h
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form F

6.3
6.3
DN PN Thread d4 di h x f3 Weight
di
mm bar Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in kg lb)
mm mm mm mm mm
d4 (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 62 35 88 4 1.25
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form E (4.02) (2.44) (1.38) (3.46) (0.16) (2.76)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 92 35 121 4 2.02
(5.43) (3.62) (1.38) (4.76) (0.16) (4.45)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 92 35 150 4.5 3.11
(6.38) (3.62) (1.38) (5.91) (0.18) (6.86)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 132 35 175 4.5 3.19
(7.40) (5.2) (1.38) (6.89) (0.18) (7.03)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 62 40 88 4 1.45
(4.02) (2.44) (1.58) (3.46) (0.16) (3.2)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 92 40 121 4 2.35
(5.43) (3.62) (1.58) (4.76) (0.16) (5.18)
100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 92 40 150 4.5 3.67
(6.38) (3.62) (1.58) (5.91) (0.18) (8.09)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 132 40 175 4.5 3.76
(7.40) (5.2) (1.58) (6.89) (0.18) (8.29)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection according to ASME B 16.5
RFSF and RF 125 ... 250 AA RJF ring groove
A A A A
A–A A–A
Thread Thread
h
h
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
di
di
d4
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (ASME B 16.5), RFSF and RF

125 to 250 AA Flushing ring; sealing surface (ASME B 16.5), RJF ring groove
DN Class Thread d4 di h Weight DN Class Thread d4 di h Weight
inch Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb) inch Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb)
2 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.87 2 150 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.92) (3.64)
3 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.44 3 150 ¼ NPT 133 (5.24) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.32
(3.17) (5.12)
4 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.05 4 150 ¼ NPT 171 (6.73) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 5.22
(6.72) (11.51)
5 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 186 (7.32) 141 (5.55) 30 (1.18) 2.77 5 150 ¼ NPT 194 (7.64) 141 (5.55) 40 (1.58) 4.46
(6.11) (9.83)
2 150 … 600 ½ NPT 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.87 2 150 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 46 (1.81) 1.90
(1.92) (4.19)
3 150 … 600 ½ NPT 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.44 3 150 ½ NPT 133 (5.24) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 2.66
(3.17) (5.86)
4 150 … 600 ½ NPT 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.05 4 150 ½ NPT 171 (6.73) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 6.00
(6.72) (13.23)
5 150 … 600 ½ NPT 186 (7.32) 141 (5.55) 30 (1.18) 2.77 5 150 ½ NPT 194 (7.64) 141 (5.55) 46 (1.81) 5.13
(6.11) (11.31)
2 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 108 (4.25) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.96
(4.32)
3 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 146 (5.75) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 3.23
(7.12)
4 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 175 (6.89) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 5.57
(12.28)
5 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 210 (8.27) 141 (5.55) 40 (1.58) 6.08
(13.4)
2 300 … 600 ½ NPT 108 (4.25) 62 (2.44) 46 (1.81) 2.26
(4.98)
3 300 … 600 ½ NPT 146 (5.75) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 3.71
(8.18)
4 300 … 600 ½ NPT 175 (6.89) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 6.4
(14.11)
5 300 … 600 ½ NPT 210 (8.27) 141 (5.55) 46 (1.81) 7
(15.43)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups
■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote 1

seals
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for us- Type of installation Pressure trans- Remote seals
ing SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote mitters
seals.
A/B 7MF030.-... 7MF0800-...
Equations for calculating lower range value and upper range 7MF031.-... 7MF0810-...
value are provided for each example. 7MF040.-...
7MF041.-...
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- C1 and C2 7MF032.-... 7MF0800-...
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF042.-... 7MF0810-...
Installation (negative pressure
service in each case)
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con-
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- 7MF033.-... 7MF0801-...
7MF043.-... 7MF0811-...
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of D 7MF034.-... 7MF0802-...
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF035.-... 7MF0812-...
7MF044.-...
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec- 7MF045.-...
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of E 7MF034.-... 7MF0813-...
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be 7MF035.-...
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF044.-...
7MF045.-...
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. G, H and J 7MF034.-... 7MF0802-...
7MF035.-... 7MF0812-...
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- 7MF044.-...
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF045.-...
sion response.
Offset of measuring range
If there is a difference in height between the two connection
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif-
ferential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter.
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at
the same height as the transmitter.
Pressure transmitter output
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves-
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the
pressure transmitter also increase.
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure
and the output signal, the lower range value and upper range
value of the SITRANS P must be interchanged.
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in-
creasing level, separation layer or density.
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · H1
∆H ∆H
Installation type B
HO
HO
Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU + ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO + ρOil · g · H1
HU HU
H1
Legend
pMA Lower range value to be set
pME Upper range value to be set
H1
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote
seal
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter g Local acceleration due to gravity
above the measuring point below the measuring point
HU Lower range value
HO Upper range value
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure
trans.
Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Lower range value: pMA = pSTART + ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = pEND + ρOil · g · H1
Legend
H1
pSTART Lower range value
pabs pabs pEND Upper range value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
H1
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H1 Distance between vessel flange and
pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ≥ 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements
Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Lower range value: pMA = pSTART - ρOil · g · HV
Upper range value: pME = pEND - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
H1 HV
pSTART Lower range value
pEND Upper range value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary
to the remote seal
H2 HV Distance between the measuring
points (spigots)
+ -

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels) 1
Installation type E Installation type E
Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
∆H
HV the remote seal
HO
HU HO Upper range value
HV Distance between the measuring
+ - points (spigots)
Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J
H1 - +
H1
∆H H2
HV
HO - +
H1
H2
HU
H2
+ -
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling Installation type for vacuum applications H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling
liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) liquid only H2 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)
Installation type G, H and J Legend

Lower range value: pMA Lower range value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV pME Upper range value to be set HU Lower range value
Upper range value: ρFL Density of medium in vessel HO Upper range value
pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring
the remote seal points (spigots)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups without remote seals
1 ■ Overview
Notes Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer ways above the top spigot.
has to be positioned between the two spigots. • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Upper range value Lower range value: pMA = ρ · g · HU
Upper range value: pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
ρ pME Upper range value to be set
HO
Lower range value
ρ Density of medium in vessel
HU
+
Separation layer measurement

Constant level Lower range value: pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2)
= Upper range value
Upper range value: pME = ρ1 · g · HO
ρ2
Legend
Separation layer
ρ1 pME Upper range value to be set
HO Lower range value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid
ρ2 Density of lighter liquid
HU
+ HO Upper range value
Density measurement
Lower range value: pMA = ρMIN · g · HO
Constant level
Upper range value: pME = ρMAX · g · HO
Legend
HO ρ
ρMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
ρMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
HO Upper range value in m

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups for closed containers 1
Level measurement, Version 1
Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Lower range value: ∆pMA = ρ · g · HU
pressure line Upper range value: ∆pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level
∆pMA Lower range value to be set
∆pME Upper range value to be set
Upper range value ρ Density of medium in vessel
Lower range value
HO HO Upper range value
HU ρ
+ -
Transmitter
reference line

Static
pressure Constant Lower range value: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ - HV · ρ')
reference Upper range value: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ - HV · ρ')
level
Mamimum level Legend
Upper range value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line ρ Density of medium in vessel
ρ' Density of liquid in the negative pressure
HV line (corresponding to the temperature
Lower range value ρ' existing there)
HO
HU ρ HU Lower range value
+ - HV Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Static
pressure Lower range value: ∆pMA = PStat + ρ · g · HU - PStat
PStat
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
Upper range value: ∆pME = PStat + ρ · g · HO - PStat
Mamimum level
+ Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
Transmitter 2 Legend
Upper range value (for pressure or ∆pMA Lower range value to be set
differential pressure)
HV Lower range value ρ Density of medium in vessel
HO
HU ρ HU Lower range value
HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
+
Transmitter 1 The pressure measuring range (≙ level) will be calculated by subtraction

(for pressure or of measuring range of transmitter 1 minus measuring range of
differential pressure) transmitter 2 in the process control system.
Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static
Lower range value: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2 - HV · ρ'2)
pressure
Constant level Upper range value: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ1 - HV · ρ'2)
Max. separation layer Legend

Upper range value ρ1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
in vessel
ρ'2 ρ2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
ρ2 HV
Lower range value
ρ'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
HO (corresponding to the temperature existing
HU there)
ρ1
+ - HO Upper range value
HV Distance between the measuring points
Transmitter
(spigots)
reference line

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
■ Application
1
The remote seals 7MF48.. can be fitted to SITRANS P transmit-
ters for
• pressure (SITRANS P300, P310, DSIII and P410),
• absolute pressure (SITRANS P300 and DSIII) and
• differential pressure and flow (SITRANS P310, DSIII, P410
and P500).
■ Design and mode of operation

A remote seal system consists of a transmitter, one or two remote
seals, an appropriate transmission liquid, and a connection be- Diaphragm seal of pancake design, and also with extended
tween the transmitter and remote seal (direct mounting or capil- diaphragm (extension)
lary).
The volume in contact with the measured medium is defined by
an flexible diaphragm. The volume between this diaphragm and
the pressure transmitter is completely filled with a transmission
fluid. If a pressure is now applied to the remote seal, this is trans-
mitted via the flexible diaphragm and the fill fluid to the pressure
transmitter.
In many cases, a capillary is located between the remote seal
and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize tempera-
ture effects from the hot medium on the latter. However, the cap-
illary line influences the response time and the temperature re-
sponse of the complete remote seal system. When fitting remote
seals to differential pressure transmitters, two capillaries of the Diaphragm seal of flush flange design, and also with extended
same length must always be used. diaphragm (extension)
■ Fields of use
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between
the measured medium and the measuring instrument is appro-
priate or essential for the following reasons:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits speci-
fied for the transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials in
the transmitter which are not available.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which
would block the measuring chambers of the transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or
impulse line. Tri-Clamp sanitary remote seal
• The medium is heterogeneous and fibrous. Diaphragm seals

• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization. The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- • Pancake design, and pancake design with extended dia-
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. phragm (extension) to DIN or ANSI which are secured using a
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring site, e.g. in a backup blind flange.
batch process. • Flush flange design, and flange design with extended dia-
phragm (extension) to DIN or ANSI which are installed by us-
■ Constructional designs ing holes in the flange.
• Sanitary remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, Cherry Burrell,
A differentiation is made between diaphragm seals and inline APC connection, Tri-clamp connection, etc.
seals.
The sanitary remote seals are common designs in the food in-
With the diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured via a flat dustry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot
convoluted diaphragm welded to a convoluted backup. accumulate in dead volumes. The sanitary clamp present on the
With the inline seals, the pressure is measured via a cylindrical remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for clean-
diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and transmitted to the transmit- ing.
ter via the filling liquid. • Button diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
The inline seal is a special design for flowing media. It consists tapped holes.
of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is embed- • Remote seals with customer-specific process connections.
ded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no tur-
bulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow occur.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 Clamp-on seals
The following types of clamp-on seals exist:
• Sanitary inline seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, Cherry Burrell, tri-
clamp connection etc.
The sanitary facility enables the seal to be removed quickly for
cleaning purposes.
• Inline seals for positioning between DIN or ANSI flanges.
• Inline seals with customer-specific process connections.
■ Transmission response
Temperature errors occur if the fill fluid in the remote seal and in
Button diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front
the capillaries expands or contracts as a result of temperature
effects. The temperature error depends on the diaphragm cha-
rateristic, the influence of the fill fluid, and the influence of the fill
fluid under the process flanges or in the flanges on the transmit-
ter (volume minimized for remote seals).
Diaphragm characteristic
The charateristic of the remote seal is of great importance. The
larger the diaphragm diameter, the softer it is. In comparison to
a smaller diaphragm, this means that it can respond far easier to
temperature-based expansions of the filling liquid.
The result is that low measuring ranges are only possible with
large diaphragm diameters. In addition, the diaphragm thick-
ness, its material, and any coatings which may be present must
also be considered.
Sanitary tri-clamp seal and for flange pancake mounting
Fill fluid
All fill fluids expand or contract when the temperature varies.
Temperature-independent errors can be minimized by selecting • A filling liquid should be selected which has the lowest viscos-
a suitable filling liquid, but it must also be ensured that the filling ity and the lowest coefficient of expansion, and which simulta-
liquid is appropriate for the temperature limits and operating neously fulfills the process requirements with respect to pres-
pressure. For food and beverage as well as pharmaceutical ap- sure/vacuum and temperature. The filling liquid must also be
plications see reference for FDA approved fill fluids. compatible with the process medium.
• When installing the equipment for vacuum applications, the
Since the fill fluid is present under the remote seal diaphragm, in
transmitter must always be located below the lowest tap.
the capillaries and under the process flanges of the transmitter,
the temperature error must be calculated separately for each • It should also be noted that some of the filling liquids are very
combination. limited with respect to the permissible temperature of the me-
dium for vacuum applications.
Response time
• When operating permanently at a vacuum, the remote seal
The response time depends on the internal diameter of the cap-
must be designed in the version resistant to those vacuum ap-
illaries, the viscosity of the filling liquid, the capillary extension
plicaton.
length, and the pressure in the measuring system:
• Recommendations on the minimum span can be found in the
Internal diameter: tables on pages 1/403 and 1/404.
The response time decreases as the internal diameter
increases, but the temperature error increases due to increased
oil volume. ■ Note
Viscosity: The remote seals listed in this catalog are a selection of the most
The response time increases as the viscosity increases. common designs. As a result of the large variety of process con-
nections, it may nevertheless be the case that certain remote
Capillary length: seals which are not listed in the catalog are still available.
The capillary length has a proportional effect on the response Other versions could be:
time and the temperature error.
• Other process connections, standards
Measuring system pressure: • Aseptic or sterile connections
The response time decreases as the pressure in the measuring
system increases. • Other sizes
• Other nominal pressures
■ Recommendations • Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi- • Other sealing faces
nation of transmitter and remote seal: • Other fill fluids
• The remote seal diameter, and thus the effective diameter of • Other capillary lengths
the diaphragm, should be selected as large as possible in or- • Sheathing of capillaries with protective coat
der to keep the temperature-dependents errors as low as pos-
sible. • Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
• The capillaries should be selected as short as possible in or- Please contact your Siemens Regional Office for more
der to keep the response time and the temperature-depen- information.
dent errors as low as possible.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1
Nominal diameter, nominal See Ordering data Sealing material in the transmitter
pressure, pressure connection pressure flanges
Sealing face (only for pancake and To ANSI B16.5 RF 250 RMS for • For absolute pressure transmitters
flanged remote seals) stainless steel or solid materials and vacuum applications Copper
or • For other applications Viton
ANSI B16.5 RFSF Max. pressure See nominal pressure of remote
(smooth finish) for other materials seal and transmitter
Materials Capillary
• Main body for pancake and flange Stainless steel, mat. No. • Length Max. 30 ft.
remote seals 1.4435/316L longer lengths on inquiry
• Wetted parts materials See Ordering data • Internal bore 0.079 inch
• Housing and diaphragm for Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435/ • Smallest bending radius 6.0 inch
Inline seals 316L or stainless steel,
7MF4880-... and 7MF4883-... Fill fluid
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No. • For pancake and flange remote
1.4571/316Ti seals See Ordering data
• Armor Spiral sheath made of stainless • For sanitary remote seals Neobee M20 (food oil)
steel, mat. No. 304
Ambient temperature See transmitter and filling liquid
(DGRL 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
practice)
■ Measuring errors based on physical properties always result when using remote seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure, absolute pressure or level transmitters, and with
single-sided connection to differential pressure transmitters
Nominal diameter/ Effective Temperature error Temperature error Temperature error Recommended
design diaphragm of remote seal of capillary of transmitter values, min. spans
diameter [in] [inH2O/25 °F] [inH2O/25 °F/3 ft] flange connection (observe tempera-
[inH2O/25 °F] ture error) [psi]
Flange to 2" flush flanged 2.32 1.69 2.04 2.04 7.5
ANSI B16.5 2" with extension 1.89 2.81 5.1 5.1 7.5
3" flush flanged 3.5 0.23 0.21 0.21 1.5
3" with extension 2.83 0.58 0.53 0.53 3.5
4" flush flanged 3.5 0.23 0.21 0.21 1.5
4" with extension 3.5 0.23 0.21 0.21 1.5
5" flush flanged 4.88 0.12 0.07 0.07 0.3
5" with extension 4.88 0.12 0.07 0.07 0.3
Flange to DN 50 flush flanged 2.32 1.69 2.04 2.04 7.5
DIN 2501 DN 50 with extension 1.89 2.81 5.1 5.1 7.5
DN 80 flush flanged 3.5 0.23 0.21 0.21 1.5
DN 80 with extension 2.83 0.58 0.53 0.53 3.5
DN 100 flush flanged 3.5 0.23 0.21 0.21 1.5
DN 125 flush flanged 4.88 0.12 0.07 0.07 0.3
Sanitary 1 ½" 1.26 9.51 35.73 35.73 60
Tri-Clamp 2" 1.57 3.93 7.67 7.67 30
2 ½" 2.32 1.69 2.57 2.57 7.5
3" 2.83 0.58 0.53 0.53 3.5
4" 3.5 0.23 0.21 0.21 1.5
Button Seal 1 NPT-male 0.98 13.97 81.7 81.7 90
1 ½ NPT-male 1.57 3.93 7.67 7.67 30
2" NPT-male 2.05 2.23 2.57 2.57 7.5
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals (part 1)

Remarks:
• Values apply to fill fluid: silicone oil DC 200, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and Neobee M20.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with double-sided connection to differential pressure transmitters
Nominal diameter/ Effective Temperature error Temperature error Temperature error Recommended
design diaphragm of remote seal of capillary of transmitter values, min. spans
diameter [in] [inH2O/25 °F] [inH2O/25 °F/3 ft] flange connection (observe tempera-
[inH2O/25 °F] ture error) [psi]
Flange to 2" flush flanged 2.32 0.384 0.42 0.42 3.5
ANSI B16.5 2" with extension 1.89 0.692 1.051 1.051 3.5
3" flush flanged 3.5 0.077 0.042 0.042 1
3" with extension 2.83 0.154 0.126 0.126 1.5
4" flush flanged 3.5 0.077 0.042 0.042 1
4" with extension 3.5 0.077 0.042 0.042 1
5" flush flanged 4.88 0.038 0.017 0.017 0.3
5" with extension 4.88 0.038 0.017 0.017 0.3
Flange to DN 50 flush flanged 2.32 0.384 0.42 0.42 3.5
DIN 2501 DN 50 with extension 1.89 0.692 1.051 1.051 3.5
DN 80 flush flanged 3.5 0.077 0.042 0.042 1
DN 100 flush flanged 3.5 0.077 0.042 0.042 1
DN 100 with extension 3.5 0.077 0.042 0.042 1
DN 125 flush flanged 4.88 0.038 0.017 0.017 0.3
Sanitary 2" 1.57 0.961 1.849 1.849 30
Tri-Clamp 2 ½" 2.32 0.384 0.42 0.42 3.5
3" 2.83 0.154 0.126 0.126 1.5
4" 3.5 0.077 0.042 0.042 1
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals (part 2)
Remarks:
• Values apply to fill fluids: silicone oil DC 200, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and Neobee M20.
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals when connected to pressure or absolute pressure transmitters, and with single-sided
connection to differential pressure transmitters
Nominal diameter/design Temperature error of Temperature error of cap- Temperature error of Recommended values,
remote seal illary transmitter flange con- min. spans (observe tem-
[inH2O/25 °F] [inH2O/25 °F/3 ft] nection [inH2O/25 °F] perature error) [psi]
1 inch 3.345 5.17 5.17 14.5
1 ½ inch 2.499 2.732 2.732 3.5
2 inch 2.23 1.849 1.849 1.5
3 inch 5.305 3.068 3.068 1.5
4 inch 0.461 1.849 1.849 1.5
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to differential pressure transmitters
Nominal diameter/design Temperature error of Temperature error of cap- Temperature error of Recommended values,
remote seal illary transmitter flange con- min. spans (observe tem-
[inH2O/25 °F] [inH2O/25 °F/3 ft] nection [inH2O/25 °F] perature error) [psi]
1 inch 1.269 1.093 1.093 14.5
1 ½ inch 0.461 0.168 0.168 3.5
2 inch 0.154 0.084 0.084 1.5
3 inch 1.692 0.294 0.294 1.5
4 inch 0.577 0.084 0.084 1.5
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals
Remarks:
• Values apply to fill fluids: silicone oil DC 200, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and Neobee M20.
• Diaphragm thickness: 1" & 1 ½" & 2":0.002 inch
3" & 4": 0.004 inch

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Calculation of temperature error for remote seals Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material 1
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error The errors listed in the tables on pages 1/403 and 1/404 refer to
for remote seals: the use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If a different
material is used, the listed values change by the amount shown
dp = (tRS - tCal) . fRS + (tCap - tCal) . lCap . fCap + (tTR - tCal) . fPF
in the following table.
dp Additional temperature error (inH2O) Diaphragm material Change in temperature error
of remote seal
tRS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm
(generally corresponds to temperature of medium) Stainless steel Values as specified in tables on
pages 1/403 and 1/404
tCal Reference (calibration) temperature 68 °F
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 Increase in values by 50%
fRS Temperature error of remote seal (see tables on pages 1/403 and 1/404)
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 Increase in values by 50%
tCap Ambient temperature on the capillaries
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 Increase in values by 60%
lCap Capillary extension length (error given per 3 ft)
Tantalum Increase in values by 50%
fCap Temperature error of capillaries (see tables on pages 1/403 and 1/404)
Titanium Increase in values by 50%
tTR Ambient temperature on transmitter
Gold coating on stainless steel Increase in values by 40%
fPF Temperature error of oil filling in process flanges of transmitter diaphragm
(see tables on pages 1/403 and 1/404)
Example of calculation of temperature error for remote seals Response times (approximate)
Existing conditions: The listed values are the response times (in seconds, per meter
of capillary extension) for a change in pressure which corre-
SITRANS P transmitter for differential fRS = 0.054 inH2O/25 °F sponds to the set span.
pressure, 100 inH2O, set to 0 to 40 inH2O
with 3 in flush flanged remote seal, The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of
diaphragm made of stainless steel, the capillary extension, or with transmitters for differential pres-
mat. No. 1.4535/316L sure and flow by the total length of both capillary extensions.
Capillary 2 x 15 ft lCap = 2 x 15 ft The response times are independent of the set span within the
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap= 0.042 inH2O/25 °F/3 ft range of the respective transmitter. The response times are of
Filled with silicone oil DC 200-10 fPF = 0.042 inH2O/25 °F
insignificant importance for spans above 145 psi (10 bar). The
response time of the transmitter has not been considered.
Temperature of medium 212 °F tRS = 212 °F
Temperature on capillaries 122 °F tCap = 122 °F
Temperature on transmitter 122 °F tTR = 122 °F
Required:
Additional temperature error of remote seal: dp
Calculation:
dp = (212 °F – 68 °F) . 0.077 inH2O/25 °F + (122 °F – 68 °F) . 15 ft
. 2 . 0.042 inH O/25 °F / 3ft + (122 °F – 68 °F) . 0.042 inH O/25 °F
2 2
dp = 0.444 inH2O + 0.907 inH2O + 0.091 inH2O
Result:
dp = 1.442 inH2O (corresponds to 3.605 % of set span)
Note:
The temperature error determined above only applies to the error
resulting from connection of the remote seal.
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included in
this consideration. It must be calculated separately, and the resulting
error added to the error determined above from connection of the remote
seal.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 Filling liquid Density Temperature on capillary Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of transmitter
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (3.63 psi) 600 mbar (8.7 psi) 1600 mbar (23.2 psi)
Silicone oil 0.934 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
DC 200-10 +20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
DC 200-50 +20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
Syltherm 800 0.935 (0.034) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.37) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil 1.07 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
DC704 +20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (68) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Fluorolube 1.866 (0.068) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (68) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Neobee M20 0.917 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.18 (0.055) 0.08 (0.024) 0.03 (0.009)
+20 (68) 0.43 (0.131) 0.18 (0.055) 0.07 (0.021)
- 20 (68) 1.19 (0.363) 0.5 (0.152) 0.18 (0.055)
Glycerine/water 1.22 (0.044) +60 (140) 0.13 (0.040) 0.05 (0.015) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.76 (0.232) 0.32 (0.098) 0.12 (0.037)
0 (32) 9.72 (2.963) 4.05 (12.34) 1.51 (0.460)
■ Technical specifications of filling liquid

When selecting the filling liquid, check that it is suitable with
respect to the permissible temperature of the medium and the
process pressure. Also check the compatibility with the mea-
sured medium. For example, only food grade filling liquids may
be used in the food industry. A special case are oxygen and
chlorine as the measured media; the fill fluid must not react with
them, otherwise an explosion or fire may occur if there is a leak
in the remote seal.
Filling liquid Permissible temperature of medium Density at 20 °C Viscosity at 20 °C Expansion
(68 °F) (68 °F) coefficient
pabs<1 bar (pabs<14.5 psi) pabs>1 bar (pabs>14.5 psi) kg/dm3 (lb/in3) m2/s·106 (ft2/s·106) 1/°C (1/°F)
°C (°F) °C (°F)
Silicone oil -40 to +121 (-40 to +248) -40 to +200 (-40 to +392) 0.934 (0.03) 10 (107.6) 0.00108 (0.00060)
DC200-10
Silicone oil -20 to +150 (-4 to +302) -20 to +250 (-4 to +482) 0.96 (0.03) 50 (538) 0.00104 (0.00058)
DC 200-50
Syltherm 800 -40 to +121 (-40 to +250) -40 to +205 (-40 to +400) 0.935 (0.034) 10.03 (107.9) 0.00109 (0.00061)
Silicone oil -10 to +200 (+14 to +392) -10 to +350 (+14 to +662) 1.07 (0.04) 39 (420) 0.0008 (0.00044)
DC704
Halocarbon oil -40 to +80 (-40 to +176) -40 to +175 (-40 to +347) 1.968 (0.07) 14 (151) 0.00086 (0.00048)
Fluorolube Not possible Not possible -40 to +175 (-40 to +347) 1.866 (0.068) 15.5 (167) 0.000864 (0.00048)
Neobee M20 10 to +90 (+14 to +195) -10 to +200 (+14 to +392) 0.917 (0.03) 9.8 (105) 0.00082 (0.00045)
Glycerine/water Not possible Not possible -10 to +120 (+14 to +248) 1.22 (0.04) 88 (947) 0.0005 (0.00028)
■ Maximum temperature of medium ■ Maximum capillary length (guidance values for diaphragm
seals and inline seals)
The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply
depending on the wetted parts materials: Nominal diameter Max. length of capillary
Material pabs < 1 bar pabs > 1 bar Diaphragm seal Inline seal
(14.5 psi) (14.5 psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 m (8.2 ft) 2.5 m (8.2 ft)
°C (°F) °C (°F) DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 m (4.9 ft) 2.5 m (8.2 ft)
Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti 200 (392) 350 (662) DN 40 (1½ inch) 4m (13.1 ft) 6m (19.7 ft)
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 200 (392) 350 (662)
DN 50 (2 inch) 6m (19.7 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft)
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 200 (392) 350 (662)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 200 (392) 350 (662) DN 65 (2½ inch) 8m (26.2 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft)
Tantalum 200 (392) 300 (572) DN 80 (3 inch) 10 m (32.8 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft)
Size 4 inch (30.0 ft) –
Size 5 inch (30.0 ft) – –

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Pancake type diaphragm seal with flexible capillary tube
■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code

1
Pancake type diaphragm seal
with flexible capillary extension, connected to
a SITRANS P transmitter (order separately)
for pressure 7MF40 7 7 or 7MF42 7 7 7MF4800-
for absolute pressure 7MF43 7 7 7MF4801-
for differential pressure 7MF44 7 7 7MF4803-
• dual seals for DP 1 7777 - 7B 777
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
• 2 inch class 150 ... 2500 E
• 3 inch class 150 ... 2500 H
• 4 inch class 150 ... 2500 L
• 5 inch class 150 ... 2500 N
Special design, customer information to be Z J1Y
supplied
Materials and wetted parts
Pancake type diaphragm seal • SST 316L A
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5) • Tantal K
Special design, customer information to be Z K1 J
supplied
This area (A) is to be coated with No foreign liquids or
teflon (PFA) to a minimum material are to enter Extension length (316SS standard)
thickness of 0.004" these openings Without extension (standard version) 0
A Special design, customer information to be 9 L1Y
supplied for extension
System fill
• Silicone oil DC 200-10 1
• Halocarbon (for O2-application) 4
• Silicone oil M5 5
• Syltherm 800 6
A
• DC704 silicone oil 7

• Fluorolube 8
Special design, customer inform. to be supplied 9 M1 Y
Length of capillary
System • 3 ft 2
fill port • 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
A • 15 ft 5
DM • 20 ft 6
D • 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
Special design, customer inform. to be supplied 9 N1Y
Pancake type diaphragm seal, dimensions
Further designs
Size Class D DM F A [in2] Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy
2" 3.94 2.32 0.79 12.2 Order code
3" 5.28 3.50 0.79 21.9 for 7MF4800
150 - 2500
4" 6.22 3.50 0.79 30.4 Integrated flame path restriction A0 1
5" 7.32 4.80 0.87 42.1 Certificate of calibration N.I.S.T. (20% steps) C1 1
Material conformance certificate C1 2
Size = Nominal pipe size
Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V0 1
DM = Effective diaphragm diameter
Class = Flange rating per ASME B16.5 Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y0 5
All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted questionnaire to be attached)
for 7MF4801
Integrated flame path restriction A0 1
Certificate of calibration N.I.S.T. (20% steps) C1 1
Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y0 5
questionnaire to be attached)
for 7MF4803
Certificate of calibration N.I.S.T. (20% steps) C1 1

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Flange-type diaphragm seal directly connected
1 ■ Overview Size Class A B C DM E F G X Weight
DN lbs
150 3.50 2.38 1.38 1.3 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 2.2
½"
300 3.75 2.62 1.38 1.6 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 2.2
150 3.88 2.75 1.69 1.6 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 2.4
¾"
300 4.62 3.25 1.69 1.6 0.85 0.06 0.75 4 3.5
150 4.25 3.12 2.00 2.1 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 3.1
1"
300 4.88 3.50 2.00 2.1 0.85 0.06 0.75 4 3.7
150 5.00 3.55 2.88 1.9 0.69 0.06 0.62 4 3.5
300 6.12 4.50 2.88 1.9 0.81 0.06 0.88 4 5.5
1.5" 600 6.12 4.50 2.88 1.9 1.13 0.25 0.88 4 7.3
1500 7.00 4.88 2.88 1.9 1.50 0.25 1.12 4 13.0
2500 8.00 5.75 2.88 1.9 2.00 0.25 1.25 4 22.9
150 6.00 4.75 3.62 2.4 0.75 0.06 0.75 4 5.9
300 6.50 5.00 3.62 2.4 0.88 0.06 0.75 8 8.1
Flange-type diaphragm seal, without extension 2" 600 6.50 5.00 3.62 2.4 1.25 0.25 0.75 8 12.5
1500 8.50 6.50 3.62 2.4 1.75 0.25 1.00 8 29.0
■ Dimensions (connection to ASME B16.5) 2500 9.25 6.75 3.62 2.4 2.25 0.25 1.12 8 43.6
150 7.50 6.00 5.00 3.5 0.94 0.06 0.75 4 11.7
300 8.25 6.62 5.00 3.5 1.12 0.06 0.88 8 17.2
600 8.25 6.62 5.00 3.5 1.50 0.25 0.88 8 24.2
Optional instrument 3"
Welded capillary 900 9.50 7.50 5.00 3.5 1.75 0.25 1.00 8 36.7
connection
1/4” NPT 1500 10.53 8.00 5.00 3.5 2.13 0.25 1.25 8 53.9
1/2“ NPT 2500 12.01 9.00 5.00 3.5 2.87 0.25 1.38 8 93.9
150 9.00 7.50 6.19 3.5 0.94 0.06 0.75 8 16.9
300 10.04 7.88 6.19 3.5 1.25 0.06 0.88 8 27.9
400 10.4 7.88 6.19 3.5 1.63 0.25 1.00 8 38.3
4" 600 10.83 8.50 6.19 3.5 1.75 0.25 1.00 8 47.3
900 11.51 9.25 6.19 3.5 2.00 0.25 1.25 8 60.9
1500 12.30 9.50 6.19 3.5 2.37 0.25 1.38 8 81.4
2500 14.00 10.75 6.19 3.5 3.25 0.25 1.62 8 144.5
DN = Nominal pipe size
Class = Flange rating per ASME B16.5
Flange-type diaphragm seal without extension for flanges ≤ 1" X = Number of bolt holes
All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted
Flange-type diaphragm seal, without extension, dimensions
Optional instrument
connections
welded capillary
connection
System 1/4” NPT
fill port 1/2“ NPT
Flange-type diaphragm seal without extension for flanges ≥ 1.5"

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Flange-type diaphragm seal with extension

1
Flange-type diaphragm seal
directly connected to a 7MF4810-
SITRANS P 7MF40 7 7 or 7MF42 7 7
(order separately) 77777 777

Process connection
vertical (transmitter upright) 0
horizontal 2
Size and class
• 2 inch class 150 L
• 2 inch class 300 M
• 2 inch class 600 N
• 2 inch class 1500 P
• 3 inch class 150 Q
• 3 inch class 300 R
• 3 inch class 600 S
• 4 inch class 150 T
Flange-type diaphragm seal, with extension
• 4 inch class 300 U
• 4 inch class 400 V
■ Dimensions Special design, customer information to be Z J1Y
supplied
Instrument connection
Options • SST 316L A
Welded capillary connection • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
1/4” NPT • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
1/2“ NPT • Tantal K
Special design, customer information to be Z K1Y
supplied
Extension length (316SS standard)
Without extension (standard version) 0
2" 1
4" 2
6" 3
8" 4
Special design, customer information to be 9 L1Y
System fill
• Syltherm 800 6
• Fluorolube 8
Special design, customer information to be 9 M1 Y
supplied
Further designs
Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy
Order code
Size Class A B C DM E1) F G H X L Rotatable Flange B0 1
DN Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20% steps) C1 1
2" 150 6.00 4.75 0.75 0.75 4 Material conformance certificate C1 2
3.62 1.8 1.90
300 6.50 5.00 0.88 0.75 8 Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V0 1
3" 150 7.50 6.00 0.94 0.75 4 Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y0 5
5.00 2.8 2.99 0.06 2.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 questionnaire to be attached)
300 8.25 6.62 1.12 0.88 8
4" 150 9.00 7.50 0.94 0.75 8
6.19 3.5 3.70
300 10.04 7.88 1.25 0.88 8
1)based on schedule 40
X = Number of bolt holes
Flange-type diaphragm seal, with extension, dimensions

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Flange-type diaphragm seal with extension
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Mounting flange Mounting flange at High-Side, Flange-Type
Seal, w/o extension Flange-type seal via
directly mounted at SITRANS P for Level 7MF4812- capillary extension on low-side without
7MF46 7 7 (order separately) extension
3 7777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online confi- for SITRANS P for differential pressure 7MF4813-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 7MF44 7 7 (order separately)
1 7777 - 7B 777
Flange Size Class Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
ANSI B16.5 2 inch 150 L guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
300 M Flange Size Class
3 inch 150 Q
300 R ANSI B16.5 2 inch 150 L
4 inch 150 T 300 M
300 U 3 inch 150 Q
Special design, customer information to be Z J1Y 300 R
supplied 4 inch 150 T
300 U
Materials and wetted parts Special design, customer information to be Z J1Y
• SST 316L A supplied
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J Materials and wetted parts
• Tantal K • SST 316L A
Special design, customer information to be Z K1Y • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
supplied • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• Tantal K
Extension length (316SS standard) Special design, customer information to be Z K1Y
Without extension (standard version, 0 mm) 0 supplied
2" 50 mm 1
4" 100 mm 2 Extension length (316SS standard)
6" 150 mm 3 Without extension (standard version, 0 mm) 0
8" 200 mm 4 2" 50 mm 1
Special design, customer information to be 9 L1Y 4" 100 mm 2
supplied for extension 6" 150 mm 3
8" 200 mm 4
System fill Special design, customer information to be 9 L1Y
• Silicone oil DC 200-10 1 supplied for extension
• Halocarbon (for O2-application) 4 System fill
• Silicone oil M5 5 • Silicone oil DC 200-10 1
• Syltherm 800 6 • Silicone oil DC 200-50 2
• DC704 silicone oil 7 • Halocarbon (for O2-application) 4
• Fluorolube 8 • Silicone oil M5 5
Special design, customer information to be 9 M1 Y • Syltherm 800 6
supplied • DC704 silicone oil 7
• Fluorolube 8
Further designs Special design, customer information to be 9 M1 Y
Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy supplied
Order code
Capillary length at low-side
Integrated flame path restriction A01
• 3 ft 2
Rotatable Flange B01 • 5 ft 3
Certificates: • 10 ft 4
Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20% steps) C11 • 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
Material conformance certificate C12
• 25 ft 7
Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V04 • 30 ft 8
Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y05 Special design, customer information to be 9
questionnaire to be attached) supplied
Further designs
Order code
Rotatable Flange B01
Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20% steps) C11
Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V04
Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y05

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pressure type", directly connected
■ Overview
1
G1 = Instrument connection
G2 = Process connection
G3 = Threaded bolt hole
Diaphragm seal "flanges off-line low-pressure type"
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5)
Instrument connection options

welded capillary connection
1/4” NPT
1/2“ NPT
G2 G3 X A B C DM E
Size Class
½" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
½" 300# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
½" 600# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.25 2.55
¾" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
¾" 300# 5/ "-11UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
8
¾" 600# 5/ "-11UNC 4 5.91 0.25 2.55
8
1" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
1" 300# 5/ "-11UNC 4 5.91 5.91 0.06 3.5 2.36
8
1" 600# 5/ "-11UNC 4 5.91 0.25 2.55
8
1 ½" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
1 ½" 300# ¾"-10UNC 4 6.12 0.06 2.46
1 ½" 600# ¾"-10UNC 4 6.12 0.25 2.65
2" 150# 5/ "-11UNC 4 6.00 0.06 2.36
8
2" 300# 5/ "-11UNC 8 6.50 0.06 2.36
8
2" 600# 5/ "-11UNC 8 6.50 0.25 2.55
8

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pressure type", directly connected
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pres-
sure type"
direct mount to transmitter, 316 stainless steel 7MF4814-
upper housing SITRANS P for 7MF44 7 7 or
7MF46 7 7 (order separately) 3 7777 777

Size and class
• ½ inch class 150#RF A
• ½ inch class 300#RF B
• ½ inch class 600#RF C
• ¾ inch class 150#RF E
• ¾ inch class 300#RF F
• ¾ inch class 600#RF G
• 1 inch class 150#RF J
• 1 inch class 300#RF K
• 1 inch class 600#RF L
• 1 ½ inch class 150#RF N
• 1 ½ inch class 300#RF P
• 1 ½ inch class 600#RF Q
• 2 inch class 150#RF S
• 2 inch class 300#RF T
• 2 inch class 600#RF U
supplied
• SST 316L A
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Tantal K
supplied
Flushing port(s)
None 0
1 x ¼"NPT-female (available w/ SS, HC or MO) 2
supplied
System fill
• Syltherm 800 6
• Fluorolube 8
supplied
Further designs
Order code
Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C11

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Flange-type diaphragm seal with flexible capillary tube
■ Overview ■ Connection to ASME B16.5

1
Size Class A B C DM E F G X Weight
DN lbs
150 3.50 2.38 1.38 1.3 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 2.2
½"
300 3.75 2.62 1.38 1.6 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 2.2
150 3.88 2.75 1.69 1.6 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 2.4
¾"
300 4.62 3.25 1.69 1.6 0.85 0.06 0.75 4 3.5
150 4.25 3.12 2.00 2.1 0.85 0.06 0.62 4 3.1
1"
300 4.88 3.50 2.00 2.1 0.85 0.06 0.75 4 3.7
150 5.00 3.55 2.88 1.9 0.69 0.06 0.62 4 3.5
300 6.12 4.50 2.88 1.9 0.81 0.06 0.88 4 5.5
1.5" 600 6.12 4.50 2.88 1.9 1.13 0.25 0.88 4 7.3
1500 7.00 4.88 2.88 1.9 1.50 0.25 1.12 4 13.0
2500 8.00 5.75 2.88 1.9 2.00 0.25 1.25 4 22.9
150 6.00 4.75 3.62 2.4 0.75 0.06 0.75 4 5.9
300 6.50 5.00 3.62 2.4 0.88 0.06 0.75 8 8.1
Flange-type diaphragm seal with flexible capillary extension
2" 600 6.50 5.00 3.62 2.4 1.25 0.25 0.75 8 12.5
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5) 1500 8.50 6.50 3.62 2.4 1.75 0.25 1.00 8 29.0
2500 9.25 6.75 3.62 2.4 2.25 0.25 1.12 8 43.6
150 7.50 6.00 5.00 3.5 0.94 0.06 0.75 4 11.7
300 8.25 6.62 5.00 3.5 1.12 0.06 0.88 8 17.2
Optional instrument 600 8.25 6.62 5.00 3.5 1.50 0.25 0.88 8 24.2
Welded capillary 3"
connection 900 9.50 7.50 5.00 3.5 1.75 0.25 1.00 8 36.7
1/4” NPT
1/2” NPT 1500 10.53 8.00 5.00 3.5 2.13 0.25 1.25 8 53.9
2500 12.01 9.00 5.00 3.5 2.87 0.25 1.38 8 93.9
150 9.00 7.50 6.19 3.5 0.94 0.06 0.75 8 16.9
300 10.04 7.88 6.19 3.5 1.25 0.06 0.88 8 27.9
400 10.4 7.88 6.19 3.5 1.63 0.25 1.00 8 38.3
4" 600 10.83 8.50 6.19 3.5 1.75 0.25 1.00 8 47.3
900 11.51 9.25 6.19 3.5 2.00 0.25 1.25 8 60.9
1500 12.30 9.50 6.19 3.5 2.37 0.25 1.38 8 81.4
2500 14.00 10.75 6.19 3.5 3.25 0.25 1.62 8 144.5
Flange-type diaphragm seal for flanges ≤ 1" DM = Effective diaphragm diameter
Optional instrument All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted
connections
welded capillary
connection
System 1/4” NPT
fill port 1/2” NPT
Flange-type diaphragm seal for flanges ≥ 1.5"

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Flange-type diaphragm seal with flexible capillary tube
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Flange-type diaphragm seal Further designs
with flexible capillary extension, connected to Order code
a SITRANS P transmitter (order separately)
for 7MF4820
for pressure 7MF40 7 7 or 7MF42 7 7 7MF4820-
for absolute pressure 7MF43 7 7 7MF4821- Rotatable Flange B0 1
for differential pressure 7MF44 7 7 7MF4823- DP "H" flange service B0 2
• dual seals for DP Certificate of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C1 1
1 7777 - 7B 777
Click on the Article No. for the online confi- Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V0 1
Size and class questionnaire to be attached)
• 2 inch class 150 L for 7MF4821
• 2 inch class 300 M
• 2 inch class 600 N Integrated flame path restriction A0 1
• 2 inch class 1500 P Rotatable Flange B0 1
• 3 inch class 150 Q Certificate of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C1 1
• 3 inch class 300 R Material conformance certificate C1 2
• 3 inch class 600 S Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y0 5
• 4 inch class 150 T questionnaire to be attached)
• 4 inch class 300 U
• 4 inch class 400 V for 7MF4823
• 5 inch class 150 W Integrated flame path restriction A0 2
• 5 inch class 300 X Rotatable Flange B0 1
• 5 inch class 400 Y
Certificate of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C1 1
supplied Material conformance certificate C1 2
Materials and wetted parts Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y0 5
• SST 316L A questionnaire to be attached)
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Tantal K
supplied
Extension length (316SS standard)
Without extension (standard version) 0
System fill
• Syltherm 800 6
• Fluorolube 8
supplied
Length of capillary
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
Special design, customer information to be 9 N1Y
supplied

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line type"
■ Overview
1
G1 G2 G3 A B C DM E
½" 150# 4 x ½"-13UNC 3.75 2.38
½" 300# 4 x ½"-13UNC 3.75 2.62 1.38
½" 600# 4 x ½"-13UNC 3.75 2.62
1" 150# 4 x ½"-13UNC 4.25 3.12
1" 300# 4 x 5/8"-11UNC 4.88 3.50 2.00
¼"-NPT 1" 600# 4 x 5/8"-11UNC 4.88 3.50
or 2.1 3.74
½"-NPT 1 ½" 150# 4 x ½"-13UNC 5.00 3.88
1 ½" 300# 4 x ¾"-10UNC 6.12 4.50 2.88
1 ½" 600# 4 x ¾"-10UNC 6.12 4.50
2" 150# 4 x 5/8"-11UNC 6.00 4.75
2" 300# 8 x 0.75 6.50 5.00 3.62
2" 600# 8 x 0.75 6.50 5.00
G1 G2 G3 F H J Weight
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line type" lbs
½" 150# 4 x ½"-13UNC 1.10 0.06 2.20 4.3
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5) ½" 300# 4 x ½"-13UNC 1.10 0.06 2.20 4.3
½" 600# 4 x ½"-13UNC 1.26 0.25 2.36 4.4
Instrument 1" 150# 4 x ½"-13UNC 0.87 0.06 1.97 4.4
connection 1" 300# 4 x 5/8"-11UNC 0.87 0.06 1.97 8.5
¼"-NPT 1" 600# 4 x 5/8"-11UNC 1.26 0.25 2.36 8.5
or
System
fill port ½"-NPT 1 ½" 150# 4 x ½"-13UNC 0.87 0.06 1.97 5.0
1 ½" 300# 4 x ¾"-10UNC 0.87 0.06 1.97 6.6
1 ½" 600# 4 x ¾"-10UNC 1.26 0.25 2.36 9.1
2" 150# 4 x 5/8"-11UNC 0.87 0.06 1.97 6.1
2" 300# 8 x 0.75 0.89 0.06 1.99 8.5
2" 600# 8 x 0.75 1.28 0.25 2.38 10.0
G2 = Process connection
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line type", dimensions
Instrument
connection
System
fill port
Optional
1/8” NPT
or 1/4” NPT
flushing
connection

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line type"
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line type" Further designs
MAWP depends on flange Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy
Order code
with flexible armored capillary, 316 stainless 7MF4826-
steel upper housing SITRANS P for 7MF40 7 7 Integrated flame path restriction A01
77777 - 7B 777
and 7MF42 7 7 (order separately) DP "H" flange service B02
Click on the Article No. for the online confi- Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C11
Seal design Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V01
Stud mount 1
All-welded stud mount 2
Through-hole flange mount 3
Size and class
• ½ inch class 150#RF A
• ½ inch class 300#RF B
• ½ inch class 600#RF C
• ¾ inch class 150#RF E
• ¾ inch class 300#RF F
• ¾ inch class 600#RF G
• 1 inch class 150#RF J
• 1 inch class 300#RF K
• 1 inch class 600#RF L
• 1 ½ inch class 150#RF N
• 1 ½ inch class 300#RF P
• 1 ½ inch class 600#RF Q
• 2 inch class 150#RF S
• 2 inch class 300#RF T
• 2 inch class 600#RF U
supplied
• SST 316L A
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Tantal K
supplied
Flushing port(s)
None 0
supplied
System fill
• Syltherm 800 6
• Fluorolube 8
supplied
Length of capillary
• Direct mount 0
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
supplied

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pressure type"
■ Overview
1
G2 G3 X A B C DM E
Size Class
½" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
½" 300# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
½" 600# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.25 2.55
¾" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
¾" 300# 5/ "-11UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
8
5
¾" 600# /8"-11UNC 4 5.91 0.25 2.55
1" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
1" 300# 5/ "-11UNC 4 5.91 5.91 0.06 3.5 2.36
8
5
1" 600# /8"-11UNC 4 5.91 0.25 2.55
1 ½" 150# ½"-13UNC 4 5.91 0.06 2.36
1 ½" 300# ¾"-10UNC 4 6.12 0.06 2.46
1 ½" 600# ¾"-10UNC 4 6.12 0.25 2.65
2" 150# 5/ "-11UNC 4 6.00 0.06 2.36
8
2" 300# 5/ "-11UNC 8 6.50 0.06 2.36
8
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pressure type" 2" 600# 5
/8"-11UNC 8 6.50 0.25 2.55
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5) G2 = Process connection
Instrument connection options All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted
welded capillary connection
1/4” NPT Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pressure type", dimensions
1/2“ NPT

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line low-pressure type"
Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line Diaphragm seal "flanged off-line
low-pressure type" low-pressure type"
with flexible armored capillary, 316 stainless 7MF4827- with flexible armored capillary, 316 stainless 7MF4828-
steel upper housing SITRANS P for 7MF40 7 7 steel upper housing SITRANS P for 7MF44 7 7
and 7MF42 7 7 (order separately) 1 7777 - 7B 777
(order separately) 1 7777 - 7B 777
Click on the Article No. for the online confi- Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Size and class Size and class
• ½ inch class 150#RF A • ½ inch class 150#RF A
• ½ inch class 300#RF B • ½ inch class 300#RF B
• ½ inch class 600#RF C • ½ inch class 600#RF C
• ¾ inch class 150#RF E • ¾ inch class 150#RF E
• ¾ inch class 300#RF F • ¾ inch class 300#RF F
• ¾ inch class 600#RF G • ¾ inch class 600#RF G
• 1 inch class 150#RF J • 1 inch class 150#RF J
• 1 inch class 300#RF K • 1 inch class 300#RF K
• 1 inch class 600#RF L • 1 inch class 600#RF L
• 1 ½ inch class 150#RF N • 1 ½ inch class 150#RF N
• 1 ½ inch class 300#RF P • 1 ½ inch class 300#RF P
• 1 ½ inch class 600#RF Q • 1 ½ inch class 600#RF Q
• 2 inch class 150#RF S • 2 inch class 150#RF S
• 2 inch class 300#RF T • 2 inch class 300#RF T
• 2 inch class 600#RF U • 2 inch class 600#RF U
Special design, customer information to be Z J1Y Special design, customer information to be Z J1Y
supplied supplied
Materials and wetted parts Materials and wetted parts
• SST 316L A • SST 316L A
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• Tantal K • Tantal K
Special design, customer information to be Z K1Y Special design, customer information to be Z K1Y
supplied supplied
Flushing port(s) Flushing port(s)
None 0 None 0
1 x ¼"NPT-female (available w/ SS, HC or MO) 2 1 x ¼"NPT-female (available w/ SS, HC or MO) 2
2 x ¼"NPT-female (available w/ SS, HC or MO) 4 2 x ¼"NPT-female (available w/ SS, HC or MO) 4
Special design, customer information to be 9 L1Y Special design, customer information to be 9 L1Y
supplied supplied
System fill System fill
• Silicone oil DC 200-10 1 • Silicone oil DC 200-10 1
• Silicone oil DC 200-50 2 • Silicone oil DC 200-50 2
• Halocarbon (for O2-application) 4 • Halocarbon (for O2-application) 4
• Silicone oil M5 5 • Silicone oil M5 5
• Syltherm 800 6 • Syltherm 800 6
• DC704 silicone oil 7 • DC704 silicone oil 7
• Fluorolube 8 • Fluorolube 8
Special design, customer information to be 9 M1 Y Special design, customer information to be 9 M1 Y
supplied supplied
Length of capillary Length of capillary
• Direct mount 0 • 3 ft 2
• 3 ft 2 • 5 ft 3
• 5 ft 3 • 10 ft 4
• 10 ft 4 • 15 ft 5
• 15 ft 5 • 20 ft 6
• 20 ft 6 • 25 ft 7
• 25 ft 7 • 30 ft 8
• 30 ft 8 Special design, customer information to be 9 N1Y
Special design, customer information to be 9 N1Y supplied
supplied
Further designs
Further designs Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy
Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy Order code
Order code
Integrated flame path restriction A01 Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C11
DP "H" flange service B02 Material conformance certificate C12
Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C11 Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V01
Material conformance certificate C12 Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y05
Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V01 questionnaire to be attached)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Flushing rings
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

1
Flushing ring for remote seals of pancake and flange design
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
Sealing face
Flushing ring • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
Form B2
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and pancake
Form D/Form D
type remote seals (Article No. 7MF4800 ... 7MF4823) if the dan-
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the Form C/Form C
connection could cause the process to form deposits or block- Form C/Form C
ages. Form E
Form F
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and
the remote seal. • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
RFSF
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the RJT ring groove
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
thread: • G½
tive process flange.
• ¼-18 NPT
Process connection
• ½-14 NPT
For flanges to EN and ASME:
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
Standard design ■ Dimensional drawings
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Ordering data
Thread
■ Design
h
Remote seal flange Flushing ring di

d4
Connection to EN 1092-1
Flushing outlet Flushing inlet
DN PN d4 di h Weight
Gasket (mm) (bar) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Measuring 50 16 ... 100 102 62 30 1.10

point flange 80 16 ... 100 138 92 30 1.90
100 16 ... 100 162 92 30 3.15
Installation example 125 16 ... 100 188 126 30 3.50
Connection to ASME B 16.5

DN Class d4 di h Weight
inch mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
2 150 ... 600 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.60 (1.32)
3 150 ... 600 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.05 (2.31)
4 150 ... 600 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 2.85 (6.28)
5 150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3) 126 (4.96) 30 (1.18) 3.30 (7.28)
Flushing ring, dimension drawing

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Flushing rings
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
Flushing ring 7MF4825-
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923 1 7777 777
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K
Other version Z J1Y
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Sealing face
• ASME B16.5
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M
- RFSF Q
- RJT ring groove R
Other version Z K1Y
Sealing face: ...
Flushing holes (2 off)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 Y
Material: ...
Further designs
Order code
Acceptance test certificate B
to EN 10204, section 3.1.B C12

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal with quick connection
■ Overview ■ Overview
1
Diaphragm seal with quick connection, with slotted union nut Diaphragm seal with quick connection, Tri-Clamp connection
■ Dimensions (connection to ASME B16.5) ■ Dimensions (connection to ASME B16.5)

Type 7MF4840
with union nut
DN MAWP A B C DM E G1 Weight
[mm] [psi] [mm] [lbs]
25 600 Rd 52 x 1/6 2.48 0.83 1.0 2.36 1.3
¼"-NPT
32 600 Rd 58 x 1/6 2.76 0.83 1.3 2.72 or 1.6
40 600 Rd 65 x 1/6 3.07 0.83 1.6 2.17 ½"-NPT 2.5
female
50 360 Rd 78 x 1/6 3.62 0.87 2.1 2.32 2.8
Diaphragm seal with quick connection, with slotted union nut
Type 7MF4840
with male
thread
Size MAWP A B C DM E G1 Weight

[in] [psi] [lbs]
1.5 600 1.50 1.97 1.71 1.0 1.3
2 550 1.50 2.52 2.22 1.6 ¼"-NPT 1.7
or
2.5 450 2.52 3.05 2.78 2.0 1.38 2.0
½"-NPT
DN MAWP A B C DM E G1 Weight 3 350 2.31 3.58 3.28 2.8 female 2.4
[mm] [psi] [mm] [lbs] 4 250 2.31 4.68 4.34 3.5 2.7
40 600 Rd 65 x 1/6 3.07 1.12 1.6 2.17 ¼"-NPT 2.8 DM = Effective diaphragm diameter
50 360 Rd 78 x 1/6 3.62 1.42 2.1 2.24 or 3.0 MAWP = Maximum Working Pressure @ 250 °F, higher rating with
½"-NPT appropriate clamping device
female G1 = Instrument connection
DM = Effective diaphragm diameter Size = Nominal pipe size
MAWP = Maximum Working Pressure @ 250 °F All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted
G1 = Instrument connection Diaphragm seal with quick connection, Tri-Clamp connection, dimen-
DN = Nominal pipe size sions
Diaphragm seal with quick connection, with male thread, dimensions

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Inline diaphragm seal with quick connection
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Diaphragm seal
with quick connection for gage pressure 7MF4840-
transmitter SITRANS P 7MF40 7 7 and
77A 0 7 - 7B 777
7MF42 7 7 (order separately)
made of 316 SS
Process connection
DIN 11 851 with slotted union nut
DN 25/PN 40 1B
DN 32/PN 40 1C
DN 40/PN 40 1D
DN 50/PN 25 1E
DN 65/PN 25 1F
DN 80/PN 25 1G
DIN 11 851 with screw necks
DN 25/PN 40 2B
DN 32/PN 40 2C
DN 40/PN 40 2D
Diaphragm seal with quick connection, "i"-line (Cherry Burrel - male) 2E
DN 50/PN 25
DN 65/PN 25 2F
■ Dimensions (connection to ASME B16.5) DN 80/PN 25 2G
Tri-Clamp Connection
1 ½" 600 psi 4L
2" 550 psi 4M
2 ½" 450 psi 4N
3" 350 psi 4P
Varivent (Tuchenhagen)
Size 25132 5C
Size 40150 5E
Sanitary (4" Tank Spud)
2" extension 6B
6" extension 6D
"I"-Line (Cherry Burrell - male)
1 ½" 500 psi 5U
2" 450 psi 5V
3" 350 psi 5W
Special design, customer information to be 9Z H1Y
supplied +J1Y
System fill
• Vegetable oil 1
• Glycerin/Water 86.5/13.5 % 2
• Neobee M20 3
• Mineral oil 4
supplied
Length of capillary
Size MAWP A B C DM E F G1 Weight • Direct Mount 0
• 3 ft 2
[in] [psi] [lbs] • 5 ft 3
1.5 500 1.18 2.00 1.3 1.74 1.38 ¼"-NPT 1.3 • 10 ft 4
or • 15 ft 5
2 450 1.42 1.18 2.64 1.8 2.24 1.44 1.7
½"-NPT • 20 ft 6
3 350 1.30 3.87 2.8 3.30 1.59 female 2.4 • 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
MAWP = Maximum Working Pressure @ 250 °F, higher rating with Special design, customer information to be 9 N1Y
appropriate clamping device supplied
G1 = Instrument connection Further designs
Size = Nominal pipe size Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy
All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted Order code
Diaphragm seal with quick connection, "i"-line (Cherry Burrel - male), Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C1 1
dimensions
Vacuum service (must be specified with vege- V01
table oil)
Tank Spud accessories
Sanitary Tank Spud Clamp (1 pc.) P10
Sanitary Tank Spud O-ring (1 pc.) P11
Sanitary Tank Spud Weldolet 2" extension P12
(1 pc.)
(1 pc.)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III

1
Diaphragm seal
with quick connection for differential trans- 7MF4843-
mitter SITRANS P 7MF44 7 7
77A 0 7 - 7B 777
(order separately) made of 316 SS
Process connection
DIN 11 851 with slotted union nut
DN 50/PN 25 1E
DN 65/PN 25 1F
DN 80/PN 25 1G
DIN 11 851 with screw necks
DN 50/PN 25 2E
DN 65/PN 25 2F
DN 80/PN 25 2G
2" 550 psi 4M
2 ½" 450 psi 4N
3" 350 psi 4P
4" 250 psi 4Q
"I"-Line (Cherry Burrell - male)
3" 350 psi 5W
4" 200 psi 5X
Sanitary (4" Tank Spud)
2" extension 6B
6" extension 6D
supplied +J1Y
System fill
• Vegetable oil 1
• Neobee M20 3
• Mineral oil 4
supplied
Length of capillary
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
supplied
Further designs
Order code
Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C1 1
Vacuum service (must be specified with vege- V03
table oil)
Tank Spud accessories
Sanitary Tank Spud Clamp (1 pc., two required) P10
Sanitary Tank Spud O-ring (1 pc., two required) P11
(1 pc., two required)
(1 pc., two required)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 ■ Overview ■ Overview
Inline diaphragm seal with quick connector, DIN 11851 with thread Inline diaphragm seal with quick connection, Tri-clamp
■ Dimensions (connection to ASME B16.5) ■ Dimensions (connection to ASME B16.5)
DN MAWP A B C E G H J L MB Size MAWP A B C E L MB

[mm] [psi] [psi]
15 600 Rd34x1/8 1.10 1.57 0.71 0.12 0.16 0.47 4.1 0.63 ¾" 600 0.7 1.34 0.8 0.98 3.8 0.6
25 600 Rd52x1/6 1.50 2.05 1.18 0.14 0.28 0.55 5.0 1.02 1" 600 1.4 1.97 1.7 1.97 4.5 1.0
40 600 Rd65x1/6 2.17 2.56 1.65 0.14 0.28 0.55 6.3 1.50 1.5" 600 1.7 1.97 1.7 1.97 5.7 1.5
50 360 Rd78x1/6 2.68 3.07 2.13 0.14 0.28 0.55 6.7 1.97 2" 550 2.2 2.50 2.2 2.50 6.1 1.9
65 360 Rd95x1/6 3.35 3.74 2.80 0.14 0.31 0.63 7.2 2.60 2.5" 450 2.7 3.10 2.8 3.10 6.1 2.4
80 360 Rd110x1/4 4.33 4.33 3.35 0.14 0.31 0.79 7.2 3.19 3" 350 3.2 3.60 3.3 3.60 6.1 2.9
100 360 Rd130x1/4 5.12 5.12 4.09 0.16 0.39 0.79 7.2 3.94 3.5" 350 3.7 4.20 3.8 4.20 6.1 3.3
MB = Internal diameter 4" 250 4.3 4.70 4.3 4.70 6.1 3.8
MAWP = Maximum Working Pressure @ 250 °F, higher rating with MB = Internal diameter
appropriate clamping device MAWP = Maximum Working Pressure @ 250 °F, higher rating with
DN = Nominal pipe size appropriate clamping device
All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted Size = Nominal pipe size
Inline diaphragm seal with quick connector, DIN 11851 with thread, All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted
dimensions Inline diaphragm seal with quick connection, Tri-clamp, dimensions

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III

1
Inline diaphragm seal
with quick connection for transmitter 7MF4850-
SITRANS P for 7MF40 7 7 and 7MF42 7 7
77A 0 7 - 7B 777
(order separately) made of 316 SS
Process connection
DIN 11 851 with thread [C]
DN 25/PN 40 2B
DN 40/PN 40 2D
DN 50/PN 25 2E
DN 65/PN 25 2F
DN 80/PN 25 2G
DN100/PN 25 2H
1" 600 psi 4K
1 ½" 600 psi 4L
2" 550 psi 4M
2 ½" 450 psi 4N
Inline diaphragm seal with quick connection, "i"-Line 3" 350 psi 4P
(Cherry Burrell - male/male)
"I"-Line (Cherry Burrell - male/male)
1" 500 psi 5R
■ Dimensions (connection to ASME B16.5) 1 ½" 500 psi
2" 450 psi
5U
5V
3" 350 psi 5W
supplied +J1Y
System fill
• Vegetable oil 1
• Neobee M20 3
• Mineral oil 4
supplied
Length of capillary
• Direct mount 0
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
Size MAWP A B C E H L MB • 10 ft 4
[psi] • 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
1.5" 500 1.68 1.97 1.74 2.00 0.203 4.79 1.38 • 25 ft 7
2" 450 2.25 2.50 2.24 2.64 0.258 5.54 1.88 • 30 ft 8
2.5" 350 2.75 3.10 2.74 3.31 0.312 6.38 2.37 Special design, customer information to be 9 N1Y
supplied
MB = Internal diameter
MAWP = Maximum Working Pressure @ 250 °F, higher rating with Further designs
appropriate clamping device Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy
Size = Nominal pipe size Order code
All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C1 1
Inline diaphragm seal with quick connection, "i"-Line (Cherry Burrell - Material conformance certificate C1 2
male/male), dimensions Vacuum service (must be specified with vege- V03
table oil)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "threaded design"
1 ■ Overview G1 G2 A B DM E F Weight
[lbs]
¼"-NPT or
¼"-NPT 1.18 2.1 2.20 0.63 3.0
½"-NPT
or 3.74
¾"-NPT 1.41 2.1 2.36 0.79 3.4
½"-NPT
1"-NPT 1.77 2.1 3.46 1.89 3.6
G1 = Instrument connection, G2 = Process connection
MAWP 3675 psi
steel upper housing SITRANS P for 7MF407 7
and 7MF42 7 7 pressure (order separately) 1 7777 - 7B 777
Size and class
• ¼"NPT-female A
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5) • ½"NPT-female B
• ¾"NPT-female C
• 1"NPT-female D
Instrument Special design, customer information to be Z J1Y
connection supplied
System
fill port • SST 316L A
• SST 316L with Hastelloy C276 diaphragm F
• SST 316L with PFA coated diaphragm (good D
upto 500 °F)
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276 lower housing with Tantalum K
diaphragm
Special design, customer inform. to be supplied Z K1Y
Flushing port(s)
None 0
1 x ¼"NPT-female 2
2 x ¼"NPT-female 4
Special design, customer inform. to be supplied 9 L1Y
Process System fill

connection • Silicone oil DC 200-10 1
• Syltherm 800 6
Instrument • Fluorolube 8
connection Special design, customer inform. to be supplied 9 M1 Y
Length of capillary
System
fill port • Direct mount 0
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
Special design, customer inform. to be supplied 9 N1Y
Further designs
Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order
code
DP "H" flange service B02
Process Material conformance certificate C12
Optional 1/8” NPT or connection
1/4” NPT flushing Vacuum service (must be specified with HT oil) V01
connection Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y05

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "threaded, low-pressure design"

1
Diaphragm seal "threaded, low-pressure
design" MAWP 1,500 psi
steel upper housing SITRANS P for 7MF407 7
and 7MF42 7 7 pressure (order separately) 1 7777 - 7B 777

Size and class
• ¼"NPT-female A
• ½"NPT-female B
• ¾"NPT-female C
• 1"NPT-female D
supplied
• SST 316L A
• SST 316L with PFA coated diaphragm D
Diaphragm seal "threaded, low-pressure design" • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5) • Hastelloy C276 lower housing with Tantalum
diaphragm
K

A supplied
B
G1 Flushing port(s)
None 0
1 x ¼"NPT-female 2
2 x ¼"NPT-female 4
supplied
System fill
• Syltherm 800 6
• Fluorolube 8
E
supplied
Length of capillary
• Direct mount 0
F
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
Process • 15 ft 5
G2 connection • 20 ft 6
C • 25 ft 7
DM
• 30 ft 8
Diaphragm seal "threaded, low-pressure design, dimensions supplied
G1 G2 A B C DM E F Weight Further designs
[lbs] Please add „-Z“ to Article No. and specifiy
Order code
¼"-NPT 1.25 3.00 0.90 14.0
¼"-NPT Integrated flame path restriction A01
½"-NPT 1.25 3.00 0.90 14.0
or 5.91 4.92 3.5 Certification of calibration N.I.S.T. (20 % steps) C11
½"-NPT ¾"-NPT 1.38 3.20 1.10 14.2
1"-NPT 1.75 3.50 1.40 14.5
G2 = Process connection Calculation of span of transmitter (completed Y05
DM = Effective diaphragm diameter questionnaire to be attached)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal "threaded, low-pressure design"
Diaphragm seal "threaded, low-pressure
design" MAWP 1,500 psi
steel upper housing SITRANS P for 7MF44 7 7
(order separately) 1 7777 - 7B 777

Size and class
• ¼"NPT-female A
• ½"NPT-female B
• ¾"NPT-female C
• 1"NPT-female D
supplied
• SST 316L A
upto 500 °F)
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276 lower housing with Tantalum K
diaphragm
supplied
Flushing port(s)
None 0
1 x ¼"NPT-female 2
2 x ¼"NPT-female 4
supplied
System fill
• Syltherm 800 6
• Fluorolube 8
supplied
Length of capillary
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
supplied
Further designs
Order code

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Inline diaphragm seal, wafer for pressure

1
Inline diaphragm seals wafer assembled to
SITRANS P for 7MF40 7 7 and 7MF42 7 7 7MF4880-
(order separately)
1 77 0 7 - 7B 777
Size and class
• 1 inch class 150 to 2500 L
• 1 ½ inch class 150 to 2500 M
• 2 inch class 150 to 2500 N
• 3 inch class 150 to 2500 P
• 4 inch class 150 to 2500 Q
supplied
• SST 316L A
• SST 316L with PFA-Coating D
(good up to 500 °F)
Inline diaphragm seal, wafer for pressure • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Tantal K
■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5) Special design, customer information to be Z K1Y
supplied
Optional instruments connections System fill
welded capillary connection • Silicone oil DC 200-10 1
1/4” NPT • Silicone oil DC 200-50 2
1/2” NPT
• Fluorolube 8
supplied
Length of capillary
• Direct mount 0
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
supplied
Further designs
Order code
Size Class A MB L Weight
[lbs]
1" 2.4 1.12 3.1
1.5" 3.3 1.69 4.8
2" 3.7 2.15 5.5
3" 150# - 2500# 5.1 3.25 2.36 8.8 questionnaire to be attached)
4" 5.9 4.21 10.3
5" 7.3 5.20 15.0
6" 8.5 6.26 20.9
MB = Effective internal diameter
Inline diaphragm seal, wafer for pressure, dimensions

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Inline diaphragm seal, wafer for pressure
Inline diaphragm seals wafer assembled to
SITRANS P for 7MF44 7 7 (order separately) 7MF4883-
Click on the Article No. for the online confi- 1 77 0 7 - 7B 777
Size and class
• 1 inch class 150 to 2500 L
• 1 ½ inch class 150 to 2500 M
• 2 inch class 150 to 2500 N
• 3 inch class 150 to 2500 P
• 4 inch class 150 to 2500 Q
supplied
• SST 316L A
• SST 316L with PFA-Coating (good up to D
500 °F) G
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 J
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 K
• Tantal
supplied
System fill
• Fluorolube 8
supplied
Length of capillary
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
supplied
Further designs
Order code

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal, saddle
■ Overview ■ Dimensions (Connection to ASME B16.5)

1
Radius To fit Pipe G1
R Pipe size O.D.
1.49 2.5 3.00
1.77 3.0 3.50
2.24 4.0 4.50
2.76 5.0 5.50 ¼"-NPT
or
3.35 6.0 6.63
½"-NPT
4.311 8.0 8.625 female
5.374 10.0 10.75
6.378 12.0 12.75
7.0 14.0 14.75
Diaphragm seal, saddle, dimensions
Saddle flange
Clamp ring
Spacer ring Upper housing
Adapter
GTAW

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal, saddle, MAWP 1,500 psi
with flexible armored capillary or direct mount, 7MF4890-
316 stainless steel upper housing and
assemply hardware SITRANS P for 7MF40 7 7 1 7777 - 7B 777
or 7MF42 7 7 (order separately)
Nominal pipe size
• Not applicable N
(Retrofit for existing 7MF48 7 7)
• 2.5" A
• 3" B
• 4" C
• 5" D
• 6" E
• 8" G
• Retrofit 3" Conoflow (6 bolt pattern) P
• Retrofit 3" M&G style (8 bolt pattern) Q
• Retrofit 4" Conoflow (6 bolt pattern) R
• Retrofit 4" M&G style (8 bolt pattern) S
supplied
Diaphragm material
• SST 316L A
upto 500 °F)
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Tantal K
supplied
Saddle Material
None (Retrofit order) 0
Carbon steel, Ni plated 1
SST 316L 2
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 4
supplied
System fill
• Fluorolube 8
supplied
Length of capillary
• Direct mount 0
• 3 ft 2
• 5 ft 3
• 10 ft 4
• 15 ft 5
• 20 ft 6
• 25 ft 7
• 30 ft 8
supplied
Further designs
Order code

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups
■ Measuring setups ■ Influence of ambient temperature

1
The following pages show examples of typical measuring setups The capillaries between the remote seal and the transmitter
for use of SITRANS P transmitters with and without remote seals, should be kept as short as possible to obtain the good transmis-
such as: sion response. Temperature differences between the individual
• Setups for transmitters with connection of remote seals, with capillaries or between the individual remote seals should be
associated equations for calculation. avoided.
• Questionnaires If the complete setup is exposed to temperature variations, er-
Checking of combination between transmitter and remote seal rors result from the thermal expansion of the filling liquid in the
• Setups for transmitters without remote seals, with associated capillaries, in the remote seals and in the connection units of the
equations for calculation transmitters.
• Questionnaires
For hydrostatic level measurements ■ Notes
• When measuring separation layers, ensure that the layer is po-
■ Installation sitioned between the two spigots. Also ensure that the level in
the vessel is always above the top spigot.
Remote seals of pancake design are fitted between the connec- • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
tion flange of the measuring point and a blind flange. Remote dium remains constant. The level is usually above the top
seals of flanged design are fitted directly on the connection spigot.
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of
the blind flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed.
The transmitter should always be installed below the connection ■ Possible combinations of transmitter and remote seal
flange, and below the lower connection flange in the case of dif-
ferential pressure transmitters. When measuring at pressures Installation type Transmitter Remote seal
above atmospheric, the transmitter can also be installed above A/B 7MF4033 and 7MF4800,
the connection flange. When measuring at pressures below at- 7MF4034 7MF4810,
mospheric, the transmitter must always be installed below the 7MF4820,
connection flange, and below the lower connection flange in the 7MF4826,
case of differential pressure transmitters. 7MF4827,
7MF4840,
7MF4850,
■ Offset of measuring range 7MF4861,
7MF4862,
If there is a difference in height between the two connection 7MF4880 and
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif- 7MF4890
ferential pressure results from the oil filling of the remote seal C1/C2 7MF4233 and 7MF4800,
(vacuum-proof design
capillaries. This results in an offset of the actual measuring range 7MF4234 7MF4810,
and must be taken into account when adjusting the transmitter. 7MF4820,
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a 7MF4826,
required)
remote seal with a transmitter if the latter is not installed at the 7MF4827,
same height as the former. 7MF4840,
7MF4850,
7MF4861,
■ Transmitter output 7MF4862,
7MF4880 and
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves- 7MF4890
sels, the differential pressure and the output signal of the trans-
7MF4333 and 7MF4801 and
mitter also increase. If an inverted relationship is desired be- 7MF4334 7MF4821
tween the differential pressure and the output signal, the start-of-
scale and full-scale values of the SITRANS P must be inter- D 7MF4433, 7MF4803,
changed. 7MF4434, 7MF4823,
7MF5403 and 7MF4828,
With open vessels, an increasing pressure is usually assigned to 7MF5413 7MF4843,
an increasing level, separation layer or density. 7MF4863 and
7MF4883
E 7MF4433, 7MF4813
7MF4434,
7MF5403 and
7MF5413
G/H/J 7MF4433, 7MF4803,
7MF4434, 7MF4823,
7MF5403 and 7MF4828,
7MF5413 7MF4843,
7MF4863 and
7MF4883

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · H1
∆H ∆H
Installation type B
HO
HO
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO + ρOil · g · H1
HU HU
H1
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
H1
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote
seal
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter g Local acceleration due to gravity
above the measuring point below the measuring point
HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure
trans.
Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = pEND + ρOil · g · H1
Legend
H1
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pabs pabs pEND Full-scale value
the remote seal
H1
H1 Distance between vessel flange and
pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ≥ 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements
Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = pEND - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
H1 HV
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pEND Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary
to the remote seal
H2 HV Distance between the measuring
points (spigots)
+ -

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels) 1
Installation type E Installation type E
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
∆H
HV the remote seal
HO
HU HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring
+ - points (spigots)
Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J
H1 - +
H1
∆H H2
HV
HO - +
H1
H2
HU
H2
+ -
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling Installation type for vacuum applications H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling
liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) liquid only H2 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)
Installation type G, H and J Legend

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV pMA Start-of-scale value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pME Full-scale value to be set HU Start-of-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
ρFL Density of medium in vessel HO Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring
the remote seal points (spigots)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
1 ■ Overview
Notes Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer ways above the top spigot.
has to be positioned between the two spigots. • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Full-scale value Start-of-scale: pMA = ρ · g · HU
Full-scale: pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
ρ pME Full-scale value to be set
HO
Start-of-scale value
ρ Density of medium in vessel
HU
HO Full-scale value
+
Separation layer measurement

Constant level Start-of-scale: pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2)
= full-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρ1 · g · HO
ρ2
Legend
Separation layer
ρ1 pME Full-scale value to be set
HO Start-of-scale value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid
ρ2 Density of lighter liquid
HU
+ HO Full-scale value
Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρMIN · g · HO
Constant level
Full-scale: pME = ρMAX · g · HO
Legende
HO ρ
ρMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
ρMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
HO Full-scale value in m

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups for closed containers 1
Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = ρ · g · HU
pressure line Full-scale: ∆pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value ρ Density of medium in vessel
HO HO Full-scale value
HU ρ
+ -
Transmitter
reference line

Static
pressure Constant Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ - HV · ρ')
reference Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ - HV · ρ')
level
Mamimum level Legend
Full-scale value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line ρ Density of medium in vessel
ρ' Density of liquid in the negative pressure
HV line (corresponding to the temperature
Start-of-scale value ρ' existing there)
HO
HU ρ HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
+ - HV Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line
Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static
Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2 - HV · ρ'2)
pressure
Constant level
Max. separation layer Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ1 - HV · ρ'2)

Legend
Full-scale value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
ρ'2
ρ2 HV in vessel
HO ρ2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
ρ'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
HU ρ1
(corresponding to the temperature existing
there)
+ -
Transmitter HO Full-scale value
reference line HV Distance between the measuring points
(spigots)

© Siemens 2021
Questionnaire for hydrostatic level measurement
1
Order date: _______________________________________________
Processing date: __________________________________________
Ordering code (customer): _________________________________
Ordering code (supplier): __________________________________
Customer reference:_______________________________________
Measuring point: __________________________________________
Position:__________________________________________________
Dimensions: ______________________________________________
Pressure: bar
Temperature: K °C
Measuring range: cm m
(please mark with cross)
Article No. of transmitter SITRANS P DS III/P300/P310/P4101):
7 M F 4 – – –Z
Y01
Article No. of transmitter SITRANS P5001):
7 M F 5 – 0
The different pressures and tem- Please supply the following characteristic data so that we can calculate the measuring range,
peratures (densities) in the vessel start-of-scale value, full-scale value and calibration data:
and in the reference column result
in an offset in the start-of-scale
and full-scale values. Please mark type of boiler with a cross: Closed1)
The calibration data are deter-
Open or not under pressure2)
mined in addition.
It is also checked whether – as a Medium ____________________
result of the range offset – the
ordered transmitter is suitable for
this measurement. Licensed boiler pressure (absolute) _______________ bar
Operating pressure (absolute) Lowest _______________ bar
Normal3) _______________ bar
Highest _______________ bar
Temperature of reference column (cold) _______________ K
Distance between measuring points (dimension according to sketch) HV = _________ m
Measuring range4) = start-of-scale value to full-scale value
Start-of-scale value HU =___________ m
Full-scale value HO =___________ m
Position of equalizing vessel above bottom measuring
point if different from HV _______________ m
Please mark pressure correction of level with a cross: No

Yes4)
1)
Reference line filled with condensation! Falling differential pressure with increasing level.
2) Reference line without gas or filled with gas (air). Rising differential pressure with increasing level.
3)
If not specified otherwise, this value is assumed as the calculation pressure of the level meter.
The input signal (differential pressure) depends on the density (pressure and temperature).
The influence is practically negligible for a lowest liquid level of 20 to 30% of the distance between the measuring
points.
4)
If a pressure correction of the level is required, the measuring range must be the same as the
distance between the measuring points, and the transmitter is designed for the calculation pressure
of 1 bar (absolute).Pressure correction means: the static pressure and the temperature are measured separately
and calculated by a correction computer or measured-value computer.

© Siemens 2021
Questionnaire - Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations
1
* Customer:___________________ Tag. No.: ____________________
* Plant: ___________________ Item No.: ____________________
* Ordering code:________________ Person responsible: __________
* Ordering department: _____ Phone: ____________________
* Transmitter Article No. SITRANS P DS III/P300/P310/P410: 7MF –1 Y –1
* Transmitter Article No. SITRANS P500: 7MF5 – 0 –Z V00
Article No. of diaphragm seal known?

Yes No
* Article No. of remote seal: * Or without Article No.: Process connection

* 7MF 4 8 – – –Z * Standard: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal diameter: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal pressure: ________________________
* Constructional design: Sandwich-type rem. seal
Flanged remote seal
Quick-release
remote seal
Clamp-on seal
Other.: ______________
* Connection: Direct connection
Capillary on one side;
connection to:
+ side – side
Capillaries on both sides;
Capillary length: ___ ft
* Vacuum-proof design Yes No
* Wetted parts materials: ________________________
* Tube: No Yes, __inch long
* Filling liquid ________________________
* Miscellaneous ________________________
Calculation of measuring range necessary?
No Yes
* Range to be set: * Medium ____________________________

* (without calculation) * Density of medium: _______ kg/m3
Start-of-scale:_________ psi ( 4 mA) * Temperature of medium: Normal ________ °F
Full-scale: _________ psi (20 mA) Minimum ________ °F
Maximum ________ °F
* Required measuring accuracy:
* Ambient temperature on capillaries: Normal ________ °F
Error: < . % of set span per
_________ Minimum ________ °F
: _________ 18 °F change in Maximum ________ °F
: _________ temperature * Ambient temperature on transmitter: Normal ________ °F
Minimum ________ °F
Maximum ________ °F
* Operating pressure referred to absolute zero: ____ psiabs
* Does a vacuum occur during startup? No Yes
Please fill in this questionnaire If yes, associated temperature of medium: ________ °F
and enclose with every order! * Installation type, see pages 1/434 and 1/435 A B C1 C2 D
*) Values must be entered here! E G H J
* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ psi
range With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ inch; HO = ___ inch
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ inch
With install. types D, G, H and J: HV = ___ inch
* Start-of-scale value following calculation: _________ psi ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation: _________ psi (20 mA)
Checked: Name: * Associated span: _________ psi
Department: * Error to be expected: < . % of set span per 18 °F
_________
Date: _________ change in temperature

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
1 ■ Overview
All shut-off fittings can be secured onto walls, racks (72 mm grid) Norm IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
and vertical and horizontal pipes.
The flange connection between transmitter and valve manifold
This offers the advantage when assembling a plant that the shut- was modified in the new standard IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518.
off fittings can be secured first and the lines for the medium and The only connection thread approved for use in the process
differential pressure connected to them. It is then possible to flanges of the pressure transmitter is 7/16-20 UNF.
check all connections for leaks and to blow out or flush the pipes
in order to remove dirt (welding residues, shavings etc.). The valve manifolds for M12 screws, including the accessory
sets, have therefore been deleted.
The measuring instruments can be screwed onto the shut-off fit-
tings right at the end when all piping has been completed. Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.
If an instrument has to be removed for maintenance, the fittings If an inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 is required
and pipes remain as they are. It is only necessary to close the for ordering valve manifolds or shut-off fittings, be aware that one
valves – the instrument can then be removed, and refitted follow- certificate is sufficient for each valve type ordered. This means
ing maintenance. that you will only be charged for one certificate in the cost calcu-
lations.
Classification according to pressure equipment directive Minimum/maximum operating temperatures
(PED 2014/68/EU): The maximum operating temperatures are given for each value
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; compli- or valve manifold.
ance with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engi- The minimum operating temperatures depend on the material
neering practice). used for the valves or valve manifold.
They are as follows:
Material Minimum operating temperature
Brass -10 °C (-14 °F) according to EN 12516-4
Steel -10 °C (-14 °F) according to AD200-W10
Stainless steel -40 °C (-40 °F)
■ Pressure transmitters with shut-off fittings - mounting examples
SITRANS P transmitter for gauge pressure with double shut-off valve, SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve manifold protective box (available on request)
SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold, SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination
3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 "Monoflange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Selection aid
■ Selection of available shut-off valves

1
Transmitters Shut-off valves for Page Shut-off valves for Page
general applications special applications
Relative and absolute pres- Shut-off valves/double shut- 1/443 Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/446
sure transmitters with process off valves to DIN 16270, for crossover ½-NPT-F to
connection G½" male thread DIN 16271 and DIN 16272 G½ nipple connection
e.g. 7MF9011-4EA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210
7MF1566-... 2-spindle valve manifold 1/464
• SITRANS P220 DN 5 for installation in pro-
7MF1567-... tective boxes
• SITRANS P300 7MF9412-1B
7MF802.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P 320/420
7MF030.-..D..-....
7MF032.-..D..-....
7MF040.-..D..-....
7MF042.-..D..-....
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF403.-...0.-.... and
7MF423.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...0.-.... C41
Gauge and absolute pressure Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/446 Double shut-off valve 1/446
transmitters with process con- 7MF9011-4EA, -4FA, -4GA DN 5 for process
nection ½"-14 NPT female or and -4KA connection
male thread ½-NPT
e.g. 7MF9011-4HA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210 7MF9011-4FA
7MF1566-...
• SITRANS P220
7MF1567-...
• SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-....
7MF030.-..E..-....
7MF030.-..F..-.... 7MF9011-4KA
7MF032.-..E..-....
7MF032.-..F..-....
7MF040.-..E..-....
7MF040.-..F..-....
7MF042.-..E..-....
7MF042.-..F..-....
7MF403.-...1.-.... and
7MF423.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...1.-.... C41
Absolute pressure transmitter 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 1/449 2-spindle valve manifold 1/464
with process connection to 7MF9411-5A. DN 5 for installation in pro-
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 tective boxes
e.g. 7MF9412-1C.
7MF033.-.....-....
7MF043.-.....-....
7MF433.-...

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Selection aid
1 Transmitters Shut-off valves for Page Shut-off valves for Page
general applications special applications
Differential pressure transmit- For 3/5-spindle valve manifold 1/449 3-way valve manifold 1/454
ter with process connection to DN 5 DN 5, forged version
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF9411-5B. and 7MF9410-1..
e.g. 7MF9411-5C.
7MF034.-.....-....
7MF044.-.....-....
• SITRANS P DS III series 5-way valve manifold, 1/454
7MF443.-... and DN 5, forged version
7MF453.-... 7MF9410-3..
• SITRANS P410
7MF443.-... C41;
7MF453.-... C41
• SITRANS P500
7MF54..-... PN 100 multiway cocks 1/452
7MF9004-... 3-way valve manifolds 1/457
DN 8, forged version
7MF9416-1.. and
7MF9416-2..
valve manifold combina- 1/460

tion DN 5/DN 8 for vapor
measurement
7MF9416-6..
valve manifold combina- 1/462

tion DN 8 for vapor mea-
surement
7MF9416-4..
3- and 5-spindle valve 1/464

manifold for DN 5 for
installation in protective
boxes
7MF9412-1D. and
7MF9412-1E.
3- and 5-spindle valve 1/468

manifold for vertical differ-
ential pressure lines
7MF9413-1..
Low-pressure multiway 1/471

cock
7MF9004-4..

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Material Maximum permissible
Valve enclosure working pressure
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve 7MF9401-...
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
The shut-off valves for pressure gauges are used to shut off the
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Design Valve enclosure working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3)250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7DA
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve (mat. No. 2.0402)
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 °C. The
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DB
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be se- (mat. No. 1.0460)
cured on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not re-
quired to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DC
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This per- (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
mits checking of the zero on the pressure gauge. In addition, the Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
characteristic of the pressure gauge can be checked using an
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
external pressure source. The valve packing material is PTFE. 12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Material Maximum permissible
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270 Valve enclosure working pressure
without test collar, connection shank, P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DB
without certificate (mat. No. 1.0460)
Material Maximum permissible X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DC
Valve enclosure working pressure (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7AA Accessories
(mat. No. 2.0402)
Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AB
Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AC Instrument bracket, see page 1/448.
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7BA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
1 ■ Characteristic curves
bar
Operating pressure
Steel or stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200
Brass version
100 250 bar (3626 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
0 200 bar (2901 psi) at 200 °C
0 100 200 300 400 °C
(392 °F)
Operating temperature
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature
A
18
Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5
120 ±5
63
20
20
C
B
Ø6
34
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
approx. 90 approx. 85
18
Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5
63
SW 27
20
20
C
B
Ø6
45
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Double shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Angle adapter
■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

1
G½
Ø7
18
6
35
Ø6
G½
32
3
20
39
55
Angle adapter, dimensions in mm
P300 pressure transmitter with shut-off valve and angle adapter

The angle adapter enables pressure transmitters with top dis-
plays to be read from the front.

Angle adapters 7MF9401-7WA
Material: X 12 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (mat. No.
1.45714/316Ti), max. permissible operating
pressure 400 bar (5800 psi)
Accessories
■ Characteristic curves
bar
Operating pressure
Stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Permissible operating overpressure as a function of the permissible op-

erating temperature

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1 ■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings
The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure
gauges and pressure transmitters and available in 5 versions:
74 (2.91) open
• Sleeve-nipple
• Sleeve-sleeve A B
• Sleeve-collar
½-14 NPT
• Collar-collar
(1.25)
31.75
• Collar-sleeve
½-14 NPT
66 (2.6)
The valve packing material is PTFE.
■ Characteristic curves A Connection on device side: ½-14 NPT

B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
bar
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 (248 °F) Shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-3HA, dimensions in mm
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C (inch)
300
(392 °F)
200 Ø7 18.5
A
18
100
approx.
17
0 25.5
6
58
0 100 200 300 400 °C
100.5
63.5
50
39.5
C
33
temperature
Ø6.4 B 31.75
7
12 31 approx. 90
Selection and Ordering data Article No. 60
approx. 118
Shut-off valves DN 5
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2
(W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L), max. permissible A Connection on device side: nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27
operating overpressure 420 bar (6092 psi) B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-3HA
Double shut-off valves DN 5 Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-nipple) 7MF9011-4EA,
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 (mat. No. dimensions in mm
1.4404/316L), max. permissible working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi);
• Sleeve-nipple connection 7MF9011-4EA
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-4HA
33
• Sleeve-collar 7MF9011-4FA B A
max. open 163
½-14 NPT ¼ - 18 NPT

½-14 NPT
• Collar-collar 7MF9011-4GA
Ø32
• Collar-sleeve 7MF9011-4KA
Accessories 33 13,6
Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB C
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order 55
code. 44
97
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxygen S12
applications, max. pressure PN 100 (1450 psi) A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
and max. temperature 60 °C (140 °F) B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to EN 10204

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-4HA,
dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1
110
¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
B C A
A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-collar) 7MF9011-4FA,

dimensions in mm
approx. 74
¼-18 NPT
38
A
31,75
approx. 71
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
B C
50
70
120

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-collar) 7MF9011-4GA,

dimensions in mm
B A
max. open 163
½ NPT ¼-18 NPT

½ NPT
Ø32
23
50
C
55
44
114
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-sleeve) 7MF9011-4KA,

dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Accessories for shut-off valves/double shut-off valves
1 ■ Overview ■ Overview
The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:
7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting. • Pressure gauges with threaded connection at the bottom
Selection and Ordering data Article No. • Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Mounting set for shut-off valves (7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
• 7MF9011-4DA and -4EA 7MF9011-8AB Selection and Ordering data Article No.
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40, (e.g. for gauge)
1x mounting clip, made of aluminium alloy, painted black,
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; for wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 • Projection length 60 mm M56340-A0046
• Projection length 100 mm M56340-A0047
• 7MF9011-4FA, -4GA, 4HA, -4KA and -3HA 7MF9011-8AC
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket, (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0053
2x hexagon screws M6x10, made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
1x mounting clip, primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; on a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 Screw-type bracket cover
Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
■ Dimensional drawings (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0079
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
Ø11 primed with pipe clamp for wall and pipe
mounting (horizotal/vertical)
Screw-type bracket cover
90
65
50
72
(60)
25 SW 10 100
65 10 (160)
72 85
90 Ø60,3 100
18
28
0
R3
56
4
6,5
Ø26 h11
Ø7
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AB) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4DA and

7MF9011-4EA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
Instrument bracket form H, for wall mounting, M56340-A0046/-A0047,
dimensions in mm
65
50
Ø11 100
72 10
Ø
11
90
25
72
63
72
28
Ø
≤
SW 10
M8
85
72
90 85 34
Ø60,3 100 91
Ø26 h11
0
R3
4
6,5
Instrument bracket form A, wall or pipe mounting,

M56340-A0053/-A0079, dimensions in mm
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AC) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4FA and
7MF9011-4GA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5

1
Valve manifolds DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 1 - 77A
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold 5A
• 3-spindle valve manifold 5B
• 5-spindle valve manifold 5C
Accessories
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Further designs1)
7MF9411-5.. are for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
or differential pressure. specify Order code.
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure Accessory set to EN
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. (connection between valve manifold
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold enable in addi- and pressure transmitter)
tion venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
transmitter characteristic. 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K35 7MF9411-7DB
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
■ Benefits steel
1x gasket made of PTFE,
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
• Each available in version for oxygen 80 °C (176 °F)
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K45 7MF9411-7DC
■ Application 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
stainless steel
The spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and 1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
gases. 80 °C (176 °F)
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request. for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B. and
-5C.
■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
All versions of the valve manifolds have a process connection ½- steel
14 NPT. The connection for the pressure transmitter is always 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
designed as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
form B . The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in 80 °C (176 °F)
addition a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K46 7MF9411-5DC
The valves have an external spindle thread. 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
stainless steel
Materials used 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
Component Material Mat. No. 80 °C (176 °F)
Enclosure X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L Accessory set to DIN2)
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316
2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K15 7MF9411-7BB
Packings PTFE - chromized steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
■ Function 1x gasket made of PTFE,
80 °C (176 °F)
Functions of all valve manifolds:
2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K25 7MF9411-7BC
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines stainless steel
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel;
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani- 1x gasket made of PTFE,
folds through the vent and test connection: max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
• Venting on the transmitter side 80 °C (176 °F)
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B. • K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
and -5C. 1 flat gasket
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB • K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
chromized steel 1 flat gasket
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
80 °C (176 °F)
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Flange connection with M10 screws 2 flat gaskets
only permissible up to PN 160. • K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K26 7MF9411-6BC 2 flat gaskets
stainless steel Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, (176 °F)
80 °C (176 °F) Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to
Flange connection with M10 screws PN 160!
only permissible up to PN 160.
Mounting plate
Mounting plate
• for valve manifold, made of Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
electrogalvanized sheet-steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
- for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA Scope of delivery:
on rack (72 mm grid), weight - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: • M12: For pipe mounting
1 mounting plate with bolts for Scope of delivery:
mounting on valve manifold - 1 mounting plate M11
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
Scope of delivery: Ø 60.3 mm
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) • S12: For 2-way valve manifold
and fastening screws for mount-
ing on valve manifold • S13: For 3-way valve manifold
• for valve manifold, made of • S14: For 5-way valve manifold
stainless steel 316L
- for wall mounting or for securing
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
M21 7MF9006-6EC ■ Characteristic curves
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: bar
Operating pressure
1 mounting plate with bolts for 400

mounting on valve manifold
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M22 7MF9006-6GC 300
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M21, 2x pipe 200
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) 100
Valve manifold 100 bar 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure Operating temperature
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem-
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for 7MF9411-5A. S12 Valve manifolds PN 5 (7MF9411-5..), permissible working pressure as a
function of the permissible working temperature
• for 7MF9411-5B. S13
• for 7MF9411-5C. S14
NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to
EN 10204
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve mani-
folds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1
0
M1
¼-18 NPT
10
55
½-14 NPT
C B
63.5
41.3
55
60
≤Ø
72
A Ø11 Ø11.5
M10
Ø12 31.75
30
68
203
107
30
85
72
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5A.), dimensions in mm dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
A A A C A A C
48
B
A
38
63.5
41.3
55
B B B B B
½-14 NPT
M10 Ø12 A Process connection

31.75
B Transmitter connection
30
54
C Blow-out and test connection
96 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
210

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5B.), dimensions in mm
115
¼-18 NPT
48
A
38
63.5
41.3
55
43
32.5
½-14 NPT
M10 Ø12 B 31.75

30
54
96
142
255

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5C.), dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Multiway cocks PN 100
1 ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Medium Water, non-aggressive Aggressive liquids,
liquids and gases gases and vapors
Material P250GH, X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2,
mat. No.: 1.0460 mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti
Connections Steel, for pipe Stainless steel, for
Ø 12 mm, L series pipe Ø 12 mm, L
series
• Process connection 2 bulkhead glands
• Connection for blow- Pipe union with ferrule
ing out
Max. permissible 200 °C (392 °F)
working temperature
Max. permissible 100 bar (1450 psi) (up to max. 60 °C (140 °F))
working pressure
Weight 2.5 kg

Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) (7MF9004-1P.) for differential pressure Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) 7 MF 9 0 0 4 - 77A
transmitters
The multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) can be flanged to pressure guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
transmitters for differential pressure. for flanging to pressure transmitters, weight
2.5 kg (without accessory set), without certificate
■ Benefits For water and non-aggressive gases and vapors 1P
• Version available for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors For aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 1Q
• Robust design Accessories
• Oil-free and grease-free version possible Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
• One-hand operation Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
■ Application Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
The PN 100 (1450 psi) multiway cock is available in versions for Please add "-Z" to Article No. and spec-
aggressive and non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors. ify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
■ Design (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to L31 7MF9004-5CC
The multiway cock can be flanged with four screws to pressure ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
transmitters for differential pressure. 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
The PN 100 (1450 psi) has 2 process connections and one blow- permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
out connection. A steel version of the multiway cock is available Accessory set to DIN
for non-aggressive media, and a stainless steel version for ag- (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
gressive media. The enclosure is forged in one piece. The 4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017; chro-
switching lever is removable. mized steel, 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to
DIN 125; 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Sealing can be improved during operation. permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen (together with Or- L15 7MF9004-6AE
der code S11
■ Function Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-
free design
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines S11
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxy-
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines gen applications, max. pressure PN
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero 100 (1450 psi) and max. temperature
60 °C (140 °F), BAM-tested lubricant,
gasket suitable for oxygen measure-
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 ment (only with Article No. 7MF9004–
1Q.Z)
5 5 5 5 Mounting bracket M13 7MF9004-6AA
Required for wall mounting or for
securing on rack (72 mm grid), made
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
of electrogalvanized sheet-steel,
Test Operation Blow out Blow out weight 0.85 kg
Line 2 Line 1 NACE MR-0175-certified D07
EN 10204 (only available for version
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock 7MF9004-1QA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Accessory set for multiway cock PN 100
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets Ø12
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers,

2 flat gaskets
41.3
63
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 88
≈ 98
(176 °F)
40 49
1 2
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11 (only for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
(7MF9004-1Q.)): Max. PN 63 (914 psi) (instead of PN 100
(1450 psi)), BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
5
9
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
103
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
58
15
≈ 170
3 4 Ø18
54
2.4
bar ≈ 75
Operating pressure
200
1 and 2 Process connections

100 3 and 4 Transmitter connections (IEC 61518, form A)
5 Connections for blowing out
0 Multiway cock 7MF9004-1P. for flanging to pressure transmitters for dif-

0 100 200 °C ferential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi), permissible operating pressure as a 19 6
function of the permissible operating temperature
90
70
Ø11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
• In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.

3-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 0 - 77A
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 2.9 kg (order
accessory set and mounting plate with Order
code),
without certificate
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 1E
The three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5 • for aggressive liquids and gases 1F
(7MF9410-1../-3..) are used to shut off the differential pressure 5-way valve manifold DN 5
lines and to check the transmitter zero.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
the differential pressure lines.
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
■ Benefits union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 4.4 kg (order
• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and accessory set and mounting plate with Order
gases code), without certificate
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), with version for • for non-aggressive liquids and gases 3E
oxygen max. 100 bar (1450 psi)
• for aggressive liquids and gases 3F
■ Application Accessories
The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions
for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to

mounti ng racks or for pipe mounting.
■ Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connec-
tions.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hardened 1.4122
and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories

1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and flanging
specify Order code.
• B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Accessory set to EN 2 flat gaskets
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
steel 2 flat gaskets
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), • B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
80 °C (176 °F) 4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
steel
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F) (176 °F)
Accessory set to DIN2) O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Mounting plate
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
80 °C (176 °F) • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
• Standard design B11 7MF9010-6AD Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
• Version for oxygen B15 7MF9010-6AE valve manifold
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC • M12: For pipe mounting
chromized steel Scope of delivery:
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
- 1 mounting plate M11
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Ø 60.3 mm
120 °C (248 °F)
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
electrogalvanized sheet-steel and gases
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F S13
for 7MF9410-3F S14
7MF9410-1FA and -3FA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve mani-
folds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1 ■ Characteristic curves 0
M1
Operating pressure bar
400
10
55
300
200 60
≤Ø
72
100
Ø11 Ø11.5
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
107
30
85
72
temperature
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
7 in mm
■ Schematics
51
2.4
A
Ø12 A A A A
B
25
41.3
A Process
8
70
38
connection
54 M10 22 B Transmitter
72 41 connection
108 C Vent/test
147 connection
B B C B B C
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Three-way valve Five-way valve
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353 manifold for manifold for liquids
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form A liquids and gases and gases or vapors
Valve design: internal spindle thread
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds, connections
3-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-1..), dimensions in mm
215
7
51
Ø12
Ø18
41.3
25
38
50
A
C B B C 22
54 M10.8
41
72 2.4
108
175
252
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):

Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form A
C Blow-out connection:
5-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-3..), dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
3-way valve manifold DN 8
1
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as stan-
dard:
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.
3-way valve manifold DN 8 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), (order accessory set and
mounting plate with Order code), without cer-
tificate
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1../-2..) is for pressure procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
transmitters for differential pressure. It is used to shut off and Ø 12 mm
blow out differential pressure lines and to test the pressure trans- • without test connection 1B
mitter zero.
• with test connection 1C
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. procedss connection: Welding pin Ø 14 x 2.5
■ Benefits • without test connection 2C

• with test connection 2D
• For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases
For aggressive liquids and gases
• The maximum working pressure is 420 bar (6092 psi). process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
Ø 12 mm
■ Application • without test connection 1D
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive • with test connection 1E
and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Accessories
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
■ Design
For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive
media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hard- 1.4122
ened and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging
specify Order code. • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
Accessory set to EN
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; 2 flat gaskets
chromized steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
80 °C (176 °F)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
chromized steel (176 °F)
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
(248 °F)
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
Accessory set to DIN2)
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) Mounting plate
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B11 7MF9010-6AD Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
chromized steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Scope of delivery:
permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
80 °C (176 °F) • M12: For pipe mounting
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC Scope of delivery:
chromized steel - 1 mounting plate M11
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Ø 60.3 mm
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
(248 °F) ■ Characteristic curves
Mounting plate
For valve manifold, made of bar
Operating pressure
electrogalvanized sheet-steel 400

for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA 300
rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg 200
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for 100
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe Operating temperature
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
3-way valve manifold DN 8, permissible working pressure as a function
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 of the permissible working temperature
7MF9416-1DA and -1EA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve manifold,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1
0
M1
10
55
≈48
A C
31.5
Ø12
60
≤Ø
48
B 72
25
41.3
Ø11 Ø11.5
38
M10
54 22
72 41
107
30
85
72
108
147
160
195

Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353 Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form A dimensions in mm
C Test connection: M20 x 1.5
■ Schematics
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1..) with pipe union, A A A Process connection
dimensions in mm B Transmitter connection
D D D Vent/test connection
7
Three-way valve manifold
≈48
A C B B for liquids and gases

31.5
Ø12
3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections
48
B
25
41.3
8
38
M10
54 50 22
72 41
108
147
160
195

Welding pin, diameter 14 x 2.5
C Test connection: M20 x 1.5
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-2..) with welding pin,

dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the transmitter charac-
teristic can be connected.

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for 7MF 9 4 1 6 - 6 7A
vapors
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), also available in stainless
steel on request (order accessory set with
Order code), without certificate
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6..) is for
pressure transmitters for differential pressure. • without test connection C
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 D
The combination is used to shut off and blow out differential
pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero. Accessories
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
■ Benefits
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
Further designs1)
■ Application Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is designed for va- Accessory set to EN
pors. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

21/8 inch to ASME B18.2;
B34 7MF9410-5CA
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 has a process con- chromized steel
nection with welding pins. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as (248 °F)
a pipe union with ferrule. Accessory set to DIN2)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. 4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
chromized steel
The optional test connections are M20x1.5. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
Materials used 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
Valve manifold DN 5 Blow-out valves DN 8 permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 °C (248 °F);Flange connection
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. to DIN 19213 only permissible up to
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 PN 160!
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V 57 1.7709 1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combina-
tion, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17
hardened
and tem-
pered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure -
graphite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for
flanging 7
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1, 7
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
142
41.3
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
43
21.5
5
■ Characteristic curves Ø12
54
M10
Ø14
72
2.5
bar
Operating pressure
1 Valve manifold A A
400
30
2 Blow-out connection
300 1)
According to DIN 19210 the
200 design can be such that the
117
1)
temperatures for the
1 2 Ø11
100 differential pressure line
can be set approx. 100 °C
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
30
41
22
50
B B
temperature 170
(200)
C C
230
(270)
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

C Blow-out connection: Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 14 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6C.), dimensions in

mm (deviating dimensions for 7MF9416-6D. shown in brackets)
■ Schematics
A A A Process connection
C Blow-out connection
D D D Test connection
C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8, connections

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
vapors
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), also
available in stainless steel on request (order
accessory set with Order code), without certif-
icate
The valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..) is for pres- • without test connection 4C
sure transmitters for differential pressure. • with test connection M20 × 1.5 4D
It is used to shut off and blow out the differential pressure lines Accessories
and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
nected to check the pressure transmitter characteristic.
■ Benefits Further designs1)
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
■ Application Accessory set to EN
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
■ Design 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
steel
The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
with welding pins. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as 120 °C (248 °F)
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as Accessory set to DIN2)
a pipe union with ferrule. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the 4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. chromized steel
The optional test connection is M20x1.5. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a mount- 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
ing plate. 120 °C (248 °F)
Materials used Flange connection to DIN 19 213
only permissible up to PN 160!
Valve manifold Blow-out valves
1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination,
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V 57 1.7709
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
■ Accessories
CrMoS 17 Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 8 for
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122 flanging
CrMo 17 CrMo 17 • B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
hardened
and tem-
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
pered • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
Packings PTFE - Pure - Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
graphite O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar (6092
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 8
■ Characteristic curves ■ Schematics

1
bar A A A Process connection
Operating pressure
1 Valve manifold B Transmitter connection

400 2 Blow-out connection C Blow-out connection
300 D D D Test connection
1)
According to DIN 19210 the
200 design can be such that the
1)
temperatures for the
1 2 differential pressure line
100
can be set approx. 100 °C C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
Operating temperature Valve manifold combination DN 8, connections

temperature
160 Ø14
A 155 A 2.5
11
M20 x 1.5
109
D
7
72
B Ø12
41.3
54
38
72 38 approx. 119
525
195
26
351
Ø14 x 2.5
195
5.5
7
17
11
72
C 155 C approx. 110
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

C Blow-out connection:
D Test connection (only with Article No. 7MF9416-4D.): M20 x 1.5
Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..), dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for protective box
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in 7 MF 9 4 1 2 - 77A
protective boxes
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve 1B
G½
• 2-spindle valve manifold with flange 1C
connection
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
(7MF9412-1..) are used to shut off the differential pressure lines Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
and to check the transmitter zero point.
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifolds also enable Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure Further designs1)
transmitter characteristic.
These valve manifolds are designed for installation in protective specify Order code.
boxes. However, using a mounting bracket, they can also be
Accessory set to EN
used for wall, frame or tube mounting.
(connection between valve manifold
SITRANS P DS III and SITRANS P500 transmitters can be oper- and pressure transmitter)
ated and read from the front if these valve manifolds are used.. for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to F32 7MF9412-6CA
■ Application ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
and for installing in protective boxes. max. permissble 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F35 7MF9412-6DA
■ Design 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
½-14 NPT. 80 °C (176 °F)2)
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, Form A. -1E.
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F34 7MF9412-6GA
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
The valves have an external spindle thread. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
Materials used max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)2)
Components Material Mat. No.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F36 7MF9412-6HA
Enclosure X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti steel
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 80 °C (176 °F)2)
Packings PTFE -
■ Functions
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
specify Order code. (Connection between valve manifold and transmitter)
Accessory set to DIN 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection
(connection between valve manifold • F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
and pressure transmitter) 1 O Ring (FPM90)
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1C. • F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F12 7MF9412-6AA 1 flat-gasket
chromized steel
• F12: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 1 O-ring (FPM90)
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. • F15: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), 1 flat gasket
120 °C (248 °F)2)
3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F15 7MF9412-6BA
chromized steel • F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; 2 O-rings (FPM90)
• F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
80 °C (176 °F)2) 2 flat-gaskets
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and • F14: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
-1E. 2 O-rings (FPM90)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F14 7MF9412-6EA • F16: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
chromized steel 2 flat-gaskets
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F)2) (176 °F)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F16 7MF9412-6FA O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar
chromized steel (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Note:
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to
80 °C (176 °F)2) PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to
required for wall mounting or for mounting rack
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold With bolds for mounting on valve manifold
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. M14 7MF9006-6LA • M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
and -1C. • M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA • M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Mounting clips (2 off)
Mounting clip
• M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA to pipe
pipe
Valve manifold 100 bar
• S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure • S13: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem- • S14: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B.
and -1C.
S12 ■ Characteristic curves
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. S13
bar
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. S14 400 (248 °F)
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300
incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to (392 °F)
EN 10204 200
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve 100
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
0
(2321 psi)! 0 100 200 300 400 °C

temperature

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
G½
Ø12
54
41.3
37
63.5
115
M8
80
B
A
38
103
M8
10
80
A ½-14 NPT
M8
38
38
C 88.9
10

¼-18 NPT
M8 B Transmitter connection: Flange connection IEC 61518, form A
½-14 NPT Valve design: external spindle thread

B Transmitter connection: Nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1D..), dimensions in mm
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1B..) with rotating sleeve,

dimensions in mm 54
approx. 157
70
41.3
15 B
115
Ø12
M8 Ø12 B
A
41.3
10
½-14 NPT M8
115
¼-18 NPT 38
M8
87
80
114
A B
approx. 228
38
C A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

10

¼-18 NPT M8
½-14 NPT
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1E..), dimensions in mm

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1C..), dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1
R
2,
12
R5
R1
5
+1
100
0
72
72
4 x Ø11
R2
M8
12
72
8
72 2,5
R
8
55 Ø60,3
155
100
110
180
Ø26
180
17
9
Ø26
Ø16 R4,5
38
6,5
19
31,5
76
24
19
Ø
26,6
9
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifold,

31,6 dimensions in mm
57,6
77,1 6,35
■ Schematics
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6LA)/(M14) for 2-spindle valve manifold,
dimensions in mm B
A Process connection
C B Connection for pressure measuring device or
transmitter for pressure or absolute pressure
C Vent/test connection
A
72
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (with rotating sleeve G½ or flange connec-

72 tion), connections
8
Ø60,3
110
A A
180
B B
Ø26
3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
38
19
76 C A A C
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifold, B Transmitter connection
dimensions in mm C Vent/test connection
B B
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical angular differential pressure lines
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifolds for vertical differential 7 MF 9 4 1 3 - 77A
pressure lines
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for abso-
lute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories

These 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds 7MF9413-1.. Further designs1)
were developed specially for vertical differential pressure lines.
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure specify Order code.
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Accessory set to EN
The 5-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter (connection between valve manifold
side and checking of the pressure transmitter characteristic. and pressure transmitter)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
■ Benefits 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chro-
mized steel
• For vertical differential pressure lines 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
• Max. operating pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) 80 °C (176 °F)
• Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from
Accessory set to DIN2)
the front.
(connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
■ Application 4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB
The 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical differen- chromized steel
tial pressure lines are for liquids and gases. The valve manifolds 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
are flanged on the pressure transmitter. max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F); Flange connection
■ Design with M10 screws only permissible up
to PN 160 (2321 psi).
All versions of the spindle valve manifolds have a process con- Mounting bracket
nection ½-14 NPT. required for wall mounting or for
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed securing to mounting rack, with bolts
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form B . for mounting on valve manifold
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Materials used: required for mounting on 2" stand-

pipe, with bolts for mounting on
Component Material Mat. No. valve manifold
Enclosure X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M19 7MF9006-6QA
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti Mounting clip
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L 2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA
pipe
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316
valve manifold 100 bar (1450 psi)
Packings PTFE -
suitable for oxygen
■ Function • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. S13

• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. S14
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero EN 10204
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani- 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
folds through the vent and test connection: please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
• Venting on the transmitter side 2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160
(2321 psi)!

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
■ Accessories
1
54
40
Accessory set (connection between valve manifold and Ø12
transmitter)
76,2
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat
41,3
gaskets
55
47
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, 2 flat
gaskets
B
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 ¼-18 NPT
M8
38 C ½-14 NPT
76 31,75
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C A
115
(176 °F)
134
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to 242
PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to 5-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. for vertical differential pressure
mounting rack lines, dimensions in mm
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold

• M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold
• M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold
72
Mounting bracket for mounting on 2" standpipe
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold
• M19: For 3-spindle valve manifold 72
8
Mounting clips (2 off) Ø60,3
110
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe
• For 3-spindle valve manifold
• For 5-spindle valve manifold 180
Ø26
bar 38
19
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 76
(248 °F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300 Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifold, di-
(392 °F)
mensions in mm
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
72

temperature 72
8
Ø60,3
155
54
Ø12
180
Ø26
41,3
17
55
9
76,2
47
B 38
19
M8 38 ½-14 NPT 76
A
76 31,75
89
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifold, di-
197
mensions in mm
3-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. for vertical differential pressure

lines, dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1
100
72
72 5
8
76
26 9
50
19
16
38
92
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6QA)/(M19) for 3-spindle valve manifold, di-

mensions in mm
■ Schematics
A A
B B
3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions
A A
C Vent/test connection ¼-18 NPT
C C
B B
5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
Low-pressure multiway cock

1
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar
(363 psi), max. working temperature 60 °C
(140 °F) (up to 80 °C (176 °F) for a short time),
weight 1.75 kg (without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8 7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings 7MF9004-4DA
Accessories
Material inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
The low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA can be Accessory set to EN
flanged to pressure transmitters for differential pressure. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch

■ Benefits to ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
L31 7MF9004-5CC
• Robust design 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.

permissible temperature 80 °C
• For liquids and gases (176 °F)
• One-hand operation Accessory set to DIN
■ Design 4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
chromized steel
The multiway cock has 2 process connections and 2 test con- 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
nections, which are available in 2 versions (with sealing screws 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
G3/8 or quick-release couplings). The enclosure is made of hot- permissible temperature 80 °C
pressed brass CuZn39Pb3, CW 614N. Test connections with (176 °F)
sealing screws or with self-sealing quick-release couplings.
• Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Version for oxygen L15 7MF9004-6AE
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter.
Multiway cock in oil-free and
grease-free design
■ Function BAM-tested lubricant, gasket S11
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines suitable for oxygen
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero Mounting bracket
required for wall mounting or for M13 7MF9004-6AA
• Testing the pressure transmitter characteristic
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
made of electrogalvanized sheet-
1 2 1 2 1 2 steel, weight 0.85 kg
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
5 6 5 6 5 6 please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
3 4 3 4 3 4
B K N
Operation Characteristic Zero test
test
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock

© Siemens 2021
Fitttings
1 ■ Accessories ■ Options
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock Test connections
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets • 2 sealing screws G3/8
• 2 quick-release couplings
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets bar
Operating pressure
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 40
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 30

(176 °F)
20
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
10
• S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets 0
0 20 40 60 80 °C
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack Operating temperature
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
Low-pressure multiway cock, permissible operating pressure as a func-
tion of the permissible operating temperature
86
Ø7
41.3
41.3
Ø4
54 54
Ø12 Ø23 34 56.5 Ø12 Ø23 34 56.5
1 2 1 2
85.5
85.5
5 6 5 6
98
98
58
58
G3/8
G3/8
49
49
15
15
3 4 Ø12.5 3 4 Ø12
Ø18 61 Ø18 61
Ø25.2 Ø25.2
1 and 2 Process connections (hose sleeve, diameter 12 mm)

3 and 4 Transmitter connections (IEC 61518, form A)
5 and 6 Test connections (with sealing screws G3/8 or with quick-release couplings
Low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
19 6
90
70
Ø11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Oval flange

1
Oval flange
with female thread ½-14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), flange connec-
tion to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460 7MF9408-2CE
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L 7MF9408-2CL

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E36 7MF9408-5DA
1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
mized steel
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
The oval flange 7MF9408-2C. for pressure transmitters for abso- 80 °C (176 °F)
lute pressure and differential pressure has a ½-14 NPT female 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E34 7MF9408-5CA
thread and is designed for max. operating pressure 400 bar 1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
(5800 psi). mized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
■ Accessories 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
120 °C (248 °F)
Accessory set for oval flange
Accessory set to DIN
• E36: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E13 7MF9408-6AA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
• E34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.3, 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1 O-ring (FPM 90) 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
• E13: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
1 O-ring (FPM 90) max. permissble 160 bar (2321 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)2)
• E16: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN ISO 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E16 7MF9408-6BA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), max. permissible 160 bar (2321 psi),
80 °C (176 °F) 80 °C (176 °F)2)
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar NACE MR-0175-certified D07
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F) incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to
EN 10204
1) When ordering accessory set together with the oval flange, please use
Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
(2321 psi)
Ø12 Ø11,8
31,6 -0,2
28
½-14 NPT
41,3 ±0,2
Oval flange 7MF9408-2C., dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Adapters
1 ■ Overview SW 22
Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008).
■ Design
13,6 13,6
The adapters are made of X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, mat. 20 20
No. 1.4571 and available in 3 versions 50
• Thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• Thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1 Adapter with thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT (7MF9001-1DA), di-
mensions in mm
• Thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
SW 22
½-14 NPT
M20 x 1,5
Ø3,5
Adapters
Max. operating pressure: 689 bar (10 000 psi),
Weight: 0.2 kg
with thread ¼-18 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1AA
with thread ½-14 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1CA 13,6
20 20
with thread ½-14 NPT – ½-14 NPT 7MF9001-1DA 55
with thread ½-14 NPT – M20 x 1.5 7MF9001-1EA
with pipe union with ferrule 12 S, Adapter with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank M20 x 1.5
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi), (7MF9001-1EA), dimensions in mm
∅ 12 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CA SW 22 SW 24
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CB
½-14 NPT
with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,
Ø12
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi),
∅ 14 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CC 19,8
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CD 34,5
51
Adapter with pipe union with ferrule 12 S, ∅ 12 mm and thread ½-14 NPT
■ Dimensional drawings (7MF9008-1CA and -1CB), dimensions in mm
SW 22 SW 24 SW 27
¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
Ø14
G½
19,8
20 15
36
48 54
Adapter with thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ (7MF9001- Adapter with pipe union with ferrule 14 S, ∅ 14 mm and thread ½-14 NPT
1AA), dimensions in mm (7MF9008-1CC and -1CD), dimensions in mm
SW 22
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
G½
13,6
20 20
55
Adapter with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ (7MF9001-

1CA), dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Connection glands
■ Overview
1
Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure
lines to collars G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• For rated pressures up to PN 630 (9137psi)
• For oxygen only up to PN 250 (3626 psi)
Connection screwed gland
for pipelines
(weight 0.2 kg)
Material Design
11SMn30 Standard 7MF9008-1GA
(mat. No. 1.0715)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Standard 7MF9008-1GB
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Grease-free 7MF9008-1GC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
SW 27
M20 x 1,5
G½
Ø7
Ø12
14 7,5
18,5
35
approx. 47
Connection gland 7MF9008-1G., dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Connection parts G 1/2
Connection parts G½ for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
are available in 3 versions: G½
Ø7
• Nipple connection
• Clamping sleeve
16
SW 27
30
• Collar connection piece
48
Ø12
Adapters G½
for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
Nipple connection G½ (M56340-A0001 to -A0003), dimensions in mm
Nipple connection
G½ to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple and
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar M20 x 1,5
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg; Ø7
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
16
Female thread G½ SW 27
30
Material Mat. No.
48
CuZn39Pb3 CW 614N M56340-A0001
Union nut M56340-A0002
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 Ø14
Nipple:
RSt 37-2 1.0037
Nipple connection M20 x 1.5 (M56340-A0008), dimensions in mm
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:
15,5
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti SW 27
36
Nipple connection
15,5
M20 x 1.5 to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple
and gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
connection: M20 x 1.5 to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread M20 x 1.5 Clamping sleeve (M56340-A0004/-A0005), dimensions in mm
Material Mat. No.

X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305 20
Nipple:
SW 22
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
50
Clamping sleeve
20
G½ to DIN 16283; max. working pressure

400 bar (5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G½ right-hand G½ left-hand
Material Mat. No. Collar connection piece (M56340-A0006/-A0007), dimensions in mm
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G½, G½
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0007

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
■ Overview ■ Overview
1
Water traps protect pressure gauges and shut-off fittings from The sealing rings to EN 837-1 are required to seal measuring in-
heating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the struments for pressure with the process connection G½B.
water trap.
The max. working temperature is 120 °C (248 °F) at 100 bar ■ Dimensional drawings
(1450 psi), 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi) or 400 °C
(752 °F) at 63 bar (914 psi). If the temperature of the measured
medium is higher, a sufficiently long line has to be connected up-
stream of the trap to enable heat dissipation.
Ø6,2
2,0
■ Design Ø17,5
The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular

shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end Sealing ring 7MF9007-7A. to EN 837-1, dimensions in mm
Ø 20 mm × 2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G½ to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel Selection and Ordering data Article No.
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2) Sealing ring to EN 837-1 for thread G½
made of
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating tem- (packing unit 100 pcs)
perature 120 °C (248 °F) at max. operating pressure 100 bar
• Copper 7MF9007-7AA
(1450 psi) (300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi), 400 °C (752 °F)
at 63 bar (914 psi). Water traps for higher operating pressures • Soft iron 7MF9007-7AB
and temperatures are available on request. • Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4571 7MF9007-7AC
• PTFE 7MF9007-7AD
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories
Water traps Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
for pressure gauges and pressure transmit-
ters, max. working temperature 120 °C Material inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
(248 °F), max. working pressure 100 bar
(1450 psi) (or 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar
(1160 psi), or 400 °C (752 °F) at 63 bar
(914 psi)), weight 0.7 kg
Water trap B to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0063
145
200
155
Ø20 56
Water traps, type B, M56340-A0043/-A0061, dimensions in mm

130
56
110
Water traps, type D, M56340-A0045/-A0063, dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Pressure surge reducers
1 ■ Overview
The pressure surge reducer protects the pressure gauge
against damage, premature wear and tear and inaccurate/fluc-
tuating indications.
■ Application
The pressure reducer is used when pulsations occur in the mea-
sured medium (e.g. in slow-running vapor engines, piston
pumps and compressors), or if drastic fluctuations are likely to
occur in the measured medium (e.g. in hydraulic presses and
tensile testing machines).
■ Design
• Enclosure made of brass or stainless steel (mat. no. 1.4571)
• Adjustable nozzle
• Sleeve for connection to the measuring instrument
• Pin for connection to supply lead

Pressure surge reducer
Weight approx. 0.21 kg
Material Full-scale value Weight
approx.
in kg
Brass 250 bar (3626 psi) 0.21 M56340-A54
Stainless 600 bar (8702 psi) 0.21 M56340-A59
steel
*
Sleeve for connection to
the pressure display

Pin for connection to

supply lead
*
Pressure surge reducer, dimensions in mm

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Primary shut-off valves

1
Primary shut-off valves are available in the following versions:
Ø80
• For non-corrosive liquids, gases and vapors
• For corrosive liquids and gases
• Grease-free for oxygen
The shut-off valves are available in various materials and with
various connections (see Selection and Ordering data)
95
bar
Ø11,2
Ø11,2
Operating pressure
G½
G½
500
400 22 22
90
300
Shut-off valve 7MF9017–1A., dimensions in mm
B C D E
200 Ø80
A
100
95
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..

Ø11,2
G½
Ø12
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1.., permissible working pressure as a function
of the permissible working temperature
bar 22 M20 x 1,5

Operating pressure
90
500
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1B. and -2B., dimensions in mm
400
Ø80
300
G H K
200
95
F
J
100
Ø12 (Ø14)
Ø12 (Ø14)
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C 0 100 200 °C
Shut-off valve Shut-off valve M20 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5

(M22 x 1,5) 90 (M22 x 1,5)
7MF9017-2.. 7MF9017-3..
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-2.. and -3.., permissible working pressure as a Shut-off valves 7MF9017-1C., -1D. and -2C., dimensions in mm
function of the permissible working temperature

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Primary shut-off valves
1
Ø120
141
Ø14
2,5
b
Øa
5 4,5
65
130
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-, dimensions in mm

ØAxb 7MF9017-
14 mm x 2.5 mm 1F. and 1G.
21.3 mm x 6.3 mm 1H. and 2H.
24 mm x 7.1 mm 1J., 1K. and 2J.
Selection and Ordering data

Primary shut-off valves, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Spindle Connections Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) thread weight kg
pressure
Shut-off valve for non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 1 7A
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 A
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 D
for pipe ∅ 14 mm, S series
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 F
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 G
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 K
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Shut-off valve for aggressive liquids and gases 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 2 7A
160 bar (2321psi) F X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
316Ti DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) G X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
316Ti for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
316Ti and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
316Ti and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Accessories
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Compensation vessels

1
The compensation vessels prevent the level difference which oc-
curs with pressure changes in the pressure lines and which fal- 100
sifies the measurement.
According to DIN 19211, the temperature in the compensation
vessel must be assumed to be 50 K less than the steam tem- ,9
I 88
perature in the pipe when calculating the wall thicknesses. This
is because the temperature in the compensation vessel during
operation can only rise up to the saturated steam temperature.
100
A material inspection certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is available
for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.
■ Characteristic curves O
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)

bar
Operating pressure
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)

500
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-1.., dimensions in mm
400
E approx. 110
D 65
300
C I
581)
351)
200
B
O
100 A
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
1)
30 mm longer with 7MF9015-5A.
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature Compensation vessel 7MF9015-5.., dimensions in mm

temperature

Compensation vessel, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Connections Approx. Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) Input Output contents weight
pressure cm³ kg
7 MF 9 0 1 5 - 77A
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 250 0.8 1A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.8 1B
∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1C
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 170 1 1D
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 700 0.7 1E
∅ 33.7 mm × 4.5 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 20 1.6 5A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5B
∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5C
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5D
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
Accessories
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"

© Siemens 2021
Fittings
Accessories
Connection parts
Connection parts are available in the following versions:
17-1
• Threaded flange pair G½ with stainless steel gasket
14 -1
• Nipple G½ form V to DIN 19207 Ø11,5
• Union nut G½ made of C 35 to DIN 16284

• Gasket B½ (grooved) to DIN 19207
Ø28
Ø70
All connection parts are also available grease-free for oxygen. 50
G½
Threaded flange pair G½
• with stainless steel gasket 7MF9007-4CA
Threaded flange 7MF9007-4CA/-4DA, dimensions in mm
• grease-free for oxygen, with stainless 7MF9007-4DA
steel gasket
Ø11-0,1
Scope of delivery:
Ø8,7
2x threaded flanges G½ to DIN 19207; material:
Ø17,5 -0,3
P250GH (mat. No. 1.0460)
Ø12
4x hexagon screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 5
4x hexagon screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24032 2,5
37,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9007-6BA) grooved,
to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Nipple G½ 7MF9007-4KA/-4LA, dimensions in mm
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4CA!
Ø12,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9k007-6CA), grease-free for
G½
oxygen, grooved, to DIN 19207;
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti) 30
Only for 7MF9007-4DA!
Nipple G½ Union nut G½ 7MF9007-4MA/-4NA, dimensions in mm
to DIN 19207
• Material: 16 Mo 3 (mat. No. 1.5415) 7MF9007-4KA 1,5
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4LA

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti) Ø11,2
Ø17
Union nut G½
to DIN 16284 Gasket 7MF9007-6BA/-6CA, dimensions in mm
• Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 7MF9007-4MA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4NA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Gasket G½
to DIN 19207, grooved
• Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 7MF9007-6BA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-6CA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)

2
© Siemens 2021
2/2 Product overview
SITRANS TS500
2/18 Selection and Ordering data
2/22 Schematics
Compact and head transmitters

2/24 SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)
2/27 SITRANS TH100 (4 to 20 mA, Pt100)
2/31 SITRANS TH200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
2/38 SITRANS TH300 (4 to 20 mA, HART, universal)
2/45 SITRANS TH400, fieldbus transmitter
2/51 SITRANS TH320 (HART, universal)
2/60 SITRANS TH420 (HART, universal)
Rail transmitters
2/70 SITRANS TR200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
2/77 SITRANS TR300 (4 to 20 mA, HART, universal)
2/84 SITRANS TR320 (HART, universal)
2/93 SITRANS TR420 (HART, universal)
Field transmitters/Field indicator

2/102 SITRANS TF - Transmitter, 2-wire system
2/103 SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
2/112 SITRANS TF - Fieldbus transmitter
2/119 SITRANS TF320 (HART, universal)
2/132 SITRANS TF420 (HART, universal)
Fiber-optic temperature measurement

2/147 SITRANS TO500, multipoint temperature
transmitter
2/150 SITRANS TO, multipoint measuring lance
Accessories
2/154 Further accessories for assembly,
connection and transmitter configuration

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS T
address:
www.usa.siemens.com/temperature

© Siemens 2021
Product overview
■ Overview
Type Description Page Software for parameterization
SITRANS TS temperature sensors
2
SITRANS TS500 • Integrated temperature as- 2/6 -
Temperature Sensor Assemblies semblies
Include thermowell, sensor, head • Include thermowell, sensor,
and transmitters head and transmitter in single
model number.
• Various options include con-
figuration, calibration and
certificates.
Application Mounting of transmitter with Page Software for parameterization

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
SITRANS TH100 Slim - - 2/24 SIPROM T
For temperature measurement in
combination with Pt100 compact
resistance thermometers
SITRANS TH100 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/27 SIPROM T

• 4 to 20 mA zone 1, zone 1,
zone 0, zone 0,
• Transmitters for Pt100 zone 21, zone 21,
zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
DIV 2 DIV 2
SITRANS TH200 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/31 SIPROM T

Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1,
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 0, zone 0,
tance-based sensors, thermocou- zone 21, zone 21,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• 4 to 20 mA DIV 2 DIV 2
• Universal
SITRANS TH300 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/38 SIMATIC PDM

Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• 4 to 20 mA DIV 2 DIV 2
• Universal
• HART
SITRANS TH400 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/45 SIMATIC PDM for TH 400 with
Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1, PROFIBUS PA
ples and DC voltages zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Fieldbus transmitters DIV 2 DIV 2
• PROFIBUS PA
• FOUNDATION fieldbus

© Siemens 2021
Product overview

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
zone 1, zone 1,
2
2-wire head transmitter with and
without HART communications zone 0, zone 0,
interface. With 1 input for connec- zone 21, zone 21,
tion to resistance thermometers, zone 20, zone 20,
linear resistors, potentiometers, M1, M1,
thermocouples, and DC voltages DIV 1, DIV 1,
up to 1.7 V DIV 2 DIV 2
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 7
• Universal
• SIL2/3 according to IEC 61508
Transmitters with 2 inputs for con- zone 1, zone 1,
nection to resistance thermome- zone 0, zone 0,
ters, linear resistors, zone 21, zone 21,
potentiometers, thermocouples zone 20, zone 20,
and DC voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Drift detection function DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• Universal
• High input availability
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR200 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/70 SIPROM T
zone 0, zone 0,
• Universal zone 21 zone 21,
zone 20
SITRANS TR300 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/77 SIMATIC PDM

zone 0, zone 0,
• Universal zone 21 zone 21,
• HART zone 20

2-wire rail transmitter with and zone 1, zone 1,
without HART communications zone 0, zone 0,
interface. With 1 input for connec- zone 21, zone 21,
tion to resistance thermometers, zone 20, zone 20,
linear resistors, potentiometers, M1, M1,
thermocouples, and DC voltages DIV 1, DIV 1,
up to 1.7 V DIV 2 DIV 2
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 7
• Universal
Transmitters with 2 inputs for con- zone 1, zone 1,
nection to resistance thermome- zone 0, zone 0,
ters, linear resistors, zone 21, zone 21,
potentiometers, thermocouples zone 20, zone 20,
and DC voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Drift detection function DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• Universal

© Siemens 2021
Product overview

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
Field transmitters
2 SITRANS TF
Transmitters for connection to
Zone 2,
zone 1;
zone 21,
Zone 2,
zone 1,
zone 0
2/103 Depending on the installed
TH200/TH300 transmitter
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou- DIV 1,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V DIV 2
• In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 5
• Universal
SITRANS TF Zone 2, Zone 2 2/112 SIMATIC PDM for PROFIBUS PA
Fieldbus transmitters for connec- zone 1; zone 1,
tion to resistance thermometers, zone 21, zone 0
resistance-based sensors, ther- DIV 1,
mocouples and DC voltages up to DIV 2
0.8 V
• In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
• PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS TF320 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/119 Local operation with buttons.
Transmitters for connection to Zone 1, Zone 1, SIMATIC PDM local with HART
resistance thermometers, resis- Zone 21, Zone 21, modem or SIPROM T (depend-
tance-based sensors, thermocou- ing on SITRANS TH320 type
ples and DC voltages up to 1.7 V DIV 1, DIV 1, used)
• In field enclosure for heavy DIV 2 DIV 2
industrial use
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 7
• Universal
SITRANS TF420 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/132 Local operation with buttons.
Transmitters for connection to Zone 1, Zone 1, SIMATIC PDM locally with HART
resistance thermometers, resis- Zone 21, Zone 21, modem.
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.7 V DIV 1, DIV 1,
• In field enclosure for heavy DIV 2 DIV 2
industrial use
• HART 7
• Universal
Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals
SITRANS TF Zone 2, - 2/103 -
Field indicator for zone 1,
4 to 20 mA signals zone 21,
DIV 1,
Display of units can be user- DIV 2
defined

© Siemens 2021
Product overview

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
SITRANS TO500
Multipoint temperature transmitter
Zone 0,
Zone 20
2/147 Via Ethernet with the supplied
parameter assignment software 2
for measuring temperatures and
temperature profiles with fiber-
optic multipoint measuring lances.
SITRANS TO 2/150
multipoint measuring lance
For measuring temperatures and
temperature profiles using fiber-
optic Fiber Bragg Grating (FBG).
■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

The scope of delivery of the Siemens products for process instrumentation includes a multilingual instruction sheet with
safety instructions as well as a uniform mini DVD – Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
This DVD contains the most important manuals and certificates for the Siemens process instrumentation and
weighing technology portfolio. The delivery may also contain product-specific or order-specific printed materials.
For additional information, refer to the Annex on page 10/3.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
■ Overview
Temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS500 product family are

used to measure temperatures in industrial equipment.
■ Benefits
The modular design makes it possible to customize the tempera-
ture sensor for most applications, while still being able to use
many standardized individual components.
SITRANS TS500 Temperature sensors as a modular system
Due to their modular design, temperature sensors of the
SITRANS TS500 series are well suited to a large number of ap-
plications.
The replaceable measuring insert makes it possible to conduct
maintenance work even during ongoing operations. These de-
vices are used particularly frequently in vessels and pipelines of
the following industries:
• Power plants
• Petrochemical industry
• General process engineering
• Water, waste water

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
■ Design ■ Function
SITRANS TS500 7MC65xx A complete measuring point consists of a measuring insert
which contains the basic sensors, the protective fitting and an
optional transmitter.
The basic sensors are:
• Resistance thermometers:
2
Temperature measurement is based on the temperature de-
pendency of the installed measuring resistor.
95 (3.74)
• Thermocouples:
Temperature measurement is based on the Seebeck effect.
A thermocouple which subjected to a temperature drop pro-
duces thermoelectric voltage that can be measured.
Transmitters:
The optional Siemens transmitters assume the following func-
tions:
• Optimum measurement processing
• Strengthening of weak sensor signals directly on site
• Transmits standardized signals
• Protects against electromagnetic interferences
X
• Support enhanced diagnosis options

The resistance thermometer is intended for installation in con-
tainers and pipelines.
• Modular design consisting of thermowell, measuring insert,
connection head and optional transmitter.
44.45 (1.75)
D8
• Transmitter can be integrated (4 to 20 mA, PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
N
ØD
U
Ød
6.604
63.5 (2.5)
(0.26)
Bore
12.7 (0.5)
6.35 (0.25)
SITRANS TS500, type SWR, socket reduced well, dimensions in mm (inch)

The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS500 series are avail-
able in four different designs:
• General Purpose without Thermowell
• Threaded Thermowell
• Flanged Thermowell
• Socket Thermowell

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
■ Configuration
Components: Process connections Step down threaded well assemblies
Flanges
2 The different properties of the flanges are as follows:

• Standard series EN 1092, ASME 16.5,..
• Nominal pressure
• Nominal diameter
• Sealing face
This information is stamped into the flange, as well as the mate-
rial code and batch number for "3.1 Material".
Components: Thermowell
Thermowells fulfill two basic functions:
• They protect the measuring insert from aggressive media
• They make it possible to replace units during ongoing opera-
tions
This catalog is limited to the standard versions. Special versions
are available on request. A
• Barstock thermowells
Where process loads are too high, or where thermowells with
welded seams are not allowed, deep hole drilled barstock
thermowells are used.
Components: Extension (neck tube)
The extension is the section from the lower edge of the connec-
tion head to the fixed point of the process connection or ther- T
mowell. There is a variety of terms for this components, e.g. neck (1.75 std)
tube. For this reason the term extension has been selected as a
standardized term for the different designs. Function is the de-
ciding factor: NPT
Process
• Thermal decoupling of connection head from process tem- Connection
perature
• Installation of connection head over existing insulation
OD 1
• Simple standardization of measuring inserts: In general, the
length of the extension may be freely selected. However, when
using standardized insertion lengths ensures that measuring
inserts are quickly available can be used.
U
• The extension takes the spring load of the sensor.
• Depending on the design, the extension can also be used to
achieve an alignment of the connection head. Sensor
OD
0.260
Bore
2 1/2"
OD 2 1/4"
Process NPT OD1 OD2

½" 0.68" 5/8"
¾" 7/8" 5/8"
1" 1 1/16" 5/8"
1 ¼" 1 1/8" ¾"
1 ½" 1 1/8" ¾"
Dimensions in inch

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Straight threaded well assemblies Tapered threaded well assemblies
A A
T T
(1.75 std) (1.75 std)
NPT NPT
Process Process
Connection Connection
OD 1
U U OD 1
Sensor Sensor
OD OD
0.260 0.260
Bore Bore
1/4" OD 2 1/4"
Process NPT OD1 Process NPT OD1 OD2

½" 0.68" ½" 0.68" 5/8"
¾" ¾" ¾" 7/8" 5/8"
1" 7/8" 1" 1 1/16" 5/8"
1 ¼" 1 1/8" 1 ¼" 1 1/8" ¾"
1 ½" 1 1/8" 1 ½" 1 1/8" ¾"
Dimensions in inch Dimensions in inch

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Step down flanged well assemblies Straight flanged well assemblies
A A
T T
(2.25 std) (2.25 std)
Weld Weld
3/4"
U U
Sensor OD Sensor OD
2 1/2" 0.260 0.260

Bore Bore
1/2" 3/4"
1/4" 1/4"

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Tapered flanged well assemblies Step down socket well assemblies
A A
T P
T (1.75 std)
(2.25 std)
Weld
OD
1 1/16"
U
U
Sensor OD Sensor OD
0.260
Bore 0.260
2 1/2"
Bore
5/8"
1/4" 1/2" 1/4"

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Straight socket well assemblies Tapered socket well assemblies
A A
T T P 1/2"
P
(1.75 std) (1.75 std) NPT
OD1
OD1
U U
Sensor Sensor
OD OD
0.260 0.260
Bore Bore
OD 2
1/4" 1/4"
Process NPT OD1 Process NPT OD1 OD2

½" 0.68" ½" 0.68" 5/8"
¾" ¾" ¾" 7/8" 5/8"
1" 7/8" 1" 1 1/16" 5/8"
1 ¼" 1 1/8" 1 ¼" 1 1/8" ¾"
1 ½" 1 1/8" 1 ½" 1 1/8" ¾"

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
General purpose sensors
1/2" x 1/2" NPT

Adjustable
1/2" x 1/2" NPT Double Ended
Double Ended Hex 316SS
Hex 316SS Welded Fitting Spring
Fitting Loaded
Optional 316SS
Adjustable
Compression
Fitting
L
L L
Dimensions in inch

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Components: Connection head Measuring technology: Sensor elements
Connection head The diverse application spectrum for industrial temperature
measuring technology requires different sensor technologies.
The connection head protects the wiring connections. The con-
nection head features sufficient room for mounting a terminal Resistance thermometer
2
block or transmitter.
Sensor elements made of other basic materials with different
Different connection heads are used depending on the applica- nominal resistances or different underlying standards are avail-
tion and preference. able on request. Resistance thermometers can be classified as
follows:
Components: Measuring insert
• Basic design:
Measuring inserts feature a large spring range. These measur- The sensor element is built with thin layer technology. The
ing inserts are ideal for use with NPT threads with the typical resistance material is applied in the form of a thin layer on a
loose tolerances. In this configuration, the extension function is ceramic carrier material.
partially or fully integrated (nipple-union-nipple). Moreover it is • Versions featuring increased vibration-resistance:
also possible to directly attach field devices, e.g. SITRANS TF. In addition to the basic design, the vibration resistance is
Components: Transmitters improved through extra measures.
SITRANS TH head transmitters process the weak non-linear sen- • Versions with expanded measuring range:
sor signals and transmit a stable and temperature-linear stan- Elements in wire-wound design. The wire winding is embed-
dard signal, thereby minimizing sensor signal disruptions. ded in a ceramic body.
The transmitters constantly monitor the temperature sensors and Thermocouples

transmit diagnostic data to superordinate systems. Other thermocouples based on other thermo couples or under-
Because of the low energy feed of the SITRANS TH head trans- lying standards are available upon request.
mitters, self-heating of the temperature sensors can be main- The most common base metal thermocouples include:
tained at minimal levels. • Type K (NiCr-Ni) more stable than type J, but drifts in upper
The electrical isolation and integrated cold junction ensure that range.
temperature sensors with thermocouples provide reliable mea- • Type J (Fe-CuNi) narrow application band
surements at a low cost.
Measuring technology: Measuring range
SITRANS TH product family
The measuring range describes the temperature limits within
For detailed technical data on the SITRANS TH transmitters, which the thermometer can be used in a way that is meaningful
please refer to the catalog FI 01. for measurement purposes. Depending on the loads present,
• TH100 - the basic device the thermowell materials and the desired accuracy levels, the
- Output 4 to 20mA actual application range for the thermometer may be smaller.
- for Pt100
Resistance thermometer [°C (°F)]
- can be configured using simple software
Basic version and increased -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
• TH200 - the universal device vibration resistance
- Output 4 to 20mA
- Resistance thermometer, thermocouples Expanded measuring range -196 ... +600 (-320.8 ... +1112)
- can be configured using simple software
Thermocouple [°C (°F)]
• TH300 - HART universal
- Output 4 to 20 mA/HART Type K -40 ... +1000 (-40 ... +1132)
- Resistance thermometer, thermocouples Type J -40 ... +750 (-40 ... +1382)
- HART conforming
- Diagnostic functions
• TH400 - Fieldbus PA and FF
- Output PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- Resistance thermometer, thermocouples
- Diagnostic functions; for detailed technical description of the
SITRANS TH transmitter please refer to the related chapter
of this catalog.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Measuring technology: Measuring accuracy
Resistance thermometer The following tables provide an overview of the scope of these
tolerances. If you exceed the specified limits with a resistance
The tolerance classes of the resistance thermometers corre- thermometer, the values of the next lower accuracy class apply:
spond with IEC 751/EN 60751:
2
Resistance thermometer
Tolerance Δt Basic version [°C (°F)]
Basic accuracy, Class B ±(0.30 °C +0.0050|t[°C]|) Tolerance Range
±(0.54 °F +0.0050|t [°F]-32|)
Basic accuracy, -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
Increased accuracy, Class A ±(0.15 °C +0.0020|t[°C]|) Class B
(±(0.27 °F +0.0020|t [°F]-32|))
Increased accuracy, -30 ... +300 (-22 ... +572)
High degree of accuracy, ±(0.10 °C +0.0017|t[°C]|) Class A
Class A+ (1/3 B) (±(0.18 °F +0.0017|t [°F]-32|))
High degree of accuracy 0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
Class A+ (1/3 B)
Increased vibration-resistance [°C (°F)]
Tolerance Range
Basic accuracy, -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
Class B
Class A
High degree of accuracy 0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
Class A+ (1/3 B)
Expanded measuring range [°C (°F)]
Tolerance Range
Basic accuracy, -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Class B
Class A
Thermocouples
The tolerance classes of the thermocouples correspond with IEC 584/EN 60584:
Catalog versions
Type Basic accuracy, Class 2 Increased accuracy, Class 1
K -40 °C ... +333 °C ±2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F ±4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C ±1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F ±2.7 °F)
333 °C ... 1000 °C ±0.0075x|t[°C]| (631 °F ... 1832 °F ±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|) 375 °C ... 1000 °C ±0.004x|t[°C]| (707 °F ... 1832 °F ±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)
J -40 °C ... +333 °C ±2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F ±4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C ±1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F ±2.7 °F)
Other thermocouples, ignoble

Type Basic accuracy, Class 2 Increased accuracy, Class 1
T -40 °C ... 133 °C ±1 °C (-40 °F ... +271 °F ±1.8 °F) -40 °C ... +125 °C ±0.5 °C (-40 °F ... +257 °F ±0.9 °F)
E -40 °C ... +333 °C ±2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F ±4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C ±1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F ±2.7 °F)
Other thermocouples. noble

Type Basic accuracy, Class 2 Increased accuracy. Class 1
R and 0 °C ... 600 °C±1.5 °C (32 °F ... 1112 °F±2.7 °F) 0 °C ... 1100 °C±1 °C (32 °F ... 2012 °F±1.8 °F)
S 600 °C ... 1600 °C±0.0025 x |t| (1112 °F ... 2912 °F±0.0025 x |t|) 1100 °C ... 1600 °C±[1 + 0.003 (t - 1100)] °C
(2112 °F ... 2912 °F±[1.8 + 0.003 (t - 212)] °F)
B 600 °C ... 1700 °C±0.0025 x |t|
(1112 °F ... 3092 °F±0.0025 x |t|)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Measuring technology: Connection types
In the case of resistance thermometers, the type of sensor con-
nection directly affects the level of accuracy:
Two-wire system
2 The resistance of sensor lines are included in the measurement

result as an error. Adjustments are recommended in this case.
Pt100
Pt100 Two-wire system

Three-wire system
Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. Re-
quirements: all terminal and line resistances (corrosion) are at
the same level, and terminals are at the same temperature level.
Pt100
Pt100 Three-wire system

Four-wire system
Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. This
type of connection is the most secure and most accurate.
Pt100
Pt100 Four-wire system

Siemens measuring inserts can be used to implement all types
of connections for 1 x Pt100 devices. In the case of 2 x Pt100 ver-
sions, two- and three-wire systems are also possible. For mea-
surement-related reasons, we always recommend a 1 x four-wire
or 2 x 3-wire connection.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Thermowell calculation SIEMENS offers the two recognized methods for calculating the
thermowell:
Properly applied load diagrams will provide a sufficient degree
of safety for the most common thermowell configurations. • DIN/Dittrich method
However, there are cases in which operating conditions deviate • ASME/Murdock method
This method also takes into account turbulence formation on
2
too greatly from standard parameters. In this case, a customized
thermowell calculation may be required. a mathematical level.
Another reason for doing this calculation is the fact that flowing Both methods provide a high degree of safety with regard to
media can create turbulence at the tip of the thermowell under thermowell configuration, however, they do not provide a guar-
certain conditions. The thermowell will then vibrate and may antee against breakdowns.
even be destroyed if not configured correctly. This is the most
frequent cause of thermowell bailure.
Materials
Material descriptions/Standards comparison Max. tem- Properties Applications
perature
[°C (°F)]
(unloaded)
Mat. No.: AISI/Trade EN 10028-2: Description
name:
1.4404 or AISI 316 L X2CrNiMo17-12-2 Austenitic stain- 600 Good acid resistance, resistant Chemical industry, waste treat-
1.4435 less steel (1112) against grain boundary corro- ment, paper and cellulose
sion industry, food industry
2.4816 Inconel 600 NiCr15Fe Nickel-Chrome 1150 Resistant at high tempera- Chemical industry, petrochem-
alloy (2102) tures, resistant against chlo- ical industry, food industry
rine-induced cold crack
corrosion
1.4876 Incoloy 800 X10NiCrAlTi32-21 Austenitic heat- 1100 Excellent resistance against O&G industry, waste gas treat-
resistant stain- (2012) oxidation and carbonization at ment, power plants (steam
less steel high temperatures, good cor- boiler, heat exchanger), appli-
rosion resistance cations using aggressive fluids
2.4819 Hastelloy C 276 NiMo16Cr15W Nickel-Chrome- 1100 Resistant at high tempera- Chemicals industry, paper and
Molybdenum (2012) tures, in oxidizing and reduc- cellulose industry, waste treat-
alloy ing atmosphere, resistant ment, waste incinerators, emis-
against pitting and crevice cor- sions controls, shipbuilding
rosion, good corrosion resis- and offshore industry
tance after welding
2.4360 Monel 400 NiCu30Fe Nickel-Copper 500 Excellent corrosion resistance, Chemical industry, offshore
alloy (932) particularly against chlorine- industry, nuclear technology,
induced cold crack corrosion petrochemical industry
Where cost-intensive materials are used with flange thermowells, cost savings can be achieved by using a so-called flanged wheel.
A thin disc of the material which comes into contact with media is applied prior to the flange (ordinary stainless steel).
Vibration resistance of measuring insert, cable sensor Electrical stability

Similar to the thermowell, inner (Karman vortices) and outer Insulation resistance
(plant) vibrations also affect the measuring insert. For this rea- The insulation resistance between each measuring circuit and
son, a special assembly of measurement elements is required. the fitting is tested at a voltage of 500 V DC at room temperature.
Other than a few exceptions for cable and compact thermome-
ters, Siemens only produces sensors based on a mineral-insu- Riso ≥ 100 MΩ
lated cable. Together with precautions taken when installing the Due to the property of the mineral-insulated cable, the insulation
measuring element, the Siemens basic version already exceeds resistance decreases as temperature increases. Because of the
EN 60751 by more than a factor of 3. Pursuant to the measure- special production method, it is, however, possible to achieve
ment methods of this standard, the following values are obtained very good values even at high temperatures.
(tip-tip):
Line resistance
• 10 g: Basic version and expanded measuring range
• 60 g: Increased vibration-resistance and thermocouple When connected to two-wire systems, the line resistance is in-
cluded in the measurement result. The following rule of thumb
can be used:
• ∅ Measuring insert 6 mm (0.24 in) 2.8 Ω/m or 44.78 (44.78 )
For this reason a connection to three- or four-wire systems is
highly recommended.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC650 SITRANS TS500 7MC650
Threaded sensor assembly 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 00 7 7 7 7 7 7 Threaded sensor assembly 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 00 7 7 7 7 7 7
(no thermowell) (no thermowell)
2
Click on the Article No. for the online Connection Head
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Cast Aluminum J
Sheath Material Cast Stainless Steel S
316L Stainless Steel 2 Flip-Top Aluminum B
310 Stainless Steel 4 Explosion Proof Aluminum G
Alloy 600 7 (FM [XP]/CSA/ATEX [Ex d])
Form Explosion Proof SS U
Adjustable Compression Fitting 2 Without Head (for TF/display, use option N
Fixed Welded 3 A80-A83)
Spring-Loaded 4 Other Z P1Y
Process Connection Size Sensor Type
½" NPT J RTD
Standard RTDs are 3-wire, 100 Ohm
Insertion length (U-Length)
Platinum, 500 F
1" P0
Class B A1
1.5" P1
Class A A2
2" P2
Class AA (4-wire) A3
2.5" P3
Class B Dual A5
3" P4
Class A Dual A6
3.5" P5
High Vibration RTD (900 F) - Class B B1
4" P6
RTD high temp (900 F) - Class B C1
4.5" P7
5" P8 Thermocouple
Standard thermocouples are ungrounded
5.5" Q0 Type J J1
6" Q1 Type J dual J5
6.5" Q2 Type K K1
7" Q3 Type K dual K5
7.5" Q4 Type T T1
8" Q5 Type T dual T5
8.5" Q6 Type E E1
9" Q7 Type E dual E5
9.5" Q8 Other Z 0 Q1 Y
10" R0
10.5" R1
11" R2
11.5" R3
12" R4
12.5" R5
13" R6
13.5" R7
14" R8
14.5" S0
15" S1
15,5" S2
16" S3
16.5" S4
17" S5
17.5" S6
18" S7
18.5" S8
19" T0
19.5" T1
20" T2
20.5" T3
21" T4
21.5" T5
22" T6
22.5" T7
23" T8
23.5" U0
24" U1
Other, specify U length Z0 K1Y
Sensor Diameter
¼" 7

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Selection and Ordering data Order Code

Options
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
extensions with "+".
ATEX Intrinsic safety "ia", "ic" E01 2
ATEX Flameproof enclosure "d" E02
ATEX Non sparking "n" E03
cFMus intrinsic safety E11
cFMus explosion proof E13
Transmitter mounted in head
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01".
SITRANS TH100 No Approvals T10
SITRANS TH100 ATEX (Ex ia, Ex n) T11
SITRANS TH100 FM (IS) T13
SITRANS TH400 PA No Approvals T40
SITRANS TH400 PA FM (IS), ATEX (Ex ia, Ex n) T41
SITRANS TH400 FF No Approvals T45
SITRANS TH400 FF FM (IS), ATEX (Ex ia, Ex n) T46
Transmitter with display - SITRANS TF
With SITRANS TH200 (SIPROM T communication)
General Purpose [7NG3135-0AC10] A81
XP FM/CSA (XP) [7NG3135-5AC10] A82
With SITRANS TH300 (HART Communication)
Other temperature transmitter (TF280, TF PA, etc)
Mounting of transmitter - Ordered separately A80
Transmitter Configuration
Specify measuring range in plain text Y01
Specify HART-address (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Tag Number (max. 16 characters) - TF only Y23
Tag Description (max. 27 characters) - TF only Y24
Specify bus address in plain text Y25
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA) U36
Certificates
Material certificate for wetted parts C12
Cert SIL 2 C20
Cert SIL 2/3 C23
Factory calibration - sensor only Y33
Factory cal - matched pair C15
Factory cal - sensor/transmitter assembly Y35
Sensor options
Grounded T/C (std = ungrounded) G31
4-wire RTD (std = 3-wire) R04
Further options
SS tag plate - wired to sensor assembly (connection Y15
head only)
Special option (define in plain text: "Y99:…") Y99

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC652 SITRANS TS500 7MC652
Barstock Thermowell Assembly 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 07 7 7 7 7 7 7 Barstock Thermowell Assembly 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 07 7 7 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article No. for the online 18.5" 53

2 configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Well Material
19"
19.5"
54
55
316 SS 2 20" 56
Special Version (Y99 required) 8 20.5" 57
Thermowell Process Connection Type 21" 60
& Size 21.5" 61
Threaded Thermowell 22" 62
½" NPT 1J 22.5" 63
¾" NPT 1K
23" 64
1" NPT 1L
23.5" 65
Flanged Thermowell 24" 66
1.0" 150# RF 2E 24,5" 67
1.0" 300# RF 2F
Other, specify U length Z88 K1Y
1.5" 150# RF 2G
Extension (A-length)
1.5" 300# RF 2H
None 0
2.0" 150# RF 2J
3" Hex nipple-union-nipple, SS (HUNS) 7
2.0" 300# RF 2K
3" Nipple, SS (NS) 9 N0G
3.0" 150# RF 2P
3" Nipple-union-nipple, galv. steel (NUN) 9 N0M
3.0" 300# RF 2Q
3" Nipple-union-nipple, SS (NUNS) 9 N0N
Socket Weld Thermowell 6" Nipple-union-nipple, galv. steel (NUN) 9 N9M
¾" Socket Weld 0K
6" Nipple-union-nipple, SS (NUNS) 9 N9N
1" Socket Weld 0L
6" Hex nipple-union-nipple, SS (HUNS) 9 N9H
Other design Other 9 N8Y
Customer-specified connection 9X H1Y
Connection Head
(Specify in plain text)
Cast Aluminum J
Thermowell Form Cast Stainless Steel S
Straight S Flip-Top Aluminum B
Tapered T
Explosion Proof Aluminum G
Step-Down (Reduced) U
(FM [XP]/CSA/ATEX [Ex d])
Other, Specify themowell form, U-length Z 88 K1Y
Explosion Proof SS U
and T-Length
Without Head (for TF/display, use option A80) N
Insertion length (U-Length),
with standard T-length (1.75") Other Z P1Y
2" 12 Sensor Type
2.5" 13 RTD
3" 14 Standard RTDs are 3-wire, 100 Ohm
Platinum, 500 F
3.5" 15
Class B A1
4" 16
Class A A2
4.5" 17
Class AA (4-wire) A3
5" 20
Class B Dual A5
5.5" 21
Class A Dual A6
6" 22
High Vibration RTD (900 F) - Class B B1
6.5" 23
RTD high temp (900 F) - Class B C1
7" 24
7.5" 25 Thermocouple
Standard thermocouples are ungrounded
8" 26 Type J J1
8.5" 27 Type J dual J5
9" 30 Type K K1
9.5" 31 Type K dual K5
10" 32 Type T T1
10.5" 33 Type T dual T5
11" 34 Type E E1
11.5" 35 Type E dual E5
12" 36
Other Sensor
12.5" 37 Other, Specify type (Q1Y = …) Z 0 Q1 Y
13" 40
13.5" 41 No Sensor
For well-only configurations N0
14" 42
14.5" 43
15" 44
15,5" 45
16" 46
16.5" 47
17" 50
17.5" 51
18" 52

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Selection and Ordering data Order Code Selection and Ordering data Order Code
Options Full Penetration Welding for Flanged Process
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate Connections
extensions with "+". Full penetration weld G02
2
Transmitter mounted in head X-ray test certificate for full penetration weld C41
Measuring range to be set must be specified with Ultrasonic test certificate for full penetration weld C44
plain text data "Y01".
Sensor options
Grounded T/C (std = ungrounded) G31
4-wire RTD (std = 3-wire) R04
Further options
SS tag plate Y15
Special option (define in plain text: "Y99:…") Y99
SITRANS TH400 PA No Approvals T40
SITRANS TH400 PA FM (IS), ATEX (Ex ia, Ex n) T41
SITRANS TH400 FF No Approvals T45
SITRANS TH400 FF FM (IS), ATEX (Ex ia, Ex n) T46
Transmitter with display - SITRANS TF
With SITRANS TH200 (SIPROM T communication)
With SITRANS TH300 (HART Communication)
Other temperature transmitter (TF280, TF PA, etc)
Mounting of transmitter - Ordered separately A80
Transmitter Configuration
Specify measuring range in plain text Y01
Specify HART-address (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Specify measuring point description (max. 16 char- Y23
acters) in plain text
Specify measuring point text (max. 32 characters) in Y24
plain text
Specify bus address in plain text Y25
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA) U36
Certificates
Material certificate for wetted parts C12
Cert SIL 2 C20
Cert SIL 2/3 C23
Hydrostatic pressure test C31
Thermowell NACE cert C50
Oxygen-cleaned (ISO 9001 grease-free for oxygen C51
service)
Inspection certificate Thermowell calculation accord- C37
ing ASME PTC 19.3 (Murdock)
Factory calibration - sensor only Y33
Factory cal - matched pair C15
Factory cal - sensor/transmitter assembly Y35

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Schematics
■ Schematics
Resistance thermometer Thermocouples
SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts are designed as a four-wire
system for single Pt100 if not mentioned differently. This makes
2
1 thermocouple 2 thermocouples
it possible to implement all of the aforementioned connection + + +
types.
Double Pt100 measuring inserts (for 6 mm OD only) are de-
signed as a three-wire system.
1 x Pt100 2 x Pt100 - - -
Red Red Black Type + -

2-wire connection
J White Red
Red Red Black K Yellow Red
N Orange Red
E Purple Red
White
T Blue Red
White White Yellow

Circuit diagram for thermocouple
Red Red Black
Where thermocouples are used, the use of head transmitters of-
3-wire connection
fers particular advantages: The cold junction is already inte-

Red Red Black
grated into the universal transmitter. There is no need for expen-
sive thermo or extension cable. This also removes a number of
possible error sources. The weak millivolt signal of the thermo-
White couple is already converted into a stable and temperature-linear
DC or bus signal on site. This drastically reduces the effects of
White White Yellow electromagnetic factors on the measurement result.
If a head transmitter is not installed, the sensor feed line consists
Red either of the appropriate thermo or extension leads. The thermo
line is made from the thermo material of the relevant thermocou-
4-wire connection
Red ple, while the extension lead uses a cost-effective substitute ma-
terial. The extension cable behaves similar to a thermo line at an
electrical level, within a limited temperature range of up to
200°C.
White
A wide spectrum of color coding is available for thermocouples
White on an international level. This must be taken into account during
the electrical connecting.
Schematics 1 x Pt100-2W up to 2 x Pt100-4W

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TS500
Schematics
Transmitters
Coun- International/ North America UK/
try Germany Czech Republic In addition, our transmitters also allow for a large number of
Stan- Not intrinsically Extension lead2) BS 1843 other possible connections (e.g. difference, average, two sen-
dard safe1) sors). More information can be obtained at:
http://www.usa.siemens.com/temperature
2
Jacket + - Jacket + - Jacket + -
N PN PN WH OG OG RD OG OG BU
K GN GN WH YE YE RD RD BR BU
J BK BK WH BK WH RD BK YE BU
T BR BR WH BU BU RD BU WH BU
E VT VT WH VT VT RD BR BR BU
R+S OG OG WH BK RD GN WH BU
B GY GY WH GY GY RD - - -
1) With an intrinsically safe line as per IEC 584-3, the sheath is always blue.
2) For thermo lines as per ANSI MC96, the sheath is always blue.
Coun- Netherlands Japan France
try
Stan- DIN 43714 ISC 1610-198 NF C42-323
dard
Jacket + - Jacket + - Jacket + -
N GN RD GN BU RD WH VT VT YE
K BU RD BU YE RD WH BK BK YE
J BR RD BR BR RD WH BU BU YE
T BK RD BK VT RD WH OG OG YE
E WH RD WH BK RD WH GN GN YE
R+S GY RD GY GY RD WH - - -
B GN RD GN BU RD WH VT VT YE
Abbreviation for colors

BK: black BR: brown BU: blue GD: gold GN: green
GY: gray OG: orange PN: pink RD: red SR: silver
TQ: tur- VT: violet WH: white YE: yellow
quoise

© Siemens 2021
Temperature measurement
Temperature transmitters
SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)
■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Transmitter in 2-wire system with M12 device plug for mount-
ing on compact thermometer.
• Solution for easy and space-saving temperature measure-
2 ments in a variety of industries.
• Programmable; as a result, the sensor connection, measuring
range and much more are programmable.
■ Application
The SITRANS TH100 Slim transmitter can be used in combina-
tion with Pt100 compact resistance thermometers for tempera-
ture measurement in all industries. Thanks to its compact de-
sign, it can be mounted to all kinds of designs.
The output signal is a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA which is proportional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parame-
terization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100 Slim is particularly suited for the production of SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "Modem for
compact thermometers with integrated transmitter. SITRANS TK" (article number 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue
Its cylindrical stainless steel enclosure is simply welded to the to use this for parameterization of the SITRANS TH100.
basic body of the compact thermometer.
Its compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 Slim the ideal ■ Function
solution for manufacturers from a wide variety of industries.
Mode of operation
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in com- The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermome-
bination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200. ter (2, 3 or 4-wire connection) is amplified in the input stage. The
voltage, which is proportional to the input variable, is then con-
verted into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog-to-digital
converter. They are converted in the microcontroller in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic and additional parameters
(measuring range, damping, ambient temperature, etc.).
The signal prepared in this way is converted in an analog-to-dig-
ital converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA.
An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against elec-
tromagnetic interferences.
Input
Pt100 Resistance thermometer
EMC_1 Input level with protective components
IC Constant current source
MUX Multiplexer
6
A/D Analog-digital converter
A/D
5 Output
Pt100 EMC_1 D/A Digital-analog converter
4
MUX U/I Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
μC and reference voltage source
3
EMC_2 Output level with protective components
Uaux Auxiliary power supply
Iout Output current
D/A
Microcontroller
μC Linearization functions and storage
of all data
+
U EMC_2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
I
-
SITRANS TH100 Slim, function block diagram

© Siemens 2021
Input Software requirements for SIPROM T
Resistance thermometer PC operating system Windows ME, 2000 and XP; also Win-
dows 95, 98 and 98SE, but only in
Measured variable
Input type
Temperature
Pt100 according to IEC 60751 Factory setting:
connection with RS232 modem
2
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Type of connection 2, 3, 4-wire connection • Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Resolution 14 bit • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Measuring accuracy < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F)
Repeatability < 0.1 °C (0.18 °F)
Measuring current Approx. 0.4 mA ■ Selection and ordering data
Measuring cycle < 0.7 s Article No.
Measuring range -60 ... +160 °C (-76 ... +320 °F) SITRANS TH100 Slim
temperature transmitters for Pt100
Measuring span 25 ... 220 °C (45 ... 396 °F) For welding to compact thermometers
2-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA, program-
Unit °C or °F mable, without galvanic isolation
Offset Programmable: • Without explosion protection 7NG3150-0NN00
-100 ... +100 °C (-180 ... +180 °F)
Accessories
Wire resistance Max. 20 Ω (total from feeder and
return conductor) Modem
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz Modem with USB interface and 7NG3092-8KN
SIPROM T software
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Auxiliary power 8.5 ... 36 V DC (30 V for Ex)
Max. load (Uaux – 8.5 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(factory setting: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (in the event of sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
breakage) (factory setting: 3.6 mA or 22.8 mA)
Damping time 0 ... 30 s
Protection Against reverse polarity
Resolution 12 bit
Accuracy at 23 °C (73.4 °F) < 0.1% of measuring span
Temperature effect < 0.13 %/10 °C (0.13 %/18 °F)
Effect of auxiliary power < 0.02 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.055 % of max. span/100 Ω
Long-term drift • < 0.025% of the max. span in the
first month
• < 0.035% of the max. span after one
year
• < 0.05% of the max. span after 5
years
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and NAMUR
NE21
Design
Weight 42 g
Dimensions See dimensional drawing
Material 316L stainless steel
Degree of protection according to
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP67

© Siemens 2021
■ Dimensional drawings ■ Circuit diagrams

Ø18 (0.71) Sensor
M12x1 connections
2
4 5
M12 device plug
Auxiliary power U
Transmitter housing 3 6 N. C. U-
56
(2.20)
68 U+ N. C.
4 5
(2.68)
3 (0.12)
2 (0.78)
+0.0
Ø16,3 -0.1
3 6
+0.0
(Ø0.64 )
-0.004
SITRANS TH100 Slim, auxiliary power and sensor connection
SITRANS TH100 Slim, dimensions in mm (inch) 3 6 3 6
4 5 4 5
Pt100 Pt100
3 6
4 5
Pt100
SITRANS TH100 Slim, sensor connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TH100 (4 to 20 mA, Pt100)
The SITRANS TH100 transmitter can be used for temperature
measurement with Pt100 resistance thermometers in all indus-
tries. Its compact size means that it can be installed in connec-
tion heads of type B or larger.
2
20 mA which is proportional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parame-
terization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "Modem for
SITRANS TK" (article number 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue
to use this for parameterization of the SITRANS TH100.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
meet the directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX) as well as the FM and CSA
requirements.
The SITRANS TH100, which represents an economical alterna-
tive by dispensing with galvanic isolation and universal sensor
connection, is ideally suited for Pt100 measurements. ■ Function
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in com- Mode of operation
bination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200. The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermome-
Its compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 suitable for ret- ter (2, 3 or 4-wire connection) is amplified in the input stage. The
rofitting measuring points or replacing analog transmitters. voltage, which is proportional to the input variable, is then con-
verted into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog-to-digital
The transmitter is available in a non-Ex version and in a version converter. They are converted in the microcontroller in accor-
suitable for use in hazardous areas. dance with the sensor characteristic and further parameters
(measuring range, damping, ambient temperature, etc.).
■ Benefits The signal prepared in this way is converted in an analog-to-dig-
• Transmitter with 2-wire system ital converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to
• Mounting in connection head, type B or larger or on DIN rail 20 mA.
• Programmable; as a result, the sensor connection, measuring An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against elec-
range and much more are programmable tromagnetic interferences.
• Intrinsically safe version for use in hazardous areas
Uref Input
Ic Pt100 Resistance thermometer
EMC_1 Input level with protective components
IC Constant current source
MUX Multiplexer
6
A/D Analog-digital converter
A/D
5 Output
Pt100 EMC_1 D/A Digital-analog converter
4
MUX U/I Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
μC and reference voltage source
3
EMC_2 Output level with protective components
Uaux Auxiliary power supply
Iout Output current
D/A
Microcontroller
μC Linearization functions and storage
Uref of all data
+
U EMC_2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
I
-
SITRANS TH100, function block diagram

© Siemens 2021
Input Certificates and approvals
Resistance thermometer Explosion protection ATEX
2 Measured variable
Input type
Temperature
Pt100 according to IEC 60751
EC type-examination certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2049X
• "Intrinsic gas safety" type of protec- II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
tion II (1) 2 G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gb
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear II (1) 3 G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
Type of connection 2, 3, 4-wire connection
• "Non-sparking" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
Resolution 14 bit II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
Measuring accuracy • "Intrinsic dust safety" type of protec- II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T115 °C Da
tion
• Span <250 °C (450 °F) < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F)
• Span >250 °C (450 °F) < 0.1% of measuring span Explosion protection: FM for USA
• FM approval FM 3024169
Repeatability < 0.1 °C (0.18 °F)
• Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABCDEFG
Measuring current approx. 0.4 mA T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Measuring cycle < 0.7 s NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6, T5,
Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C (-328 ... +1562 °F) T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Measuring span 25 ... 1050 °C (77 ... 1922 °F)
Explosion protection to FM for Canada
Unit °C or °F (cFMUS)
Offset Programmable: • FM approval FM 3024169C
-100 ... +100 °C (-180 ... +180 °F) • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Wire resistance Max. 20 Ω (total from feeder and NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5, T4
return conductor) NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6, T5,
Output T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5, T4
Auxiliary power 8.5 ... 36 V DC (30 V with Ex ia and ib; Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI
32 V with Ex nL/ic; 35 V with Ex nA)
Software requirements for SIPROM T
Max. load (Uaux – 8.5 V)/0.023 A
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable Win 8; in connection with RS 232
(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA) modem, also Windows 95, 98 and
Error signal (following sensor fault) 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable 98SE
(conforming to NE43) (default range: 3.6 mA or 22.8 mA) Factory setting:
Damping time 0…30 s (default value: 0 s) • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
Protection Against reverse polarity • Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Resolution 12 bit • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Accuracy at 23 °C (73.4 °F) < 0.1% of measuring span
Temperature effect < 0.1 %/10 °C (0.1 %/18 °F)
Effect of auxiliary power < 0.01 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.025 % of max. span/100 Ω
Long-term drift • < 0.025% of the max. span in the
first month
• < 0.035% of the max. span after one
year
• < 0.05% of the max. span after 5
years
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation
NE21
Design
Weight 50 g
Dimensions See dimensional drawing
Material Molded plastic
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13)
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP40
• Terminals IP00

© Siemens 2021

Article No. Accessories
SITRANS TH100 Head transmitter for Pt100 Article No.
For installation in connection head type B, Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
2
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, programmable, with- tion and transmitter configuration, see page
out galvanic isolation 2/154.
Without explosion protection 7NG3211-0NN00 Modem
With explosion protection "Intrinsic safety" type Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
of protection and for zone 2 ware
• According to ATEX 7NG3211-0AN00 Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
• According to FM (CFMUS) 7NG3211-0BN00
(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Options Order code Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
and plain text, if applicable. tions when using head transmitters in the high
hinged cover (set with 5 units)
Test report (5 measuring points) C11
For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
Customer-specific programming
ponents"
1)
Measuring range to be set Y01
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Ordering example:
Y01:... to ... °C, °F
7NG3211-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U03
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172)
ters Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point description, max. 16 charac- Y232) Y23: TICA1234HEAT
ters
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 Ω U023)
• Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033)
• Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °C)
• Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Enter special deviating customer-specific set- Y094) • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
ting in plain text
Fault current 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA) U362)
• Damping 0.0 s
1)
For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
2)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
3) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
4) For customer-specific programming for mV and ohm, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must be entered
here.

© Siemens 2021
3 6 3 6
20.8 (0.82)
3 6 3 6
3-W
3-W
2
4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5
Pt100 Pt100
44 (1.73) Internal diameter
Center hole 6.3 (0.25)
4..20mA
Mounting screw
M4x25 2-wire connection 3-wire connection
1 SIEMENS 2
+ – (parameterizable line
1 2
resistance)
3
3 6
6
Uaux
3-W
4 5 -
3 6
+
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4..20mA
4 5
33 (1.3) 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
1 2
1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply Uaux, output current IOut
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connection, see Pt100 6
5
6
sensor connection assignment)
SITRANS TH100, dimensions in mm (inch)

4-wire connection Connection of auxiliary
Mounting on DIN rail power supply (Uaux)
SITRANS TH100, sensor connection assignment
SITRANS TH100, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

33 (1.30)
59.6 (2.35)
DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TH200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
SITRANS TH200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Its compact size means that it can be installed in connec-
tion heads of type B or larger. The following sensors/signal
sources can be connected over their universal input module:
• Resistance thermometer (2, 3, 4-wire connection) 2
• Thermocouples
• Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic.
requirements.
■ Function
Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TH200 transmitter
The SITRANS TH200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T soft-
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor ware tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Configurable over PC
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
■ Benefits nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
• Compact design of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre- indicated by a steady red light.
ferred type of installation The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
• Galvanic isolation for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Test sockets for multimeters ing the current loop.
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• SIL2 (with order note C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
SITRANS TH200/TH300
(2)
TC/RTD Test
sensor
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
(1) -2
Input Output (1) Electrically isolated

A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit (2) LED
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple, D/A Digital-analog converter
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor Uaux Auxiliary power supply
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit Iout Output current
SITRANS TH200 function diagram

© Siemens 2021
Input Thermocouples
Resistance thermometer Measured variable Temperature
2 Measured variable
Sensor type
Temperature Sensor type (thermocouples)
• Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584
• According to IEC 60751 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type C W5%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Acc. to JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type D W3%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• According to IEC 60751 Ni25 … Ni1000 • Type E NiCr-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
• Special type Via special characteristic (max. 30 • Type J Fe-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
points) • Type K NiCr-Ni acc. to IEC 584
• Type L Fe-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the basic
type, e.g. Pt100 to version • Type N NiCrSi-NiSi acc. to IEC 584
Pt25 ... 1000) • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
• Type S Pt10Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
Units °C or °F
• Type T Cu-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
Connection • Type U Cu-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
• Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD) in 2-
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection Units °C or °F
• Averaging 2 identical resistance thermometers Connection
in 2-wire connection for generation of • Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
average temperature
• Averaging 2 thermocouples (TC)
• Differentiation 2 identical resistance thermometers
• Differentiation 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 – TC2 or
(RTD) in 2-wire connection (RTD 1 –
TC2 – TC1)
RTD 2 or RTD 2 – RTD 1)
Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
Connection
monitoring
• 2-wire connection Line resistance can be configured
≤100 Ω (loop resistance) Break monitoring Can be switched off
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Reference junction compensation
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary • Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance ther-
Sensor current ≤ 0.45 mA mometer
• External With external Pt100 IEC 60751 (2-wire
Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
• External fixed Reference junction temperature can
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched off) be set as fixed value
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched on/off (default value: Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring
ON) error" table)
Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring Min. measuring span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F) (see
error" table) "Digital measuring error" table)
Min. measuring span 10 °C (18 °F) Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special charac-
teristic
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special charac-
teristic mV sensor
Resistance-based sensor Measured variable DC voltage
Measured variable Actual resistance Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an externally
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiometers connected resistor)
Units Ω Units mV
Connection Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
• Standard connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in 2- monitoring
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection
Break monitoring Can be switched off
• Averaging 2 resistance-based sensors in 2-wire
connection for averaging Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire -100 … +1100 mV
connection (R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Min. measuring span 2 mV or 20 mV
Connection
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
≤100 Ω (loop resistance) Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special characteris-
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary tic
Sensor current ≤ 0.45 mA
monitoring
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched
off)
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched on/off (default value:
OFF)
Measuring range Assignable max. 0 ... 2200 Ω (see
"Digital measuring error" table)
Min. measuring span 5 Ω ... 25 Ω (see "Digital measuring
error" table)
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special charac-
teristic

© Siemens 2021
Output Certificates and approvals
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire Explosion protection ATEX
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V EC type-examination certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
DC (to 30 V with Ex ia and ib; to 32 • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
V with Ex nA/nL/ic) II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
Max. load (Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 °C 2
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable • "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
(default range: 3.80 mA ... 20.5 mA) equipment" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable Explosion protection: FM for USA
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA) • FM approval FM 3024169
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
(parameterizable) NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6, T5,
Protection Against reverse polarity T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Galvanic isolation Input against output 2.12 kV DC
(1.5 kVrms AC) Explosion protection to FM for Canada
(cFMUS)
Measuring accuracy • FM approval FM 3024169C
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Reference conditions NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5, T4
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
• Load 500 Ω ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
• Ambient temperature 23 °C DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6, T5,
T4
• Warming-up time > 5 min
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Error in the analog output (digital/ana- < 0.025 % of measuring span Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5, T4
log converter)
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IEC, EXPO-
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) LABS
Effect of ambient temperature Software requirements for SIPROM T
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F) PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
• Digital measuring error Win 8; in connection with RS 232
modem, also Windows 95, 98 and
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F) 98SE
- with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of meas. span/V Factory setting:
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of meas. span/100 Ω • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
Long-term drift • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• In the first month • < 0.02 % of measuring span • Fault current: 22.8 mA
• After one year • < 0.2 % of measuring span • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• After 5 years • < 0.3 % of measuring span
• Damping 0.0 s
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Design
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP40
• Terminals IP00

© Siemens 2021
Digital measuring error
Input Measuring range Minimum Digital accuracy Input Measuring range Minimum Digital accuracy
measuring span measuring span
2 According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.60)1)
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.80)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
According to Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) The digital accuracy in the range 100 to 300 °C (212 to 572 °F) is 3 °C
(5.4 °F).
Resistance-based sensor 2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
(3.6 °F).
Input Measuring Minimum Digital accuracy
range measuring span mV sensor
Ω Ω Ω Input Measuring Minimum Digital accuracy
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05 range measuring span
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25 mV mV μV

mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-

version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of reference junction errors in the case of ther-
mocouple measurements).

© Siemens 2021

Head transmitter SITRANS TH200 Article No.
2
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, programmable, with tion and transmitter configuration, see page
galvanic isolation 2/154.
Without explosion protection 7NG3211-1NN00 Modem
With explosion protection Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
• According to ATEX 7NG3211-1AN00 ware
• According to FM (CFMUS) 7NG3211-1BN00 Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
Options Order code
Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code
and plain text, if applicable. 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
tions when using head transmitters in the high
Test report (5 measuring points) C11 hinged cover (set with 5 units)
Functional safety SIL2 C20 For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 ponents"
Customer-specific programming Ordering example 1:
Measuring range to be set Y011)
7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01:... to ... °C, °F Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) Y17: TICA123
ters
Ordering example 2:
Measuring point description, max. 16 charac- Y232)
ters 7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y23+ U25
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 Ω U023) Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033) Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U043) • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type B thermocouple U203)4) • Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °F)
Type C thermocouple (W5) U213)4) • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Type D thermocouple (W3) U223)4) • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
Type E thermocouple U233)4) • Damping 0.0 s
Type J thermocouple U243)4)
Type K thermocouple U253)4)
Type L thermocouple U263)4)
Type N thermocouple U273)4)
Type R thermocouple U283)4)
Type S thermocouple U293)4)
Type T thermocouple U303)4)
Type U thermocouple U313)4)
For TC: Cold junction compensation: external U41
(Pt100, 3-wire)
For TC: Cold junction compensation: Y50
external with fixed value: specify in plain text
Enter special deviating customer-specific set- Y095)
ting in plain text
Cable extension W01
Transmitter with installed cable extension
200 mm (7.87 inch), for Pt100 in 4-wire connec-
tion
1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
4) nternal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
here.

© Siemens 2021
Mounting on DIN rail
Ø 44 (1.73)
2 33 (1.30)
(1)
4...20 mA
(1)
s t Te
Te s t
(2) 1 SIEMENS
–
2
(2)
1
+ 2
3 6
+ -
3 6
3-W
(3) 4 5
4 5
(4) SITRANS TH200, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

33 (1.30)
26.3 (1.04)
59.6 (2.35)
M4 x 30
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1) Test terminal

(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
SITRANS TH200, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm
(inch)

© Siemens 2021
■ Circuit diagrams
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
2-wire connection 1) 2-wire connection 1) Cold junction compensation

Internal/fixed value
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
RTD
3-wire connection 3-wire connection Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in 2-wire connection 1)
3 6
3 6 3 + - 6
3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

external Pt100 in 3-wire connection
3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W
3 6 + -
3-W
4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6
4 5 4 5 4 5
RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2
R1
RTD1
Generation of average Generation of average Generation of average value / difference

value / difference 1) value / difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Voltage measurement Connection of auxiliary

Current measurement
power supply (Uaux)
Uaux
3 6 3
+ -
6 + -
3 + - 6 3 6
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5
st 4..20mA Te
Te s t
4 5 4 5
+ - R 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
U 1 2
+ -
3 6
I 6
5

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TH300 (4 to 20 mA, HART, universal)
SITRANS TH300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Its compact size means that it can be installed in connec-
tion heads of type B or larger. The following sensors/signal
2 sources can be connected over their universal input module:

• Resistance thermometer (2, 3, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
20 mA corresponding to the sensor characteristic overlaid by
the digital HART signal.
requirements.
■ Function
Robust and durable HART - the universal SITRANS TH300 The SITRANS TH300 is configured over HART. This can be done
transmitter using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA, HART ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
• Configurable over HART nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
■ Benefits of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
• Compact design indicated by a steady red light.
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre- The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
ferred type of installation for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Galvanic isolation rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.
• Test sockets for multimeters
• Self-monitoring
SITRANS TH200/TH300
(2)
TC/RTD Test
sensor
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
(1) -2
Input Output (1) Electrically isolated

A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit (2) LED
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple, D/A Digital-analog converter
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor Uaux Auxiliary power supply
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit Iout Output current
SITRANS TH 300 function diagram

© Siemens 2021
Input Thermocouples
Measured variable
Sensor type
• Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584 2
• Acc. to JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type D W3%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
type, e.g. Pt100 to version Pt25 ... • Type N NiCrSi-NiSi acc. to IEC 584
1000) • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
Units °C or °F
average temperature
TC2 – TC1)
Connection
monitoring
Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
ON) error" table)
teristic
teristic mV sensor
Units Ω Units mV
Connection Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire -100 … +1100 mV
connection
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Connection
• 2-wire connection Line resistance can be configured Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ
≤100 Ω (loop resistance)
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special characteris-
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary tic
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary
monitoring
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched off)
OFF)
Min. measuring span 5 ... 25 Ω (see "Digital measuring
error" table)
teristic

© Siemens 2021
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communica- Explosion protection ATEX
tion acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
DC (to 30 V with Ex ia and ib; to 32 II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
2 Max. load
V with Ex nA/nL/ic)
(Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 °C
• "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable equipment" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
(default range: 3.80 mA ... 20.5 mA)
Explosion protection: FM for USA
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable • FM approval FM 3024169
fault) (default value: 22.8 mA)
(conforming to NE43) • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6, T5,
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s T4
(parameterizable) NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Protection Against reverse polarity Explosion protection to FM for Canada
Galvanic isolation Input against output 2.12 kV DC (cFMUS)
(1.5 kVrms AC) • FM approval FM 3024169C
Measuring accuracy • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5, T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
Reference conditions ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6, T5,
• Load 500 Ω T4
• Ambient temperature 23 °C Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5, T4
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IEC, EXPO-
Error in the analog output (digital/ana- < 0.025 % of measuring span
LABS
log converter)
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Factory setting:
Effect of ambient temperature • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F) • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Digital measuring error
• Fault current: 22.8 mA
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
- with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of meas. span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of meas. span/100 Ω
Long-term drift
• In the first month < 0.02 % of measuring span
• After one year < 0.2 % of measuring span
• After 5 years < 0.3 % of measuring span
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and NE21
Design
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP40
• Terminals IP00

© Siemens 2021
According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.60)1)
2
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.80)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
Resistance-based sensor The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
(3.6 °F).
Input Measuring Minimum Digital accuracy mV sensor
range measuring span
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV μV
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).

© Siemens 2021

SITRANS TH300 head transmitter Article No.
2
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, communication- tion and transmitter configuration, see page
capable according to HART, with galvanic iso- 2/154.
lation
Modem
Without explosion protection 7NG3212-0NN00
Modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
With explosion protection
• According to ATEX 7NG3212-0AN00 SIMATIC PDM operating software See Catalog
FI01 section 8
• According to FM (CFMUS) 7NG3212-0BN00
Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
Options Order code (Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
and plain text, if applicable.
4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
Test report (5 measuring points) C11 tions when using head transmitters in the high
hinged cover (set with 5 units)
Functional safety SIL2 C20
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
ponents"
Measuring range to be set Y011) Ordering example 1:
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): 7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) Y17: TICA123
ters
Ordering example 2:
ters 7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+ U25
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type B thermocouple U203)4)
Type C thermocouple (W5) U213)4)
Type D thermocouple (W3) U223)4)
Type E thermocouple U233)4)
• Damping 0.0 s
(Pt100, 3-wire)
ting in plain text
Cable extension W01
Transmitter with installed cable extension
200 mm (7.87 inch), for Pt100 in 4-wire connec-
tion
4) Internal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
5)For customer-specific programming for mV and ohm, the start value
and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must be
entered here.

© Siemens 2021
Ø 44 (1.73)
33 (1.30) 2
(1)
HART®
(1)
s t Te
Te s t
(2) 1 SIEMENS
–
2
(2)
1
+ 2
3 6
+ -
3 6
3-W
(3) 4 5
4 5
(4) SITRANS TH300, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

33 (1.30)
26.3 (1.04)
59.6 (2.35)
M4 x 30
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1) Test terminal

(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
(inch)

© Siemens 2021
2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R

3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
RTD

3 6
3 6 3 + - 6
3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W
3 6 + -
3-W
4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6
4 5 4 5 4 5
RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2
R1
RTD1

1)
Voltage measurement Connection of auxiliary

Current measurement
power supply (Uaux)
Uaux
3 6 3
+ -
6 + -
3 + - 6 3 6
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5
st HART® Te
Te s t
4 5 4 5
+ - R 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
U 1 2
+ -
3 6
I 6
5

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TH400, fieldbus transmitter
• Linearized temperature measurement with resistance ther-
mometers or thermal elements
• Differential, mean-value or redundant temperature measure-
ment with resistance thermometers or thermal elements
• Linear resistance and bipolar millivolt measurements
2
• Differential, mean-value or redundant resistance and bipolar
millivolt measurements
■ Function
Features
• Mounting in connection head, type B or larger
• Polarity-neutral bus connection
• 24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
• Galvanic isolation
• Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
• Sensor redundance
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitters With PROFIBUS PA communication
Versions: • Function blocks: 2 x analog
• For FOUNDATION fieldbus With FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication
• For PROFIBUS PA • Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
The SITRANS TH400 Head transmitter is a small field bus trans- • Functionality: Basic or LAS
mitter for mounting in the connection head of form B. Extensive
functionality enables the Head transmitter to be precisely Mode of operation
adapted to the plant's requirements. Operation is very simple in
The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
spite of the numerous setting options. Thanks to its universal
of the transmitter.
concept it can be used in all industries and is easy to integrate
in the context of Totally Integrated Automation applications. The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in- TH400 (7NG3214-... and 7NG3215-...) is the type of fieldbus
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices protocol used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus).
requirements.
Installing SITRANS TH400 in temperature sensors turns them
into complete, bus-capable measuring points; compact - and in
a single device.
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Optional inputs: Mean value
Redundancy
- Resistance thermometer Terminal temperature
Engineering units
- Thermocouple Diagnostic functions
Table linearization
- mV sensor Polynomial linearization
- Resistance-based sensors Process calibration
Electrically
isolated
6
Ex power circuit
Input 1 1
5
A/D
converter CPU Communication Bus connection
4
2
Input 2 3
Internal EEPROM - PROFIBUS protocol (7NG3214)

Complex configuration or
Pt100 Correction coefficient - Foundation Fieldbus protocol (7NG3215)
Factory settings
SITRANS TH400, function diagram

© Siemens 2021
System communication Thermocouple
According to IEC 584 Measuring range
• Type B 400 ... 1820 °C (752 ... 3308 °F)
• Type E -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
Output: • Type J -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
2 Bus
terminator PROFIBUS PA
• Type K
• Type N
-100 ... +1200 °C (-148 ... +2192 °F)
-180 ... +1300 °C (-292 ... +2372 °F)
• Type R -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
Segment • Type S -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
coupler • Type T -200 ... +400 °C (-328 ... +752 °F)
2 1 According to DIN 43710

SITRANS
s
• Type L -200 ... +900 °C (-328 ... +1652 °F)
TH400 PA • Type U -200 ... +600 °C (-328 ... +1112 °F)
According to ASTM E988-90
Bus connection • Type W3 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... +4172 °F)
• Type W5 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... +4172 °F)
Bus
terminator External reference junction compen- -40 ... +135 °C (-40 ... +275 °F)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus sation
Segment Sensor fault detection

coupler • Sensor break detection Yes
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
2 1 • Sensor current in the event of open- 4 μA
s
SITRANS circuit monitoring
TH400 FF
mV sensor - voltage input
Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Bus connection
Input resistance 10 MΩ
Output
SITRANS TH400, communications interface Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s
Update time < 400 ms
■ Technical specifications Measuring accuracy Accuracy is defined as the higher
value of general values and basic val-
Input ues.
Analog-to-digital conversion General values
• Measurement rate < 50 ms Type of input Absolute Temperature
• Resolution 24-bit accuracy coefficient
Resistance thermometer All ≤ ± 0.05 % of the ≤ ± 0.002 % of the
Pt25 ... Pt1000 acc. to IEC 60751/JIS measured value measured
C 1604 value/°C
• Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C (-328 ... +1562 °F) Basic values
Ni25 ... Ni1000 acc. to DIN 43760 Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature
• Measuring range -60 ... +250 °C (-76 ... +482 °F) coefficient
Cu10 ... Cu1000, α = 0.00427 Pt100 and Pt1000 ≤ ± 0.1 °C ≤ ± 0.002 °C/°C
• Measuring range -50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F) Ni100 ≤ ± 0.15 °C ≤ ± 0.002 °C/°C
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50 Ω Cu10 ≤ ± 1.3 °C ≤ ± 0.02 °C/°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Resistance-based sensor ≤ ± 0.05 Ω ≤ ± 0.002 Ω/°C
Sensor fault detection Voltage source ≤ ± 10 μV ≤ ± 0.2 % μV/°C
• Sensor break detection Yes
Thermocouple, type: ≤ ± 0.5 °C ≤ ± 0.01 °C/°C
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15 Ω E, J, K, L, N, T, U
Resistance-based sensor Thermocouple, type: ≤ ± 1 °C ≤ ± 0.025 °C/°C
Measuring range 0 Ω ... 10 kΩ B, R, S, W3, W5
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50 Ω Reference junction compensation ≤ ± 0.5 °C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Reference conditions
Sensor fault detection Warming-up time 30 s

• Sensor break detection Yes Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15 Ω
Calibration condition 20 ... 28 °C (68 ... 82 °F)

© Siemens 2021
Rated conditions Communication
Ambient conditions Parameterization interface
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • PROFIBUS PA connection
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Protocol Profile 3.0
2
- Address (for delivery) 126
Relative humidity ≤ 98 %, with condensation • FOUNDATION Fieldbus connection
Insulation strength - Protocol FF protocol
• Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s - Functionality Basic or LAS
Mechanical testing - Version ITK 4.6
• Vibrations (DIN class B) to IEC 60068-2-6 and IEC 60068-2-64 - Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
4 g/2 ... 100 Hz
Factory setting
Electromagnetic compatibility
only for SITRANS TH400 PA
EMC noise voltage influence < ± 0.1 % of span
Sensor Pt100 (IEC 751)
Extended EMC noise immunity: < ± 1 % of span
NAMUR NE 21, criterion A, Burst Type of connection 3-wire connection
EMC 2014/30/EU Emission and Noise EN 61326 Unit °C

Immunity according to Failure mode Last valid value
Design Filter time 0s
Material Molded plastic PA address 126
Weight 55 g (0.12 lb) PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-specific
Dimensions See Dimensional drawings only for SITRANS TH400 FF
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13) Sensor Pt100 (IEC 751)
Degree of protection Type of connection 3-wire connection
• Transmitter enclosure IP40
Unit °C
• Terminal IP00
Failure mode Last valid value
Auxiliary power
Filter time 0s
Supply voltage
• Standard, Ex "nA", Ex "nL", NI 9.0 ... 32 V DC Node address 22
• ATEX, FM, UL and CSA 9.0 ... 30 V DC
• In FISCO/FNICO installations 9.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption < 11 mA
Max. increase in power consumption < 7 mA
in the event of a fault
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type-examination certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0264
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4...T6
II 2(1) G Ex ib[ia] IIC T4...T6
II 1 D Ex iaD
EC type-examination certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0263 X
• Type of protection for "equipment is II 3 GD Ex nA[nL] IIC T4...T6
non-arcing" II 3 GD Ex nL IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex nA[ic] IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex ic IIC T4...T6
• Degrees of protection • IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6, FISCO
• IS Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia, IIC
T4/T5/T6, FISCO
• NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6, FNICO
Explosion protection CSA for Canada
• CSA approval CSA 1861385
• Degrees of protection • IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6
• Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 and Ex ib [ia] IIC
T4/T5/T6
• NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6
• Ex nA II T4/T5/T6
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IECEx

© Siemens 2021

Head transmitter SITRANS TH400 Article No.
For installation in connection head, with electri- Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
2
cal isolation, operating instructions must be tion and transmitter configuration, see page
ordered separately. 2/154.
Bus-compatible to PROFIBUS PA SIMATIC PDM operating software See Catalog
• No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2 ac- 7NG3214-0NN00 FI01 section 8
cording to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEP-
SI/IECEX/NEPSI DIN rail adapters for head transmitters 7NG3092-8KA
• With explosion protection "Intrinsically safe 7NG3214-0AN00 (Quantity delivered: 5 units)
according to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI"
Bus-compatible to FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
• No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2 ac- 7NG3215-0NN00 tions when using head transmitters in the high
cording to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI hinged cover (set with 5 units)
• With explosion protection "Intrinsically safe 7NG3215-0AN00
for additional PA components, See Catalog IK PI
according to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI"
Ordering example 1:
Options Order code
7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
and plain text, if applicable. Y01: 0...100 °C
Test report (5 measuring points) C111) Y17: TICA1234HEAT
Customer-specific programming Ordering example 2:
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): 7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y25+U25
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F Y01: 0...500 °C
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) Y17: TICA8HEAT
ters
Y25: 33
ters Factory setting:
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) • For SITRANS TH400 PA:
Specify bus address in plain text Y252)
- Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
- Unit: °C
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 W U023) - Failure mode: Last valid value
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033) - Filter time: 0 s
- PA address: 126
- PROFIBUS Ident No.: Manufacturer-specific
• For SITRANS TH400 FF:
Type C thermocouple (W5) U213)4) - Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type D thermocouple (W3) U223)4) - Unit: °C
- Failure mode: Last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
Type J thermocouple U243)4) - Node address: 22
(Pt100, 3-wire)
For TC: Cold junction compensation: external Y50
with fixed value: specify in plain text
ting in plain text
1)
2)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
3)
For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
4)
nternal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
5)
For customer-specific programming for mV and ohm, the start value and
here.

© Siemens 2021
2
s
1 2
M4 x 30
3 6
3-W
4 + - 5
Ø 6.3 (0.25) 26.3 (1.04)

33 (1.3) SITRANS TH400, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
Ø 44 (1.73)
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

Terminals 1, 2: fieldbus connection
33 (1.30)
Terminals 3 ... 6: sensor connection
SITRANS TH400 dimensions in mm (inches) and connection diagram
59.6 (2.35)

© Siemens 2021
Resistance thermometer Thermocouple Resistance
+ -
2-wire connection 1) Internal 2-wire connection 1)
cold junction compensation
+ -
3-wire connection Cold junction compensation 3-wire connection

with external Pt100 in 2-wire connection 1)
+ -

with external Pt100 in 3-wire connection
2 2
+ - 2
1 1 1
+ -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

redundancy generation redundancy generation with internal 1 resistor in 2-wire connection 1)
2 x 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation 1 resistor in 3-wire connection
Voltage measurement
2
2 + -
1 +1 -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or

redundancy generation redundancy generation and
1 sensor in 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation + -
1 sensor in 3-wire connection with internal Pt100
in 2-wire connection 1) One voltage source
2
1 + -
1) + -
Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TH320 (HART, universal)
SITRANS TH320 transmitters can be used in all sectors. Its com-
pact size means that it can be installed in connection heads of
type B or larger. The following sensors/signal sources can be
connected over their universal input module:
• Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection) 2
• Thermocouples
• Linear resistance, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
With HART communications interface:
• The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4
to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
posed by the digital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe or Zone 2 increased safety"
type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas. The de-
vice meets the requirements of the EU Directive 2014/34/EU
(ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as other national ap-
provals.
• 2-wire head transmitter with and without HART communica-
tions interface
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
• Can be configured via PC, HART 7 or optional local operation
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre-
ferred type of installation
• Test terminals for ammeter
• Input monitoring
Wire break and short-circuit
• Self-monitoring
• SIL2/3 (with order note C20)
• Electromagnetic compatibility according to DIN EN 61326
and NE21

© Siemens 2021
■ Function
Without HART communications interface
For the SITRANS TH320 without HART functionality, parameters
are assigned with the PC. A special modem and the software
2 tool SIPROM T are available for this purpose.
With HART communications interface
• The SITRANS TH320 is configured via HART. The configura- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
tion can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC dicated by a permanent red light.
PDM configuration software. The configuration data is then
permanently stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM). An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
plausibility via the test terminals. The output current can be read
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans- without any interruption, or even without opening the current
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag- loop.
SITRANS TH320 2
Test
Input
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA U, Iout
D A
1 -2
Input Output
A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit D/A Digital-analog converter
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
1 Galvanic isolation 2 LED
3 Extension port
SITRANS TH320 function block diagram

© Siemens 2021
General Thermocouples (TC)
Supply voltage1) 2) Input type
2
• Without explosion protection (non- 7.5 ... 48 V DC •B IEC 60584-1
Ex) •E IEC 60584-1
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 7.5 ... 30 V DC •J IEC 60584-1
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V •K IEC 60584-1
when using test terminals •L DIN 43710
Maximum power loss ≤ 850 mW • Lr GOST 3044-84
•N IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •T IEC 60584-1
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC •U DIN 43710
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs • LR GOST 3044-84
Write protection Open circuits or software Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Warming-up time < 5 min
• Temperature range internal CJC -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F)
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
Programming HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 Ω
wire (for 3-wire and 4-wire connec-
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB tions)
Long-term stability Better than: • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year wire and 4-wire connections)
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Response time 4 ... 20 mA: ≤ 55 ms • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
HART: ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
• Total line resistance Max. 10 kΩ
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Signal dynamic short-circuited or defective
• Input 24 bit Note
• Output 18 bit The short-circuited fault detection
only applies to the CJC input.
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC
• Fault detection time (TC) ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Input • Fault detection time, external CJC ≤ 2 000 ms
Resistance thermometer (RTD) (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type Linear resistance

• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Input range 0 ... 100 kΩ
• JIS C 1604-8
• GOST 6651_2009 Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
• Callendar-Van Dusen Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Input current < 0.15 mA
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire wire and 4-wire connections)
Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω Cable, wire-wire capacity
Input current < 0.15 mA • R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
wire and 4-wire connections) Fault detection, programmable None, defective
Cable, wire-wire capacity Potentiometers
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Input range 10 ... 100 kΩ
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Type of connection 3-wire or 4-wire
short-circuited or defective Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
Note
Input current < 0.15 mA
When the low limit for the configured
input type is below the constant Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
detection limit for short-circuited wire and 5-wire connections)
inputs, the detection of short circuits Cable, wire-wire capacity
is disabled regardless of the configu-
ration of the fault detection. • R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 Ω
Fault detection time (RTD) ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4- ≤ 2 000 ms
wire)

© Siemens 2021
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Design
short-circuited or defective
Note
Maximum core cross-section 1 x 1.5 mm² (stranded wire)
When the configured potentiometer
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.4 Nm
2
limit for short-circuited inputs, the screws
detection of short circuits is disabled
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
fault detection. • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Fault detection time, wiper arm ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
(no short-circuit detection) Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
Fault detection time, element ≤ 2 000 ms
Certificates3) DEKRA 17ATEX0116 X
wire) IECEx DEK 17.0054X
Voltage input A5E43700604A-2018X
Measuring range "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
tion
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV
• ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV Gb
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
Input resistance 10 MΩ I M1 Ex ia I Ma
Cable, wire-wire capacity • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex ia IIIC Da
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF Ex ia I Ma
Fault detection, programmable None, defective "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
Fault detection time ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
Output and HART communication
• IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ic IIIC Dc
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
grammable nA/ec" type of protection
Programmable input/output limits • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
• Fault current Enable/disable
• IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA
Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Update time 10 ms
Explosion protection CSA/FM for Can-
Load (with current output) ≤ (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023 Ω ada and USA
Load stability < 0.01% of meas. span/100 Ω Certificates CSA 1861385
(measuring span = currently selected FM18CA0024
range) FM18US0046
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA "Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
(detection of input short circuits is
Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
ignored with TC and voltage inputs)
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or:
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
HART protocol versions HART 7 "Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
of protection
Measuring accuracy
"Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Output accuracy See "Output accuracy" table
1)
Rated conditions Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TH320.
Ambient temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
2)
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
functional safety ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3)
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
Reference temperature for sensor cal- 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
ibration
Relative humidity < 99% (no condensation)
• Terminals IP00

© Siemens 2021
Measuring ranges/Minimum measuring span
RTD
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) α0 in °C-1 (°F-1) Minimum measuring span in °C
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751
JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
2
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Callendar-Van Dusen -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) - 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
Cu5 ... 1000 Edison Copper Winding -200 ... +260 (-328 ... +500) 0.004270 (0.002372) 100 (212)
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) Minimum measuring span in °C (°F)
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
RTD
Pt10 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100 ≤ ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Ni10 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

© Siemens 2021
Ni2000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
2 Cu5
Cu10
≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
≤ ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Linear resistance
0 ... 400 Ω ≤ ±40 mΩ ≤ ±2 mΩ/°C (1.11 mΩ/°F)
0 ... 100 kΩ ≤ ±4 Ω ≤ ±0.2 Ω/°C (0.11 Ω/°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV ≤ ±5 μV ≤ ±0.2 μV/°C (0.11 μV/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±36 μV/°C (20 μV/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±32 μV/°C (17.8 μV/°F)
TC
E ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L ≤ ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3 ≤ ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3) ≤ ±3 °C (5.4 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4) ≤ ±8 °C (14.4 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B5) Not specified Not specified
CJC (internal) < ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Included in basic accuracy
CJC (external) ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
1) Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
the input span, depending on which value is greater.
2) Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Analog output ≤ ±1.6 μA (0.01% of the full ≤ ±0.48 μA/K (≤ ±0.003% of
4) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) output span) the full output span/K)
5) Accuracy of the specification range < 85 °C (185 °F)

© Siemens 2021

Article No. Options Order code
SITRANS TH320 head transmitter with 1 input 7NG031 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text.
7 - 77777 - 0 777
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Manufacturer declarations
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
2
(IEC 60770-2)
Communication
With HART 0
Functional safety SIL2/3 (IEC 61508) C20
2-wire, 4 ... 20 mA 7
Device options
Primary value output
PDF file with device settings D10
Input 1 0
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG plate D41
Input 1, type
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C (instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL)
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Input 1: TC
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E Type C W5 V01
TC Type D W3 V02
• Type B F
Type U V03
• Type E G
• Type J H Type Lr V04
• Type K J Input 1: RTD
• Type L K
Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61
• Type N L
• Type R N Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62
• Type S P Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
• Type T Q Y21
Potentiometer, 4-wire R Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65
Y21
Input 1, type customer-specific
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67
Define customer-specific input configurations in V Y
option Y21
options
Input 2, type
option Y21
Without input 2 A
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V70
CJC configuration for TC option Y21
Without CJC 0 Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71
option Y21
Internal CJC 1
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire 3 option Y21
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 3-wire 6 Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74
Materials not in contact with media option Y21
Without 0 Cu x (ECW-15), 2-wire, define line resistance value in V75

option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
Type of protection
Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
General safety (non-Ex); A
CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring N Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 2-wire, define line resistance V78
(NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non value in option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx, EACEx, CSA, FM, Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
NEPSI, Inmetro) option Y21
Electrical connection/cable entry Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
Without A option Y21
Local HMI Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 2-wire, define line resistance V81

value in option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
Without display 0
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
option Y21
option Y21

© Siemens 2021
Options Order code
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text.
Ø 44 (1.73)
Device settings
33 (1.3)
2
Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01
scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value 3
2
(max. 5 characters), unit (°C, °F, °Ra, K) 1
2
TE
1
Customer-specific programming in plain text (n-lines) Y09 ST
-
Long tag (device parameter, max. 32 characters), adhe- Y15
sive label EXT
TE
2
ST
Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16 1
+
32 characters), adhesive label 2

Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200, adhesive Y21
6 3 2
label 5 4
4
2
Accessories
Article No.
Additional accessories for assem-
bly, connection and transmitter con-
figuration, see page 2/154.
Modems
Modem with USB interface and 7NG3092-8KN
20,2 (0.8)
SIPROM T software
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
software
Mounting rail adapter for head 7NG3092-8KA
transmitter
5 2
4-wire, 200 mm (7.97 inch), for 1 Test terminal
2
input connections when using head
transmitters in the high hinged 2 Mounting screw M4
cover (set with 5 units)
3 LED
2
Ordering example 4 Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
7NG0310-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01 5 Lock washer DIN 6799 - 3.2 A2
2
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C 1(+) and 2(-) Output terminals
Factory setting 3, 4, 5 and 6 Input terminals
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F) SITRANS TH320, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm
(inch)
• Fault current
- Device error: < 3.6 mA
- Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
- Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
- Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
• No trimming of input and output (offset)
• Damping 0.0 s

© Siemens 2021
Connections
Input connection
3 3
2
9 9
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
4 3 CJC 3
I1 +
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD or TC (internal CJC or

linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
+
I1
4
Voltage input 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer
(unipolar or bipolar)
SITRANS TH320, input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TH320, output connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
The SITRANS TH420 transmitter with two inputs can be used in
all sectors. Its compact size means that it can be installed in con-
nection heads of type B or larger. Due to its universal input mod-
2 ule, the following sensors and signal sources can be connected

in redundant operation (high input availability):
• 2 resistance thermometers (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• 2 thermocouples
• 2 linear resistors, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from
4 to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
The dual input mode also supports drift detection of the inputs,
whereby maintenance intervals can be more easily planned.
• 2-wire head transmitter with HART communications interface provals.
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
• Connection of two independent input circuits for redundant
operation (high input availability)
• Input drift detection
• Configurable via HART 7
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre-
ferred type of installation
wire break, short circuit and drift
• Self-monitoring
and NE21

© Siemens 2021
■ Function
The SITRANS TH420 is configured via HART. The configuration After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, more mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM config- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
uration software. The configuration data are then permanently
stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
dicated by a permanent red light. 2
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.
SITRANS TH420 2
Input 3
Test
+1
A D
D A
1 -2
Input Output
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
3 Extension port
SITRANS TH420, function block diagram

© Siemens 2021
2
Ex) •E IEC 60584-1
•N IEC 60584-1
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Response time ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s
Signal dynamic • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
• Input 24 bit short-circuited or defective
• Output 18 bit Note
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC The short-circuited fault detection
Input • Fault detection time (TC) ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault detection time, external CJC ≤ 2 000 ms
(for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Linear resistance
• JIS C 1604-8 Input range 0 ... 100 kΩ
• GOST 6651_2009
• Callendar-Van Dusen Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω wire and 4-wire connections)
Input current < 0.15 mA Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
wire and 4-wire connections) • R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
Cable, wire-wire capacity Fault detection, programmable None, defective

• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Potentiometers
JIS C 1604-8)
Input range 10 ... 100 kΩ
• All other input types Max. 50 nF
Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
short-circuited or defective Type of connection 3-wire, 4-wire or 5-wire
Note Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
input type is below the constant Input current < 0.15 mA
detection limit for short-circuited Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
inputs, the detection of short circuits wire and 5-wire connections)
ration of the fault detection. Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
wire)

© Siemens 2021
Note
Maximum core cross-section 1 x 1.5 mm² (stranded wire)
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.4 Nm
2
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
others
Measuring range "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protection For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV • ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV Gb
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
I M1 Ex ia I Ma
Input resistance 10 MΩ • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Cable, wire-wire capacity Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF Ex ia IIIC Da
Ex ia I Ma
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF
"Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
Fault detection, programmable None, defective
• ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
Fault detection time ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
Output and HART communication • IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Ex ic IIIC Dc
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA
"Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA nA/ec" type of protection
grammable • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
Programmable input/output limits II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
• Fault current Enable/disable • IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Update time 10 ms Explosion protection CSA/FM for

Canada and USA
Load (with current output) ≤ (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023 Ω
Certificates CSA 1861385
Load stability < 0.01% of meas. span/100 Ω FM18CA0024
(measuring span = currently selected FM18US0046
range)
"Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA
Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA "Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
HART protocol versions HART 7 of protection
Measuring accuracy "Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Output accuracy See "Output accuracy" table 1)
Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
Rated conditions sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TH420.
All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
Ambient temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 2)
Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
functional safety 3)
Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates

ibration
• Terminals IP00

© Siemens 2021
RTD
(°F)
2 Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751

JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100 ≤ ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

© Siemens 2021
Ni2000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu5
Cu10
≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
≤ ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Cu20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400 Ω ≤ ±40 mΩ ≤ ±2 mΩ/°C (1.11 mΩ/°F)
0 ... 100 kΩ ≤ ±4 Ω ≤ ±0.2 Ω/°C (0.11 Ω/°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV ≤ ±5 μV ≤ ±0.2 μV/°C (0.11 μV/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±36 μV/°C (20 μV/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±32 μV/°C (17.8 μV/°F)
TC
E ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L ≤ ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3 ≤ ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3) ≤ ±3 °C (5.4 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4) ≤ ±8 °C (14.4 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
5) input 2
Accuracy of the specification range < 85 °C (185 °F)
Differential mea- Sum of accuracy of input 1 Sum of temperature coeffi-
surement and input 2 cient of input 1 and input 2
Analog output ≤ ±1.6 μA (0.01% of the full ≤ ±0.48 μA/K (≤ ±0.003% of
output span) the full output span/K)

© Siemens 2021

Article No. Order code Article No. Order code
SITRANS TH420 7NG041 SITRANS TH420 7NG041
Head transmitter with 2 inputs Head transmitter with 2 inputs
7 - 77777 - 0777 777 7 - 77777 - 0777 777
2 Click on the Article No. for the online
Input 2, type
Without input 2 A
Communication
RTD
With HART 0 • Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B
Primary value output • Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D
Input 1 0
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy 1
TC
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy 2 • Type B F
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 • Type E G
both as redundancy • Type J H
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 • Type K J
both as redundancy • Type L K
• Type N L
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5
both as redundancy • Type R N
• Type S P
Difference input 1 - input 2 6
• Type T Q
Potentiometer, 4-wire R
Absolute difference 8
Primary value output, customer-specific
Define customer-specific input configura- Y
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1A tions in W options
without redundancy
CJC configuration for TC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1B
Input 1: no CJC; input 2: No CJC 0
without redundancy
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: internal CJC 1
Average input 1 and input 2, 9 H1C
without redundancy Input 1: external CJC; input 2: 2
external CJC; define type in option Jxx
Input 2 9 H1D
Input 1: external CJC; define type in option 3
Input 1, type
Jxx; input 2: internal CJC
RTD
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: external CJC; 4
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B define type in option Jxx
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
Input 2: No CJC
Input 1: External CJC (define type in option 6
TC Jxx); input 2: No CJC
• Type B F
Materials not in contact with media
• Type E G
• Type J H Without 0
• Type K J Type of protection
• Type L K
• Type N L CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC
• Type R N
• Type S P Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field N
wiring (NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2
• Type T Q (Ex ec) / Non incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx,
Potentiometer, 4-wire R EACEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI, Inmetro)
Input 1, type customer-specific Electrical connection/cable entry
Define customer-specific input configura- Y Without A

tions in V options Local HMI
Without display 0

© Siemens 2021
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli- Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text. cable, free text.
Manufacturer declarations Device settings
2
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01
(IEC 60770-2) scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
(max. 5 characters), unit (°C, °F, °Ra, K)
Customer-specific programming in plain text (n-lines) Y09
Device options label
PDF file with device settings D10 Long tag (device parameter, max. 32 characters), adhe- Y15
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41 sive label
plate Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81 32 characters), adhesive label
Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82 Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200, adhesive Y21
(instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL) label
External CJC types Accessories
Pt100, IEC 60751, 3-wire J02 Article No.
Pt100, IEC 60751, 4-wire J03 Additional accessories for assem-
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 3-wire J05 bly, connection and transmitter con-
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 4-wire J06
Modems
Input 1: TC
Type C W5 V01
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
Type D W3 V02 software
Type U V03 Mounting rail adapter for head 7NG3092-8KA
transmitter
Type Lr V04
Input 1: Potentiometers
Potentiometer, 5-wire V31
4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for input
Input 1: RTD connections when using head
transmitters in the high hinged
Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61 cover (set with 5 units)
Ordering example
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
Y21 7NG0410-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65 Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y21
Factory setting
option Y21 • Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68 • Input 2: not configured (inactive)
option Y21
option Y21 • Fault current
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71 - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
option Y21
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73 - Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
option Y21 - Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74 • No trimming of input and output (offset)
option Y21
• Damping 0.0 s
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
Input 2: TC
Type C W5 W01
Type D W3 W02
Type U W03
Type Lr W04

© Siemens 2021
Ø 44 (1.73)
33 (1.3)
2 3
2 1
2
TE
1
ST
-
EXT
TE
2 9
ST
1
+
2

8
7 3
6 2
5 4
4
2 20,2 (0.8)
5 2
1 Test terminal
2
2 Mounting screw M4
3 LED
2
4 Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
5 Lock washer DIN 6799 - 3.2 A2
2
1(+) and 2(-) Output terminals

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Input terminals
8 and 9

(inch)

© Siemens 2021
Connections
Input connection
9 3 9 3 3
2
9
4 4 4
8 5 8 5 5
7 6 7 6 8 6
7
CJC
4
4 3 + I1 3 +I1
4 3 I1
+ I2 + I2
I2
Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2:

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD or TC (internal CJC or Voltage input
linear resistance external 2-wire, 3-wire or (unipolar or bipolar)
4-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3 9 3
4 4 4
5 8 5 5
8 7 6 8
7 6 7 6
CJC
3
+ I1 4
I1 I1
4 3 5 4 5 4
I2 I2
4
4
Input 1: TC (internal CJC or Input 1 and/or Input 2: Input 1: 5-wire potentiometer

external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer Input 2: 3-wire potentiometer
Input 2: 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD
SITRANS TH420, input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TH420, output connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
SITRANS TR200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
2 The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over

their universal input module:
• Thermocouples
dance with the sensor characteristic.
meet the directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).
■ Function
The SITRANS TR200 is configured over a PC. For this purpose,
Keep flexible - with the universal SITRANS TR200 transmitter the USB or RS 232 modem is connected to the output terminals.
The configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA software tool. The configuration data are then permanently
• Enclosure for rail mounting stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
• Configurable over PC nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
■ Benefits of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
indicated by a steady red light.
• Compact design
The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
• Galvanic isolation for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Test sockets for multimeters rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Diagnostics LED (green/red) ing the current loop.
• Self-monitoring
SITRANS TR200/TR300
7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD 2 3
A D
µC1 µC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
4
5 6
1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer, 4 Electrical isolation Uaux Auxiliary power supply
thermocouple, resistance-based, 5 Microcontroller, primary circuit Iout Output current
sensor, mV sensor 6 Digital-analog converter Test Test terminals for temporary
2 Analog-digital converter 7 LED connection of an amperemeter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
SITRANS TR200 function diagram

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Input Thermocouples
Measured variable
Sensor type
• Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584 2
• Acc. to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type D W3%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Units °C or °F
• Averaging 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire Connection
connection for generation of average • Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
temperature
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers (RTD) in
2-wire connection (RTD 1 – RTD 2 or
TC2 – TC1)
RTD 2 – RTD 1)
Response time T63 ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
Connection
monitoring
Response time T63 ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
ON) error" table)
teristic
teristic mV sensor
Units Ω Units mV
Connection Response time T63 ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging Measuring range Assignable max. -100 … 1100 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire
connection
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1) Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Connection Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ
tic
monitoring
OFF)
error" table)
teristic

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex i/ic; to EC type-examination certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
32 V with Ex nA) • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
2
Max. load (Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 °C
(default range: 3.84 mA ... 20.5 mA) • "Non-sparking equipment" type of II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable protection
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA) Other certificates NEPSI and EAC Ex
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal Software requirements for SIPROM T
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
(parameterizable) Win 8; in connection with RS 232
Protection Against reverse polarity modem, also Windows 95, 98 and
98SE
(1.5 kVrms AC)
Measuring accuracy Factory setting:
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Reference conditions • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % • Fault current: 22.8 mA
• Load 500 Ω
• Ambient temperature 23 °C
• Warming-up time > 5 min • Damping 0.0 s
log converter)
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F)
- With resistance thermometer 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
- With thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
Long-term drift
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Design
Material Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight 122 g
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP20

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.6)1)
2
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
(3.6 °F).
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV μV
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025% of the set
measuring span (digital-analog error).

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters

SITRANS TR200 rail transmitter Article No.
Installation on mounting rail Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
2
2-wire system, 4 to 20 mA, programmable, with tion and transmitter configuration, see page
galvanic isolation 2/154.
• Without explosion protection 7NG3032-0JN00
Modem
• With explosion protection according to ATEX 7NG3032-1JN00
Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
ware
Options Order code
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
and plain text, if applicable. ponents"
With test report (5 measuring points) C11 Ordering example 1:
Functional safety SIL2 C20
7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y17: TICA123
Y29: TICA123
Y01:... to ... °C, °F Ordering example 2:
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) 7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
ters
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y232)
Y17: TICA123
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242)
Y23: TICA123HEAT
Text on front plate, max. 16 characters Y292)3)
Y29: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 W U024)
Factory setting:
• Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Type R thermocouple U281)4)5)
(Pt100, 3-wire)
For TC: Reference junction compensation: Y50
ting in plain text
3) Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
here.

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
(0.89)
22.5
1 2 3 4
SIEMENS
4..20mA
8
4
SITRANS
TEST 4..20mA
TR200
7
3
SIEMENS
6
2
TEST
5
1
SITRANS
TR200
99
(3.9)
5 6 7 8
Made in Croatia
3W RTD CJC 2W RTD CJC U sensor

with external with external int./fixed CJC
TC sensor TC sensor TC sens. with
+
+ + +
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
4W sensor 3W sensor 2W sensor

(4.49)
RTD or R RTD or R RTD or R

114
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
CJC 2W sensor & test

with int./fixed 2x RTD or R 4..20mA loop
2x TC sensor
Connections
S1
4 3 2 1
S2 S1
+ + S2
A
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (test) for measurement of the output
+ -
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 TEST +UB -
current with a multimeter

Connection Plan
s
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply Uaux, output current Iout
5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor connection, see schematics
SITRANS TR200, connector assignment

SITRANS TR200, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R TC
- +
RTD
2-wire system 1) 2-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation
internal/fixed value
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R RTD
3-wire system 3-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in 2-wire system 1)
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R
RTD
external Pt100 in 3-wire system
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R2 5 6 7 8
RTD2
TC1 TC2
- + - +
RTD1 R1
value/difference 1) value/difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Voltage measurement Power supply/

Current measurement Test terminals
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)
Uaux
+ A -
+ -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
- + R
U - +
I
SITRANS TR200, sensor connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR300 (4 to 20 mA, HART, universal)
SITRANS TR300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
2
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
their universal input module:
• Thermocouples
dance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the dig-
ital HART signal.
meet the directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).
■ Function
The SITRANS TR300 is configured over HART. This can be done
using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
Robust and durable HART - the universal SITRANS TR300 ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
transmitter non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA, HART Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
• Device for rail mounting nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
• Configurable over HART indicated by a steady red light.
■ Benefits The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Compact design rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Galvanic isolation ing the current loop.
• Test sockets for multimeters
• Self-monitoring
SITRANS TR200/TR300
7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD 2 3
A D
µC1 µC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
4
5 6
1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer, 4 Electrical isolation Uaux Auxiliary power supply
thermocouple, resistance-based, 5 Microcontroller, primary circuit Iout Output current
sensor, mV sensor 6 Digital-analog converter Test Test terminals for temporary
2 Analog-digital converter 7 LED connection of an amperemeter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
SITRANS TR300 function diagram

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Input Thermocouples
2 Measured variable
Sensor type
Units °C or °F
average temperature
TC2 – TC1)
Connection
monitoring
Response time T63 ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
ON) error" table)
teristic
teristic mV sensor
Units Ω Units mV
Connection Response time T63 ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging Measuring range Assignable max. -100 … 1100 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire
connection
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1) Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Connection Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ
tic
monitoring
OFF)
error" table)
teristic

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Output Factory setting:
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communica- • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
tion acc. to HART Rev. 5.9 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex i/ic; to • Fault current: 22.8 mA
32 V with Ex nA)
Max. load (Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A
• Damping 0.0 s 2
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.84 mA ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA)
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s
(parameterizable)
(1.5 kVrms AC)
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table
Reference conditions
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 %
• Load 500 Ω
• Ambient temperature 23 °C
log converter)
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
• Analog measuring error of measur- < 0.02% of max. meas. span/10 °C
ing span (18 °F)
• Digital measuring error 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
- With resistance thermometers 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
- With thermocouples
Long-term drift
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Design
Material Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight 122 g
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP20
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 °C
• "Non-sparking equipment" type of II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
protection
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST) and NEPSI

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
2 According to IEC
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.6)1)
60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
According to JIS Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
(3.6 °F).
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV μV
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters

SITRANS TR300 rail transmitter Article No.
Installation on mounting rail Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
2
2-wire system, 4 … 20 mA, HART, with galvanic tion and transmitter configuration, see page
isolation 2/154.
• Without explosion protection 7NG3033-0JN00
Modem
• With explosion protection according to ATEX 7NG3033-1JN00
Options Order code SIMATIC PDM operating software See section 8
and plain text, if applicable. For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
With test report (5 measuring points) C11
ponents"
Functional safety SIL2 C20 Ordering example 1:
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Customer-specific programming Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring range to be set Y011) Y17: TICA123
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Y29: TICA123
Y01:... to ... °C, °F
Ordering example 2:
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172)
ters 7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y232) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y17: TICA123
Text on front plate, max. 16 characters Y292)3) Y23: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U034) Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U044) • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type B thermocouple U204)5) • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Type C thermocouple (W5) U214)5) • Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Type D thermocouple (W3) U224)5) • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
Type E thermocouple U234)5) • Damping 0.0 s
(Pt100, 3-wire)
ting in plain text
3) Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
here.

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
(0.89)
2
22.5
1 2 3 4
SIEMENS
4..20mA
8
4
SITRANS
TR300
TEST 4..20mA
7
3
SIEMENS
6
2
TEST
5
1
SITRANS
TR300
99
(3.9)
5 6 7 8
Made in Croatia
3W RTD CJC 2W RTD CJC U sensor

with external with external int./fixed CJC
TC sensor TC sensor TC sens. with
+
+ + +
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
4W sensor 3W sensor 2W sensor

(4.49)
RTD or R RTD or R RTD or R

114
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
CJC 2W sensor & test

with int./fixed 2x RTD or R 4..20mA loop
2x TC sensor
Connections
S1
4 3 2 1
S2 S1
+ + S2
A
+ -
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 TEST +UB -
Connection Plan 1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (Test) for measurement of the output
s current with a multimeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply Uaux, Output current Iout
5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor connection, see schematics


© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R TC
- +
RTD
2-wire system 1) 2-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation
internal/fixed value
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R RTD

external Pt100 in 2-wire system 1)
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R
RTD
external Pt100 in 3-wire system
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R2 5 6 7 8
RTD2
TC1 TC2
- + - +
RTD1 R1
value/difference 1) value/difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Voltage measurement Power supply/

Current measurement Test terminals
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)
Uaux
+ A -
+ -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
- + R
U - +
I
SITRANS TR300, sensor connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR320 (HART, universal)
SITRANS TR320 transmitters can be used in all sectors. Their
compact design enables simple mounting on standard DIN rails
on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets. The following
2 sensors/signal sources can be connected over their universal in-

put module:
• Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
• Linear resistance, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
With HART communication interface:
• The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4
to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
provals.
• 2-wire rail transmitter with and without HART communications
interface
• Enclosure for rail mounting
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Self-monitoring
and NE21

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
■ Function
Without HART communications interface
For the SITRANS TR320 without HART functionality, parameters
are assigned with the PC. Available for this purpose are a spe-
cial modem and the software tool SIPROM T. 2
With HART communications interface
• The SITRANS TR320 is configured via HART. The configura- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
tion can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC dicated by a permanent red light.
PDM configuration software. The configuration data are then
permanently stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM). An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans- without any interruption, or even without opening the current
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag- loop.
SITRANS TR320
Test
Input
+1
A D
D A
1 -2
Input Output
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
SITRANS TR320 function block diagram

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
2
Ex) •E IEC 60584-1
•N IEC 60584-1
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
Response time 4 ... 20 mA: ≤ 55 ms • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
HART: ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Signal dynamic short-circuited or defective
• Input 24 bit Note
• Output 18 bit The short-circuited fault detection
Input • Fault detection time, external CJC ≤ 2 000 ms
Resistance thermometer (RTD) (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type Linear resistance

• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Input range 0 ... 100 kΩ
• JIS C 1604-8
• GOST 6651_2009 Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
• Callendar-Van Dusen Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Input current < 0.15 mA
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire wire and 4-wire connections)
Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω Cable, wire-wire capacity
Input current < 0.15 mA • R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
wire and 4-wire connections) Fault detection, programmable None, defective
Cable, wire-wire capacity Potentiometers
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Input range 10 ... 100 kΩ
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Type of connection 3-wire or 4-wire
short-circuited or defective Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
Note
input type is below the constant Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
detection limit for short-circuited wire and 5-wire connections)
inputs, the detection of short circuits Cable, wire-wire capacity
ration of the fault detection. • R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
wire)

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Note
Maximum core cross-section 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
2
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
others
tion
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV
Ex ia IIIC Da
Update time 10 ms
range) FM18US0046
of protection
Measuring accuracy
1)
Rated conditions Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value
measured at the terminals of the SITRANS TR320.
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) 2)Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power
functional safety supply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
Reference temperature for sensor cal- 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F) http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
ibration
• Terminals IP20

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
RTD
(°F)
2 Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751

JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100 ≤ ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Ni2000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu5
Cu10
≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
≤ ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Cu20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400 Ω ≤ ±40 mΩ ≤ ±2 mΩ/°C (1.11 mΩ/°F)
0 ... 100 kΩ ≤ ±4 Ω ≤ ±0.2 Ω/°C (0.11 Ω/°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV ≤ ±5 μV ≤ ±0.2 μV/°C (0.11 μV/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±36 μV/°C (20 μV/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±32 μV/°C (17.8 μV/°F)
TC
E ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L ≤ ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3 ≤ ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3) ≤ ±3 °C (5.4 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4) ≤ ±8 °C (14.4 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters

Article No Options Order code
SITRANS TR320 7NG032 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
rail transmitter with 1 input cable, free text.
7 - 77777 - 0 777
2 Click on the Article No. for the online
Manufacturer declarations
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2)
Communication
With HART 0
2-wire, 4 ... 20 mA 7
Device options
Primary value output
PDF file with device settings D10
Input 1 0
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG plate D41
Input 1, type
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C (instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL)
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Input 1: TC
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E Type C W5 V01
TC Type D W3 V02
• Type B F
Type U V03
• Type E G
• Type J H Type Lr V04
• Type K J Input 1: RTD
• Type L K
• Type N L
• Type R N Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62
• Type S P Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
• Type T Q Y21
Potentiometer, 4-wire R Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65
Y21
Define customer-specific input configurations with Y
option Y21
V options
Input 2, type
option Y21
Without input 2 A
CJC configuration for TC option Y21
Without CJC 0 Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71
option Y21
Internal CJC 1
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 2-wire, define line resis- 2 option Y21
tance value in option Y53
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire 3 option Y21
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 3-wire 6 Cu x (ECW-15), 2-wire, define line resistance value in V75
Materials not in contact with media option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
Without 0 Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
Type of protection Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
General safety (non-Ex); A Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC option Y21
Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring N Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
(NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non option Y21
incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx, EACEx, CSA, FM, Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
NEPSI, Inmetro) option Y21
Electrical connection/cable entry Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V83
Without A option Y21
Local HMI Device settings
Without display 0 Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01

scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
sive label
Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16
32 characters), adhesive label
label

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Accessories
Article No.
bly, connection and transmitter con-
(0.89)
22.5
Modems
2
Modem with USB interface and 7NG3092-8KN
SIPROM T software
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8 99
software (3.9)
Ordering example
7NG0320-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Factory setting
(4.49)
114
• Fault current
• Damping 0.0 s

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Connections Output and test connection
2 + U -
+ A -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Test terminals Output terminals
SITRANS TR320, output connection assignment

Input connection
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals for measurement of

the output current with an amperemeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Output terminals
5, 6, 7 and 8 Input terminals
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
3
3 4
I1 CJC
+ +
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD TC (internal CJC or Voltage input

or linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) (unipolar or bipolar)
SITRANS TR320, input connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR420 transmitters with two inputs can be used in all
sectors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on
standard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabi-
nets. The following sensors/signal sources can be connected
over their universal input module: 2
• 2 resistance thermometers (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• 2 thermocouples
• 2 linear resistors, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to
20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
The dual input mode also supports drift detection of the inputs,
whereby maintenance intervals can be more easily planned.
• 2-wire rail transmitter with HART communications interface provals.
• Device for rail mounting
• Configurable via HART 7
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Self-monitoring
and NE21

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
■ Function
The SITRANS TR420 is configured via HART. The configuration After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, more mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM config- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
2 uration software. The configuration data are then permanently

stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
dicated by a permanent red light.
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.
SITRANS TR420
Input
2
Test
+1
A D
D A
1 -2
Input Output
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
SITRANS TR420, function block diagram

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
2
Ex) •E IEC 60584-1
•N IEC 60584-1
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Programming SIPROM T and HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 Ω
Response time ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s
Signal dynamic • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
• Input 24 bit short-circuited or defective
• Output 18 bit Note
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC The short-circuited fault detection
Input • Fault detection time (TC) ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault detection time, external CJC ≤ 2 000 ms
(for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Linear resistance
• JIS C 1604-8 Input range 0 ... 100 kΩ
• GOST 6651_2009
• Callendar-Van Dusen Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω wire and 4-wire connections)
Input current < 0.15 mA Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
Effect of the line resistance < 0.002 Ω/Ω
(with 3-wire and 4-wire connections) • R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
Cable, wire-wire capacity Fault detection, programmable None, defective

• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Potentiometers
JIS C 1604-8)
Input range 10 ... 100 kΩ
• All other input types Max. 50 nF
Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
short-circuited or defective Type of connection 3-wire, 4-wire or 5-wire
Note Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
input type is below the constant Input current < 0.15 mA
detection limit for short-circuited Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
inputs, the detection of short circuits wire and 5-wire connections)
ration of the fault detection. Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
wire)

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Note
Maximum core cross-section 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
2
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
others
tion
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV
Ex ia IIIC Da
Update time 10 ms
range) FM18US0046
of protection
Measuring accuracy
1)
Rated conditions Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TR420.
2)
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
functional safety ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3)
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
ibration
• Terminals IP20

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
RTD
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751
JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
2
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100 ≤ ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Ni2000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2 Cu5
Cu10
≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
≤ ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400 Ω ≤ ±40 mΩ ≤ ±2 mΩ/°C (1.11 mΩ/°F)
0 ... 100 kΩ ≤ ±4 Ω ≤ ±0.2 Ω/°C (0.11 Ω/°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV ≤ ±5 μV ≤ ±0.2 μV/°C (0.11 μV/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±36 μV/°C (20 μV/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±32 μV/°C (17.8 μV/°F)
TC
E ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L ≤ ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3 ≤ ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3) ≤ ±3 °C (5.4 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4) ≤ ±8 °C (14.4 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
5) input 2

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters

SITRANS TR420 7NG042 SITRANS TR420 7NG042
rail transmitter with 2 inputs rail transmitter with 2 inputs
7 - 77777 - 0777 777 7 - 77777 - 0777 777
Input 2, type 2
Without input 2 A
Communication
RTD
With HART 0 • Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B
Primary value output • Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1 0
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy 1
TC
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy 2 • Type B F
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 • Type E G
both as redundancy • Type J H
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 • Type K J
both as redundancy • Type L K
• Type N L
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5
both as redundancy • Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q
Primary value output, customer-specific
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1A tions in W options
without redundancy
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1B
Input 1: no CJC; input 2: No CJC 0
without redundancy
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: internal CJC 1
Average input 1 and input 2, 9 H1C
without redundancy Input 1: external CJC; input 2: 2
external CJC; define type in option Jxx
Input 2 9 H1D
Input 1: external CJC; define type in option 3
Input 1, type
Jxx; input 2: internal CJC
RTD
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: external CJC; 4
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B define type in option Jxx
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
Input 2: No CJC
Input 1: External CJC (define type in option 6
TC Jxx); input 2: No CJC
• Type B F
Materials not in contact with media
• Type E G
• Type J H Without 0
• Type K J Type of protection
• Type L K
• Type N L CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC
• Type R N
• Type S P Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field N
wiring (NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2
• Type T Q (Ex ec) / Non incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx,
Potentiometer, 4-wire R EACEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI, Inmetro)
Input 1, type customer-specific Electrical connection/

cable entry
tions in V options Without A
Local HMI
Without display 0

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli- Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text. cable, free text.
Manufacturer declarations Device settings
2
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01
(IEC 60770-2) scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
Device options sive label
PDF file with device settings D10 Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG plate D41 32 characters), adhesive label
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81 Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200, adhesive Y21
label
Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82
(instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL) Accessories
External CJC types
Article No.
Pt100, IEC 60751, 3-wire J02
Pt100, IEC 60751, 4-wire J03 bly, connection and transmitter con-
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 3-wire J05 figuration, see page 2/154.
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 4-wire J06 Modem
Input 1: TC Modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Type C W5 V01 SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8

software
Type D W3 V02
Type U V03
Ordering example
Type Lr V04 7NG0420-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Input 1: Potentiometers Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Potentiometer, 5-wire V31 Factory setting
Input 1: RTD • Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61 • Input 2: not configured (inactive)
Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64 • Fault current
Y21 - Device error: < 3.6 mA
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65 - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
Y21 - Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67 - Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
option Y21 - Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68 • No trimming of input and output (offset)
option Y21 • Damping 0.0 s
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
Input 2: TC
Type C W5 W01
Type D W3 W02
Type U W03
Type Lr W04

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
■ Dimension drawings
(0.89)
22.5
2
99
(3.9)
(4.49)
114
Connections Output and test connection
+ U -
+ A -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Test terminals Output terminals
SITRANS TR420, output connection assignment
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals for measurement of

the output current with an amperemeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Output terminals
5, 6, 7 and 8 Input 1 terminals
9, 10, 11 and 12 Input 2 terminals

© Siemens 2021
Rail transmitters
Input connection
2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
3
3 4 4
I1 CJC mV
+ +
9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12
3 4
I2 mV
+ +
Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Voltage input

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire TC (int. CJC or (unipolar or bipolar)
RTD or linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
4 CJC
3 4
I1 I1
+
I1
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12
I2
3 4 3 4 3
I2 I2
Input 1: Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1):

TC (int. CJC or 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer 5-wire potentiometer
external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) Input 2 (I2):
Input 2: 3-wire potentiometer
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD
SITRANS TR420, input connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, 2-wire system / SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
Configuration
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 5.9 of
the SITRANS TF with an integrated SITRANS TH300 permits pa-
rameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-held
communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy.
2
For the SITRANS TF with integrated programmable
SITRANS TH200, parameters are assigned with the PC. Avail-
able for this purpose are a special modem and the software tool
SIPROM T.
Mode of operation
Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as temperature transmitter
The sensor signal, whether resistance thermometer, thermocou-
ple element or Ω or mV signal, is amplified and linearized. Sen-
sor and output side are electrically isolated. An internal cold
junction is integrated for measurements with thermocouples.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current of 4 to 20
Our field devices for heavy industrial use mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured values from
• HART, Universal 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital communica-
tion for online diagnostics, measured value transmission and
• 4 to 20 mA, universal configuration.
• Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals
SITRANS TF automatically detects when a sensor should be in-
The temperature transmitter SITRANS TF works where others terrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. The practical test termi-
feel uncomfortable. nals allow direct measurement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an am-
meter without interrupting the output current loop.
■ Benefits Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as field indicator
• Universal use Any 4 to 20 mA signal can be applied to the generous terminal
- as transmitter for resistance thermometer, thermocouple ele- block. As well as a range of predefined measurement units, the
ment, Ω or mV signal adjustable indicator also supports the input of customized units.
- as field indicator for any 4 to 20 mA signals This means that any 4 to 20 mA signal can be represented in any
• Local sensing of measured values over digital display unit, e.g. pressure, flow rate, level or temperature.
• Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminum or
stainless steel
• IP66/67/68 degree of protection Power supply
SITRANS TF
• Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without Sensor SITRANS TH300 0000 8
breaking the current loop TC RTD 1 3 4
00°C
5
2 9
• Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point A D
μP Load
- is difficult to access D A
- has high temperatures
- experiences vibrations due to the process cell
- is to avoid long neck pipes and thermowells 7
6
• Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors 1 Analog-to-digital converter
• Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo- 2 Electrical isolation
spheres. Types of protection "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking 3 Microprocessor
and flameproof", for Europe and the USA.
4 Digital-to-analog converter
5 Power supply
■ Application 6 PC/laptop
7 HART modem
SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures need
8 Digital display (option)
to be measured under particularly adverse conditions, or where
a convenient local display is ideal. Which is why users from all 9 Test connector
industries have opted for this field device. The rugged enclosure
protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is almost
completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive sub-
stances. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, uni- Mode of operation of SITRANS TF with integrated SITRANS TH300 and
versal input and a wide range of diagnostic options. digital display

© Siemens 2021
Input Thermocouples
2 Measured variable
Input type
• Type J Fe-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
Units °C and °F • Type K NiCr-Ni acc. to IEC 584
Connection • Type L Fe-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
• Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD) in 2- • Type N NiCrSi-NiSi acc. to IEC 584
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
• Averaging Series or parallel connection of sev- • Type S Pt10Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
eral resistance thermometers in the 2- • Type T Cu-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
wire connection for the generation of
average temperatures or for adapta- • Type U Cu-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
tion to other device types Units °C or °F
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers (RTD) in
2-wire connection (RTD 1 – RTD 2 or Connection
RTD 2 – RTD 1) • Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
Connection
• Differentiation 2 thermocouples (TC)
(TC 1 – TC 2 or TC 2 – TC 1)
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary monitoring
Sensor current ≤ 0.45 mA Break monitoring Can be switched off
Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break Reference junction compensation
monitoring • Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance ther-
mometer
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched
off)
or 3-wire connection)
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched on/off (default value: • External fixed Reference junction temperature can
ON) be set as fixed value
Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring
error" table) error" table)
Min. measuring span 10 °C (18 °F) Min. measuring span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F) (see
teristic Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special charac-
teristic
Resistance-based sensor
mV sensor
Measured variable Actual resistance
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiometers
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
Units Ω
Connection connected resistor)
• Standard connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in 2- Units mV
• Averaging 2 resistance-based sensors in 2-wire Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging monitoring
• Differentiation 2 resistance-based sensors in 2-wire Break monitoring Can be switched off
connection (R 1 – R 2 or R 2 – R 1)
Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
Connection -100 ... +1100 mV
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary Input resistance ≥ 1 MΩ
Sensor current ≤ 0.45 mA Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special characteris-
Response time ≤ 250 ms for 1 sensor with break tic
monitoring
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched off (value is adjust-
able)
error" table)
teristic

© Siemens 2021
Communication with SITRANS TH300 According to HART Rev. 5.9 • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection With digital display:
II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Digital display II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
2
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T100 °C Da
Digital display (optional) In current loop
Without digital display:
Display Max. 5 digits II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Digit height 9 mm (0.35")
Display range -99 999 ... +99 999 • EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
Units Any (max. 5 char.) • "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
equipment for Zone 2" type of pro- II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
Setting: Using 3 buttons tection II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
Zero point, full-scale value and unit • EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
Load voltage 2.1 V • "Flameproof enclosure" type of pro- II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
tection II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db
Measuring accuracy
• EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table
Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3017742
Reference conditions • Identification (XP, DIP, NI, S) • XP/I/1/BCD/T5 Ta = 85 °C (185 °F),
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F), Type 4X
• Load 500 Ω • DIP/II, III/1/EFG/T5 Ta = 85 °C
• Ambient temperature 23 °C (73.4 °F) (185 °F), T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F),
• Warming-up time > 5 min Type 4X
Error in the analog output (digital/ana- < 0.025 % of measuring span • NI/I/2/ABCD/T5 Ta = 85 °C (185 °F),
log converter) T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F), Type 4X
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) • S/II, III/2/FG/T5 Ta = 85 °C (185 °F),
T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F), Type 4X
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F) Other certificates IECEx, EAC Ex(GOST), INMETRO,
NEPSI, KOSHA
Hardware and software require-
• with resistance thermometers 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F) ments
• with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F) • For the SIPROM T parameterization
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of meas. span/V software for SITRANS TF with TH200
• Personal computer PC with CD-ROM drive and USB
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of meas. span/100 Ω interface
Long-term drift • PC operating system Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP, 7 and Win
• In the first month < 0.02 % of measuring span 8
• After one year < 0.2 % of measuring span • For the SIMATIC PDM parameteriza- See section 8 "Digitalization and com-
• After 5 years < 0.3 % of measuring span tion software for SITRANS TH300 munication", "SIMATIC PDM"
Ambient conditions Load for HART connection 230 ... 1100 Ω

• Two-core shielded ≤ 3.0 km (1.86 mi)
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • Multi-core shielded ≤ 1.5 km (0.93 mi)
Condensation Permissible Protocol HART protocol, version 5.9
NE21 Factory setting of the transmitter:
Degree of protection acc. to IP66/67/68 • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
EN 60529 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Design • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
options
• Damping 0.0 s
Enclosure material Die-cast aluminum, low in copper,
GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel, polyes-
ter-based lacquer, stainless steel rat-
ing plate
Electrical connection, sensor connec- Screw terminals, cable inlet via M20 x
tion 1.5 or ½-14 NPT screwed gland
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome-plated
or stainless steel
Auxiliary power
Without digital display 11 ... 35 V DC (30 V with Ex ib; 32 V
with Ex ic and Ex nA)
With digital display 13.1 ... 35 V DC (30 V with Ex ib; 32 V
with Ex ic and Ex nA)
Galvanic isolation Between input and output
• Test voltage Ueff = 1 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min

© Siemens 2021
2 According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
2 1)
(°F)
(3.6) 1)
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 3.6
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -20 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
(3.6 °F).
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV μV
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.

© Siemens 2021

Temperature transmitter in field enclosure 7NG313 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, and plain text, if applicable.
2
with electrical isolation
Test report (5 measuring points) C11
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Functional safety SIL2 C20
Built-in transmitter Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
SITRANS TH200, programmable Explosion protection

• Without Ex protection 5 0 • Explosion protection Ex ia according to E251)
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 5 1
• Explosion protection Ex d according to E261)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 5 2 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 5 4 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E271)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 5 5 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to NEPSI E551)
SITRANS TH300, communication-capable (China) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
according to HART V 5.9 • Explosion protection Ex d according to NEPSI E561)
• Without Ex protection 6 0 (China) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 6 1 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E571)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 6 2 NEPSI (China) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 6 4 • Explosion protection Ex d according to E701)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 6 5 KOSHA (Korea) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E811)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan) (only for
Enclosure 7NG313.-1...)
Die-cast aluminum A • Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC E821)
Stainless steel precision casting E 7NG313.-4...)
Connections/cable inlet • Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E831)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazakhstan) (only for
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B 7NG313.-2...)
½-14 NPT glands C Marine approvals
Digital indicator • Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd D01
(DNV GL)
Without 0
• Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
With 1 • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Without 0 Two-layer coating of enclosure and cover (PU G10

on epoxy)
Made of steel 1
Transient protection J01
Made of stainless steel 2
Cable gland CAPRI ½ NPT ADE 4F, nickel- D57
1) Without cable gland. plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and 810634)
included
Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 1F, cable diameter D58
6 ... 12 (CAPRI 818694 and 810534) included
Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 4F, Stainless steel D59
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
4 ... 8.5 (CAPRI 818674 and 810534) included

© Siemens 2021
Options Order code Accessories
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code Article No.
and plain text, if applicable. Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
Customer-specific programming tion and transmitter configuration, see page
2/154.
2
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Modems
Y01:... to ... °C, °F Modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 characters Y173) Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
ware
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y234)
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software See section 8
Measuring point description, max. 32 characters Y244) Also for SITRANS TH300
Labeling of measuring point plate only, specify Y224) Mounting bracket and fastening parts
in plain text: Measuring range
5) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 Ω U02
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
Type D thermocouple (W3) 5)6) U225)6)
Digital display1) 7MF4997-1BS
Connection board A5E02226423
For supply units, see Catalog FI 01 section "Supplementary components".
1)
Type L thermocouple U265)6) Retrofitting not possible with Ex devices.
Type N thermocouple U27 5)6) Ordering example 1

Type R thermocouple U285)6) 7NG3135-0AB11-Z Y01+Y23+U03
Type S thermocouple U295)6) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Ordering example 2
For TC: Cold junction compensation: U41
external (Pt100, 3-wire) 7NG3136-0AC11-Z Y01+Y23+Y24+U25
For TC: Reference junction compensation: Y50 Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y23: TICA 1234 ABC
ting in plain text Y24: HEATING BOILER 56789
Factory setting of the transmitter
1) 1)
Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific
approval. • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
2)
For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here. For
specification on TAG plate, please select Y22. • Fault current 22.8 mA
3)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected. For specification on • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
TAG plate, please select Y23.
4)
If only Y22, Y23 or Y24 is ordered and if the labeling is only noted on the • Damping 0.0 s
measuring point plate, do not specify Y01.
5)
6)
Internal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
7)
For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TF field indicator 7NG3130 - 7 7 7 7 7 Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code
For 4 ... 20 mA signals and plain text, if applicable.
Click on the Article No. for the online Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 4F, Stainless steel D59
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
Without Ex protection 0 1 Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 1F, cable diameter
D60 2
With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 1 1
With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 2 1
Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 4 1
Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 5 1 Y01:... to ... °C, °F
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
Labeling of measuring point plate only, specify Y223)
Enclosure in plain text: Measuring range
Die-cast aluminum A Measuring point description, max. 16 charac- Y233)
Stainless steel precision casting E ters
Connections/cable inlet Measuring point description, max. 32 charac- Y243)

ters
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B
½-14 NPT glands C ting in plain text
Digital indicator 1)
Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific
With 1 approval.
2)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
Without 0 3)
If only Y22, Y23 or Y24 is ordered and if the labeling is only noted on the
measuring point plate, do not specify Y01.
Made of steel 1
4)
Made of stainless steel 2 value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
1) be entered here.
Without cable gland 5)
Retrofitting not possible with Ex devices.
Options Order code
Accessories
and plain text, if applicable. Article No.
Test report (5 measuring points) C11 Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
tion and transmitter configuration, see page
Explosion protection 2/154.
• Explosion protection Ex ia according to E251) Mounting bracket and fastening parts
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
1) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
• Explosion protection Ex d according to E26
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-4...) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
• Explosion protection Ex nA according to E271)
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-2...) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
• Explosion protection Ex i according to NEPSI E551) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
(China) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
• Explosion protection Ex d according to NEPSI E561) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
(China) (only for 7NG313.-4...) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
• Explosion protection Ex nA according to E571)
NEPSI (China) (only for 7NG313.-2...) Digital display1) 7MF4997-1BS
• Explosion protection Ex d according to E701) Connection board A5E02226423
KOSHA (Korea) (only for 7NG313.-4...) For supply units, see Catalog FI 01 section "Sup-
1)
• Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E81 plementary components".
7NG313.-1...) Ordering example 1
• Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC E821)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan) (only for 7NG3130-0AB10-Z Y01+Y23
7NG313.-4...) Y01: -5 ... 100 °C
• Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E831)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazakhstan) (only for Y23: TICA1234HEAT
7NG313.-2...)
Ordering example 2
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV D01 7NG3130-0AC11-Z Y01+Y23+Y24
GL) Y01: 0 ... 20 BAR
Y23: PICA 1234 ABC
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05 Y24: HEATING BOILER 67890
Two-layer coating of enclosure and cover G10 Factory setting of the display
(PU on epoxy)
4 ... 20 m
plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and 810634)
included

© Siemens 2021
2
13 (0.51) 144 (5.67) 55 80 (3.15)
15* (0.59) (2.17) b 100* (3.94)
(0.79)
138* (5.43) 28
52 (2.05)
20
6 2
50* (1.97) (1.10)
(1.97)
50
80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3
a
237 (9.33)
8 5 4
68 (2.68)
120 (4.72)
36.5 (1.44)
1
72 (2.83)
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)

max. 189 (7.44) (½-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (½-14 NPT)
*) Dimensions for stainless 123 (4.84)
Ø 50 ... 60 7
steel enclosure (1.97 ... 2.36)
105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT)
6 Protective cover (without function)
2 Blanking plug
7 Mounting bracket (option) with clamp for securing to a
3 Electrical connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT) vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, output signal 8 Cover with window for digital display
5 Terminal side, sensor
SITRANS TF, dimensions in mm (inches)

© Siemens 2021
2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R

3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
RTD

3 6
3 6 3 + - 6
3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W
3 6 + -
3-W
4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6
4 5 4 5 4 5
RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2
R1
RTD1

1)
Voltage measurement Current measurement
3 6 3 6
+ - 3 + - 6
3 6
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5
+ - R
U
+ -
I
SITRANS TF, sensor connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TF - Fieldbus transmitter
• Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors
■ Overview • Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo-
spheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type
of protection, for Europe and USA
2 ■ Application
The SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures
need to be measured under particularly harsh conditions. Which
is why users from all industries have opted for this field device.
The rugged enclosure protects the electronics. The stainless
steel model is almost completely resistant to sea water and other
aggressive substances. The inner workings offer high measur-
ing accuracy, universal input and a wide range of diagnostic op-
tions.
■ Function
Features
General
• Polarity-neutral bus connection
• 24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
Our field devices for heavy industrial use
• Version for use in hazardous areas
• PROFIBUS PA
The SITRANS TF temperature transmitter works where others
can't cope. • Sensor redundance
Transmitter with PROFIBUS PA communication
■ Benefits • Function blocks: 2 x analog
• For universal use as a transmitter for resistance thermometers,
thermocouple elements, Ω or mV signals Transmitter with FOUNDATION fieldbus communication
• Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminum or • Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
stainless steel • Functionality: Basic or LAS
• IP66/67/68 degree of protection
Mode of operation
• Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point
- is difficult to access The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
- has high temperatures of the transmitter.
- experiences vibrations due to the process cell The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS TF
- is to avoid long neck pipes and thermowells (7NG3137-... and 7NG3138-...) is the type of field bus protocol
used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Optional inputs: Mean value
Redundancy
- Resistance thermometer Terminal temperature
Engineering units
- Thermocouple Diagnostic functions
- mV sensor Table linearization
Polynomial linearization
- Resistance-based sensors Process calibration
Electrically
isolated
6
Ex power circuit
Input 1 1
5
A/D
converter CPU Communication Bus connection
4
2
Input 2
3
EEPROM - PROFIBUS PA protocol (7NG3137)

Internal
Complex configuration or
Pt100
Correction coefficient - FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol
Factory settings (7NG3138)
SITRANS TF with TH400, function diagram

© Siemens 2021
System communication Thermocouple
According to IEC 584 Measuring range
Bus terminator PROFIBUS PA • Type B 400 ... 1820 °C (752 ... 3308 °F)
• Type E -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
Segment • Type J -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
coupler • Type K
• Type N
-100 ... +1200 °C (-148 ... +2192 °F)
-180 ... +1300 °C (-292 ... +2372 °F)
2
• Type R -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
SITRANS TF
• Type S -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
with TH400 PA
• Type T -200 ... +400 °C (-328 ... +752 °F)
According to DIN 43710
• Type L -200 ... +900 °C (-328 ... +1652 °F)
• Type U -200 ... +600 °C (-328 ... +1112 °F)
Bus terminator FOUNDATION Fieldbus According to ASTM E988-90
• Type W3 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... 4172 °F)
Segment • Type W5 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... 4172 °F)
coupler
External reference junction compen- -40 ... +135 °C (-40 ... +275 °F)
sation
SITRANS TF Sensor fault detection
with TH400 FF • Sensor break detection Yes
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
• Sensor current in the event of open- 4 μA
circuit monitoring
SITRANS TF with TH400, communication interface
mV sensor - voltage input
■ Technical specifications Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Input resistance 10 MΩ
Input
Output
Analog/digital conversion
Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s
• Measurement rate < 50 ms
• Resolution 24-bit Update time < 400 ms
Resistance thermometer Measuring accuracy
Accuracy is defined as the higher
Pt25 ... Pt1000 acc. to IEC 60751/JIS value of general values and basic val-
C 1604 ues.
• Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C (-328 ... +1562 °F)
General values
Ni25 ... Ni1000 acc. to DIN 43760
Type of input Absolute Temperature
• Measuring range -60 ... +250 °C (-76 ... +482 °F)
accuracy coefficient
Cu10 ... Cu1000, α = 0.00427
All ≤ ± 0.05 % of the ≤ ± 0.002 % of the
• Measuring range -50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F) measured value measured
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50 Ω value/°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Basic values
Sensor fault detection Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature

coefficient
• Sensor break detection Yes
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15 Ω Pt100 and Pt1000 ≤ ± 0.1 °C ≤ ± 0.002 °C/°C
Resistance-based sensor Ni100 ≤ ± 0.15 °C ≤ ± 0.002 °C/°C
Measuring range 0 ... 10 kΩ Cu10 ≤ ± 1.3 °C ≤ ± 0.02 °C/°C
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50 Ω Resistance-based sensor ≤ ± 0.05 Ω ≤ ± 0.002 Ω/°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Voltage source ≤ ± 10 μV ≤ ± 0.2 μV/°C
Sensor fault detection Thermocouple, type: ≤ ± 0.5 °C ≤ ± 0.01 °C/°C
• Sensor break detection Yes E, J, K, L, N, T, U
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15 Ω Thermocouple, type: ≤ ± 1 °C ≤ ± 0.025 °C/°C
B, R, S, W3, W5
Reference junction compensation ≤ ± 0.5 °C
Reference conditions
Warming-up time 30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB

© Siemens 2021
Ambient conditions Parameterization interface
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • PROFIBUS PA connection
- Protocol A&D profile, Version 3.0
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Protocol standard EN 50170 Volume 2
2 Relative humidity
Insulation strength
≤ 98 %, with condensation - Address (for delivery)
- Function blocks
126
2 x analog
• Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s • FOUNDATION Fieldbus connection
• Continuous operation 50 V AC/75 V DC - Protocol FF protocol
- Protocol standard FF design specifications
Electromagnetic compatibility - Functionality Basic or LAS
NAMUR NE21 - Version ITK 4.6
EMC 2014/30/EU Emission and Noise EN 61326-1, EN 61326-2-5 - Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Immunity Factory setting
Design For SITRANS TH400 PA
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
options
Type of connection 3-wire connection
Unit °C
Enclosure materials • Die-cast aluminum, low in copper,
GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel Failure mode Last valid value
• Polyester-based lacquer for GD AlSi
Filter time 0s
12 enclosure
• Stainless steel rating plate PA address 126
Electrical connection, • Screw terminals PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-
sensor connection • Cable inlet via M20 x 1.5 or ½-14 specific
NPT screwed gland
• Bus connection with M12 device For SITRANS TH400 FF
plug (optional) Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome-plated Type of connection 3-wire connection
or stainless steel
Unit °C
Degree of protection IP66/67/68 according to EN 60529
Failure mode Last valid value
Auxiliary power
Filter time 0s
Supply voltage
• Standard, Ex "d", Ex "nA", Ex "nL", XP, 10.0 ... 32 V DC Node address 22
NI
• Ex "ia", Ex "ib" 10.0 ... 30 V DC
• In FISCO/FNICO installations 10.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption < 11 mA
Max. increase in power consumption < 7 mA
in the event of a fault
EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
(version: 7NG313x-1xxxx) II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Conformity statement ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
• "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
equipment" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
(version: 7NG313x-2xxxx) II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
• "Flame-proof enclosure" type of pro- II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
tection (version: 7NG313x-4xxxx) II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db
• Type of protection XP, DIP, NI and S • XP / I / 1 / BCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
(version 7NG313x-5xxxx) • DIP / II, III / 1 / EFG / T5,T6; Type 4X
• NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
• S / II, III / 2 / FG T5,T6; Type 4X
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), INMETRO, NEPSI,
KOSHA

© Siemens 2021
■ Selection and ordering data Options Order code

Article No. and plain text, if applicable.
Temperature transmitter in field enclosure 7NG313 7 - 7 7 7 0 7 Test report (5 measuring points) C11
With fieldbus communication and electrical isola-
2
tion Bus connection
Click on the Article No. for the online • M12 device plug (metal) without mating con- M001)
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. nector
1)
• M12 device plug (metal) with mating connector M01
Built-in transmitter
SITRANS TH400 with PROFIBUS PA • Explosion protection Ex ia according to E252)
• Without Ex protection 7 0 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX) 7 1 • Explosion protection Ex d according to E262)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX) 7 2 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 7 4 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E272)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 7 5 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to NEPSI E552)
(China) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
SITRANS TH400, with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Explosion protection Ex d according to NEPSI E562)
• Without Ex protection 8 0 (China) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX) 8 1 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E572)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX) 8 2 NEPSI (China) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 8 4 • Explosion protection Ex d according to E702)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 8 5 KOSHA (Korea) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E812)
Enclosure (Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan) (only for
7NG313.-1...)
Die-cast aluminum A • Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC E822)
Stainless steel precision casting E
7NG313.-4...)
Connections/cable inlet • Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E832)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazakhstan) (only for
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B
7NG313.-2...)
½-14 NPT glands C
Marine approvals
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd D01
(DNV GL)
Without 0
Made of steel 1 • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
Made of stainless steel 2 • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
1)
Without cable gland Two-layer coating of enclosure and cover (PU G10
on epoxy)
plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and 810634)
included
Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 4F, Stainless steel D59
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included

© Siemens 2021
Options Order code Accessories
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code Article No.
and plain text, if applicable. Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
Customer-specific programming tion and transmitter configuration, see page
2/154.
2
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): SIMATIC PDM parameterization software See section 8
Y01:... to ... °C, °F Also for SITRANS TH300
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y154) Mounting bracket and fastening parts
ters Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y234) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Measuring point description, max. 32 characters Y245) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
Specify bus address in plain text Y254) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 Ω U026) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U036) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U046) Connection board A5E02226423
Type B thermocouple U206)7) For supply units, see Catalog FI 01 section "Supplementary components".
Ordering example 1
7NG3137-0AB01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y15: TICA1234HEAT
Y25: 33
Type N thermocouple U276)7) Ordering example 2
Type R thermocouple U28 6)7) 7NG3137-0AC01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U25
Type S thermocouple U29 6)7) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Type T thermocouple U306)7) Y15: TICA 1234 ABC 5678
Type U thermocouple U316)7) Y25: 35
For TC: Cold junction compensation: U41 Factory setting
external (Pt100, 3-wire)
For SITRANS TH400 PA:
For TC: Reference junction compensation: Y50
external with fixed value: specify in plain text • Pt100 (IEC); 3-wire connection
Enter special deviating customer-specific set- Y098) • Unit: °C
ting in plain text • Failure mode: Last valid value
1)
Not possible with explosion protection Ex d or XP. • Filter time: 0 s - PA address: 126
2)
Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific • PROFIBUS Ident No.: Manufacturer-specific
approval. For specification on TAG plate, please select Y22.
3)
For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and For SITRANS TH400 FF:
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here. For • Pt100 (IEC); 3-wire connection
specification on TAG plate, please select Y23.
4)
If only Y15, Y23 or Y25 is ordered and if the labeling is only noted on the • Unit: °C
measuring point plate, do not specify Y01. • Failure mode: Last valid value
5)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected. • Filter time: 0 s
6)
7)
• Node address: 22
Internal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
8)
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.

© Siemens 2021
20 (0.79)
144 (5.67) 55 (2.17) 80 (3.15)
138* (5.43) b 100* (3.94)
2
52 (2.05) 28 6 2
50* (1.97) (1.10)
50 (1.97)
Ø 80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3
a
237 (9.33)
5 4
68 (2.68)
120 (4.72)
36.5 (1.44)
72 (2.83)
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)

max. 189 (7.44) (½-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (½-14 NPT)
123 (4.84)
*) Dimensions for stainless Ø 50 ... 60 7
steel enclosure (1.97 ... 2.36)
105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT) 5 Terminal side, sensor
2 Blanking plug 6 Protective cover (without function)
3 Electrical connection (screwed plug M20x1.5 orr ½-14 NPT), 7 Mounting bracket (optional) with clamp securing to
optional M12 device plug a vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, bus connection
SITRANS TF with TH400, dimensions in mm (inches)

© Siemens 2021
Resistance thermometer Thermocouple Resistance
+ -
2-wire connection 1) Internal 2-wire connection 1)
cold junction compensation
+ -

with external Pt100 in 2-wire connection 1)
+ -

with external Pt100 in 3-wire connection
2 2
+ - 2
1 1 1
+ -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

redundancy generation redundancy generation with internal 1 resistor in 2-wire connection 1)
2 x 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation 1 resistor in 3-wire connection
Voltage measurement
2
2 + -
1 +1 -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or

redundancy generation redundancy generation and
1 sensor in 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation + -
1 sensor in 3-wire connection with internal Pt100
in 2-wire connection 1) One voltage source
2
1 + -
1) + -
Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources
SITRANS TF with TH400, sensor connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TF320 (HART, universal)
• Universally applicable as a temperature transmitter with gal-
vanic isolation for:
- Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
2
- Thermocouples
- Linear resistances, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
• Local operation of the temperature transmitter via display (sin-
gle chamber enclosure) or control keys accessible from out-
side (dual chamber enclosure)
• Rugged single or dual chamber enclosure made of die-cast
aluminum or stainless steel 316L
• Electronic compartment isolated (watertight) from terminal
compartment in dual chamber enclosure
• Degree of protection IP66/67/68 (1.5 m/2 h)
and NE21
• Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without
breaking the current loop
SITRANS TF320 in dual chamber enclosure • Remote installation option:
- Measuring point is difficult to access
- Measuring point is subjected to high temperatures
- Measuring point is subjected to vibration through plant
- Long neck pipes and thermowells must be avoided
• Mounted directly on sensors
• Temperature transmitters of the "intrinsically safe protection
type, increased safety for zone 2, flameproof and dust-pro-
tected" type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas.
The transmitter meets the requirements of the EU Directive
2014/34/EU (ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as
other national approvals, e.g. EACEx, NEPSI, KCs, Inmetro.
■ Application
SITRANS TF320 can be used everywhere where temperatures
need to be measured under particularly adverse conditions and
where a user-friendly local display is ideal. Which is why users
from all industries have opted for this field device. The rugged
SITRANS TF320 in single chamber enclosure enclosure protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with and without HART commu- almost completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive
nication interface substances. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy,
universal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.

© Siemens 2021
■ Function
Configuration Principle of operation
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 7 per- SITRANS TF320 as temperature transmitter
mits parameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-
2 held communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy. The input signal, whether resistance thermometer (RTD), ther-
mocouple (TC), Ω or mV signal, is amplified and linearized. Input
For the SITRANS TF320 without HART functionality, parameters and output side are galvanically isolated. An internal cold junc-
are assigned with the PC. A special modem and the software tion is integrated for measurements with thermocouples.
tool SIPROM T are available for this purpose.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current from
The optional local operation on the device gives you the possi- 4 to 20 mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured val-
bility to configure the device's most important functions very ues from 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital
quickly. communication for online diagnostics, measured value trans-
mission, and configuration.
SITRANS TF320 automatically detects when a sensor should be
interrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. The practical test ter-
minals allow direct measurement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an
ammeter without interrupting the output current loop.
1 2 3
SITRANS TF320
4 5
± 00000 °C
SITRANS TH320
A D
μC1 μC2
D A
9 8
1 LED 6 HART modem

2 Display 7 Computer
3 Test terminals 8 Galvanic isolation
4 Isolating power supply, e.g. SITRANS I100 9 Input 7
5 A/D: Analog-to-digital converter
Load
μC1: Microcontroller, on the secondary side
Function block diagram SITRANS TF320 with integrated SITRANS TH320

© Siemens 2021
General Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 Ω
Supply voltage1) 2) Fault detection time (RTD) ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
2
• Without explosion protection (non- 10.5 ... 48 V DC Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4- ≤ 2 000 ms
Ex) wire)
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Thermocouples (TC)
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V
when using test terminals Input type
•B IEC 60584-1
Maximum power loss ≤ 850 mW
•E IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA •J IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V •K IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •L DIN 43710
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC • Lr GOST 3044-84
Ex) •N IEC 60584-1
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC •R IEC 60584-1
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs •S IEC 60584-1
•T IEC 60584-1
Write protection Wire jumper (transmitter), switch (on
display) or software •U DIN 43710
• W3 ASTM E988-96
Warm-up time < 5 min
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Starting time < 2.75 s • LR GOST 3044-84
Programming SIPROM T and HART Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB
Long-term stability Better than: • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year
• External CJC, line resistance per 50 Ω
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years
Response time 4 ... 20 mA: ≤ 55 ms tions)
HART: ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
wire and 4-wire connections)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Signal dynamic • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Input 24 bit • Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
• Output 18 bit • Total line resistance Max. 10 kΩ
• Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Input Note
Resistance thermometer (RTD) The short-circuited fault detection
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751
• JIS C 1604-8 • Fault detection time, external CJC ≤ 2 000 ms
• GOST 6651_2009 (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
• Callendar-Van Dusen Linear resistance
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Input range 0 ... 100 kΩ
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Line resistance per wire Max. 50 Ω
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 Ω/Ω wire and 4-wire connections)
Cable, wire-wire capacity
Cable, wire-wire capacity • R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF • R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Fault detection, programmable None, defective

Note
input type is below the constant
detection limit for short-circuited
inputs, the detection of short circuits
ration of the fault detection.

© Siemens 2021
Potentiometers Rated conditions
Input range 10 Ω ... 100 kΩ Ambient temperature
Minimum measuring span 25 Ω • Without local operation in -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
single chamber enclosure
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire • With local operation -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
2 Line resistance per wire

Input current
Max. 50 Ω
< 0.15 mA
• For transmitters with
functional safety
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)

wire and 5-wire connections) Reference temperature for 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
sensor calibration
• R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF Relative humidity < 99% (no condensation)
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF Degree of protection
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, • Temperature transmitter enclosure IP66/IP67/IP68
short-circuited or defective • Terminals IP00
Note Mechanical construction
When the configured potentiometer Weight
size is below the constant detection • Single chamber enclosure 0.85 kg (1.87 lb)
limit for short-circuited inputs, the
detection of short circuits is disabled • Dual chamber enclosure • Aluminum: 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
regardless of the configuration of the • Stainless steel: 3.3 kg (7.28 lb)
fault detection. Maximum core cross-section
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 Ω • Single chamber enclosure 1.5 mm² (AWG 16)
• Dual chamber enclosure 2.5 mm² (AWG 14)
(no short-circuit detection) Tightening torque for 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
clamping screws
Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
wire) • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Supply voltage
Measuring range
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV
Certificates3) IECEx DEK 19.0069X
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV
DEKRA 19ATEX0106 X (Category 1)
Input resistance 10 MΩ DEKRA 19ATEX0107 X (Category 3)
Cable, wire-wire capacity "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF tion
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF • ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC
Fault detection, programmable None, defective T6 ... T4 Gb
Fault detection time ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Output and HART communication • EACEx Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2
grammable • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
Programmable input/output limits
• EACEx 2Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc X
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2
nA/ec" type of protection
Update time 10 ms • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load (with current output) ≤ (VSupply - 10.5)/0.023 Ω II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load stability < 0.01% of measuring span/100 Ω Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
(measuring span = currently selected
range) • EACEx 2Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
• "Flameproof enclosure db" type of For use in Zone 1
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA protection
(detection of input short circuits is • ATEX II 2 G Ex db IIC T6…T4 Gb
• IECEx and others Ex db IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA • EACEx 1Ex d IIC T6…T4 Gb X
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA • "Protection by enclosure tb" type of For use in Zone 21
protection
HART protocol versions HART 7
• ATEX II 2 D Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Measuring accuracy • IECEx and others Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table • EACEx Ex tb IIC T100°C Db X

© Siemens 2021
Explosion protection CSA/FM for
Canada and USA
Certificates FMxxCAxxxx
FMxxUSxxxx
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or: 2
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
of protection
"Explosion-proof XP" type of protec- XP/ CL I / DIV1 / GP ABCD / T6....T4
tion CL I / Zn1 / AEx/Ex d IIC T6...T4 Gb
"Dust-protected DIP" type of protec- DIP/ CL II, III / DIV 1 / GP EFG /
tion T6...T4
Zn21 / AEx/Ex tb IIIC T100°C Gb
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TF320.
2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at

RTD
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003851 (0.002139) 10 (50)
JIS C 1604-8 -200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200) 0.003916 (0.002176) 10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)

© Siemens 2021
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
2 Pt10
Pt20
≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100 ≤ ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu5 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu10 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400 Ω ≤ ±40 mΩ ≤ ±2 mΩ/°C (1.11 mΩ/°F)
0 ... 100 kΩ ≤ ±4 Ω ≤ ±0.2 Ω/°C (0.11 Ω/°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Supply voltage
mV: -20 ... 100 mV ≤ ±5 μV ≤ ±0.2 μV/°C (0.11 μV/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±36 μV/°C (20 μV/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±32 μV/°C (17.8 μV/°F)
TC
E ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L ≤ ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)

© Siemens 2021
W3 ≤ ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)
B4)
≤ ±3 °C (5.4 °F)
≤ ±8 °C (14.4 °F)
≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
5)
B Not specified Not specified

© Siemens 2021

Single chamber enclosure
Article No. Options Order Code
2
SITRANS TF320 Temperature transmitter 7NG034 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and,
with single chamber enclosure for wall or pipe if applicable, free text.
mounting, one configurable input and a galvani- 7 - 77777 - 0 777
cally isolated 2-wire output. Cable gland included
Click on the Article No. for the online Plastic A00

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Metal A01
Communication Stainless steel A02
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0 Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03
Without HART (4 ... 20 mA) 7 CMP, for XP devices A10
Primary value output CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
Input 1 0 cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Input 1, type CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
RTD
Mounting cable glands/plugs
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C Cable gland mounted A97
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D Device plug for output, mounted right A98
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
Device options
TC
Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (not for device plugs D30
• Type B F M12 and Han)
• Type E G
• Type J H General approval without Ex approval
• Type K J Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00
• Type L K Explosion protection certificates
• Type N L
• Type R N ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47
• Type S P Mounting system (only single chamber enclosures)
• Type T Q Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H06
Potentiometer, 4-wire R less steel 316L
Input 2, type Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H07
less steel 316L
Without input 2 A
None CJC 0
Internal CJC 1
External CJC RTD Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire 3
External CJC RTD Ni100 (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire 6
Material of non-wetted parts
Die-cast aluminum enclosure 1
Type of protection (Ex)
General purpose A
Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring B
(NIFW)
Flameproof enclosure (Ex d) / Explosion proof (XP) C
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
(Ex t) / Dust ignition proof (DIP) / Increased safety
zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
Flameproof enclosure (Ex d) / Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / S
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
(Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
Electrical connection/cable entries
2x M20 x 1.5 F
2x ½'' NPT M
Local operation
Without local operation 0
Local operation (closed lid) 1
Local operation (lid with glass window) 2

© Siemens 2021

Dual chamber enclosure
Article No. Options Order Code
2
SITRANS TF320 Temperature transmitter 7NG035 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and,
with dual chamber enclosure for wall or pipe if applicable, free text.
mounting, one configurable input and a galvani- 7- 77777- 0 777
cally isolated 2-wire output. Cable gland included
Click on the Article No. for the online Plastic A00

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Metal A01
Communication Stainless steel A02
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0 Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03
Without HART (4 ... 20 mA) 7 CMP, for XP devices A10
Primary value output CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
Input 1 0 cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Input 1, type CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C Cable gland mounted A97
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D Device plug for output, mounted right A98
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
Device options
TC
Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
• Type B F 120 μm of enclosure and lid
• Type E G
• Type J H Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (not for device plugs D30
M12 and Han)
• Type K J
• Type L K Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
• Type N L General approval without Ex approval
• Type R N
Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00
• Type S P
• Type T Q Explosion protection certificates
Potentiometer, 4-wire R ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47
Input 2, type Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclosure)
Without input 2 A Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H01
steel
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H02
Without CJC 0 stainless steel 304
Internal CJC 1 Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H03
stainless steel 316L
External CJC RTD Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire 3
External CJC RTD Ni100 (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire 6
Material of non-wetted parts
Enclosure made of stainless steel precision casting 2
CF3M/1.4409 (similar to 316L)
General purpose A
(NIFW)
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
(Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
2x M20 x 1.5 F
2x ½'' NPT M
Local operation

© Siemens 2021
Accessories
Additional accessories for assembly, connection Plug and cable socket
and transmitter configuration, see page 2/154.
Plug Han 7D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2AB
Modems
2 Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft-
ware
7NG3092-8KN
Plug Han 7D, plastic, angled
Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, blue
7MF7906-2AC
7MF7906-2AQ
HART modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, grey 7MF7906-2AN
Thread adapter Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2AR
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to ½- 7MP1990-0BA00 Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2AP
14 NPT (female thread) Plug Han 8D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2EB
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to G½ 7MP1990-0BB00 Plug Han 8D, plastic, angled 7MF7906-2EC
(female thread)
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, blue 7MF7906-2EQ
Local operation
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, grey 7MF7906-2EN
Local operation for temperature transmitter in 7MF7902-1AD
dual chamber enclosure Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2ER
Mounting system for local operation 7MF7902-1AS Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2EP
7MF7902-1AD in single chamber enclosure
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 7D 7MF7906-2BB
Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclo-
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 8D 7MF7906-2FB
sure)
Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D blue 7MF7906-2BQ
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AB
enclosure, steel, 5/16-24UNF Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D blue 7MF7906-2FQ
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AC Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D grey 7MF7906-2BN
enclosure, steel, M8
Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D grey 7MF7906-2FN
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AH
enclosure, stainless steel 316L, 5/16-24UNF Plug M12 with cable socket, stainless steel 7MF7906-3AB
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AJ Overvoltage protection

enclosure, stainless steel 316L, M8 Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, M20 7MF7906-3AC
Mounting system (only single chamber enclo- Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, NPT 7MF7906-3AD
sures)
Lid
Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AK
stainless steel 316L Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass 7MF7901-1BB
window, with seal NBR
Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AL
stainless steel 316L Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass 7MF7901-1BC
window, with seal FVMQ
Cable gland
Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BG
Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AB seal NBR
Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BB Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BH
Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BD seal FVMQ
Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AD Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, with- 7MF7901-2AB
out glass window, with seal NBR
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BE
Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, with- 7MF7901-2AC
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AE out glass window, with seal FVMQ
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BH Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass 7MF7901-2AG
window, with seal NBR
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AH
Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass 7MF7901-2AH
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BJ
window, with seal FVMQ
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AJ
Ordering example
Cable gland, E1FX Tri-Star ½-14 NPT, CMP 7MF7906-1NE
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., CuZn 7MF7906-1PE SITRANS TF320 (single chamber enclosure)
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., stainless 7MF7906-1PJ 7NG0340-0BA01-0AF2-Z Y01+Y17+P10
steel
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y17: TICA123
Factory setting
• Pt100 (IEC 60751) in 3-wire connection
• Fault current
• Damping 0.0 s

© Siemens 2021
90 (
3.54
)
2
129 (5.08)
64 (2.52)
71,2 (2.8) 39 (1.54)
166 (4.17)
4 (0.16)
25 (0.98)
SITRANS TF320, single chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)
148.5 (5.85) 84 (3.31)

61 (2.4)
49.3 (1.94)
25.3 (1)
81.9 (3.22)
132 (5.2)
237 (9.33)
38 (1.5)
22.5 (0.89) 60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
134 (5.28) 105 (4.13)
SITRANS TF320, dual chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Connections
Input connection
2 3 3
9 9
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
4 3 CJC 3
I1 +

linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
+
I1
4
SITRANS TF320 in single chamber enclosure (7NG034*), input connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
CJC
3 4 3
I1
+
I1
linear resistance I1: Input 1 external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
+
I1 S1
4
SITRANS TF320 in dual chamber enclosure (7NG035*), input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TF320 in single chamber enclosure (7NG034*), output connec-

tion assignment

© Siemens 2021
• Universally applicable as a temperature transmitter with gal-
vanic isolation for:
- Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
2
- Thermocouples
- Linear resistances, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
• Local operation of the temperature transmitter via display (sin-
gle chamber enclosure) or control keys accessible from out-
side (dual chamber enclosure)
• Rugged single or dual chamber enclosure made of die-cast
aluminum or stainless steel 316/316L
• Electronic compartment isolated (watertight) from terminal
compartment in dual chamber enclosure
• Degree of protection IP66/67/68 (1.5 m/2 h)
and NE21
• Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without
breaking the current loop
SITRANS TF420 in dual chamber enclosure • Remote installation option:
- Measuring point is difficult to access
- Measuring point is subjected to high temperatures
- Measuring point is subjected to vibration through plant
- Long neck pipes and thermowells must be avoided
• Mounted directly on sensors
• Temperature transmitters of the "intrinsically safe protection
type, increased safety for zone 2, flameproof and dust-pro-
tected" type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas.
The transmitter meets the requirements of the EU Directive
2014/34/EU (ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as
other national approvals, e.g. EACEx, NEPSI, KCs, Inmetro.
■ Application
SITRANS TF420 with its two sensor inputs can be used every-
where where temperatures need to be measured without inter-
ruption under particularly adverse conditions and where a con-
venient local display is ideal. Which is why users from all
SITRANS TF420 in single chamber enclosure industries have opted for this field device. The rugged enclosure
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is almost
interface completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive sub-
stances. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, uni-
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor versal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.

© Siemens 2021
■ Function
Configuration Principle of operation
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 7 per- SITRANS TF420 as temperature transmitter
mits parameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-
held communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy. Two sensor signals, whether resistance thermometers (RTD),
thermocouples (TC), Ω or mV signals, are amplified and linear- 2
The optional local operation on the device gives you the possi- ized. Input and output side are galvanically isolated. An internal
bility to configure the device's most important functions very cold junction is integrated for measurements with thermocou-
quickly. ples.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current from
4 to 20 mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured val-
ues from 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital
communication for online diagnostics, measured value trans-
mission, and configuration.
SITRANS TF420 automatically detects when a sensor should be
interrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. If the back-up func-
tionality has been selected in the primary value display, the
SITRANS TF420 automatically switches to the 2nd input without
interrupting the measured value; e.g. primary value input 1 with
input 2 as backup. The practical test terminals allow direct mea-
surement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an ammeter without inter-
rupting the output current loop.
1 2 3
SITRANS TF420
4 5
± 00000 °C
SITRANS TH420
A D
μC1 μC2
D A
9 6
1 LED 6 HART modem

2 Display 7 Computer
3 Test terminals 8 Galvanic isolation
4 Isolating power supply, e.g. SITRANS I100 9 Input 7
5 A/D: Analog-to-digital converter
Load
μC1: Microcontroller, on the secondary side
Function block diagram SITRANS TF420 with integrated SITRANS TH420

© Siemens 2021
General Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 Ω
Supply voltage1) 2) Fault detection time (RTD) ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
2
• Without explosion protection 10.5 ... 48 V DC Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4- ≤ 2 000 ms
(non-Ex) wire)
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Thermocouples (TC)
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V
when using test terminals Input type
•B IEC 60584-1
Maximum power loss ≤ 850 mW
•E IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA •J IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V •K IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •L DIN 43710
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC • Lr GOST 3044-84
Ex) •N IEC 60584-1
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC •R IEC 60584-1
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs •S IEC 60584-1
•T IEC 60584-1
Write protection Wire jumper (transmitter), switch (on
display) or software •U DIN 43710
• W3 ASTM E988-96
Warm-up time < 5 min
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Starting time < 2.75 s • LR GOST 3044-84
Programming HART Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB
Long-term stability Better than: • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year
• External CJC, line resistance per 50 Ω
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years
Response time 4 ... 20 mA: ≤ 55 ms tions)
HART: ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 Ω/Ω
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Signal dynamic • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Input 24 bit • Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
• Output 18 bit • Total line resistance Max. 10 kΩ
• Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Input Note
Resistance thermometer (RTD) The short-circuited fault detection
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751
• JIS C 1604-8 • Fault detection time, external CJC ≤ 2 000 ms
• GOST 6651_2009 (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
• Callendar-Van Dusen Linear resistance
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Input range 10 Ω ... 100 kΩ
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Minimum measuring span 25 Ω
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 Ω/Ω wire and 4-wire connections)
Cable, wire-wire capacity • R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF • R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Fault detection, programmable None, defective

Note
input type is below the constant
detection limit for short-circuited
inputs, the detection of short circuits
ration of the fault detection.

© Siemens 2021
Potentiometers Rated conditions
Input range 0 ... 100 kΩ Ambient temperature
Minimum measuring span 25 Ω • Without local operation in -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
single chamber enclosure
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire • With local operation -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Line resistance per wire
Input current
Max. 50 Ω
< 0.15 mA
• For transmitters with
functional safety
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
2
wire and 5-wire connections) Reference temperature for 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
sensor calibration
• R > 400 Ω Max. 30 nF Relative humidity < 99% (no condensation)
• R ≤ 400 Ω Max. 50 nF Degree of protection
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, • Temperature transmitter enclosure IP66/IP67/IP68
short-circuited or defective • Terminals IP00
Note Mechanical construction
When the configured potentiometer Weight
size is below the constant detection • Single chamber enclosure 0.85 kg (1.87 lb)
limit for short-circuited inputs, the
detection of short circuits is disabled • Dual chamber enclosure • Aluminum: 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
regardless of the configuration of the • Stainless steel: 3.3 kg (7.28 lb)
fault detection. Maximum core cross-section
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 Ω • Single chamber enclosure 1.5 mm² (AWG 16)
• Dual chamber enclosure 2.5 mm² (AWG 14)
(no short-circuit detection) Tightening torque for 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
clamping screws
Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
wire) • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Supply voltage
Measuring range
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV
Certificates3) IECEx DEK 19.0069X
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV
DEKRA 19ATEX0106 X (Category 1)
Input resistance 10 MΩ DEKRA 19ATEX0107 X (Category 3)
Cable, wire-wire capacity "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF tion
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF • ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC
Fault detection, programmable None, defective T6 ... T4 Gb
Fault detection time ≤ 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Output and HART communication • EACEx Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2
grammable • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
Programmable input/output limits
• EACEx 2Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc X
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2
nA/ec" type of protection
Update time 10 ms • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load (with current output) ≤ (VSupply - 10.5)/0.023 Ω II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load stability < 0.01% of measuring span/100 Ω Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
(measuring span = currently
selected range) • EACEx 2Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
• "Flameproof enclosure db" type of For use in Zone 1
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA protection
(detection of input short circuits is • ATEX II 2 G Ex db IIC T6…T4 Gb
• IECEx and others Ex db IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA • EACEx 1Ex d IIC T6…T4 Gb X
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA • "Protection by enclosure tb" type of For use in Zone 21
protection
HART protocol versions HART 7
• ATEX II 2 D Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Measuring accuracy • IECEx and others Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table • EACEx Ex tb IIC T100°C Db X

© Siemens 2021
Explosion protection CSA/FM for
Canada and USA
Certificates FMxxCAxxxx
FMxxUSxxxx
2 Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
of protection
"Explosion-proof XP" type of protec- XP/ CL I / DIV1 / GP ABCD / T6....T4
tion CL I / Zn1 / AEx/Ex d IIC T6...T4 Gb
"Dust-protected DIP" type of protec- DIP/ CL II, III / DIV 1 / GP EFG /
tion T6...T4
Zn21 / AEx/Ex tb IIIC T100°C Gb
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TF420.
2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at

RTD
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) α0 in °C-1 (°F-1) Minimum measuring span in °C (°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003851 (0.002139) 10 (50)
JIS C 1604-8 -200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200) 0.003916 (0.002176) 10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)

© Siemens 2021
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10
Pt20
≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Pt50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100 ≤ ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) = ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) = ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000 ≤ ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu5 ≤ ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F) ≤ ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu10 ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500 ≤ ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000 ≤ ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F) ≤ ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400 Ω ≤ ±40 mΩ ≤ ±2 mΩ/°C (1.11 mΩ/°F)
0 ... 100 kΩ ≤ ±4 Ω ≤ ±0.2 Ω/°C (0.11 Ω/°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Supply voltage
mV: -20 ... 100 mV ≤ ±5 μV ≤ ±0.2 μV/°C (0.11 μV/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±36 μV/°C (20 μV/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV ≤ ±0.1 mV ≤ ±32 μV/°C (17.8 μV/°F)
TC
E ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L ≤ ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T ≤ ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F) ≤ ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 0 °C (32 °F) ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr ≤ ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≥ 200 °C (392 °F) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F)

© Siemens 2021
W3 ≤ ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5 ≤ ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2) ≤ ±1 °C (1.8 °F) ≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2 B3)
B4)
≤ ±3 °C (5.4 °F)
≤ ±8 °C (14.4 °F)
≤ ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
≤ ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
1)
Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
2) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F)
3)
Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4)
Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
5) input 2

© Siemens 2021

Single chamber enclosure
2
SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG044 SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG044
single chamber enclosure for wall or pipe single chamber enclosure for wall or pipe
mounting, two separately configurable inputs 7 - 77777 - 0 777 mounting, two separately configurable inputs 7 - 77777 - 0 777
and a galvanically isolated 2-wire output. and a galvanically isolated 2-wire output.
Click on the Article No. for the online CJC configuration for TC
Input 1: None CJC; Input 2: No CJC 0
Communication
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: Internal CJC 1
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0
Input 1: External CJC; input 2: External CJC; define 2
Primary value output type in option Jxx
Input 1 0 Input 1: External CJC; define type in option Jxx; 3
input 2: Internal CJC
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy (hot backup) 1
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: External CJC; define 4
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy (hot backup) 2 type in option Jxx
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
both as redundancy (hot backup) Input 2: No CJC
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 Input 1: External CJC (define type in option Jxx); 6
both as redundancy (hot backup) input 2: No CJC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5 Material of non-wetted parts
both as redundancy (hot backup)
General purpose A
Input 1, type (NIFW)
RTD Flameproof enclosure (Ex d) / Explosion proof (XP) C
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
TC Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
• Type B F (Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
• Type E G Electrical connection/cable entries
• Type J H
2x M20 x 1.5 F
• Type K J
• Type L K 2x ½'' NPT M
• Type N L Local operation
• Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q Local operation (closed lid) 1
Potentiometer, 4-wire R Local operation (lid with glass window) 2
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
TC
• Type B F
• Type E G
• Type J H
• Type K J
• Type L K
• Type N L
• Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q

© Siemens 2021
Options Order Code
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and,
if applicable, free text.
Cable gland included
2
Plastic A00
Metal A01
Stainless steel A02
CMP, for XP devices A10
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
Cable gland mounted A97
Device plug for output, mounted right A98
Device options
M12 and Han)
General approval without Ex approval
Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00
Explosion protection certificates
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47
Mounting system (only single chamber enclosures)
Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H06
less steel 316L
Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H07
less steel 316L

© Siemens 2021

Dual chamber enclosure
2
SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG045 SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG045
dual chamber enclosure for wall or pipe mount- dual chamber enclosure for wall or pipe mount-
ing, two separately configurable inputs and a 7 - 77777 - 0 777 ing, two separately configurable inputs and a 7 - 77777 - 0 777
galvanically isolated 2-wire output. galvanically isolated 2-wire output.
Click on the Article No. for the online CJC configuration for TC
Input 1: None CJC; Input 2: No CJC 0
Communication
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: Internal CJC 1
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0
Input 1: External CJC; input 2: External CJC; define 2
Primary value output type in option Jxx
Input 1 0 Input 1: External CJC; define type in option Jxx; 3
input 2: Internal CJC
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy (hot backup) 1
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: External CJC; define 4
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy (hot backup) 2 type in option Jxx
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
both as redundancy (hot backup) Input 2: No CJC
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 Input 1: External CJC (define type in option Jxx); 6
both as redundancy (hot backup) input 2: No CJC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5 Material of non-wetted parts
both as redundancy (hot backup)
Enclosure made of stainless steel precision casting 2
Difference input 2 - input 1 7 CF3M/1.4409 (similar to 316L)
Absolute difference 8 Type of protection (Ex)
Input 1, type General purpose (non-Ex) A
RTD Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B (NIFW)
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
TC zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
• Type B F
• Type E G Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
• Type J H (Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
• Type K J
• Type L K
• Type N L 2x M20 x 1.5 F
• Type R N 2x ½'' NPT M
• Type S P
Local operation
• Type T Q
Input 2, type
Without input 2 A
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
TC
• Type B F
• Type E G
• Type J H
• Type K J
• Type L K
• Type N L
• Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q

© Siemens 2021
Options Order Code Accessories
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, Article No.
if applicable, free text. Additional accessories for assembly, connection
Cable gland included and transmitter configuration, see page 2/154.
Modems
2
Plastic A00
Metal A01 Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T software 7NG3092-8KN
Stainless steel A02 HART modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 Thread adapter
CMP, for XP devices A10 Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to ½- 7MP1990-0BA00
14 NPT (female thread)
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to G½ 7MP1990-0BB00
(female thread)
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm Local operation
Cable gland accessories Local operation for temperature transmitter in dual 7MF7902-1AD
chamber enclosure
Dual hole insert included A20
Mounting system for local operation 7MF7902-1AD 7MF7902-1AS
Mounting cable glands/plugs in single chamber enclosure
Cable gland mounted A97 Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclo-
sure)
Device plug for output, mounted right A98
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AB
Device options
enclosure, steel, 5/16-24UNF
Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AC
120 μm of enclosure and lid
enclosure, steel, M8
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AH
M12 and Han)
enclosure, stainless steel 316L, 5/16-24UNF
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AJ
General approval without Ex approval enclosure, stainless steel 316L, M8
Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00 Mounting system (only single chamber enclo-
sures)
Explosion protection certificates
Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AK
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47 stainless steel 316L
Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclosure) Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AL
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H01 stainless steel 316L
steel Cable gland
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H02 Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AB
stainless steel 304
Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BB
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H03
stainless steel 316L Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BD
Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AD
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BE
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AE
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BH
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AH
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BJ
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AJ
Cable gland, E1FX Tri-Star 1/2-14NPT, CMP 7MF7906-1NE
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., CuZn 7MF7906-1PE
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., stainless 7MF7906-1PJ
steel
Dual hole gasket for 2 cables in cable gland 7MF7906-1WN

© Siemens 2021
Article No. Ordering example
Plug and cable socket SITRANS TF420 (single chamber enclosure)
Plug Han 7D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2AB 7NG0450-0BA02-0AF2-Z Y01+Y17+P10
Plug Han 7D, plastic, angled 7MF7906-2AC Y01: -10 ... +100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, blue
Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, grey
7MF7906-2AQ
7MF7906-2AN
Y17: TICA123 2
Factory setting
Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2AR
• Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2AP
• Input 2: not configured (inactive)
Plug Han 8D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2EB
Plug Han 8D, plastic, angled 7MF7906-2EC
• Fault current
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, blue 7MF7906-2EQ - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, grey 7MF7906-2EN - Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
- Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2ER - Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2EP • No trimming of input and output (offset)
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 7D 7MF7906-2BB • Damping 0.0 s
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 8D 7MF7906-2FB
Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D blue 7MF7906-2BQ
Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D blue 7MF7906-2FQ
Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D grey 7MF7906-2BN
Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D grey 7MF7906-2FN
Plug M12 with cable socket, stainless steel 7MF7906-3AB
Overvoltage protection
Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, M20 7MF7906-3AC
Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, NPT 7MF7906-3AD
Lid
Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass win- 7MF7901-1BB
dow, with seal NBR
Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass win- 7MF7901-1BC
dow, with seal FVMQ
Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BG
seal NBR
Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BH
seal FVMQ
Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, without 7MF7901-2AB
glass window, with seal NBR
Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, without 7MF7901-2AC
glass window, with seal FVMQ
Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass win- 7MF7901-2AG
dow, with seal NBR
Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass win- 7MF7901-2AH
dow, with seal FVMQ

© Siemens 2021
90 (
3.54
)
2
129 (5.08)
64 (2.52)
71,2 (2.8) 39 (1.54)
166 (4.17)
4 (0.16)
25 (0.98)
SITRANS TF420, single chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)
148.5 (5.85) 84 (3.31)

61 (2.4)
49.3 (1.94)
25.3 (1)
81.9 (3.22)
132 (5.2)
237 (9.33)
38 (1.5)
22.5 (0.89) 60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
134 (5.28) 105 (4.13)
SITRANS TF420, dual chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Connections
Input connection
9 3 9 3 3
2
9
4 4 4
8 5 8 5 5
7 6 7 6 8 6
7
CJC
4
4 3 + I1 3 +I1
4 3 I1
+ I2 + I2
I2
Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2:

4-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3 9 3
4 4 4
5 8 5 5
8 7 6 8
7 6 7 6
CJC
3
+ I1 4
I1 I1
4 3 5 4 5 4
I2 I2
4
4
Input 1: TC (internal CJC or Input 1 and/or Input 2: Input 1: 5-wire potentiometer

external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer Input 2: 3-wire potentiometer
SITRANS TF420 in single chamber enclosure (7NG044*), input connection assignment

© Siemens 2021
I1
3 4 CJC 4 +
I2
I1 3 4 3 +
I2 I1 +
I2 +
Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2):
4-wire CJC)
CJC I1
3 I1
I1
4 4 5
I1 +
3 4 I2
I2
4 I2
3
Input 1: TC (internal CJC or Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1): 5-wire potentiometer
external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer Input 2 (I2): 3-wire potentiometer
SITRANS TF420 in dual chamber enclosure (7NG045*), input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TF420 in single chamber enclosure (7NG044*), output connec-

tion assignment

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TO500, multipoint temperature transmitter
The SITRANS TO500 multipoint temperature transmitter is lo-
cated in the control cabinet in a compact aluminum enclosure for
mounting onto DIN rails.
The connectors are easy to access on the front:
• 4 x connector for multipoint measuring lances
2
• 1 x connector for power supply
• 1 x connector PROFIBUS DP
• 1 x connector Ethernet
The status displays are also located on the front.
SITRANS TO500 is a multipoint temperature transmitter for mea- ■ Mode of operation

suring temperatures and temperature profiles with fiber-optic In the SITRANS TO500 multipoint temperature transmitter, light
multipoint measuring lances. with a wavelength from 1 500 to 1 600 nm is generated with a
continuously adjustable laser and decoupled to the multipoint
■ Benefits measuring lance. Fiber Bragg Gratings (FBG) are mounted at
freely defined points on the multipoint measuring lances. Each
• Evaluation of a large number of sensors (Fiber Bragg Grating FBG reflects light of a defined wavelength. The wavelength re-
(FBG)) in one temperature transmitter flected by the FBG varies depending on the temperature. The re-
• Low space requirements of the multipoint measuring lance flection at the FBGs is thus a measurement of the temperature at
• 4 multipoint measuring lance channels per temperature trans- the corresponding measuring point. A maximum of 48 FBGs per
mitter channel can be evaluated, depending on the temperature
range.
• Easy to install
• PROFIBUS DP - Simple integration into control system A gas cell with fixed absorption line serves as a reference in the
SITRANS TO500 and the wavelength determination is continu-
• Fast response to temperature changes ously adjusted by it.
• Exact, no recalibration required due to internal reference
• Also suitable for high process temperatures ■ Function
The SITRANS TO500 has 4 channels which are evaluated simul-
■ Application taneously. The wavelength reflected at each sensor in the multi-
SITRANS TO500 is used for evaluating a high number of sensors point measuring lance depends on the temperature, and this
that are arranged on a fiber-optic multipoint measuring lance. wavelength is output in the multipoint temperature transmitter. All
4 channels are read at the same time and updated once per
Up to 4 multipoint measuring lances, each with as many as second. The temperature can be determined and displayed ac-
48 sensors (Fiber Bragg Grating (FBG)), can be simultaneously curately at up to 48 sensors per channel. The positions of the
processed by one SITRANS TO500. sensors can be specified by the customer. This leads to a flexi-
Accurate and fast determination of temperature profiles enables ble and application-specific solution for the customer.
process optimization in terms of service life, quality and output. The measured temperatures are transferred to the control sys-
Locations of excessive temperature rise are quickly and accu- tem by PROFIBUS DP. The parameters of the SITRANS TO500
rately detected, thereby preventing damage to the process, are set via the integrated Ethernet interface.
equipment and environment.
Wherever temperature profiles must be determined and installa-
tion space is limited, the SITRANS TO500 with fiber-optic tem-
perature measurement is the right choice.

© Siemens 2021
■ Technical specifications ■ Selection and Ordering data

Input Article No.
Channels 4 SITRANS TO500 7NG9551-4AA00-0AA0
multipoint temperature transmitter
2
Measured variable Temperature
Communication: PROFIBUS DP
Input type max. 48 sensors (FBGs) per channel Channels: 4
Characteristics Temperature-linear Power supply: 24 V DC
Optical connection: FC/APC plug
Resolution 0.1 K
Enclosure: Aluminum, IP20
Measuring accuracy < 0.5 K
Repeatability < 0.5 K
Measuring cycle 1s
Measuring range -180 ... +800 °C (-292 ... +1472 °F)
depending on the
Unit °C
Power supply 24 V DC + 20%
Power consumption Max. 15 W
Measuring velocity
• Measurement rate 1 Hz independent of the number of
APCBs
Output
Output signal PROFIBUS DP
Optical power ≤ 1 mW per channel
Laser protection class Class 1
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
• Relative humidity < 80%, non condensing at 50 °C
(122 °F)
• Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and NAMUR
NE21
Degree of protection to EN 60529
• Enclosure IP20
Design
Weight 2.4 kg (5.3 lb)
DIN rail adapter Rear-mounted
Material Aluminum
Displays and control elements
LEDs • "Power-on" (continuous light)
• "Status" (flashing during startup;
otherwise continuous light)
Pushbutton "Reset" (system restart or address
reset)

© Siemens 2021
250 (9.84) 130 (5.11)
SITRANS TO500
2
POWER
CH1
STATUS
140 (5.51)
RESET
CH2
+ CH3
-
GND
CH4
POWER ETHERNET PROFIBUS DP
110 (4.33)
SITRANS TO500, front, rear and side view; dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS TO500
Connector
multipoint measuring lances
POWER
"Power" and "Status" LEDs STATUS
CH1
Channel 1
"Reset" pushbutton RESET
CH2 Channel 2
+ CH3 Channel 3
Connector power supply -
GND
24 V DC CH4 Channel 4
POWER ETHERNET PROFIBUS DP
Connector PROFIBUS DP
Connector Ethernet RJ45 for LAN (TCP/IP)
SITRANS TO500, connector assignment

© Siemens 2021
SITRANS TO, multipoint measuring lance
■ Overview ■ Mode of operation

From the supplied light with a wavelength range of
1500 to 1600 nm, each grid in the fiber reflects a value that is
specific for the position and the temperature. This specific value
2 is evaluated in the SITRANS TO500 multi-point temperature

transmitter.
■ Function
Accurate and fast determination of temperature profiles enables
process optimization in terms of service life, quality and output.
Local overheating is detected quickly and precisely located,
thereby preventing damage to the process, equipment and en-
vironment.
The SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance for measuring tem- Wherever temperature profiles must be determined and installa-
peratures and temperature profiles using fiber-optic Fiber Bragg tion space is limited, the SITRANS TO500 and fiber-optic tem-
Grating (FBG). perature measurement are the right choice.
■ Benefits ■ Integration
• Fast response to temperature changes Connection to SITRANS TO500 is made via single-mode patch
• Easy to install cable.
• Low space requirements
• Freely selectable sensor arrangement (≤ 20 sensors per mul-
tipoint measuring lance)
• Freely selectable measuring lance length (≤ 20 m/787 inch)
• Also suitable for high process temperatures (≤ 450 °C/842 °F)
■ Application
The SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance is used for mea-
suring temperatures determined using fiber-optic Fiber Bragg
Gratings.
Up to 20 temperature sensors can be arranged on a multipoint
measuring lance simultaneously. Depending on the process, the
position of the sensor points can be freely selected; minimum
distance is 50 mm (2 inch).
■ Design
The SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance consists of an op-
tical fiber to which the Fiber Bragg Grating has been applied
with a laser.
The fiber is surrounded by a stainless steel capillary.
The multipoint measuring lance is inserted into the measurement
environment in a thermowell on the process side, e.g. reactor,
vessel.

© Siemens 2021
Input Displays and control elements
Measured variable Temperature Displays and buttons
2
Measuring system FBG sensors • Without
Working area 1 500 ... 1 600 nm Installation instructions
Resolution 0.1 K Mechanical shock Avoid mechanical shocks to the multi-

point measuring lance, such as: Falls
Measuring accuracy < 1 K or 1% of measuring span; from heights > 0.5 m (19.7 inch) or
the larger value applies whipping and/or snapping of the cap-
illaries.
Repeatability < 0.5 K
Concentrated pressure Avoid concentrated pressure on the
Measuring range -40 ... +450 °C (-40 ... +842 °F), capillaries. For example, do not hold
other ranges on request with pliers or other similar tools. After
Number of sensors 1 ... 20; maximum number depending several hours at an ambient tempera-
on the measuring range, ture > 250 °C (482 °F), the steel loses
numbers > 20 on request its elasticity.
Response time (T0.9) Removal and reinstallation Extreme caution must be exercised
during transport, storage and installa-
• Multipoint measuring lance without < 2 s
tion if removing or reinstalling. The
thermowell
multipoint measuring lance is irrevers-
• Multipoint measuring lance with ibly damaged at temperatures
thermowell, stainless steel, wall > 550 °C (1 022 °F).
thickness 1 mm; example:
- Outer diameter 3 mm 18 s
- Outer diameter 6 mm 43 s
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F)
• Operation Vertically extended or horizontally
(+1 K measuring error)
• Relative humidity 5 ... 95 %
• Condensing moisture Not permitted
Bending radius of the multipoint mea- > 500 mm (19.7 inch); briefly 250 mm
suring lance during transportation (9.8 inch)
and installation
Other conditions Avoid direct contact of the sensor with
aggressive and corroding chemicals
such as halogens, NOX and SOX
IP degree of protection (handpiece IP67
and multipoint measuring lance with-
out connectors)
Pigtail
• Bending radius > 60 mm (2.4 inch)
• Tensile force <5N
Design
Weight 60 g (0.13 lb) + 2 g/m + 0.0044 lb/m)
Connectors FC/APC
Clean with a suitable cleaning agent
before connecting. Close with cap if
not in use.
Capillary material AISI 316L
• Length 0.1 … 20 m (3.9 … 787 inch)
• Diameter 0.8 mm (0.031 inch)
Thermowell inside diameter (recom-
mended)
• Measuring lance < 2 m (79 inch) ≥ 2 mm (0.0787 inch)
• Measuring lance > 10 m (394 inch) ≥ 6 mm (0.236 inch)
Distance from last sensor to tip of 10 mm (0.39 inch)
Length of sensor point 6 mm (0.236 inch)
Positioning accuracy of sensor ±3 mm (0.118 inch)
Distance between 2 sensors > 50 mm (2 inch); smaller on request
Length FOC connection to the trans- 10 000 m (39 3701 inch)
mitter

© Siemens 2021

SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance 7MC7700- SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance 7MC7700-
(coating: stainless steel) (coating: stainless steel)
77777 - 7777 777
2
77777 - 7777 777
Click on the Article no. for the online Optical connector
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. FC/APC connector 0
Number of sensors Mechanically reinforced connector 1
1 0A Connecting cable length LC
2 0B LC = 200 mm for standard connection B
3 0C 0.2 m < LC ≤ 2 m (define precise length in C
4 0D option Y45)
5 0E Customer-specific design (LC > 2 m): Z P1Y
Add order code and specify required length in
6 0F plain text.
7 0G Temperature measurement range
8 0H 100 K A
9 0J 150 K B
10 0K 200 K C
11 0L 250 K D
12 0M 300 K E
13 0N 350 K F
14 0P 400 K G
15 0Q 500 K H
16 0R Customer-specific design: Add order code and Z Q1 Y
17 0S specify required temperature measuring range
in plain text.
18 0T
Wavelength bandwidth distribution
19 0U
Without (no color code; 1 multipoint measuring 0
20 0V lance per channel)
Customer-specific design: Add order code; 9X H1Y Dual split
enter number of sensors and high temperature (2 multipoint measuring lances per channel)
limit in plain text. • 1 500 ... 1 550 nm (white color code; 1
Installation length U; customer-specific multipoint measuring lance 1 of 2)
• 1 551 ... 1 600 nm (black color code; 2
0.1 m < U ≤ 2 m (4 inch < U ≤ 79 inch) A multipoint measuring lance 2 of 2)
2 m < U ≤ 4 m (79 inch < U ≤ 157.5 inch) B Quad split
(4 multipoint measuring lances per channel)
4 m < U ≤ 6 m (157.5 inch < U ≤ 236 inch) C
• 1 500 ... 1 525 nm (blue color code; 3
6 m < U ≤ 8 m (236 inch < U ≤ 315 inch) D multipoint measuring lance 1 of 4)
8 m < U ≤ 10 m (315 inch < U ≤ 394 inch) E • 1 526 ... 1 550 nm (red color code; 4
multipoint measuring lance 2 of 4)
10 m < U ≤ 12 m (394 inch < U ≤ 472 inch) F • 1 551 ... 1 575 nm (green color code; 5
12 m < U ≤ 14 m (472 inch < U ≤ 551 inch) G multipoint measuring lance 3 of 4)
• 1 576 ... 1 600 nm (yellow color code; 6
14 m < U ≤ 16 m (551 inch < U ≤ 630 inch) H multipoint measuring lance 4 of 4)
16 m < U ≤ 18 m (630 inch < U ≤ 709 inch) J Customer-specific design: Add order code and 9 R1Y
18 m < U ≤ 20 m (709 inch < U ≤ 787 inch) K specify required number of multipoint measur-
ing lances per channel in plain text.
Customer-specific design: Add order code and X Y44
specify required length in plain text.
High temperature limit
100 °C (212 °F) 10
150 °C (302 °F) 11
200 °C (392 °F) 12
250 °C (482 °F) 13
300 °C (572 °F) 14
350 °C (662 °F) 15
400 °C (752 °F) 16
450 °C (842 °F) 17
Customer-specific design 88

© Siemens 2021
Options Order code

Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code and
plain text, if applicable.
Sensors
Working temperature of high temperature limit
< 100 °C (212 °F)
Y02
2
Tag plate
Tag plate Y15
Lengths
Customer-specific installation length (in m) Y44
Customer-specific length of the connecting cable (in m) Y45
Special versions
Description of the special version Y98
Reference/offer no. - application data sheet with sensor Y99
positioning
Cable length
± 30 (1.18) 100 (3.94) Length of multipoint measuring lance
(0.394)
Ø 10
(0.031)
Ø 0.8
Pigtail with Handpiece Glass fiber in stainless steel capillary
FC/APC
connector (outer
diameter 10 mm)
SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance with FC/APC connector, pigtail and handpiece; dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Accessories
Further accessories for assembly, connection and transmitter configuration
■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data

Additional accessories for assembly, connection and Plug for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS
transmitter configuration
Article No.
• Transmitter configuration for SITRANS TH / TR / TF and
2 SITRANS TS
• Cable glands and adapters for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS
Han 7D plug made of plastic
Han 7D plug made of metal
7MF4997-2FB
7MF4997-2FC
M12 socket angled for 4 ... 6 mm cable diameter 3RK1902-4CA00-
• Lightning protection for SITRANS TF (SITRANS TS on request) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... 185 °F) 4AA0
• Connectors for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS
Indicator for SITRANS TS500
• Indicator for SITRANS TS500
• Connection and mounting accessories for SITRANS TH Article No.
• Connection and mounting accessories for field transmitter Digital indicator loop-powered HW05 for A5E33119275
SITRANS TF SITRANS TS500
• Measurement inserts for SITRANS TS500 Measurement in- Connection and mounting accessories for SITRANS TH
serts: see SITRANS TSinsert.
• Connection heads type B for SITRANS TS500 (accessory re- Article No.
sistance thermometer) Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
(order quantity: 5 units)
• Enclosure gaskets for SITRANS TS500
• Connection heads type A and accessories for straight thermo- 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for input connections
couples when using head transmitters in the high hinged
• Installation accessories for connection heads for straight ther- cover (set with 5 units)
mocouples
Connection and mounting accessories for
field transmitter SITRANS TF
Article No.
Transmitter configuration for SITRANS TH / TR / TF and Mounting bracket and fastening parts
SITRANS TS Made of steel for 7NG313. -..B.. and 7MP1110 7MF4997-1AC
Article No. Made of steel for 7NG313 . -..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Made of stainless steel 304 for 7NG313. -..B.. and 7MF4997-1AJ
Modems 7MP1110
Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T software 7NG3092-8KN Made of stainless steel 304 for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
for; 4 ... 20 mA: Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313. -..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
• With USB connection Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
• For SITRANS TH100, TH200, TH320, TR200,
TR320, TF320, TF420 and TF, with TH200 Digital indicator for SITRANS TF1) 7MF4997-1BS
Modem with USB interface for all HART devices: 7MF4997-1DB Connection board for SITRANS TF A5E02391790
• With USB connection Lid, die-cast aluminum, without inspection window 7MF4997-1BB
• For SITRANS TH300, TH320, TH420, TR300,
TR320, TR420, TF320, TF420,TF in HART Lid, die-cast aluminum, with inspection window 7MF4997-1BE
1)
SIMATIC PDM parameter assignment software for: siehe Kap. 8 Retrofitting not possible with Ex devices.
SITRANS TH300, TR300, TH400, TF320, TF420, TF
in HART / PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Cable glands and adapters for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS

Article No.
M20 x 1.5 nickel-plated brass; with Ex-d approval 7MF4997-2FR
½-NPT nickel-plated brass; with Ex-d approval 7MF4997-2FU
CAPRI screw connection M20 x 1.5 nickel-plated 7MF4997-2LA
brass; with Ex-d approval
CAPRI screw connection, M20 x 1.5 stainless steel; 7MF4997-2LB
with Ex-d approval
CAPRI screw connection ½-14 NPT nickel-plated 7MF4997-2LC
brass; with Ex-d approval
CAPRI screw connection ½-14 NPT stainless steel; 7MF4997-2LD
with Ex-d approval
Threaded adapter M20 x 1.5 (male thread) to ½-14 7MP1990-0BA00
NPT (female thread)
Threaded adapter M20 x 1.5 (male thread) to G½ 7MP1990-0BB00
(female thread)
Lightning protection for SITRANS TF

(SITRANS TS on request)
Article No.
Transient protector M20 x 1.5 (lightning protection) 7MF4997-2DU
Transient protector ½-14 NPT (lightning protection) 7MF4997-2DV

© Siemens 2021
Accessories
Further accessories for assembly, connection and transmitter configuration

Measuring inserts for SITRANS TS500 Thermocouple elements for straight thermocouples according to
EN 50446
For measurement inserts, see SITRANS TSinsert page 2/100.
2
Article No.
Connection heads type B for SITRANS TS500
(accessory resistance thermometer) Base thermocouple with isolating pipe
Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Article No. Ni Cr/Ni, up to 1 000 °C (max. 1 300 °C), (up to
Degree of protection IP54 1 832 °F (max. 2 372 °F))
0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb)
Connection head type: similar to BA0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BA
flange cover Nominal length L1/Thermowell length L2 in mm
(inch):
Connection head type: similar to BM0; plastic; 7MC1907-1BK
screw cover • 500 (19.7)/540 (21.3) 7MC2903-1CA
• 710 (28.0)/750 (29.5) 7MC2903-2CA
Degree of protection IP65
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 040 (40.9) 7MC2903-3CA
Connection head type: similar to BB0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BF
small spring flap Connection heads for straight thermocouples
Connection head type: similar to BC0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BL
high spring flap Article No.
Connection head type: B-VA, stainless steel 7MC1907-1BV
Connection head, type A (without terminal base
Quick-release lock for connection heads BB0, BC0, 7MC1907-1BS and terminals), 1 cable entry, degree of
degree of protection of connection head reduced to protection IP53, 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
IP20, weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
Light metal casting, screw-on cover, for thermowell
diameter in mm (inch) (hole = thermowell diameter
Spare parts/enclosure gaskets for SITRANS TF320/TF420 +0.5 mm) (0.02 inch)
and SITRANS TS500 • 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-1AA
Article No. • 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-1BA
Lid gasket SITRANS TF320/TF420 single chamber 7MF7901-3AB Light metal, high spring flap, for thermowell diame-
enclosure as well as for SITRANS TS500 housing ter in mm (inch) (hole = thermowell diameter
AG0, AV0, AU0, AV0 +0.5 mm) (0.02 inch)
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-4AA
Connection heads type A and accessories for • 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-4BA
straight thermocouples
Installation accessories for connection heads for
Metal thermowells for straight thermocouples according to straight thermocouples
EN 50446 • Terminal base
Article No. • Terminal
X 10 CrAl 24, material no. 1.4762 • Sealing rings
∅ 22 x 2 mm (∅ 0.87 x 0.08 inch), • Washer
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished
• Stop flange
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1DA • Threaded sleeve
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2DA
Article No.
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3DA
Terminal base without terminals for base thermo- 7MC2998-1AA
X 18 CrN28, material no. 1.4749 couples; 0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
∅ 26 x 4 mm (∅ 1.02 x 0.16 inch),
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished Terminal for base thermocouples; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb) 7MC2998-1BA
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch): Set of sealing rings (100 units) for the lid of the con- 7MC2998-1CA
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1EC nection head; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2EC Set of washers (100 units) for the terminal base; 7MC2998-1CB
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3EC 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material no. 1.4841 Stop flange, adjustable, from GTW
∅ 22 x 2 mm (∅ 0.87 x 0.08 inch), For thermowell outer diameter 22 mm (0.87 inch); 7MC2998-2CB
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch): For thermowell outer diameter 26 mm (1.02 inch); 7MC2998-2CC
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3FA 0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
CrAl 205 (Kantal AF), material no. 1.4767 Threaded sleeve, gas-tight up to 1 bar (14.5 psi),
adjustable, material no. 1.0718, with seal;
∅ 22 x 2 mm (∅ 0.87 x 0.05 inch), 0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb)
For thermowell outer diameter 22 mm (0.87 inch), G1 7MC2998-2DB
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch):
For thermowell outer diameter 26 mm (1.02 inch), G1 7MC2998-2DC
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1HA
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2HA
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3HA

© Siemens 2021
Notes

3
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
3/2 Product overview 3/244 SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)

3/2 Overview 3/244 Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
3/245 - System information
3/9 Introduction 3/252 - SITRANS FUS060 transmitter
3/9 Criteria for selection of flowmeter 3/259 - SITRANS FUS080/FUE080 transmitter
3/11 SITRANS FM (electromagnetic) 3/268 - SONO 3300/FUS060 flowmeter
3/11 System information 3/273 - SONO 3100/FUS060 flowmeter
3/29 SITRANS FM Verificator 3/282 - SONOKIT flowmeter
(with FUS060 or FUS080)
3/31 Transmitters
3/292 - SITRANS FUS380 standard flowmeter
3/31 - MAG 5000/6000
3/301 - SITRANS FUE380 flowmeter
3/43 - MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
with CT approval
3/48 Flow sensors 3/308 - SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 dimensional
3/48 - MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT drawings and circuit diagrams
3/56 - MAG 1100 F 3/311 - SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
3/66 - MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT 3/320 - Pt500 temperature sensor pairs
3/82 - MAG 3100 P
3/322 Clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters
3/91 - MAG 5100 W
3/322 - SITRANS FS230 ultrasonic flowmeter
3/104 - SITRANS FM100
3/324 - SITRANS FSS200 ultrasonic flow sensor
3/109 - Transmitter TRANSMAG 2
3/329 - SITRANS FST030 transmitter,
with sensor MAG 911/E
wall mount housing
3/119 Battery-operated water meter MAG 8000
3/333 - Selection and ordering data for
3/128 - MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribu-
SITRANS FS230
tion network application (7ME6810)
3/344 - SITRANS FS220 ultrasonic flowmeter
3/133 - MAG 8000 CT for revenue and bulk
3/353 - SITRANS FST020 transmitter,
metering (7ME6820)
wall mount housing
3/140 - MAG 8000 3G/UMTS
3/357 - Thickness gauge
Wireless Communication Module
3/358 - Accessories and spare parts
3/141 - Accessories and spare parts for
MAG 8000 3/361 SITRANS FX (Vortex)
3/361 SITRANS FX300
3/144 SITRANS FC (Coriolis)
3/379 SITRANS FX330
3/144 System information
3/155 Transmitters 3/395 SITRANS FVA
3/155 - SITRANS FCT030 3/395 SITRANS FVA250
3/161 - SITRANS FCT010
3/405 SITRANS FP
3/164 - SITRANS FCT070
(differential pressure flow measurement)
3/167 Sensors and Flowmeter systems 3/405 Introduction
3/167 - SITRANS FCS300 flow sensor
3/410 SITRANS FP230/FPS200 primary elements
3/176 - SITRANS FC330 flowmeter system
according to ISO 5167
3/180 - SITRANS FC310 flowmeter system
3/413 - Orifice plate with pressure tappings
3/183 - SITRANS FCS300 with FCT070
3/421 - Orifice plate with annular chamber
transmitter
3/428 - Orifice meter run
3/187 - SITRANS FCS400 flow sensor
3/434 - Orifice plate
3/193 - SITRANS FC430 flowmeter for OEM
3/437 - Orifice plate with orifice flange according
customers
to ASME B16.36
3/197 - SITRANS FC410 flowmeter for OEM
customers 3/441 SITRANS FP330/FPS300 averaging pitot tube
3/200 - SITRANS FCS400 with FCT070 3/443 - Averaging pitot tube for gas and liquids
transmitter 3/450 - Averaging pitot tube for steam
3/203 - SITRANS FC MASS 2100 and 3/455 - Averaging pitot tube with FASTLOK
FC300 DN 4 sensors
3/218 - MASS 2100 / FC300 DN 4 with FCT030
transmitter
transmitter
transmitter
3/231 Spare parts You can download all instructions,
3/231 - Digital - Spare parts catalogs and certificates for
SITRANS F free of charge at:
3/236 - MASS 6000 Generation - Spare parts www.usa.siemens.com/flow
3/240 - SIFLOW FC070

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Product overview
■ Overview
Application Description Catalog Software for
page parameterization
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters – Pulsed DC magnetic flowmeter
Designed in robust IP67 polyamide enclo- Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 3/31 SIMATIC PDM
sures for compact or remote mounting. • Superior signal resolution for optimum turn
19", back of panel and front of panel enclo- down ratio
sure program. • Comprehensively self-diagnostic,
for error indication and logging
• Multi-lingual display and keypad interface
3 • Communication modules: HART, Modbus,

PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
DeviceNet
• Custody transfer approval: MI-001,
PTB K7.2
Designed in robust die-cast aluminum Transmitter MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex 3/43 SIMATIC PDM
enclosure for demanding applications and • Remote and compact mounting with all
where explosion proof protection is neces- sensors
sary.
• Communication modules: HART, Modbus,
PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
DeviceNet
• Ex Approval: ATEX, IECEx, FM, UL, CSA
• Multi-lingual display and touchpad keypad
• Comprehensively self-diagnostic
Designed for the general industry environ- Flow sensors MAG 1100 and 3/48
ment. MAG 1100 HT
The obstructionless performance of the • Metering tube DN 2 ... 100 (1/12 ... 4“)
MAG 1100 is unaffected by the suspended flangeless design.
solids, viscosity and temperature chal- • Corrosion-resistant AISI 316 stainless steel
lenges. housing.
• Highly resistant liner (ceramic or PFA) and
electrodes fitting most extreme process
media.
• Temperature rating up to 200 °C (390 °F)
• Ex Approval: ATEX, FM
Specially designed for the food & beverage Flow sensor MAG 1100 F 3/56
and pharmaceutical industry. • AISI 316 stainless steel enclosure
• Hygienic seal, 3A and EHEDG
• Easy to clean
• Supplied with connections according to
your specification
• Ex Approval: ATEX, FM
The MAG 3100 series with its flexibility in the Flow sensors MAG 3100 and 3/78
choice of liner, electrode and flange material MAG 3100 HT
allows the measurement of even the most • For a wide range of pipe dimensions:
extreme process media. DN 15 ... 2000 (½ ... 78”)
• Wide range of liner and electrode materials
• High-temperature version for application
with temperatures up to 180 °C (355 °F)
• High-pressure solutions

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Product overview
■ Overview (continued)
The SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P sensor is Flow sensor MAG 3100 P 3/82
designed to meet the most common • For pipe dimensions DN 15 ... 300
specifications within the chemical and (½ ... 12")
process industries.
• Fully welded construction that is extremely
rugged and can withstand special process
conditions using extreme measurement
electrodes
• Approvals for hazardous areas: ATEX, FM,
CSA, IEcEx
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic
3
for error indication and error logging
• Temperature resistant up to 150 °C (302 °F)
Designed for all water and waste water Flow sensor MAG 5100 W 3/91
applications in water plants and industrial • Metering tube DN 15 ... 1200 (DN 2000)
applications. (½"¨ ... 48" (78“))
• Hard Rubber or EPDM lining
• Integral grounding electrodes as standard
• Increased low flow accuracy for water leak
detection
• Drinking water approvals and custody
transfer approvals , OIML R 49, MI-001 and
PTB K7.2
The SITRANS FM100 is an electromagnetic Flow meter SITRANS FM100 3/104
flow meter for measuring and monitoring • Connection ½”, ¾”, 1”, 2”
small and medium flows.
• Flow- and temperature measurement
• IO-Link communication
• Dosing function with external control output
• Flexible usage in different applications due
to two individual configurable outputs
• Bidirectional measuring
• Robust stainless-steel design
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters – High-power AC magnetic flowmeter
Designed for heavy-duty applications like Transmitter Transmag 2 3/109 SIMATIC PDM
pulp & paper stock over 3%; heavy mining • Magnetic flowmeter with a very strong
slurries and mining slurries with magnetic pulsed AC magnetic field
particles.
• PROFIBUS PA or HART communication
• Comprehensive self-test function
Designed for heavy-duty applications like Flow sensor MAG 911/E 3/109
pulp & paper stock over 3%; heavy mining • Metering tube: DN 15 ... DN 1000
slurries and mining slurries with magnetic (½" ... 40")
particles.
• Metering tube liner: Hard Rubber, Linatex,
Soft rubber, PTFE and Novolak
• Integral smartPLUG for storing of calibra-
tion values
• Multi-lingual display and touchpad keypad
• Only remote version
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters – Battery-operated magnetic water meter

Battery-operated electromagnetic water Water meter MAG 8000 3/119 SIMATIC PDM and
meter for water applications within • Battery- and/or mains power operated wa- Flow Tool
abstraction, distribution network and ter meter
revenue metering.
• Metering tube DN 25 ... 1200 (1 ... 48")
• Remote and compact installation
IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure
• Custody transfer approval: PTB K7.2,
OIML R 49 and MI-001
• Drinking water approvals
• Communication modules: GSM/GPRS,
Modbus, Encoder

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Product overview
SITRANS FC mass flowmeters
Designed for a variety of liquid and gas Flowmeters FC330 3/176
applications in the process Industry. (Dual tube design)
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100 and
temperature and fraction. DN 150
• Flow from 70 ... 860 000 kg/h - water
• Pipe material: AISI 316L or Nickel-Alloy C4
3 • Accuracy, typically: Flow: ≤ 0.1 % or 0.2 %

version, Density: down to ≤ 0.002 g/cm³
• Liquid temperature/pressure:
-50 ... +205 °C (-58 ... +400 °F)/
up to 100 bar (1450 psi)
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus, CRN,
PED (depending on configuration)
applications (Dual tube design)
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100 and
temperature DN 150
Modbus RS 485-RTU communication for • Flow from 70 ... 860 000 kg/h
direct integration into skids, OEM and • Pipe material: AISI 316L or Nickel-Alloy C4
pre-assembled plant packages
• Accuracy, typically:
Flow: ≤ 0.1 % or 0.2 % version,
Density: down to ≤ 0.002 g/cm³
-50 ... +205 °C (-58 ... +400 °F)/
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus,
Germanischer Lloyd/det Norske Veritas,
Bureau Veritas, Lloyds of London,
American Bureau of Shipping (depending
on configuration)
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50
temperature and fraction • Flow from 20 ... 70 700 kg/h - water
• Pipe material: AISI 316L
• Accuracy, typically: Flow: ≤ 0.1 %,
Density: down to 0.005 g/cm³
-50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... + 392 °F)/
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex, cCSAus,
NEPSI, CRN, PED, Germanischer
Lloyd/det Norske Veritas, Bureau Veritas,
Lloyds of London, American Bureau of
Shipping
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50
temperature • Flow from 20 ... 70 700 kg/h
Modbus RS-485 RTU communication for • Pipe material: AISI 316L
direct integration into skids, OEM and pre-
assembled plant packages • Accuracy, typically: Flow: ± 0.1 %,
Density: down to ± 0.005 g/cm3
-50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F)/
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex, cCSAus,
NEPSI, Germanischer Lloyd/det Norske
Veritas, Bureau Veritas, Lloyds of London,
American Bureau of Shipping

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Designed for low flow applications Flowmeter MASS 2100 and FC300 3/203
with transmitter FCT010 or FCT030
(single tube design)
• MASS 2100: DI 1.5, DI 3, DI 6, DI 15
• FC300: DN 4
• Flow from 0.1 ... 5600 kg/h
• Pipe material: Stainless steel AISI 316L/
3
1.4435; Hastelloy C22/2.4602
• Accuracy, typically:
- Flow: down to 0.1 %
- Density: down to 0.0005 g/cm3
• Liquid temp./pressure: -50 ... +180°C
(-58 ... +356 °F) / Up to 410 bar (5946 psi)
• Approvals: ed according to ATEX, IECEx,
c-UL-us, CRN, PED
SITRANS FCT070 can be connected to all Transmitter SITRANS FCT070 3/164
Coriolis type Sensors FCS300; FCS400; • Easy integration into automation process
MASS 2100 and FC300 DN4 control as TIA portal and PCS7
FCT070 can be used for machine builders • Cost effective integration of Coriolis flow
and in the process industry plants. The meters for PLC controlled machines
meters are suitable for measuring on liquid
and gas. With ET 200SP ST & HF the • SITRANS FCT070 is a ET 200SP technolo-
SITRANS FCT070 can be installed decen- gy module and can combined with all other
tralized in small stations, with fast communi- SIMATIC ET 200S SP ST & HF modules
cation to the control room. • Fast and trouble-free communication be-
The faceplates for TIA-Portal and PCS 7 tween the flow meter and the PLC through
offer the direct full remote access to the flow digital data communication with up to 10
meter. ms update rate
• ATEX Zone 2 FM Class 1 Div 2 approvals.
• Included advanced batch functionality
without additional modules.
SITRANS FS Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FST030 Inline is designed for all SITRANS FST030 transmitter 3/329 SIMATIC PDM
ultrasonic flow metering. FST030 is released • For SONOKIT up to DN 3000 and more
for water application on SONOKIT up to all
pipe sizes in dual path • 1 or 2 path option
• Analog output and relay
• FDK085X6329 - HART
• FDK085X6366 - Modbus
SITRANS FUS060 is a time-based SITRANS FUS060 transmitter 3/252 SIMATIC PDM

transmitter designed for ultrasonic • Die cast aluminum enclosure
flowmetering in pipes for the F US inline
industry series up to DN 3000 • Ex approved according to ATEX
• HART communication + 1 analog output,
1 digital output for frequency or pulse and
1 relay output for alarms and flow direction
• PROFIBUS PA communication with 1 digital
output for frequency or pulse
SITRANS FUS080 is a time-based SITRANS FUS080/FUE080 transmitter 3/259 SIMATIC PDM

transmitter designed for ultrasonic • Battery or mains-powered
flowmetering in pipes for the SONOKIT,
FUS380 and FUE380 series up to DN 1200 • Easy one-button operation
• IrDA optical eye communication
• Robust poyamide enclosure

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Product overview
The main application for SONO 3300 SONO 3300/FUS060 3/268 SIMATIC PDM
ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure the • ATEX-approved
volume flow of:
• Water and treated waste water • DN 50 … DN 500 (2” … 12”) steel pipes
• Hot water/cooling systems • PN 10 ... PN 40 or class 150 ... class 300
pressure rates
• Flow 0.3 … 3 200 m³/h
(1.3 ... 14 089 GPM)
3 • No pressure drop
• FUS060 transmitter for separate mounting
• Signal cables from sensor to transducer
are highly protected from aggressive envi-
ronment by stainless steel pipes
The main application for SONO 3100 SONO 3100/FUS060 3/273 SIMATIC PDM
ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure the • DN 100 ... DN 600 (4" ... 24")
volume flow of:
• Water and treated waste water • Pipe in carbon steel
• District heating systems • Transducers can be replaced under
pressure
• FUS060 transmitter for separate mounting
• ATEX-approved
• Measure of all liquids less than 350 Cst,
conductive or non-conductive
• No pressure drop
• 1-track, 2-path; 4-path on request
• Special material on request
Installation of one, two or four transducer SONOKIT 3/282 SIMATIC PDM
sets in existing concrete or steel pipes. • FUS060 or FUS080 transmitter for separate
Typically installed in pipes with large mounting
diameters or in hot/cold water applications
• DN 100 ... 3000 (4 ... 120")
• Control and display unit
• Temperature of medium: -20 ... +200 °C
(-4 ... +395 °F)
• Installation on empty pipes or pipes under
pressure (hot-tap installation)
• Standard 1-path or 2-path
(4-path on request)
Battery or mains-powered ultrasonic FUS380/FUE380 3/292 SIMATIC PDM
flowmeter for use within water-based district • FUS380/FUE380: DN 50 ... 1200 (2 ... 48")
heating, cooling systems and utility.
• FUE380: Approved for custody transfer
The FUS380 can also be used for water according to MID MI004 (according to
irrigation systems. EN 1434 Class 2, OIML R 75)
SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 are designed to • FUS380/FUE380: Red brass or painted
work with the SITRANS FUE950 energy carbon steel flanges and metering tube.
calculator. AISI transducers
• Water temperatures 2 … 200 °C
(35.6 ... 392 °F)
• Battery or mains-powered
Universal thermal energy calculator for SITRANS FUE950 3/311
district heating and cooling applications. • Battery or mains-powered
• 24 periods memory
• 2 ports for plug-in modules as data output,
extra input, M-Bus, RS 232/RS 485, current
output
• Complete set with temperature sensors
and pockets
• MID heating approval, PTB K7.2 cooling
approval, MI004 type approval

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Product overview
SITRANS FS clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FS clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters SITRANS FS230 3/322
provide highly accurate measurement while • Suitable for virtually any liquid, even those
minimizing installation time and with high aeration or suspended solids
maintenance expense. These dedicated
flowmeters are suitable for a wide variety of • Hydrocarbon functions are ideal for appli-
liquid applications, including those in the: cations carrying crude oil, refined petro-
• Water Industry leum or liquefied gas
3
• Wastewater Industry • Choice of single and dual path versions to
• HVAC Industry suit your operating conditions and require-
• Power Industry ments.
• Processing Industry
• Hydrocarbon Industry • Easy installation; no need to cut pipe or
stop flow
• Minimal maintenance; external sensors do
not require periodic cleaning
• Easy to read display with intuitive menu
system
• Hazardous area approvals for ATEX Zone
2, IECEx Zone 2 FMc Class I Div. 2
SITRANS FS220 basic is a fast-to-install SITRANS FS220 3/344
clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeter for accurate • Easy installation during process condition,
measurements with minimal maintenance. no need to cut pipe or stop flow
Based on latest technology, this flow meter
is ideal suitable for applications like: • Minimal maintenance; external sensors do
• Water Industry not require periodic cleaning
• Wastewater Industry • No media-contacting parts, no wear, no
• HVAC Industry pressure drop, no energy loss
• Power Industry
• Process controls • Wide turn-down ratio, very sensitive in low
flow condition
• Optional WideBeam technology ensures
high performance
• Compatible with all previously fielded tran-
sit time sensors
The thickness gauge can be used in any Thickness gauge 3/357
field application where there is a need for The hand-held micro-processor controlled
flow measurement. Including but not limited gauge is designed to measure the thickness
to: of various metallic or non-metallic pipes.
• Water and waste water
• Energy measurement • Materials include steel, aluminum, titanium,
• Oil and gas industries plastics and ceramics
• Measurements shown in millimeter or
inches
• Simple-to-read 4-digit LCD display
• Weights 150 g (5.3 oz)
• Battery operation for 250 h
SITRANS FX Vortex flowmeter
Measurement of steam, gases and liquids SITRANS FX300 3/361
in: • Flange DN 15 … DN 300 (½" … 12")
• Chemical
• HVAC / Power plants • Sandwich DN 15 … DN 100 (½" … 4")
• Oil & Gas • 2-wire device 4 ... 20 mA, with integrated
• Food & Beverage temperature and pressure sensors for
• Pharma compensation
• HART communication
• Medium temp.: -40 ... +240 °C
(-40 ... +464 °F)
• Medium pressure: up to 100 bar (1450 psi)
• Hazardous area approvals: FM, CSA, ATEX
• Compact or remote mounted transmitter

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Very versatile and flexible for use in many SITRANS FX330 3/379
process applications. Flow sensors • Integrated pressure and temperature com-
combines flow, pressure and temperature pensation
measurement into one user-friendly, two-wire
device. • Temperature compensation for saturated
steam included as standard
• Measurement of saturated steam and su-
perheated steam • SIL2 certified according to IEC 61508
Edition 2
• Heat metering of steam and hot water
3
• Use in hazardous areas
• Measurement of consumption in com-
pressed air systems • Integrated reduction of nominal diameter
for space-saving and economic installation
• Evaluation of Free Air Delivery (FAD)
• Exchange of electronics without loss of cal-
• SIP and CIP processes in the food, bever- ibration and configuration data
age and pharmaceutical industries
• Gross and net heat calculation to support
• Measurement of conductive and non-con- energy management
ductive liquids
• Remote version with cable length up to
• Safety-related measurement in SIL applica- 50 m (164 ft)
tions (SIL2).
SITRANS FVA variable area meters
Measurement of flow of liquids and gases, FVA250 3/395
also highly suitable for corrosive media, high • All-metal variable area meter with various
temperatures and high pressures. float materials
• Connections: DN 15 ... DN 100 (½" ... 4")
• Temperature of medium: -20 °C ... +300 °C
(-4 ... +572 °F)
• Optionally available with analog output or
contacts
SITRANS FP differential pressure flow measurement

SITRANS FP product line is suitable for all • Suitable for a vast range of different appli- 3/405
kinds of applications – liquids, dry or wet cations
gases and steam. Due to the robust though • Available as pre-mounted compact system
variable design it has been and still is one of as well as remote parts
the main technologies for flow measurement
in various industries. • Advanced intelligent sizing procedure
A new digital sizing process ensures • Web-based sizing and data storage en-
minimum effort during presales and full ables full traceability and easy communi-
traceability in aftersales. The differential cation
pressure portfolio consists of • All benefits of SITRANS P320 available
• pitot tube measuring system
SITRANS FPS300
• differential pressure sensors acc. to
ISO 5167 (orifices) SITRANS FPS200

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Introduction
Criteria for selection of flowmeter
■ Overview
Criteria for selection of flowmeter This section of the field device catalog includes the following in-
struments for measuring flow:
Each method for measuring flow has specific properties, and
each flow measuring point is characterized by specific require- • Electromagnetic
ments. The table shown below compares the properties of the • Coriolis mass flow
various measuring instruments and thus provides assistance in • Ultrasonic
selection of the optimum device.
• Vortex volumetric- and mass flow
• Variable area meter
• Orifice plate
3
Measurement principle Electromagnetic Coriolis Ultrasonic Ultrasonic Vortex Variable area Orifice plate
(inline) (clamp-on) meter
Medium Liquid Liquid or gas Liquid Liquid or gas Steam/vapor, Liquid or gas Liquid, vapor,
(conductive) gases, liquid gas
Nominal size DN 2 … 2000 1.5 … 150 mm DN 50 ... 3000 6.4 mm ... DN 15 … 300 DN 10 … 100 DN 10 … 1000
(0.08” … 78”) (0.06” … 6”) (2" ... 120") 9.14 m (½" … 12") (0.4” … 4”) (0.4” … 40”)
(0.25" ... 360") G½” … G3”
Temperature range °C (°F) -40 … +200 -50 … +180 -20 ... +200 -40 ... +120 -40 ... +240 -20 … +300 -200 … +500
(-40 … +392) (-58 … +356) (-4 ... +392) (-40 ... +248) (-40 ... +464) (-4 … +572) (-328 … +932)
Max. pressure bar (psi) 160 (2 320), Up to 410 40 (580) Unlimited 100 (1 450) 100 (1 450) 315 (4 569)
optional higher (Up to 5 950)
Accuracy % ± 0,25 or ± 0,4 ± 0,1 or ± 0,15 ± 0,5 … ± 2 0,5 ... 1,0 % of ± 0,75 … ± 1 ± 1.6 ... ± 2.0 ± 0,5 … ± 2
flow, for veloci-
ties greater than
0,3 m/s (1 ft/s)
Repeatability % 0,1/0,2 0,05 0,25 0,15% of flow, for 0,1 0,5 0,5
velocities greater
than 0,3 m/s
(1 ft/s)
Dynamic response 1:100 1:100 1:100 1:100 1:25 1:10 1:6
range
Start-of-scale value m/s (ft/s) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0,1 (0.33) 0 (0) 0,4 (1.31) 0,2 (0.66) Re > 500
2,0 (6.56)
Full-scale value ± 36/120 Re < 108
• For liquids m/s (ft/s) 0,25 … 10 10 (32.8) 10 (32.8) ± 12/40 10 (32.8) 3,5 (11.4) 3 (9.8)
(0.825 … 32.8)
• For steam/vapor, m/s (ft/s) Approx. 300 ± 12/40 80 (262.5) 60 (197) 50/25
gases (1000) (164/82)
Measured values
Volume flow • • • • • • •
Sound velocity • •
Sound amplitude • •
Density • •
Mass flow • • • •
Bidirectional measurement • • • • •
Use
• For custody transfer • • • •
• As batching system • • •
• In viscosity range mPa·s 0,1 … 100 000 0 ... 100 000 0 ... 350 0,5 ... 2800 0 … 10 0,5 … 100 0 … 10
(cp) (0.1 … 100 000) (0 ... 100 000) (0 ... 350) (0.5 ... 2800) (0 … 10) (0.5 … 100) (0 … 10)
Power supply Mains or battery Mains Mains or battery 90... 240 V AC, 2-wire non 2-wire
50...60 Hz, 15 VA
or 9 ... 36 V DC,
10 W

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Introduction
Criteria for selection of flowmeter
Communication solutions
Product HART PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP FOUNDATION DeviceNet Modbus RTU GSM/GPRS
Fieldbus H1
SITRANS FM MAG 5000 • 1) 2) 4)
SITRANS FM MAG 6000 • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 5) 10)
8)
SITRANS FM MAG 5000/6000 CT
SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 5) 10)
1) 2) 4) 5) 1) 5) 6) 7) 2) 4) 5)
SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I Ex • • •
3 SITRANS FM TRANSMAG 2 • 1) 4) • 1) 6)
SITRANS FM MAG 8000 • 1) 3) 10) 11) 12) • 14)
SITRANS F C FCT010 • 1) 10)

SITRANS F C FCT030 • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 10)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 Ex d • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5)
SIFLOW FC070 • 13) • 1) 10) 11)
SITRANS FUS060 • 1) • 1) 6)
SITRANS FUS080 • 1) 8) 12)
SITRANS FUS10109) • 9) 10) 11)
SITRANS FX300 • 1)
SITRANS FX330 • 1)
SITRANS P DS III • 1) 2) • 1) 2) 7) • 2)
Differential pressure and flow
1) 8)
Supports SIMATIC PDM CT versions are not approved with communication modules.
2) 9)
Supports AMS All wall mount models
3) 10)
Supports Siemens Flow Tool RS 485
4) 11)
Supports HH275/375 RS 232
5) 12)
Pluggable add-on module IrDA (Infrared)
6) 13)
Profile 2 Connected to ET200M PROFIBUS interface
7) 14)
Profile 3 Only with 7ME6810

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Overview
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters are designed for mea- High-powered flowmeters are used for difficult applications
suring the flow of electrically conductive mediums. where other flowmeters cannot stand up to the task. This flowme-
ter can handle liquids and heavy slurries in industries such as
The full SITRANS FM program consists of three different types of mining, cement and pulp and paper.
flowmeters making Siemens unique in that it covers all possible
applications where electromagnetic flowmeters are a suitable
match:
Modular pulsed DC flowmeters cover all ordinary applications
within all industries. The wide variety of combinations and ver-
sions from the modular system means that ideal adaptation is
possible to each measuring task and application.
3
TRANSMAG 2
SITRANS FM products
Battery-operated water meters (fully electronic) are the perfect
match for drinking water applications like network distribution,
revenue metering and irrigation where mains power is not avail-
able. In addition, it complies with the MID (EU) and OIML R 49
water meter standards and has the MCERTS certificate.
SITRANS FM MAG 911/E
SITRANS FM MAG 8000

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Benefits ■ Application
Electromagnetic flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
A prerequisite is that the medium must have a minimum conduc-
tivity. The temperature, pressure, density and viscosity have no
influence on the result.
The main applications of the electromagnetic flowmeters can be
found in the following sectors:
3
• Chemical industries
• Pharmaceutical industries
• Food and beverage industry
• Mining, aggregates and cements industries
• Pulp and paper industry
• Steel industry
• Power; utility and chilled water industry
Greater flexibility The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular
• Wide product program system means that ideal adaptation is possible to each measur-
ing task.
• Compact or remote installation using the same transmitter and
sensor
• USM II communication platform for easy integration with all
systems
Easier commissioning of MAG 5000, 6000, 6000 I
All SITRANS FM pulsed DC electromagnetic flowmeters feature
a unique SENSORPROM memory unit which stores sensor cali-
bration data and transmitter settings for the lifetime of the prod-
uct.
At commissioning the flowmeter commences measurement
without any initial programming.
The factory settings matching the sensor size are stored in the
SENSORPROM unit. Also customer specified settings are down-
loaded to the unit. Should the transmitter be replaced, the new
transmitter will upload all previous settings and resume mea-
surement without any need for reprogramming.
Further, the "fingerprint" used in connection with the
SITRANS FM Verificator is stored during the initial sensor cali-
bration.
Easier service
Transmitter replacement requires no programming. SENSOR-
PROM automatically updates all settings after initialization.
Room for growth
USM II the Universal Signal Module with "plug & play" simplicity,
makes it easy to access and integrate the flow measurement
with almost any system and bus-protocol and it ensures the flow-
meter will be easy to upgrade to future communication/bus plat-
forms.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Application (continued)
Please see Product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
automation.siemens.com FM100 MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG 8000/
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6010 7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810
7ME6820
Industry
Water/waste water
Chemical •
XX
XXX XXX XX
XX
XXX XXX
X
XXX
XXX
X
XXX X XXX1)
X
3
Pharmaceutical • XX XX XXX XX XX XX X X X
Food and beverage XX XXX X X X X X X
Mining, aggregates and cement XX XXX X X XXX X
HPI XX X XX X XX X X X
Other • XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XXX X
Design
Compact • • • • • • • • •
Remote • • • • • • • • • • •
Constant field (DC) • • • • • • • • •
Alternating field (AC) •
Battery-operated constant field •
(DC)
Size
DN 2 (1/12") •
DN 3 (1/8") •
DN 6 (¼") •
DN 10 (3/8") • •
DN 15 (½") • • • • • • • • •
DN 25 (1") • • • • • • • • • • •
DN 32 (1¼”) • 2)
DN 40 (1½") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 50 (2”) • • • • • • • • • • •
DN 65 (2½") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 80 (3") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 100 (4") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 125 (5") • • • • • • •
DN 150 (6") • • • • • • •
DN 200 (8") • • • • • • •
DN 250 (10") • • • • • • •
DN 300 (12") • • • • • • •
DN 350 (14") • • • • •
DN 400 (16") • • • • •
DN 450 (18") • • • • •
DN 500 (20") • • • • •
DN 600 (24") • • • • •
DN 700 (28") • • • • •
DN 750 (30") • • • • •
DN 800 (32") • • • • •
DN 900 (36") • • • • •
DN 1000 (40") • • • • •
DN 1050 (42") • • • •
DN 1100 (44") • • • •
DN 1200 (48”) • • • •
• = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used
1)
Not suitable for wastewater applications
2)
Only in combination with DN 32 adapter A5E02054637, A5E02218297, FDK:083G2120 and FDK:083G2160

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6820
Size (continued)
3 DN 1400 (56")
DN 1500 (60")
•
•
•
•
DN 1600 (66") • •
DN 1800 (72") • •
DN 2000 (78") • •
Process connection
Wafer design • •
Sanitary process connections •
Flanges • • • • • • •
Pressure ratings1)
EN 1092-1 PN 6 • •
EN 1092-1 PN 10 • • • • • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 16 • • • • • • • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 25 • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 40 • • • • • • • • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 63 •
EN 1092-1 PN 100 •
ANSI B 16.5 class 150 • • • • • • •
ANSI B 16.5 class 300 • • •
ANSI B 16.5 class 600 •
ASME B 16.47 class 150 •
AWWA class D • • • • •
AS 2129 table E • •
AS 4087, PN 16 • • • • •
AS 4087, PN 21 • •
AS 4087, PN 35 • •
JIS B 2220:2004 K10 • • • •
JIS B 2220:2004 K20 •
Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate • • • • • • • • •
Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate • • • • • • • • •
Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate •
Repeatability2)
0.1 % • • • • • • • •
0.2 % • •
Grounding electrodes
Grounding electrodes, incl. • • • • (•) •
• = available
1)
Pressure may be limited by the liner material chosen.
2)
Of actual flow for v ≥ 0.5 m/s (15 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6820
Materials/temperature:
Liner material/max. temperatures
NBR: 70 °C (158 °F) •
3
EPDM: 70 °C (158 °F) • • •
Soft rubber: 70 °C (158 °F) • •
PTFE: 100 °C (212 °F) •
PTFE: 150 °C (302°F) • • •
PTFE: 180 °C (356 °F) • •
Ebonite: 95 °C (203 °F) • •3) •
Linatex: 70 °C (158 °F) • •
Ceramic: 150 °C (302 °F) • •
Ceramic: 200 °C (392 °F) •2)
PFA: 100 °C (212 °F) •
PFA: 150 °C (302 °F) • • • •
Novolak: 130 °C (266 °F) •
Electrodes
Stainless steel • • • •
Hastelloy C • • • • • • • • •
Platinum • • • • • (•)1) •
Titanium • • •
Tantalum • • (•)1) •
Ceramic coated stainless steel •
Ceramic coated Hastelloy C •
Flange/housing material
Carbon steel • • • • • • •
Stainless steel/carbon steel • • • •
Polished stainless steel • • • • •
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold Water – MI-001 (EU) • •
Cold water approval - •4)
OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
NMI 10 (Australia) •4) •4)
Chilled water pattern approval - •4)
PTB K 7.2
OE 12/C 040 (Austria) •
Chilled water pattern approval
KIWA water approval • •
Marine
ABS •
Bureau Veritas •
DNV-GL •
Lloyd's Register •
• = available
1)
Only for PTFE
2)
Ex sensor: 180 °C (356 °F)
3)
70 °C (158 °F)
4)
For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6820
Approvals (continued)
3 Hazardous areas
ATEX – 2 GD (Zone 1/21) • • • • • •
IECEx Zone 1/21 • • •
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1 •7) •7) •7)
FM Class I, Zone 1/21 • • •
FM - Class I, Div 2 • • • • • • • •
FM - Class I, Zone 2 • • • • • • • •
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21 • • •
CSA - Class I, Div 2 • • • • •
NEPSI Zone 1 • •
EAC Ex • • • • • •
Hygienic
EHEDG •
3A •
EC 1935:2004 •
European food contact material
Drinking water
WRAS (WRc) • •2) • •
ANSI/NSF 61 (US) 7) •3) • • •
ACS (FR) • • •
Belgaqua (B) • • •
DVGW-W270 (D) • • •
KIWA (NL) • • •
AS/NZS 4020 (AU) • • •
Other
CRN (Canada) •8) • • • • • •
FM Fire Service •6) •6)
(class number 1044)
MCERTS (GB) •4) •2) •
EAC (Russia, Belarus, and • • • • • • • • • •
Kasakhstan)
CPA (China) • • • • • • • • • •
VdS •5)
Verificator
Verificator compatible •1) •1) •1) •1) •1) •1) •1) •1)
• = available
1) Only in combination with MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 transmitters
2)
EPDM liner
3)
Only EPDM with Hastelloy electrodes
4)
EPDM or PTFE liner with AISI 316 or Hastelloy electrodes
5)
Only valid for DN 50 to DN 300 (2" to 12")
6)
Sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and DN 300
(2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges
7)
Only DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") with MAG 6000 I Ex, compact mounted
8)
Only PFA liner

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product selector on
the Internet, because some
automation.siemens.com MAG 5000 MAG 6000 MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 I Ex MAG 6000 + TRANSMAG 2 MAG 8000/
Safety barrier MAG 8000 CT
7ME6910 7ME6920 7ME6930 7ME6930 7ME6920 7ME5034 7ME6810
7ME6820
Industry
Water/waste water
Chemical
XXX
X
XXX
XX
XX
XX
X
XXX X
X XXX
X 3
Pharmaceutical X XXX XX XXX X X
Food and beverage XX XXX XX X
Mining, aggregates and cement XX X XX X XXX X
HPI X X X XX X
Other XX XX XX XX XX X
Design
Compact • • • • •
Remote • • • • • • •
Constant field (DC) • • • • • •
Alternating field (AC) •
Battery-operated constant field •
(DC)
Enclosure transmitter
Polyamide, IP67 • •
Die-cast aluminum • • •
Stainless steel • •1)
19” rack • • •
Front panel mounting • • •
Panel mounting • • •
IP66 wall mounting • • • • •
Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate • • • • •
Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate • •
Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate •
Repeatability3)
0.1 % • • • • •
0.2 % •
Communication
HART • • • • • •
PROFIBUS PA • • • • •
PROFIBUS DP • • •
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 • • • •
DeviceNet • • •
Modbus RTU/RS 485 • • • •2)
Encoder interface module •
(Sensus protocol) for
Itron 200WP radio
GSM/GPRS module •
Batching
Batching • • • •
• = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used
1)
IP68 enclosure
2)
Modbus RTU also as serial RS 232
3)
Of actual flow for v ≥ 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product selector on
the Internet, because some
automation.siemens.com MAG 5000 MAG 6000 MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 I Ex MAG 6000 + TRANSMAG 2 MAG 8000/
Safety barrier MAG 8000 CT
7ME6910 7ME6920 7ME6930 7ME6930 7ME6920 7ME5034 7ME6810
7ME6820
Power supply
3 24 V
115 V - 230 V
• 1)
•
• 1)
•
•
•
•
• • •
•1)2)
•2)
Battery •
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold water - MI-001 (EU) • • •
Cold water approval - •
OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
NMI 10 (Australia) •5) •5)
Chilled water pattern approval •5) •5) •5)
PTB K 7.2
OE12/C 040 (Austria) • •
Chilled water pattern approval
KIWA water approval • •
Marine
ABS • •
Bureau Veritas • •
DNV-GL • •
Lloyd's Register • •
Hazardous areas
ATEX - 2G GD (Zone 1/21) • (•)3)
IECEx Gb Zone 1/21 •
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1 •4)
FM Class I, Zone 1/21 •
FM Class I, Div 2 • • •
FM Class I, Zone 2 • • •
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21 •
CSA Class I, Div 2 • • •
UL/C-UL-general safety • • •
NEPSI Zone 1 •
EAC Ex • •
Other
FM Fire Service (1044) • • •
KCs (South Korea) • • • • •
EAC (Russia, Belarus, • • • • • • •
Kazakhstan)
CPA (China) • • • • • • •
VdS • •
Other national approvals, see • • • • • • •
internet
Verificator
Verificator compatible • •
• = available
1)
12/24 V AC/DC
2)
Main power with battery backup
3)
Only sensor in hazardous area
4)
Only with sensors sizes DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") compact
5)
For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)
For more national approvals please check our internet page
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10806954/134200

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Practical examples of ordering
SITRANS FM compact installation SITRANS FM remote installation
+ = + =
MAG 6000 MAG 3100 MAG 6000 compact Wall bracket MAG 6000
3
transmitter sensor mounted on a
MAG 3100 sensor
Example
+ =
Sensor 7ME6310-3TC11-1JA1
Pipe size DN 100
Liner Soft rubber MAG 3100 2 × cable MAG 3100 remote
installation
Electrodes SS 316
Example
Flanges EN 1092-1, PN 16
Sensor 7ME6310-3TC11-1AA1
Transmitter MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 … 230 V AC
Pipe size DN 100
Accuracy ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s
Liner Soft rubber
Supply 230 V AC
Electrodes SS 316
Note:
Flanges EN 1092-1, PN 16
MAG 5000/6000 transmitters, sensors and communication
modules are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes Transmitter 7ME6920-1AA10-0AA0
place during installation at the customer's place. Accuracy ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s
Supply 230 V AC
Wall mounting kit FDK:085U1018
Cable kit with sensor A5E01181647
cable and electrode
cable

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Flowmeter Calibration and traceability
To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must The calibration follows the ISO 4185 performing calibrations
be calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens facilities under two methods: Static Weighing and Reference meter.
with traceable instruments referring directly to the physical unit Providing a measurement uncertainty of ±0.1 %.
of measurement according to the International System of Units
(SI). Siemens accredited laboratories are recognized by ILAC MRA
(International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mutual
Therefore, the calibration certificate ensures recognition of the Recognition Arrangement) ensuring international traceability
test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability). and recognition of the test results worldwide.
3
Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in A calibration certificate is shipped with every sensor and cali-
the flow range from 0.0001 m³/h to 10 000 m³/h. bration data are stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
Flowmeter uncertainty
MAG 5000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P
and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100 (PFA), MAG 1100 F (PFA)
[±% E]
Flowmeter uncertainty
3,0
2,8
V: Flow velocity
2,6 E: Meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
2,4 v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 1 mm/s *
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
2,2
2,0 * MAG 5100 W DN 350 ... 1200
v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
1,8 v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
1,6 * MAG 1100 with PFA liner DN 10 and DN 40

v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
1,4 v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 [m/s]
0 3.3 6.6 9.9 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 [ft/s]
MAG 6000 and MAG 6000 I with MAG 1100 (not PFA), MAG 1100 F (not PFA), MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 P
[±% E] Flowmeter uncertainty
1.4
V: flow velocity
E: meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 1 mm/s *
1.2 v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,125/v) % of measured value *
* MAG 5100 W DN 350 ... 1200

1.0 v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 2,5 mm/s
v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,25/v) % of measured value
* MAG 1100 and MAG 1100F with ceramic liner DN 10 and DN 40

0.8 v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.2 ± 2 mm/s
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.125/v) % of measured value
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 [m/s]
0 3.3 6.6 9.9 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 [ft/s]

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)

Calibration reference conditions Calibration test point
Reference conditions (ISO 9104 and DIN EN 29104) Test points for default calibration at 25% and 90% of factory
Qmax.
Temperature medium 20 °C ± 10 K (68 °F ± 18 °F)
Temperature ambient 25 °C ± 10 K (77 °F ± 18 °F) Size Qmax 90% 25%
Supply voltage Un ± 1 % mm m3/h m3/h m3/h
Warming-up time 30 minutes 2 0.055 0.0495 0.01375
Incorporation in conductive pipe 3 0.127 0.1143 0.03175
section
3
6 0.5 0.45 0.125
• Inlet section 10 x DN (DN ≤ 1200/48") 10 1.4 1.26 0.35
5 x DN (DN > 1200/48") 15 3 2.7 0.75
• Outlet section 5 x DN (DN ≤ 1200/48") 25 9 8.1 2.25
3 x DN (DN > 1200/48") 40 23 20.7 5.75
Flow conditions Developed flow profile 50 35 31.5 8.75
Additions in the event of deviations from reference conditions 65 60 54 15
Current output As pulse output (± 0,1 % of actual 80 90 81 22.5
flow +0,05 % FSO)
100 140 126 35
125 220 198 55
• Display frequency/pulse output < ± 0,003 %/K act.
150 320 288 80
• Current output < ± 0,005 %/K act.
200 550 495 137.5
Effect of supply voltage < 0,005 % of measuring value on 1 %
change 250 900 810 225
Repeatability ± 0,1 % of actual flow for v ≥ 0,5 m/s 300 1300 1170 325
(1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm
350 1700 1530 425
Certificates
400 2250 2025 562.5
• EN 10204-2.1 Certificate of conformity, stating that
the delivered parts are made of the 450 2800 2520 700
material quality that was ordered. 500 2800 2520 700
Available as Z option C15.
600 2800 2520 700
• EN 10204-2.2 Test report certificate, a non batch
specific material analysis of the 700 6000 5400 1500
ordered material. Available as Z
option C14. 750 6000 5400 1500
• EN 10204-3.1 Material analysis certificate, a batch 800 6000 5400 1500

specific analysis of the material 900 6000 5400 1500
issued by an independent inspector.
Certification covers all pressure con- 1000 6000 5400 1500
taining and wetted parts. Available as 1050 6000 5400 1500
Z option C12.
1100 6000 5400 1500
1200 6000 5400 1500
1400 7000 6300 1750
1500 7000 6300 1750
1600 7000 6300 1750
1800 7000 6300 1750
2000 7000 6300 1750

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

Technical specifications PROFIBUS PA/DP IS (Intrinsic Safety) data
General specifications Required sensor electronics Compact or remote mounted

SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I Ex
PROFIBUS device profile 3.00 Class B
FISCO YES
Certified No
Max. UI 17,5 V
MS0 connections 1
Max. II 380 mA
MS1 connections 1
Max. PI 5,32 V
MS2 connections 2
Max. LI 0 μH
3 Electrical specification DP Max. CI 0 nF
Physical layer specifications FISCO cable requirements
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170 Loop resistance RC 15 … 150 Ω/km
Physical Layer RS 485 Loop inductance LC 0,4 … 1 mH/km

(Transmission technology) Capacitance CC 80 … 200 nF/km
Transmission speed ≤ 1.5 Mbits/s Max. Spur length in IIC and IIB 30 m
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment, Max. Trunk length in IIC 1 km
(maximum total of 126)
Max. Trunk length in IIB 5 km
Cable specification ( Type A)
Cable design Two-wire twisted pair PROFIBUS parameter support
Shielding CU shielding braid or shielding braid The following parameters are accessible using a MS0 relation-
and shielding foil ship from a Class 1 Master.
Impedance 35 up to 165 Ω at frequencies from MS0 specifies cyclic Data Exchange between a Master and a
3 … 20 MHz Slave.
Cable capacity < 30 pF per meter
Cyclic services
Core diameter > 0,34 mm2, corresponds to AWG 22
Input (Master view) Parameter MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I
Resistance < 110 Ω per km
Mass flow
Signal attenuation Max. 9 dB over total length of line
section Volume flow 
Max. bus length 200 m at 1500 kbit/s, up to 1.2 km at Temperature

93.75 kbit/s. Extendable by repeaters Density
Electrical specification PA Fraction A

Fraction B
Physical layer specifications
Pct Fraction A
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170
Totalizer 1 
Physical Layer IEC-61158-2
(Transmission technology) Totalizer 21) 
Transmission speed 31.25 Kbits/second Batch progress1) 
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment, Batch setpoint 
(maximum total of 126) Batch compensation 
Max. basic current [IB] 14 mA Batch status 
Fault current [IFDE] 0 mA (running …)
Bus voltage 9 … 32 V (non Ex) Output (Master view) Set Totalizer 1+2 
Preferred cable specification ( Type A) Set Mode Totalizer 1+2 
Cable design Two wire twisted pair Batch control 
(start, stop …)
Conductor area (nominal) 0,8 mm2 (AWG 18)
Batch setpoint 
Loop resistance 44 Ω/km
Batch compensation 
Impedance 100 Ω ± 20 %
1)
Value returned is dependent on the BATCH function.
Wave attenuation at 39 kHz 3 dB/km
When ON, Batch progress is returned.
Capacitive asymmetry 2 nF/km
When OFF, TOTALIZER 2 is returned.
Bus termination Passive line termination at both
Max. bus length Up to 1,9 km. Extendable by
repeaters

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

Flow and speed chart
Metric
m3/h I/min. I/s

100 000 2 · 10 6
10 6 2 · 10 4
50 000
0 5 · 10 5 10 4
20 0
20 000 DN 0
0
3
16 5 000
180
0 DN 0 2 · 10 5
10 000 DN 0 0 120
14 DN 0
DN 10 0 2 000
5 000 0 DN 0 10 5
N110 80
D
0 0 DN 5 · 10 4 1 000
9
DN 600
2 000
70 0 DN 500
DN 450 2 · 10 4
DN 0
1 000 50 0 35
DN D N 200
500 4 00 10 4
DN 25 0
300 DN 100
DN 5000
200 150
D N 25 50
20 0
100 DN DN
1 2000
1000 20
50
10 0 10
DN N80 500
20 D 50
65 DN 5
DN
200
10
40 2
5 DN 100
1
25 50
2 DN
15 0,5
DN
1 20
0,2
0,5 10
10
DN 0,1
5
0,2 0,05
6
DN 2
0,1
0,02
0,05 1
D N3 0,01
0,5
0,02 2 0,005
DN
0,01 0,2
0,002
0,005 0,1
0,05 0,001
0,002 0,0005
0,001 0,02
0,0002
0,0005 0,01
0,005 0,0001
0,0002 0,00005
0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,3 0,5 1 1,5 2 5 10 m/s
)ORZYHORFLW\
Sizing table (DN 2 … DN 2000)

The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow Flow velocity calculation formula Units
quantity Q and sensor dimension DN.
v = 1273.24 · Q/DN2 or v: [m/s], Q: [l/s], DN: [mm]
Guidelines for selection of sensor v = 353.68 · Q/DN2 v: [m/s], Q: [m³/h], DN: [mm]
Min. measuring range: 0 … 0.25 m/s
Max. measuring range: 0 … 10 m/s
For more information visit:
Normally the sensor size is selected so that nominal flow https://new.siemens.com/global/en/products/automation/pro-
velocity v lies within the measuring range 1 to 3 m/s. cess-instrumentation/flow-measurement/electromagnetic.html
Example:
Flow quantity of 50 m3/h and a sensor dimension of DN 80 gives
a flow velocity of 2.7 m/s, which is within the recommended mea-
suring range of 1 to 3 m/s.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

Imperial
MGD GPM I/min.

1 000
500 000 2 000 000
500
1 000 000
200 000
200 500 000
100 000
100
78 "
3
50 000 200 000
50 66"
72 "
" 5 4" 100 000
6 0 20 000
20 8 " 4 4" 50 000
4
" "
/42 36 10 000
10 40 " 30"
32 " 4" 5 000 20 000
5 28 " 2
" 1 8" 10 000
20 2 000
4"
2 16 " 1 5 000
1 000
1 12 " 10 "
500 2 000
0.5 8"
1 000
6" 200
0.2 5"
500
4" 100
0.1 3"
" 50 200
2 ½
0.05 2"
100
1½" 20
0.02 50
10
0.01 1"
5 20
0.005
" 10
1/2 2
0.002 5
"
3 /8 1
0.001
0.5 2
0.0005 1/4"
1
0.2
0.0002 0,5
" 0.1
0.0001 1/8
" 0.05 0,2
0.00005 1/12
0,1
0.02
0.00002 0,05
0.01
0.00001
0.005 0,002
0.000005
0,001
0.002
0.000002 0,0005
0.001
0.000001
0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 3 5 10 15 20 30 33 ft/s
Flow velocity
Sizing table (1/12" … 78")

The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow Flow velocity calculation formula Units
quantity Q and sensor dimension size.
v = 0.408 · Q/(Pipe I.D.)2 or v: [ft/s], Q: [GPM], Pipe I.D.: [inch]
Guidelines for selection of sensor v = 283.67 · Q/(Pipe I.D.)2 v: [ft/s], Q: [MGD], Pipe I.D.: [inch]
Min. measuring range: 0 … 0.8 ft/s
Max. measuring range: 0 … 33 ft/s
For more information visit:
Normally the sensor size is selected so that nominal flow https://new.siemens.com/global/en/products/automation/pro-
velocity v lies within the measuring range 3 to 10 ft/s. cess-instrumentation/flow-measurement/electromagnetic.html
Example:
Flow quantity of 500 GPM and a sensor dimension of 6" gives a
flow velocity of 5.6 ft/s, which is within the recommended mea-
suring range of 3 to 10 ft/s.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

Vibrations For partially filled pipes or pipes with downward flow and free
outlet the flowmeter should be located in a U-Tube.
Strong vibrations should be avoided.
In applications with strong vibrations, remote mounting of the
transmitter is recommended.
Install in U-tubes when pipe is partially filled

Installation in vertical pipes
Recommended flow direction: upwards. This minimizes the ef-
fect on the measurement of any gas/air bubbles in the liquid.
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid.
Install in vertical pipes with upward flow direction
Install in pipelines which are always full Installation in horizontal pipes

The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid. The sensor must be mounted as shown in the below figure. Do
Therefore avoid: not mount the sensor as shown in the lower figure. This will posi-
tion the electrodes at the top where there is possibility for air
• Installation at the highest point in the pipe system bubbles and at the bottom where there is possibility for mud,
• Installation in vertical pipes with free outlet sludge, sand etc.
[\
[\
[\
[\
Do not install in pipelines which can run empty

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

Measuring abrasive liquids and liquids containing particles Potential equalization
Recommended installation is in a vertical/inclined pipe to mini-
mize the wear and deposits in the sensor.
3
Potential equalization
The electrical potential of the liquid must always be equal to the
electrical potential of the sensor. This can be achieved in differ-
ent ways depending on the application:
• Wire jumper between sensor and adjacent flange (MAG 1100,
MAG 3100)
Install in vertical pipelines with upward flow direction if measuring • Direct metallic contact between sensor and fittings
abrasive liquids
(MAG 1100 F)
Inlet and outlet conditions • Built-in grounding electrodes (MAG 3100, MAG 5100 W)
• Optional grounding/protection flanges/rings (MAG 1100,
min. 5 x Di min. 3 x Di MAG 3100, MAG 8000)
• Optional graphite gaskets on MAG 1100 (standard for
MAG 1100 High Temperature)
• MAG 8000 installed in plastic or coated pipes: two grounding
rings to be used.
Grounding
Recommended straight pipe lengths up and downstream for installations

between elbows, pumps and valves
MAG 3100 and MAG 5100 W: with grounding electrodes in conductive
To achieve maximum accurate flow measurement it is essential and non-conductive pipes (no further action necessary)
to have straight pipe lengths up and downstream. Practical ex-
perience has proved that the MAG 5100 W and MAG 8000 are
capable to operate in non-optimal piping arrangements and still M6 x 16
provide acceptable accuracy even with zero diameters
upstream and downstream of straight run pipe.
It is also important to center the flowmeter in relation to pipe
flange and gaskets.
Ambient temperature-Installation
Temperature changes can cause expansion or contraction in the
pipe system. To avoid damage on the sensor use of proper gas-
ket and torque should be ensured. For more information see sen-
sor instruction.
MAG 1100 and MAG 3100; without grounding electrodes in conductive

pipes (MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

ȟ [psi] ȟ [mbar]
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
1.50 100
0.75 50
0.60 40
0.45 30
0.30 20
3
0.15 10
Without grounding electrodes in non-conductive pipes use grounding V = 8 m/s
ring(MAG 1100 use graphite gasket) [25 ft/s]
0.075 5 V = 7 m/s
MAG 1100 F grounding via process connections. MAG 8000 0.060 4
[23 ft/s]
grounding see the section about MAG 8000. V = 6 m/s
0.045 3 [20 ft/s]
Vacuum V = 5 m/s
[16 ft/s]
0.030 2
V = 4 m/s
0.015 1 [13 ft/s]
V = 3 m/s
[10 ft/s]
0.0075 0.5
0.0060 0.4 V = 2 m/s
[6 ft/s]
0.0045 0.3
V=1.5m/s
0.0030 0.2 [5 ft/s]
V = 1 m/s
In order to prevent damages of liner when operating meters under [3 ft/s]
0.0015 0.1
vacuum please take note of the information "Operating pressure" given in 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
section "Technical specification". d1 /d2
Installation in large pipes

Pressure drop as function of diameter reduction between reducers
Example:
α ≤ 8°
Flow velocity (v) of 3 m/s (10 ft/s) in a sensor with a diameter re-
α
duction DN 100 (4") to DN 80 (3") (d1/d2 = 0.8) gives a pressure

drop of 2.9 mbar (0.04 psi).
d1
d2
Ambient temperature
Ambient temp.
C° (F°)
Reduction in nominal pipe diameter MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex
60 (140)
The flowmeter can be installed between two reducers (e.g.
DIN 28545). Assuming that at 8° the following pressure drop 50 (122)
MAG 5000/6000
curve applies. The curves are applicable to water. 40 (104)
30 (86)
20 (68)
10 (50) Temperature
of medium
0 (32)
50 75 100 125 150 C°
(122 167 212 257 302 F°)
Max. ambient temperature as a function of temperature of medium

The transmitter can be installed either compact or remote.
With compact installation the temperature of medium must be
according to the graph.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

Sensor cables and conductivity of medium Empty pipe detection
Compact installation: The installation has to fulfill the following limitations for usage of
the empty pipe detection function:
Liquids with an electrical conductivity ≥ 5 μS/cm.
• Media conductivity ≥ 20 μS/cm
Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3: • Length of cable at remote installation ≤ 50 m (150 ft)
• The media conductivity must be ≥ 30 uS/cm • Special shield cable must be used
Note for MAG 8000: Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3:
3 • The media conductivity must be ≥ 20 uS/cm • Empty pipe detection is not available
Note for MAG 5000/6000 CT:

• Empty pipe detection is not available
Remote installation
Standard cable
[μS/cm]
300
200
Conductivity
of medium
100
5
5 100 200 300 [m]
150 300 600 900 [ft]

Cabel length
Minimum conductivity of medium (using standard electrode cable)
Special cable
[μS/cm]
50
40
Conductivity
30
of medium
20
10
5
50 100 200 300 400 500 [m]
150 300 600 900 1200 1500 [ft]

Cable length
Minimum conductivity of medium (using special electrode cable)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM Verificator
■ Function
All electromagnetic flowmeters are based on Faraday's law of in- SITRANS FM diagnostics
duction:
The diagnostic functions are all internal tools in the meter:
UM = B · v · d · k • Identification in clear text and error log
UM = Measured voltage induced in the medium perpendicular • Error categories: function; warning; permanent and fatal er-
to the magnetic field and the flow direction. The voltage is rors
tapped at two point electrodes. • Transmitter self-check including all outputs and the accuracy
B = Magnetic flux density which permeates the flowing medium • Sensor check: coil and electrode circuit test
perpendicular to the flow direction.
• Overflow
v = flow velocity of medium
d = internal diameter of metering tube
• Empty pipe: partial filling; low conductivity; electrode fouling 3
SITRANS FM Verificator (MAG 5000 and 6000)
k = proportionality factor or sensor constant The SITRANS FM Verificator is an external tool designed for
MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F,
Sensor MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P or MAG 5100 W sensors to verify the
entire product, the installation and the application.
The goal is to improve operation, reduce downtime and maintain
measurement accuracy as long as possible.
The SITRANS FM Verificator is highly advanced and carries out
the complex verification and performance check of the entire
flowmeter system, according to unique SIEMENS patented prin-
ciples. The whole verification test is automated and easy to op-
erate so there is no opportunity for human error or influence. The
V UM system is traceable to international standards and tested by
B WRc (Water Research Council).
d
Function and measuring principle of electromagnetic measurement

An electromagnetic flowmeter generally consists of a magneti-
cally non-conducting metering tube with an internal electrically
non-conducting surface, magnet coils connected in series and
mounted diametrically on the tube, and at least two electrodes
which are inserted through the pipe wall and are in contact with
the measured medium. The magnet field coils through which the
current passes generate a pulsed electromagnetic field with the
magnetic flux density B perpendicular to the pipe axis.
This magnetic field penetrates the magnetically non-conducting
metering tube and the medium flowing through it, which must SITRANS FM Verificator
have a minimum electrical conductivity. • Stand alone Verificator to measure a number of selected pa-
According to Faraday's law of induction, a voltage UM is gener- rameters in the flow sensor and a transmitter which affects the
ated in an electrically conducting medium, and is proportional to integrity of the flow measurement.
the flow velocity v of the medium, the magnetic flux density B, • Up to 20 measurements can be stored in the Verificator.
and the distance between the electrodes d (internal diameter of • The Verificator can be connected via a serial cable to a PC en-
pipe). abling download of the data. A Windows program enables
The signal voltage UM is tapped by the electrodes which are in printing and management of verificator reports.
contact with the medium, and passed through the insulating
Verification - Steps
pipe wall. The signal voltage UM which is proportional to the flow
velocity is converted by an associated transmitter into appropri- Verification of a SITRANS FM flowmeter consists of the following
ate standard signals such as 4 to 20 mA. test routines:
1. Transmitter test
2. Flowmeter and cable insulation test
3. Sensor magnetism test

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
■ Function (continued)
1. Transmitter test The verification of the sensor magnetism is a “boost” test of the
magnetic field coil. The test ensures that the magnetism be-
The transmitter test is the traditional way of on-site testing on the haviour is like the first time, by comparing the current sensor
market and checks the complete electronic system from signal magnetism with the “fingerprint” which was determined during
input to output. initial calibration and stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
In the “boost” test the verificator changes the magnetic field in
certain pattern and with high voltage to get quick stable mag-
netic condition. This unique test is fulfilled without any interfer-
ence or compensation of surrounding temperature or intercon-
necting cabling.
3 • Changes in dynamic magnetic behaviour
• Magnetic influence inside and outside the sensor
• Missing or poor coil wire and cable connection
Certificate
Transmitter test
The test certificate generated by a PC contains:
Using the excitation power output, which is generated to drive • Test result with passed or failed
the magnetic field of the sensor, the verificator simulates flow
signal to the transmitter input. By measuring the transmitter out- • Installation specification
puts the verificator calculates its accuracy against defined val- • Flowmeter specification and configuration
ues. Test includes: • Verificator specification with date of calibration ensuring
traceability to international standards.
• Excitation power to drive the magnetic field
• Signal function from signal input to output
MAGFLO® Verification Certificate
• Signal processing – gain, offset and linearity
Customer: MAGFLO® Identification:
• Test of analogue and frequency output Name TAG No./Name 0
Address Sensor Code No. 7ME634
2. Insulation test Sensor Serial No. 057701H142
Transmitter Code No. 7ME692
Phone Transmitter Serial No. 109418N080
Email Location
Results: Verification file name or No. FT-103FT2801

Transmitter Passed
Sensor Insulation Passed
Magnetic Circuit Passed
Velocity Current Output Frequency Output
Theoretical Theoretical Actual Deviation Theoretical Actual Deviation

0.5m/s 4.800mA 4.802mA 0.25% 0.500kHz 0.501kHz 0.11%
1.0m/s 5.600mA 5.601mA 0.08% 1.000kHz 1.001kHz 0.07%
3.0m/s 8.800mA 8.804mA 0.08% 3.000kHz 3.004kHz 0.14%
Current Output 4-20mA Frequency Output 0-10kHz
Flowmeter insulation test

Transmitter Settings: Sensor Details:
The verification test of the flowmeter insulation is a “cross-talk” Basic Qmax. 2.00000 m³ /h Size DN 15 1/2 IN
Flow Direction Positive
test of the entire flowmeter which ensures that the flow signal Low flow Cut-off 1.50%
Cal. Factor 0.16531426
generated in the sensor is not affected by any external influ- Empty Pipe ON
ences. Output Current Output ON (4-20mA) Correction Factor 1.0

Time Constant
5.0 Sec.
In the “cross-talk” test the verificator generates a high voltage Relay Output Error Level Excitation Freq. 12.5Hz
disturbance within the coil circuit and then looks for any “cross- Digital Output
Frequency Range
Pulse
N/A
Verificator Details (083F5060)
talk” induced in the flow signal circuit. By generating dynamic Time Constant N/A
107920N490
Volume/pulse 1.0 l/p Serial No.
disturbances close-coupled to the flow signal, the flowmeter is Pulse width 0.51999998 sec. 94683
Device No.
tested for noise immunity to a maximum level: Pulse polarity Positiv
1.40
Software Version
Totalizer 1 value before test 819442.93213 l
• EMC influence on the flow signal Totalizer 1 value after test 819458.92334 l PC-Software Version 5.01
Totalizer 2 value before test 693.87579 l
• Moisture in sensor, connection and terminal box Totalizer 2 value after test 693.88145 l
Cal. date 2015.10.26
Operating time in days 1068 ReCal. date 2016.10.26

• Non-conductive deposit coating the electrodes within the sen-
sor Comments
• Missing or poor grounding, shielding and cable connection

3. Sensor magnetism test These tests verify that the flowmeter is functioning within 2% deviation of the original test parameters.
Verification is traceable to National and International Standards.
Date and signature

2016.10.26
Description Article No.

11 … 30 V DC, 11 … 24 V AC, 115 … 230 V, 50 Hz FDK:083F5060
11 … 30 V DC, 11 … 24 V AC, 115 … 230 V, 60 Hz FDK:083F5061
Note:
It is mandatory to have the Verificator returned to the factory
Sensor magnetism test once a year for check and re-verification.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
The SITRANS FM flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
The main applications can be found in:
• Chemical and pharmaceutical industries
• Food and beverage industries
• Power generation and utility
■ Design
The transmitter is designed as either IP67 NEMA 4X/6 enclosure
3
for compact or wall mounting or 19" version as a 19" insert as a
base to be used in:
• 19" rack systems
• Front panel mounting IP65/NEMA 2
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 compact version (left) and 19“ insert version • Panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1
(right)
• Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X
The MAG 5000 and 6000 are transmitters engineered for high
performance, easy installation, commissioning and mainte- Several options on 19" versions are available such as:
nance. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the • Transmitters mounted in safe area for Ex ATEX approved flow
SITRANS FM sensors type MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 3100, sensors (incl. barriers)
MAG 3100 P and MAG 5100 W.
• Transmitters with electrode cleaning unit on request
Transmitter types:
• MAG 5000: Max. measuring error ± 0.4 % ± 1 mm/s (incl.
sensor)
• MAG 6000: Max. measuring error ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s (incl. sen-
sor, see also sensor specifications) and with additional fea-
tures such as: “plug & play” add-on bus modules; integrated
batch functions.
■ Benefits
• Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio
• Digital signal processing with many possibilities
• Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis-
sioning
• User configurable operation menu with password protection
• 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
• Flow rate in various units
• Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as additional
information available
• Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con-
figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error
logging (see SITRANS FM diagnostics)
• Batch control (MAG 6000 only)
• Custody transfer approval: MI-001 for cold water, PTB K 7.2
and OE12/C 040 for chilled water
• MAG 6000 with add-on bus modules for HART,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, Modbus RTU/RS485,
PROFIBUS PA and DP

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
■ Function
The MAG 5000/6000 are transmitters with a built-in alphanu-
meric display in several languages. The transmitters evaluate Transmitter
the signals from the associated electromagnetic sensors and
also fulfil the task of a power supply unit which provides the mag- min. 230 Ω
net coils with a constant current.
Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal-
lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors. PC/
laptop
Operating and
3
Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using: display panel
• Control and display unit
• HART communicator
HART- Coupling
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica- Communicator module RS 232
tion
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
HART communication
Modbus communication
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA
T
Bus
Master + term.
Coupler with .......

power supply
Transmitter with
PROFIBUS PA interface
PROFIBUS PA communication

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
Mode of operation and design Display Background illumination with alpha-
numeric text, 3 x 20 characters to
Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed constant indicate flow rate, totalized values,
field settings and faults; Reverse flow indi-
Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special cated by negative sign
cable required in remote mounted Time constant Time constant as current output time
installation) constant
Excitation frequency Depend on sensor size Design
Electrode input impedance > 1 x 1014 Ω Enclosure material
Input • Compact version Fiber glass reinforced polyamide;
Digital input 11 ... 30 V DC, Ri = 4. 4 KΩ
• 19“-insert
stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436 (IP65)
Standard 19“ insert of aluminium/
3
• Activation time 50 ms steel (DIN 41494), width: 21 TE,
• Current I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA height: 3 HE
Output • Back of panel IP20/NEMA 1; Aluminium
• Panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1 (prepared for
Current output IP65/NEMA 2 display side); ABS
• Signal range 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA plastic
• Load < 800 Ω • Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X; ABS plastic
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable
Dimensions
Digital output • Compact version See dimensional drawings
• Frequency 0 ... 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle • 19“ insert See dimensional drawings
(uni/bidirectional)
Weight
• Pulse (active) 24 V DC, 30 mA, 1 kΩ ≤ Ri ≤ 10 kΩ,
short-circuit-protected • Compact version 0.75 kg (2 lbs)
(power supplied from flowmeter) • 19“ insert See dimensional drawings
• Pulse (passive) 3 … 30 V DC, max. 110 mA, Power supply • 115 ... 230 V AC +10 % -15 %,
200 Ω ≤ Ri ≤ 10 kΩ powered from 50 ... 60 Hz
connected equipment) • 11 ... 30 V DC or 11 ... 24 V AC
Power consumption • 230 V AC: 17 VA
Relay output • 24 V AC: 9 VA, IN = 380 mA,
• Time constant Changeover relay, same as current IST = 8 A (30 ms)
output • 12 V DC: 11 W, IN = 920 mA,
• Load 42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A IST = 4 A (250 ms)
• 24 V DC: 8.4 VA, IN = 350 mA,
Low flow cut off 0 ... 9.9 % of maximum flow IST = 4 A (10 ms)
Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvani- IST= 4 A (250 ms):
cally isolated For solar panel please securestable
current supply
Max. measuring error
(incl. sensor and zero point) Certificates and approvals
(for detailed accuracy specifica-
General purpose • CE (LVD, EMC, PED, RoHS)
tions see "System information")
• UL (c-UL-us)
• MAG 5000 ± 0.4 % ± 1 mm/s
• MAG 6000 ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s Hazardous area • FM, CSA
- NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
Rated operation conditions
Custody transfer • Cold water: MI-001
Ambient temperature • Chilled water
• Operation • Display version: - PTB K 7.2 (Germany)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) - OE 12/C 040 (Austria)
• Blind version: Marine • ABS
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) (only for remote version with • Bureau Veritas
• Custody transfer (CT) version MAG 5100 W, DN 50 ... DN 300) • DNV-GL
-20 ... +50 ºC (-4 ... +122 ºF) • Lloyd's Register
• Storage -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F°)
Others • CPA (China)
Mechanical load (vibration) • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
Compact version 18 ... 1000 Hz, 3.17 g RMS, sinusoi- • KCs (South Korea)
dal in all directions to IEC 68-2-36 Communication
19“ insert 1 ... 800 Hz, 1 G, sinusoidal in all Standard
directions to • MAG 5000 HART 5.2 optional
IEC 68-2-36 • MAG 6000 Optional as add-on modules:
Degree of protection • HART 5.2
• Modbus RTU/RS 485,
Compact version IP67/NEMA 4X/6 to IEC 529 and • FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.) • DeviceNet,
19“ insert IP20/NEMA 1 to IEC 529 and • PROFIBUS PA
DIN 40050 • PROFIBUS DP
EMC performance IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments)
IEC/EN 61326-2-5
Display and keypad
Totalizer Two eight-digit counters for forward,
net or reverse flow

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Safety barrier (e/ia)
Application For use with MAG 5000/6000 19” and MAG 1100 Ex/MAG 3100 Ex
Ex approval MAG 1100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIB ATEX, EAC Ex
MAG 3100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIC ATEX, EAC Ex
Cable parameter Group Capacity in μF Inductance in mH
Electrode IIC ≤ 4.1 ≤ 80
IIB ≤ 45 ≤ 87
3 Ambient temperature
IIA ≤ 45 ≤ 87
• During operation -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)

• During storage -20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F)
Enclosure
• Material Standard 19” insert in aluminum/steel (DIN 41494)
• Width 21 TE (4.75”)
• Height 3 HE (5.25”)
• Rating IP20/NEMA 1 to EN 60529
• Mechanical load 1 g, 1 … 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36

Transmitter MAG 5000 Transmitter MAG 6000
Description Article No. Description Article No.
Transmitter MAG 5000 Blind for Transmitter MAG 6000 Blind for
compact and wall mounting; compact and wall mounting;
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass
reinforced polyamide reinforced polyamide
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-1AA30- • 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AA30-
0AA0 0AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-1AA10- • 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AA10-
0AA0 0AA0
Transmitter MAG 5000 Display Transmitter MAG 6000 Display

for compact and wall mount- for compact and wall mount-
ing; IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre glass ing; IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre glass
reinforced polyamide reinforced polyamide
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-1AA30- • 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AA30-
1AA0 1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-1AA10- • 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AA10-
1AA0 1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 7ME6910-1AA10-
with HART 1BA0
Transmitter MAG 6000 for
Transmitter MAG 5000 CT for compact and wall mounting;
compact and wall mounting, IP65/NEMA 4, stainless steel
approved for custody transfer, AISI 316/1.4436 (only for sen-
without verification (no sor with stainless steel termi-
approval marks - only a com- nal box) (for remote version
plete flowmeter can be verified, order stainless steel terminal
i.e. sensor together with the box separately)
transmitter); IP67/NEMA 4X/6,
fibre glass reinforced polyam- • 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1QA30-
ide 1AA0
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-1AA30- • 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1QA10-

1AD0 1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-1AA10-

1AD0
Transmitter MAG 5000 for 19"
rack and wall mounting
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-2CA30-
1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-2CA10-
1AA0

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)

Description Article No. Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 5000/6000
Transmitter MAG 6000 CT for Description Article No.
compact and wall mounting,
approved for custody transfer, For SITRANS FM
without verification (no MAG 5000/6000 IP67
approval marks - only a com- • English A5E02338368
plete flowmeter can be verified,
i.e. sensor together with the • German A5E02944982
transmitter); IP67/NEMA 4X/6,
fibre glass reinforced polyam- For SITRANS FM MAG
ide 5000/6000 19"
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AA30-
1AD0
• English A5E02082880
3
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AA10- guages, at
1AD0
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV for
compact and wall mounting; Communication modules for MAG 6000
special excitation frequency
44 Hz for Batch application Description Article No.
DN ≤ 25/1" IP67/NEMA 4X/6,
fibre glass reinforced polyam- HART (not for MAG 6000 I) FDK:085U0226
ide Modbus RTU/RS485 FDK:085U0234
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AB30- PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 FDK:085U0236
1AA0
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 FDK:085U0237
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AB10-
1AA0 DeviceNet FDK:085U0229
Transmitter MAG 6000 for FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 A5E02054250
19" rack and wall mounting
Operating instructions for SITRANS F add-on modules
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-2CA30-
1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-2CA10-
1AA0 HART
PROFIBUS PA/DP
• German A5E01026429
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV for
Modbus
19" rack and wall mounting;
special excitation frequency • English A5E00753974
44 Hz for Batch application • German A5E03089262
DN ≤ 25/1"
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-2CB30- • English A5E02318728
1AA0 • German A5E02488856
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-2CB10- DeviceNet
1AA0
MAG 6000 19" insert, complete 7ME6920-2EA10- This device is shipped with Safety Notes and a DVD containing further
mounted with IP66/NEMA 4X 1AA0 SITRANS FM literature.
wall mounting enclosure in
ABS plastic;115 ... 230 V AC, All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
50/60 Hz; cable gland PG13.5 guages, at
MAG 6000 19" insert with

safety barrier for Ex-approved
sensors, complete mounted
with IP66/NEMA 4X wall mount-
ing enclosure in ABS plastic,
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz;
cable gland PG13.5
• For ATEX 2G D sensors 7ME6920-2MA11-
1AA0
MAG 6000 SV 19" insert, com-
plete mounted with IP66/NEMA
4X wall mounting enclosure in
ABS plastic, special excitation
frequency 44 Hz for Batch
application DN ≤ 25/1"; cable
gland PG13.5
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1EB30-
1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1EB10-
1AA0

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Accessories for MAG 5000 and MAG 6000
Accessory kit for remote use of A5E34827189 Low-noise electrode coaxial
sensor with two 5-pin terminal cable for low conductivity and
blocks high vibration levels,
3 × 0.13 mm², Temperature
range -25 °C … +85 °C
(-13 °F … +185 °F)
• 2 m (6.6 ft) A5E02272692
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02272723
3 • 10 m (33 ft)
Cable kit including standard
A5E02272730
Wall mounting unit for coil cable (3 × 1.5 mm²/18

MAG 5000/6000 with gage, single shielded with PVC
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, terminal box jacket) and special electrode
in polyamide2) cable1) (3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket).
• 4 × M20 cable glands FDK:085U1018
Temperature range
• 4 × ½" NPT cable glands FDK:085U1053 -30 °C … +70 °C
(-22 °F … +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296329
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E01181647
• 15 m (49 ft) A5E02296464
Special wall mounting unit for • 20 m (65 ft) A5E01181656
MAG 5000/6000 • 25 m (82 ft) A5E02296490
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, mounting
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02296494
bracket in stainless steel
AISI 316 (1.4401), terminal box • 40 m (131 ft) A5E01181686
in polyamide • 50 m (164 ft) A5E02296498
• 4 × M20 cable glands A5E36699702 • 60 m (197 ft) A5E01181689
• 4 × ½" NPT cable glands A5E36699938 • 100 m (328 ft) A5E01181691
• 150 m (492 ft) A5E01181699
• 200 m (656 ft) A5E01181703
• 500 m (1640 ft) A5E01181705
Potting kit for IP68/NEMA 6P FDK:085U0220
Sun lid for MAG 5000/6000 A5E02328485 sealing of sensor junction box
transmitter (Frame and lid)
Standard coil or electrode

cable, 3 × 1.5 mm²/18 gage,
single shielded with PVC
jacket; Temperature range
-30 °C … +70 °C
(-22 °F … +158 °F) 19" safety barrier (21 TE)1) FDK:083F5034
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296523 [EEx e ia] IIC for MAG 1100 Ex
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F0121 sensors 12 ... 24 V,
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F0210 115 ... 230 V and MAG 3100 Ex
sensors, incl. back plate
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02297309
(A5E02559810)
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F0211
• 50 m (164 ft) A5E02297317
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F0212
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F0213
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3052
Front panel mounting FDK:083F5030
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3053 enclosure IP65/NEMA 2 in ABS
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3054 plastic for 19" insert (21 TE)
Special electrode cable1)
(empty pipe detection or low
conductivity), 3 × 0.25 mm²
double shielded with PVC
jacket, Temperature range
-30 °C … +70 °C Front panel mounting enclo- FDK:083F5031
(-22 °F … +158 °F) sure IP65/NEMA 2 in ABS plas-
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F3020 tic for 19“ insert (42 TE)
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F3095
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F3094
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F3093
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F3092 1)
Safety cables cannot be used with 19" safety barrier
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3056 2)
For stainless steel wall mounting kit, order:
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3057 - M20: FDK:085U1018 and A5E00836867
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3058 - ½ NPT: FDK:085U1053 and A5E00836868

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Description Article No. Spare parts
Panel mounting enclosure FDK:083F5032 Description Article No.
IP20/NEMA 1 in aluminum for
19“ insert (21 TE) Connection board (for polyam-
ide terminalbox)
• 12 … 24 V A5E02559817
• 115 … 230 V A5E02559816
Connection board (for stainless
steel terminalbox)
• 12 … 24 V A5E02604280
Panel mounting enclosure
IP20/NEMA 1 in aluminum for
19“ insert (42 TE)
FDK:083F5033 • 115 … 230 V
Connection board
A5E02604272
A5E02559809
3
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert for
panel mounting enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
Wall mounting enclosure

IP66/NEMA 4X in ABS plastic
for 19" insert (cable glands and
connection board not
included).
• 21 TE FDK:083F5037 Connection board A5E02559810
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
safety barrier for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
safety barrier for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
• 42 TE FDK:083F5038 12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V (only
for sensors produced before
October 2007)
Connection board FDK:083F4123
cleaning unit for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
Front cover (7TE) for panel FDK:083F4525 12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
mounting enclosure
SENSORPROM memory unit
(Sensor code and serial num-
bers must be specified on
order)
• 2 kB
(for MAG 5000/6000/6000 I)
- 1 pc. FDK:085U1005
- 10 pcs. FDK:083F5052
• 250 B FDK:085U1008
Sun shield for MAG 5000/6000 A5E01209496 (for MAG 2500/3000)
transmitter in remote design
Display unit for
MAG 5000/6000
• Black neutral front FDK:085U1038
Sun Shield for MAG 5000/6000 A5E01209500

transmitter in compact design
on MAG 3100 (DN 15 ... 2000
(½" ... 78") or MAG 5100 W
(DN 150 ... 1200 (6" ... 48") • SIEMENS front FDK:085U1039
HW key On request

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Cable glands (polyamide), Connection board A5E02559814
4 pcs. MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
• M20 A5E00822490 safety barrier for wall mounting
• ½" NPT A5E00822501 enclosure, 12 ... 24
V/115 ... 230 V
• PG 13.5, 2 pcs. FDK:083G0228
½" NPT M20 MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
safety barrier for wall mounting
Sealing screws for FDK:085U0221 enclosure, 12 ... 24
sensor/transmitter, 2 pcs.
3
V/115 ... 230 V (only for sen-
sors produced before October
2007)
cleaning unit for wall mounting
Terminal box, in polyamide, enclosure, 12 ... 24
inclusive lid, terminal blocks, V/115 ... 230 V
gasket and screws
SENSORPROM programmer FDK:083H4246
• M20 FDK:085U1050 with RS 232 interface
• ½" NPT FDK:085U1052
Terminal box lid, in polyamide FDK:085U1003
Terminal box, in stainless steel,

inclusive lid, terminal blocks,
gasket and screws, for
MAG 6000 in stainless steel
and for all Ex sensors
• M20 A5E00836867
• ½" NPT A5E00836868
Terminal box (3A) for
MAG 1100 F in polyamide,
inclusive lid, terminal blocks,
gasket and screws
• M20 A5E00822478
• ½" NPT A5E00822479
Gasket for terminal box lid in A5E37086797

polyamide or for
MAG 5000/ 6000 IP67/
NEMA 4X/6 enclosure in poly-
amide (5 pcs.)
Spare part kit for remote use of A5E34346873

sensor with twenty 5-pin termi-
nal blocks
Display frame in polyamide for A5E43491675

MAG 5000/6000 IP67/
NEMA 4X/6 (5 pcs.)
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert for
wall mounting enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
Transmitter IP67/NEMA 4X/6 compact polyamide
6 (0.24) 71 (2.80)
155 (6.10) 133 (5.24)
13 (0.51)
Ø8 (0.31)
240 (9.45)
178 (7.01)
71 (2.80)
Ø12 (0.47)
3
155 (6.10)
Ø8 (0.31)
102 (4.02)
13 (0.51)
30 (1.18)
155 (6.10) 50 (2.0)
170 (6.70)
Transmitter compact mounted, dimensions in mm (inch) Transmitter wall mounted, dimensions in mm (inch)
Transmitter, 19" IP20/NEMA 1 standard unit
14 (0.6)
193 (7.60)
106 (4.17) 175 (6.89)
91 (3.58) 168 (6.61)

128 (5.04)
122 (4.80)
2.8 (0.11)
Weight incl. back print 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)
Dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
■ Dimensional drawings (continued)

Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 21 TE
210 (8.27) 235 (9.25)

13 (0.51)
3
120 (4.72)
146 (5.75)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
13 (0.51)
22 (0.86)
192 (7.56) Weight excl. transmitter: 2.3 kg (5.0 lbs)
Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 42 TE
13 (0.51)
357 (14.05) 235 (9.25)

120 (4.72)
146 (5.75)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
22 (0.87)
13 (0.51)
339 (13.35)
Weight excl. transmitter: 2.9 kg (7.0 lbs)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Transmitter, front panel mounting IP65/NEMA 2, 21 TE
197 (7.75)
144 (5.67)
184 (7.24) 198 (7.80) 50 (1.97)
140 (5.51)

185 (7.28)
Transmitter, front panel mounting IP65/NEMA 2, 42 TE
294 (1.57)
144 (5.67)
281 (1.06) 198 (7.80) 50 (1.97)

140 (5.51)

282 (1.10)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Transmitter, panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1, 21 TE
163 (6.42)
144 (5.67)
117 (4.61) 218 (8.58)
3
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)
Weight: 0.7 kg (1.6 lbs)
Transmitter, panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1, 42 TE
269 (10.59)
253 (9.96)
223 (8.87) 218 (8.58)
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)
Weight: 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
The transmitter is designed for either compact or remote instal-
lation in non-hazardous or hazardous areas (compact mounted
transmitter to be ordered together with the sensor).
■ Function
The following functions are available:
• Flow rate
• 2 measuring ranges
• 2 totalizers
• Low flow cut-off
3
• Flow direction
• Error system
• Operating time
• Uni-/bidirectional flow
• Limit switches and pulse output
The SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex de transmitter is • Batch control
designed for the demands in the process industry. The robust
The MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex de is a microprocessor-based trans-
die cast aluminum housing provides superb protection, even in
mitter with a built-in alphanumeric display in several languages.
the most harsh industrial environments. Full input and output
The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated elec-
functionality is given even in the Ex version.
tromagnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply
unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current.
■ Benefits Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal-
• Full range of Ex-rated flowmeters with intrinsically safe rated lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
input and outputs
• For compact or remote installation Displays and keypads
• HART, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using:
and DP, Modbus RTU/RS485 add-on communication modules • Keypad and display unit
available • HART communicator
• Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio • PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica-
• Digital signal processing with many possibilities tion
• Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis- • PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
sioning Modbus communication
• User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Flow rate in various units
- Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as much
more information available
• Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con-
figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
logging
• Batch control
• MAG 6000 I NAMUR: compliant with NAMUR NE 21, NE 32,
NE 43, NE 53 and NE 70

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
Mode of operation and design Design
Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed constant Enclosure material Die cast aluminum, with corrosion
field resistant Basic Polyester powder
coating (min. 60 µm)
Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special
cable required in remote mounted • Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket enclosed for
installation) remote version
Excitation frequency Depend on sensor size Dimensions See dimensional drawings
Electrode input impedance > 1 x 1014 Ω Weight See dimensional drawings
Input Power supply • Standard transmitter:
3 Digital input 11 … 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 kΩ

18 … 90 V DC; 115 … 230 V AC;
50 … 60 Hz
• Activation time 50 ms • Ex transmitter: 18 … 30 V DC
• Current I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA
• Ex transmitter: 115 … 230 V AC;
Output 50 … 60 Hz
Current output • Ex transmitter NAMUR:
• Signal range 4 … 20 mA (active/passive) 18 … 30 V DC; 115 … 230 V AC;
• Load < 560 Ω 50 … 60 Hz
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable Power consumption • 230 V AC: 20 VA
Digital output • 24 V DC: 9.6 W, IN = 0.4 A,
• Frequency 0 … 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle IST = 1 A (3 ms)
(uni-/bidirectional)
• Pulse (passive) 3 … 30 V DC, max. 110 mA (30 mA General purpose • CE (LVD, EMC, PED, RoHS)
Ex version), 200 Ω ≤ Ri ≤ 10 kΩ Hazardous areas • ATEX, IECEx, FM, CSA, EAC Ex,
(powered from connected equip- NEPSI
ment) - Zone 1 Ex d e [ia] ia IIC T6 Gb
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable • ATEX, IECEx, CSA
- Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67 T85 °C
Relay output
• FM
• Time constant Changeover relay, same as current - XP IS Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C,
output D
• Load 42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A - DIP Class II+III Div. 1 Groups E, F,
G
Low flow cut off 0 … 9.9 % of maximum flow
Others • CPA (China)
Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvanic • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
isolated. • KCs (South Korea)
Max. measuring error Cable entries
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s MAG 6000 I
(incl. sensor)
• Power supply and outputs 2 x M20 (HART)/M25 (PROFIBUS) or
Rated operation conditions 2 x ½" NPT (HART)
Ambient temperature • Sensor connection 2 x M16 or
• Operation 2 x ½" NPT
- MAG 6000 I -25 … +60 °C (-13 … +140 °F) MAG 6000 I Ex ATEX 2GD
- MAG 6000 I Ex -25 … +60 °C (-13 … 140 °F)
• Power supply and outputs 2 x M20
• Storage -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
• Sensor connection 2 x M16
Mechanical load 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z,
directions for 2 hours according to Communication
EN 60068-2-36
Standard versions HART, Modbus RTU/RS 485,
Transmitter: 1.14 g RMS FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA,
Degree of protection IP67/NEMA 4X to IEC 529 and PROFIBUS DP add-on modules
DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.)
Ex versions HART, PROFIBUS PA
EMC performance IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments) (not for Ex version)
IEC/EN 61326-2-5
NAMUR NE 21 1)
Applicable for: Compact mounted MAG 6000 I Ex on MAG 3100
Display and keypad (sizes DN 15 ... DN 300 (½" ... 12")).
Totalizer Two eight-digit counters for forward,

net or reverse flow
Display Background illumination with alpha-
numeric text, 3 x 20 characters to
indicate flow rate, totalized values,
settings and faults; Reverse flow indi-
cated by negative sign
Keypad Capacitive touch keypad with LED
light for feedback indication
Time constant Time constant as current output time
constant

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Selection and ordering data Article No.
SITRANS FM Transmitter MAG 6000 I 7ME6930- Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I
Remote with standard wall mounting bracket, local 2 BA77- 1 7A7 Description Article No.
display, die cast aluminum
Click on the Article No. for the online • German A5E02210835
Supply voltage All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
guages, at
Standard transmitter: 18 ... 90 V DC; 2 http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Communication modules for MAG 6000 I
3
Standard transmitter (NAMUR): 18 ... 30 V DC; 3
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz (All standard outputs can still be used)
Ex transmitter: 18 ... 30 V DC 4
Ex transmitter: 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz 5
HART (only for MAG 6000 I/Ex) FDK:085U0321
Ex transmitter (NAMUR): 18 ... 30 V DC; 6
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz Modbus RTU/RS 4851) FDK:085U0234
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 FDK:085U0236
Ex approval
Standard sensor: FM Class I, Div 2, CSA Class I, 0 PROFIBUS DP Profile 31) FDK:085U0237
Div 2 DeviceNet1) FDK:085U0229
Ex sensor: Hazardous area (ATEX 2 GD; 2 FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 A5E02054250
FM Class I, Zone 1; CSA Class I, Zone 1)
1) Not for Ex versions
Communication
None A Operating instructions for SITRANS F add-on modules
HART B Description Article No.
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 F HART
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex version) G • English A5E03089708
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex version) E PROFIBUS PA/DP
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 J • English A5E00726137
Cable gland entries • German A5E01026429
Metric 0 Modbus
½" NPT 2 • English A5E00753974
Further design Order code
Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order FOUNDATION Fieldbus
code(s) and plain text • English A5E02318728
Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17 • German A5E02488856
Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive) Y18 DeviceNet, Englisch A5E03089720
Special version (specify in plain text) Y99
guages, at

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex

Accessories for MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex Spare parts
Standard coil or electrode Display unit FDK:085U3122
cable, 3 × 1.5 mm²/ 18 gage,
single shielded with PVC jacke
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296523
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F0121
3 • 20 m (65 ft)
• 30 m (98 ft)
FDK:083F0210
A5E02297309
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F0211 Accessory bag including cable FDK:085U3144
• 50 m (164 ft) A5E02297317 gland inserts and connectors
for sensor cables
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F0212
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F0213 Display lid (Ex) in die-cast alu- 7ME5933-0AC01
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3052 minum, with corrosions resitant
coating (min. 60 μm)
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3053
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3054
Special electrode cable (empty
pipe detection or low conduc-
tivity), 3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F) Blind lid for sensor cables con- 7ME5933-0AC02
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F3020 nection compartment (only
remote version) in die-cast alu-
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F3095 minum, with corrosion resistant
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F3094 coating (min. 60 μm) incl. O-
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F3093 ring seal
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F3092
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3056
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3057
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3058
Cable kit including standard Blind lid (mains supply, 7ME5933-0AC03
coil cable (3 × 1.5 mm²/ 18 input/outputs) in die-cast alu-
gage, single shielded with PVC minum, with corrosion resistant
jacket) and special electrode coating (min. 60 μm)
cable (3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket)
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296329
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E01181647
• 15 m (49 ft) A5E02296464 Safety clamp 7ME5933-0AC06
• 20 m (65 ft) A5E01181656
• 25 m (82 ft) A5E02296490
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02296494
• 40 m (131 ft) A5E01181686
• 50 m (164 ft) A5E02296498
• 60 m (197 ft) A5E01181689
• 100 m (328 ft) A5E01181691
Standard wall-mounting 7ME5933-0AC04
• 150 m (492 ft) A5E01181699 bracket, stainless steel
• 200 m (656 ft) A5E01181703 AISI 316L/1.4404
• 500 m (1640 ft) A5E01181705
Low noise electrode coax
cable for low conductivity and
high vibration levels,
3 × 0.13 mm²
Temperature range
-25 °C … +85 °C Special wall-mounting bracket, 7ME5933-0AC05
(-13 °F … +185 °F) BI 2.5 DIN 59382 X6Cr17
• 2 m (6.6 ft) A5E02272692
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02272723
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E02272730

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Selection and ordering data (continued) ■ Dimensional drawings

Complete spare part PCB unit
205 (8.07) 98.5 (3.88) 153 (6.08)
100 (3.94) 33.5 (1.32)
MAG 6000 I std. (not for Ex), FDK:085U3123
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA
MAG 6000 I std. (NAMUR), A5E31426892
250 (9.84)
220 (8.66)
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
248 (9.76)
Spare PCBA
MAG 6000 I Ex (NAMUR), A5E31426877
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA for use with Ex
sensors with increased safety e
3
(for Ex sensors: 7ME6110,
7ME6120, 7ME6140,
7ME6310, 7ME6320,
7ME6340) Ø 80 (3.15)
(for 7ME6330 > DN300)1)
MAG 6000 I Ex d A5E01013127 1) SITRANS FM transmitter MAG 6000 I with wall-mounting bracket,
115 ... 230 V AC dimensions in mm (inch)
Spare PCBA for use with ATEX
MAG 6000 I Ex d A5E01013340 1)
18 ... 30 V DC
Spare PCBA for use with ATEX
1)
Spare pcba for MAG 6000 I Ex produced after 12/2012.
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates.
Product selector link:
http://www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT
■ Overview ■ Mode of operation

The flow measuring principle is based on Faraday’s law of elec-
tromagnetic induction according to which the sensor converts
the flow into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of
the flow.
■ Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an asso-
ciated transmitter SITRANS FM MAG 5000, 6000 or 6000 I. The
flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration
3 and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA,
Modbus RTU/RS 485.
The SITRANS FM MAG 1100 is an electromagnetic flow sensor

in a compact wafer design designed for flow applications in the
process industry.
■ Benefits
• Sensor sizes: DN 2 … 100 (1/12" … 4")
• Compact wafer design meets EN 1092, DIN and ANSI flange
standards
• Corrosion resistant AISI 316 stainless steel sensor housing
• Highly resistant liner and electrodes fitting most extreme pro-
cess media
• Temperature rating up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Hose proof IP67/NEMA 4X enclosure rating
• Designed that patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprints.
■ Application
The main applications of the SITRANS FM electromagnetic flow
sensors can be found in the following fields:
• Process industry
• Pharmaceutical industry
• Water treatment like e.g. chemical dosing
■ Design
• Compact or remote mounting possible
• Easy “plug & play” field changeability of transmitter
• Simple on site upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P terminal box
• ATEX 2G D version
• FM Class I Div 2

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Version MAG 1100 MAG 1100 HT (High temperature)
Measuring principle Electromagnetic induction Electromagnetic induction
Excitation frequency (Mains supply: 50 Hz/60 Hz) DN 2 … 65 (1/12“ … 2½”): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz DN 15 … 50 (½" … 2"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz
DN 80, 100 (3", 4"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz DN 80, 100 (3", 4"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
Process connection
Nominal size
• MAG 1100 (Ceramic) DN 2 … DN 100 (1/12" … 4") DN 15 … DN 100 (½" … 4")
• MAG 1100 (PFA) DN 10 … DN 100 (3/8" … 4")
Mating flanges EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B 16.5 class 150 and
300 or equivalent
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B 16.5 class 150 and
300 or equivalent 3
Option:
DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8"): G½"/NPT ½" pipe con-
nection adapters
Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
• Standard sensor -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F) -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
• Ex sensor -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
• Compact with transmitter MAG 5000/6000 -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
• Compact with transmitter MAG 6000 I -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
• Compact with transmitter MAG 6000 I Ex -20 … +60 °C (-4 … 140 °F)
• MAG 1100 (Ceramic) -20 … +150 °C (-4 … +302 °F) -20 … +200 °C (-4 … +392 °F)
• MAG 1100 Ex (Ceramic) -20 … +150 °C (-4 … +302 °F) -20 … +180 °C (-4 … +356 °F)
• MAG 1100 (PFA) -30 … +130 °C (-22 … +266 °F)
Suitable for steam sterilization at 150 °C (302 °F)
Temperature shock
• MAG 1100 (Ceramic)
- Duration ≤ 1 min, followed by 10 min rest • DN 2, 3 (1/12", 1/8") No limitations • DN 15, 25: Max. ΔT ≤ 80 °C/min
(½", 1": Max. ΔT ≤ 144 °F/min)
• DN 6, 10, 15, 25: Max. ΔT ≤ 80 °C/min • DN 40, 50: Max. ΔT ≤ 70 °C/min
(¼", 3/8", ½", 1": Max. ΔT ≤ 144 °F/min) (1½", 2": Max. ΔT ≤ 126 °F/min)
• DN 40, 50, 65: Max. ΔT ≤ 70 °C/min • DN 80, 100: Max. ΔT ≤ 60 °C/min
(1½”, 2", 2½": Max. ΔT ≤ 126 °F/min) (3", 4": Max. ΔT ≤ 108 °F/min)
• DN 80, 100: Max. ΔT ≤ 60 °C/min
(3", 4": Max. ΔT ≤ 108 °F/min)
• MAG 1100 (PFA) Max. ± 100 °C (212 °F) momentarily
Operating pressure
• MAG 1100 (Ceramic) • DN 2 … 65: 40 bar (1/12" … 2½": 580 psi) • DN 15 … 50: 40 bar (½" … 2": 580 psi)
• DN 80: 37.5 bar (3": 540 psi) • DN 80: 37.5 bar (3": 540 psi)
• DN 100: 30 bar (4": 435 psi) • DN 100: 30 bar (4": 435 psi)
Vacuum: 1 x 10-6 barabs (1.5 x 10-5 psiabs) Vacuum: 1 x 10-6 barabs (1.5 x 10-5 psiabs)
• MAG 1100 (PFA) 20 bar (290 psi)
Vacuum: 0.02 barabs (0.3 psiabs)

DN 80 … DN 100: CO2 pressure max. 7 bar
(101.5 psi)
Mechanical load (vibration) • 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for • 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for
2 hours according to EN 60068-2-36 2 hours according to EN 60068-2-36
• Sensor: 3.17 g RMS • Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
• Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted
transmitter: 3.17 g RMS
• Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
mounted transmitter: 1.14 g RMS
• For compact installation with the MAG 6000 I,
transmitter to be supported to avoid tension on
sensor part.
Enclosure rating (standard) IP67 to EN 60529 (NEMA 4X), 1 mH2O for 30 min IP67 to EN 60529 (NEMA 4X), 1 mH2O for 30 min
EMC 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Version MAG 1100 MAG 1100 HT (High temperature)
Design
Weight See Dimensional drawings See Dimensional drawings
Material
• Enclosure
- MAG 1100 Stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404 Stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404
• Terminal box
- Standard Fibre glass reinforced polyamide (not for Ex) Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
- Option Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
3 • Fixing studs Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301,

Number and size to EN 1092-1:2001
Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301,
Number and size to EN 1092-1:2001
• Gaskets
- Standard EPDM (max. 150 °C, PN 40 (max. 302 °F, 600 psi)) Graphite (max. 200 °C, PN 40 (max. 392 °F,
600 psi))
- Option • Graphite (max. 200 °C, PN 40 (max. 392 °F,
600 psi))
• PTFE (max. 130 °C, PN 25 (max. 266 °F, 300 psi))
• Pipe connection adapters: • Stainless steel, AISI 316 /1.4436
DN 2, 3, 6 and 10 (1/12", 1/8", ¼" and 3/8")
• Hastelloy C22/2.4602
• PVDF
Liner
• MAG 1100 (Ceramic) • DN 2, 3 (1/12", 1/8"): Zirconium oxide (ZrO2) DN 15 … 100 (½", 4"): Aluminum oxide Al2O3
(ceramic)
• DN 6 … 100 (¼" … 4"): Aluminum oxide Al2O3
• MAG 1100 (PFA) Reinforced PFA (not for Ex)
Electrodes
• MAG 1100 (Ceramic) • DN 10 … 100 (3/8" … 4"): Platinum with gold/Tita- Platinum with gold/Titanium brazing alloy
nium brazing alloy
• DN 2 … 6 (1/12" … ¼"): Platinum
• MAG 1100 (PFA) • DN 10 … 15 (3/8" … ½"): Hastelloy C276/2.4819
• DN 25 … 100 (1" … 4"): Hastelloy C22/2.4602
Cable entries • Remote installation 2 x M20 or 2 x ½" NPT Remote installation 2 x M20 or 2 x ½" NPT
• Compact installation
- MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20 or 4 x ½" NPT
- MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 (for supply/output)
- MAG 6000 I Ex: 2 x M25 (for supply/output)
Calibration
• Default calibration Zero-point, 2 x 25 %, 2 x 90 % Zero-point, 2 x 25 %, 2 x 90 %
• Special calibration 5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 %
of factory Qmax
10-point calibration: ascending and descending at
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
Matched-pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10-point
Hazardous areas
• MAG 1100 F (Ceramic)
- Ex-sensor in compact or remote version with • ATEX, EAC Ex • ATEX, EAC Ex
MAG 6000 I Ex - Zone 1 Ex d e ia IIB T6 Gb - Zone 1 Ex d e ia IIB T6 Gb
• ATEX • ATEX
- Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67 - Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67
- Standard sensor in compact or remote version • FM • FM
with MAG 5000/6000/6000 I - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
• MAG 1100 F (PFA)
- Standard sensor in compact or remote version • FM
with MAG 5000/6000/6000 I - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
Pressure equipment • PED – 2014/68/EU • PED – 2014/68/EU
• CRN (only PFA)
Others • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan) • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
For technical specification for transmitter - please see section about transmitters.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 1100 7ME6110- Additional information

EPDM gaskets included 77A70 - 7777 Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Certificates
• Material certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C12
Diameter
• Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2 C14
DN 2 (1/12“) 1 D • Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1 C15
DN 3 (1/8“) 1 H Special calibration
DN 6 (¼“) 1 M • 5-point calibration1) D01
DN 10 (3/8“) 1 R
• 10-point calibration2)
• Default (2 × 25 % and 2 × 90 %) matched-pair
D06
D11
3
DN 15 (½“) 1 V calibration
DN 25 (1“) 2 D • 5-point, matched-pair calibration1) D15
• 10-point, matched-pair calibration2) D18
DN 40 (1½“) 2 R
Terminal blocks
DN 50 (2“) 2 Y • Factory mounted terminal blocks N02
DN 65 (2½“) 3 F Country specific label
DN 80 (3“) 3 M • CRN (Canadian Registration Number) H25
DN 100 (4“) 3 T Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17
Liner material Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive) Y18
PFA - DN 10 ... 100 (3/8“ ... 4“) 1 Customer-specific transmitter setting Y20
Ceramic 2 Factory mounted sensor cables
Electrode material • Sensor cables wired (specify Article No. for sensor Y40
Hastelloy C (only with PFA liner) 1 cables and order cables separately)
Platinum (only with ceramic liner) 2 • Sensor cables wired and IP68 sealing (specify Arti- Y41
cle No. for sensor cables and order cables sepa-
Transmitter rately)
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (order trans- A Additional calibrations
mitter separately) • Accredited matched-pair calibration acc. to On request3)
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (order transmitter B ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
separately) • Customer-specified calibration up to 10 points On request3)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 18 ... 90 V DC, C • Customer-witnessed calibration On request3)
115 ... 230 V AC Any of above calibration
1)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex D 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
2)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex E Ascending and descending at 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory
Qmax
MAG 6000 Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC H 3)
Product Variation Request (PVR)
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 ... 230 V AC J
MAG 5000, Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC K
MAG 5000, Polyamide, 115 ... 230 V AC L
Communication
No communication, add-on possible A
HART B
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 F
(only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex) G
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex) E
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 J
Cable glands/terminal box
Metric: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I 1
compact
½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I 2
compact
Metric: Stainless steel terminal box 3
½" NPT: Stainless steel terminal box 4
1) Quick ship only in combination with Ceramic liner

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 1100 HT 7ME6120- Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 1100
High Temperature
77A2 0 - 2 7A7 Description Article No.
Ceramic liner, Platinum electrode, Graphite gaskets
included • English A5E02435647
Click on the Article No. for the online All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
guages, at
Diameter https://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
DN 15 (½“) 1 V
Accessories
DN 25 (1“) 2 D
3 DN 40 (1½“) 2 R
Description
Potting kit for IP68/ NEMA 6P
Article No.
FDK:085U0220
DN 50 (2“) 2 Y sealing of sensor junction box
DN 80 (3“) 3 M
DN 100 (4“) 3 T
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter A
(order transmitter separately)
Ex sensor for remote transmitter B
(order transmitter separately)
Additional information Order code

Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order
Certificates
Special calibration
• 5-point calibration1) D01
• 10-point calibration2) D06
• Default (2 × 25 % and 2 × 90 %) matched-pair cal- D11
ibration
Terminal blocks
• Factory mounted terminal blocks N02
Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17
Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive) Y18
Customer-specific transmitter setting Y20
Factory mounted sensor cables
• Sensor cables wired (specify Article No. for sensor Y40
cables and order cables separately)
• Sensor cables wired and IP68 sealing (specify Ar- Y41
ticle No. for sensor cables and order cables sepa-
rately)
Additional calibrations
• Accredited matched-pair calibration acc. to On request3)
ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
• Customer-specified calibration up to 10 points On request3)
• Customer-witnessed calibration On request3)
Any of above calibration
1)
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
2)
Ascending and descending at 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory
Qmax
3)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Article No.
Accessories for MAG 1100 sensor

Pipe connection ½" external thread Grounding ring (stainless steel)
For DN 2 ... 10 (1/12“ ... 3/8“) sensor, material: Material: AISI 316/1.4436; each set includes:
Stainless steel AISI 316L 2 pcs. pipe connections, 1 pc. grounding ring1), 3 pcs. PTFE gaskets,
2 pcs. EPDM gaskets, 12 pcs. M4x12 screws 1 pc. earth wire, 1 pc. M6 screw
• R½" ISO 7-1 tappered thread FDK:083G0080 • DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") FDK:083G0686

• ½" NPT thread FDK:083G4330 • DN 15 (½") FDK:083G0687
3
For DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") sensor, material: • DN 25 (1") FDK:083G0689
Hastelloy C, 2 pcs. pipe connections, 2 pcs. PTFE • DN 40 (1½") FDK:083G0691
gaskets, 12 pcs. M4x12 screws • DN 50 (2") FDK:083G0692
• R½" ISO 7-1 tapered thread FDK:083G4332 • DN 65 (2½") FDK:083G0693
• DN 80 (3") FDK:083G0694
• ½" NPT thread FDK:083G4331 • DN 100 (4") FDK:083G0695
For DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") sensor, material PVDF Grounding ring (Hastelloy C)
(Kynar 1000) 2 pcs. pipe connections (max. 70 ºC,
PN 8 bar/max 158 ºF, 116 PSI), 1 pc. grounding ring Material: Hastelloy C22/2.4602; each set includes:
1), 1 pc. grounding wire, 3 pcs. PTFE gaskets, 2 pcs. 1 pc. grounding ring1), 3 pcs. PTFE gaskets,
space rings, 6 pcs. M4x12 and 6 pcs. M4x20 screws 1 pc. earth wire, 1 pc. M6 screw
• R½" ISO 7-1 tapered thread incl. grounding ring A5E01018395
• ½" NPT thread incl. grounding ring A5E01018400 • DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") FDK:083G3256
EPDM gaskets • DN 15 (½") FDK:083G3257
• DN 25 (1") FDK:083G3259
Material: EPDM; each set includes:
2 pcs. EPDM gaskets, 1 pc. grounding wire, 1 pc. M6 • DN 40 (1½") FDK:083G3261
screw, 1 pc. nut, 1 pc. washer, 1 pc. bolt grounding • DN 50 (2") FDK:083G3262
plate • DN 65 (2½") FDK:083G3263
• DN 80 (3") FDK:083G3264
• DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") FDK:083G3116 • DN 100 (4") FDK:083G3265
• DN 15 (½"“) FDK:083G3117 Grounding ring (Tantalum)
• DN 25 (1") FDK:083G3119 Material: Tantalum; each set includes:
• DN 40 (1½") FDK:083G3121 1 pc. grounding ring1), 3 pcs. PTFE gaskets,
• DN 50 (2") FDK:083G3122 1 pc. earth wire, 1 pc. M6 screw
• DN 65 (2½") FDK:083G3123
• DN 80 (3") FDK:083G3124
• DN 100 (4") FDK:083G3125
PTFE gaskets • DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") A5E01181599
Material: PTFE; each set includes:
2 pcs. gaskets, 2 pcs. grounding wires, 3
pcs. M6 screws (DN 2 … DN 10: 12 pcs. M4x14)
• DN 15 (½") A5E01181606
• DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") FDK:083G0156
• DN 25 (1") A5E01181610
• DN 15 (½") FDK:083G0157
• DN 40 (1½") A5E01181613
• DN 25 (1") FDK:083G0159
• DN 50 (2") A5E01181615
• DN 40 (1½") FDK:083G0161
• DN 65 (2½") A5E01181616
• DN 50 (2") FDK:083G0162
• DN 80 (3") A5E01181619
• DN 65 (2½") FDK:083G0163
• DN 100 (4") A5E01181622
• DN 80 (3") FDK:083G0164
• DN 100 (4") FDK:083G0165 Studs and nuts
for DN 100 PN 25/40, 8 pcs. M20 studs,
Graphite gaskets
16 pcs. M20 nuts
Material: Graphite; conductive, each set includes:
Material: AISI 304/1.4305
2 pcs. gaskets (can also be used as grounding ring)
• DN 100 (4") FDK:083G0226
• DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") FDK:083G0116 Mounting kit

• DN 15 (½") FDK:083G0117 Material: Stainless steel 300 series, each kit includes:
• DN 25 (1") FDK:083G0119 1 pc. clamp block, 1 pc. clamp, 1 pc. bracket,
4 pcs. M8x20 screw, 2 pcs. M8 nut, 6 pcs. M8 split
• DN 40 (1½") FDK:083G0121 lockwasher, 2 pcs. M6 U-bolts
• DN 50 (2") FDK:083G0122
• DN 65 (2½") FDK:083G0123
• DN 80 (3") FDK:083G0124
• DN 100 (4") FDK:083G0125 • DN 2 … 100 (1/12" … 4") A5E38288519
1)
Thickness of grounding ring is 2 mm (0.08 inch), material Hastelloy
C22/2.4602.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Sensor MAG 1100, compact/remote
133 (5.24) 155 (6.10) 218 (8.58) 208 (8.19)
6,75$16)00$*)/20$*,1'8675<
&RGHQR)'.)
6HULDOQR
)LUPZDUHYHUVLRQ
6XSSO\ ,,*
(QFORVXUH 6,5$$7(;;
7HPS$PE (([GH>LD@LD,,%7
,6,17(5)$&(
6HHPDQXDO
6LHPHQV)ORZ,QVWUXPHQWV$6
2 x M25
0DGHLQ'HQPDUN
3 M20
A1 133 (5.24)
A2
(½" NPT/
B1
PG 13.5)
A
B
DP
DG
Di
L D L
Important note: For compact installation with MAG 6000 I/Ex - transmitter to be supported to avoid tension on the sensor part
Size A1) B1) A1/A2 3) B1 D Di Di (PFA) DP DG Weight2)
DN [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
2 161 186 315 340 48.7 2 17.3 34 2.2
3 161 186 315 340 48.7 3 17.3 34 2.2
6 161 186 315 340 48.7 6 17.3 34 2.2
10 161 186 315 340 48.7 10 10 13.6 34 2.2
15 161 186 315 340 48.7 15 16 17.3 40 2.2
25 169 201 323 354 63.5 25 26 28.5 56 2.7
40 179 221 333 375 84.0 40 38 43.4 75 3.4
50 188 239 342 393 101.6 50 50 54.5 90 4.2
65 198 258 351 412 120.9 65 66 68.0 112 5.5
80 204 270 357 424 133.0 80 81 82.5 124 7.0
100 217 296 370 450 159.0 100 100 107.1 150 10.0
Size A1) B1) A1/A2 3) B1 D Di Di (PFA) DP DG Weight2)

[inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [lbs]
1/12 6.34 7.33 12.40 13.39 1.92 0.08 0.68 1.34 4.8
1/8 6.34 7.33 12.40 13.39 1.92 0.12 0.68 1.34 4.8
¼ 6.34 7.33 12.40 13.39 1.92 0.24 0.68 1.34 4.8
3/8 6.34 7.33 12.40 13.39 1.92 0.39 0.39 0.53 1.34 4.8
½ 6.34 7.33 12.40 13.39 1.92 0.59 0.63 0.68 1.57 4.8
1 6.66 7.92 12.72 13.94 2.50 0.98 1.02 1.12 2.20 5.9
1½ 7.05 8.70 13.11 14.76 3.31 1.57 1.50 1.71 2.95 7.5
2 7.40 9.41 13.47 15.47 4.00 1.97 1.97 2.15 3.54 9.2
2½ 7.80 10.16 13.82 16.22 4.76 2.56 2.60 2.68 4.41 12
3 8.03 10.63 14.06 16.70 5.24 3.15 3.19 3.25 4.88 15
4 8.54 11.65 14.57 17.72 6.26 3.94 3.94 4.22 5.91 22
1)
14.5 mm (0.571") shorter when the stainless steel terminal box is used (Ex or high temperature 200 °C (392 °F) version).
2)
With transmitter MAG 5000 or MAG 6000 installed, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lb).
With MAG 6000 I weight is increased with 5.5 kg (12.1 lbs).
3)
A2 is 3 mm (0.12") shorter than A1

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

The total built-in length “L” [mm]/[inch] before assembling depends on the gasket selected.
Size EPDM Graphite PTFE (Teflon) Without gasket Grounding ring
DN Inch [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch]
2 … 10 1) 1
/12 … 3/8 64 2.52 66 2.60 70 2.75 64 2.52 77 3.03
15 ½ 65 2.56 66 2.60 70 2.75 64 2.52 77 3.03
25 1 80 3.15 81 3.19 85 3.35 79 3.10 92 3.62
40 1½ 95 3.74 96 3.78 100 3.94 94 3.70 107 4.21
50
65
2
2½
105
130
4.13
5.12
106
131
4.17
5.15
110
135
4.33
5.31
104
129
4.05
5.05
117
142
4.61
5.60
3
80 3 155 6.10 156 6.14 160 6.30 154 6.00 167 6.57
100 4 185 7.28 186 7.31 190 7.48 184 7.20 197 7.76
1) Mounting between two flanges
Sensor MAG 1100 DN 2 … 10 (1/12" … 3/8") with adapters
1/2" thread
6 x M4
20 (0.79)
35 (1.38) 52 (2.05)
The MAG 1100 DN 2, 3, 6 and 10 (1/12", 1/8", ¼" and 3/8") are prepared for assembly with the ½" pipe connections. Dimensions in mm (inch)
The length “L“ varies dependent on the gasket choice.
Stainless steel and Hastelloy pipe connections PVDF pipe connections
Without gasket EPDM Graphite PTFE PTFE
[mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch]
150 5.9 150 5.9 152 6.0 156 6.1 133 5.2
Important note:
For compact installation with the MAG 6000 I, transmitter to be supported to avoid tension on sensor part.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
■ Overview ■ Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a sensor and an associated
transmitter SITRANS FM MAG 5000, 6000 and 6000 I.
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integra-
tion and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as
PROFIBUS DP and PA, Modbus RTU/RS 485, HART, FOUNDA-
TION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet.
Pressure/temperature curve; material AISI 316L/1.4404
3
bar
45
PN 40
40
35
30
PN 25
25
20
PN 16
The electromagnetic sensor SITRANS FM MAG 1100 F is de- 15
signed to meet applications in the food and beverage industry. 10
PN 6
5
■ Benefits 0 °C
• Sensor sizes: DN 10 to DN 100 (3/8" to 4") -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
• AISI 316 stainless steel enclosure

• Sensor: Hygienic connection, 3A approval and EHEDG certi-
fied
• Sanitary design for CIP/SIP cleaning Pressure/temperature curve; material AISI 316L/1.4404
psi
• Easy commissioning, the SENSORPROM unit automatically 700
updates settings PN 40
600
• Hose proof IP67/NEMA 4X enclosure rating
500
• Designed that patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprints. 400 PN 25
■ Application 300
PN 16
200
The main applications of the SITRANS FM electromagnetic sen-
sors can be found in the following fields: 100 PN 6
• Food industry 0 °F
• Beverage industry 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
• Pharmaceutical industry
■ Design
• Unique mechanical design with a wide range of customer
specified sanitary connection
• Compact or remote mounting possible easy “plug & play”
field changeable
• Simple on site upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P terminal box
• ATEX 2G D version for hazardous areas (ceramic liner)
■ Mode of operation
the flow.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
Measuring principle Electromagnetic induction Design
Excitation frequency (Mains supply: DN 10 … 65 (¼" … 2½"): Weight See Dimensional drawings
50 Hz/60 Hz) 12.5 Hz/15 Hz
DN 80 … 100 (3", 4"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz Material
Process connection Enclosure

• MAG 1100 F Stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404
Nominal size DN 10 … DN 100 (3/8" … 4")
Terminal box (remote version only)
Process connection Hygienic adapters available for: • Standard Fibre glass reinforced polyamide
• Direct welding onto pipe • Option Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
3
• Clamp fitting • Ex ATEX (remote version only) Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
• Threaded fitting Liner
Rated operating conditions MAG 1100 F (Ceramic) Aluminum oxide Al2O3 (ceramics)
Ambient conditions MAG 1100 F (PFA) Reinforced PFA (teflon) (not for Ex)
Ambient temperature Electrodes

• Sensor -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F) MAG 1100 F (Ceramic) Platinum with gold/Titanium brazing
• Ex sensor -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) alloy
• Compact with transmitter -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) MAG 1100 F (PFA) • DN 10 … 15 (3/8" … ½"):
MAG 5000/6000 Hastelloy C276/2.4819
• Compact with transmitter -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
MAG 6000 I • DN 25 … 100 (1" … 4"):
Hastelloy C22/2.4602
• Compact with transmitter -10 … +60 °C (14 … 140 °F)
MAG 6000 I Ex Cable entries • Remote installation 2 x M20 or
2 x ½" NPT
MAG 1100 F (Ceramic) -20 … +150 °C (-4 … +302 °F)
Suitable for steam sterilization - MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20 or
4 x ½" NPT
MAG 1100 F (PFA) -30 … +130 °C (-22 … +266 °F)
Suitable for steam steralization at - MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 (for sup-
150 °C (302 °F) ply/output)
Temperature shock - MAG 6000I Ex: 2 x M25 (for sup-
ply/output)
MAG 1100 F
• Duration ≤ 1 min, followed by 10 min • DN 10, 15, 25: Max. ΔT ≤ 80 °C/min Certificates and approvals
rest (3/8", ½", 1": Max. ΔT ≤ 144 °F/min) Calibration
• DN 40, 50, 65: Max. ΔT ≤ 70 °C/min • Default calibration Zero-point, 2 x 25 %, 2 x 90 %
(1½", 2", 2½": Max. ΔT ≤ 126 °F/min)
Hazardous areas
• DN 80, 100: Max. ΔT ≤ 60 °C/min • MAG 1100 F (Ceramic)
(3", 4": Max. ΔT ≤ 108 °F/min)
- Ex-sensor in compact or remote • ATEX, EAC Ex
MAG 1100 F (PFA) Max. ± 100 °C (212 °F) momentarily version with MAG 6000 I Ex - Zone 1 Ex d e ia IIB T6 Gb
Operating pressure • ATEX
- Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67
MAG 1100 F (Ceramic) DN 10 … 65: 40 bar - Standard sensor in compact or re- • FM
(3/8" … 2½": 580 psi) mote version with MAG MAG - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
DN 80: 25 bar (3": 363 psi) 5000/6000/6000 I Ex
DN 100: 25 bar (4": 363 psi) • MAG 1100 F (PFA)
Vacuum: 1 x 10-6 barabs - Standard sensor in compact or re- • FM
(1.5 x 10-5 psiabs) mote version with MAG MAG - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
MAG 1100 F (PFA) 20 bar (290 psi) 5000/6000/6000 I Ex
Vacuum: 0.02 barabs (0.3 psiabs) Hygienic
• MAG 1100 F (Ceramic) • 3A (remote version with Polyamide
DN 80 … DN 100: CO2 pressure terminal box)
max. 7 bar (101.5 psi)
• MAG 1100 F (PFA) • 3A (remote version with Polyamide
Mechanical load (vibration) 18 … 1 000 Hz random in x, y, z, terminal box)
directions for 2 hours according to • EHEDG (remote version with Poly-
EN 60068-2-36 amide terminal box, DN 25 ... 100 /1
... 4")
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS • Hygienic EC 1935:2004 European
Sensor with compact food contact material
MAG 5000/6000 mounted transmitter: Pressure equipment PED - 2014/68/EU
3.17 grms
Others • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
Sensor with compact • KCC (South Korea)
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex mounted
transmitter: 1.14 grms
For compact installation with the
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex, transmit-
ter to be supported to avoid tension
on sensor part.
Enclosure rating IP67 to EN 60529 (NEMA 4X),
1 mH2O for 30 min
EMC 2014/30/EU

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Selection and ordering data Article No.
Accessories Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 1100 F 7ME6140-
Weld-in adapter 77777- 7777
Adapter for welding onto dairy pipe, Tri-Weld ISO 2037, DIN 11850, Click on the Article No. for the online
stainless steel 1.4404 SMS 3008, BS 4825-1 configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
• DN 10, 15, 25, 40, 50 and 65 PN 40 (600 psi) Diameter
(3/8", ½", 1", 1½", 2" and 2½")
DN 10 (3/8“) 1 R
• DN 8 and DN 100 (3" and 4") PN 25 (350 psi)
DN 15 (½“) 1 V
Clamp adapter Tri-Clamp, ISO 2852, DIN 32676,
SMS 3016, BS 4825-3 DN 25 (1“) 2 D
3 DN 10, 15, 25, 40 and 50

(3/8", ½", 1", 1½" and 2")
PN 16 (200 psi) DN 40 (1½“)
DN 50 (2“)
2 R
2 Y
DN 65, 80 and 100 (2½", 3" and 4") PN 10 (150 psi) DN 65 (2½“) 3 F
Thread adapter DN 80 (3“) 3 M
DIN 11851 DN 100 (4“) 3 T
• DN 10, 15, 25, and 40 PN 40 (600 psi) Process connections
(3/8", ½", 1", and 1½")
• DN 50, 65, 80 and 100 PN 25 (350 psi) None (not suitable for 3A approval) A
(2", 2½", 3" and 4") Weld in
ISO 2853, BS 4825-4 DIN 11850 B
• DN 10, 15, 25, 40, 50, 65 and 80 PN 16 (200 psi) ISO 2037 (SMS 3008) C
(3/8", ½", 1", 1½", 2", 2½" and 3")
Tri-Weld/BS 4825-1 D
SMS 1145
• DN 25, 40, 50, 65 and 80 PN 6 (80 psi) Clamp type
(1", 1½", 2", 2½" and 3") DIN 32676 G
Design ISO 2852 (SMS 3016) H
Material Tri-Clamp/BS 4825-3 J
Adapter Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436 Threaded type
Gasket DIN 11851 M
• MAG 1100 F (Ceramic) FKM/FPM with stainless steel insert SMS 11451) N
(AISI 304/1.4301) (-20 … +150 °C
(-4 … +302 °F)) Liner material
EPDM (-20 … +150 °C PFA 1

(-4 … +302 °F)) Ceramic 2
• MAG 1100 F (PFA) EPDM (-20 … +150 °C Gasket material1)
(-4 … +302 °F))
EPDM flat gasket (3A) 0
NBR (-20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F))
FPM/FKM (3A) (only with ceramic liner) 2
Note: EPDM-P gasket (only for PFA) (EHEDG, 3A) 3
When combined sensor and adapter, the operating pressure is Electrode material
the lower rated of the pair. Hastelloy C (only with PFA liner) 1
Platinum (only with ceramic liner) 2
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (order trans- A
mitter separately), 3A approved
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (order transmitter B
separately) 3A approved
MAG 6000 I, Alu.18 ... 90 V DC, 115 ... 230 V AC C
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex D
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex E
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC H

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 1100 F 7ME6140- Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 1100 F
77777- 7777 Description Article No.
Click on the Article No. for the online • English A5E02435647
Communication
guages, at
No communication, add-on possible A https://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
HART B
Accessories
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 F
3
I) Description Article No.
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex) (only MAG G
Potting kit for IP68/ NEMA 6P FDK:085U0220
6000/MAG 6000 I)
sealing of sensor junction box
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex) (only MAG E
6000/MAG 6000 I)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 6000/MAG J
6000 I)
Metric: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I 1
compact
½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I 2
compact
1) SMS 1145 standard is not approved by 3A
Additional information Order code

Certificates
• Pressure test certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C01
Terminal blocks
• Sensor cables wired and IP68 sealing (specify Y41
Article No. for sensor cables and order cables sep-
arately)
• Matched-pair calibration On request1)
ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
1) Product Variation Request (PVR)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
Accessories for MAG 1100 F sensor

Weld-in connection fittings for use with P gaskets Clamp-type connection fittings for use with
(Stainless steel) P gaskets (Stainless steel)
Material: AISI 316L (1.4404) Material: AISI 316L (1.4404)
Only for liner PFA Only for liner PFA
2 pcs. fittings 2 pcs. fittings
2 pcs. clamps (to join flow sensor and fitting), 2 pcs. clamps (to join flow sensor and fitting),
P gaskets not included P gaskets not included
DIN 118501) DIN 326761)
3 Adapter
DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm)
Sensor
DN (mm)
Adapter
DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm)
Sensor
DN (mm)
D{
Do
Do
Di
102) 13 1.5 10 A5E02054630
10 34 10 10 A5E02211143
152) 19 1.5 15 A5E02054633
15 34 16 15 A5E02211144
20 23 1.5 15 A5E02054634
25 50.5 22.6 25 A5E02211146
25 29 1.5 25 A5E02054635
40 50.5 38 40 A5E02211147
32 35 1.5 25 A5E02054637
50 64 50 50 A5E02211148
40 41 1.5 40 A5E02054638
65 91 66 65 A5E02211151
50 53 1.5 50 A5E02054640
80 106 81 80 A5E02211152
65 70 2.0 65 A5E02054643
100 119 100 100 A5E02211153
80 85 2.0 80 A5E02054644
ISO 28521)
100 104 2.0 100 A5E02054646
Adapter Sensor
ISO 20371)
DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm) DN (mm)
Adapter Sensor
25 50.5 22.6 25 A5E02213581
DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm) DN (mm)
33.7 50.5 31.3 25 A5E02213582
12.7 12.7 1.0 10 A5E03727946
38 50.5 35.6 40 A5E02213583
17.2 17.2 1.0 15 A5E03728098
51 64 48.6 50 A5E02213584
25 25 1.6 25 A5E02196073
63.5 77.5 60.3 65 A5E02213585
33 33.7 1.6 25 A5E02196074
76.1 91 72.9 80 A5E02213586
38 38 1.6 40 A5E02196075
101.6 119 97.6 100 A5E02213587
40 40 1.6 40 A5E02196076
Tri-Clamp (BS 4825-3)1)
51 51 1.6 50 A5E02196077
Adapter Sensor
63.5 63.5 1.6 65 A5E02196078
DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm) DN (mm)
76.1 76.1 1.6 80 A5E02196080
12.7 25.4 9.5 10 A5E02213596
101.6 101.6 2.0 100 A5E02196082
1) 19.05 25.4 15.85 15 A5E02213597
Tri-Weld (BS 4825-1)
25.4 50.5 22.2 25 A5E02213598
Adapter Sensor
38.1 50.5 34.9 40 A5E02213599
50.8 64 47.6 50 A5E02213600
12.7 12.7 1.2 10 A5E02199113
63.5 77.5 60.3 65 A5E02213601
19.05 19.05 1.2 15 A5E02199114
76.2 91 73 80 A5E02213602
25.4 25.4 1.6 25 A5E02199115
101.6 119 97.6 100 A5E02213603
38.1 38.1 1.6 40 A5E02199116
50.8 50.8 1.6 50 A5E02199117 Do: Outer diameter
Di: Inner diameter
63.5 63.5 1.6 65 A5E02199118 1)
Suitable for EHEDG
76.2 76.2 1.6 80 A5E02199119 2)
Not suitable for EHEDG
101.6 101.6 2.0 100 A5E02199120

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
Threaded type connection fittings for use with Weld-in connection fittings for use with
P gaskets (Stainless steel) flat gaskets (Stainless steel)
Only for liner PFA For liner PFA and ceramic
P gaskets not included Flat gaskets not included
DIN 118511) DIN 118501)
Adapter Sensor Adapter Sensor
DT
3
DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm) DN (mm) DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm) DN (mm)
Do
Di
DO
10 28 10 10 A5E02218293 10 13 1.5 10 FDK:083G2116
15 34 16 15 A5E02218294 15 19 1.5 15 FDK:083G2117
20 44 20 15 A5E02218295 20 23 1.5 15 FDK:083G2118
25 52 26 25 A5E02218296 25 29 1.5 25 FDK:083G2119
32 58 32 25 A5E02218297 32 35 1.5 25 FDK:083G2120
40 65 38 40 A5E02218298 40 41 1.5 40 FDK:083G2121
50 78 50 50 A5E02218299 50 53 1.5 50 FDK:083G2122
65 95 66 65 A5E02218300 65 70 2.0 65 FDK:083G2123
80 110 81 80 A5E02218301 80 85 2.0 80 FDK:083G2124
100 130 100 100 A5E02218302 100 104 2.0 100 FDK:083G2125
SMS 11451) ISO 20371)
DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm) DN (mm) DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm) DN (mm)
12.7 12.7 1.0 10 A5E03720273
Do
Di
17.2 17.2 1.0 15 FDK:083G2107

25 25.6 1.6 25 FDK:083G2109
33.7 33.7 1.6 25 FDK:083G2100
38 38 1.6 40 FDK:083G2111
25 40 22.6 25 A5E02218310
40 40 1.6 40 FDK:083G2101
38 60 35.6 40 A5E02218312
51 51 1.6 50 FDK:083G2112
51 70 48.6 50 A5E02218313
63.5 63.5 1.6 65 FDK:083G2113
63.5 85 60.3 65 A5E02218314
76.1 76.1 1.6 80 FDK:083G2114
76 98 72 65 A5E02218315
101.6 101.6 2.0 100 FDK:083G2115
Do: Outer diameter 114.3 118.3 2.0 100 FDK:083G2105
Di: Inner diameter
1)
Tri-Weld (BS 4825-1)1)
Suitable for EHEDG
Adapter Sensor
12.7 12.7 1.2 10 FDK:083G2276
19.05 19.05 1.2 15 FDK:083G2277
25.4 25.4 1.6 25 FDK:083G2279
38 38.1 1.6 40 FDK:083G2281
50.8 50.8 1.6 50 FDK:083G2282
63.5 63.5 1.6 65 FDK:083G2283
76.2 76.2 1.6 80 FDK:083G2284
101.6 101.6 2.0 100 FDK:083G2285

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
Clamp-type connection fittings for use with flat Threaded type connection fittings for use with flat
gaskets (Stainless steel) gaskets (Stainless steel)
For liner PFA and ceramic For liner PFA and ceramic
Flat gaskets not included Flat gaskets not included
DIN 326761) DIN 118511)
DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm) DN (mm) DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm) DN (mm)
3
DT
Do
Do
Di
10 34 10 10 FDK:083G2186 10 28 10 10 FDK:083G2156
15 34 16 15 FDK:083G2187 15 34 16 15 FDK:083G2157
25 50.5 26 25 FDK:083G2179 20 44 20 15 FDK:083G2158
40 50.5 38 40 FDK:083G2181 25 52 26 25 FDK:083G2159
50 64 50 50 FDK:083G2182 32 58 32 25 FDK:083G2160
65 91 66 65 FDK:083G2183 40 65 38 40 FDK:083G2161
80 106 81 80 FDK:083G2184 50 78 50 50 FDK:083G2162
100 119 100 100 FDK:083G2185 65 95 66 65 FDK:083G2163
ISO 28521) 80 110 81 80 FDK:083G2164
Adapter Sensor 100 130 100 100 FDK:083G2165
DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm) DN (mm) ISO 28531)
25 50.5 22.6 25 FDK:083G2189 Adapter Sensor
33.7 50.5 31.3 25 FDK:083G2190 DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm) DN (mm)
38 50.5 35.6 40 FDK:083G2191
Do
Di
51 64 48.6 50 FDK:083G2192
63.5 77.5 60.3 65 FDK:083G2193
76.1 91 72.9 80 FDK:083G2194
101.6 119 97.6 100 FDK:083G2195
Tri-Clamp (BS 4825-3)1) 25 37 22.6 25 FDK:083G2149
Adapter Sensor 38 51 35.6 40 FDK:083G2151
DN (mm) Do (mm) DT (mm) DN (mm) 51 64 48.6 50 FDK:083G2152
12.7 25.4 9.5 10 FDK:083G2286 63.5 78 60.3 65 FDK:083G2153
19.05 25.4 15.85 15 FDK:083G2287 76.1 91 72.9 80 FDK:083G2154
25.4 50.5 22.2 25 FDK:083G2289 BS 4825-41)
38.1 50.5 34.9 40 FDK:083G2291 Adapter Sensor
50.8 64 47.6 50 FDK:083G2292 DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm) DN (mm)
63.5 77.5 60.3 65 FDK:083G2293 101.6 126 97.6 100 FDK:083G2145
76.2 91 73 80 FDK:083G2294 SMS 11452)
101.6 119 97.6 100 FDK:083G2295 Adapter Sensor
1)
Do: Outer diameter DN (mm) Do (mm) Di (mm) DN (mm)
2)
Di: Inner diameter
Do
3) 1)
Di
Suitable for 3A
25 40 22.6 25 FDK:083G2139
38 60 35.6 40 FDK:083G2141
51 70 48.6 50 FDK:083G2142
63.5 85 60.3 65 FDK:083G2143
76 98 72 65 FDK:083G2144
Do: Outer diameter
Di: Inner diameter
1)
Suitable for 3A
2)
Not suitable for 3A

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
Spare parts for MAG 1100 F sensor

Gaskets
(delivered in pairs, to be placed between flow sen-
sor and adapter)
MAG 1100 F (PFA) - P gaskets
Rubber: EPDM
• DN 10 A5E02055286
• DN 15 A5E02055287
3
• DN 25 A5E02055290
• DN 40 A5E02055291
• DN 50 A5E02055292
• DN 65 A5E02055293
• DN 80 A5E02055295
• DN 100 A5E02055297
MAG 1100 F (ceramic) - Flat gaskets
Rubber: FKM/FPM
• DN 10 A5E00915707
• DN 15 A5E00915764
• DN 25 A5E00915771
• DN 40 A5E00915773
• DN 50 A5E00915775
• DN 65 A5E00915780
• DN 80 A5E00915782
• DN 100 A5E00915784
MAG 1100 F (PFA, ceramic) - Flat gaskets
Rubber: EPDM
• DN 10 FDK:083G2206
• DN 15 FDK:083G2207
• DN 25 FDK:083G2209
• DN 40 FDK:083G2211
• DN 50 FDK:083G2212
• DN 65 FDK:083G2213
• DN 80 FDK:083G2214
• DN 100 FDK:083G2215
Rubber: NBR
• DN 10 FDK:083G2216
• DN 15 FDK:083G2217
• DN 25 FDK:083G2219
• DN 40 FDK:083G2221
• DN 50 FDK:083G2222
• DN 65 FDK:083G2223
• DN 80 FDK:083G2224
• DN 100 FDK:083G2225

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F
Sensor MAG 1100 F compact/remote
133 (5.24) 155 (6.10) 218 (8.58) 208 (8.19)
2 x M25
133 (5.24)
A1
3
A2
M20
(½"NPT)
B1
A
B
Di
L D L
Important note:
For compact installation with MAG 6000 I/Ex - Supports the transmitter to avoid tension on the sensor part.
Size L A A1 3) B 2) B1 D Di (Al2O3) Di PFA Weight 1)
DN [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
10 64 161 315 193.7 344.7 64.0 10 10 2.2
15 64 161 315 193.7 344.7 64.0 15 16 2.2
25 79 169 323 207.5 359.0 77.5 25 26 2.7
40 94 179 333 228.0 379.0 91.0 40 38 3.4
50 104 188 342 247.7 398.7 119.0 50 50 4.2
65 131 197.5 351 262.6 413.6 130.0 65 66 5.5
80 156 204 357 281.0 432.0 155.0 80 81 7.0
100 186 217 370 308.0 459.0 183.0 100 100 10.0
Size L A A1 3) B 2) B1 D Di (Al2O3) Di PFA Weight 1)

[inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [lb]
3/8 2.52 6.34 12.40 7.62 13.57 2.52 0.39 0.39 4.8
½ 2.52 6.34 12.40 7.62 13.57 2.52 0.59 0.63 4.8
1 3.11 6.66 12.72 8.17 14.13 3.05 0.98 1.02 4.9
1½ 3.70 7.05 13.11 8.98 14.92 3.58 1.57 1.50 7.5
2 4.09 7.40 13.47 9.75 15.70 4.68 1.97 1.97 9.2
2½ 5.16 7.78 13.82 10.34 16.28 5.12 2.56 2.60 12.0
3 6.14 8.03 14.06 11.06 17.01 6.10 3.15 3.19 15.0
4 7.32 8.54 14.57 12.13 18.07 7.20 3.94 3.94 22.0
1) With transmitter MAG 5000 or MAG 6000 compact, weight is increased by
approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lb).
With MAG 6000 I weight is increased with 5.5 kg ( 12.1 lbs)
2) 14.5 mm (0.571") shorter when the stainless steel terminal box is used
(always Ex version).
3) A2 is 3 mm (0.12") shorter than A1

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 F

Sensor MAG 1100 F compact/separate – built-in length
3
A
Size A L 1)
DN Inch [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch]
10 3/8 99 3.90 146 5.75
15 ½ 99 3.90 146 5.75
25 1 113 4.45 161 6.34
40 1½ 126 4.96 176 6.93
50 2 154 6.06 186 7.32
65 2½ 165 6.50 223 8.78
80 3 200 7.87 258 10.16
100 4 225 8.86 288 11.34
1) The total built-in length “L” is independent of the adapter type selected.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
• Compact or remote mounting possible
• Easy “plug & play” field changeability of transmitter
• ATEX and FM/CSA versions
• High temperature sensor for applications with temperatures
up to 180 °C (356 °F)
• Meets EEC directives: PED, 2014/68/EU pressure directive for
EN 1092-1 flanges
• Built-in length according to ISO 20456, the standard includes
sizes up to DN 400
3 • Onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a standard sen-
sor.
the flow.
The SITRANS FM MAG 3100 is an electromagnetic flow sensor
in a large variety that meets the demands of almost every flow
application. ■ Integration
■ Benefits ciated transmitter MAG 5000, 6000 and 6000 I.
• Wide range of sizes: DN 15 to DN 2000 (½" to 78") The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integra-
• The flexible design is for all applications not covered by the tion and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
standard industry-specific sensors: MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA,
MAG 3100 P and MAG 5100 W Modbus RTU/RS485.
• Wide pressure range: PN 6 to PN 100
• ANSI Class 150/300, AS 2129, AS 4087, JIS K10 and K20. On
request up to 690 bar (10 000 psi)
• Wide range of electrode and liner material to fit even the most
extreme process media
• Fully welded construction provides a ruggedness that suits
the toughest applications and environments.
• Easy commissioning, the SENSORPROM unit automatically
updates settings.
• Designed to allow patented SITRANS FM in-situ verification
using the SENSORPROM fingerprints.
■ Application
• Steel industry
• Mining
• Utility
• Power generation and distribution
• Oil and gas/HPI

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
■ Integration (continued)
Pressure/temperature curve; Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges AISI 304
material AISI 316L/1.4404 AS 2129, Class E
Pressure - Temperature curve to EN (DIN)

Pressure/temperature curve;
AISI 304
material AISI 316L/1.4404 AS 2129, Class E
bar
16 100
Class E 90
14
80
3
12 70
10 bar 60
8 50
40 PN 40
6
30
4 20
PN 25
PN 16
2 10 PN 10
PN 6
0 0
°C -20 -10 50 100 150 180
-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
ºC
Pressure/temperature curve - JIS 2200 Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges AISI 316
Pressure - Temperature curve to EN (DIN)

Flanges AISI 316
bar Pressure/temperature curve - JIS 2200 100
40 90
20K
35 80
30 70
25 60
bar
20 50
10K
15 40 PN 40
10 30
PN 25
5 20
PN 16
0 °C 10 PN 10
-30 20 70 120 170 220 270 0

-20 -10 50 100 150
ºC
Pressure/temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges, Pressure/temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges

material A 105 carbon steel
Pressure - temperature curve to EN (DIN) Pressure - temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges
flanges material A 105 carbon steel
800
120
700
PN 100 A 105 class 300
100
600
80 500
bar PN 63 psi
60 400
PN 40 300 A 105 class 150

40
200
PN 25 AISI 316 class 150
20 PN 16
AISI 304 class 150
100
PN 10
PN 6
0 0
-20 -10 50 100 150 180 -20 100 200 300 400
ºC ºF
Note: The pressure-temperature curves only assist in the selec-

tion of a system. No responsibility is taken for the correctness of
the information. For further information on PED standard see
Pressure Equipment Directive in Appendix (chapter 10).

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Version MAG 3100 MAG 3100 HT (High Temperature)
Product characteristic Flexible product program Flexible product program
Nominal size DN 15 … DN 2000 (½" … 78") DN 15 … DN 300 (½" … 12")
Excitation frequency • DN 15 … 65 (½" … 2½"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz • DN 15 … 65 (½" … 2½"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz
(Mains supply: 50 Hz/60 Hz)
• DN 80 … 150 (3" … 6"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz • DN 80 … 150 (3" … 6"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
• DN 200 … 1200 (8" … 48"): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz • DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
3
• DN 1400 … 2000 (54" … 78"): 1.5625 Hz/1.875 Hz
Process connection
Flanges EN 1092-1, raised face1) (EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 & BS 4504 EN 1092-1, raised face (EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 & BS 4504 have
have the same mating dimensions) the same mating dimensions)
• DN 65 … 2000 (2½" … 78"): PN 6 (87 psi) • DN 15 … 300 (½" … 12"): PN 40 (580 psi)
• DN 200 … 2000 (8" … 78"): PN 10 (145 psi) • DN 65 … 300 (2½" … 12"): PN 16 (232 psi)
• DN 65 … 2000 (2½" … 78"): PN 16 (232 psi) • DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"): PN 10 (145 psi)
• DN 200 … 600 (8" … 24"): PN 25 (362 psi) • DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"): PN 25 (362 psi)
• DN 15 … 600 (½" … 24”): PN 40 (580 psi)
• DN 50 … 300 (2" … 12"): PN 63 (913 psi)
• DN 25 … 300 (1" … 12"): PN 100 (1450 psi)
ANSI B16.5 (~BS 1560), raised face: ANSI B16.5 (~BS 1560), raised face:
• ½" … 24": Class 150 (20 bar (290 psi)) • ½" … 12": Class 150 (20 bar (290 psi))
• ½" … 24": Class 300 (50 bar (725 psi)) • ½" … 12": Class 300 (50 bar (725 psi))
• ½" … 18": Class 600 (100 bar (1450 psi))
AWWA C-207, flat face 28" … 78": Class D (10 bar)
AS 2129, raised face ½" … 48": Table E AS 2129, raised face ½" … 12": Table E
AS 4087, raised face:
• PN 16 (DN 50 … 1200, 16 bar (232 psi))
• PN 21 (DN 50 … 600, 21 bar (304 psi))
• PN 35 (DN 50 … 600, 35 bar (508 psi))
JIS B 2220:2004
• K10 (1" … 24")
• K20 (1" … 24")
Other flanges and pressure ratings on request Other flanges and pressure ratings on request
Rated operation conditions
Ambient temperature
(conditions also dependent on
liner characteristiques)
• Standard sensor -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F) -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
• Ex sensor -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) For medium temperature up to 150 °C (302 °F): -20 … +60 °C
(-4 … +140 °F)
For medium temperature 150 … 180 °C (302 … 356 °F): -
20 … +50 °C (-4 … +122 °F)
• Compact with transmitter
- MAG 5000/6000 -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
- MAG 6000 I -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
- MAG 6000 I Ex -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Operating pressure • Softrubber 0.01 … 100 bar (0.15 … 1450 psi)
[abs. bar] (maximum operat- • EPDM 0.01 … 40 bar (0.15 … 580 psi)
ing pressure decreases with
increasing operating tempera- • Linatex 0.01 … 40 bar (0.15 ... 580 psi)
ture and with stainless steel • Ebonite 0.01 … 100 bar (0.15 … 1450 psi)
flanges)
• PTFE • PTFE Teflon
- DN ≤ 300 (≤ 12"): 0.3 … 50 bar (4 … 725 psi) - DN 15 … 300 (½" … 12"): 0.3/0.6 … 50 bar (4/8 … 725 psi)
(180 °C (356 °F).
3
- 350 ≤ DN ≤ 600 (14"≤ DN ≤ 24"): 0.3 … 40 bar Factory mounted grounding rings type E in stainless steel
(4 … 580 psi) and stainless steel terminal box. Can nly be used with re-
mote transmitter.
• PFA • PFA
- DN 15 … 150 (½" … 6"): Vacuum 0.02 … 50 bar - DN 15 … 150 (½" … 6"): Vacuum 0.02 … 50 bar
(0.29 … 725 psi) (0.29 … 725 psi)
Enclosure rating IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P/10, 1 mH2O for 30 min IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6, 1 mH2O for 30 min
Option: IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P,10 mH2O cont. Option: IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P,10 mH2O cont.
Pressure drop at 3 m/s As straight pipe
Test pressure 1.5 x PN (where applicable)
Mechanical load (vibration) 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours accord- 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours accord-
ing to EN 60068-2-36 ing to EN 60068-2-36
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted transmitter: Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted transmitter:
3.17 g RMS 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex mounted transmit- Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex mounted transmit-
ter: 1.14 g RMS ter: 1.14 g RMS
Temperature of medium • Soft rubber 0 … +70 °C (32 … 158 °F) • PTFE -20 … +130 °C (-4 … +266 °F)
• EPDM -10 … +70 °C (14 … 158 °F) • PTFE -20 … +180 °C (-4 … +356 °F) Factory mounted
grounding rings type E in stainless steel and stainless steel
terminal box. Can only be used with remote transmitter.
• Linatex (rubber) -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F) • PFA -20 … +150 °C (-4 … +300 °F)
(for temperatures below -20 °C (-4 °F) AISI 304 or 316 flanges
must be used)
• Ebonite 0 … 95 °C (32 … 203 °F)
• PTFE -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
• PFA -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
EMC 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
Design
Weight See dimensional drawings
Flange and housing material Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion resistant coating of Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion resistant coating of
category C4 or C5 according to ISO 12944-2 category C4 according to ISO 12944-2
or or
Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301flanges and carbon steel hous- Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301 flanges and carbon steel hous-
ing, with corrosion resistant coating of category C4 or C5 ing, with corrosion resistant coating of category C4 according
according to ISO 12944-2 to ISO 12944-2
or or
Stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges and housing, polished Stainless steel AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges and housing, polished
Measuring pipe material Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301 Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301
Electrode material • Stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571 • Stainless steel AISI 316Ti/1.4571
• Hastelloy C276/2.4819 (PFA: Hastelloy C22/2.4602) • Hastelloy C276/2.4819 (PFA: Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
• Platinum • Platinum
• Titanium • Titanium
• Tantalum • Tantalum
• Ceramic coated stainless steel
• Ceramic coated Hastelloy C
Grounding electrode material • Soft rubber, EPDM, Linatex, Ebonite: grounding electrodes
built-in by default for stainless steel and Hastelloy C.
• PTFE: optional in Stainless steel, Hastelloy C, Titanium, • PTFE: no grounding electrodes
Platinum or Tantalum
• PFA: optional in Hastelloy, Tantalum or Platinum • PFA: optional in Hastelloy, Tantalum or Platinum
• Ceramic coated stainless steel and Hastelloy C276:
grounding electrodes built-in by default

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Design (continued)
Terminal box (remote version • Standard fibre glass reinforced polyamide • Standard fibre glass reinforced polyamide
only) (max. 150 °C (302 °F))
• Option Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436 • Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
• Ex Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436 • Ex Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
Cable entries • Remote installation 2 x M20 or 2 x ½" NPT • Remote installation 2 x M20 or 2 x ½" NPT
3 • MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20 or 4 x ½" NPT

• MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 or 2 x ½" NPT (for supply/output)
• MAG 6000 I Ex: 2 x M25 or 2 x ½" NPT (for supply/output)
Calibration
• Default calibration Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 % (default) Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %
• Special calibration 5-point calibration: 20%, 40%, 60%, 80%, 100% of factory
Qmax
10-point calibration: ascending and descending at 20%, 40%,
60%, 80%, 100% of factory Qmax
Matched pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10-point
Hazardous areas2)
• Ex-sensor in compact or re- • ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, EAC Ex, NEPSI • ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, EAC Ex, NEPSI
mote version with MAG 6000 I - Zone 1 Ex d e ia IIC T6 Gb4) - Zone 1 Ex d e ia IIC T6 Gb4)
Ex - Zone 1 Ex e ia IIC T6 Gb5) - Zone 1 Ex e ia IIC T6 Gb5)
• ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx • ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx
- Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67 - Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67
• FM • FM
- XP IS Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C, D6) - XP IS Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C, D6)
- DIP Class II+III Div. 1 Groups E, F, G6) - DIP Class II+III Div. 1 Groups E, F, G6)
• Standard sensor with/without • FM • FM
MAG 5000/6000/6000 I - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
- NI Class I Zone 2 Groups IIC - NI Class I Zone 2 Groups IIC
Drinking water EPDM liner:
• WRAS (WRc, BS690 cold water, GB)
• NSF/ANSI Standard 617) (Cold water, US)
• ACS listed (F)
• DVGW W270 (D)
• Belgaqua (B)
• MCERTS (GB) (EPDM or PTFE lining with AISI 316 or Hastel-
loy electrodes)
Pressure equipment • PED conforming: All EN1092-1 flanges • PED conforming: All EN1092-1 flanges
- 2014/68/EU3) - 2014/68/EU3)
• CRN • CRN
Others • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kzakhstan) • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kzakhstan)
• KCC (South Korea) • KCC (South Korea)
• CMC/CPA (China)
Technical specification for transmitter - please see section about transmitters.

1)
PN 6-40: DN ≤ 600 type 01 (SORF); DN > 600 type 11 (WNRF); PN 63-100: type 11 (WNRF)
2)
Not for sensors with 300 μm coating.
3)
For sizes larger than 600 mm (24") in PN 16 PED conformity is available as a cost-added option. The basic unit will carry the LVD (Low Voltage Directive) and
EMC approval. All products sold outside of EU and EFTA are excluded from the Pressure Equipment directive, also products sold into certain market sectors
are excluded. These include
a) Meters used in networks for the supply, distribution and discharge of water.
b) Meters used in pipelines for the conveyance of any fluid from offshore to onshore.
c) Meters used in the extraction of petroleum or gas, including christmas tree and manifold equipment.
d) Any meter mounted on a ship or mobile offshore platform. For further information on the PED standard and requirements see Pressure Equipment Directive
in Appendix (chapter 10).
4)
In remote version with sensor size DN 15 ... DN 300 (½" ... 12")
5)
In remote version with sensor size DN 350 ... DN 2000 (14" ... 48")
6)
In compact version with sensor size DN 15 ... DN 300 (½" ... 12")
7)
Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate afterwards.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 3100 7ME6310- Ord. Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 3100 7ME6310- Ord.
code code
77777- 7777 777 77777- 7777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online Flange material and coating
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105, corro- 1
Diameter sion-resistant coating of category C4
DN 15 (½“) (PTFE and PFA liner) 1 V Stainless steel flanges, AISI 304/1.4301, 2
corrosion-resistant coating of category C4
DN 25 (1“) 2 D
Stainless steel flanges and sensor body, 3
DN 32 (11/4“) 2 H
AISI 316L/1.4404, polished
DN 40 (1½“)
DN 50 (2“)
2
2
R
Y
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105, 300 mm
4
3
DN 65 (2½“) 3 F Stainless steel flanges, AISI 304/1.4301, 300 mm 5
DN 80 (3“) 3 M corrosion-resistant coating of category C5
DN 100 (4“) 3 T Liner material
DN 125 (5“) 4 B Soft rubber 1
DN 150 (6“) 4 H EPDM 2
DN 200 (8“) 4 P PTFE (DN ≤ 300, PN ≤ 50 bar / ≤ 12“, 3
PN ≤ 725 psi), PTFE (350 ≤ DN ≤ 600,
DN 250 (10“) 4 V
PN ≤ 40 bar / 14“ ≤ DN ≤ 24“, PN ≤ 580 psi)
DN 300 (12“) 5 D
Ebonite 4
DN 350 (14“) 5 K
Linatex (PN ≤ 40 bar (580 psi) DN ≤ 600 (24“)) 5
DN 400 (16“) 5 R
PFA (DN 15 ... 150 (½" ... 6")) 7
DN 450 (18“) 5 Y (PN ≤ 40 bar (580 psi))
DN 500 (20“) 6 F Electrode material
DN 600 (24“) 6 P (Grounding electrodes not for pressure rat-
DN 700 (28“) 6 Y ing PN 100)
DN 750 (30“) (AWWA and AS 2129 only) 7 D AISI 316Ti/1.4571 (not for PFA) 1
DN 800 (32“) 7 H Hastelloy C276/2.4819 2
(PFA liner: Hastelloy C22/2.4602)
DN 900 (36“) 7 M
Platinum (DN ≤ 300 (12")) (not for Ebonite) 3
DN 1000 (40“) 7 R
Titanium (not for PFA) (DN ≤ 600/24") 4
DN 1050 (42“) (AWWA only) 7 U
Tantalum (DN ≤ 600/24") (not for Ebonite) 5
DN 1100 (44“) (AWWA only) 7 V
Hastelloy C incl. grounding electrodes 6
DN 1200 (48“) 8 B
(only PFA and PTFE)
DN 1400 (54“) 8 F
Platinum incl. grounding electrodes 7
DN 1500 (60“) 8 K (only PFA and PTFE)
DN 1600 (66“) 8 P Tantalum incl. grounding electrodes 8
DN 1800 (72“) 8 T (only PFA and PTFE)
DN 2000 (78“) 8 Y Ceramic coated stainless steel 9 N0 A
Flange norm and pressure rating Ceramic coated Hastelloy C 9 N0 B
EN 1092-1 AISI 316Ti incl. grounding electrodes 9 N0 C
(only PTFE)
PN 6 (DN 65 ... 2000 (2½“ ... 78“)) A
Titanium incl. grounding electrodes 9 N0 D
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 2000 (8“ ... 78“)) B (only PTFE)
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 1200 (2½“ ... 48“)) C Transmitter
PN 16, non-PED D Standard sensor for remote transmitter A
(DN 700 ... 2000 (28“ ... 78“)) (order transmitter separately)
PN 25 (DN 200 ... 600 (8“ ... 24“)) E Ex sensor for remote transmitter B
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 600 (½“ ... 24“)) F (order transmitter separately)
PN 63 (DN 50 ... 300 (2“ ... 12“)) G MAG 6000 I, Alu.18 ... 90 V DC, 115 ... 230 V AC C
PN 100 (DN 25 ... 300 (1“ ... 12“)) H MAG 6000 I Alu. 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex D
ANSI B16.5 MAG 6000 I Alu. 115 ... 230 V, Ex E
Class 150 (½“ ... 24“) J MAG 6000 Polyamide, 11… 30 V DC / H
Class 300 (½“ ... 24“) K 11…24 V AC
Class 600 (½“ ... 18“) U MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 ... 230 V AC J
AWWA C-207 MAG 5000, Polyamide, 11… 30 V DC / K
11…24 V AC
Class D (28“ ... 78“) L
AS
Communication
2129, table E M
No communication, add-on possible A
4087, PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2“ ... 48“)) N
(Not PTFE and PFA) HART B
4087, PN 21 (DN 50 ... 600 (2“ ... 24“)) P PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 F
(Not PTFE and PFA) (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
4087, PN 35 (DN 50 ... 600 (2“ ... 24“)) Q PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex) G
(Not PTFE and PFA) (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
JIS B 2220:2004 Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex) E
K10 (1" ... 24") R
K20 (1" ... 24") S (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 3100 7ME6310- Ord. Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 3100
code
77777- 7777 777
Cable glands/terminal box • English A5E03005599
Metric: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 1 • German A5E03086288
6000 I compact
½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 2
6000 I compact guages, at
½" NPT: Stainless terminal box 4 Accessories
3 Additional information Order code
Potting kit for IP68/NEMA 6P FDK-085U0220
sealing of sensor junction box
Certificates
• Pressure test certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C01
Special calibration
• 5-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN 2001) D01 Product selector link:
• 5-point calibration for DN 250 ... DN 6001) D02 http://www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
• 5-point calibration for DN 700 ... DN 12001) D03
• Default (2 × 25 % and 2 × 90 %) match-pair calibra- D11
tion for DN 15 ... DN 200
• 5-point, matched-pair calibration for D15
DN 15 ... DN 2001)
DN 250 ... DN 6001)
DN 700 ... DN 12001)
DN 15 ... DN 2002)
DN 250 ... DN 6002)
DN 700 ... DN 12002)
Terminal blocks
Country specific label
• CRN (Canadian Registration Number) H25
arately)
ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
1)
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
2)
Qmax
3)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 3100 HT 7ME6320- Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 3100 HT 7ME6320-
(High Temperature) 77777- 7777 (High Temperature) 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online Communication
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. No communication, add-on possible A
Diameter HART B
DN 15 (½“) 1 V PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 F
DN 25 (1“) 2 D (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
DN 40 (1½“) 2 R PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 G
DN 50 (2“) 2 Y
DN 65 (2½“)
DN 80 (3“)
3 F
3 M
Modbus RTU/RS 485
E
3
DN 100 (4“) 3 T (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
DN 125 (5“) 4 B Cable glands/terminal box
DN 150 (6“) 4 H Metric: Polyamide terminal box 1
DN 200 (8“) 4 P (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) or MAG 6000 I compact
DN 250 (10“) 4 V ½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box 2
(max. 150 °C (302 °F)) or MAG 6000 I compact
DN 300 (12“) 5 D
Flange norm and pressure rating
EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 300 (8“ ... 12“)) B Additional information Order code
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 300 (2½“ ... 12“)) C Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order
PN 25 (DN 200 ... 300 (8“ ... 12“)) E code(s) and plain text.
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 300 (½“ ... 12“)) F Certificates
ANSI B16.5 • Pressure test certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C01
Class 150 (½“ ... 12“) J • Material certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C12
Class 300 (½“ ... 12“) K
AS
Terminal blocks
2129, table E M
Flange material
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105 1
Stainless steel flanges, AISI 304/1.4301 2 • CRN (Canadian Registration Number) H25
Stainless steel flanges and sensor body, AISI 3 Tag name made, stainless steel Y17
316L/1.4404, polished (specify in plain text)
Liner material Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive) Y18
PTFE (150 °C (302 °F)) 2 Customer-specific transmitter setting Y20
PTFE including type E protection rings 3
AISI 316/1.4436 (180 °C (356 °F)) Factory mounted sensor cables
PFA (150 °C (302 °F)) (DN 15 ... 150 (½" ... 6")) 7 • Sensor cables wired (specify Article No. for sensor Y40
Electrode material
AISI 316Ti/1.4571 (not for PFA) 1 • Sensor cables wired and IP68 sealing (specify Y41
Article No. for sensor cables nd order cables sepa-
Hastelloy C276/2.4819 (PFA liner: Hastelloy 2 rately)
C22/2.4602)
Platinum 3
• Matched-pair calibration On request1)
Titanium (not for PFA) 4 • Accredited matched-pair calibration acc. to On request1)
Tantalum 5 ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
Hastelloy C22/2.4602 incl. grounding electrodes 6 • Customer-specified calibration up to 10 points On request1)
(only PFA) • Customer-witnessed calibration On request1)
Platinum incl. grounding electrodes (only PFA) 7 Any of above calibration
Tantalum incl grounding electrodes (only PFA) 8 1)
Product Variation Request (PVR).
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter A
(Order transmitter separately)
Ex sensor for remote transmitter B
MAG 6000 I, Alu.18 ... 90 V DC, 115 ... 230 V AC C
MAG 6000 I, Alu. 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex D
MAG 6000 I, Alu. 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex E
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC H

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Accessories for MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT sensor

Grounding and protection ring - Type C (Stainless steel)1)
• Material AISI 304 Type C
• For all liners except PTFE and PFA
• 1 pc.
TC
3 Size Nominale pressure

DN PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 AS 2129 Table E
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
DN 25 FDK:083N8361 FDK:083N8361
DN 40 FDK:083N8362 FDK:083N8362
DN 50 FDK:083N8344 FDK:083N8344
DN 65 FDK:083N8345 FDK:083N8345 FDK:083N8345 FDK:083N8346
DN 200 FDK:083N8074 FDK:083N8011 FDK:083N8011 FDK:083N8011 FDK:083N8075 FDK:083N8011
DN 600 FDK:083N8111 FDK:083N8111 FDK:083N8112 FDK:083N8112 FDK:083N8113
DN 750
DN 1100 FDK:083N8367 FDK:083N8367 FDK:083N8367
DN 1400 FDK:083N8467 FDK:083N8468 FDK:083N8469
DN 1500 FDK:083N8471 FDK:083N8472 FDK:083N8473
DN 1600 FDK:083N8475 FDK:083N8476 FDK:083N8477
DN 1800 FDK:083N8479 FDK:083N8480 FDK:083N8481
DN 2000 FDK:083N8483 FDK:083N8484 FDK:083N8485
1) Also for MAG 5100 W (7ME6520 > DN 300/12 inch and 7ME6580).
Size ANSI Size AWWA C-207

Inch Class 150 Class 300 JIS K10 JIS K20 Inch
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
1“ FDK:083N8361 FDK:083N8361 FDK:083N8361 FDK:083N8361 28“ FDK:083N8302
1½“ FDK:083N8362 FDK:083N8362 FDK:083N8362 FDK:083N8362 30“ FDK:083N8366
2½“ FDK:083N8345 FDK:083N8345 FDK:083N8345 FDK:083N8345 36“ FDK:083N8308
18“ FDK:083N8104 FDK:083N8106 FDK:083N8103 FDK:083N8104

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Grunding and protection ring - Type E (Stainless steel)
• Material: AISI 316 Type E
• For all PTFE liners
• 1 pc. incl. straps and screws
Note:
For MAG 3100 HT High temperature version 7ME6320... for PTFE 180 °C
(356 °C) versions - grounding ring type E is included and factory mounted.
TE
Size Nominale pressure

3
DN PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 AS2129, Table E
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
DN 15 FDK:083N8365 FDK:083N8365
DN 25 FDK:083N8271 FDK:083N8272
DN 40 FDK:083N8278 FDK:083N8280
DN 50 FDK:083N8282 FDK:083N8281
DN 600 FDK:083N8186 FDK:083N8187 FDK:083N8188 FDK:083N8189 A5E32710253
Size ANSI
Inch Class 150 Class 300 JIS K10 JIS K20
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
½“ FDK:083N8365 FDK:083N8365
1½“ FDK:083N8279 FDK:083N8279 FDK:083N8278 FDK:083N8278
2½“ FDK:083N8287 FDK:083N8287 FDK:083N8285 FDK:083N8285
24“ FDK:083N8190 FDK:083N8191 A5E32709738 A5E32710253
Note:
For use as protection ring order 2 pcs.
For use as grounding ring order 1 pc.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Grounding and protecting ring - Type E (Hastelloy)1)

• Material: Hastelloy C276 Type E
• For all PTFE liners
TE
3 Size Nominale pressure Size ANSI

DN PN 6 PN 16 PN 40 Inch Class 150 Class 300
DN 15 FDK:083N8487 ½“ FDK:083N8487 FDK:083N8487
DN 25 FDK:083N8488 1“ FDK:083N8489 FDK:083N8489
DN 40 FDK:083N8490 1½“ FDK:083N8491 FDK:083N8491
DN 50 FDK:083N8492 2“ FDK:083N8493 FDK:083N8493
DN 65 FDK:083N8494 FDK:083N8495 FDK:083N8496 2½“ FDK:083N8497 FDK:083N8497
DN 80 FDK:083N8498 FDK:083N8499 FDK:083N8500 3“ FDK:083N8501 FDK:083N8502
DN 100 FDK:083N8503 FDK:083N8504 FDK:083N8505 4“ FDK:083N8506 FDK:083N8507
1) Also for MAG 5100 W (7ME6580).
Grounding ring - Type Flat ring (Stainless steel)

• Material: AISI 316
• For all liners (PTFE max. 150 °C (302 °F))
TF = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
TF
Size Nominale pressure Size ANSI

DN 15 A5E01191968 ½“ A5E01191969
DN 25 A5E01150880 1“ A5E01150022 A5E01150378
DN 40 A5E01191952 1½“ A5E01191961
DN 50 A5E01192006 A5E01150918 2“ A5E01151121 A5E01151194
DN 65 A5E01191940 A5E01191954 2½“ A5E01191962
DN 80 A5E01152876 A5E01152876 3“ A5E01152910 A5E01153422
DN 100 A5E01158875 A5E01159072 4“ A5E01159146 A5E01159628
DN 125 A5E01191941 A5E01191956 5“ A5E01191963
DN 150 A5E01191943 A5E01191957 6“ A5E01191964
DN 200 A5E01191951 A5E01191944 A5E01191958 8“ A5E01191965
DN 250 A5E01191950 A5E01191946 A5E01191959 10“ A5E01191966
DN 300 A5E01191949 A5E01191947 A5E01191960 12“ A5E01191967

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Grounding ring - Type Flat ring (Hastelloy)
• Material: Hastelloy C276
TF = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
TF

3
DN 15 A5E01191981 ½“ A5E01191989
DN 25 A5E01150882 1“ A5E01150028 A5E01150379
DN 40 A5E01191982 1½“ A5E01191990
DN 50 A5E01150922 2“ A5E01151124 A5E01151197
DN 65 A5E01191971 A5E01191983 2½“ A5E01191991
DN 80 A5E01152889 A5E01152889 3“ A5E01152913 A5E01153424
DN 100 A5E01158886 A5E01159074 4“ A5E01159150 A5E01159629
DN 125 A5E01191973 A5E01191984 5“ A5E01191992
DN 150 A5E01191974 A5E01191985 6“ A5E01191993
DN 200 A5E01191978 A5E01191975 A5E01191986 8“ A5E01191994
DN 250 A5E01191979 A5E01191976 A5E01191987 10“ A5E01191995
DN 300 A5E01191980 A5E01191977 A5E01191988 12“ A5E01191996
Grounding ring - Type Flat ring (Tantalum)

• Material: Tantalum
TF = 1 mm (0.04 inch)
TF

DN PN 16 PN 40 Inch Class 150 Class 300
DN 15 A5E01192007 ½“ A5E01192010
DN 25 A5E01150883 1“ A5E01150030 A5E01150381
DN 40 A5E01192008 1½“ A5E01192011
DN 50 A5E01150926 2“ A5E01151129 A5E01151199
DN 65 A5E01192005 A5E01192009 2½“ A5E01192012
DN 80 A5E01152890 A5E01152890 3“ A5E01152916 A5E01153427
DN 100 A5E01158891 A5E01159076 4“ A5E01159156 A5E01159631

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT sensor with compact or remote transmitter
133 (5.24) 155 (6.10) 218 (8.58) 208 (8.19)
2 x M25
133 (5.24)
A2
M20
A1
3
(½"NPT)
D1
D1
B B
L TE TC D L TE T
C
Metric
DN A1) A1 A2 B D1 L2)3)
EN 1092-1-201 ANSI 16.5
PN 6, 10 PN 16/PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 63 PN 100 Class 150 Class 300
non-PED
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
15 187 341 338 59 104 - - - 200 - - 200 200
25 187 341 338 59 104 - - - 200 - 260 200 200
40 197 351 348 82 124 - - - 200 - 280 200 200
50 205 359 356 72 139 - - - 200 276 300 200 200
65 212 366 363 72 154 200 200/- - 200 320 350 200 272
80 222 376 373 72 174 200 200/- - 2724) 323 340 2724) 2724)
100 242 396 393 85 214 250 250/- - 250 380 400 250 310
125 255 409 406 85 239 250 250/- - 250 420 450 250 335
150 276 430 427 85 282 300 300/- - 300 415 450 300 300
200 304 458 455 137 338 350 350/- 350 350 480 530 350 350
250 332 486 483 157 393 450 450/- 450 450 550 620 450 450
300 357 511 508 157 444 500 500/- 500 500 600 680 500 500
350 362 516 513 270 451 550 550/- 550 550 - - 550 550
400 387 541 538 270 502 600 600/- 600 600 - - 600 600
450 418 572 569 310 563 600 600/- 600 600 - - 600 640
500 443 597 594 350 614 600 600/- 625 680 - - 600 730
600 494 648 645 320 715 600 600/- 750 800 - - 600 860
700 544 698 695 450 816 700 875/700 800 - - - 800 -
750 571 725 722 556 869 - -/- - - - - 950 -
800 606 760 757 560 927 800 1000/800 900 - - - 900 -
900 653 807 804 630 1032 900 1125/900 1000 - - - 1100 -
1000 704 858 855 670 1136 1000 1250/1000 1100 - - - 1100 -
1050 704 858 855 670 1136 - -/- - - - - - -
1100 755 904 901 770 1238 - -/- - - - - - -
1200 810 964 961 792 1348 1200 1500/1200 1300 - - - 1400 -
1400 925 1079 1076 1000 1574 1400 -/1400 - - - - - -
1500 972 1126 1123 1020 1672 1500 -/1500 - - - - - -
1600 1025 1179 1176 1130 1774 1600 -/1600 - - - - - -
1800 1123 1277 1274 1250 1974 1800 -/1800 - - - - - -
2000 1223 1377 1374 1375 2174 2000 -/2000 - - - - - -
1) 14.5 mm shorter with stainless steel terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
2) When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length
3) Tolerances on built-in length (PN 6, PN 10, PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40):
DN 15 to DN 200: +0/-3 mm, DN 250 to DN 400: +0/-5 mm, DN 450 to DN 600: +5/-5 mm, DN 700 to DN 2000: +10/-10 mm
Tolerances on built-in length (PN 63 and PN 100): All sizes +8/-8 mm
4) Not according to ISO 20456

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

DN L1)2) TC3) TE3) TF3) Weight4)
AS 2129 E AWWA C-207 JIS K10 JIS K20
AS 4087 Class D
PN 16, 21, 35
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
15 200 - 200 200 - 6 2 4
25 200 - 200 200 1.2 6 2 5
40 200 - 200 240 1.2 6 2 8
50 200 - 200 240 1.2 6 2 9
65
80
200
200 5)
-
-
200
2009)
272
2729)
1.2
1.2
6
6
2
2
11
12
3
100 250 - 250 310 1.2 6 2 16
125 250 - 250 335 1.2 6 2 19
150 300 - 300 300 1.2 6 2 27
200 350 - 350 350 1.2 8 2 40
250 450 - 450 450 1.2 8 2 60
300 500 - 500 500 1.6 8 2 80
350 550 - 550 550 1.6 8 - 110
400 600 - 600 600 1.6 10 - 125
450 600 - 600 640 1.6 10 - 175
500 6006) - 600 680 1.6 10 - 200
600 6007) - 600 800 1.6 10 - 287
700 7008) 700 - - 2.0 - - 330
750 7508) 750 - - 2.0 - - 360
800 8008) 800 - - 2.0 - - 450
900 9008) 900 - - 2.0 - - 530
1000 10008) 1000 - - 2.0 - - 660
1050 - 1000 - - 2.0 - - 660
1100 - 1100 - - 2.0 - - 1140
1200 12006) 1200 - - 2.0 - - 1180
1400 - 1400 - - 2.0 - - 1600
1500 - 1500 - - 3.0 - - 2460
1600 - 1600 - - 3.0 - - 2525
1800 - 1800 - - 3.0 - - 2930
2000 - 2000 - - 3.0 - - 3665
1) When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length.
DN 15 to DN 200: +0/-3 mm, DN 250 to DN 400: +0/-5 mm, DN 450 to DN 600: +5/-5 mm, DN 700 to DN 2000: +10/-10 mm
Tolerances on built-in length (PN 63 and PN 100): All sizes +8/-8 mm
3) TC = Protection ring type C , TE = Grounding ring type E (included and factory mounted for 180 °C PTFE liner), TF = Grounding ring Type Flat ring
4) Weights are approx. (for PN 16) without transmitter.
5) PN 35 DN 80 = 272 mm (not according to ISO 20456)
6) PN 35 DN 500 = 680 mm
7) PN 35 DN 600 = 750 mm
8) Not AS 4087 PN 21 or PN 35
D = Outside diameter of flange, see flange tables

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Imperial
DN A1) A1 A2 B D1 L2)3)
EN 1092-1-201 ANSI 16.5/ASME B16.474)
PN 6, 10 PN 16/PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 63 PN 100 Class 150 Class 300 Class 600
non-PED
[inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch]
½ 7.36 13.31 13.25 2.32 4.09 - - - 7.87 - - 7.87 7.87 -
1 7.36 13.31 13.25 2.32 4.09 - - - 7.87 - 10.24 7.87 7.87 11.02
3
1½ 7.76 13.70 13.64 3.23 4.88 - - - 7.87 - 11.02 7.87 7.87 12.60
2 8.07 14.01 13.95 2.83 5.47 - - - 7.87 10.87 11.81 7.87 7.87 12.99
2½ 8.35 14.29 14.23 2.83 6.06 7.87 7.87/- - 7.87 12.60 13.78 7.87 10.71 on request
3 8.74 14.69 14.63 2.83 6.85 7.87 7.87/- - 10.715) 12.72 13.39 10.715) 10.715) 13.78
4 9.53 15.47 15.41 3.35 8.43 9.84 9.84/- - 9.84 14.96 - 9.84 12.20 18.11
5 10.04 15.98 15.92 3.35 9.41 9.84 9.84/- - 9.84 16.54 - 9.84 13.10 18.90
6 10.87 16.81 16.75 5.39 11.10 11.81 11.81/- - 11.81 16.34 - 11.81 11.81 19.68
8 11.97 17.91 17.85 5.39 13.31 13.78 13.78/- 13.78 13.78 18.90 - 13.78 13.78 23.62
10 13.07 19.02 18.96 6.18 15.47 17.72 17.72/- 17.72 17.72 - - 17.72 17.72 23.62
12 14.05 20.00 19.94 6.18 17.48 19.69 19.69/- 19.69 19.69 - - 19.69 19.69 27.56
14 14.25 20.20 20.14 10.63 17.76 21.65 21.65/- 21.65 21.65 - - 21.65 21.65 -
16 15.24 21.18 21.12 10.63 19.76 23.62 23.62/- 23.62 23.62 - - 23.62 23.62 -
18 16.45 22.40 22.34 12.20 22.16 23.62 23.62/- 23.62 23.62 - - 23.62 23.62 -
20 17.44 23.39 23.33 13.78 24.17 23.62 23.62/- 24.61 26.77 - - 23.62 28.70 -
24 19.45 25.39 25.33 12.59 28.15 23.62 23.62/- 29.53 31.50 - - 23.62 33.80 -
28 21.42 27.36 27.30 17.72 32.13 27.56 34.45/27.56 31.50 - - - 31.50 - -
30 22.48 28.43 28.37 21.89 34.21 - -/- - - - - 37.41 - -
32 23.86 29.80 29.74 22.05 36.50 31.50 39.37/31.50 35.44 - - - 35.44 - -
36 25.71 31.65 31.59 24.80 40.63 35.43 44.29/35.43 39.38 - - - 43.32 - -
40 27.72 33.85 33.79 26.38 44.72 39.37 49.21/39.37 43.32 - - - 43.32 - -
42 27.72 33.85 33.79 26.38 44.72 - -/- - - - - - - -
44 29.72 35.67 35.61 30.31 48.74 - -/- - - - - - - -
48 31.89 37.83 37.77 31.18 53.07 47.24 59.06/47.24 51.19 - - - 55.12 - -
54 36.42 42.36 42.30 39.37 61.97 55.12 -/55.12 - - - - - - -
60 38.27 44.21 44.15 40.15 65.83 59.06 59.06/59.06 - - - - - - -
66 40.35 46.30 46.24 44.49 69.84 62.99 -/62.99 - - - - - - -
72 44.21 50.16 50.10 49.21 77.72 70.87 -/70.87 - - - - - - -
78 48.15 54.09 54.03 54.13 85.59 78.74 -/78.74 - - - - - - -
1)
0.571 inch shorter with stainless steel terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
2)
When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length
3)
Tolerances on built-in length (PN 6, PN 10, PN 16, PN 25 and PN 40):
½" to 8": +0/-0.12", 10" to DN 16" : +0/-0.20", 18" to DN 24" : +0.20/-0.20", 28" to DN 78" : +0.39/-0.39"
Tolerances on built-in length (PN 63 and PN 100): All sizes +0.31"/-0.31"
4)
ANSI 16.5 for DN ≤ 24"; ASME B16.47 for DN ≥ 28"
5)
Not according to ISO 20456

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

DN L1)2) TC3) TE3) TF3) Weight4)
AS 2129 E AWWA C-207 JIS K10 JIS K20
AS 4087 Class D
PN 16, 21, 35
[inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [lb]
½ 7.87 - 7.87 7.87 - 0.24 0.08 9
1 7.87 - 7.87 7.87 0.05 0.24 0.08 11
1½ 7.87 - 7.87 9.44 0.05 0.24 0.08 17
2 7.87 - 7.87 9.44 0.05 0.24 0.08 20

3
2½ 7.87 - 7.87 10.70 0.05 0.24 0.08 24
3 7.875) - 7.878) 10.709) 0.05 0.24 0.08 26
4 9.84 - 9.84 12.20 0.05 0.24 0.08 35
5 9.84 - 9.84 13.18 0.05 0.24 0.08 42
6 11.81 - 11.81 11.81 0.05 0.24 0.08 60
8 13.78 - 13.77 13.77 0.05 0.31 0.08 88
10 17.72 - 17.71 17.71 0.05 0.31 0.08 132
12 19.69 - 19.68 19.68 0.06 0.31 0.08 176
14 21.65 - 21.65 21.65 0.06 0.31 - 242
16 23.62 - 23.62 23.62 0.06 0.39 - 275
18 23.62 - 23.62 25.19 0.06 0.39 - 385
20 23.626) - 23.62 26.77 0.06 0.39 - 440
24 23.627) - 23.62 31.49 0.06 0.39 - 633
28 27.568) 27.56 - - 0.08 - - 728
30 29.538) 29.52 - - 0.08 - - 794
32 31.807) 31.50 - - 0.08 - - 992
36 35.438) 35.43 - - 0.08 - - 1168
40 39.378) 39.37 - - 0.08 - - 1455
42 - 39.37 - - 0.08 - - 1455
44 - 43.31 - - 0.08 - - 2513
48 47.248) 47.24 - - 0.08 - - 2601
54 - 55.12 - - 0.12 - - 3528
60 - 59.06 - - 0.12 - - 5423
66 - 63.00 - - 0.12 - - 5566
72 - 70.87 - - 0.12 - - 6460
78 - 78.74 - - 0.12 - - 8080

1) When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length.
½" to 8": +0/-0.12", 10" to 16" : +0/-0.20", 18" to 24" : +0.2/-0.2", 28" to 78" : +0.39/-0.39"
Tolerances on built-in length (PN 63 and PN 100): All sizes +0.31"/-0.31"
3) TC = Protection ring type C , TE = Grounding ring type E (included and factory mounted for 180 °C PTFE liner), TF = Grounding ring Type Flat ring
4) Weights are for ANSI 150 without transmitter.
5) PN 35 DN 80 = 10.07 inch
6) PN 35 DN 500 = 26.77 inch
7) PN 35 DN 600 = 2.53 inch
8) Not AS 4087 PN 21 or PN 35

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
• Pulp and paper
• Industrial waste water
■ Design
3 • Compact or remote mounting possible
• Easy “plug & play“ field changeability of transmitter
• High temperature sensor for applications with temperatures
up to 150 °C (302 °F)
• Meets EEC directives: PED, 2014/68/EU pressure directive for
EN 1092-1 flanges
• Build-in length according to ISO 20456
• Onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a standard sensor.
The SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P is designed to meet the most the flow.
common specifications within chemical and process industries.
■ Benefits
• DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12")
• Included in Quick Ship Program (delivery time see PIA LCP)
• Most used flowmeter in the chemical and process industries
with PTFE/PFA liner and Hastelloy electrodes
• Excellent chemical resistance
• Full scope of global approvals for hazardous areas:
- ATEX, FM, CSA, IEcEx
- 24 V and 115/230 V Ex compact and remote
- intrinsically safe ia analog output
logging
• Easy commissioning, the SENSORPROM unit automatically
updates settings.
• MAG 6000 I full NAMUR compliance
- compliant with NE 21, NE 32, NE 43, NE 53 and NE70

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Integration
ciated transmitter MAG 5000, 6000 and 6000 I.
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integra-
tion and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA,
Modbus RTU/RS 485.
Pressure-temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges, material
A 105 carbon steel
Pressure - temperature curve to EN (DIN)

flanges material A 105 carbon steel
3
120
100
80
bar
60
PN 40
40
20 PN 16
PN 10
0
-20 -10 50 100 150 180
ºC
Pressure-temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges
Pressure - temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges

800
700
600
500
psi
400
300 A 105 class 150
200
100
0
-20 100 200 300 400
ºF
Note: The pressure-temperature curves only assist in the selec-

tion of a system. No responsibility is taken for the correctness of
the information. For exact data please refer to the PED require-
ments. For further information on the PED standard and require-
ments, see Pressure Equipment Directive in Appendix (chapter
10).

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
Product characteristic Chemical and process industry- Design
oriented (Included in Quick Ship
Program Weight See dimensional drawings
Nominal size • PTFE: DN 15 … 300 (½" … 12") Flange and housing material Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with
corrosion resistant coating of
• PFA: DN 15 … 150 (½" … 6") category C4 according to
ISO 12944-2
Measuring principle Electromagnetic induction
Measuring pipe material Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301
Excitation frequency • DN 15 … 65 (½" … 2½"):
(Mains supply: 50 Hz/60 Hz) 12.5 Hz/15 Hz Electrode material PTFE: Hastelloy C276/2.4819,
Platinum, Tantalum
• DN 80 … 150 (3" … 6"):
3 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
• DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"): Grounding electrode material
PFA: Hastelloy C22/2.4602
Optional in Hastelloy C22/2.602
3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
Terminal box (remote version only) • Standard fibre glass reinforced
Process connection polyamide
Flanges EN 1092-1, raised face1) (EN 1092-1, • Option Stainless steel
DIN 2501 & BS 4504 have the same AISI 316/1.4436
mating dimensions)
• Ex sensor: Stainless steel
• DN 15 … 50 (½" … 2"): AISI 316/1.4436
PN 40 (580 psi)
Cable entries • Remote installation 2 x M20 or
• DN 65 … 300 (2½" … 12"): 2 x ½" NPT
PN 16 (232 psi)
• DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"):
PN 10 (145 psi) - MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20 or
4 x ½" NPT
ANSI B16.5 (~BS 1560), raised face
- MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 or
• ½" … 12": Class 150 2 x ½" NPT (for supply/output)
(20 bar (290 psi))
- MAG 6000 I Ex de: 2 x M25 or
Rated operation conditions 2 x ½" NPT (for supply/output)
Ambient temperature Certificates and approvals
(conditions also dependent on liner
characteristiques) Calibration
• Standard Sensor -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F) • Default calibration Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %
• Ex sensor -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) Hazardous areas
• Compact with transmitter • Ex-sensor in compact or remote • ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, EAC Ex,
version with MAG 6000 I Ex NEPSI
- MAG 5000/6000 -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) - Zone 1 Ex d e ia IIC T6 Gb
- MAG 6000 I -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) • ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx
- MAG 6000 I Ex -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) - Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67
• FM
Operating pressure [abs. bar] • PTFE Teflon - XP IS Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C,
(maximum operating pressure D2)
decreases with increasing operating - DN 15 … 300 (½" … 12"):
0.3 … 40 bar (4 … 580 psi) - DIP Class II+III Div. 1 Groups E, F,
temperature and with stainless steel G2)
flanges) • PFA • Standard sensor with/without MAG • FM
- DN 15 … 150 (½" … 6"): 5000/6000/6000 I - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
Vacuum 0.02 … 50 bar - NI Class I Zone 2 Groups IIC
(0.29 … 725 psi) Pressure equipment PED, CRN
Enclosure rating IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6, Others • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
1 mH2O for 30 min • KCC (South Korea)
Option: IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P, 1)
10 mH2O cont. (not for Ex) DN ≤ 600 type 01 (SORF); DN > 600 type 11 (WNRF)
2)
In compact version only.
Pressure drop at 3 m/s As straight pipe
Test pressure 1.5 x PN (where applicable)
Mechanical load (Vibration) • 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z,
directions for 2 hours according to
EN 60068-2-36
• Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
• Sensor with compact
MAG 5000/6000 mounted
• Sensor with compact
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex mounted
Temperature of medium • PTFE -20 … +130 °C (-
4 … +266 °F)
• PFA -20 … +150 °C (-4 … +302 °F)
EMC 2014/30/EU

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P

Available Options for the SITRANS MAG 3100 P
The MAG 3100P is designed to meet the most common specifi-
cations within chemical and process industries. Therefore not all
options are available. If you miss a few options please check out
or product MAG 3100 which is covering many more options.
Available Options for Liner PTFE with Platinum electrodes

Diameter Connection
3
MAG 3100 P Order EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, AISI B 16.5,
code PN 10 PN 16 PN 40 class 150
DN 15, ½" 1V •
DN 25, 1" 2D • •
DN 40, 1 ½" 2R •
DN 50, 2" 2Y • •
DN 65, 2 ½" 3F
DN 80, 3" 3M •
DN 100, 4" 3T •
DN 125, 5" 4B •
DN 150, 6" 4H •
DN 200, 8" 4P
DN 250, 10" 4V
DN 300, 12" 5D
Available Options for Liner PTFE with Tantalum electrodes

Diameter Connection
DN 15, ½" 1V •
DN 25, 1" 2D • •
DN 40, 1 ½" 2R •
DN 50, 2" 2Y • •
DN 65, 2 ½" 3F •
DN 80, 3" 3M • •
DN 100, 4" 3T • •
DN 125, 5" 4B
DN 150, 6" 4H •
DN 200, 8" 4P •
DN 250, 10" 4V •
DN 300, 12" 5D
Available Options for Liner PTFE with Hastelloy C electrodes

incl. grounding electrodes
Diameter Connection
DN 15, ½" 1V •
DN 25, 1" 2D • •
DN 40, 1 ½" 2R •
DN 50, 2" 2Y • •
DN 65, 2 ½" 3F •
DN 80, 3" 3M • •
DN 100, 4" 3T • •
DN 125, 5" 4B
DN 150, 6" 4H • •
DN 200, 8" 4P •
DN 250, 10" 4V •
DN 300, 12" 5D

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P 7ME6340- Additional information

(Short delivery time)
Click on the Article No. for the online 77777- 7777 code(s) and plain text.
Certificates
Diameter
DN 15 (½“) 1 V • Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1 C15
DN 25 (1“) 2 D
Terminal blocks
DN 40 (1½“) 2 R • Factory mounted terminal blocks N02
DN 50 (2“) 2 Y
3
DN 65 (2½“) 3 F
• CRN (Canadian Registration Number) H25
DN 80 (3“) 3 M
DN 100 (4“) 3 T Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17
DN 125 (5“) 4 B Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive) Y18
DN 150 (6“) 4 H Customer-specific transmitter setting Y20
DN 200 (8“) 4 P Factory mounted sensor cables
DN 250 (10“) 4 V
DN 300 (12“) 5 D cables and order cables separately)
Flange norm and pressure rating • Sensor cables wired and IP68 sealing (specify Y41
EN 1092-1 Article No. for sensor cables nd order cables sepa-
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 300 (8“ … 12“)) B rately)
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 300 (2½“ … 12”)) C Additional calibrations
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 50 (½“ … 2”) F • Matched-pair calibration On request1)
ANSI B16.5 ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
Class 150 (½“ ... 12“) J • Customer-specified calibration up to 10 points On request1)
Flange material • Customer-witnessed calibration On request1)
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105 1 Any of above calibration
Liner material 1) Product Variation Request (PVR).
PTFE (150 °C (302 °F)) 3
Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P
PFA (150 ºC (302 ºF)) (DN 15 ... 150 (½" ... 6")) 7
Electrode material Description Article No.
Hastelloy C 2 • English A5E03005599
Platinum 3 • German A5E03086288
Tantalum 5
Hastelloy C incl. grounding electrodes 6 guages, at
Transmitter http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (Order trans- A
mitter separately) Accessories
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter B
separately) Description Article No.
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 90 V DC, C Potting kit for IP68/NEMA 6P FDK-085U0220
115 ... 230 V AC sealing of sensor junction box
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex D
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex E
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 11 … 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC H
Communication Product selector link:
No communication, add-on possible A http://www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
HART B
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 F
I)
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex) G
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex) E
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 6000/6000 I) J
Metric: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I com- 1
pact
½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I com- 2
pact

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P

Accessories for MAG 3100 P sensor
Grounding and protection ring - Type E (Stainless steel)
• Material: AISI 316 Type E
• For liner PTFE
3
TE
Size Nominale pressure Size ANSI1)

DN PN 10 PN 16 PN 40 Inch Class 150
DN 15 FDK:083N8365 ½“ FDK:083N8365
DN 25 FDK:083N8271 1“ FDK:083N8272
DN 40 FDK:083N8278 1½“ FDK:083N8279
DN 50 FDK:083N8282 2“ FDK:083N8283
DN 65 FDK:083N8285 2½“ FDK:083N8287
DN 80 FDK:083N8289 3“ FDK:083N8291
DN 100 FDK:083N8117 4“ FDK:083N8118
DN 125 FDK:083N8121 5“ FDK:083N8122
DN 150 FDK:083N8125 6“ FDK:083N8126
DN 200 FDK:083N8130 FDK:083N8130 8“ FDK:083N8370
DN 250 FDK:083N8136 FDK:083N8137 10“ FDK:083N8140
DN 300 FDK:083N8144 FDK:083N8145 12“ FDK:083N8148
For use as protection ring order 2 pcs.

For use as grounding ring order 1 pc.
Grounding and protection ring - Type E (Hastelloy)

• Material: Hastelloy C276 Type E
• For liner PTFE
TE

DN PN 16 PN 40 Inch Class 150
Article No. Article No. Article No.
DN 15 FDK:083N8487 ½“ FDK:083N8487
DN 25 FDK:083N8488 1“ FDK:083N8489
DN 40 FDK:083N8490 1½“ FDK:083N8491
DN 50 FDK:083N8492 2“ FDK:083N8493
DN 65 FDK:083N8495 2½“ FDK:083N8497
DN 80 FDK:083N8499 3“ FDK:083N8501
DN 100 FDK:083N8504 4“ FDK:083N8506
1) For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see Dimensional drawings.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
Grounding ring - Type Flat ring (Stainless steel)

• Material: AISI 316
• For liner PTFE and PFA
TF = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
TF
3 Size Nominale pressure Size ANSI1)

DN 15 A5E01191968 ½“ A5E01191969
DN 25 A5E01150880 1“ A5E01150022
DN 40 A5E01191952 1½“ A5E01191961
DN 50 A5E01150918 2“ A5E01151121
DN 65 A5E01191940 2½“ A5E01191962
DN 80 A5E01152876 3“ A5E01152910
DN 100 A5E01158875 4“ A5E01159146
DN 125 A5E01191941 5“ A5E01191963
DN 150 A5E01191943 6“ A5E01191964
DN 200 A5E01191951 A5E01191944 8“ A5E01191965
DN 250 A5E01191950 A5E01191946 10“ A5E01191966
DN 300 A5E01191949 A5E01191947 12“ A5E01191967
1)
For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see Dimensionl drawings.
Grounding ring - Type Flat ring (Hastelloy)

• Material: Hastelloy C276
• For liner PTFE and PFA
TF = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
TF

DN 15 A5E01191981 ½“ A5E01191989
DN 25 A5E01150882 1“ A5E01150028
DN 40 A5E01191982 1½“ A5E01191990
DN 50 A5E01150922 2“ A5E01151124
DN 65 A5E01191971 2½“ A5E01191991
DN 80 A5E01152889 3“ A5E01152913
DN 100 A5E01158886 4“ A5E01159150
DN 125 A5E01191973 5“ A5E01191992
DN 150 A5E01191974 6“ A5E01191993
DN 200 A5E01191978 A5E01191975 8“ A5E01191994
DN 250 A5E01191979 A5E01191976 10“ A5E01191995
DN 300 A5E01191980 A5E01191977 12“ A5E01191996
1)
For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see Dimensional drawings.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
MAG 3100 P sensor with compact or remote transmitter
133 (5.24) 155 (6.10) 218 (8.58) 208 (8.19)
2 x M25
133 (5.24)
A2
M20
A1
3
(½"NPT)
D1
D1
B B
L TE TC D L TE T
C
Metric
DN A1) A1 A2 B D1 L2) TE3) TF3) Weight4)
EN 1092-1-201 ANSI 16.5
PN 10 PN 16 PN 40 Class 150
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
15 187 341 338 59 104 - - 200 200 6 2 4
25 187 341 338 59 104 - - 200 200 6 2 5
40 197 351 348 82 124 - - 200 200 6 2 8
50 205 359 356 72 139 - - 200 200 6 2 9
65 212 369 366 72 154 - 200/- - 200 6 2 11
80 222 376 373 72 174 - 200/- - 2725) 6 2 12
100 242 396 393 85 214 - 250/- - 250 6 2 16
125 255 409 406 85 239 - 250/- - 250 6 2 19
150 276 430 427 85 282 - 300/- - 300 6 2 27
200 304 458 455 137 338 350 350/- - 350 8 2 40
250 332 486 483 157 393 450 450/- - 450 8 2 60
300 357 511 508 157 444 500 500/- - 500 8 2 80
1)
14.5 mm shorter with stainless steel terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
2)
When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length.
3)
TE = Grounding ring Type E, TF = Grounding ring Type Flat ring
4)
Weights are approx. (for PN 16) without transmitter
5)
- not available

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P

Imperial
DN A1) A1 A2 B D1 L2) TE3) TF3) Weight4)
EN 1092-1-201 ANSI 16.5
PN 10 PN 16 PN 40 Class 150
[inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [inch] [lbs]
½ 7.36 13.4 13.34 2.32 4.09 - - 7.87 7.87 0.24 0.08 9
1 7.36 13.4 13.34 2.32 4.09 - - 7.87 7.87 0.24 0.08 11
3 1½
2
7.76
8.07
13.8
14.1
13.74
14.04
3.23
2.83
4.88
5.47
-
-
-
-
7.87
7.87
7.87
7.87
0.24
0.24
0.08
0.08
17
20
2½ 8.35 14.4 14.34 2.83 6.06 - 7.87/- - 7.87 0.24 0.08 24
3 8.74 14.8 14.74 2.83 6.85 - 7.87/- - 10.715) 0.24 0.08 26
4 9.53 15.6 15.54 3.35 8.43 - 9.84/- - 9.84 0.24 0.08 35
5 10.04 16.1 16.04 3.35 9.41 - 9.84/- - 9.84 0.24 0.08 42
6 10.87 16.9 16.84 3.35 11.10 - 11.81/- - 11.81 0.24 0.08 60
8 11.97 18.0 17.94 5.39 13.31 13.78 13.78/- - 13.78 0.31 0.08 88
10 13.07 19.1 19.04 6.18 15.47 17.72 17.72/- - 17.72 0.31 0.08 132
12 14.05 20.1 20.04 6.18 17.48 19.69 19.69/- - 19.69 0.31 0.08 176
1)
0.571 inch shorter with stainless steel terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
2)
When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length.
3)
TE = Grounding ring Type E, TF = Grounding ring Type Flat ring
4)
Weights are for ANSI 150 without transmitter.
5)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W
• Water abstraction
• Water treatment
• Water distribution network (leak detection management)
• Custody transfer water meters
• Irrigation
• Waste water treatment
• Filtration plant (e.g. reverse osmosis and ultra filtration)
• Industrial water applications
3
The flow measuring principle is based on Faradays law of elec-
the flow.
The SITRANS FM MAG 5100 W is an electromagnetic flow sen-
sor designed to meet ground water, drinking water, waste water,
sewage or sludge applications. ■ Integration
The complete flow meter consists of a flow sensor and an asso-
■ Benefits ciated transmitter SITRANS FM MAG 5000, MAG 6000 or
MAG 6000 I.
• DN 15 to DN 1200/2000 (½" to 48"/78")
• Stock program of MAG 5100 W secures short delivery time The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integra-
tion and update to a variety of fieldbus systems, e.g. HART,
• Connection flanges EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI, AWWA, AS DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
and JIS or Modbus RTU/RS 485.
• NBR Hard Rubber and Ebonite Hard Rubber liner for all water
applications
• EPDM liner with drinking water approvals
• Hastelloy integrated grounding and measuring electrodes
• Increased low flow accuracy for water leak detection, due to
coned liner design.
• Drinking water approvals
• Suitable for direct burial and constant flooding
• Custody transfer approvals
• Built-in length according to ISO 20456; the standard includes
sizes up to DN 400.
• Easy commissioning, SENSORPROM unit automatically up-
loads calibration values and settings.
• Designed so patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprint.
• Custody transfer option for water billing, with type approval
after OIML R 49 and verified according to MI-001 - 0D inlet/
0D outlet installation
- Pattern approval OIML R 49
- Conform to ISO 4064 and EN 14154 for mechanical flowme-
ters
- PTB K7.2
- Kiwa water approval
• FM Fire Service Meter (Class Number 1044) for automatic fire
protection systems.
• Meets EEC directives: PED 2014/68/EU pressure directive for
EN 1092-1 flanges
• Simple onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a stan-
dard sensor
• Type approval of marine equipment (ABS, Bureau Veritas,
DNV-GL, Lloyd's Register)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W
Product characteristic MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) MAG 5100 W (7ME6580)
Mainly for the European market Mainly for the non-European market
EPDM or NBR lining Ebonite lining
Design and nominal size Coned sensor (octagon liner): DN 15 ... 40 (½" … 1½")
Coned sensor: DN 50 … 300 (2" … 12") Full bore sensor: DN 25 … 2 000 (1" … 78")
Full bore sensor: DN 350 … 1200 (14" … 48")
Excitation frequency DN 15 … 65 (½" … 2½"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz DN 25 … 65 (1" … 2½"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz
3 (Mains supply: 50/60 Hz)

DN 80 … 150 (3" … 6"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz DN 80 … 150 (3" … 6"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
DN 350 … 1200 (14" … 48"):1.5625 Hz/1.875 Hz DN 350 … 2000 (14" … 78"):1.5625 Hz/1.875 Hz
Process connection
Flanges1)
• EN 1092-1 PN 10 (145 psi): DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12") Flat face Raised face3) (EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 and BS 4504 have the
same mating dimensions)
PN 10 (145 psi): DN 350 … 1200 (14" … 48") Raised face3) PN 6 (87 psi): DN 1400 … 2000 (54" … 78")
PN 16 (232 psi): DN 50 … 300 (2" … 12") Flat face3) PN 10 (145 psi): DN 200 … 2000 (8" … 78")
PN 16 (232 psi): DN 350 … 1200 (14" … 48") Raised face PN 16 (232 psi): DN 65 … 600 (2½" … 24")
PN 40 (580 psi): DN 15 … 40 (½" … 1½") Flat face PN 40 (580 psi): DN 25 … 50 (1" … 2")
• ANSI B16.5 Class 150: ½" ... 12" Flat face; Class 150: 1" … 24"; Raised face
14" ... 24" raised face
• AWWA C-207 Class D: 28" … 48", Flat face Class D: 28" … 78", Flat face
• AS4087 PN 16 (232 psi): PN 16 (232 psi):
DN 50 ... DN 300 (2" ... 12") Flat Face; DN 50 ... DN 1200 (2" ... 48") Raised face
DN 350 … DN 1200 (14" … 48") Raised face
• JIS B 2220:2004 K10 (1" … 24") K10 (1" … 24")
Rated Operation conditions
Ambient temperature
• Sensor -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F) -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
• Compact with transmitter -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
MAG 5000/6000 4)
Operating pressure (Abs) DN 15 … 40 (½" … 1½"): DN 25 … 50 (1" … 2"):
[abs. bar] (Maximum operating pres- 0.01 … 40 bar (0.15 … 580 psi) 0.01 … 40 bar (0.15 … 580 psi)
sure depending on flange standard,
decreases with increasing operating DN 50 … 300 (2" … 12"): DN 65 … 1200 (2½" … 48"):
temperature) 0.03 … 20 bar (0.44 … 290 psi) 0.01 … 16 bar (0.15 … 232 psi)
DN 350 … 1200 (14" … 48"): DN 1400 … 2000 (54" … 78"):
0.01 … 16 bar (0.15 … 232 psi) 0.01 … 10 bar (0.15 … 145 psi)
Enclosure rating
• Standard IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6 (1 mH2O for 30 min) IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6 (1 mH2O for 30 min)
• Option IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P (10 mH2O continuously) IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P (10 mH2O continuously)
Pressure drop DN 15 and 25 (½" and 1"): Max. 20 mbar (0.29 psi) at Insignificant
1 m/s (3 ft/s)
DN 40 … 300 (1½" … 12"): Max. 25 mbar (0.36 psi) at
3 m/s (10 ft/s)
DN 350 … 1200 (14" … 48"): Insignificant
Test pressure 1.5 x PN (where applicable) FM Fire Service: 2 x PN 1.5 x PN (where applicable)
Mechanical load (vibration) 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours
according to EN 60068-2-36 according to EN 60068-2-36
Sensor: 3.17 g RMS Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted transmit- Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted transmit-
ter: 3.17 g RMS ter: 3.17 g RMS
Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I mounted transmitter: Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I mounted transmitter:
1.14 g RMS 1.14 g RMS
Medium conditions
• NBR -10 … +70 °C (14 … 158 °F) -
• EPDM -10 … +70 °C (14 … 158 °F) -
• EPDM (MI-001) 0.1 … 30 °C (32 … 76 °F) -
• Ebonite - -10 … +70 °C (14 … 158 °F)
EMC 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W

Product characteristic MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) MAG 5100 W (7ME6580)
Mainly for the European market Mainly for the non-European market
EPDM or NBR lining Ebonite lining
Design
Material
• Housing and flanges Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion-resistant coatin- Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion-resistant coating
gof category C4 or C5 according to ISO 12944-2 of category C4 or C5 according to ISO 12944-2
• Electrode Hastelloy C276 Hastelloy C276
• Grounding electrode Hastelloy C276 Hastelloy C276
• Terminal box
Fibre glass reinforced polyamide Fibre glass reinforced polyamide
3
Calibration
• Default calibration Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 % Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %
• Special calibration 5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of fac- 5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of fac-
tory Qmax tory Qmax
10-point calibration: ascending and descending at 20 %, 10-point calibration: ascending and descending at 20 %,
40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax 40 %, 50 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
Matched pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10-point Matched pair calibration: default, 5-point or 10-point
Custody transfer • MI-001 cold water (EU): DN 50 ... DN 1200 (2" ... 48") -
• Kiwa water approval (NL): DN 50 ... DN 1200 (2" ... 48")
• Chilled water pattern approval PTB K 7.2
DN 15 ... DN 1200 (Germany)5)
Drinking water EPDM liner:
• WRAS (WRc, BS690 cold water, GB) • WRAS (WRc, BS690 cold water, GB)
• NSF/ANSI Standard 616) (Cold water, US) • NSF/ANSI Standard 616) (Cold water, US)
• ACS listed (F)
• DVGW W270 (D)
• Belgaqua (B)
• AS/NZS 4020 (Australia/New Zealand)
Marine7) • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
• Bureau Veritas
• DNV-GL
• Lloyd's Register
Hazardous areas7)
Standard sensor with/without • FM • FM
MAG 5000/6000/6000 I - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
- NI Class I Zone 2 Groups IIC - NI Class I Zone 2 Groups IIC
Pressure equipment • PED conforming: All EN1092-1 flanges and ANSI Class • PED conforming: All EN1092-1 flanges (< DN 600 /<24")
150 (< DN 300 /<12") – 2014/68/EU9) – 2014/68/EU9)
• CRN • CRN
Others • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan) • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
• KCC (South Korea) • CMC/CPA (China)
• FM Fire Service Approval acc. to class 10448)
• VdS: Extinguishing systems DN 50 ... 300
• MCERTS (GB environmental)
1)
DN 750, DN 1050 and DN 1100 (30", 42" and 44") not available with EN 1092-1 (PN 10 and PN 16) and AS4087 flanges
2)
Type 01 (SORF)
3)
DN ≤ 600 type 01 (SORF); DN > 600 type 11 (WNRF)
4)
Compact with transmitter MAG 5000 CT/6000 CT -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... 122 °F)
5)
For verification submit Product Variation Request
6)
Including Annex G
7)
In remote version with sensor size DN 50 ... DN 300 (2" ... 12")
8)
For sizes larger than 600 mm (24") in PN 16 PED conformity is available as a cost-added option. The basic unit will only carry the LVD (Low Voltage Directive)
and EMC approval. All products sold outside of EU and EFTA are excluded from the directive, also products sold into certain market sectors are excluded.
These include:
a) Meters used in networks for the supply, distribution and discharge of water.
b) Meters used in pipelines for the conveyance of any fluid from offshore to onshore.
c) Meters used in the extraction of petroleum or gas, including Christmas tree and manifold equipment.
d) Any meter mounted on a ship or mobile offshore platform. For further information on the PED standard and requirements see Pressure Equipment Directive
in Appendix (chapter 10).
9)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W

MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) with MAG 6000 CT MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) with MAG 5000/MAG 6000 or
(Revenue program) MI-001 MAG 6000 CT for Fire Service applications
MAG 5100 W CT program is type approved according to inter- MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) is FM Fire Service approved for auto-
national water meter standard OIML R 49. Since the first Novem- matic fire protection systems. The approval is applicable for the
ber 2006 the MI-001 water meter directive is in force, which sizes DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250 and DN
means that all water meters can be sold across the EU borders 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10" and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150
if the water meters contain a MI-001 label. flanges. The FM Fire Service approved product can be ordered
via the Z-options P20, P21 and P22.
The MAG 5100 W MI-001 verified and labeled products are a
Class II approval according to Directive 2014/32/EU of the Euro-
3 pean Parliament and Council of 26 February, 2014 on measuring
instruments, Annex III Water meters (MI-001) in the sizes from
±E%
FM Fire Service verification tolerances
DN 50 to DN 1200 (Article No. 7ME6520).
The MID certification is obtained as a modul B + D module ap-
proval according to the above mentioned directive.
Module B: Type approval according to OIML R 49 1.5 %
Module D: Quality insurance approval of production
Qmin Qmax
±E% MI-001 verification tolerances
Cl. II = 5%
Cl. II = 2%
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W

MAG 5100 W (7ME6520) MI-001 verified and labeled products at a given Q3 and Q3/Q4 = 1.25 and Q2/Q1 = 1.6 measuring ranges
see table below:
Order code: P11 DN 50 (2”) DN 65 (2½”) DN 80 (3”) DN 100 (4”) DN 125 (5”) DN 150 (6”) DN 200 (8”) DN 250 (10”) DN 300 (12”)
“R” Q3/Q1 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
Q4 [m³/h] 20 31.25 50 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5
Q3 [m³/h] 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630
Q2 [m³/h] 0.64 1.0 1.6 2.52 4.0 6.4 10.0 16.0 25.2
3
Q1 [m³/h] 0.4 0.63 1.0 1.58 2.5 4.0 6.25 10.0 15.75
“R” Q3/Q1 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
Q4 [m³/h] 20 31.25 50 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5
Q3 [m³/h] 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630
Q2 [m³/h] 0.41 0.63 1.02 1.6 2.5 4.1 6.3 10.2 16.0
Q1 [m³/h] 0.25 0.40 0.63 1.00 1.59 2.54 3.97 6.35 10.0
“R” Q3/Q1 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
Q4 [m³/h] 20 31.3 50 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5
Q3 [m³/h] 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630
Q2 [m³/h] 0.32 0.5 0.8 1.26 2.0 3.2 5.0 8.0 12,6
Q1 [m³/h] 0.20 0.31 0.50 0.79 1.25 2.00 3.13 5.00 7.9
“R” Q3/Q1 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
Q4 [m³/h] 50 78.5 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000
Q3 [m³/h] 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600
Q2 [m³/h] 0.4 0.63 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0
Q1 [m³/h] 0.25 0.39 0.63 1.0 1.56 2.5 3.94 6.3 10.0
“R” Q3/Q1 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Q4 [m³/h] 50 78.5 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000
Q3 [m³/h] 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600
Q2 [m³/h] 0.32 0.50 0.80 1.28 2.0 3.2 5.0 8.0 12.8
Q1 [m³/h] 0.2 0.32 0.50 0.8 1.25 2.0 3.15 5.0 8.0
“R” Q3/Q1 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Q4 [m³/h] 50 78.5 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000
Q3 [m³/h] 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600
Q2 [m³/h] 0.26 0.4 0.64 1.02 1.6 2.56 4.0 6.4 10.24
Q1 [m³/h] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.64 1.0 1.6 2.52 4.0 6.4
Order code: P24 DN 350 (14") DN 400 (16“) DN 450 (18“) DN 500 (20“) DN 600 (24“)
“R” Q3/Q1 40 40 40 40 40
Q4 [m³/h] 1250 1250 2000 2000 3125
Q3 [m³/h] 1000 1000 1600 1600 2500
Q2 [m³/h] 40.0 40.0 64.0 64.0 100.0
Q1 [m³/h] 25.0 25.0 40.0 40.0 62.5
“R” Q3/Q1 63 63 63 63 63
Q4 [m³/h] 1250 2000 3125 3125 5000
Q3 [m³/h] 1000 1600 2500 2500 4000
Q2 [m³/h] 25.4 40.63 63.49 63.49 101.6
Q1 [m³/h] 15.9 25.4 39.7 39.7 63.49

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W

“R” Q3/Q1 80 80 80 80 80
Q4 [m³/h] 2000 3125 5000 5000 7875
Q3 [m³/h] 1600 2500 4000 4000 6300
Q2 [m³/h] 32.0 50.0 80.0 80.0 126.0
Q1 [m³/h] 20.0 31.25 50.0 50.0 78.75
3 “R” Q3/Q1
Q4 [m³/h]
100
3125
100
3125
100
5000
100
5000
100
7875
Q3 [m³/h] 2500 2500 4000 4000 6300
Q2 [m³/h] 40.0 2540.0 64.0 64.0 100.8
Q1 [m³/h] 25.0 25.0 40.0 40.0 63.0
Order code: P29 DN 700 (28“) DN 750 (30“) DN 800 (32“) DN 900 (36“) DN 1000 (40“) DN 1200 (48“)
“R” Q3/Q1 40 40 40 40 40 40
Q4 [m³/h] 5000 5000 5000 7875 7875 7875
Q3 [m³/h] 4000 4000 4000 6300 6300 6300
Q2 [m³/h] 160.0 160.0 160.0 252.0 252.0 252.0
Q1 [m³/h] 100.0 100.0 100.0 157.5 157.5 157.5
“R” Q3/Q1 63 63 63 63 63 -
Q4 [m³/h] 5000 5000 5000 7875 7875 -
Q3 [m³/h] 4000 4000 4000 6300 6300 -
Q2 [m³/h] 101.6 101.6 101.6 160.0 160.0 -
Q1 [m³/h] 63.5 63.5 63.5 100.0 100.0 -
“R” Q3/Q1 80 80 80 80 80 -
Q4 [m³/h] 5000 5000 5000 7875 7875 -
Q3 [m³/h] 4000 4000 4000 6300 6300 -
Q2 [m³/h] 80.0 80.0 80.0 126.0 126.0 -
Q1 [m³/h] 50.0 50.0 50.0 78.75 78.75 -
The label is placed on the transmitter housing. An example of the OIML R 49/MI-001 approvals valid for:
product label is shown below: • DN 50 to 1200 mm (2” to 48”)
• Horizontal and vertical installation
• Compact or remote with max. 500 m cable
• Power supply 115 to 230 V AC, 12 to 24 V AC/DC
• With or without communication module
Other restrictions may apply (see certificate)
Special OIML / MI-001 settings:
• Unit: m³
• Qmax: Q3
• Low flow cut-off: 0.1 %
• Digital output: Frequency
For other factory settings, see Operating Instructions.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 5100 W 7ME6520- Ord. Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 5100 W 7ME6520- Ord.
Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges, code Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges, cod
EU water markets and low flow applications EU water markets and low flow applications e
77777 - 2777 777
77777 - 2777 777
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Transmitter
Diameter Sensor for remote transmitter A
DN 15 (½“) 1V
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 90 V DC, C
DN 25 (1“) 2D 115 ... 230 V AC
3
DN 40 (1½“) 2R MAG 6000, Polyamid, H
DN 50 (2“) 2Y 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
DN 65 (2½“) 3F MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC J
DN 80 (3“) 3M MAG 5000, Polyamid, K
11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
DN 100 (4“) 3T
MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC L
DN 125 (5“) 4B
MAG 6000 CT, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC M
DN 150 (6“) 4H
MAG 6000 CT, Polyamid, R
DN 200 (8“) 4P 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
DN 250 (10“) 4V Transmitter including wall-mounting kit for
DN 300 (12“) 5D remote design
DN 350 (14“) 5K MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC, incl.
special wall-mounting unit (approved marine
DN 400 (16“) 5R equipment)
DN 450 (18“) 5Y • M20x1.5 cable glands Z P0C
DN 500 (20“) 6F • ½" NPT cable glands Z P0D
DN 600 (24“) 6P MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC, incl.
DN 700 (28“) 6Y special wall-mounting unit (approved marine
equipment)
DN 750 (30“) 7D • M20x1.5 cable glands Z P0G
DN 800 (32“) 7H • ½" NPT cable glands Z P0H
DN 900 (36“) 7M
MAG 6000 CT, Polyamid,
DN 1000 (40“) 7R 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC,
(42“) 7U incl. wall-mounting unit
• M20x1.5 cable glands Z P0 J
(44“) 7V
• ½" NPT cable glands Z P0K
DN 1200 (48“) 8B
Flange norm and pressure rating MAG 6000 CT, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC,
incl. wall-mounting unit
EN 1092-1 • M20x1.5 cable glands Z P0L
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1200/8“ ... 48“) B • ½" NPT cable glands Z P0M
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200/2“ ... 48“) C
Communication
PN 16, non PED (DN 700 ... 1200/28“ ... 48“) D
None A
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 40/½“ ... 1½“) F
HART B
ANSI B16.5
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 F
class 150 (½“ ... 24“) J (only MAG 6000/ MAG 6000 I)
AWWA C-207 PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 G
Class D (28“ ... 48“) L (only MAG 6000/ MAG 6000 I)
Modbus RTU/RS 485 E
AS 4087
(only MAG 6000/ MAG 6000 I)
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200/2“ ... 48“) N
JIS (only MAG 6000/ MAG 6000 I)
B 2220:2004 K10 (1" ... 24") R Cable glands/terminal box
Flange material and coating Metric: Polyamide terminal box or 1
MAG 6000 I compact
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105, 1
corrosion-resistant coating of category C4 ½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or 2
MAG 6000 I compact
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105, 300 µm 4
Liner material
EPDM 2
NBR 3

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W
■ Selection and ordering data Order code Order code
Additional information Additional information

Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text. code(s) and plain text.
Certificates Approval/Verification3)
• Pressure test certificate according to C01 • Without verification acc. to OIML R 49 (DN 50 ... DN P10
EN 10204-3.1 300)
• Material certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C12 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 40 (DN 50 ... DN 300) P11
• Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2 C14 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 63 (DN 50 ... DN 300) P12
• Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1 C15 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 80 (DN 50 ... DN 300) P13
• MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 160 (DN 50 ... DN 300) P16
3
Special calibration
• 5-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN 2001) D01 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 200 (DN 50 ... DN 300) P17
• 5-point calibration for DN 250 ... DN 6001) D02 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 250 (DN 50 ... DN 300) P18
• 5-point calibration for DN 700 ... DN 12001) D03 • Without verification according to OIML R 49 P23
(DN 350 ... DN 600)
• MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 40 (DN 350 ... DN 600) P24
• MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 63 (DN 350 ... DN 600) P25
• MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 80 (DN 350 ... DN 600) P26
• Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) matched-pair D11
calibration for DN 15 ... DN 200 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 100 (DN 350 ... DN 600) P27
• Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) matched-pair D12 • Without verification according to OIML R 49 P28
calibration for DN 250 ... DN 600 (DN 700 ... DN 1200)
• Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) matched-pair D13 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 40 (DN 700 ... DN 1200) P29
calibration for DN 700 ... DN 1200 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 63 (DN 700 ... DN 1200) P30
• 5-point, matched-pair calibration for D15 • MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 80 (DN 700 ... DN 1200) P31
DN 15 ... DN 2001) • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=25 (DN 15 ... DN 300) P41
• 5-point, matched-pair calibr. for DN 250 ... DN 6001) D16 • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=50 (DN 15 ... DN 300) P42
• 5-point, matched-pair calibr. for D17 • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=100 Low dynamic range P43
DN 700 ... DN 12001) (DN 15 ... DN 300)
• 10-point, matched-pair calibration for D18 • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=100 High dynamic range P44
DN 15 ... DN 2002) (DN 15 ... DN 300)
• 10-point, matched-pair calibr. for D19 • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=250 (DN 50 ... DN 300) P45
DN 250 ... DN 6002) • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=25 (DN 350 ... DN 600) P47
• 10-point, matched-pair calibr. for D20 • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=50 (DN 350 ... DN 600) P48
DN 700 ... DN 12002) • PTB K7.2 QP/QI=100 Low dynamic range P49
• Accredited 5-point matched-pair calibration D21 (DN 350 ... DN 600)
acc. to ISO 17025 DN 15 ... DN 200
Pulse output setting
• Accredited 5-point matched-pair calibration D22
acc. to ISO 17025 DN 250 ... DN 600 Volume / Pulse
• Accredited 5-point matched-pair calibration D23 • 0.001 l/pulse L01
acc. to ISO 17025 DN 600 ... DN 1200 • 0.01 l/pulse L02
Country of origin • 0.1 l/pulse L03
• France F55 • 0.5 l/pulse L04
• 1 l/pulse L05
Sensor cables • 5 l/pulse L06
• Standard coil and electrode cable, PVC jacket • 10 l/pulse L07
- 5 m (16 ft) K01 • 50 l/pulse L08
- 10 m (33 ft) K02 • 100 l/pulse L09
- 20 m (65 ft) K04 • 500 l/pulse L10
- 30 m (98 ft) K06 • 1 m3/pulse L11
- 40 m (131 ft) K07 • 5 m3/pulse L12
- 50 m (164 ft) K08 • 10 m3/pulse L13
- 60 m (197 ft) K09 • 50 m3/pulse L14
- 100 m (328 ft) K10 • 100 m3/pulse L15
- 150 m (492 ft) K11 • 500 m3/pulse L16
- 200 m (656 ft) K12 • 1000 m3/pulse L17
- 500 m (1640 ft) K13 L17
• Standard coil and special electrode cable, Pulse width
PVC jacket • 2 ms L61
- 5 m (16 ft) K51 • 5 ms L62
- 10 m (33 ft) K52 • 10 ms L63
- 20 m (65 ft) K54 • 20 ms L64
- 30 m (98 ft) K56 • 50 ms L65
- 40 m (131 ft) K57 • 100 ms L66
- 50 m (164 ft) K58 • 200 ms L67
- 60 m (197 ft) K59 • 500 ms L68
- 100 m (328 ft) K60 FM Fire Service Approval
- 150 m (492 ft) K61 (with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges)
- 200 m (656 ft) K62 • DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100 (2", 3" and 4") P20
- 500 m (1640 ft) K63 • DN 150 and DN 200 (6" and 8") P21
Terminal blocks • DN 250 and DN 300 (10" and 12") P22

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W
Additional information Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 5100 W 7ME6580-

Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges, 77777- 7777
code(s) and plain text. Non EU water markets
Country specific label Order code Flange norm and pressure rating
FP2E label (France) H20 EN 1092-1
ADDC label (Abu Dhabi) H23 PN 6 (DN 1400 ... 2000 (54“ ... 78“))1) A
CRN (Canadian Registration Number) H25 PN 10 (DN 200 ... 2000 (8“ ... 78“))1) B
Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17 PN 16 (DN 65 ... 600 (2½“ ... 24“)) C
3
Tag name plate, plastic (self-adhesive) Y18 PN 16, non-PED (DN 700 ... 2000 (28“ ... 78“)) D
Customer-specific transmitter setting Y20 PN 40 (DN 25 ... 50 (1“ ... 2“)) F

ANSI B16.5
• Sensor cables wired (specify Article No. for sensor Y40 Class 150 (1“ ... 24“) J
cables and order cables separately or specify K-op- AWWA C-207
tion)
• Sensor cables wired and IP68 sealing (specify Arti- Y41 Class D (28“ ... 78“)1) L
cle No. for sensor cables and order cables separate- AS 4087
ly or specify K-option)
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2" ... 48")) N
4) JIS
• Customer-witnessed calibration On request
Any of above calibration B 2220:2004 K10 (1" ... 24") R
1) Flange material and coating
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
2) Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105, 1
Qmax
3)
For more details and references of the ranges please see the tables on Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105, 300 μm 4
page 3/95. corrosion-resistant coating of category C5
4)
Product Variation Request (PVR) Liner material
Ebonite 4
Electrode material
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 5100 W 7ME6580- Hastelloy 2
Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges, 77777- 7777 Transmitter
Non EU water markets Sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter sep- A
Click on the Article No. for the online arately)
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. MAG 6000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC H
Diameter MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC J
DN 25 (1“) 2 D MAG 5000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC K
DN 40 (1½“) 2 R MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC L
DN 50 (2“) 2 Y Communication
DN 65 (2½“) 3 F No communication, add-on possible A
DN 80 (3“) 3 M HART B
DN 100 (4“) 3 T PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (only MAG 6000) F
DN 125 (5“) 4 B PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (only MAG 6000) G
DN 150 (6“) 4 H Modbus RTU/RS 485 (only MAG 6000) E
DN 200 (8“) 4 P FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 6000) J
DN 250 (10“) 4 V Cable glands/terminal box
DN 300 (12“) 5 D Metric: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I com- 1
DN 350 (14“) 5 K pact
DN 400 (16“) 5 R ½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I com- 2
pact
DN 450 (18“) 5 Y
1)
DN 500 (20“) 6 F DN 1400 to DN 2000 (54" to 78") do not conform to PED or CRN.
DN 600 (24“) 6 P
DN 700 (28“) 6 Y
DN 750 (30“) 7 D
DN 800 (32“) 7 H
DN 900 (36“) 7 M
DN 1000 (40“) 7 R
DN 1050 (42“) 7 U
DN 1100 (44“) 7 V
DN 1200 (48“) 8 B
DN 1400 (54“) 8 F
DN 1500 (60“) 8 K
DN 1600 (66“) 8 P
DN 1800 (72“) 8 T
DN 2000 (78“) 8 Y

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W
■ Selection and ordering data Order code
Additional information Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 5100 W

Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order Description Article No.
Certificates
Pressure test certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C01
Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2 C14 All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
guages, at
Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1 C15
Special calibration
Accessories
3
• 5-point calibration for DN 700 ... DN 12001) D03 Description Article No.
• 10-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN 2002) D06 Potting kit for IP68/NEMA 6P FDK:085U0220
• 10-point calibration for DN 250 ... DN 6002) D07 sealing of sensor junction box
• Default (2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %) match-pair D11
calibration for DN 15 ... DN 200
calibration for DN 700 ... DN 1200 MAG 5000/6000 transmitters and sensors are packed in sepa-
• 5-point, matched-pair calibration for D15 rate boxes, the final assembly takes place during installation at
DN 15 ... DN 2001)
the customer's place. MAG 6000 I transmitters and sensors are
DN 250 ... DN 6001) delivered compact mounted from factory. Communication mod-
• 5-point, matched-pair calibration for D17 ule will be pre-mounted in the transmitter.
DN 700 ... DN 12001)
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates:
DN 15 ... DN 2002) http://www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
DN 250 ... DN 6002)
DN 700 ... DN 12002)
Terminal blocks
CRN (Canadian Registration Number) H25
Tag name plate, stainless (specify in plain text) Y17
Tag name plate, plastic (self-adhesive) Y18
arately)
1)
20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
2)
Qmax

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W
155 (6.10) 155 ( 6.10)

155 (6.10)
178 (7.01)
178 (7.01)
178 (7.01)
M20 M20 M20

(½” NPT) (½” NPT) (½” NPT)
A
A
D1
D1
D1
L L
7ME6520: DN 15 ... 40 (½" ... 1½") 7ME6520: DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12") 7ME6520: DN 350 ... 1200 (14" ... 48")
7ME6580: DN 25 ... 2000 (1" ... 78")
7ME6520 NBR or EPDM liner 7ME6580 Ebonite liner

Nominal size A D1 A D1 L1)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch]
15 ½ 177 7.0 77 3.0 - - - - 200 7.9
25 1 187 7.4 96 3.8 187 7.4 104 4.09 200 7.9
40 1½ 202 8.0 127 5.0 197 7.8 124 4.88 200 7.9
50 2 188 7.4 76 3.0 205 8.1 139 5.47 200 7.9
65 2½ 194 7.6 89 3.5 212 8.3 154 6.06 200 7.9
80 3 200 7.9 102 4.0 222 8.7 174 6.85 200 7.9
100 4 207 8.1 114 4.5 242 9.5 214 8.43 250 9.8
125 5 217 8.5 140 5.5 255 10.0 239 9.41 250 9.8
150 6 232 9.1 168 6.6 276 10.9 282 11.1 300 11.8
200 8 257 10.1 219 8.6 304 12.0 338 13.31 350 13.8
250 10 284 11.2 273 10.8 332 13.1 393 15.47 450 17.7
300 12 310 12.2 324 12.8 357 14.1 444 17.48 500 19.7
350 14 382 15.0 451 17.8 362 14.3 451 17.76 550 21.7
400 16 407 16.0 502 19.8 387 15.2 502 19.76 600 23.6
450 18 438 17.2 563 22.2 418 16.5 563 22.16 600 23.6
500 20 463 18.2 614 24.2 443 17.4 614 24.17 600 23.6
600 24 514 20.2 715 28.2 494 19.4 715 28.15 600 23.6
700 28 564 22.2 816 32.1 544 21.4 816 32.13 700 27.6
750 30 591 23.3 869 34.2 571 22.5 869 34.21 750 29.5
800 32 616 24.3 927 36.5 606 23.9 927 36.5 800 31.5
900 36 663 26.1 1032 40.6 653 25.7 1032 40.63 900 35.4
1000 40 714 28.1 1136 44.7 704 27.7 1136 44.72 1000 39.4
42 714 28.1 1136 44.7 704 27.7 1136 44.72 1000 39.4
44 765 30.1 1238 48.7 755 29.7 1238 48.74 1100 43.3
1200 48 820 32.3 1348 53.1 810 31.9 1348 53.07 1200 47.2
1400 54 - - - - 925 36.4 1574 65.94 1400 55.1
1500 60 - - - - 972 38.2 1672 65.83 1500 59.1
1600 66 - - - - 1025 40.4 1774 75.39 1600 63.0
1800 72 - - - - 1123 44.2 1974 77.72 1800 70.9
2000 78 - - - - 1223 48.1 2174 85.59 2000 78.7
1)
Tolerances on built-in length:
DN 15 to DN 200 (½" to 8"): +0/-3 mm (+0/-0.12"), DN 250 to DN 400 (10" to 16"): +0/-5 mm (+0/-0.20"),
DN 450 to DN 600 (18" to 24"): +5/-5 mm (+0.20/-0.20"), DN 700 to DN 2000 (28" to 78"): +10/-10 mm (+0.39/-0.39")

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W

MAG 5100 W/6000 I Compact
208 (8.19) 208 (8.19) 208 (8.19)
2 x M25 155 (6.10) 2 x M25 155 (6.10) 2 x M25

155 (6.10)
M20 M20 M20

(½” NPT)
3
(½” NPT) (½” NPT)
A1
A1
A1
A
A
A
D1
D1
D1
L
L L
7ME6520: DN 15 ... 40 (½" ... 1½") 7ME6520: DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12") 7ME6520: DN 350 ... 2000 (14" ... 78")
7ME6580: DN 25 ... 2000 (1" ... 78")
7ME6520 NBR or EPDM liner 7ME6580 Ebonite liner
Nominal size A A1 D1 A A1 D1 L1)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch]
15 ½ 177 7.0 331 13.0 77 3.0 187 7.4 - - - - 200 7.9
25 1 187 7.4 341 13.4 96 3.8 187 7.4 341 13.4 104 4.09 200 7.9
40 1½ 202 8.0 356 14.0 127 5.0 197 7.8 351 13.8 124 4.88 200 7.9
50 2 188 7.4 342 13.5 76 3.0 205 8.1 359 14.1 139 5.47 200 7.9
65 2½ 194 7.6 348 13.7 89 3.5 212 8.3 366 14.4 154 6.06 200 7.9
80 3 200 7.9 354 14.0 102 4.0 222 8.7 376 14.8 174 6.85 200 7.9
100 4 207 8.1 361 14.2 114 4.5 242 9.5 396 15.6 214 8.43 250 9.8
125 5 217 8.5 371 14.6 140 5.5 255 10.0 409 16.1 239 9.41 250 9.8
150 6 232 9.1 386 15.2 168 6.6 276 10.9 430 16.9 282 11.1 300 11.8
200 8 257 10.1 411 16.2 219 8.6 304 12.0 458 18.0 338 13.31 350 13.8
250 10 284 11.2 438 17.2 273 10.8 332 13.1 486 19.1 393 15.47 450 17.7
300 12 310 12.2 464 18.3 324 12.8 357 14.1 511 20.1 444 17.48 500 19.7
350 14 382 15.0 536 21.1 451 17.8 362 14.3 516 20.3 451 17.76 550 21.7
400 16 407 16.0 561 22.1 502 19.8 387 15.2 541 21.3 502 19.76 600 23.6
450 18 438 17.2 592 23.3 563 22.2 418 16.5 572 22.5 563 22.16 600 23.6
500 20 463 18.2 617 24.3 614 24.2 443 17.4 597 23.5 614 24.17 600 23.6
600 24 514 20.2 668 26.3 715 28.2 494 19.4 648 25.5 715 28.15 600 23.6
700 28 564 22.2 718 28.3 816 32.1 544 21.4 698 27.5 816 32.13 700 27.6
750 30 591 23.3 745 29.3 869 34.2 571 22.5 725 28.5 869 34.21 750 29.5
800 32 616 24.3 770 30.3 927 36.5 606 23.9 760 29.9 927 36.5 800 31.5
900 36 663 26.1 817 32.2 1032 40.6 653 25.7 807 31,8 1032 40.63 900 35.4
1000 40 714 28.1 868 34.2 1136 44.7 704 27.7 858 33.8 1136 44.72 1000 39.4
42 714 28.1 868 34.2 1136 44.7 704 27.7 858 33.8 1136 44.72 1000 39.4
44 765 30.1 919 36.2 1238 48.7 755 29.7 904 35.6 1238 48.74 1100 43.3
1200 48 820 32.3 974 38.3 1348 53.1 810 31.9 964 38.0 1348 53.07 1200 47.2
1400 54 - - - - - - 925 36.4 1079 42.5 1574 61.97 1400 55.1
1500 60 - - - - - - 972 38.2 1126 44.3 1672 65.83 1500 59.1
1600 66 - - - - - - 1025 40.4 1179 46.4 1774 59.84 1600 63.0
1800 72 - - - - - - 1123 44.2 1277 50.3 1974 77.72 1800 70.9
2000 78 - - - - - - 1223 48.1 1377 54.2 2174 85.59 2000 78.7
1) Tolerances on built in length:
DN 15 to DN 200 (½" to 8"): +0/-3 mm (+0/-0.12"), DN 250 to DN 400 (10" to 16"): +0/-5 mm (+0/-0.20")
DN 450 to DN 600 (18" to 24"): +5/-5 mm (+0.20/-0.20"), DN 700 to DN 2000 (28" to 78"): +10/-10 mm (+0.39/-0.39")

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 5100 W

7ME6520 7ME6580
NBR or EPDM liner Ebonite liner
Nominal size DN PN 10 PN 16 PN 40 Class 150/AWWA AS PN 16 JIS 10K
[mm] [inch] [kg] [ibs] [kg] [ibs] [kg] [ibs] [kg] [ibs] [kg] [ibs] [kg] [lbs] [kg] [lbs]
15 ½ - - - - 4 9 4 9 4 9 5 11 4.18 9.22
25 1 - - - - 6 12 5 11 4 9 5 11 5.68 12.52
40 1½ - - - - 8 18 7 15 7 15 8 17 7.52 16.58
50 2 - - 9 20 - - 8 20 9 20 9 20 8.18 18.03
65 2½ - - 10.7 24 - - 11 24 10.7 24 11 24 9.44 20.81
80
100
3
4
-
-
-
-
11.6
15.2
26
33
-
-
-
-
13
19
28
41
11.6
15.2
26
33
12
16
26
35
10.46
13.7
23.06
30.20
3
125 5 - - 20.4 45 - - 24 52 - - 19 42 20.22 44.58
150 6 - - 26 57 - - 29 64 26 57 27 60 24.1 53.13
200 8 48 106 48 106 - - 56 124 48 106 40 88 43.42 95.72
250 10 64 141 69 152 - - 79 174 69 152 60 132 63.64 140.30
300 12 76 167 86 189 - - 110 243 86 189 80 176 72.62 160.01
350 14 104 229 125 274 - - 139 307 115 254 110 242 - -
400 16 119 263 143 314 - - 159 351 125 277 125 275 - -
450 18 136 299 173 381 - - 182 400 141 311 175 385 - -
500 20 163 359 223 491 - - 225 495 189 418 200 440 - -
600 24 236 519 338 744 - - 320 704 301 664 287 633 - -
700 28 270 595 314 692 - - 273 602 320 704 330 728 - -
750 30 - - - - - - 329 725 - - 360 794 - -
800 32 346 763 396 873 - - 365 804 428 944 450 992 - -
900 36 432 951 474 1043 - - 495 1089 619 1362 530 1168 - -
1000 40 513 1130 600 1321 - - 583 1282 636 1399 660 1455 - -
42 - - - - - - 687 1512 - - - - - -
44 - - - - - - 763 1680 - - 1140 2513 - -
1200 48 643 1415 885 1948 - - 861 1896 813 1789 1180 2601 - -
1400 54 1592 3510 - - - - - - - - 1600 3528 - -
1500 60 - - - - - - - - - - 2460 5423 - -
1600 66 2110 4652 - - - - - - - - 2525 5566 - -
1800 72 2560 5644 - - - - - - - - 2930 6460 - -
2000 78 3640 8025 - - - - - - - - 3665 8080 - -
With transmitter MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 compact, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs),
with MAG 6000 I, weight is increased by 5.5 kg (12.1 lb).

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
SITRANS FM100
• OEM industry
• Small water cycles: e.g. cooling water, water leakage
• Dosing e.g. in chemical industry
■ Design
3 The SITRANS FM100 is designed to measure small- and me-
dium sized flow of conductive liquids. The small build in length
of 108 mm allows to fit the device in almost any space. The ro-
bust stainless-steel housing protects the device in changing sur-
roundings.
The measurement is displayed on the local screen as well as ac-
cessible via 2 freely configurable outputs (pulse-/frequency-
/alarm- and analogue).
The SITRANS FM100 is an electromagnetic flow sensor in a
compact design for basic applications in the process and OEM ■ Mode of operation
industry.
■ Benefits the flow into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of
• Connection ½”, ¾”, 1”, 2” the flow.
• Flow- and temperature measurement
• IO-Link communication
• Dosing function with external control output
• Colored, multi-parameter configurable TFT display,
rotatable 90°
• Intuitive setup menu via 4 optical touch keys
• 2 freely configurable outputs
• All-metal design: stainless steel
• Included in Quick Ship Program (delivery time see PIA LCP)
■ Integration
Pressure loss
dP [mbar]
450
425
400
375
350
1
325
300
275
250
225 2
200
175
150
125 3
100 4
75 5
50 6
25 7
0
0,0 10,0 20,0 30,0 40,0 50,0 60,0 70,0 80,0 90,0 100,0
Q [%]
1 7ME6010-1C.. / 1D.. 5 7ME6010-2A.. / 2B..
2 7ME6010-2C.. / 2D.. 6 7ME6010-1A.. / 1B..
3 7ME6010-4A.. / 4B.. 7 7ME6010-3A.. / 3B..
4 7ME6010-3C.. / 3D..

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
SITRANS FM100
Product characteristic FM100 Electrical data
Measuring principle Electromagnetic induction Power supply 19 … 30 V DC
Media Conductive liquid with ≥ 20 µS/cm Power consumption Max. 200 mA
Accuracy < ±(0.8 % of reading + 0.5 % of full Outputs
scale)1) • Frequency Push-Pull, freely scalable, 2kHz @
Repeatability ±0.2 % of full scale overflow
Response time flow t90 fmin @ FS = 50 Hz

• Alarm/pulse/frequency output < 100 ms fmax @ FS = 1 000 Hz
• Current output
<1s • Pulse Push-Pull, freely scalable, configu-
rable for partial and accumulated
totalizer
3
Sensor PT1000 • Alarm NPN, PNP, Push-Pull, configurable
max. 30 V DC, max. 200 mA short-cir-
Accuracy ≤ ±2 °C (flow > 0.2 m/s) cuit proof
Measuring range Temperature range of media • Current 0(4) … 20 mA (active) or
0(2) … 10 V DC
Response time temperature t90 (signal < 20 s
output) Max. load 500 Ω
Process connection Input
Nominal size G ½” … G 2” • Control Active signal Uhigh max. 30 V DC
Compatible NPT adapter available 0 < Low < 10 V DC
(¼” … 2”) 15 V DC < High < Vs
Process connection Threaded fitting Dosing function Dosing output OUT2:
Rated operation conditions Push-Pull, High active
Mounting position In all directions, bidirectional measur- Control input OUT1:
ing
START/STOP 0.5 s < thigh < 4 s
In-/outlet 3 × diameter / 2 × diameter
RESET thigh > 5 s
Ambient temperature
• Standard compact sensor -20 … +70 °C (-4 … +158 °F) Communication IO-Link
• Remote version with ETFE-Cable -20 … +140 °C (-4 … +284 °F) • Manufacturer ID 42 (decimal), 0x002A (hex)
• Remote version with PVC-Cable -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F) • Manufacturer name Siemens AG
• Version V1.1
Enclosure rating IP67
• Bitrate COM3
Operating pressure Max. 16 bar • Minimal cycle time 1.1 ms
Pressure drop See pressure loss diagram • SIO-Mode Yes (OUT1 in configuration IO-Link)
• Block parameterization Yes
Mechanical load
• Operational readiness 10 s
• Shock resistance DIN EN 60068-2-27:2010: 20 g
(11 ms) • Max. cable length 20 m
• Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-6:2008: 5 g 1)
Under reference conditions:
(10 … 2 000 Hz) - Media temperature: 15 … 30 °C
• Environmental testing DIN EN 60068-2-30:2006: severity - Ambient temperature: 15 … 30 °C
level b - 1 cST
- 500 µS/cm
EMC 2014/30/EU
- 1 bar
Design
Housing material Stainless steel 1.4404
Electrode material Stainless steel 1.4404
Connection fitting Stainless steel 1.4404
Insulation parts PEEK
Seals FKM (Option: EPDM)
Display PMMA
Operation via 4 optical touch sensors
(operation with hand gloves)
TFT display, 128 × 128 pixels, 1.4”
display, orientation in 90° steps
adjustable, repetition rate adjustable
0.5 … 10 s
Cable entries M12x1 4-pin connection
Dimensions See dimensional drawings

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
SITRANS FM100
SITRANS FM100 flowmeter 7ME6010- 7 7 7 7 0

Process connection, measuring range
Male thread G1/2", 0.03 … 3 l/min 1 A
Male thread G1/2", 0.25 … 48 gal/h 1 B
Male thread G1/2", 0.04 … 10 l/min 1 C
Male thread G1/2", 0.011 … 2,6 gal/min 1 D
3 Male thread G3/4", 0.1 … 25 l/min 2 A
Male thread G3/4", 0.025 … 6,6 gal/min 2 B
Male thread G3/4", 0.2 … 50 l/min 2 C
Male thread G3/4", 0.053 … 13 gal/min 2 D
Male thread G1", 0.2 … 50 l/min 3 A
Male thread G1", 0.053 … 13 gal/min 3 B
Male thread G1", 0.4 … 100 l/min 3 C
Male thread G1", 0.1 … 26 gal/min 3 D
Male thread G2", 1.5 … 350 l/min 4 A
Female thread 2" NPT, 0.4 … 92 gal/min 4 B
Transmitter design
Compact design without cable A
Gasket material
FKM/FPM 0
EPDM 1

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
SITRANS FM100
SITRANS FM100 flowmeter with compact transmitter
Process connection G1/2", G3/4" and G1
72 (2.83) 68 (2.68)
68 (2.68)
G
108 (4.25) M12×1
SITRANS FM100 with compact transmitter, process connection G1/2", G3/4" and G1"; dimensions in mm (inch)
Process connection Nominal size Weight (g)

Male thread G1/2" 998
Male thread G3/4" 988
Male thread G1" 1010
Process connection G2"
134 (5.28) 80 (3.15)

SW 60
(1.49×0.67)
80 (3.15)
38×17
G2"
200 (7.87)
M12×1
Ø 40 (1.57)
SITRANS FM100 with compact transmitter, process connection G2"; dimensions in mm (inch)

Male thread G2" 2420

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
SITRANS FM100

Process connection 2" NPT IG
134 (5.28) 80 (3.15)
(1.49×0.67)
3
80 (3.15)
2" NPT IG
SW 65
38×17
200 (7.87) M12×1
Ø 40 (1.57)
SITRANS FM100 with compact transmitter, process connection 2” NPT (female); dimensions in mm (inch)

Female thread 2" NPT IG 2140
SITRANS FM100 inner diameters
Connection, nominal size Inside diameters (DN) Range

G1/2" 5 mm 0.03 ... 3 l/min / 0.04 ... 10 l/min
G3/4" 10 mm 0.1 ... 25 l/min / 0.2 ... 50 l/min
G1" 15 mm 0.2 ... 50 l/min / 0.4 ... 100 l/min
2" NPT IG see dimensional drawings 1.5 ... 350 l/min

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Transmitter TRANSMAG 2 with sensor MAG 911/E
The main applications of the SITRANS FM transmitter
TRANSMAG 2 can be found in the following sectors:
• Pulp and Paper industry
• Mining industry
The patented pulse alternating field technology is ideal for diffi-
cult applications like:
• High concentrated paper stock > 3 %
• Heavy mining slurries up to 70 % solid concentration
• Mining slurries with magnetic particles.
• Low conductive medias ≥1 μS/cm (0.1 μS/cm depending on
3
medium)
■ Design
• Available for remote mounting
• PROFIBUS PA (profile 2.0) / HART communication
• Analog output and digital outputs for pulses, device status,
limits, flow direction, frequency output110
SITRANS FM TRANSMAG 2 with the SITRANS FM MAG 911/E the flow into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of
sensor is a pulsed alternating field magnetic flowmeter where the flow.
the magnetic field strength is much higher than conventional DC
pulsed magnetic flowmeters.
■ Benefits
• Wide range of sizes DN 15 to DN 1000 (½" to 40")
• Broad range of liner and electrode materials for extreme pro-
cess medias
• Automatic reading of SmartPLUG for easy commissioning
• Simple menu operation with two-line display
• Comprehensiv self-diagnostic with selfmonitoring and internal
simulation

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
■ Function
The TRANSMAG 2 is a microprocessor-based transmitter with a
built-in alphanumeric display in several languages. The trans-
mitters evaluate the signals from the associated electromagnetic
sensors and also fulfill the task of a power supply unit which pro- min. 230 Ω
vides the magnet coils with a constant current.
The magnetic flux density in the sensor is additionally monitored
by reference coils. Operating and PC/
display panel laptop
Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal-
lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
3 Displays and keypads
Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using:
HART Coupling
• Keypad and display unit communicator module RS 232
• HART communicator
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica- HART communication
tion
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA
communication T
Bus
Master + term.
Coupler with .......

power supply
Transmitter with
PROFIBUS PA interface
PROFIBUS PA communication

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Transmitter TRANSMAG 2 Transmitter TRANSMAG 2
Mode of operation and design Digital input Non-intrinsically-safe
(optional to digital output 2)
Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed alternat-
ing field (PAC) (only 7ME5034-2…)
Magnetic field excitation Automatic power supply synchroniza- • Input function configurable as Set measured value to zero or reset
tion high-active or low-active totalizer
• 50 Hz AC power supply Bipolar (16.7 Hz) • Signal voltage Max. 30 V DC, Ri = 3 kΩ:
Bipolar with prepulse (10 Hz) High level: +11 … +30 V DC
Unipolar (8.33 Hz) Low level: -30 … +5 V DC
• 60 Hz AC power supply Bipolar (20 Hz) For PROFIBUS devices
Bipolar with prepulse (12 Hz)
Unipolar (10 Hz)
PROFIBUS PA (for
PROFIBUS-devices 7ME5034-1…)
3
Accuracy under reference • Communication Layer 1 and 2 according to
conditions PROFIBUS PA
Measuring tolerance of pulse output Transmission according to IEC 1158-
• With v > 0.25 m/s (0.82 ft/s) ≤ ± 0.5 % of measured value 2
± 1.2 mm/s (0.05 inch/s)
Layer 7 (protocol layer) according to
• With v < 0.25 m/s (0.82 ft/s) ± 2.5 mm/s (0.1 inch/s) PROFIBUS PA and DP V1 (EN 50170)
Measuring tolerance of analog output As pulse output plus ± 0.1 % conver- Device Class B, device profile 2.0
sion error ± 20 µA
Max. 4 simultaneous C2 connections
Repeatability 0.2 % of measured value
• Bus voltage 9 … 32 V DC permissible
Reference conditions • Current consumption from bus 10 mA; limited to ≤ 15 mA in event of
• Process temperature 25 °C ± 5 °C (77 °F ± 9 °F) fault by electrical current limitation
• Ambient temperature 25 °C ± 5 °C (77 °F ± 9 °F) Rated operating conditions
• Warm-up time Min. 30 min
• Installation conditions Inlet pipe section ≥ 10 × DN Ambient temperature
• Operation -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
Outlet pipe section ≥ 5 × DN • Storage -25 … +80 °C (-13 … +176 °F)
Installed centered in pipe Degree of protection IP67/NEMA 4X
• Medium Water without gaseous or solid com-
ponents Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• Emitted interference To IEC/EN 61326 for use in industrial
Calibration areas
Default calibration, calibration report 2 × 20 %, 2 × 50 % and 2 × 100 % • Noise immunity To IEC/EN 61326 for use in industrial
shipped with sensor areas
Outputs Design
Electrical isolation Outputs electrically isolated from one Weight of transmitter 4.4 kg (9.7 lb)
another and from the power supply,
Remote version Transmitter must be connected to
max. 60 V permissible against
sensor using shielded cable
PE/equipotential bonding
0/4 … 20 mA (7ME5034-0…. or Maximum cable length 100 m (328 ft)
Current output
7ME5034-2….) Housing Die-cast aluminum, painted
• Signal Remote installations
Cables entries
- Upper limit 0/4 … 20 mA, selectable • Power supply and outputs 2 x M20 (HART)/M25 (PROFIBUS) or
- Failure 20 … 22.5 mA, optional 3.6; 20 or 2 x ½" NPT (HART)
24 mA
• Sensor connections 2 x M16 (HART) or 2 x ½" NPT
• Load
- Output max. 600 Ω, max. load voltage Displays and keypad
15 V DC General display LCD, backlid, two lines with 16 char-
- For HART communication ≥ 250 Ω acters each
Communication Via analog output with PC coupling Multi-display for Flow, totalizer, flow velocity
module or HART communicator
Keypad 4 keys for entering parameters
• Protocol HART, version 5.1
Power supply
Digital output
corresponding to rating plate
Signal
• AC supply 100 … 250 V AC ± 15 %, 47 … 63 Hz
• Output Configurable as active or passive sig-
nals • Power consumption Approx. 120 … 630 VA, depending
- Active signal 24 V DC, ≤ 24 mA, Ri = 170 Ω on sensor
- Passive signal Open collector, max. 30 V DC, Line fuse 100 … 230 V AC: T1.6A
200 mA
Magnet current fuse F5A/250 V
Output configuration
• Pulse
- Pulse significance ≤ 5000 pulses/s
- Pulse width ≥ 0.1 ms
• Limit frequency ≤ 10000 Hz
• Limits Limits for flow and quantity, flow
direction, alarm
Digital output 2 (relay)
(only 7ME5034-0…)
Relay NC or NO function
• Rating Max. 5 W, max. 50 V AC/DC,
max. 200 mA
• Output configuration Limits for flow and quantity, flow
direction, alarm

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Sensor cables between sensor and transmitter
Sufficient shielding must be provided, as well as fixed routing of Protection ring
the signal cables (electrode and coil cable).
Function To protect the edges of liners from
Signal cables must be routed free of vibration, and protected abrasion (e.g. gravel, sand etc.).
against strong magnetic and stray fields. In case of doubt, the Used mainly with soft rubber liners
and for PTFE liners at high tempera-
sensor cables must be routed in grounded steel conduit. The ca- tures from 100 to 150 °C
ble length between the sensor and transmitter must not exceed (212 to 302 °F).
100 m (328 ft).
Contact with medium Yes, please always check resistance
3
to measured medium.
MAG 911/E sensor
Process connection Material Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4571,
optionally Hastelloy C276/2.4819
Flanges
Material thickness The overall length of the sensor is
• EN 1092-1, raised face • DN 200 ... 1000 (8“ … 40“): increased by
(EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 and BS 4504 PN 10 (145 psi)
have the same mating dimensions) 6 mm for DN 15 to DN 150
• DN 65 ... 1000 (2½“ … 40“): (0.24" for ½" to 6") or
PN 16 (232 psi)
10 mm for DN 200 to DN 600
• DN 200 ... 1000 (8“ … 40”): (0.4" for 8" to 24")
PN 25 (362 psi)
Standard Optional for all liners. Must be
• DN 15 ... 1000 (½“ … 40”): ordered separately.
PN 40 (580 psi)
Order No. 7ME5942-...
• ANSI B16.5 (BS 1560), raised face • ½” ... 40”: Class 150
(20 bar (290 psi)) Grounding ring
• ½” ... 24”: Class 300 Function Electrical reference and grounding of
(50 bar (725 psi)) the medium. Required if the pipelines
• AWWA C-207, raised face 28” ... 40”: Class D (10 bar) are not electrically conducting or are
• JIS B 2220:2004 lined (plastic pipelines, concrete
½” ... 24”: K10 pipelines etc.). All grounding rings
Media conductivity Minimum conductivity ≥ 1 µS/cm must be connected to the grounding
screw present on the sensor.
Rated operating conditions
Contact with medium Yes, please always check resistance
Enclosure rating IP67/NEMA 4X to measured medium.
Optional IP68/NEMA 6
Material Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4571 or
Temperature of medium Hastelloy C4/2.4610
• Soft rubber 0 … +70 °C (32 … 158 °F) Material thickness The overall length of the sensor is
• Hard rubber 0 … +90 °C (32 … 194 °F) increased by 2 mm (0.08") per
grounding ring.
Option: 100°C (212°F)
Standard Optional for all liners. Required
• PTFE -20 … +150 °C (-4 … +302 °F) between the medium and sensor for
at 25 bar (363 psi) equipotential bonding between non-
conducting pipelines or lined pipe-
-20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
lines.
at 40 bar (580 psi)
Order No. 7ME5943-...
• Linatex -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
(for temperatures below -20 °C (-4 °F)
AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges must be Important:
used)
The rings must be ordered together with the sensor. Gaskets are
• Novolac 130 °C (266 °F) at 40 bar (580 psi) not included. In case of replacement please include the sensor
Design MLFB code on the order.
Flange and housing material Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corro-
sion resistant coating
Corrosivity category C3 acc. to
ISO 12944-2, or
AISI 316L/1.4404 flanges and car-
bon steel housing ASTM A105, with
corrosion resistant coating
Corrosivity category C3 according to
ISO 12944-2
Measuring pipe material Stainless steel AISI 304 or higher
Electrode material • AISI 316/1.4571
• Hastelloy C276/2.4819
• Platinum
• Titanium
• Tantalum
Grounding electrode material Defined via the order code
Terminal box (remote version only) • Standard: Fibre glass reinforced
polyamide
• Option: Stainless steel AISI
316/1.4436
Cable entries • 2 x M20 or 2 x ½" NPT

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Classification according to pressure equipment directive (PED 2014/68/EU)
Nominal size Nominal pressure Permissible media Category
DN (inches) PN (MWP psi)
15 … 25 (½" … 1") 40 580 Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1 Article 4.3
200 … 300 (8" … 12") 10 (145) Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1 II
65 … 250 (2½" … 10") 16 (232) Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1 II
40 ... 100 (1½" … 4") 40 (580) Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1 II
350 … 1000 (14" … 40") 10 (145) Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1 III
300 … 1000
200 … 600
(12" … 40")
(8" … 24")
16
25
(232)
(363)
Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1
Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1
III
III
3
125 … 600 (5" … 24") 40 (580) Gases fluid group 1 and liquids fluid group 1 III
Notes on pressure equipment directive

The devices are designed for liquids of danger group "Gases of
fluid group 1". The categories differ according to the version,
and are listed in the table below.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Transmitter TRANSMAG 2 7ME5034- Sensor MAG 911/E 7ME5610-

Remote with standard wall mounting bracket, local 7AA1 1 - 7AA0 77777 - 7AA7
display, die cast aluminum
Flange material
Click on the Article No. for the online Mid steel flanges 1.0460/1.0570 1
Stainless steel flanges, AISI 316L/1.4404 3
Output/communication
Liner material
4 ... 20 mA with HART 0
Soft rubber (DN 25 to DN 1000) 1
PROFIBUS PA 1
PTFE (DN 15 to DN 600) 3
4 ... 20 mA with HART and digital input 2
3 Cable glands
M20 x 1.5 1
Hardrubber (DN 15 to DN 1000)
Linatex (DN 25 to DN 1000)
4
5
Novolak (sealing material FFKM) (DN 50 to 6
½“ NPT 2 DN 1000)
Additional information Order code Electrode material
Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order AISI 316Ti/1.4571 1
code(s) and plain text. Hastelloy C276/2.4819 2
Special mounting bracket for wall and pipeline A02 Platinum 3
installation
Titanium 4
Transmitter setting for parameter "TAG number" Y15
(specify in plain text, max. 8 characters) Tantalum 5
Transmitter setting for parameter "TAG descriptor" Y16 Cable glands/terminal box
(specify in plain text, max. 16 characters) Metric: Polyamide terminal box 1
Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17 ½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box 2
Special version (specify in plain text) Y99 Metric: Stainless steel terminal box 3
1)
20 °C (68 °F), max. 19.6 bar (285 psi) for steel flanges and max. 15.9 bar
Sensor MAG 911/E 7ME5610- (231 psi) for stainless seel flanges
2)
20 °C (68 °F), max. 51.1 bar (741 psi) for steel flanges and max. 41.4 bar
77777 - 7AA7 (600 psi) for stainless seel flanges
Additional information Order Code
Nominal size
DN 15 (½") 1 V code(s) and plain text.
DN 25 (1") 2D Two grounding electrodes made of stainless steel A02
DN 40 (1½") 2R AISI 316Ti/1.4571
DN 50 (2") 2 Y Two grounding electrodes made of Hastelloy A04

C276/2.4819
DN 65 (2½") 3 F
Two grounding electrodes made of Platinum A05
DN 80 (3") 3M
Two grounding electrodes made of Titanum A06
DN 100 (4") 3 T
Two grounding electrodes made of Tantalum A07
DN 125 (5") 4B
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14
DN 150 (6") 4H
Material certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C16
DN 200 (8") 4 P
Power supply 110 V/60 Hz P01
DN 250 (10") 4 V
Flow range setting: Specify upper flow range value Y01
DN 300 (12") 5D
Pulse output setting: Specify pulse value (1 Y02
DN 350 (14") 5K puse/unit)
DN 400 (16") 5R Silicon-free version Y04
DN 450 (18") 5 Y Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17
DN 500 (20") 6 F Special version (specify in plain text) Y99
DN 600 (24") 6 P
DN 700 (28") 6 Y
DN 800 (32") 7H
DN 900 (36") 7M
DN 1000 (40") 7R
Flange norm and pressure rating
EN 1092-1, PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1000 (8" ... 40")) B
EN 1092-1, PN 16 (DN 65 ... 1000 (2½" ... 40")) C
EN 1092-1, PN 25 (DN 200 ... 1000 (8" ... 40")) E
EN 1092-1, PN 40 (DN 15 ... 1000 (½" ... 40")) F
ANSI B16.5, Class 150 (½" ... 24")1) J
ANSI B16.5, Class 300 (½" ... 24")2) K
AWWA C-207 Class D (28" ... 40") L
JIS 10 K (½" ... 24") R

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Cable kit for sensor MAG 911/E 7ME5930- Ord. Grounding and protection ring for sensor
code MAG 911/E
5 7A 0 0 - 0AA 0 777 Protection ring (2 pcs.) 7ME5942- 7 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article No. for the online Grounding ring (1 pc.) 7ME5943- 7 7 7 7 7
Cable configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Cable kit for sensor MAG 911/E, coil cable Nominal size
3 × 1.0 mm2 (3 × 0.0016 inch2), electrode
cable 7 × 0.5 mm2 (7 × 0.0008 inch2), single DN 15 (½") 1 V
shielded with PVC jacket
• Length: 5 m (16.4 ft) B
DN 25 (1")
DN 40 (1½")
2D
2R
3
• Length: 10 m (32.8 ft) C DN 50 (2") 2 Y
• Length: 20 m (65.6 ft) D DN 65 (2½") 3 F
• Length: 30 m (98.4 ft) E DN 80 (3") 3M
• Length: 40 m (131 ft) F DN 100 (4") 3 T
• Length: 50 m (164 ft) G DN 125 (5") 4B
• Length: 60 m (197 ft) H DN 150 (6") 4H
• Length: 80 m (260 ft) J DN 200 (8") 4 P
• Length: 100 m (328 ft) K DN 250 (10") 4 V
• Other length (specify in plain text) Z J 1Y
Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify DN 300 (12") 5D
Order code(s) and plain text. DN 350 (14") 5K
DN 400 (16") 5R
DN 450 (18") 5 Y
DN 500 (20") 6 F
DN 600 (24") 6 P
DN 700 (28") 6 Y
DN 800 (32") 7H
DN 900 (36") 7M
DN 1000 (40") 7R
Flange design
EN 1092-1, PN10 B
EN 1092-1, PN16 C
EN 1092-1, PN25 E
EN 1092-1, PN40 F
AISI B16.5, class 150 J
AISI B16.5, class 300 K
AWWA C-207, class D L
JIS B2220, 10K R
Material
Stainless steel AISI 316/1.4571 1
Hastelloy C4/2.4610 2
Liner
Soft rubber 1
PTFE 3
Hard rubber 4
Linatex 5
Novolak 6

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Operating instructions for SITRANS FM TRANSMAG 2 Spare parts
• English A5E00102775 Display unit 7ME5933-0AC00

guages, at
Accessories
3 Description Article No.
Display lid (Ex) in die-cast alu- 7ME5933-0AC01
minum, with corrosion resistant
coating (min. 60 mm)
Standard wall-mounting 7ME5933-0AC04
bracket, stainless steel
AISI 316L/1.4404
Blind lid for sensor cables con- 7ME5933-0AC02

nection compartment (only
remote version) in die-cast alu-
Special wall-mounting bracket, 7ME5933-0AC05 minum, with corrosion resistant
BI 2.5 DIN 59382 X6Cr17 coating (min. 60 mm) incl. O-
ring seal
Blind lid (mains supply, 7ME5933-0AC03

input/outputs) in die-cast alu-
Potting kit for IP68/ NEMA 6P FDK:085U0220 minum, with corrosion resistant
sealing of sensor junction box coating (min. 60 mm)
Safety clamp for electronic 7ME5933-0AC06

cover with glass plate
(7ME5933-0AC01)
M20 cable gland set for power A5E02246350

and output connection,
gray PA plastic, 2 pcs.
• cables Ø 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24" ... 0.47")
• -40 ... +100 °C
(-40 ... +212 °F)
1/2" NPT cable gland set for A5E02246396

power and output connection,
gray PA plastic, 2 pcs.
(0.24" ... 0.47")
• -40 ... +100 °C
(-40 ... +212 °F)
M16 x 1.5 cable gland set for A5E02246369

sensor connection, brass
chrome, 2 pcs. and
2 pcs. blind
(0.20" ... 0.35")
• -20 ... +105°C (-4 ... +221 °F)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
205 (8.07) 98.5 (3.88) 153 (6.02)
100 (3.94) 33.5 (1.32)
250 (9.84)
220 (8.66)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
150 (5.91)
3
Ø80 (3.15)
SITRANS FM transmitter TRANSMAG 2 with wall-mounting bracket,

205 (8.07) 92 (3.62) 153 (6.02)

89 (3.50) 105 (4.13)
248 (9.76)
150 (5.91)
154 (6.06) Ø80 (3.15)
SITRANS FM transmitter TRANSMAG 2 with special wall-mounting

bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

133 (5.24) 155 (6.1)
3
D1
L
D
SITRANS FM flow sensor MAG 911/E, compact version, dimensions in mm (inch)

Built-in length MAG 911/E [in mm and inch]
Nominal size DN 15 DN 25 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250
½" 1" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10"
Built-in length L1)
Hard rubber version 270 270 280 280 330 340 340 370 370 410 470
Linatex/soft rubber version (10.63) (10.63) (11.02) (11.02) (12.99) (13.39) (13.39) (14.57) (14.57) (16.14) (18.50)
PTFE-liner without protection rings 270 270 280 280 330 340 340 370 370 410 470
(10.63) (10.63) (11.02) (11.02) (12.99) (13.39) (13.39) (14.57) (14.57) (16.14) (18.50)
Novolak-version - - 275 275 325 335 333 362 362 401 460
(10.83) (10.83) (12.79) (13.19) (13.11) (14.25) (14.25) (15.79) (18.11)
Dimensions of sensor housing
Housing width B 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 240 240
(6.69) (6.69) (6.69) (6.69) (6.69) (6.69) (6.69) (6.69) (6.69) (9.45) (9.45)
Height A 206 206 222 229 262 262 274 286 299 334 358
(8.11) (8.11) (8.74) (9.02) (10.32) (10.32) (10.79) (11.26) (11.78) (13.15) (14.10)
Housing diameter D1 135 135 167 182 247 247 272 296 322 392 440
(5.35) (5.35) (6.58) (7.17 (9.73) (9.73) (10.71) (11.65) (12.68) (15.43) (17.32)
Weight of PN 16 version in kg 8.0 8.5 11.5 25.0 26 27 28 34 38 68 81
(MWP 232 psi version in lb) approx. (17.64) (18.74) (25.35) (55.12) (57.32) (59.53) (61.73) (74.95) (83.78) (149.9) (178.6)
Nominal size DN 300 DN 350 DN 400 DN 450 DN 500 DN 600 DN 700 DN 750 DN 800 DN 900 DN 1000
12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 28" 30" 32" 36" 40"
Built-in length L1)
Hard rubber version 500 550 600 650 650 780 910 910 1040 1170 1300
Linatex/soft rubber version (19.68) (21.65) (23.62) (25.59) (25.59) (30.71) (35.83) (35.83) (40.95) (46.06) (51.18)
PTFE-liner without protection rings 500 550 600 660 650 780 - - - - -
(19.68) (21.65) (23.62) (25.98) (25.59) (30.71)
Novolak-version 489 538 592 638 638 772 903 903 1033 1163 1293
(19.25) (21.18) (23.31) (25.12) (25.12) (30.39) (35.55) (35.55) (40.63) (45.79) (50.91)
Dimensions of sensor housing
Housing width B 240 225 250 270 300 360 420 420 500 560 620
(9.45) (8.86) (9.84) (10.63) (11.81) (14.17) (16.54) (16.54) (19.69) (22.05) (24.41)
Height A 383 375 400 433 453 505 558 590 608 658 713
(15.08) (14.76) (15.75) (17.05) (17.84) (19.88) (21.97) (23.23) (23.94) (25.91) (28.07)
Housing diameter D1 490 474 524 591 629 734 839 904 939 1039 1150
(19.29) (18.66) (20.63) (23.26) (24.76) (28.90) (33.03) (35.59) (36.97) (40.91) (45.28)
Weight of PN 16 version in kg (MWP 95 118 161 185 233 401 420 450 500 560 620
232 psi version in lb) approx. (209.4) (260.2) (354.9) (407.9) (513.7) (884.1) (925.9) (992.1) (1102.3) (1234.6) (1366.9)
1)
Tolerance for built-in lenght: L + 0.0 mm/-4.0 mm (-0.00/-0.157 inches).
With protection rings for > DN 25 +6.0 mm, > DN 200 +10.0 mm (> 1" +0.236 inches, > 8" +0.394 inches)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Battery-operated water meter MAG 8000
The following MAG 8000 versions are available as stand-alone
water meters:
• MAG 8000 (7ME6810) for abstraction and distribution network
• MAG 8000 CT (7ME6820) for revenue and bulk metering
■ Design
MAG 8000 is designed to minimize power consumption.
The product program consists of
• Basic and advanced version 3
• Sensor sizes from DN 25 to 1200 (1" to 48")
• Compact and remote installation in IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure
and factory-mounted cable
• SIMATIC PDM and Flow Tool PC configuration softwares
MAG 8000 is a comprehensive meter which intelligent informa-

tion and high performance measurement as well as the easy to
install concept take cost of ownership and customer service to a
new level for water meter.
■ Benefits
Easy to install
• Compact or remote solution with factory mounted cable and
customer setting from factory
• IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure. Sensor can be buried.
• Flexible power supply - internal or external battery pack or
mains power supply with battery back-up possibilities
• Superior measurement
• Down to 0.2 % maximum uncertainty
• OIML R 49 type approval
• FM Fire Service Approval
• Bi-directional measurement
Long lasting performance/Low cost of Ownership
• No moving parts means less wear and tear.
• Up to 6 to 10 years maintenance-free operation in typical
revenue application
• Robust construction built for the application
Intelligent information, easy to access
• Embedded self-testing and alarm/fault detection feature
• Internal data logger
• Advanced statistics and diagnostics
• Various Add-on communication modules
Modbus/Encoder module

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
■ Function
MAG 8000 is a microprocessor-based water meter with graphi- The SIMATIC PDM tool gives the possibility of testing and
cal display and key for optimum customer operation and infor- verifying the flowmeter on site and creating a printed
mation on site. The transmitter drives the magnetic field in the ”Qualification Certificate” with all specific data that define the
sensor, evaluates the flow signal from the sensor and calculates quality status of the measurement.
the volume passing through. It delivers the required information
via the integrated pulse output or communication interfaces as The Qualification Certificate consists of two pages with informa-
part of a system solution. Its intelligent functionality, information tion about the actual status of the sensor:
and diagnostic ensure optimum meter performance and infor- Part 1 provides general settings, sensor and battery info,
mation to optimize water supply and billing. totalizer values and pulse output settings.
3
Part 2 provides detailed information about electronic and sensor
functionality and a main parameter list for evaluating the func-
tionality of the MAG 8000 water meter.
SIMATIC PDM
MAG 8000 can be ordered as a Basic or an Advanced version. For more details about SIMATIC PDM please go to chapter 8
"Digitalization and Communication".
Features/Version MAG 8000 Basic MAG 8000 Advanced
Measuring frequency in 1/15 or 1/30 or 1/60 Hz from 6.25 to 1/60 Hz
battery power mode depending of sensor
(Manually selected)1) size
Output MAG 8000 2 FW/RV/Al/CA 2 FW/RV/Al/CA
Communication Add-on Add-on
Data logger Yes Yes
Insulation test Yes Yes
Leakage detection No Yes
Meter utilization No Yes
Statistics No Yes
Tariff No Yes
Settle date (Revenue) No Yes
1) Excitation frequency settings with mains power supply, see technical
specifications for each version:
Some information is accessible via the display whereas all infor-
mation is accessible via the IrDA communication interface with
the PDM software. Data and parameters are registered in a EE-
PROM. They can all be read, but changing the information de-
mands a software password or a hardware key attached to the
printed circuit board.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Transmitter Transmitter
Installation Compact (integral) Communication IrDA: Standard integrated infrared
communication interface with
Remote with factory-mounted cable Modbus RTU protocol
5, 10, 20 or 30 m (16.4, 32.8, 65.6 or
98.4 ft) Add-on modules • RS 232 serial interface with
Modbus RTU (Rx/Tx/GND), point to
Enclosure Stainless steel top housing (AISI 316) point with max. 15 m cable
and coated brass bottom.
• RS 485 serial interface with
Remote wall mount bracket in stain- Modbus RTU (+/-/GND), multidrop
less steel (AISI 304). with up to 32 devices with
Cable entries 2 × M20 (one gland for one cable of
size 6 … 8 mm (0.02 … 0.026 ft) is
max. 1000 m cable
• Encoder interface module
3
included in the standard delivery) (for Itron 200WP) "Sensus protocol"
Display Display with 8 digits for main informa- • 3G/UMTS module with or without
tion analog input cable
Index, menu and status symbols for Power supply Auto detection of power source with
dedicated information display symbol for operation power
Resolution Totalized information can be dis- Internal battery pack 1 D-Cell 3.6 V/16.5 Ah
played with 1, 2 or 3 decimals or
automatic adjustment (default) 2 D-Cell 3.6 V/33 Ah
Flow unit External battery pack 4 D-Cell 3.6 V/66 Ah
Europe Volume in m3 and flow rate in m3/h Mains power supply 12 … 24 V AC/DC (10 … 32 V) 2 VA
US Volume in Gallon and flow rate in 115 … 230 V AC (85 … 264 V) 2 VA
GPM
Both mains power supply systems
Australia Volume in Mi and flow rate as Ml/d are upgradable for battery backup
via internal D-Cell (3.6 V 16.5 Ah) or
Optional display units Volume: m3 × 100, l × 100, G × 100, external battery pack.
G × 1000, MG, CF × 100, CF × 1000,
AF, Al, kl, BBL42 Cable 3 m (9.8 ft) for external connection to
mains supply (without cable plug)
Flow: m3/min, m3/d, l/s, l/min, GPS,
GPH, GPD, MGD, CFS, CFM, CFH,
BBL42/s, BBL42/min, BBL42/h,
BBL42/d
Digital output 2 passive outputs (MOS), individual
galvanically isolated
Maximum load ± 35 V DC, 50 mA
short circuit protected
Output A function Programmable as pulse volume –
forward – reverse – forward/net –
reverse/net
Output B function Programmable as pulse volume
(like output A), alarm
Output Max. pulse rate of 50 Hz (pulse B)
and 100 Hz (pulse A), pulse width of
5, 10, 50, 100, 500 ms

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Features Features
Application identification Tag number up to 15 characters Leakage detection Monitoring the lowest flow or volume
(only Advanced version) during selected time window within
Time and date Device embedded Real Time Clock 24 hours. Leakage is detected over a
(Synchronization with NTP server if selectable period where monitored
3G/UMTS module connected) value exceed the possible leakage
Totalizer level. Min. and max. values are stored
with date registration. Last store value
MAG 8000 Totalizer 1 and Totalizer 2: Configu- visible on the display.
rable to Forward, Reverse and Bidi-
rectional netflow Meter Utilization 6 registers for monitoring total time
(only Advanced version) the meter has operated in different
3 Totalizer 3: (following totalizer
1 setting) resetable via display key
flow intervals. Registered intervals are
free selectable as % of Qn (Q3).
Measurement Tariff 6 tariff registers count the volume
(only Advanced version) delivered within the selected tariff
Low flow cut-off
windows, based on time of day or
• 7ME6810 Cut-off at 15 mm/s1) flow rates or a combination.
• 7ME6820 Cut-off at 15 mm/s1)
Tariff can also be used for consump-
Empty pipe detection Symbolised in display tion profile where consumption is
related to different time intervals or
Data logger Logging of 26 records: selectable as
flow rates.
daily, weekly or monthly logging
Tariff values visible on the display.
Alarm Active alarm is indicated on the dis-
play. Settling date On a predefined date the totalizer 1
(only Advanced version) index value is stored. Old values are
Data protection All data stored in an EEPROM. Total-
stored to show the latest two totalized
izers 1 and 2 are backed up every
1 index values.
10 min, statistic every hour and
power consumption and temperature Settling values visible on the display.
measurement every 4 hours.
Statistic Min. flow rate with time and date reg-
Password protection of all parameters (only Advanced version) istration
and hardware protection of calibra-
tion and revenue parameters. Max. flow rate with time and date reg-
istration
Battery power management Optimal battery information on
remaining capacity. Min. daily consumption with date reg-
istration
Calculated capacity includes all con-
suming elements and available bat- Max. daily consumption with date
tery capacity is adjusted related to registration
change in ambient temperature. Latest 7 days total and daily con-
Numbers of power-ups sumption
Date and time registered for first and Actual month consumption
last time power alarm. Latest month consumption
Diagnostic PC Configuration Software PDM • Meter configuration – online and
Continuous self test including Coil current to drive the magnetic offline mode
field • Own parameter settings
Signal input circuit • Parameter documentation
Data calculation, handling and stor- • Print and export of data and
ing parameters
Alarm statistics and logging for fault Electrode impedance to check actual PDM 9.0/9.1 Service Pack 1
analyzing media contact
Flow simulation to check pulse and
communication signal chain for cor-
rect scaling
Number of sensor measurements
(excitations)
Transmitter temperature (battery
capacity calculation)
Low impedance alarm for change in
media
Flow alarm when defined high flow
exceeds
Verification mode for fast measure
performance check
Insulation test Test of signal immunity against distur-
bance and bad installation. Test inter-
val is selectable and measurement is
interrupted during the test period of
4 min.
1) Siemens warrants the measurement accuracy down to a flow velocity of

15 mm/s. For a flow velocity below 15 mm/s, we don't warrant the
measurement accuracy.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

MAG 8000 water meter uncertainty MAG 8000 (7ME6810) for Fire Service applications
To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must MAG 8000 (7ME6810) is FM Fire Service approved for automatic
be calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens flow fire protection systems according to the Fire Service Meters
facilities with traceable instruments referring directly to the phys- Standard, Class Number 1044. The approval is applicable for
ical unit of measurement according to the International System the sizes DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and
of Units (SI). DN 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150
flanges. The FM Fire Service approved product can be ordered
Therefore, the calibration certificate ensures recognition of the via the Z-options P20, P21 and P22.
test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability).
Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in
the flow range from 0.0001 m³/h to 10 000 m³/h. Siemens Flow
Instruments accredited laboratories are recognized by ILAC
±E%
3
MRA (International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mu-
tual Recognition Arrangement) ensuring international traceabil-
ity and recognition of the test results worldwide.
The selected calibration determines the accuracy of the meter.
A standard calibration results in max. ± 0.4 % uncertainty and 1.5 %
an extended calibration ± 0.2 %. A calibration certificate follows
every sensor and calibration data are stored in the meter unit.
Qmin Qmax
± E%
1.2
1.0
Grounding
0.8
The sensor body must be grounded using grounding straps
and/or grounding rings to protect the flow signal against stray
Error
0.6 electrical noise. This ensures that the noise is carried through the
Standard calibration (7ME681)
0.4 E=± 0.4 % of rate ± 2 mm/s
sensor body and a noise-free measuring area within the sensor
body. For MAG 8000 Irrigation grounding rings on both sides are
Extended calibration (7ME681)
0.2
E=± 0.2 % of rate ± 2 mm/s
factory-mounted.
0.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 m/s
Metal pipes
M6 x 16 On metal pipes, connect the straps to
Flowrate
both flanges.
Metal pipe Metal pipe
Plastic pipes
On plastic pipes and lined metal
pipes, optional grounding rings must
be used at both ends.
Grounding rings has to be ordered
separately see “grounding ring kit”
Plastic pipe Plastic pipe
Combination of metal and plastic

M6 x 16 pipes
A combination of metal and plastic
requires straps for metal pipe and
grounding rings for plastic pipe.
Metal pipe Plastic pipe

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Battery operation time and calculation
The battery operation time depends on the connected battery The grafic shows the effect from other temperatures. A variation
pack as well as the operation condition of the meter. in temperature from 15 °C to 55 °C (59 to 131 °F) reduces the
capacity by 17 % in the table from 15 Ah to 12.5 Ah.
MAG 8000 calculates the remaining capacity every 4 hours and
includes all consuming elements. Calculation compensates for At typical revenue scenario of expected battery operation time
temperature influence on battery capacity. can be seen in the table below.
The measurement for calculating the rest capacity of the battery
Available capacity life time is only completed if the system has no active fatal faults
20 or the empty pipe is active. Maximum battery specification is
3 0.6 mA 10 years operation.
Capacity to 2 Volts/Ah
15 Scenario - Revenue application

Output A Pulse rate max. 10 Hz
10 Output B Alarm or call-up
Meter dialog 1 hour per month
Add-com None
Temperature profile • 5 % at 0 °C (32 °F)
0 • 80 % at 15 °C (59 °F)
-50 -35 -20 -5 10 25 40 55 70 85 100 • 15 % at 50 °C (122 °F)
(-58) (-31) (-4) (23) (50) (77) (104) (131)(158)(185) (212)
Temperature °C (°F)
Battery lifetime (subject to the assumptions mentioned above)

MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribution network applications (7ME6810) and MAG 8000 CT for revenue and bulk metering (7ME6820)
Excitation frequency (24 h operation) 1/60 Hz 1/30 Hz 1/15 Hz 1/5 Hz 1.5625 Hz 3.125 Hz 6.25 Hz
2 D-Cell battery 33 Ah DN 25 … 150 9 years 9 years 7 years 43 months 8 months 3 months 2 months
Internal battery pack (1” … 6")
DN 200 … 600 9 years 6 years 4 years 22 months 3 months 1 month N/A
(8" … 24")
DN 700 … 1200 7 years 4 years 2 years 12 months 1 months N/A N/A
(28" … 48")
4 D-Cell battery 66 Ah DN 25 … 150 15 years 15 years 14 years 86 months 16 months 7 months 4 months
External battery pack (1" ... 68")
DN 200 ... 600 15 years 13 years 8 years 44 months 7 months 3 months N/A
(8" ... 24")
DN 700 ... 1200 14 years 9 years 5 years 24 months 3 months N/A N/A
(28" ... 48")
Typical battery lifetime scenario for MAG 8000 with 3G module Serial RS 232/RS 485 add-on communication modules are
Transmission once a day and MAG 8000 factory settings
designed for mains powered systems as the battery operation
time will be reduced. At 1 hour communication per month (all
2 D-Cell battery 33 Ah Internal battery pack 3 ... 4 years meter data collected 2 times per day) and the module is
4 D-Cell battery 66 Ah External battery pack 7 ... 8 years connected, the operation time is reduced to:
External battery pack can be used as battery backup for mains • RS 232:
power supply (if two cable entries in one cable gland are - Switched on constantly:
needed, order cable glands with two entries, see accessories on 6.4 months for 2 D-cell internal battery pack / 12.8 months for
page 3/141) 4 D-cell ext. battery pack
- Switched on 2 s/day:
39 months for 2 D-cell internal battery pack / 78 months for
4 D-cell ext. battery pack
• RS 485:
- With the termination resistor on:
2.3 months for 2 D-cell internal battery pack / 4.6 months for
4 D-cell ext. battery pack
- With the termination resistor off:
39 months for 2 D-cell internal battery pack / 78 months for
4 D-cell ext. battery pack, in case the entire communication
time is less than 4 hours/day

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
133 (5.24) 161 (6.34) 161 (6.34) 161 (6.34)

115 (4.53) 84 (3.31) 155 (6.10) 155 (6.10) 155 (6.10)
104 (4.09) 152 (5.98) 152 (5.98)
152 (5.98) M20
(½“ NPT)
M20 M20
114 (4.49)
A
A
A
L
L L
7ME6810/7ME6820 DN 25 and 40 (1" and 1½") DN 50 ... 300 (2" ... 12") DN 350 ... 1200 (14" ... 48")
Nominal DN size A L, lenghts1) Weight2)

EPDM EN 1092-1 EN 1092-1 EN 1092-1 ANSI 16.5 AS 4087 AWA C-207 AS 2129
(7ME6810 PN 10 PN 16/ PN 40 Class 150 PN 16 Class D
and PN 16
7ME6820) non-PED
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm mm inch mm mm mm kg lb
25 (1) 188 (7.4) - - 200 7.9 200 - 200 6 13
40 (1½) 203 (8.0) - - 200 7.9 200 - 200 9 20
50 (2) 178 (7.0) - 200 - 7.9 200 - - 11 25
65 (2½) 181 (7.1) - 200 - 7.9 200 - - 13 29
80 (3) 191 (7.5) - 200 - 7.9 200 - - 15 34
100 (4) 197 (7.8) - 250 - 9.8 250 - - 17 38
125 (5) 210 (8.3) - 250 - 9.8 250 - 250 22 50
150 (6) 224 (8.8) - 300 - 11.8 300 - - 28 63
200 (8) 249 (9.8) 350 350 - 13.8 350 - - 50 113
250 (10) 276 (10.9) 450 450 - 17.7 450 - - 71 160
300 (12) 303 (11.9) 500 500 - 19.7 500 - - 88 198
350 (14) 365 (14.4) 550 550 - 21.7 550 - - 127 279
400 (16) 391 (15.4) 600 600 - 23.6 600 - - 145 318
450 (18) 421 (16.6) 600 600 - 23.6 600 - - 175 384
500 (20) 447 (17.6) 600 600 - 23.6 600 - - 225 494
600 (24) 497 (19.6) 600 600 - 23.6 600 - - 340 747
700 (28) 548 (21.6) 700 875/700 - N/A 700 700 - 316 694
750 (30) 573 (22.6) N/A N/A - N/A N/A 750 - N/A N/A
800 (32) 603 (23.7) 800 1000/800 - N/A 800 800 - 398 1045
900 (36) 656 (25.8) 900 1125/900 - N/A 900 900 - 476 1045
1000 (40) 708 (27.9) 1000 1250/1000 - N/A 1000 1000 - 602 1322
1050 (42) 708 (27.9) N/A N/A - N/A N/A 1050 - N/A N/A
1100 (44) 759 (29.9) N/A N/A - N/A N/A 1100 - N/A N/A
1200 (48) 814 (32.0) 1200 1500/1200 - N/A 1200 1200 - 887 1996
1) Tolerances on built-in length: DN 15 to DN 200 (½" to 8"): +0/-3 mm (+0/-0.12"), DN 250 to DN 400 (10" to 16"): +0/-5 mm (+0/-0.20"), DN 450 to DN 600
(18" to 24"): +5/-5 mm (+0.20/-0.20"), DN 700 to DN 1200 (28" to 48"): +10/-10 mm (+0.39/-0.39").
2) For remote version the sensor weight is reduced with 2 kg (4.5 lbs).

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Remote version
13 (0.51)
71 (2.80) 31.5 (1.24)

21.5 (0.85)
13 (0.51) Ø8 (0.31) 96 (3.78)
104 (4.09)
Ø12 (0.47)
71 (2.80)
164 (6.46)
Ø8 (0.31)
120 (4.72)
77 (3.03) 50.65 (1.99)

158 (6.22)
Dimensions in mm (inch), weight 3.5 kg (8 lbs)

External battery pack Grounding rings
44 (1.73)
4 (0.16) 3 (0.12) 20 (0.79)
4 (0.16)
Ø8 (0.31)
75 (2.95)
10 (0.39)
12.4 (0.49)
Ø6.5 (0.26)
Ø12 (0.47)
189 (7.44)
h
ØD
Ød
18.5 (0.73)
Dimensions in mm (inch) for grounding rings MAG 8000 with EPDM lining
76.5 (3.01) 47 (1.85) (7ME6810 and 7ME6820) DN 25 to DN 300
Dimension Internal Outside h

Dimensions in mm (inch), weight 2.0 kg (4.5 lbs) diameter (d) diameter (D)
Battery pack has to be mounted in upwards position to ensure DN 25 27 68 143
maximum battery capacity. DN 40 38 88 163
DN 50 52 100 175
DN 65 64 120 195
DN 80 79 133 208
DN 100 95 158 233
DN 125 115 188 263
DN 150 145 216 291
DN 200 193 268 343
DN 250 246 324 399
DN 300 295 374 449

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Electrical installation and pulse output – Connection diagram
91
92 56 Output A
Module 087L4101 002900N423 57
93
interface 66
94 Output B
(option) 67
95
-
+ 3.6 V DC
HL
V
3
HL = Hardware lock key connection

V = Push button for verification mode
Pulse wire connection
MAG 8000 External connection

Internal connection Connection variant
Positive logic
Passive output V
Open-Drain 0V
< 50 mA
Output A +
56 V ≤ 35 V DC
- Signal
57 R
-
Negative logic
66 V
67 0V
Output B
V ≤ 35 V DC
< 50 mA R
+ Signal
- -
The pulse output can be configured as volume, alarm or call-up.

The output can be connected as positive or negative logic.
R = pull up/down is selected in relation to the Vx power supply
and with a max. current I of 50 mA.
Use shielded cable to avoid EMC problems. Make sure the
shield is correctly mounted under the cable clamp (no pig tail).

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribution network application (7ME6810)
■ Overview
■ Benefits
Easy to install
• Compact or remote solution with factory mounted cable
Long-term stability/Low cost of ownership
• No moving parts in a robust construction means less wear and
tear
• Basic and advanced transmitter versions with different op-
tional add-on communication modules fulfil various customer
requirements for high cost efficiency
• Up to 0.2 % maximum uncertainty
• Bi-directional measurement with an outstanding low flow per-
formance
• Up to 10 years maintenance-free operation in typical applica-
tions
• Advanced information on site
• Optional high-performance 3G/UMTS module offers an effi-
cient solution for remote measurement and monitor via wire-
less networks.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Meter Meter
Accuracy Standard calibration: Advanced version
± 0.4% ± 2 mm/s • Battery-powered DN 25 … 150 (1” … 6”): 1/15 Hz
Extended calibration (adjustable up to 6.25 Hz; reduced
DN 50 … DN 300 (2" … 12"): battery lifetime)
± 0.2 % of rate ± 2 mm/s DN 200 … 600 (8” … 24”): 1/30 Hz
Low flow cut-off (default) 15 mm/s (adjustable up to 3.125 Hz; reduced
battery lifetime)
Media conductivity Clean water > 20 μs/cm
DN 700 ... 1200 (28“ ... 48“): 1/60 Hz
Temperature (adjustable up to 1.5625 Hz; reduced
Ambient -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
• Mains-powered
battery lifetime)
DN 25 ... 150 (1” ... 6”): 6.25 Hz
3
Media 0 … 70 °C (32 … 158 °F)
DN 200 ... 600 (8” ... 24”): 3.125 Hz
Storage -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
DN 700 ... 1200 (28“ ... 48“):
Enclosure rating 1.5625 Hz
Remote sensor IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P, 10 mH2O Flanges
cont.
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) DN 25 and DN 40 (1" and 1½"):
Compact version IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P, 3 mH2O PN 40 (580 psi)
for six months
DN 50 ... 150 (2" ... 6"):
Certificates and approvals PN 16 (232 psi)
Calibration DN 200 ... 1200 (8" ... 48"): PN 10 or
• Standard calibration 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 % (default) PN 16 (145 psi or 232 psi)
• Special calibration 5-point calibration: 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, DN 350 ... DN 600 (14" ... 24"): PN25
80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax or PN40 (362 psi or 580 psi)
10-point calibration: ascending and ANSI 16.5 Class 150 1” ... 24”: 20 bar (290 psi)
descending at 20 %, 40 %, 60 %,
80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax AWWA C-207 28" ... 48": PN 10 (145 psi)
Matched-pair calibration: default, AS 4087 DN 50 … 1200 (2" … 48"):
5-point, 10-point PN 16 (232 psi)
Material certificate EN 10204-3.1 Available when ordering together with Liner EPDM
meter1)
Electrode and grounding electrodes Hastelloy C276/2.4819
Drinking water approvals • NSF/ANSI Standard 612)
(cold water) USA Grounding straps Grounding straps are premounted
from the factory on each side of the
• WRAS (BS 6920 cold water) UK sensor.
• ACS Listed France 1)
Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate
• DVGW W270 Germany afterwards.
2)
• Belgaqua (B) Including Annex G
3)
• MCERTS (GB) 4)
For further information on PED standard and requirements see Pressure
Fire Service Approvals FM Fire Service Meter Equipment Directive in Appendix (chapter 10).
(Class Number 1044)3)
Conformity • PED: 2014/68/EU4)
• EMC: IEC/EN 61326
Sensor version DN 25 … 1200 (1" … 48")
Sensor material Carbon steel ASTM A 105,
with corrosion resistant coating of
category C4 or C5 according to
ISO 12944-2
Measuring principle Electromagnetic induction
Excitation frequency
Basic version
• Battery-powered DN 25 … 150 (1” … 6”): 1/15 Hz
DN 200 … 600 (8” … 24”): 1/30 Hz
DN 700 … 1200 (28“ … 48“): 1/60 Hz
• Mains-powered DN 25 … 150 (1” … 6”): 6.25 Hz
DN 200 … 600 (8” … 24”): 3.125 Hz
DN 700 … 1200 (28“ … 48“):
1.5625 Hz

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
SITRANS F M MAG 8000 water meter 7ME6810- SITRANS F M MAG 8000 water meter 7ME6810-
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online Region version
Europe (m3, m3/h, 50 Hz) 1
Diameter
USA (Gallon, GPM, 60 Hz) 2
DN 25 (1“) 2 D
Australia (Ml, Ml/d, 50 Hz) 3
DN 40 (1½“) 2 R
Transmitter type and installation
DN 50 (2“) 2 Y
Basic version integral or sensor A
3 DN 65 (2½“)
DN 80 (3“)
3 F
3 M
Basic version, remote cables mounted on sensor
with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs:
• 5 m (16.4 ft) B
DN 100 (4“) 3 T
• 10 m (32.8 ft) C
DN 125 (5“) 4 B
• 20 m (65.6 ft) D
DN 150 (6“) 4 H
• 30 m (98.4 ft) E
DN 200 (8“) 4 P
DN 250 (10“) 4 V Advanced version integral on sensor K
DN 300 (12“) 5 D Advanced version, remote cables mounted on
sensor with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs:
DN 350 (14“) 5 K • 5 m (16.4 ft) L
DN 400 (16“) 5 R
• 10 m (32.8 ft) M
DN 450 (18“) 5 Y • 20 m (65.6 ft) N
DN 500 (20“) 6 F
• 30 m (98.4 ft) P
DN 600 (24“) 6 P
Communication interface
DN 700 (28“)1) 6 Y
1)
No additional "add-on" communication module A
DN 750 (30“) 7 D installed
DN 800 (32“)1) 7 H Serial RS 485 with Modbus RTU B
DN 900 (36“)1) 7 M (Terminated as end device)
DN 1000 (40“)1) 7 R Serial RS 232 with Modbus RTU C
DN 1050 (42“) 1)
7 U Encoder interface with Sensus protocol D
DN 1100 (44“) 1)
7 V 3G/UMTS communication module with remote S
antenna; 5 m (16.4 ft) cable
1)
DN 1200 (48“) 8 B
3G/UMTS communication module with analog T
Flange norm and pressure rating inputs and remote antenna; 5 m (16.4 ft) cable
EN 1092-1 Power supply
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1200 (8“ ... 48“)) B Internal battery (no battery included) 0
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2“ ... 48“)) C Internal battery pack installed1) 1
PN 16, non-PED (DN 700 ... 1200 (28“ ... 48“)) D Power cable (1.5 m (4.9 ft)) with IP68/NEMA 6P 2
plugs for external battery (no battery included)
PN 25 (DN 350 ... 600 (12" ... 24")) E
12/24 V AC/DC power supply with battery backup 3
PN 40 (DN 25 ... 50 (1“ ... 1½“), DN 350 ... 600 F and 3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for external connec-
(12" ... 24")) tion (no battery included)
ANSI B16.5 115 ... 230 V AC power supply with battery backup 4
Class 150 J and 3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for external connec-
tion (no battery included)
AWWA C-207
1) The Diameter DN 700 (28") to DN 1200 (48") is only available as remote
Class D (28“ ... 48“) L transmitter type installation.
AS 4087 2) Lithium batteries are subject to special transportation regulations
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2" ... 48")) N according to United Nations "Regulation of Dangerous Goods, UN 3090
and UN 3091". Special transport documentation is required to observe
Sensor version these regulations. This may influence both transport time and costs.
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes, corrosion- 3
resistant coating of category C4
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes, 4
300 μm corrosion-resistant coating of category C5
Calibration
Standard ± 0.4 % of rate ± 2 mm/s 1
Extended ± 0.2 % of rate ± 2 mm/s DN 50 ... 300 2
(2" ... 12")
NMI M 10 (2.5%) without verification 3

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Certificate Volume unit
Inspection certificate 3.1 (EN 10204) - pressure test C01 m3 L40
1)
Material certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 C12 Ml L41
Special calibration G L42
5-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN 2002) D01 AF L43
5-point calibration for DN 250 ... DN 6002) D02 l x 100 L44 3
5-point calibration for DN 700 ... DN 12002) D03 m3 x 100 L45
10-point calibration for DN 15 ... DN 2003) D06 G x 100 L46
10-point calibration for DN 250 ... DN 6003) D07 CF x 100 L47
10-point calibration for DN 700 ... DN 12003) D08 MG L48
Default (2 × 25 % and 2 × 90 %) match-pair D11 G x 1000 L49
CF x 1000 L50
Default (2 × 25 % and 2 × 90 %) match-pair D12
calibration for DN 250 ... DN 600 AI L51
Default (2 × 25 % and 2 × 90 %) match-pair D13 kI L52

calibration for DN 700 ... DN 1200 BBL42 (US oil barrel, 1 barrel = 42 US gallons) L54
5-point, matched-pair calibration for D15 Volume unit = AF, L55
DN 15 ... DN 2002) amount per pulse A = 1 US Gallon5)
5-point, matched-pair calibration for D16 Volume unit = AI, L56
5-point, matched-pair calibration for D17 Volume unit = CFx100, L57
10-point, matched-pair calibration for D18 Volume unit = BBL42, L58
10-point, matched-pair calibration for D19 Pulse set up
DN 250 ... DN 6003)
(default pulse A = forward and pulse B = Alarm,
10-point, matched-pair calibration for D20 pulse width = 50 ms)
DN 700 ... DN 12003)
A function = RV, reverse flow L62
Flow unit
A function = FWnet, forward net flow L63
l/s L00
A function = RVnet, reverse net flow L64
MGD L01
A function = Off L65
CFS L02
Volume per pulse A = × 0.00014) L70
l/min L03
m3/min L04 4)
Volume per pulse A = × 0.01 L72
GPM L05
CFM L06
Volume per pulse A = × 14) L74
l/h L07
Pulse A pulse width 5 ms (volume per pulse × 1) L75
m3/h L08
GPH L09
CFH L10
GPS L11
Ml/d L12
B function = FW, forward flow L80
m3/d L13
B function = RV, verse flow L81
GPD L14
B function = FWnet, forward net flow L82
BBL42/s L15
B function = RVnet, reverse net flow L83
BBL42/min L16
B function = Alarm L84
BBL42/h L17
B function = Call up L85
BBL42/d L18
Volume per pulse B = × 0.00014) L90
Totalizer
Volume calculation (default totalizer 1= forward
and totalizer Volume per pulse B = × 0.014) L92
2 = reverse)
Totalizer 1 = RV, reverse flow L20
Volume per pulse B = × 14) L94
Totalizer 1 = NET, net flow L22
Totalizer 2 = FW, forward flow L30

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
■ Selection and ordering data Order code
Additional information
Device operation
Only operator menu activated M11
Data logger set up (default month logging)
DataloggerInterval = Daily M31
DataloggerInterval = Weekly M32
3 Factory mounted cables

5 m (16.4 ft) pulse cable A+B M81
5 m (16.4 ft) communication cable RS 232/RS 485 M82
terminated as end device
Cello 2 channel, input cable 3 m (9.84 ft) with Brad M87
Harrison micro-change 3 way connector
Cello 2 channel, input cable 5 m (16.4 ft) with MIL- M89
C-26482 spec. connectors
Encoder interface cable with connector for ITRON M90
200WP radio, lenght 25 ft
Encoder interface cable with connector for ITRON M91
200WP radio, length 5 ft
SOFREL cable 2 m for LS42 data logger M92
Adaptors for conduit installation M94
SOFREL cable 2 m for LS-Flow data logger M97
FM Fire Service Approval
(with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges)
DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100 (2“, 3" and 4") P20
DN 150 and DN 200 (6" and 8") P21
DN 250 and DN 300 (10" and 12") P22
Region/customer specific labels
KCC label (South Korea) W28
DIN 43863 label1) H21
DIN 43863 label with SWM mark1) H22
ADDC label H23
Region specific settings
Low flow cutoff = 5 mm/s M20
1) Under preparation
2) 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory Qmax
3) Ascending and descending at 20 %, 40 %, 60 %, 80 %, 100 % of factory
Qmax
4) Pulse width = 10 ms
5) Pulse width = 5 ms
6) Siemens warrants the measurement accuracy down to a flow velocity of
15 mm/s. For a flow velocity below 15 mm/s, we don't warrant the
measurement accuracy
Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 8000

All literature is available to download for free, in a range of

languages, at
Operating instructions for MAG 8000 3G/UMTS
communication module

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 8000 CT for revenue and bulk metering (7ME6820)
■ Overview
■ Benefits
Approvals
• MI-001, OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
• FM Fire Service
Easy to install
• Compact or remote solution with factory mounted cable and
customer setting from factory
Long-term stability/Low cost of ownership
• No moving parts in a robust construction means less wear and
tear
• Basic and advanced transmitter versions with different
optional add-on communication modules fulfil various
customer requirements for high cost efficiency
• Bi-directional measurement with an outstanding low flow
performance
• Up to 10 years maintenance-free operation in typical
applications
• Insignificant pressure drop
• Advanced information on site
• Connectable to common AMR systems

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Meter Meter
Accuracy OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA Sensor version DN 50 … 600 (2" … 24")
accuracy class I for DN 50,
DN 350 ... DN 600 accuracy class II Sensor material Carbon steel ASTM A 105,
for DN 50 ... DN 600 with corrosion resistant coating of
category C4 or C5 according to
MI-001 verification for ISO 12944-2
DN 50 … DN 600 (2" … 24"),
with Q3/Q1 = 315 Measuring principle Electromagnetic induction
FM Fire Service for DN 50, DN 80, Excitation frequency

DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, Basic version
3 and DN 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and
12") ± 1,5 % (Qmin to Qmax)
• Battery-powered DN 50 … 150 (2” … 6”): 1/15 Hz
DN 200 … 600 (8” … 24”): 1/30 Hz
Low flow cut-off (default) 15 mm/s
• Mains-powered DN 50 … 150 (2” … 6”): 6.25 Hz
Media conductivity Clean water > 20 μs/cm
DN 200 … 600 (8” … 24”): 3.125 Hz
Temperature
Advanced version
Ambient -20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F) • Battery-powered DN 50 … 150 (2” … 6”): 1/15 Hz
MI-001: -25 ... +55 ºC (-13 ... +131 ºF) (adjustable up to 6.25 Hz; reduced
Media 0.1 … 50 °C (32 … 122 °F) battery lifetime)
Storage -40 … +70 °C (-22 … +158 °F) DN 200 … 600 (8” … 24”): 1/30 Hz
(adjustable up to 3.125 Hz; reduced
Enclosure rating battery lifetime)
Remote sensor IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P, 10 mH2O • Mains-powered DN 50 … 150 (2” … 6”): 6.25 Hz
cont. DN 200 … 600 (8” … 24”): 3.125 Hz
Compact version IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P, 3 mH2O Flanges
for six months
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) DN 50 … 150 (2" … 6"): PN 16
Certificates and approvals (232 psi)
Calibration (standard) 2 × 25 % and 2 × 90 % DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"): PN 10 or
Material certificate EN 10204-3.1 Available when ordering together with PN 16 (145 psi or 232 psi) up to
meter1) DN 600 (24”) in preparation
Drinking water approvals • NSF/ANSI Standard 612) ANSI 16.5 Class 150 2" … 12": 20 bar (290 psi) up to
(cold water) USA DN 600 (24”) in preparation
• WRAS (BS 6920 cold water) UK AWWA C-207 28" … 48": PN 10 (145 psi)
• ACS Listed France AS 4087 DN 50 … 300 (2" … 12"):

PN 16 (232 psi)
• DVGW W270 Germany up to DN 600 (24") in preparation
• Belgaqua (B) Liner EPDM
• MCERTS (GB) Electrode and grounding electrodes Hastelloy C276/2.4819
Fire Service approval FM Fire Service (1044)3) Grounding straps Grounding straps are premounted
from the factory on each side of the
Custody transfer approval • OIML R 49 and OIML R 49 MAA sensor.
approval
1)
• MI-001 approval Has to be ordered with the meter. It is not possible to order the certificate
(DK-0200-MI001-011) afterwards.
2)
Including Annex G
Conformity • CEN EN 14154, ISO 4064
3)
Not for sensors with 300 m coating.
• PED: 2014/68/EU4) 4)
For further information on the PED standard and requirements see
For pressure/temperature curves see Pressure Equipment Directive in Appendix (chapter 10).
MAG 3100 on page 3/67
• EMC: IEC/EN 61326
• CRN (DN 50 ... DN 1200 (2" ... 48"))

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

MAG 8000 CT (Revenue program) water meter type approval
MAG 8000 CT program is type approved and verified according
to international water meter standard OIML R 49.
The custody transfer program is approved as Class 1 (DN 50,
DN 350 ... DN 600) and Class 2 (DN 50 ... DN 600), at different
Q3 and Q3/Q1, according to OIML R 49:2013 specification.
±E%
3
Cl. II = 5%
Cl. I = 3%
Cl. II = 2%
Cl. I = 1%
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Cl. I / Cl. II = OIML R 49 Class I / Class II
OIML R 49:2013 specification for Class 11)

7ME6820 DN 50 (2") DN 350 (14") DN 400 (16") DN 450 (18") DN 500 (20") DN 600 (24")
R (Q3/Q1) 200 125 125 125 125 125
Q4 [m3/h] 78.75 3125 5000 5000 7875 7875
Q3 [m3/h] 63 2500 4000 4000 6300 6300
Q2 [m3/h] 0.5 32 51.2 51.2 80.64 80.64
Q1 [m3/h] 0.32 20 32 32 50.4 50.4
1)
OIML R 49:2013 specification for Class 2
Horizontal installation
7ME6820 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300 DN 350 DN 400 DN 450 DN 500 DN 600
(2") (2½") (3") (4") (5") (6") (8") (10") (12") (14") (16") (18") (20") (24")
R (Q3/Q1) 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 315 200 200 200 200 200
Q4 [m3/h] 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000 2000 3125 5000 5000 7875 7875
Q3 [m3/h] 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 1600 2500 4000 4000 6300 6300
Q2 [m3/h] 0.32 0.51 0.81 1.27 2.03 3.2 5.08 8.13 8.13 20 32 32 50.4 50.4
Q1 [m3/h] 0.2 0.32 0.51 0.79 1.27 2 3.18 5.08 5.08 12.5 20 20 31.5 31.5
1) The product will be delivered according to requested specifications, which may deviate from the specifications of the approval frame described in tables
below.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

MAG 8000 CT (Revenue program) MI-001
MAG 8000 CT program is type approved according to interna-
tional water meter standard OIML R 49. Since the first November
2006 the MI-001 water meter directive is in force, which means
that all water meters can be sold across the EU borders if the wa-
ter meters contain a MI-001 label.
The MAG 8000 CT MI-001 verified and labeled products are a
Class II aproval according to Directive 2014/32/EU of the Euro-
pean Parliament and Council of 26 February, 2014 on measuring
3 instruments, Annex III Water meters (MI-001) in the sizes from

DN 50 to DN 600.
The MID certification is obtained as a B + D module approval
according to the above mentioned directive.
Module B: Type approval according to OIML R 49
Module D: Quality insurance approval of production
±E% MI-001 verification tolerances

Cl. II = 5%
Cl. II = 2%
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
MAG 8000 CT MI-001 verified and labeled products at a given Q3 and Q4/Q3 = 1.25 and Q2/Q1 = 1.6 measuring ranges see below
table:
7ME6820- DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300 DN 350 DN 400 DN 450 DN 500 DN 600
xxxx1 (2“) (2½“) (3“) (4“) (5“) (6“) (8“) (10“) (12“) (14“) (16“) (18") (20") (24")
R (Q3/Q1) 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
Q4 [m3/h] 20 31.25 50 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 787.5 1250 2000 3125 5000
Q3 [m3/h] 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 630 1000 1600 2500 4000
Q2 [m3/h] 0.64 1 1.6 2.52 4 6.4 10 16 25.2 25.2 40 64 100 160
Q1 [m3/h] 0.4 0.63 1 1.58 2.5 4 6.25 10 15.75 15.75 25 40 62.5 100
xxxx2 (2“) (2½“) (3“) (4“) (5“) (6“) (8“) (10“) (12“) (14“) (16“) (18") (20") (24")
R (Q3/Q1) 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
Q4 [m3/h] 20 31.25 50 79 125 200 312.5 500 788 1250 2000 3125 5000 7875
Q3 [m3/h] 16 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500 4000 6300
Q2 [m3/h] 0.41 0.64 1.02 1.6 2.54 4.06 6.35 10.16 16 25.4 40.63 63.49 101.59 160
Q1 [m3/h] 0.25 0.4 0.64 1 1.59 2.54 3.97 6.35 10 15.88 25.4 39.68 63.49 100

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

xxxx3 (2“) (2½“) (3“) (4“) (5“) (6“) (8“) (10“) (12“) (14“) (16“) (18") (20") (24")
R (Q3/Q1) 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
Q4 [m3/h] 31.25 50 79 125 200 312.5 500 788 1250 2000 3125 3125 5000 7875
Q3 [m3/h] 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500 2500 4000 6300
Q2 [m3/h] 0.5 0.8 1.26 2 3.2 5 8 12.6 20 32 50 50 80 126
Q1 [m3/h] 0.31 0.5 0.79 1.25 2 3.13 5 7.88 12.5 20 31.25 31.25 50 78.75
Horizontal installation 3
xxxx4 (2“) (2½“) (3“) (4“) (5“) (6“) (8“) (10“) (12“) (14“) (16“) (18") (20") (24")
R (Q3/Q1) 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
Q4 [m3/h] 50 79 125 200 312.5 500 788 1250 2000 3125 5000 5000 7875 7875
Q3 [m3/h] 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500 4000 4000 6300 6300
Q2 [m3/h] 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 40 40 63 63
Q1 [m3/h] 0.25 0.39 0.63 1 1.56 2.5 3.94 6.25 10 15.63 25 25 39.38 39.38
7ME6820- DN 50 (2“) DN 65 (2½“) DN 80 (3“) DN 100 (4“) DN 125 (5“) DN 150 (6“) DN 200 (8“) DN 250 (10“) DN 300 (12“)
xxxx5
R (Q3/Q1) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Q4 [m3/h] 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000 2000
Q3 [m3/h] 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 1600
Q2 [m3/h] 0.5 0.8 1.28 2 3.2 5.04 8 12.8 12.8
Q1 [m3/h] 0.32 0.5 0.8 1.25 2 3.15 5 8 8
7ME6820- DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250 DN 300
xxxx6 (2“) (2½“) (3“) (4“) (5“) (6“) (8“) (10“) (12“)
R (Q3/Q1) 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Q4 [m3/h] 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000 2000
Q3 [m3/h] 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 1600
Q2 [m3/h] 0.4 0.64 1.02 1.6 2.56 4.03 6.4 10.24 10.24
Q1 [m3/h] 0.25 0.40 0.64 1 1.6 2.52 4 6.4 6.4
The Label is placed on the side of the encapsulation. MAG 8000 CT (7ME6820) for Fire Service applications
An example of the product label is shown below:
MAG 8000 CT (7ME6820) is FM Fire Service approved for auto-
matic fire protection systems according to the Fire Service Me-
ters Standard, Class Number 1044. The approval is applicable
for the sizes 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and
2UGHU1R 0(5-$$ 0$:336DW&)76
DN 300 (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150
EDUSVL
0$:336DW&)76 EDUSVL flanges. The FM Fire Service approved product can be ordered
6HULDO1R + 7PHGLDPLQ &)
6L]H'1LQFK /LQLQJ(3'0 7PHGLDPD[ &) via the Z-options P20, P21 and P22.
6HQVRUPDWHULDO $670$ 3URFHVVFRQQHFWLRQ $16,&ODVV
0HWHURULHQWDWLRQ +RUL]RQWDO+ <HDURI0DXI
(QFORVXUH (0,31(0$3 6:+:9 7DPE&WR&
&DO)DFWRU )OXLGJURXS3('/ 4P+ 44
6XSSO\ /LWKLXPEDWWHU\LQVLGH
&HUWLILFDWLRQ1R '.0, ±E%
8'
1.5 %
Please refer to “System information SITRANS FM
MAG 8000 CT
electromagnetic flowmeters”.
Battery operation time and calculation Qmin Qmax
The battery operation time depends on the connected battery

pack as well as the operation condition of the meter.
MAG 8000 calculates the remaining capacity every 4 hours and
includes all consuming elements. Calculation compensates for
temperature influence on battery capacity (drawing).

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

SITRANS FM 7ME6820- SITRANS FM 7ME6820-
MAG 8000 CT water meter with EPDM liner and 77777 - 7777 MAG 8000 CT water meter with EPDM liner and 77777 - 7777
Hastelloy electrodes Hastelloy electrodes
Click on the Article No. for the online Transmitter type and installation
Basic version integral on sensor A
Diameter
Basic version, remote cables mounted on sensor
DN 50 (2“) 2 Y with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs
DN 65 (2½“) 3 F 5 m (16.4 ft) B
3 DN 80 (3“) 3 M 10 m (32.8 ft) C

DN 100 (4“) 3 T 20 m (65.6 ft) D
DN 125 (5“) 4 B 30 m (98.4 ft) E
DN 150 (6“) 4 H Advanced version integral on sensor K
DN 200 (8“) 4 P Advanced version, remote cables mounted on
sensor with IP68/NEMA 6P plugs
DN 250 (10“) 4 V
5 m (16.4 ft) L
DN 300 (12“) 5 D
10 m (32.8 ft) M
DN 350 (14") 5 K
20 m (65.6 ft) N
DN 400 (16") 5 R
30 m (98.4 ft) P
DN 450 (18") 5 Y
Communication interface
DN 500 (20") 6 F
No additional "add-on" communication module A
DN 600 (24") 6 P installed
Flange norm and pressure rating Serial RS 485 with Modbus RTU (Terminated as B
EN 1092-1 end device)
PN 10 B Serial RS 232 with Modbus RTU C
PN 16 C Encoder interface for ITRON 200WP radio with D

"Sensus" protocol"
ANSI B16.5
3G/UMTS communication module with remote S
Class 150 J antenna; 5 m (16.4 ft) cable
AS4087 3G/UMTS communication module with analog T
inputs and remote antenna; 5 m (16.4 ft) cable
PN 16 N
Power supply
Sensor version
Internal battery (no battery included) 0
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes, corrosion- 0
resistant coating of category C4 Internal battery pack installed1) 1
EPDM liner and Hastelloy electrodes, 4 Power cable (1.5 m (4.9 ft)) with IP68/NEMA 6P 2
300 µm corrosion-resistant coating of category C5 plugs for external battery (no battery included)
Approval/Verification2) 12/24 V AC/DC power supply with battery backup 3
and 3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for external connec-
Without verification according to OIML R 493) 0 tion (no battery included)
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 40 1 115 ... 230 V AC power supply with battery backup 4
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 63 2 and 3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for external connec-
tion (no battery included)
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 80 3
1) Lithium batteries are subject to special transportation regulations
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 160 4 according to United Nations "Regulation of Dangerous Goods, UN 3090
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 200 5 and UN 3091". Special transport documentation is required to observe
these regulations. This may influence both transport time and costs.
MI-001 Q3/Q1 = 250 6 2) For more details and references of the ranges please see the tables on the
Without verification calibrated to OIML R 49-Class 7 previous pages.
II (Q3/Q1 = 100) 3) Standard calibration or according to FM Fire Service requirements if P20,
Without verification calibrated to OIML R 49-Class 8 P21 or P22 is selected as Z option.
II (Q3/Q1 = 250)
Region version
Europe (m3, m3/h, 50 Hz) 1
USA (m3, m3/h, 60 Hz) 2

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Inspection certificate 3.1 (EN 10204) - pressure test C01 FM Fire Service Approval
Material certificate according to EN 10204-3.11) C12 (with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges)
Totalizer DN 50, DN 80 and DN 100 (2“, 3" and 4") P20
Volume calculation (default totalizer 1= forward and DN 150 and DN 200 (6" and 8") P21
totalizer 2 = reverse)
DN 250 and DN 300 (10" and 12") P22
3
Totalizer 1 = RV, reverse flow L20
Region/customer specific label
KCC label (South Korea) W28
Totalizer 2 = FW, forward flow L30
FP2E label (France) H20
DIN 43863 label1) H21
Pulse set up
DIN 43863 label with SWM mark1) H22
(default pulse A = forward and pulse B = Alarm,
pulse width = 50 ms) ADDC label H23
A function = RV, reverse flow L62 1)
Under preparation
2)
A function = FWnet, forward net flow L63 Pulse width = 10 ms
A function = RVnet, reverse net flow L64
Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 8000
A function = Off L65
Volume per pulse A = x 0.0012) L71 Description Article No.
Volume per pulse A = x 0.012) L72 • English A5E03071515

Volume per pulse A = x 0.12) L73
Volume per pulse A = x 12) L74 All literature is available to download for free, in a range of
languages, at
B function = FW, forward flow L80 http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
B function = RV, reverse flow L81
Operating instructions for MAG 8000 3G/UMTS
B function = FWnet, forward net flow L82 communication module
B function = RVnet, reverse net flow L83
B function = Alarm L84
B function = Call up L85
Volume per pulse B = x 0.0012) L91
Volume per pulse B = x 12) L94
Data logger set up (default month logging)
DataloggerInterval = Daily M31
DataloggerInterval = Weekly M32
Factory mounted cables
Cello 2 channel, input cable 3 m (9.84 ft) with Brad M87
Harrison micro-change 3 way connector
Cello 2 channel, input cable 5 m (16.4 ft) with MIL- M89
C-26482 spec. connectors
5 ft. Encoder interface cable with connector for M91
ITRON 200WP radio
25 ft. Encoder interface cable with connector for M90
ITRON 200WP radio
SOFREL cable 2 m for LS42 data logger M92
SOFREL cable 2 m for LS-Flow data logger M97

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 8000 3G/UMTS Wireless Communication Module
TLS/SSL based data encryption provides a high level
■ Overview information security to protect customers data privacy.
The 3G/UMTS module offers
• Remote Qualification Certificate feature to enable the offsite
diagnostic and audit on devices installed anywhere in the
world
• 2-channel analog input measurement for external ratiometric
pressure transmitter, transmission together with flow
measurement (2-in-1 solution)
• 4-20 mA alarm signal detection and realtime SMS alarm for
tamper protection and flooding situations
3 3G/UMTS communication module
• Real-time clock synchronization with internet NTP server,
ensuring that all measurement data is accurately time-
stamped
• Data transmission at customer-specified points in time,
allowing for synchronization of information from multiple
MAG 8000 devices
The OPC server specifically designed for the MAG 8000
3G/UMTS module is offered free of charge. With this value-
added package, the opportunity for measurement data collec-
tion and further processing/analyzing for system integration and
automation is offered.
The package of information retrieved via the csv file includes:
• Time stamp
• Flow rate
• Tot 1
• Tot 2
• Tot 3
PC-IrDA connection • Analog 1 (mA)
MAG 8000 3G/UMTS Wireless Communication Module • Analog 2 (V)
The 3G/UMTS wireless communication module is a compact • Battery lifetime
built-in solution which can be installed in the existing MAG 8000 • Alarm list (as decimal format)
with SW version 3.02 and higher, supporting HSDPA cat.
8/HSUPA Cat.6 at 5 UMTS bands, with the ability to fall back to
GSM/GPRS network in case there is no 3G signal.
Electrical installation of 3G/UMTS module
The 3G/UMTS module collects comprehensive measurement
data from MAG 8000 at an interval down to 1 minute, allows for
data transmission via numerous protocols including SMS, email
via SMTP, email via SMTPS (TLS/SSL-based encryption), FTP,
and FTPS (TLS/SSL-based encryption, implicit), with a customer
configurable transmission interval (down to 1 hour). This pro-
vides customers with the flexibility to receive data via email, FTP 1
or text message for the monitoring and control systems any-
where in the world.
2
3
1 SIM card slot
2 3G module's antenna connector
3 Analog inputs inlet
4 Rechargeable battery inlet

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
Accessories and spare parts for MAG 8000

Accessories
PC Flow Tool on CD FDK:087L6001 One cable entry 2 ... 5 mm FDK:087L4154
(Download for free from (0.08 ... 0.20 ")
www.usa.siemens.com/flow) M12 brass glands with M20
reduction2) . Package of 10 pcs,
for 3G/UMTS module antenna
IrDA infrared interface adapter FDK:087L4163 cable, power cable of external
with USB for data acquisition with battery pack, encoder card
1.2 m (3.9 ft) cable cable.
One cable entry 6 ... 8 mm (0.24 FDK:087L4155
... 0.31 ") M20 brass glands pack-
3
Battery backup for mains power A5E03354392 age2) (10 pcs), for pulse output
supply, 1 pc. D-cell cable or MODBUS cable, Cello
(3.6 V, 16.5 Ah)1) cable or mains power supply
One cable entry 8 ... 11 mm FDK:087L4156
(0.31 ... 0.43 ") M20 brass glands
2)
package (10 pcs), for SOFREL
cable
One cable entry 11 ... 15 mm FDK:087L4157
(0.43 ... 0.59 ")
Rechargeable Lithium battery for A5E03436686 M20 brass glands package2)
MAG 8000 3G/UTMS communi- (10 pcs)
cation module1)
Two cable entries 3.5 ... 5 mm FDK:087L4158
Internal battery pack, one set of 2 FDK:087L4150 (0.14 ... 0.20 ")
D-cell (3.6 V, 33 Ah) and acces- M20 brass glands package2)
sories for replacement1) incl. NBR (10 pcs)
O-ring
Two cable entries 5.5 ... 7.5 mm FDK:087L4159
(0.22 ... 0.30 "), M20 brass glands
package2) (10 pcs)
High gain antenna for MAG 8000 A5E40957990
External battery pack IP68/ FDK:087L4151 3G/UMTS (PVC, IP68, cable
NEMA 6P with connector, 4 D-cell length 5 m (16.4 ft), with SMA
(3.6 V, 66 Ah)1). male connector (type RG 58) and
Order cable FDK:087L4152 internal antenna adaptor cable,
separately. and single entry cable gland)
Analog input cable for MAG 8000 A5E03436698

3G/UMTS (2.5 m (8.2 ft) cable
Mains power supply FDK:087L4210 with M12 connector (IP67)
12 ... 24 V AC/DC (average A-Coding female 5 pins,
power consumption during line and two-entry cable gland)
≤ 0.1 VA) with battery backup and
3 m (9.8 ft) power cable for exter-
nal connection (backup battery Potting kit for terminal box of flow FDK:085U0220
not included) sensors for IP68/NEMA 6P
Temperature range:
Fixed laying: -40 ... +90 °C
(-40 ... +194 °F)
Flexible application:
-30 ... +80 °C (-22 ... +176 °F)
Mains power supply FDK:087L4211 MAG 8000 Hardware key to FDK:087L4165
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, with access protected parameters
battery backup up and 3 m
(9.8 ft) power cable for external
connection (backup battery not
included)
RS 232 add-on module, point to FDK:087L4212 MAG 8000 demo - training unit FDK:087L4080
point communication interface pack operating on Alkaline batter-
with Modbus RTU protocol ies. Transmitter with Flow tool CD,
RS 485 add-on module, multidrop FDK:087L4213 IrDA interface adapter and hard-
communication interface with ware key (No dangerous goods
Modbus RTU protocol limitations)
Encoder interface module, with A5E02475650

"Sensus" protocol for ITRON
200WP and 100W radio
MAG 8000 3G/UMTS module. A5E41011589
Rechargeable battery, antenna Antenna adaptor cable for A5E41896494
and analog cable input must be 3G/UMTS module (2 pieces)
ordered separately

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Description Article No. Spare parts
Service adaptor for 3G/UMTS A5E03436699 Description Article No.
module
MAG 8000 transmitter compact FDK:087L4166
replacement kit1).
No battery included. With original
product label.
System number specified by
ordering
3
Alkaline battery for MAG 8000 FDK:087L4142
demo transmitter (3 V 13 Ah)
(No dangerous goods limitations)
MAG 8000 transmitter remote FDK:087L4202

replacement kit1)
No battery included. With original
product label.
1) System number specified by
Lithium batteries are subject to special transportation regulations ordering
according to United Nations "Regulation of Dangerous Goods, UN 3090
and UN 3091". Special transport documentation is required to observe
these regulations. This may influence both transport time and costs.
2)
For cable connection through MAG 8000 transmitter bottom part.
When MAG 8000 (7ME6810 and 7ME6820) is installed in PVC or MAG 8000 (Advanced version) FDK:087L4203
coated pipelines, grounding rings must be installed additionally. transmitter compact replacement
1)
kit
Grounding rings, type C must be used for the 7ME6810 and No battery included. With blank
7ME6820 routes (sizes > DN 300). Please see grounding rings product label.
in the section MAG 3100 Grounding rings and be aware that the No system number required
mentioned MLFB codes include only 1 grounding ring. Ground-
ing rings DN 25 to DN 300 in stainless steel are packed in pairs
and sold as a "grounding ring kit".
Dimension Article No.
DN 25 A5E01002946 MAG 8000 (Advanced version) FDK:087L4204
DN 40 A5E01002947 transmitter remote replacement
kit1)
DN 50 A5E01002948
No battery included
DN 65 A5E01002950 No system number required
DN 80 A5E01002952
DN 100 A5E01002953
DN 125 A5E01002954
DN 150 A5E01002955 MAG 8000 (Basic version) trans- A5E01171569
mitter PCB replacement kit1)
DN 200 A5E01002957
No system number required
DN 250 A5E01002958
MAG 8000 (advanced version) FDK:087L4168
DN 300 A5E01002962 transmitter PCB replacement kit1)
No system number required
Enclosure top including plastic FDK:087L4167

lid, screws, O-ring and blank
product label
Power cable 1.5 m (4.9 ft) with FDK:087L4152

IP68/NEMA 6P plugs for external
battery (no battery included); PE
jacket, ambient temperature: -
20 °C ... +60 °C (-4 °F ... 140 °F)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors

Description Article No. MAG 8000 (7ME6880) grounding ring service kit, consisting of 2
pcs. grounding rings (AISI 304/1.4301), screws and gaskets.
Encoder interface cable with A5E02551263
IP68/NEMA 6P plugs included, for Dimension Article No.
ITRON 200WP and 100W radio;
22 AWG stranded TC conductors, Drilled pattern flanges (7 bar)
polypropylene insulation, twisted
pair, overall Beldfoil shield, 22 DN 50 2" A5E03082907
AWG stranded TC drain wire, PVC DN 65 2½" A5E03082908
jacket
DN 80 3" A5E03082909
Lenght: 152.4 cm (5 ft)
DN 100 4" A5E03082910
3
Encoder interface cable with A5E02551182
IP68/NEMA 6P plugs included, for DN 125 5" A5E03082911
ITRON 200WPradio; 22 AWG
stranded TC conductors, polypro- DN 150 6" A5E32877967
pylene insulation, twisted pair, DN 200 8" A5E03082913
overall Beldfoil shield, 22 AWG
stranded TC drain wire, PVC DN 250 10" A5E03082914
jacket
DN 300 12" A5E03082915
Lenght: 762 cm (25 ft)
DN 350 14" A5E03082916
Service tool kit package with FDK:087L4162
various component for service DN 400 16" A5E03082917
and replacement.
DN 450 18" A5E03082918
Content:
10 × plastic top lids DN 500 20" A5E03082919
20 × screws DN 600 24" A5E03082920
10 × wire holders
10 × battery cups AS 2191 table E flanges
10 × greased O-rings
20 × clamp kits DN 25 1" A5E33474999
10 × IrDA adaptor holding rings DN 40 1½" A5E33475000
DN 125 5" A5E33475006
AS 4087 PN 16 flanges
DN 50 2" A5E33475001
DN 65 2½" A5E33475002
DN 80 3" A5E33475003
DN 100 4" A5E33475004
DN 150 6" A5E33475007
DN 200 8" A5E33475008
DN 250 10" A5E33475009
DN 300 12" A5E33475010
DN 350 14" A5E33475011
DN 400 16" A5E33475012
DN 450 18" A5E34240921
DN 500 20" A5E33475013
DN 600 24" A5E33475014
DN 700 28" A5E33414889
DN 800 32" A5E33414890
Remote cable set with DN 900 36" A5E33414891

IP68/NEMA 6P plugs: DN 1000 40" A5E33414892
• 5 m (16.4 ft) – PG 13.52) FDK:087L4108
DN 1200 48" A5E33414893
• 5 m (16.4 ft) – M20 A5E00862482
• 10 m (32.8 ft) – PG 13.52) FDK:087L4109
• 10 m (32.8 ft) – M20 A5E00862487 Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 8000
• 20 m (65.6 ft) – PG 13.52) FDK:087L4110
• 20 m (65.6 ft) – M20 A5E00862492
• 30 m (98.4 ft) – PG 13.52) FDK:087L4111 • English A5E03071515
• 30 m (98.4 ft) – M20 A5E00862497 • German A5E00740986
Cable set with pre-mounted All literature is available to download for free, in a range of
conduit adaptor languages, at
• 10 m A5E33400834 http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
• 20 m A5E33400836
1) Operating instructions for MAG 8000 3G/UMTS
Not applicable to custody transfer (CT) verified systems without
re-verification
communication module
2)
For sensors produced before October 2007 Description Article No.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FC (Coriolis)
System information
■ Overview
SITRANS FC Coriolis mass flowmeters are designed for

measurement of a variety of liquids and gases. The meter offers
accurate measurement of mass flow, volume flow, density,
temperature and fraction.
Compatibility between transmitters and sensors
Transmitter Page Compact Remote Ex-Approval Sensor Page
FCT030 3/155 Yes Yes Yes FCS300, DN 15 ... DN 150 3/167
Yes Yes Yes FCS400, DN 15 ... DN 50 3/187
No Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 1.5 3/203; 3/218
Yes Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 3 ... DI 15 3/203; 3/218
No Yes Yes FC300, DN 4 3/203; 3/218
FCT010 3/161 Yes No Yes FCS300, DN 15 ... DN 150 3/167
Yes No Yes FCS400, DN 15 ... DN 50 3/187
No Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 1.5 3/203; 3/223
Yes Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 3 ... DI 15 3/203; 3/223
No Yes Yes FC300, DN 4 3/203; 3/223
FCT070 3/164 No Yes Yes FCS300, DN 15 ... DN 150 3/167
No Yes Yes FCS400, DN 15 ... DN 50 3/187
No Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 1.5 3/203; 3/227
No Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 3 ... DI 15 3/203; 3/227
No Yes Yes FC300, DN 4 3/203; 3/227
SIFLOW FC070 3/240 No Yes Yes FC300, DN 4 3/203
No Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 1.5 3/203
No Yes Yes MASS 2100, DI 3 ... DI 15 3/203

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Benefits ■ Application
Greater flexibility Coriolis flowmeters are generally suitable for measuring liquids
• Wide product program and gases. The flow measurement is to a large extend indepen-
dent of changes in process conditions/parameters such as tem-
• High performance and top-end flowmeters perature, density, pressure, viscosity, conductivity and flow pro-
• Compact or remote installation using the same transmitters file.
and sensors within their flowmeter series
Due to this versatility the meter is easy to install and use. The Co-
• Full integration in SIMATIC solutions riolis flowmeter is recognized for its high accuracy over a wide
Easier commissioning turn-down ratio and its ability to be a true multi parameter devise.
All SITRANS FC Coriolis flowmeters feature a sensor related The main applications of the Coriolis flowmeter can be found in all
memory unit SensorFlash which stores calibration data and
transmitter settings for the lifetime of the product as well as all
industries, such as:
Chemical Detergents, bulk chemicals, pharma-
3
product documentation and certificates. ceuticals, acids, alkalis, filling and
dosing
At commissioning the flowmeter commences measurement
Food and beverage Dairy products, beer, wine, softdrinks,
without any initial programming. °Plato/°Brix, fruit juices and pulps,
Easier service bottling, CO2 dosing, CIP liquids
• Comprehensive self-diagnosis and service menu enhances Automotive Fuel injection nozzle and pump test-
ing, filling of AC units, engine con-
troubleshooting and meter verification. sumption measurement, paint robots
• Transmitter replacement requires no programming. Sensor- Oil and gas Filling of gas bottles, furnace control,
Flash data updates all settings after initialization. test separators, LPG, well-head
water-cut monitoring. All hydrocarbon
Room for growth fluids in refineries
• FC330/FC310: Marine Fuel consumption management,
Digital platform allows for any sensor in the range DN 15 to boiler control, bunkering manage-
DN 150 to be matched in compact or remote installation. ment
• FC430/FC410: Water & waste water Dosing of chemicals for water treat-
Robust and compact sensor dedicated for OEM and skid ment
manufacturer in sizes DN 15 to DN 50. Also available in a true
sanitary version.
• MASS 2100/FC300 DN 4 sensors with FCT digital platform
transmitters allows all sensors from DI 1.5 to DI 15 to be
matched with the FCT010, FCT030 and FCT070 transmitters.
• FCT070 transmitter solution as a fully integrated technology
module in SIMATIC ET 200SP. Seamless communicating with
all SIMATIC solutions by very fast PROFINET communication.
Advanced batch function blocks are available.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product
selector
www.pia-selector.automa-
tion.siemens.com
on the Internet, since

some constrains might
be related to some of the
features
FC310 FC330 FCS300 FC410 FC430 FCS400 MASS MASS MASS MASS MASS MASS
with with 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100
FCT070 FCT070 DI 1.5 DI 1.5 DI 1.5 with with with
FC300 FC300 FC300 FCT010 FCT030 FCT070
DN 4 DN 4 DN 4
with with with
FCT010 FCT030 FCT070
7ME4631 7ME4633 7ME4637 7ME4611 7ME4613 7ME4617 7ME4811 7ME4813 7ME4817 7ME4811 7ME4813 7ME4817
Design
Compact ● ● ● ● ● ●
Remote ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Transmitter enclosure
Aluminium IP67 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Field mounting enclosure
Aluminum IP67 ● ● ● ●
Wall mounting enclosure
Noryl (FCT070), ● ● ● ●
IP20/NEMA 2
Communication
HART ● ● ● ●
PROFIBUS PA ● ● ● ●
PROFIBUS DP ● ● ● ●
MODBUS RTU/RS 485 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SIMATIC integration ● ● ● ●
ET200SP ST & HF
(Profinet)
Supply voltage
24 V DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
115/230 V AC ● ● ● ●
Pipe size
DI 1,5 (1/16”) ● ● ●
DI 3 (1/8”) ● ● ●
DN 4 (1/6”) ● ● ●
DI 6 (¼”) ● ● ●
DI 15 (½”) ● ● ●
DN 15 (½”) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 25 (1”) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 50 (2”) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 80 (3”) ● ● ●
DN 100 (4”) ● ● ●
DN 150 (6”) ● ● ●

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product
selector
tion.siemens.com

features
with with 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100
DN 4 DN 4 DN 4
with with with
Process connection norms and pressure
Pipe thread
NPT ANSI/ASME B.20.1; ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 100
ISO 228/1; PN 100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flange
EN 1092-1 PN 16 ● ● ● ● ● ●
EN 1092-1 PN 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
EN 1092-1 PN 63 ● ● ● ● ● ●
EN 1092-1 PN 100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ANSI B 16.5 Class 300 ● ● ● ● ● ●
ANSI B 16.5 Class 600 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ANSI B 16.5 Class 9001) ● ● ● ● ● ●
ANSI B 16.5 Class 15001) ● ● ●
JIS B2220 10K ● ● ● ● ● ●
JIS B2220 20K ● ● ● ● ● ●
JIS B2220 40K ● ● ●
JIS B2220 63K ● ● ●
Hygenic
DIN 11851 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DIN32676 Clamp Form C ● ● ●
Triclamp
DIN 32676 Clamp (ISO) ● ● ●
Row A
DIN11864-1 GS Form A ● ● ●
Row A
DIN11864-2 BF Form A ● ● ●
Row A
DIN11864-3 BKS Form A ● ● ●
Row A
ISO 2852 Clamp ● ● ● ● ● ●
ISO 2853 Threat ● ● ● ● ● ●
SMS 1145 ● ● ● ● ● ●
Others on request ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product
selector
tion.siemens.com

features
with with 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100
DN 4 DN 4 DN 4
with with with
Pipe material
Stainless steel ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AISI 316L/1.4435/1.4404
Nickel-Alloy C4 ● ● ●
Hastelloy C22/2.4602 ● ● ● ● ● ●
With heating jacket
Internal U-Tube ● ● ●
Heating jacket electrical ● ● ●
(optional)
Pressure rating
PN 16 ● ●
PN 40 ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 63 ● ● ●
PN 100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 130 ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 160 ●5) ●5) ●5)
PN 230 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 265 ● ● ●
PN 350 ● ● ● ●
PN 365 ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 410 ● ● ●
High-pressure version2) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accuracy (liquids)
Flow error ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
≤ 0.1 % of rate3)
Flow error ● ● ●
≤ 0.2 % of rate3)
Density error ● ● ● ● ● ●
≤ 0.0005 g/cm3
Density error ● ● ● ● ● ●
≤ 0.005 g/cm3
Density error ● ● ●
≤ 0.001 g/cm3
≤ 0.002 g/cm3
≤ 0.010 g/cm3
Cable glands
½” NPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
M20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product
selector
tion.siemens.com

features
with with 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100
DN 4 DN 4 DN 4
with with with
Approvals
Hazardous locations
ATEX zone 1 ● ● ● ●6) ●6) ●6) ● ● ● ● ● ●
IECEx zone 1 ● ● ● ●6) ●6) ●6) ● ● ● ● ● ●
EAC Ex zone 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
US /CSA) Div 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Canada (CSA) zone 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NEPSI ● ● ● ● ● ●
INMETRO ● ● ● ● ● ●
PED
Fluid group 1 Category III, ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
gas
PED Directive 2014/68/EU
CRN
Category F, OF10769.5C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●4) ●4) ●4)
CRN
F&B/Pharma
EHEDG (in preparation) ● ● ●
3A (in preparation) ● ● ●
Marine
Germanischer Lloyd/det ● ● ● ●
Norske Veritas, Bureau
Veritas, Lloyds of London,
American Bureau of Ship-
ping, Rina, CCS
● = Available
1)
Sensor pressure and temperature limited to ANSI class 600 rating.
2)
See technical specifications.
3)
Increased error for gas mass flow measurement.
4)
Only DI 6 is CRN.
5)
Max. 100 bar.
6)
Also for dust zone 21.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Function
The SITRANS FC flow measuring principle is based on the Cori- The amplitude of the driver is automatically regulated to ensure
olis effect. The flowmeter consists of a sensor and a transmitter. a stable output from the 2 pick-ups. The temperature of the tubes
The sensor can be digital with an integrated frontend DSL or for is measured by a Pt1000. The flow-proportional signal from the
low flow sensors also analogue sensors directly connected to 2 pick-ups, the temperature measurement and the driver fre-
the transmitter. quency are fed into the SITRANS FC transmitter for calculations
of mass, volume, fraction, temperature and density.The signal
There are following sensors available: transfer function is based on a DFT technology (Discrete Fourier
• SITRANS FC MASS 2100 DI 1.5 to DI 15 mm in a single loop Transformation).
design
The transmitter has built-in noise filters, which can be used to im-
• SITRANS FC300 DN 4 in a single loop design prove the meter’s performance if the installation and application
3 • SITRANS FCS300 DN 15 to DN 150 mm in bended dual tube
design
conditions are not ideal. Typically influence from process noise
such as pump pulsations, mechanical vibrations, oscillating
• SITRANS FCS400 DN 15 to DN 50 mm in a compact bended valves and aerated flowconditions can be reduced consider-
dual tube design for OEM and other specific applications. ably.
All sensors can be freely combined with three different transmit-

ters in various configurations and protection style.
• SITRANS FCT010 transmitter: single channel Modbus
• SITRANS FCT030 transmitter: multi channel transmitter with
full graphical display and full feature loaded.
• FCT070 transmitter: for full integration in the Siemens SensorFlash flow memory units
SIMATIC TIA and PCS7 world by the ET 200SP ST & HF. Full
functionality including advanced functions blocks for easy in- FCT010 flow transmitters communicate via Modbus RTU and
tegration. Functions block in TIA and APL library. FCT030 via HART/Modbus/PROFIBUS DP / PROFIBUS PA be-
side up to 4 individual I/O free programmable as analogue , fre-
The SITRANS FC sensors are energized by an electro-mechan- quency, pulse or relay outputs. As well as static inputs can be set
ical driver circuit which oscillates the pipe at its resonant fre- up.
quency.
The FCT070 transmitter is a technology module for the
Two pick-ups, 1 and 2 are placed symmetrically on both sides of SIMATIC ET 200SP ST & HF system with directly connection
the driver. When liquid or gas flows through the sensor, Coriolis from the digital sensor. Full transmitter functionality available to
force will act on the measuring pipe and cause a pipe deflection be set up directly in the SIMATIC system. The ET 200SP is very
which can be measured as a phase shift on pick-up 1 and 2. The often connected to other SIMATIC systems like PCS7; S7 1200
phase shift is proportional to the mass flow rate. and S7 1500 via the direct connection by PROFINET. Fast and
simple signal transfer and controlling.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Integration
General installation requirements / System design information
The SITRANS FC mass flowmeter is suitable for in- and outdoor System design information
installations. The standard instrument meets the requirements of • The presence of gas bubbles in the fluid may result in errone-
Protection Class IP67/NEMA 4x or IP65. The flowmeter is bidirec- ous measurements, particularly in the density measurement.
tional and can be installed in almost any orientation, however, Therefore, the flowmeter should not be installed at the highest
the sensor is not self-emptying in all positions. point in the system where bubbles are possibly largest.
It is important to ensure that the meter tubes are always com- • Long drop lines downstream from the flowmeter should be
pletely filled with homogeneous fluid. Otherwise measuring er- avoided to prevent the meter tube from draining during oper-
rors may occur. Suitable fluids are clean liquids, pastes, light ation.
slurries or gases. Condensing vapors, aerated liquids or slush
are not recommended.
• The flowmeter should not come into contact with any other ob-
jects. Avoid attachments to the housing.
3
The corrosion and erosion resistance of the fluid-wetted materi- • When the cross-section of the connecting pipeline is larger
als must be evaluated to secure long lifetime of the sensor. The than the sensor size, suitable standard reducers may be in-
pressure drop through the sensor is a function of the properties stalled.
of the fluid and the flow rate. The Sizing Program (download from
https://www.siemens.com) can be used to calculate the pres- • If strong vibrations exist in the pipeline, they should be
sure drop and the accuracy over the full flowrange in use for the damped using elastic pipeline elements. The damping de-
application. vices must be installed outside the supported flowmeter sec-
tion and outside the section between the shut-off devices.
Sizing • Make sure that any dissolved gases, which are present in
Liquids: The correct sensor size is determent by the allowable many liquids, do not outgas. The back pressure at the outlet
pressure drop at the maximum flowrate the meter is used with. should be at least 0.2 bar (3 psi).
After selecting the sensor size the accuracy throughout the flow- • Assure that operation below the vapor pressure cannot occur
rate range for the application can be checked by using the Siz- when a vacuum exists in the meter tube or for fluids which boil
ing Program. readily.
Gases: The correct size is very often determent by the calcula- • The sensor should not be installed in the vicinity of strong elec-
tion of the Mach number at maximum flowrate for the application. tromagnetic fields, e.g. near motors, pumps, transformers etc.
After that the accuracy throughout the flowrange should be • When operating more than one meter in one or multiple inter-
checked. connected pipelines, the sensors should be spaced distant
The preferred flow direction is indicated by the arrow on the flow- from each other or the pipelines should be decoupled to pre-
meter. Flow in this direction will be indicated as positive. vent cross talk.
Note: For some sensor types, specific installation requirement has be Zero adjustment
taken into account. Please also see under the specific sensor type chap- • In order to adjust the zero under operating conditions it must
ter. be possible to reduce the flow rate to „ZERO“ while the meter
Generel installation orientation tube is completely filled. It is important for accurate measure-
ments that during the zero adjustment there are no gas bub-
• FCS300 and FCS400 – sensors. bles in the flowmeter. It is also important that the pressure and
The optimal installation orientation is vertical with flow up- temperature in the meter tube be the same as that which exists
wards (liquids). This ensures that suspended solids or bub- during operation.
bles are completely pushed through the sensor. A drain valve
below the sensor will allow the pipe and sensor to drain . To
secure selfdraining a up to 10° off vertical installation could be
required.
• MASS 2100/FC300 DN4 – sensors.
The optimal installation orientation is horizontal.
Supports
• In order to support the weight of the flowmeter and to ensure
reliable measurements when external effects exist (e.g. vibra-
tions), the sensor should be installed in well-supported pipe-
lines. Supports or hangers should be installed symmetrically
and stress-free in close proximity to the process connections.
Shut-off devices
• To conduct a system zero adjustment, shut-off devices are
ideally required in the pipeline before and after the sensor:
• A bypass valve is recommended where regular zero adjust-
ment is planned to avoid disruption of the flowing system.
Installation: straight run requirements
• The mass flowmeter does not require any flow condition or
straight inlet sections. Care should be exercised to ensure that
any valves, gates, sight glasses etc. do not cavitate and are
not set into vibration by the flowmeter.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information
Flowmeter uncertainty/specifications
To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must The error curve is plotted from the formula:
be calibrated.
The Siemens flowmeter calibration process is ISO 9001-certi- 2
fied, ensuring the entire calibration procedure is controlled to the
highest quality standards. All primary measuring instrumentation
E=± (Cal.)2 + ( z xqm100)
used by the Flow Laboratory during the performance of its cali-
brations, has been calibrated with international standards trace- E Error
ability referring directly to the physical unit of measurement ac- Zero point error [kg/h]1)
3
Z
cording to the International System of Units (SI). Therefore the qm Mass flow [kg/h]
calibration certificate ensures recognition of the test results
Cal. Calibrated flow accuracy: 0.10, 0.15 or 0.20
worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability).
1) Zero point error for each sensor is shown in the tables below.
A calibration certificate is shipped with every sensor and cali-
bration data are stored in the SD Memory card . The sensors has
the calibration data written to the frontend section DSL.
A backup of all calibrations and PDF copies of all certificates are Error in % of actual mass flow rate with 95% confidence
stored in the SensorFlash. (accuracy) for liquids
1.0
Sensor flow capacity
0.5
FCS300 sensors for liquids: 0.1
-0.1
-0.5
Qmin at 1 % Qnom1) 100 % (Qmax)2) -1.0
accuracy water 5% 25% 50% 75% 100%
kg/h (lb/min) kg/h (lb/min) kg/h (lb/min) Actual mass FSO (sensors
flow rate max. flow rate)
DN 15 (½”) 70 (2.57) 4 500 (165) 8 000 (294)
For gas applications: typical additional 0.4 % + zero point
DN 25 (1”) 240 (8.92) 20 500 (753) 35 000 (1 286)
DN 50 (2”) 800 (29.4) 49 000 (1 800) 90 000 (3 307)
DN 80 (3”) 2 000 (73.5) 122 000 (4 483) 250 000 (9 186) Reference conditions for flow calibration
DN 100 (4”) 4 000 (147) 273 000 (10 031) 520 000 (19 108) Flow conditions Fully developed flow profile
DN 150 (6”) 6 900 (253) 459 200 (16 873) 860 000 (31 600) Temperature, medium 25 °C (77 °F) ± 5 K
Temperature, ambient 25 °C (77 °F) +10/-5 K
FCS400 sensors for liquids: Liquid pressure 2 ± 1 bar
Qmin at 1 % Qnom1) 100 % (Qmax)2) Density 0.997 g/cm3
accuracy water3)
Brix 40 °Brix
kg/h (lb/min) kg/h (lb/min) kg/h (lb/min)
Supply voltage Un ±1 %
DN 15 (½”) 20 (0.73) 3 700 (135) 6 400 (234)
Warming-up time 30 min.
DN 25 (1”) 200 (7.32) 11 500 (421) 17 700 (648)
Cable length 5 m between transmitter and sensor
DN 50 (2”) 750 (27.4) 50 000 (1 831) 70 700 (2 590)
Additions in the event of deviations from reference conditions
MASS 2100 and FC300 sensors for liquids: Current output As pulse output ± (0.1 % of actual
flow +0.05 % FSO)
1) 2)
Qmin at 1 % Qnom 100 % (Qmax)
accuracy water Effect of ambient temperature • Display/frequency/pulse output:
< ± 0.003 % / K act.
kg/h (lb/h) kg/h (lb/h) kg/h (lb/h) • Current output:
< ± 0.005 % / K act.
DI 1.5 (1/16”) 0.1 (0.22) 19 (42) 30 (66)
Effect of supply voltage < 0.005 % of measuring value on 1 %
DI 3 (1/8”) 1.0 (2.2) 90 (198) 250 (550)
alteration
DN 4 (1/6”) 1 (2.2) 140 (308) 350 (770)
DI 6 (¼”) 5 (11) 500 (1 102) 1 000 (2 200)
DI 15 (½”) 20 (44) 3 800 (8 370) 5 600 (12 345)
1)
Qnom = Δ 1 barg @ water 20 °C.
2)
Qmax = 10 m/sec @ water 20 °C at inlet (up to 25 m/s in the flowtubes).
3)
For 0.1% sensor.
For gas applications the massflow rate is depending on the gas

type. The max. flowrate is calculated with the Mach-Number to
be Ma = 0.3.
• For flow > 5% of the sensors max. flow rate, the error can be
read directly from the curve below.
• For flow < 5 % of the sensors max. flow rate, use the formula
to calculate the error.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

Sensor type FC300 MASS 2100
Sensor size DN 4 (1/6”) DI 1.5 (1/16”) DI 3 (1/8”) DI 6 (¼“) DI 15 (½“)
Number of measuring pipes 1 1 1 1 1
Mass flow (liquids)
Linearity error1) % of rate 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
Repeatability of flow- % of rate 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
rate at rates > 5 % of
Qmax
3
Max. zero point error [kg/h] 0.010 0.001 0.010 0.050 0.200
Density (liquids)
3
Density error standard [g/cm ] n.a. 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008
Density error [g/cm3] 0.0072) 0.001 0.0015 0.0015 0.0005
extended
Repeatability error [g/cm3] 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0001
Range [g/cm3] 0.3 … 2.9 0.3 … 2.9 0.3 … 2.9 0.3 … 2.9 0.3 … 2.9
Temperature
Error [°K] 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1)
Increased error can be expected for gas mass flow measurement (for gas measurement typically additional +0.40 % error).
2)
For Hastelloy tubes: 0.0025 g/cm3.
Sensor type FCS300

Sensor size DN 15 (½”) DN 25 (1”) DN 50 (2”) DN 80 (3”) DN 100 (4”) DN 150 (6”)
Number of measuring pipes 2 2 2 2 2 2
Mass flow (liquids)
Linearity error1) 0.1% sensor 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
% of rate
0.2% sensor 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
% of rate
Repeatability of flow- % of rate 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1
Qmax
Max. zero point error [kg/h] 0.6 2.16 7.2 20.0 41.6 68.8
Density (liquids)
Density error 0.1% massflow 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
sensor [g/cm3]
0.2% massflow 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010
sensor [g/cm3]
Range [kg/dm3] 0.001 ... 5.0 0.001 ... 5.0 0.001 ... 5.0 0.001 ... 5.0 0.001 ... 5.0 0.001 ... 5.0
Repeatability error [kg/m3] ± 0.25 ± 0.25 ± 0.25 ± 0.25 ± 0.25 ± 0.25
Temperature
Error [°K] 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1) Increased error can be expected for gas mass flow measurement (for gas measurement typically additional +0.4 % error).
Sensor type FCS400

Sensor size DN 15 (½”) DN 25 (1”) DN 50 (2”)
Number of measuring pipes 2 2 2
Mass flow (liquids)
Linearity error1) % of rate 0.1 0.1 0.1
Repeatability of flow- % of rate 0.05 0.05 0.05
Qmax
Max. zero point error [kg/h] 0.2 2.0 7.5
Density (liquids)
Density error (Standard) [g/cm3] 0.005 0.005 0.005
(Extended) [g/cm3] 0.0005 0.0005 0.0005
Range [kg/dm3] 0.001 ... 5.0 0.001 ... 5.0 0.001 ... 5.0
Repeatability error [kg/m3] ± 0.25 ± 0.25 ± 0.25
Temperature
Error [°K] 0.5 0.5 0.5
1) Increased error can be expected for gas mass flow measurement (for gas measurement typically additional up to +0.4 % error).

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
System information

PROFIBUS PA/DP for FCT030
General specifications IS (Intrinsic Safety) data
PROFIBUS device profile Profile V 4.0 and compatible to V 3.x Required sensor Compact mounted SITRANS FCT030
electronics
Electrical specification DP FISCO Yes
Physical layer specifications Max. UI 17.5 V
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170 Max. II 380 mA

Max. PI 5.32 V
3
Physical Layer RS 485
(transmission technology) Max. LI 10 μH
Transmission speed ≤ 12 Mbits/s Max. CI 5 nF
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment Max. UO 1.3 V
Max. IO 50 μA
Cable specification (Type A)
FISCO cable requirements
Cable design Two wire twisted pair
Loop resistance RC 15 … 150 Ω/km
Shielding CU shielding braid or shielding braid
and shielding foil Loop inductance LC 0.4 … 1 mH/km
Impedance 35 up to 165 Ω at frequencies from Capacitance CC 80 … 200 nF/km
3 … 20 MHz Max. Spur length in IIC 30 m
Cable capacity < 30 pF per meter and IIB
Core diameter > 0.34 mm2, corresponds to AWG 22 Max. Trunk length in IIC 1 km
Resistance < 110 Ω per km Max. Trunk length in IIB 5 km
Signal attenuation Max. 9 dB over total length of line
section PROFIBUS parameter support
Max. bus length 100 m at 12 Mbit/s, up to 1.2 km at The following parameters are accessible using a Class 1 Master.
93.75 kbit/s. Extendable by repeaters
Cyclic services
Electrical specification PA Input (Master view) Parameter FCT030
Physical layer specifications Mass flow 
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170 Volume flow 
Physical Layer (transmission technol- IEC 61158-2 Media temperature 

ogy) Frame temperature 
Transmission speed 31.25 Kbits/s Standard volume flow 
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment Density 
Fraction A1) 
Max. basic current [IB] 14 mA
Fraction B1) 
Fault current [IFDE] 0 mA
Pct Fraction A1) 
Bus voltage 9 … 32 V (non Ex)
Pct Fraction B1) 
Preferred cable specification (Type A)
Totalizer 1 
Cable design Two wire twisted pair
Totalizer 2 
Conductor area (nominal) 0.8 mm2 (AWG 18)
Totalizer 3 
Loop resistance 44 Ω/km
Digital dosing control 
Impedance 100 Ω ± 20 %
Analog dosing control 
Wave attenuation at 39 kHz 3 dB/km
Dosing status 
Capacitive asymmetry 2 nF/km
Output (Master view) Control totalizer 1+2+3 
Bus termination Passive line terminated on both ends
Control commands as zero 
Max. bus length Up to 1.9 km. point adjustment
Extendable by repeaters
1)
Requires a flowmeter ordered with fraction option.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT030
Flow calculation and measurement
• Dedicated mass flow calculation with DSP technology
• Fast dosing and flow step response with maximum 10 ms re-
sponse time
• 100 Hz update rate to all outputs
• Maximum data age from pickup to output is 20 ms
(two update cycles)
• Independent low flow cut-off settings for mass and volume
3
flowrates
• Automatic zero-point adjustment on command from discrete
input or host system
• Empty pipe monitoring
Operation and display
• User-configurable operation display
- Full graphical display 240 × 160 pixels with up to 6 program-
mable views
- Self-explaining alarm handling/log in clear text
- Help text for all parameters appears automatically in the con-
FCT030 is based on the latest developments within digital signal figuration menu
processing technology – engineered for high measuring perfor- - Keypad can be used for controlling dosing as start/stop/
mance, fast response to step changes in flow, fast dosing appli- hold/reset
cations, high immunity against process noise, easy to install • SensorFlash technology stores production specific system
commission and maintain. documentation and provides removable memory of all flow-
The FCT030 transmitter delivers true multi-parameter measure- meter setups and functions
ments i.e. massflow, volumeflow, standard volumeflow, density, - Calibration certificates
temperature and fraction. - Pressure and material test certificates (as ordered)
- Non-volatile memory backup of operational data
The FCT030 IP67 transmitter can be remote connected or com- - Transfer of user configuration to other flowmeters
pact mounted with all sensors of type FCS300 sizes DN 15 to - Alarm history log
DN 150, FCS400 sizes DN 15 to DN 50, MASS 2100 DI 1.5, DI 3, - Parameter change log
DI 6, DI 15 and FC300 DN 4. - Logging of min and max process values
- Data logging of process values and parameter (including di-
Fraction agnostic parameters)
The transmitter FCT030 can be set up at works to measure and
report various fraction concentrations of two-part mixtures or Alarms and safety
solutions. Where a discrete relationship exists between concen- • Advanced diagnosis and service menu enhances trouble-
tration and density at particular temperatures a calculation is shooting and meter validation
performed and the percentage concentration by volume or • Configurable upper and lower alarm and warning limits for all
mass of Part A or Part B (100 % minus Part A) is measured. For process values
solutions and some mixtures the total mass, or dry weight, is also
• Alarm handling can be selected between Siemens and
available.
NAMUR standard configurations
In some industries, a selection of standard density scales has
been adopted to represent the density or relative density of the Outputs and control
process fluid. • Built-in dosing controller with compensation and monitoring
comprising 3 built-in totalizers
If "Standard fractions" option is chosen at ordering, the following
fraction or standard density scales can be selected in the setup • Multi-parameter outputs, individually configurable for mass-
menu: flow, volumeflow, standard volumeflow, density, temperature
or fraction flow such as °Brix or °Plato
• API number • Twaddell
Up to four I/O channels are configured as follows:
• Balling • %HFCS42
• °Baumé light • %HFCS55 Channel 1
• °Baumé heavy • %HFCS90 Channel 1 is 4 to 20 mA analog output with HART 7.5,
• °Brix • Ethanol-Water (ABM)1) 0 % to 20 % PROFIBUS PA, PROFIBUS DP or Modbus RS 485 RTU. The cur-
• °Oeschlé • Ethanol-Water (ABM)1) 15 % to rent signal can be configured for massflow, volumeflow or den-
• Plato 35 % sity, standard volume flow, medium temperature, Fraction A and
• Specific Gravity • Ethanol-Water (ABM)1) 30 % to B and Fraction A% and B%.
55 %
• Ethanol-Water (ABM)1) 50 % to
Channel 2
100 % Channel 2 is a signal output which can be freely configured for
1)
ABM: Alcohol by Mass any process variable.
ABV: Alohol by volume on request

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT030
• Automotive: fuel injection nozzle & pump testing, filling of AC
■ Benefits (continued) units, engine consumption
• Analog current (0/4 to 20 mA) • Oil & Gas: filling of gas bottles, furnace control, test separators
• 3 stage analog valve dosing control • Hydrocarbon processing: oil refining, derivatives manufactur-
• Frequency or pulse ing, polymerisation
• Digital one or two-valve dosing control in combination with • Water & Waste Water: dosing of chemicals for water treatment
channel 3 or 4 The multiple outputs and bus communication mean that all of the
• Operational and alarm status process information can be read either instantaneously (10 ms
update) or periodically as plant operation requires.
Channels 3 and 4
Channels 3 and 4 can be ordered with signal (freely configured ■ Design
3 for any process variable) or relay outputs, or signal input.
The transmitter SITRANS FCT030 is designed in an
Signal IP67/NEMA 4X aluminum enclosure with corrosion resistant
Signal output can be user configured to: coating. It can be remote connected or compact mounted with
the following sensors:
• Analog current (0/4 to 20 mA)
• FCS300 DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150
• 3 stage analog valve dosing control
• FCS400 DN 15, DN 25 and DN 50
• Frequency or pulse
• MASS 2100 DI 1.5, DI 3, DI 6, DI 15
• Redundant frequency or pulse (linked to Channel 2)
• FC300 DN 4
• Digital one or two-valve dosing control
FCT030 is available with current output HART 7.5,
• Operational and alarm status Modbus RS 485 RTU, PROFIBUS DP or PROFIBUS PA as stan-
Relay dard on Channel 1.
Relay output(s) can be user configured to: The transmitter has a modular design with discrete, replaceable
electronic modules and connection boards to maintain separa-
• Digital one or two-valve dosing control tion between functions and facilitate field service. All modules
• Operation status including flow direction are fully traceable and their provenance is included in the trans-
• Alarm status mitter setup.
Signal input SensorFlash

Signal input can be user configured for SensorFlash is a standard, 4 GByte micro SD card with the abil-
ity to be updated by PC. It is supplied with each sensor with the
• Dosing control complete set of certification documents including calibration re-
• Totalizer reset functions port. Material, pressure test, factory conformance certificates
• Force or freeze output(s) are optional at ordering.
• Inititate automatic zero point adjustment The Siemens SensorFlash memory unit offers the following fea-
tures and benefits:
Signal outputs and inputs for non hazardous areas can be
changed for active or passive operations by dip switch. • Automatically program any similar transmitter in seconds to
the operation standard
For hazardous areas Signal outputs and inputs can't be
changed by dip switch, and has to selected individually by or- • Transmitter replacement in less than 5 minutes
dering. • True "plug & play" provided by integrated cross-checking data
consistency and HW/SW version verification
During service and maintenance all outputs can be forced to a
preset value for simulation, verification or calibration purposes. • Permanent memory of operational and functional information
from the moment that the flowmeter is switched on
Approvals and certificates • New firmware updates can be downloaded from the Siemens
The FCT030 coriolis flowmeter program was designed from the internet portal for Product Support and placed onto Sensor-
ground up to comply with or exceed the requirements of interna- Flash (unmounted from the transmitter and inserted into a PC’s
tional standards and regulations. SD card slot). The firmware is then inserted into the existing
flowmeter and the complete system upgraded.
■ Application • Storing of alarm history log
• Storing of parameter change log
SITRANS FCT030 transmitters are suitable for applications
within the entire process industry where there is a demand for • Storing of process peak values log
accurate flow measurement. The meter is capable of measuring Dataloggin on SensorFlash
both liquid and gas flow.
The following functions are available:
Coriolis flowmeters can be applied in all industries, such as:
• Logging of process values and diagnostic values simultane-
• Chemical & Pharma: detergents, bulk chemicals, acids, alka- ous
lis, paint mixing systems, solvents and resins, pharmaceuti-
cals, blood products, vaccines, insulin production • Logging of parameter settings
• Food & Beverage: dairy products, beer, wine, soft drinks, • Selectable logging interval
°Brix/°Plato, fruit juices and pulps, bottling, CO2 dosing,
CIP/SIP-liquids, mixture recipe control

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT030
■ Function ■ Technical specifications

The following functions are available: Number of process variables 7
• Mass flowrate, volume flowrate, density, process temperature, Measurement of • Mass flow
frame temperature, fraction flow • Volume flow
• Density
• Up to four output/input channels selected at ordering • Process media temperature
• Outputs can be individually configured with mass, volume, • Standard volume flow
density etc. • Reference density
• Fraction A flow
• Three built-in totalizers which can count forward, backward or • Fraction B flow
forward and backward • Fraction A %
• Fraction B %
3
• Low flow cut-off, adjustable
Current output
• Density cut-off or empty pipe cut-off, adjustable
Current 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
• Flow direction adjustable (Channel 1 only 4 ... 20 mA)
• Alarm system consisting of alarm-log, alarm pending menu Load Ex i: < 470 Ω (HART ≥ 230 Ω)
• Internal data logger is updated each 10 minutes with opera- Non-Ex: < 770 Ω (HART ≥ 230 Ω)
tional data such as system health, totalizer values, all configu-
Time constant 0 ... 100 s adjustable
rations and data needed for custody transfer requirements to
OIML R 117 and NTEP Digital output1)
• Display of operating time with real-time clock. Daylight saving Pulse 41.6 µs ... 5 s pulse duration
time is not implemented Frequency 0 ... 12.5 kHz, 50 % duty cycle,
• Uni/bidirectional flow measurement 120 % overscale provision
• Flowrate outputs are freely configurable between maximum Time constant 0 ... 100 s adjustable
negative and maximum positive flows according to the sensor Active 0 ... 24 V DC, 87 mA, short-circuit-
capacity protected
• Limit switches programmable for flow, density, temperature or Passive 3 ... 30 V DC, max. 110 mA
fraction process values. Limit points can be graded as warn- Relay Only for channel 3 and 4
ing and alarm for values both above and below nominal pro-
Type Change-over voltage-free relay con-
cess conditions tact
• Process noise filter for optimization of measurement perfor- Load 30 V AC/100 mA
mance under non-ideal application conditions. 5-stage pump-
ing filter compensates for flow fluctuations caused by e.g. sin- Functions Alarm level, alarm number, limit, flow
gle acting piston pumps direction
• Full dosing controller with 5 user-configurable recipes Digital input1) Only for channel 3 and 4
• Automatic zero adjustment menu, with zero point evaluation Voltage 15 ... 30 V DC (2 ... 15 mA)
display Functionality Start/stop/hold/continue dosing,
reset totalizer 1 and 2, force output,
• Full service menu for effective and straight forward application freeze output
and meter troubleshooting
Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvani-
• Precise temperature measurement ensures optimum accu- cally isolated, isolation voltage
racy on massflow, density and fraction flow. 500 V
• Fraction flow computation is based on a 5th-order algorithm Cut-off
matching known applications. Low-flow 0 ... 9.9 % of maximum flow
• Audit trail information, stores parameters changes with time Limit function Mass flow, volume flow, fraction,
stamp information density, sensor temperature
• Simulation of process values, status information and alarms Totalizer Three eight-digit counters for for-
• Aerated flow filtering system, for advanced filtering of fluids ward, net or reverse flow
with gas or air bubbles Display • Background illumination with al-
• Datalogging of process values and parameter changes on phanumerical text, 3 × 20 charac-
ters to indicate flow rate, totalized
SensorFlash values, settings and faults.
• Time constant as current output 1
• Reverse flow indicated by negative
sign
Zero point adjustment Via keypad or remote via digital
input

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT030

Ambient temperature Approvals FCT030
Operation Hazardous area (fieldmouint housing • ATEX zone 1, IECEx zone 1,
• Transmitter -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) only) 2) cCSAus (Class 1 Div 1), EAC Ex
(humidity max. 95 %) zone 1, cCSAus Zone 1, NEPSI,
• Display -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) INMETRO (depending on version
and configuration)
Storage - ATEX/IECEx Zone 1:
• Transmitter -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) Ex db eb ia [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
(humidity max. 95 %) - ATEX/IECEx Zone 21 (depend-
ing on sensor type):
• Display -20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F)
Ex tb [ia Da] IIIC T85°C Db
3 Communication Ch1 HART 7.5

PROFIBUS PA
- Canada:
Ex db eb ia [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
Ex tb [ia Da] IIIC T85°C (depend-
PROFIBUS DP ing on sensor type)
Modbus RS 485 RTU - USA:
Class I, II, III, Division 1,
Enclosure Groups A, B, C, D, E, F,
Class I Zone 1: AEx db eb ia
Material Aluminum, corrosion Class C4 [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
Rating IP67/NEMA 4X to EN/IEC 60529 Zone 21: AEx tb [ia Da] IIIC
(1 mH2O for 30 min.) T85°C
Mechanical load 18 ... 1000 Hz random, 3.17 g RMS, Certificates
in all directions, to IEC 68-02-36 CE mark • Pressure equipment
Supply voltage • Low voltage directive
• WEEE
Supply 20 ... 90 V DC ± 10 % • RoHS
100 ... 240 V AC ± 10 % Regional certifications • C-TICK (Australia and New Zea-
47 ... 63 Hz land EMC)
• EAC (Belarus, Armenia, Kazakh-
Fluctuation No limit stan, Russia)
Power consumption 11 W/30 VA • KCC (South Korea) (in preparation)
1)
EMC performance With 300 Ω internal impedance. For coil switching use the passive output
option.
Emission EN 55011/CISPR-11 (Class A) 2)
Dust certification depending on sensor type.
Immunity EN/IEC 61236-1 (Industry)
NAMUR Within the value limits according to
"General requirements" with error
criteria A in accordance with NE 21
Environment
Environmental conditions acc. to • Altitude up to 2000 m
IEC/EN/UL 61010-1 • Pollution degree 2
Maintenance The flowmeter has a built-in error
log/pending menu which should be
inspected on a regular basis
Cable glands Cable glands are available in nylon,
nickel plated brass or stainless steel
(316L/W1.4404) in the following
dimensions:
• 1 × M25, 2 × M20
• 3 × ½" NPT
Digital cable connection (remote ver- Standard industrial signal cable up
sion) to 75 m long with 2 × screened pairs
or 4-wire overall screen can be laid
between the sensor and transmitter.
Siemens offers cables in a selection
of pre-cut lengths and prepared for
either gland or plug connection.
Analog cable connection Standard industrial cable up to 15 m
(MASS 2100/FC300) distance between sensor and trans-
mitter. PVC insulated 5 × 2 × Ø
0.34 mm, twisted and screened in
pairs, temperature range -
20 ... +105 °C
Siemens offers cables in a selection
of precut lengths.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT030
250 (9.84) 200 (7.87)
118 (4.65)
155 (6.1)
3
SITRANS FCT030, compact version, dimensions in mm (inch)
307 (12.09) 200 (7.87)

216 (8.5)
SITRANS FCT030, field mount version for sensors with digital cable and M12 plug connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
249 (2.8) 197 (7.7)

126 (4.9)
126 (4.9)
151 (5.9)
182 (7.1)
123 (4.8)
79 (3.1)

145 (5.7)
150 (5.9)

29 (1.1) 29 (1.1) 3,8

Ø1
2x
10
2x Ø
2x 10
9
8 (0.3) 2x Ø
175 (6.8) 40 (1.5)
60 (2.3)
SITRANS FCT030, field mount version for low flow MASS 2100 / FC300 sensors with analog cable dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT030

287 (11.3)
114 (4.5)
264 (10.4) 30 (1.2) 233 (9.2)
94 (3.7)
284 (11.2)
233 (9.2)
3
183 (7.2)
SITRANS FCT030, wall mount version, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT010
SITRANS FCT010 transmitters are suitable for applications
within the entire process industry where there is a demand for
accurate flow measurement. The meter is capable of measuring
both liquid and gas flow.
Coriolis flowmeters can be applied in all industries, such as:
• Chemical & Pharma: detergents, bulk chemicals, acids, alka-
lis, paint mixing systems, solvents and resins, pharmaceuti-
cals, blood products, vaccines, insulin production
• Food & Beverage: dairy products, beer, wine, soft drinks, CO2
dosing, CIP/SIP-liquids, mixture recipe control
• Automotive: fuel injection nozzle & pump testing, filling of AC
3
units, engine consumption
• Oil & Gas applications e.g. test separators
• Hydrocarbon processing: oil refining, derivatives manufactur-
ing, polymerisation
• Water & Waste Water: dosing of chemicals for water treatment
The Modbus communication mean that all of the process infor-
FCT010 is based on the latest developments within digital signal mation can be read either instantaneously (10 ms update) or pe-
processing technology – engineered for high measuring perfor- riodically as plant operation requires.
mance, fast response to step changes in flow, fast dosing appli-
cations, high immunity against process noise, easy to install
commission and maintain.
■ Design
The FCT010 transmitter delivers true multi-parameter measure- The transmitter SITRANS FCT010 is designed in an
ments i.e. massflow, volumeflow, standard volumeflow, density, IP67/NEMA 4X aluminum enclosure with corrosion resistant
temperature . All with a single Modbus connection. coating.
The FCT010 IP67 transmitter is compact mounted with all sen- It is compact mounted with the following sensors:
sors of type FCS300, FCS400 , MASS 2100 DI 3, DI 6, DI 15. • FCS300 DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150
For MASS 2100 DI 1.5 to DI 15 and FC300 DN 4 an analogue • FCS400 DN 15, DN 25 and DN 50
connection is available for a remote FCT010 solution. • MASS 2100 DI 3, DI 6, DI 15
It can be remote mounted with the following sensors:
■ Benefits • MASS 2100 DI 1.5, DI 3, DI 6, DI 15
Flow calculation and measurement • FC300 DN 4
Dedicated mass flow calculation with DSP technology FCT010 is available with Modbus RS 485 RTU as standard.
• Fast dosing and flow step response with maximum 10 ms re- SensorFlash
sponse time
• 100 Hz update rate to all outputs SensorFlash is a standard, 4 GByte micro SD card with the abil-
ity to be updated by PC. It is supplied with each sensor with the
• Independent low flow cut-off settings for mass and volume complete set of certification documents including calibration re-
flowrates port. Material, pressure test, factory conformance certificates
• Automatic zero-point adjustment on command from discrete are optional at ordering.
input or host system The Siemens SensorFlash memory unit for the FCT010 only has
Operation the function of documentation including a parameter backup
and a FW bundle. The Sensor Flash is not mounted into the
• User-configurable settings over SIMATIC PDM FCT010 and will not have the extra features as the FCT030 trans-
Alarms and safety mitter has.
• Advanced diagnosis and service menu enhances trouble- • Storing of alarm history log
shooting and meter validation • Storing of parameter change log
• Configurable upper and lower alarm and warning limits for all
process values
• Alarm handling can be selected between Siemens and
NAMUR standard configurations
Outputs and control
• Single channel Modbus RTU output
• Individually configurable for massflow, volumeflow, standard
volumeflow, density, temperature
• One Totalizer (data not secured by power failure )
Approvals and certificates
The FCT010 coriolis flowmeter program was designed from the
ground up to comply with or exceed the requirements of interna-
tional standards and regulations.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT010
■ Function Supply voltage

Supply 12 ... 27 V DC
The following functions are available: Ex d: 12-24 V DC
• Mass flowrate, volume flowrate, density, process temperature Intrisic safe: Ui: 20 V, li: 484 mA, Pi:
• Single Modbus RTU I/O 2.3 W, Li: 0.6 uH, Ci: 1.9 nF
• Low flow cut-off, adjustable Fluctuation No limit

• Density cut-off or empty pipe cut-off, adjustable Power consumption 1.1 W
• Flow direction adjustable EMC performance
• Alarm system consisting of alarm-log, alarm pending menu Emission EN 55011/CISPR-11 (Class A)
• Uni/bidirectional flow measurement Immunity EN/IEC 61236-1 (Industry)
3 • Flowrate outputs are freely configurable between maximum

negative and maximum positive flows according to the sensor
NAMUR Within the value limits according to
"General requirements" with error
criteria A in accordance with NE 21
capacity
Environment
• Process noise filter for optimization of measurement perfor-
mance under non-ideal application conditions. 5-stage pump- Environmental conditions acc. to • Altitude up to 2000 m
ing filter compensates for flow fluctuations caused by e.g. sin- IEC/EN/UL 61010-1 • Pollution degree 2
gle acting piston pumps Maintenance The flowmeter has a built-in error
log/pending menu which should be
• Full service menu for effective and straight forward application inspected on a regular basis.
and meter troubleshooting
Cable glands M12 connector
• Aerated flow filtering system, for advanced filtering of fluids
Cable glands are available in nylon,
with gas or air bubbles nickel plated brass or stainless steel
(316L/W1.4404) in the following
■ Technical specifications dimensions:
• 1 × M20
• 1 × ½" NPT
Number of process variables 5
Digital cable connection Standard industrial signal cable up
Measurement of • Mass flow to 75 m long with 2 × screened pairs
• Volume flow or 4-wire overall screen can be laid
• Density between the sensor and transmitter.
• Process media temperature Siemens offers cables in a selection
• Standard volume flow of pre-cut lengths and prepared for
I/O Modbus RTU either gland or plug connection.
Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvani- Analog cable connection Standard industrial cable up to 15 m
cally isolated, isolation voltage (MASS 2100/FC300) distance between sensor and trans-
500 V mitter.
Cut-off PVC insulated 5 × 2 × Ø 0.34 mm,

twisted and screened in pairs, tem-
Low-flow 0 ... 9.9 % of maximum flow perature range -20 ... +105 °C
Limit function Mass flow, volume flow, density, sen- Approvals
sor temperature
Hazardous area FCT010 can be installed in zone 1
Totalizer One eight-digit counters for forward, for gas and zone 21 for dust (dust:
or reverse flow - data recovery not depending on sensor type ) and
protected at power loss. Class 1 Div 1/ Zone 1
• ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus (Class 1
Zero point adjustment Via Simatic PDM Div 1), EAC Ex, cCSAus Zone 1,
Ambient temperature NEPSI Zone 1
Operation Certificates
• Transmitter -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) CE mark • Pressure equipment
(humidity max. 95 %) • Low voltage directive
• WEEE
Storage • RoHS
• Transmitter -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
(humidity max. 95 %) Regional certifications • C-TICK (Australia and New Zea-
land EMC)
Communication Ch1 Modbus RS 485 RTU • EAC (Belarus, Armenia, Kazakh-
Enclosure stan, Russia)
• KCC (South Korea) (in preparation)
Material Aluminum corrosion Class C4
Rating IP67/NEMA 4X to EN/IEC 60529
(1 mH2O for 30 min.)
Mechanical load 18 ... 1000 Hz random, 3.17 g RMS,
in all directions, to IEC 68-02-36

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT010
Dimension for the FCT010 remote mounted (for analogue cable
connections for MASS 2100 / FC300 DN4)
100 (3.9)
104 (4)
89 (3.5)
14 (0.5)
121 (4.7)
3
151.5 (5.9)
45 (1.7)
28 (1.1)
50 (1.9) 18 (0.7)
3,8
100 (3.9)
Ø1 0
70 (2.7) 2x
Ø1
2x 10
2x 9
29 (1.1) 4 (0.1) 2x Ø

100 (3.9)

SITRANS FCT010, dimensions in mm (inch)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT070
• SITRANS FCT070 is a ET 200SP technology module and can
■ Overview combined with all other SIMATIC ET 200S SP ST & HF mod-
ules
• Fast and trouble-free communication between the flow meter
and the PLC through digital data communication with up to
10 ms update rate
• SITRANS FCT070 and ET 200SP have the ATEX Zone 2
Class 1 Div 2 approvals. With the barrier SITRANS I300 the
flowmeters sensor can be used in Ex Zone 1 & Class 1 Div 1
approval.
• Included advanced batch functionality without additional
3
modules. I/Os are onboard
• Included the 17 standard fraction tables.
■ Application
SITRANS FCT070 can be used for machine builders and in the
process industry plants. The meters are suitable for measuring
on liquid and gas. With ET 200SP ST & HF the SITRANS FCT070
can be installed decentralized in small stations, with fast com-
SITRANS FCT070 transmitter munication to the control room.
The faceplates for TIA-Portal and PCS 7 offer the direct full re-
mote access to the flow meter.
The main industries for the SITRANS FCT070 transmitter:
• Chemical
• Food and beverage
• Pharmaceutical
• Automotive
• Oil and gas
• Power generation and utility
■ Design
The SITRANS FCT070 is designed as ET 200SP ST & HF module
and can directly installed with other ET 200SP modules.
Mounting on the SIMATIC ET 200SP ST & HF The sensor DSL cable is directly mounted to the ET 200SP ST &
HF base unit is providing the supply voltage and the data com-
The technology module SITRANS FCT070 is a Coriolis flow munication. The SITRANS FC sensors with DSL can be con-
meter transmitter for the SIMATIC ET 200SP ST & HF. nected directly to the SITRANS FCT070.
The TM SITRANS FCT070 flow transmitter can be operated di- For sensors in ATEX Zone 1, the SITRANS I300 barrier must be
rectly in the SIMATIC PCS7 or in TIA Portal with the FCT070 installed between FCT070 and the FC DSL.
Faceplates.
TM FCT070 offers real-time data processing and the display of ■ Function
all measuring and status data of the Coriolis flowmeter.
The following key functionalities are available:
The TM FCT070 can work with all Siemens Coriolis flow meters. • Mass flow rate, volume flow rate, density, temperature and
It can be directly connected to the SITRANS FCS300, fraction flow
SITRANS FCS400 and SITRANS FC MASS 2100 and FC300
DN 4. • Three built-in totalizers which can freely be set for counting
mass flow, volume flow, standard volume flow and fraction
■ Benefits • Two-stage batch controller
• Two digital inputs
• Easy integration into automation process control as TIA portal
and PCS7 • Two digital outputs
• Easy selection and integration of flow meters via TIA-Selector • Low flow cut-off
• No transmitter between automation and flow meter required • Zero point adjustment
• Cost effective integration of Coriolis flow meters for PLC con- • Configurable upper and lower alarm and warning limits for all
trolled machines process values
• Comprehensive status and error reporting

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT070
Measurement of Mass flow, volume flow, density, tem- Decentralized operation
perature, fraction A flow, fraction A %, • to SIMATIC S7-300 Yes
fraction B flow, fraction B % • to SIMATIC S7-400 Yes
Measurement functions • to SIMATIC S7-1200 Yes
• Totalizer 1 Mass flow, volume flow, standard • to SIMATIC S7-1500 Yes
volume flow, fraction A, fraction B • to standard PROFINET controller Yes
• Totalizer 2 Mass flow, volume flow, standard Usable with the following
volume flow, fraction A, fraction B flowmeters
• Totalizer 3 Mass flow, volume flow, standard
volume flow, fraction A, fraction B • SITRANS FCS400
• Single and 2-stage batch function Batching function with the use of one • SITRANS FCS300
or two outputs for dosing at high and
low speed
•
•
SITRANS FC MASS2100
SITRANS FC300 3
For hazardous area application the
General information
SITRANS I300 can be used as bar-
Product type designation Technology module TM FCT070 rier/power supply between sensor
and FCT070
FW update possible Yes
Digital inputs 1 and 2
Usable BaseUnits BU 20 type B1
Free usable inputs 1 and 2 • Start dosing
ET 200SP Yes; from FW V4.2 or higher.
• Stop dosing
ET 200SP ST & HF Compatible and tested • Pause/resume dosing
ST: Standard • Start/stop totalizer 1, 2 or 3
• Reset totalizer 1, 2 or 3
HF: High Feature • Zero adjust
Engineering with • Force outputs
• Freeze process values
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/inte-
grated as of version V16 or higher High signal • Nominal voltage: 24 V DC
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated as • Upper limit: +30 V DC
of version V5.5 SP4 and higher • Lower limit: +11 V DC
• PCS 7 V9.0 or higher • Current: max 35 mA
• PROFINET as of GSD version/GSD Low signal • Nominal voltage: 0 V DC
revision GSDML V2.34 • Lower limit: -30 V DC
Cable • Upper limit: +5 V DC
• Current: max 35 mA
Maximum cable length to FC DSL 75 m (150 m)
Potential separation • Module and backplane bus
Supply voltage • Short circuit protection
Load voltage L+ 24 V DC Isolation test 707 V DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V NEC-Class II Cable length • Max. 50 m shielded
Permissible range, lower limit (DC) 19.2 V • Max. 25 m unshielded
Permissible range, upper limit (DC) 28.8 V Digital outputs 1 and 2
Short-circuit protection Yes Free useable outputs 1 and 2 • Alarm acknowledgment

• Out of specification
Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction • Failure sensor measuring
Input current • Function check
• Status force value
Current consumption, max. 500 mA • Flow direction
Power loss Low signal Max. 1 V
Typical power loss, max. 1.7 W High signal Min 23.2 V
Protection class Switching capacity 300 mA signal high
IP protection IP20 On lamp load 8W
EMV Load resistance 80 … 10 kΩ
• Electrostatic discharge according to Between diffrenet circuits Electronic/thermal
IEC 61000-4-2: 2008
• Field-related interference according Potential seperation Module and backplane bus
to IEC 61000-4-3: 2006 Isolation test 707 V DC
• Bursted interference due to Burst
according to IEC 61000-4-4: 2012 Cable length • Max. 50 m shielded
• Conducted interference by surge • Max. 25 m unshielded
according to IEC 61000-4-5: 2014
• Conducted interference by high-fre-
quency radiation according to
IEC 61000-4-6: 2013

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
SITRANS FCT070
■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Selection and ordering data

Environment Description Article No.
Ambient temperature during SITRANS FCT070 7ME4138-6AA00-0BB1
operation
Transmitter for ET 200SP
Minimum installation -25 °C
horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; observe derating
vertical installation, max. 50 °C; observe derating
Ambient temperature during
storage/transport
3
Storage, min. -40 °C
Storage, max. 70 °C
Transport, min. -40 °C
BU20-P12+A0+4B, PU1 6ES7193-6BP20-0BB0
Transport, max. 70 °C
BaseUnit plate for ET 200SP 6ES7193-6BP20-0BB1
Relative humidity
Operation, min. 5%
Operation, max. 95 %; no condensation
Height in operation
Ambient air pressure altitude (relative Tmin ... Tmax at 1 080 hPa ... 795 hPa
to sea level) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
EMC performance
Emission • EN 61000-6-4
SITRANS I300 – Isolating A5E39832532
Electromagnetic compatibilty • IEC 61000-6-2:2016 power supply – Ex barrier
• IEC 61000-6-4:2018
Emission of radio interference Class A industrial environment:
• IEC 61000-6-4: 2018
• IEC/CISPR 16-2-3: 2008
• EN 55016-2-3: 2006
Emission on power supply cables Class A Industrial environment:
• IEC 61000-6-4: 2018
• IEC/CISPR 16-2-1: 2010
• EN 55016-2-1: 2009
Compatible Coriolis sensors
Certification
SITRANS FCS300 7ME4637-…
CE mark Low voltage directive RoHS
SITRANS FCS400 7ME4617-…
UL ANSI / ISA 12.12.01
SITRANS MASS 2100 7ME4817-…
CAN/CSA CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987
Class I, Div. 2 Group A.B.C.D T4 SITRANS FC300 DN4 7ME4817-…
ATEX II 3 G Ex ec IIC T4 Gc
Operating instructions for SITRANS FCT070
IECEx Ex ec IIC T4 Gc
EAC Yes Description Article No.
Tick Yes SITRANS FCT070 system
manual
KCC Yes
• English A5E47701533-AA
RoHS Yes • German
FM Class I, Div. 2, Group A.B.C.D T4
Communication
Digital Sensor Link 460.8 kBits/s
Cable length FCT070 to FC DSL Sen- 75 m (150 m)
sor
Power supply FCS sensor The operating voltage of the sensors
is supplied via the sensor cable
directly from the FCT070
Pin assignment of the BaseUnit BU20-P12+A0+4B

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Sensors and Flowmeter systems
SITRANS FCS300 flow sensor
■ Overview ■ Integration
The SITRANS FCS300 sensor is suitable for both indoor and out-
door installation and meets the requirements of Protection Class
IP67/NEMA 4X. Optionally the sensor can be ordered with haz-
ardous certification to Zone 1 and Div 1 (ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus,
EAC Ex, NEPSI).
The flowmeter is bidirectional and can be installed in any orien-
tation. The sensor is self-draining in many positions, with vertical
mounting preferred.
It is important to ensure that the sensor tubes are always com-
pletely filled with homogeneous fluid; otherwise measuring er-
rors may occur. Suitable fluids are clean liquids, pastes, light 3
slurries or gases. Condensing vapours, aerated liquids or slush
The SITRANS FCS300 sensor is available in DN 15 to are not recommended.
DN 150 mm sizes in stainless steel AISI 316 L or nickel allow The materials in contact with the process medium must be eval-
wetted material. The sensor design consists of process connec- uated for corrosion and erosion resistances for long sensor life.
tions, inlet and outlet manifolds mounted in a stiff frame and two
parallel tubes equally sharing the process medium flow. The pressure drop through the sensor is a function of the prop-
erties of the fluid and the flow rate. A pressure loss and accuracy
The sensing tubes are curved in the CompactCurve shape calculator can be found on the Siemens internet site
which gives high sensitivity and low pressure loss. The Com- https://www.siemens.com.
pactCurve shape was selected to ensure that the smallest flows
are measured with optimal signal to noise ratio. The preferred flow direction is indicated by an arrow on the sen-
sor. Flow in the direction of the arrow will be measured as posi-
The compact sensor design with a split flow dual tube design tive. The flow direction can be adjusted at the transmitter to com-
with high driver frequency is suitable for high end applications in pensate for reverse installation.
all industry segments e.g. Chemical, Oil & Gas , Refineries, F&B
and Power. Installation orientation
A variety of process connections available to cover all common The optimal installation orientation is vertical with the flow up-
process connections and pressure ratings. wards. This ensures that suspended solids or bubbles are com-
pletely pushed through the sensor. A drain valve below the sen-
The sensor has a solid stainless steel fully welded enclosure to sor will allow the pipe and sensor to drain completely.
protect the measuring tubes from any harsh environments. For
hazardous area applications the FCS300 comes in a number of Supports
common harzardous area approved like Atex, IECEx, cCSAus, In order to support the weight of the flowmeter and to ensure re-
EAC, and NEPSI. liable measurements when external effects exist (e.g. plant vi-
brations), the sensor should be installed in rigidly supported
pipelines.
Supports or hangers should be installed symmetrically and
stress-free in close proximity to both of the process connections.
Shut-off devices
To conduct a system zero adjustment, secure shut-off devices
are required in the pipeline.
Where possible, shut-off devices should be installed both up-
stream and downstream of the flowmeter.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
■ Configuration
Installation guidelines Remote system cabling
• The mass flowmeter does not require any flow conditioning or The system is designed so that standard instrumentation cable
straight inlet pipe sections. Care should be exercised however with four cores and overall screen or two screened pairs can be
to ensure that any upstream valves, gates, sight glasses etc. used, or cable sets can be ordered with the flowmeter. The cable
do not cavitate and are not set into vibration by the flow. can be ordered in various set lengths and terminated in the field.
• It is always preferred to place the flowmeter upstream of any Be aware of maximum sensor length cable depending on prod-
control valve or other pipeline component which may cause uct selection, currently 75 m. Data transmission speed and pro-
flashing, cavitation or vibrations. cess variable update rates may be affected by the cable char-
• The presence of gas bubbles in the fluid may result in errone- acteristics. For best results, choose a cable with the following
3 ous measurements, particularly in the density measurement.
Therefore the flowmeter should not be installed at the lowest
electrical characteristics:
pressure point in the liquid piping system or where vapour can Property Unit Value
collect. Install the meter in pipeline sections with high pressure Resistance [Ω/km] 59
to maintain system pressure and compress any bubbles.
Characteristic impedance [Ω] 100 @ 1 MHz
• Drop lines downstream from the flow sensor should be
Insulation resistance [MΩ/km] 200
avoided to prevent the meter tube from draining during flowing
conditions. A back-pressure device or orifice is recom- Maximum voltage [V] 300
mended to ensure that flow does not separate within the flow
sensor but the metering section remains at positive pressure The flowmeter system applies maximum 15 V DC in operation
at all times while there is flow. and is certified intrinsically safe. The complete system is insula-
tion tested to 1 500 V in production.
• The flowmeter should not come into contact with any other ob-
jects. Avoid making attachments to the housing except for the Cabling solutions which can be ordered with the flowmeter are
pressure guard components (if required). as follows:
• When the connecting pipeline is larger than the sensor size, 1. High performance plugged cable using M12 connectors into
suitable standard reducers may be installed. A selection of prepared sockets
oversize and undersize connections can be ordered - refer to 2. Cable glands for either metric or NPT threaded terminal
the sizes tables below. housings
• The flow sensor may be supported at the junction between 3. Plain cable in set lengths to be passed through flexible and
process connection and the manifold, but should not be used rigid conduit (not supplied) for metric or NPT threaded
to support adjacent piping. Ensure that the piping is also sup- terminal housings
ported on both sides so that connection stresses are neutral.
Cable for items 1, 2 and 3 are available either gray for standard
• If strong vibrations exist in the pipeline, they should be applications or light blue for Ex applications to identify the circuit
damped using elastic pipeline elements. The damping de- as intrinsically safe.
vices must be installed outside the supported flowmeter sec-
tion. Direct connection of flexible elements to the sensor Insulation and heating
should be avoided.
For applications where pipeline insulation is required for person-
• Make sure that any dissolved gases, which are present in nel protection or process temperature maintenance, the
many liquids, do not outgas. The back pressure at the outlet SITRANS FCS300 flow sensor may also be insulated. The form
should be at least 0.2 bar (3 psi) above the vapour pressure and material of insulation is not prescribed and entirely depends
of the process fluid. on the practices at the application location or plant.
• Assure that operation below the vapour pressure cannot occur
particularly for fluids with low latent heat of vaporisation. Insulation must not be crowded around the sensor pedestal but
shaped at a 45° cone to allow the pedestal to radiate excess
• The sensor should not be installed in the vicinity of strong elec- heat and maintain a suitable working temperature within the
tromagnetic fields, e.g. near motors, pumps, variable fre- front-end transmitter housing.
quency drives, transformers etc.
• When operating meters on a common mounting base the sen-
sors should be mounted and spaced separate from each
other to avoid cross-talk and other vibration interferences.
• When operating meters in interconnected pipelines the pipes
should be decoupled to prevent cross talk.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
Flow sensor FCS300
Parameter Unit Value
Process media • Fluid Group 1 (suitable for dangerous fluids)
• Aggregate state: Paste/light slurry, liquid and gas
Process pressure range [barg (psi)] The maximum permissible operating pressure is determined by the respective process connection and the
temperature of the medium
316L: 0 ... 100 (0 ... 1 450)
Nickel-alloy C4 (2.4610)3): 0 ... 100 (0 ... 1 450)
Process temperature range [°C (°F)] The maximum permissible process temperature is determined by the respective process connection
-50 ... +205 (-58 ... +400)
3
Ambient temperature range [°C (°F)] -40 ... +70 (-40 ... +158)
Transport temperature range [°C (°F)] -40 … +70 (-40 … +158)
Density range [kg/m3 (lb/ft3)] 1 … 5 000 (0.062 … 312.2)
No. of process values
• Primary process values • Mass flow
• Density
• Process medium temperature
• Derieved process values • Volume flow
• Standard volume flow (with reference density)
• Fraction A:B
• Fraction % A:B
Performance specifications Sensor

Parameter Unit DN 15 DN 25 DN 50 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150
Max. zero point error 0.6 (0.0235) 2.16 (0.0792) 7.2 (0.264) 20 (0.735) 41.6 (1.628) 68.8 (2.528)
Qmin (1 % error)4) [kg/h (lb/min)] 70 (2.57) 240 (8.92) 800 (29.4) 2 000 (73.5) 4 000 (146.9) 6 900 (253.5)
Qnom (1 bar pressure) [kg/h (lb/min)] 4 500 (163.3) 20 500 (753.2) 49 000 (1 800) 122 000 (4 483) 273 000 459 200
(10 031) (16 873)
Qmax2) [kg/h (lb/min)] 8 000 (293.9) 35 000 (1 286) 90 000 (3 307) 250 000 (9 186) 520 000 860 000
(19 107) (31 600)
Linearity error mass flow
• for liquids1) 0.1% massflow ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1 ± 0.1
sensor [%]
0.2% massflow ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2
sensor [%]
• for gases (additional) [%] ± 0.40 ± 0.40 ± 0.40 ± 0.40 ± 0.40 ± 0.40
Repeatability mass flow [%] ± 0.05 ± 0.05 ± 0.05 ± 0.05 ± 0.05 ± 0.05
Density accuracy with 0.1% [kg/m3 (lb/ft3)] ± 2 (± 0.124) ± 2 (± 0.124) ± 2 (± 0.124) ± 2 (± 0.124) ± 2 (± 0.124) ± 2 (± 0.124)
Density accuracy with 0.2 % [kg/m3 (lb/ft3)] ± 10 (± 0.62) ± 10 (± 0.62) ± 10 (± 0.62) ± 10 (± 0.62) ± 10 (± 0.62) ± 10 (± 0.62)
Temperature error [°K] ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5
1)
Increased error can be expected for gas mass flow measurement (for gas measurement typically + 0.40 % error).
2)
For gas applications the max. flowrate is calculated at Mach-Number = 0.3.
3)
Hastelloy C is a registered trademark of Haynes International. C4 nickel alloys are equivalent to Hastelloy C4.
4)
Valid for the 0.1% sensor.

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement

Pressure/temperature curves
With two major exceptions, the pressure rating of the flow
sensors is independent of the process medium temperature. PS [bar] PS [psi]
Design rules for flange connections in both the EN 1092-1 and 200 2900
ASME B16.5 standards dictate pressure derating with increas- PN 160
ing temperature. The charts below show the effect of process 150 2175
medium temperature on the pressure ratings for the flanges
within the FCS300 product program. PN 100
100 1450
3
PN 63
Metric flange ratings, EN 1092-1
50 725
Process pressure (bar)
120 PN 40
PN 16
100 0 0
PN 100
-50 0 50 100 150 TS [°C] 200
80 -58 0 122 212 302 TS [°F] 392
60 PN 63
Nickel alloy DIN flange C4 (2.4610) or nickel alloy C22 (2.4602) up to
40 DN200 (8")
PN 40
20 PS [bar] PS [psi]
PN 16
300 4351
0
-50 0 50 100 150 200
Class 1500
Process temperature (°C)
250 3625
EN1092-1 flanged sensors in AISI 316L 200 2900
Class 900
PS [bar] PS [psi] 150 2175
250 3625
Class 600
Class 1500 100 1450
200 2900
Class 300
50 725
150 2175 Class 150
Class 900
0 0
-50 0 50 100 150 TS [°C] 200
100 1450
Class 600 -58 0 122 212 302 TS [°F] 392
50 Class 300 725 Nickel alloy ASME flange C4 (2.4610) or nickel alloy C22 (2.4602) up to
Class 150 DN200 (8")
0 0
-50 0 50 100 150 TS [°C] 200
Sanitary connections
-58 0 122 212 302 TS [°F] 392
Design Nominal size PSmax TSmax TSmin
[bar] [psi] [°C] [°F] [°C] [°F]
Stainless steel ASME flange 1.4571/1.4404 (AISI 316Ti/316L) up to
DN200 (8") Pipe fitting DN 15 ... 40 40 580 140 284 -40 -40
DIN 11851 (½ ... 1½”)
DN 50 ... 100 25 363 140 284 -40 -40
(2 ... 4”)
Pipe fitting DN 25 ... 80 6 87 140 284 -40 -40
SMS 1145 (1 ... 3”)
Clamp DN 15 ... 50 16 232 120 248 -40 -40
DIN 32676 (½ ... 2”)
DN 65 ... 100 10 145 120 248 -40 -40
(2½ ... 4”)

© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement

Sensor variants
SITRANS FCS300 sensors are available in a wide range of pro-
cess connections. The available combinations of type, sensor
size and connection size are shown in the tables below.
Standard variants
ASME B1.20.1 NPT female pipe thread

3
EN 1092-1 PN 16, NAMUR length
EN 1092-1 PN 40, NAMUR length

ISO 228-1 G female pipe thread
DIN 32676 clamp (ISO) Row A

ANSI B16.5-2009, class 1500
DIN 11851 hygienic screwed
SMS 1145 hygienic screwed

ANSI B16.5-2009, class 150
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 300
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 600
ANSI B16.5-2009, class 900

EN 1092-1 B2, PN 100
EN 1092-1 B2, PN 63
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 16
EN 1092-1 B1, PN 40
JIS B2220:2004/10K
JIS B2220:2004/20K
EN 1092-1 D, PN 40
Connection
Sensor
Standard: 7ME463.-...
DN 15 (½") DN 10 (3/8") ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 15 (½") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 20 (¾") ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 25 (1") DN 20 (¾") ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 25 (1") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 40 (1½") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 50 (2") DN 40 (1½") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 50 (2") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 65 (2½") ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ● ● ●
DN 80 (3") DN 65 (2½") ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ● ● ●
DN 80 (3") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 100 (4") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ● ●
DN 100 (4") DN 80 (3") ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ●
DN 100 (4") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) ●1) ● ● ●
DN 150 (6") ● ●

Siemens Sensores - Fi01 - Us

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens Sensores - Fi01 - Us

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

© Siemens 2021

Products for Process

www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A5-7600)

Process Automation MP 20 SIMATIC ST 70

PDF (E86060-K6020-E101-A5-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A101-B7-7600)

Process Automation MP 31 SIMATIC ST 70 N

PDF (E86060-K6031-A100-B7-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A151-B1-7600)

Process Automation WT 10 Industrial Communication IK PI

PDF (E86060-K6410-A101-A7-7600) E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600

Process Automation AP 01 SITOP KT 10.1

PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B4-7600) E86060-D4001-A510-D8

Process Automation AP 11 SIMATIC Ident ID 10

PDF (E86060-K3511-A100-B4-7600) E86060-K8310-A101-B1-7600

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 SITRAIN

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Industry Mall

PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B5-7600) www.siemens.com/industrymall

Products for Process Instrumentation

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

For comfortable, fast and error free product selection you

Digitalization and Communication

Services for Process Instrumentation

The products and systems described in

How to optimize processes

Process Weighing Process Digitalization Services

Process Instrumentation .......................................................................................................... 04

Weighing Technology ..................................................................................... see Catalog WT 10

2 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

In the areas of process instrumentation and process

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 3

How to increase process efficiency

In field instrumentation, maximum precision and absolutely reliable

4 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 5

SITRAN P320/420 – the first pressure transmitter

• Time and effort savings due to remote commissioning

6 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 7

8 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 9

Because every degree matters:

• Modu ular system with thermowell made of tubular or

10 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Transmitters for head mounting Transmitters for rail mounting

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 11

SITRANS TS temperature sensors

Transmitters for field installation

SITRANS TF320/420 SITRANS TS300

12 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Transmitters for fiber-optic

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 13

Transmitter SITRANS FCT070 Coriolis flowmeter solution

14 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 15

16 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

SITRANS F S inline ultrasonic

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 17

SITRANS F S clamp-on ultrasonic SITRANS FP differential pressure

18 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition 19

Always on the level

• Compact 80 GHz radar transmitter for liquids

20 Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition

Continuous level measurement